Skip to main content

Full text of "1997-1998 West Chester University Undergraduate Course Catalog"

See other formats 


1997-98 


•ra 


West  Chester 
University 


'^-'V  . 

^^.s&.-f..;-"^-: 

'■  i'^i}'^'-': 

K-. 

/^ 

•    *:4lJ! 

[^ 

5i 

1 

/ 

i 

■ -yv.' 

iSBhw 

/" 


.'«.  '-i 


^^t^^^^^MI 

IK 

^■-k»& 

p 

Wg 

S^BSS 

Br''  a^'-^-'^^^ 

?f 

:^  ' 

i       Mil  1    i^rai  7    1  .    •_  c_. 

hmt 

-\^ 


•^-^  ^ 


l-r-*" 


-x^-'i-^: 


Wf^ 


West  Chester  University 

Undergraduate  Catalog 

1997-1998 


The  West  Chester  University  Mission  Statement 

West  Chester  University,  a  member  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  System  of  Higher  Education,  is  a  public,  regional,  comprehensive  institution 
committed  to  building  cohesive  hnkages  with  other  pubhc  educational  institutions  in  the  Commonwealth.  Strategically  located  in  the  rapidly 
growing  southeastern  region  of  the  state,  the  University  contributes  to  and  benefits  from  the  educational,  cultural,  and  economic  climate  of  the 
region,  the  historical  nchness  of  Chester  County,  and  the  diversity  of  the  metropolitan  center  of  Philadelphia. 

West  Chester  University  offers  men  and  women  the  opportunity  to  achieve  a  higher  education  and  to  prepare  for  careers  in  an  evolving,  com- 
plex, technological,  global  society.  Toward  these  ends,  the  University  is  advancing  in  new  areas  of  higher  education  while  maintaining  a  com- 
mitment to  excellence  in  programs  of  long  tradition  within  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  the  Schools  of  Education,  Music,  Business  and 
Public  Affairs,  and  Health  Sciences.  As  part  of  this  commitment  to  the  future,  the  University  is  becoming  a  green  campus  designed  to  demon- 
strate that  a  community  can,  through  inquiry  and  education,  act  m  a  manner  consistent  with  the  goal  of  a  sustainable  earth. 
In  an  environment  that  integrates  and  supports  faculty  and  staff  development,  instruction,  scholarship,  and  service,  the  University's  prima- 
ry focus  is  on  undergraduate  education  with  a  strong  liberal  arts  emphasis  linking  all  programs.  We.st  Chester  University  also  empha- 
sizes high-quality  graduate  education  in  a  range  of  programs  responsive  to  students'  needs  for  professional  development  and  educational 
enrichment. 

An  emphasis  on  participatory  learning,  thorough  advising,  and  personalized  faculty  interaction  in  small  classes  distinguishes  the 
University  and  reflects  its  commitment  to  providing  opportunity  for  both  the  creation  and  sharing  of  knowledge. 

As  a  public  institution  of  the  Commonwealth,  West  Chester  University  is  dedicated  to  providing  access  to  a  wide  spectrum  of  students 
and  values  the  richness  of  diversity  within  the  student  body,  faculty,  and  staff. 

Student  life  programs  and  activities  support  and  encourage  academic  goals  providing  opportunity  for  students  to  develop  a  commit- 
ment to  intellectual  honesty,  mutual  respect,  ethical  decision  making,  and  civic  and  social  responsibility. 

The  University  expects  to  graduate  men  and  women  with  an  enhanced  ability  to  acquire  knowledge,  to  think  clearly  and  critically,  to 
communicate  effectively,  to  respect  and  understand  diversity,  to  appreciate  the  aesthetic  value  of  life,  and  to  possess  the  skills  necessary 
for  a  career  and  the  continuing  process  of  lifelong  learning.  The  best  measure  of  the  University's  success  is  that  of  its  alumni  and  their 
continuing  pride  in  their  alma  mater. 

The  West  Chester  University  Values  Statement 

West  Chester  University  is  committed  to  attracting,  enrolling,  and  graduating  quality  students  from  a  wide  variety  of  educational,  cultural, 
and  economic  backgrounds.  This  endeavor  requires  the  University  to  attract  and  retain  highly  qualified  faculty  and  staff  and  to  provide 
each  member  of  the  University  community  with  learning  and  leadership  development  opportunities.  To  this  end,  the  University  supports 
and  encourages  programs  which  benefit  all  people  and  which  seek  to  eradicate  discrimination  and  injustice.  We  treasure  what  we  believe 
to  be  the  highest  principles  of  American  society:  the  worth  and  uniqueness  of  each  individual,  the  belief  that  success  is  to  be  earned  by 
individual  effort  put  forth  in  an  environment  founded  on  equality  of  opportunity,  and  the  appreciation  of  the  ideal  of  an  inclusive  society. 
We  believe  that  it  is  incumbent  upon  all  members  of  our  community  -  staff,  students,  faculty  and  administrators  -  to  conduct  themselves 
with  civility  toward  one  another  at  all  times.  We  value  the  special  talents  and  contributions  of  each  member  of  our  community.  We  further 
affirm  the  worth  and  dignity  of  each  member  and  the  shared  responsibility  of  all  to  treat  each  other  as  individuals,  with  respect  and  cour- 
tesy. 

As  a  university  owned  by  the  citizens  of  Pennsylvania,  we  value  our  mission  to  provide  the  best  educational  opportunities  possible  which 
will  enable  the  University  community  to  successfully  address  the  concerns  of  a  global  society.  To  this  end,  West  Chester  University  seeks 
to  provide  diligent  advising  for  students  and  to  focus  on  teaching  students  to  think  clearly  and  critically,  to  make  logical  and  ethical  judg- 
ments, and  to  communicate  effectively  with  others. 

West  Chester  University's  community  strongly  supports  the  principles  of  academic  integrity  and  academic  responsibility,  viewing  both  as  the 
province  of  every  member  of  the  campus  community.  We  hold  the  highest  esteem  for  teaching  directed  toward  student  learning  and  affirm  that 
mastery  of  content  as  well  as  mastery  of  teaching  skills  necessary  to  communicate  such  content  are  paramount 

This  values  statement  is  intended  to  be  a  living  document  which  will  serve  West  Chester  University  as  it  changes  and  evolves  in  the  com- 
ing years. 


Communications  Directory 


West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
Dial  436  plus  number  in  parentheses. 
For  offices  not  shown  here,  call  the 
University  Information  Center:  610-436-1000. 
Director  of  Academic  Advising,  Lawrence 
Center  (3505) 

Director  of  Academic  Development 
Program,  Lawrence  Center  (3505) 
Director  of  Admissions,  100  West 
Rosedale  Avenue  (341 1) 
Office  of  Social  Equity,  Lawrence  Center 
(2433) 

Office  of  the  Bursar.  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center 
(2552) 

Student  Services  Inc.,  Sykes  Student  Union 
(2242) 

Director  of  Career  Development  Center, 
Lawrence  Center  (2501) 
Director  of  Adult  Studies,  Elsie  O.  Bull 
Center  (3550) 

Director,  Continuing  Education  and 
Conference  Sen  ices,  21 1  Carter  Dr.  (6931) 
Counseling  Center. 
Lawrence  Center  (2301) 
Director  of  Financial  Aid. 
Elsie  O.  Bull  Center  (2627) 
Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Spon- 
sored Research.  Old  Library  (2943) 
Residence  Life,  Sykes  Student  Union  (3307) 
Public  Safety  Department,  Peoples 
Maintenance  Building  (33 11) 
Director  of  Public  Relations  and  Marketing, 
13/15  University  Avenue  (3383) 
Director.  Office  of  Services  for 
Students  with  Disabilities,  Lawrence 
Center  (3217) 

Student  Programming  Dept./Smdent 
Activities  Council,  Sykes  Student  Union 
(2983)  or 

Student  Union  Information  Desk  (2984) 
Sykes  Student  Union  (2955) 
University  Registrar,  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center 
(3541) 

Office  of  the  Registrar, 
Elsie  O.  Bull  Center  (2230) 
Teacher  Certification  Office.  Recitation  Hall 
(2426) 

Accreditation 

West  Chester  University  is  accredited  by  The  Middle  States 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools,  The  National 
Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education.  The  National 
Athletic  Training  Association,  The  National  Association  of 
Schools  of  Music,  The  Council  on  Social  Work  Education  (bac- 
calaureate level).  The  National  League  for  Nursing,  The  Society 
for  Public  Health  Education,  The  American  Chemical  Society, 
The  Commission  on  Accreditation  in  Clinical  Chemistry,  and 
the  Joint  Review  Committee  for  Respiratory  Therapy 
Education.  West  Chester  University  has  been  given  program 
approval  by  the  Department  of  Education  of  the  Commonwealth 
of  Pennsylvania  for  the  certification  of  teachers. 

Nondiscrimination/Affirmative  Action  Policy 

West  Chester  University  is  committed  to  providing  leadership 
in  extending  equal  opportunities  to  all  individuals.  Accordingly, 
the  University  will  continue  to  make  every  effort  to  provide 


MAILING  ADDRESS: 
TELEPHONES: 

Academic  Advising 

Academic  Development 

Program 
Admissions/U'nder- 

graduate  Catalogs 
Affirmative  Action 

Billing/Payments 

Bookstore 

Careers/Placement 

Continuing  Education 


Counseling 

Financial  Aid/ 

Work  Study 
Graduate  Studies/ 

Catalogs 
Housing 
Police 

Public  Relations 

and  Marketing 
Services  for  Students 

with  Disabilities 

Student  Activities 
and  University  Events 


Student  Senices  Inc. 
Scheduling/Registration 

Summer  Sessions 

Teacher  Certification 


these  rights  to  all  persons  regardless  of  race,  religion,  sex, 
national  origin,  ancestry,  age,  marital  status,  sexual  orientation, 
disability,  or  veteran  status.  This  policy  applies  to  all  members 
of  the  University  community,  including  students,  faculty,  staff, 
and  administrators.  It  also  applies  to  all  applicants  for  admission 
or  employment  and  all  participants  in  University-sponsored 
activities. 

This  policy  is  in  compliance  with  federal  and  state  laws,  includ- 
ing Titles  VI  and  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964,  Title  DC 
of  the  Educational  Amendment  of  1972,  Section  504  of  the 
Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973,  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of 
1990,  and  Executive  Order  of  the  Governor  of  Pennsylvania. 

Any  individual  having  suggestions,  problems,  complaints,  or 
grievances  with  regard  to  equal  opportunity,  affirmative  action, 
or  accommodation  is  encouraged,  to  contact  the  director  of 
social  equity,  104  Lawrence  Center,  610-436-2433. 

Sexual  Harassment  Policy 

West  Chester  University  is  committed  to  equality  of  opportunity 
and  freedom  from  discrimination  for  all  its  students  and 
employees.  Because  sexual  harassment  is  a  form  of  discrimina- 
tion based  on  sex,  the  University  will  not  tolerate  it  in  any  fonn. 

Upon  official  filing  of  a  complaint,  immediate  investigation 
will  be  made  culminating  in  appropnate  corrective  action 
where  warranted,  which  may  include  termination  of  the  rela- 
tionship with  the  University. 

Sexual  harassment  is  defined  as  unwelcome  sexual 
advances,  requests  for  sexual  favors,  and  other  verbal  Or 
physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature  occurring  when: 

1.  submission  of  such  conduct  is  made  either  explicitly  or 
implicitly  a  term  or  condition  of  an  individual's  employ- 
ment, or  of  a  student's  academic  status  or  treatment; 

2.  submission  to  or  rejection  of  such  conduct  by  an  indi- 
vidual is  used  as  the  basis  for  academic  or  employment 
decisions  affecting  such  an  individual,  or 

3.  such  conduct  has  the  purpose  or  effect  of  unreasonably 
interfering  with  an  individual's  extracurricular  activities, 
work,  or  academic  performance,  or  creating  an  intimi- 
dating, hostile,  or  offensive  living,  working,  or  academic 
environment. 

A  complete  copy  of  the  University's  Sexual  Harassment  Policy 
document,  inclusive  of  the  Sexual  Harassment  Complaint 
Procedure,  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Social  Equity. 

Individuals  who  believe  themselves  to  be  the  victims  of  sexual 
harassment,  or  who  have  questions  about  the  University's  policy 
on  this  matter  should  contact  the  director  of  social  equity,  104 
Lawrence  Center,  610-436-2433. 

Commitment  to  Accommodations 

West  Chester  University  is  committed  to  comphance  with  the 
Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1990.  We  at  the  University 
wish  to  make  accommodations  for  persons  with  disabilities.  Please 
make  your  needs  known  by  contacting  the  Office  of  Services  for 
Students  with  Disabilities  at  610-436-3217.  Sufficient  notice  is 
needed  to  make  accommodations  possible. 

The  provisions  of  this  catalog  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an 
irrevocable  contract  between  the  student  and  the  University. 
West  Chester  Universitj"  reserves  the  right  to  change  any 
provisions  or  requirements  at  any  time. 


Contents 


Communications  Directory ii 

Introducing  West  Chester  University 3 

Campus  and  Facilities 4 

University  Policy  for  Storm  Closings    6 

Admission  to  West  Chester  University    7 

Fees  and  Expenses    9 

Financial  Aid   11 

Student  Affairs 19 

Academic  Affairs 26 

Degree  Requirements    32 

Academic  Policies  and  Procedures    36 

Structure  of  Academic  Affairs 47 

Undergraduate  Programs  at  West  Chester   48 

Programs  of  Study  and  Course  Offerings 49 

Department  of  Accounting    50 

Department  of  Anthropology  and  Sociology 50 

Department  of  Art 52 

Department  of  Biology 55 

Department  of  Chemistry    58 

Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 60 

Department  of  Communication  Studies 63 

Department  of  Communicative  Disorders 65 

Department  of  Computer  Science   66 

Department  of  Counselor,  Secondary, 

and  Professional  Education 68 

Environmental  Education  Program 69 

Department  of  Criminal  Justice 70 

Department  of  Economics  and  Finance 71 

Department  of  Educational  Services 73 

Military  Science  Program 73 

Air  Force  ROTC  Program    74 

Department  of  English    75 

Department  of  Foreign  Languages    79 

Department  of  Geography  and  Planning   84 

Department  of  Geology  and  Astronomy 86 

Department  of  Health 88 

Department  of  History    92 

Honors  Program 94 

Department  of  Instructional  Media 95 

Interdisciplinary  Programs    96 

American  Studies  Program 96 


Comparative  Literature  Studies  Program    97 

Ethnic  Studies  Program    98 

Latin-American  Studies  Program 99 

Linguistics  Program 99 

Peace  and  Conflict  Studies  Program 99 

Russian  Studies  Program    1 00 

Women's  Studies  Program 100 

Department  of  Kinesiology 101 

Liberal  Studies  Program   104 

Department  of  Management    105 

Department  of  Marketing    106 

Department  of  Mathematics    107 

Music  (School  oO 109 

Department  of  Music  Education Ill 

Department  of  Music  History  and  Literature Ill 

Department  of  Instrumental  Music 112 

Department  of  Keyboard  Music   113 

Department  of  Music  Theory  and  Composition    .  .  .1 14 

Department  of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 1 14 

Department  of  Nursing   115 

Department  of  Philosophy 117 

Department  of  Physics  and  Pre-Engineering  Program  .119 

Department  of  Political  Science    120 

Pre-Medical  Program    123 

Department  of  Psychology    124 

Social  Studies  Program 125 

Department  of  Social  Work 126 

Department  of  Special  Education    128 

Department  of  Sports  Medicine 128 

Teaching  Certification  Programs 130 

Department  of  Theatre  Arts 131 

Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 133 

Administration 134 

Faculty    135 

Academic  Calendar 148 

Campus  Map 149 

Borough  Map    150 

Chester  County  Map   151 

Index    152 

Department  Telephone  Numbers 156 


Introducing  West  Chester  University 


Quality  education  at  a  reasonable  price  .  .  . 
this  is  the  goal  of  West  Chester 
University,  the  second  largest  of  the  14 
institutions  of  higher  learning  that  com- 
pose the  State  System  of  Higher 
Education  of  the  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania.  A  comprehensive  and  mul- 
tipurpose university,  West  Chester  serves 
individuals  of  all  ages  with  a  variety  of 
programs  to  fill  their  educational  needs. 

West  Chester  offers  degrees  in  the  arts 
and  sciences,  teacher  preparation  and 
certification,  advanced  study  preparation 
in  fields  such  as  medicine  and  law,  edu- 
cation for  specific  professions,  and  con- 
tinuing education.  See  page  48  for  a 
complete  listing  of  undergraduate  degree 
programs. 

Total  enrollment  at  West  Chester 
includes  approximately  9,400  undergrad- 
uate students  and  about  2,000  graduate 
students.  While  most  undergraduates  are 
recent  high  school  graduates  preparing 
for  career  objectives,  many  others  are 
older  individuals,  including  veterans  and 
homemakers,  who  either  never  before 
had  the  opportunity  for  a  college  educa- 
tion or  whose  schooling  was  interrupted. 

Most  students  are  residents  of 
Pennsylvania,  but  students  from  other 
states  and  foreign  countries  are  welcome. 
West  Chester's  student  body  represents  a 
cross  section  of  many  ethnic,  racial,  and 
religious  groups  and  includes  students 
from  all  economic  levels. 

Like  the  world  around  it.  West  Chester 
University  is  constantly  changing  and 
growing.  The  school  continues  to  broaden 
and  modify  the  nature  and  number  of  its 
programs  to  reflect  the  needs  of  its  stu- 
dents in  their  endeavor  to  prepare  them- 
selves for  success  and  fulfillment  in  life. 

History  of  the  University 

Although  its  founding  year  is  1871,  the 
University  in  fact  has  deeper  roots  trac- 
ing from  West  Chester  Academy,  a  pri- 
vate, state-aided  school  that  existed  from 
1812  to  1869.  The  academy  enjoyed 
strong  support  from  the  highly  intellectu- 
al Chester  County  Cabinet  of  the  Natural 
Sciences  of  the  pre-Civil  War  decades.  It 
was  recognized  as  one  of  Pennsylvania's 
leading  preparatory  schools,  and  its  expe- 
rience in  teacher  training  laid  the  ground- 
work for  the  normal  school  years  that 
were  to  follow. 


As  the  state  began  to  take  increasing 
responsibility  for  public  education,  the 
academy  was  transformed  into  West 
Chester  Normal  School,  still  privately 
owned  but  state  certified.  The  normal 
school  admitted  its  first  class,  consisting 
of  160  students,  on  September  25,  1871. 
In  1913,  West  Chester  became  the  first 
of  the  normal  schools  to  be  owned  out- 
right by  the  Commonwealth. 

West  Chester  became  West  Chester  State 
Teachers  College  in  1927  when  Pennsyl- 
vania initiated  a  four-year  program  of 
teacher  education.  In  1960,  as  the  Com- 
monwealth paved  the  way  for  liberal  arts 
programs  in  its  college  system.  West 
Chester  was  renamed  West  Chester  State 
College,  and  two  years  later  introduced 
the  liberal  arts  program  that  turned  the 
one-time  academy  mto  a  comprehensive 
college. 

In  recognition  of  the  historic  merit  of  the 
campus,  in  1981  the  West  Chester  State 
College  Quadrangle  Historic  District  was 
placed  on  the  National  Register  of 
Historic  Places.  The  buildings  included 
in  this  historic  district  are  Philips 
Memorial  Building,  Ruby  Jones  Hall, 
Recitation  Hall,  and  the  Old  Library. 
Except  for  Philips,  these  buildings  are  all 
constructed  of  native  Chester  County  ser- 
pentine stone. 

West  Chester  State  achieved  another 
major  milestone  with  passage  of  the 
State  System  of  Higher  Education  bill. 
West  Chester  became  one  of  the  14  uni- 
versities in  the  State  System  of  Higher 
Educafion  on  July  1,  1983.  Along  with 
its  new  name  —  West  Chester  University 
of  Pennsylvania  of  the  State  System  of 
Higher  Education  —  the  institution 
acquired  a  new  system  of  governance 
and  the  opportunity  to  expand  its  degree 
programs. 

The  Frederick  Douglass  Society 

Drawing  its  content  from  our  campus 
history  of  social  consciousness  and  its 
structure  from  a  variety  of  models  in 
public  life,  the  Frederick  Douglass 
Society  of  West  Chester  University  is  the 
organization  of  African- American  faculty 
and  staff  at  West  Chester.  Named  in 
1983  for  one  of  the  19th  century's  most 
distinguished  advocates  of  human  free- 
dom, the  organization  is  oriented  toward 
self-help  and  improvement  by  offering  a 


collective  voice  in  the  affairs  of  the 
University.  Its  programs  also  aim  to 
stimulate  other  groups  on  campus  to 
enrich  our  climate.  The  society  annually 
raises  money  for  scholarship  funds,  in 
order  to  increase  the  economic  options 
available  to  the  student  body  generally 
and  to  blacks  and  other  ethnic  groups  as 
well.  It  also  seeks,  by  the  example  of 
Douglass,  to  promote  an  intellectual  stan- 
dard that  is  not  only  grounded  in  excel- 
lence but  profoundly  rooted  in  the  public 
mission  of  higher  education. 

The  Frederick  Douglass  Institute 

The  Frederick  Douglass  Institute  at  West 
Chester  University  is  a  program  for 
advancing  multicultural  studies  across 
the  curriculum  and  for  deepening  the 
intellectual  heritage  of  Frederick 
Douglass,  the  former  slave,  distinguished 
orator,  journalist,  author,  and  statesman. 
Douglass,  who  was  a  frequent  visitor  to 
the  West  Chester  area,  gave  his  last  pub- 
lic lecture  on  West  Chester's  campus  on 
February  1,  1895.  Thirty  years  earlier,  at 
the  inauguration  of  a  Baltimore, 
Maryland,  institute  named  for  him  in 
October  1865,  Douglass  said  that  the 
mission  was  "to  be  a  dispenser  of  knowl- 
edge, a  radiator  of  light.  In  a  word,  we 
dedicate  this  institution  to  virtue,  temper- 
ance, truth,  liberty,  and  justice." 

At  West  Chester  University,  the 
Douglass  Institute  is  primarily  involved 
in  four  academic  areas:  1 )  conducting 
research  in  multiculturalism  and  on 
Frederick  Douglass;  2)  sponsoring  distin- 
guished exhibits  and  lectures;  3)  estab- 
lishing opportunities  for  advanced  study 
for  public,  private,  and  college-level 
teachers;  and,  finally,  collaborating  with 
historical  societies  and  other  educational 
and  cultural  agencies. 

The  activities  of  the  institute  take  place 
on  and  off  campus.  With  undergraduate 
and  graduate  students,  and  West  Chester 
faculty,  the  insUtute  sponsors  seminars 
and  forums  on  selected  topics.  The  Anna 
Murray  Douglass  Circle  is  the  name  for  a 
lecture  series  offering  a  platform  for 
today's  leading  intellectuals.  Annually  in 
October,  the  institute  sponsors  Douglass 
Days,  a  festival  of  educational  activities 
on  Douglass  and  multiculturalism  that 
involves  the  entire  campus  and  surround- 
ing communities. 


Campus  and  Facilities 


For  further  information,  call  Dr.  C.  James 
Trotman,  director.  Frederick  Douglass 
Institute  at  610-436-2916. 

Institute  for  Women 

The  Institute  for  Women  is  an  indepen- 
dent body  designed  to  represent  the  inter- 
ests of  women  on  the  campus.  It  serves 
as  the  parent  organization  for  the 
Women's  Center,  the  Women's  Studies 
Program,  and  the  Title  IX  and  Sex 
Discrimination  Board.  The  institute  is 
headed  by  a  director  and  a  Board  of 
Directors. 

The  institute  sponsors  a  number  of  activi- 
ties to  enhance  the  self-esteem  and  career 
success  of  women  at  the  University;  the 
Woman-in-Residence  Program.  Grace 
Cochran  Research  on  Women  Award, 
"Visiting  Professor  Program,  Graduate 
Grant  and  Endowed  Book  Funds.  The 
institute  prepares  periodic  reports  on  the 
status  of  women  at  the  University  and 
has  also  secured  Charlotte  W.  Newcombe 
Scholarship  Grants  for  mature  or  second- 
career  women.  The  Institute  for  Women 
is  located  in  21 1  Main  Hall.  For  more 
information  call  610-436-2464/2122. 


Location  of  the  University 

West  Chester  University  is  in  West 
Chester,  a  town  that  has  been  the  seat  of 
government  in  Chester  County  since 
1786.  With  a  population  of  about  20,000, 
the  borough  is  small  enough  to  have  the 
pleasant  aspects  of  a  tree-shaded 
American  town,  large  enough  to  conteiin 
essential  services  and  the  substance  of  a 
vigorous  community,  and  old  enough  to 
give  the  student  exposure  to  America's 
early  history.  Students  can  walk  to  West 
Chester's  many  churches.  The  town  has 
excellent  stores  and  a  fine  hospital. 
West  Chester  was  settled  in  the  early 
18th  century,  principally  by  members  of 
the  Society  of  Friends.  In  the  heart  of 
town  is  its  courthouse,  a  classical  revival 
building  designed  in  the  1840s  by 
Thomas  U.  Walter,  one  of  the  architects 
for  the  Capitol  in  Washington,  D.C. 
West  Chester  today  is  part  of  the  rapidly 
growing  suburban  complex  surrounding 
Philadelphia  and  offers  interesting  oppor- 
tunities for  the  study  of  local,  county, 
and  regional  government  in  a  period  of 
change  and  growth. 

Philadelphia  is  25  miles  to  the  east  and 
Wilmington  17  miles  to  the  south. 


putting  the  libraries,  museums,  and  other 
cultural  and  historical  resources  of  both 
cities  in  easy  reach.  "Valley  Forge,  the 
Brandywine  Battlefield,  Longwood 
Gardens,  and  other  historical  attractions 
are  near  West  Chester.  New  York  and 
Washington  are  easily  accessible  by  car 
or  train. 

How  to  Reach  West  Chester 

The  Borough  of  West  Chester  can  be 
accessed  from  all  directions  both  by  car 
and  public  transportation.  Route  3,  the 
West  Chester  Pike,  leads  directly  into 
town  from  center-city  Philadelphia.  From 
the  Pennsylvania  Turnpike,  motorists 
traveling  west  should  take  Route  202 
south  from  the  Valley  Forge  Interchange 
while  those  traveling  east  can  arrive  via 
Route  100  south  from  the  Downingtown 
Interchange.  From  the  south.  Route  202 
from  Wilmington  and  Routes  100  and  52 
from  U.S.  Route  1  all  lead  to  West 
Chester. 

Public  transportation  is  available  from 
Philadelphia  and  other  nearby  communi- 
ties. 

Information  on  public  transportation  and 
carpooling  is  available  in  Sykes  Student 
Union,  610-436-2984. 


Campus  and  Facilities 


Description  of  the  Campus 

West  Chester  University's  cEimpus  is  a 
unique  mixture  of  19th  century,  colle- 
giate Gothic,  and  contemporary  architec- 
tural styles  that  complement  each  other 
to  create  a  stately,  beautiful  atmosphere. 
Sixty-two  buildings,  comprising  over  2.4 
million  square  feet,  are  distinctly  land- 
scaped within  388  acres  of  rolling  coun- 
tryside, making  the  campus  one  of  the 
aesthetic  treasures  of  Southeastern 
Pennsylvania. 

The  North  Campus  Quad  area  was  the 
original  campus  and  is  surrourided  by  the 
University's  oldest  buildings  —  Philips 
Memorial,  Recitation  Hall,  Anderson 
Hall,  Ruby  Jones  Hall,  and  the  Old 
Library.  Three  of  these  buildings  are 
consUTJCted  of  green-hued  serpentine 
stone  that  has  given  West  Chester  a 
unique  character  for  many  decades.  Over 
the  years,  the  North  Campus  has  expand- 
ed to  include  97  acres  at  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  borough  and  includes 
several  academic  buildings,  the  Sykes 


Student  Union,  dining  facilities,  and 
eight  residence  halls.  The  University  is 
also  known  for  the  magnificent  old  trees 
that  grace  the  campus. 

A  dynamic,  ongoing  building  program  in 
the  1990's  is  providing  exciting  educa- 
tional facilities  as  the  University  looks 
toward  its  third  century.  These  include  a 
recently  completed  renovation  of 
Anderson  Hall,  with  the  addition  of  the 
latest  computer  technology  labs;  the  cre- 
ation of  several  other  modem  classrooms 
throughout  the  campus;  the  completion 
of  the  state-of-the-art  science  building, 
the  Tania  K.  and  William  H.  Boucher 
Science  Center;  an  1 1 -building  apartment 
complex  providing  housing  for  500  stu- 
dents; and  the  enlargement  of  the  Sykes 
Student  Union,  including  the  latest  in 
aerobics/conditioning  facilities,  a  movie 
theater,  dining  areas,  meeting  rooms,  and 
lounges  to  provide  a  focal  point  for  the 
students'  leisure  life  outside  the  class- 


South  Campus  is  a  291 -acre  expanse  of 
the  gently  rolling  countryside  of  Chester 
County.  Located  on  South  New  Street 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  south  of  the  orig- 
inal campus.  South  Campus  includes  stu- 
dent apartments,  the  McCoy  Center,  and 
the  Russell  L.  Sturzebecker  Health 
Sciences  Center,  which  has  won  national 
acclaim  for  the  quality  and  extent  of  its 
teaching,  performance,  and  research 
facilities.  John  A.  Farrell  Stadium,  athlet- 
ic fields,  and  tennis  courts  surround  the 
center.  Also  at  South  Campus  is  the 
100- acre  Robert  B.  Gordon  Natural  Area, 
which  includes  woodlands,  fields,  and  a 
streamside  habitat.  This  area  has  been 
conserved  as  a  research  and  teaching 
resource  for  the  natural  sciences. 

Information  Services 

Information  Services  provides  computing 
resources  for  a  wide  variety  of  users, 
both  academic  and  administrative.  Many 
of  the  University's  administrative  func- 
tions, such  as  registration,  grade 


Campus  and  Facilities 


reporting,  and  billing,  depend  heavily  on 
the  campus-wide  transaction  processing 
system  that  provides  centralized  access 
to  University  data  from  workstations 
located  throughout  the  campus. 
More  importantly,  computing  is  a  vital 
instructional  and  research  tool.  Infor- 
mation Services  offers  students  and  fac- 
ulty a  wide  range  of  computing 
resources,  from  mainframe  to  microcom- 
puters, printers,  plotters,  graphics  work- 
stations, digitizers,  and  optical  scanners. 
Many  of  these  facilities  are  available  at 
various  campus  locations,  but  the 
Academic  Computing  Center  in 
Anderson  Hall  serves  as  a  focal  point  for 
instructional  computing  activity.  A  valid 
WCU  Identification  (ID)  card  is  required 
to  use  the  Academic  Computing  Center. 
For  further  information  contact  the 
Academic  Computing  Center  at  610-436- 
3349. 

Computing  facilities  throughout  the  cam- 
pus are  joined  by  the  Information 
Services  Network.  This  network  offers 
electronic  mail  capabilities  for  all  cam- 
pus workstations,  connection  to 
SSHEnel/PREPnet/Internet,  and  access  to 
the  University's  main  library  catalogs. 
All  WCU  undergraduate  students  are 
provided  computer  accounts. 
The  Information  Services  Network  pro- 
vides high-speed  access  to  software 
applications  (programming  languages, 
spreadsheets,  word  processors,  faculty 
developed  programs,  etc.)  and  electronic 
communication  capabilities  to  worksta- 
tions. Student  laboratory  facilities  are 
available  in  the  Academic  Computing 
Center  and  in  each  of  the  eight  residence 
halls  and  in  Sykes  Student  Union. 
Students  interested  in  acquiring  a  work- 
ing knowledge  of  several  commonly 
used  software  packages  are  encouraged 
to  enroll  in  the  introductory  computing 
course,  CSC  101,  offered  by  the 
Department  of  Computer  Science. 
Major  hardware  facilities  include  an  IBM 
mainframe,  numerous  NTAS  file  servers, 
and  IBM,  Macintosh,  NeXT,  SUN,  and 
DEC  workstations.  Letter-quality  laser 
printers  also  are  available  for  student  use. 
Academic  Computmg  Services  is  located 
in  Anderson  Hall,  610-436-3051.  The 
West  Chester  University  web  site  address 
is  http://www.wcupa.edu. 

Geology  Museum 

The  West  Chester  University  Geology 
Museum  in  Schmucker  Science  Center 
houses  several  collections  of  historic  and 


scientific  importance.  Minerals  from 
around  the  world,  drawn  from  the  collec- 
tions of  William  Yocom  and  Ruth  Bass, 
are  on  display.  The  collection  of  the  late, 
well-known  West  Chester  geologist 
Hugh  McKinstry  contains  fine  specimens 
found  in  Chester  County,  as  well  as  spec- 
imens from  notable  localities  world-wide 
and  collections  of  other  significant  19th 
century  amateurs.  A  special  cabinet  with 
ultraviolet  light  houses  selected  speci- 
mens from  the  extensive  collection  of 
fluorescent  minerals  of  John  Stolar.  Sr. 
Other  exhibits  include  fossils,  the  geolo- 
gy of  Chester  County,  labels  written  by 
famous  collectors  and  mineralogists,  and 
a  display  created  by  the  mineralogy  class 
each  fall.  The  museum  is  free  and  open 
to  the  public  on  weekdays.  Contact  the 
Department  of  Geology  and  Astronomy 
at  610-436-2727  for  the  specific  sched- 
ule. 

WCU  Observatory 

The  Department  of  Geology  and 
Astronomy  maintains  an  astronomical 
observatory  on  the  roof  of  the 
Schmucker  Science  Center.  The  main 
instrument  is  an  1 1.5  inch  reflecting  tele- 
scope that  can  be  used  in  either  the 
Newtonian  or  Cassagrain  format.  The 
auxiliary  telescopes  include  a  pair  of 
four-inch  refractors,  one  used  to  project 
solar  images  in  white  light  and  the  other 
equipped  with  a  hydrogen  alpha  solar  fil- 
ter. A  five-inch  Schmidt  camera  also  can 
be  mounted  on  the  telescope  assembly. 
The  telescope  system  can  be  used  for 
basic  observing,  astrophotography,  pho- 
tometry, and  spectroscopy.  The  observa- 
tory is  equipped  with  a  graphics  comput- 
er system  and  a  video  camera  for  picture 
capturing  capabilities.  The  observatory  is 
used  as  an  astronomical  laboratory  for 
astronomy  courses  and  as  a  research  area 
for  independent  study  for  junior-  or 
senior-level  research  projects. 
The  observatory  is  open  one  night  a 
week  for  all  members  of  the  college 
community  for  general  viewing.  Contact 
the  department  secretary  at  610-436- 
2727  for  day  and  times,  as  they  change 
from  semester  to  semester. 

WCU  Planetarium 

The  Department  of  Geology  and 
Astronomy  operates  the  University 
Planetarium  which  houses  a  Spitz  A-5 
planetarium  projector.  The  planetarium  is 
used  for  astronomy  class  lectures  and 
labs  as  well  as  for  school  and  public  pro- 
grams. Approximately  70  schools  and 


other  groups  attend  the  free  programs 
each  year,  and  annual  attendance 
approaches  5,000.  The  planetarium  dome 
is  10  meters  in  diameter,  and  the  projec- 
tor was  rebuilt  and  upgraded  by  Spitz 
Space  Systems  in  1993.  Persons  interest- 
ed in  arranging  group  visits  should  con- 
tact the  Department  of  Geology  and 
Astronomy  at  610-436-2727  for  details. 

Darlington  Herbarium 

The  Darlington  Herbarium,  housed  in 
Schmucker  Science  Center,  is  one  of  the 
most  highly  regarded  historical  collec- 
tions of  dried  plant  specimens  in  the 
East.  Among  the  20,000  specimens  are 
plants  collected  by  such  famous  explor- 
ers and  botanists  as  Captain  John 
Fremont.  Thomas  Nuttall,  Sir  William 
Hooker,  C.S.  Rafinesque,  and  George 
Englemann.  More  than  200  collectors 
from  America's  formative  years  of  1820 
to  1850  are  represented.  The  herbarium 
was  the  work  of  Dr.  William  Darlington 
(1782-1863),  a  member  of  the  West 
Chester  Cabinet  of  Science.  Dr. 
Darlington  was  eminent  in  West  Chester 
as  a  physician,  educator,  banker,  busi- 
nessman, historian,  and  botanist.  His 
plants,  however,  were  his  first  love.  A 
state  park  has  been  established  in  north- 
ern California  to  preserve  a  rare  species 
of  insectivorous  plant  named  in  his 
honor —  Darlingtonia. 

Robert  B.  Gordon  Natural  Area 
for  Environmental  Studies 

The  University  has  conserved  100  acres 
of  natural  woodland  and  field  and 
stream-side  habitat  located  on  South 
Campus  and  uses  it  for  several  kinds  of 
outdoor  studies  in  the  natural  sciences. 
Dedicated  in  1973,  the  area  was  named 
for  Robert  B.  Gordon,  faculty  member 
and  chairperson  of  the  University's 
Department  of  Science  from  1938  to 
1963. 

Francis  Harvey  Green  Library 

The  Francis  Harvey  Green  Library  pro- 
vides an  excellent  environment  for  study 
and  research.  It  is  furnished  with  a  vari- 
ety of  seating  areas  including  individual 
study  carrels,  faculty  and  graduate 
lounges,  group  studies,  seminar  rooms, 
and  general  reading  areas. 
The  library  has  an  increasingly  important 
role  in  both  teaching  and  research  with 
its  growing  collection  of  more  than  one- 
half  million  volumes  and  subscriptions  to 
2,928  journals.  Augmenting  this  general 
collection  with  more  than  350,000  titles 
is  the  micromedia  collection,  including 


Campus  and  Facilities 


books,  periodicals,  newspapers,  and  doc- 
toral dissertations  along  with  the  facili- 
ties to  read  this  material.  The  total 
resources  of  more  than  870,000  volumes 
compare  favorably  with  other  major  pub- 
lic and  private  research  libraries  in  West 
Chester's  geographic  area. 

Additional  noteworthy  collections  can  be 
found  in  the  library  complex.  An  exten- 
sive holding  of  courses  of  study  and  text- 
books, and  a  variety  of  audiovisual  mate- 
rials and  equipment  are  held  in  the 
instructional  materials  center.  Also  avail- 
able are  separate  collections  for  chil- 
dren's literature,  government  documents, 
and  maps.  The  library  is  a  selective 
depository  for  government  publications. 

The  Special  Collections  Room  holds  the 
Chester  County  Collection  of  scientific 
and  historical  books;  the  Normal 
Collection,  publications  by  West  Chester 
University  faculty  and  alumni;  the 
Ehinger  Collection  (historical  books  on 
physical  education);  the  Biographies  of 
the  Signers  of  the  Declaration  of 
Independence  by  John  Sanderson;  and 
the  Shakespeare  Folios.  The  Philips 
Collection  of  Autographed  books  is 
housed  in  a  specially  designed  room  in 
the  Philips  Memorial  Building. 

West  Chester  students  may  take  advan- 
tage of  the  library's  many  services,  such 
as  reference,  computerized  on-line  litera- 
ture searching,  CD  ROM  databases, 
interlibrary  loan,  and  photoduplication. 
The  library's  integrated  automated  sys- 


tem provides  students  and  faculty  access 
to  the  library's  holdings  via  computer 
terminals.  The  on-line  catalog  may  be 
searched  at  terminals  located  throughout 
the  library  and  at  remote  terminals  else- 
where on  and  off  campus.  To  add  to  the 
cultural  enrichment  of  the  college  com- 
munity, the  library  schedules  informative 
displays  and  art  exhibits  throughout  the 
year. 

Music  Library 

The  Music  Library  is  part  of  the 
University  library.  Located  in  Swope 
Hall,  it  houses  an  extensive  collection  of 
music,  one  of  the  largest  of  its  kind  in 
the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.  Its 
rapidly  growing  holdings  include  more 
than  30,000  scores  (historical  editions, 
collected  works,  opera,  keyboard,  and 
vocal  and  instrumental  music)  and  more 
than  25,(X)0  recordings  (classical,  folk, 
nonwestern,  and  popular).  Listening 
facilities  for  40  persons  are  available 
within  the  library. 

Art  Collections 

The  University's  permanent  art  collec- 
tion is  made  up  primarily  of  gifts  from 
interested  art  patrons,  senior  class  pur- 
chases, and  gifts  from  alumni.  The 
Student  Services  Inc.  (SSI)  permanent  art 
collection  is  on  display  in  buildings 
throughout  the  campus.  The  SSI  collec- 
tion consists  of  a  number  of  important 
works,  such  as  the  watercolor,  Andress 
Place,  by  Andrew  Wyeth. 


Historical  Properties 

Among  a  number  of  historical  properties 
that  came  to  the  University  through  the 
Chester  County  Cabinet  of  Natural 
Sciences,  a  scientific  society  of  the  early 
19th  century,  are  the  Anthony  Wayne 
Letters,  which  include  letters  to  Wayne 
from  George  Washington,  Benedict 
Arnold,  and  others.  The  University  also 
owns  a  grandfather's  clock  that  belonged 
to  Benjamin  Franklin  and  Anthony 
Wayne's  telescope,  both  of  which  came 
from  the  Chester  County  Cabinet.  The 
Chester  County  Cabinet  and  the  West 
Chester  Academy  merged  to  form  the 
nucleus  of  the  present  University. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  is  located 
at  201  Carter  Drive  (across  Matlack  Street 
from  the  Bull  Center  parking  lot).  The 
clinic  is  operated  by  the  Department  of 
Communicative  Disorders  as  a  teaching 
and  training  facility  for  its  undergraduate 
and  graduate  students.  The  clinic  provides 
diagnostic  and  therapeutic  services  for 
persons  with  speech,  language,  and  hear- 
ing problems.  These  services  are  provided 
free  of  charge  to  West  Chester  University 
students,  faculty,  and  staff,  and  to  students 
enrolled  at  Cheyney  University.  A  fee  is 
charged  to  others  who  wish  to  use  the  ser- 
vices of  the  clinic. 


University  Policy  for  Storm  Closings 

When  storm  conditions  affect  the  operation  of  the  University, 
announcements  are  made  over  local  radio  and  TV  stations  via  a 
system  of  code  numbers  keyed  to  affected  schools.  Prefixes 
indicate  whether  the  school  will  be  closed  or  open  later  than 
usual.  West  Chester's  numbers  and  applicable  prefixes  are: 
853  —  University  number;  this  number  with  no  prefix 
indicates  classes  will  be  cancelled  for  the  day. 
2853  —  Evening  classes  will  be  cancelled. 


On  Tuesday  or  Thursday,  either  a  two-hour  delay  or 
class  cancellation  will  be  called.  Two-hour  delays  on  these 
days  will  mean  that  8  a.m.  classes  are  cancelled,  and  the 
class  normally  starting  at  9:30  a.m.  will  start  at  10  a.m. 
and  continue  to  1 1  a.m. 

On  Monday,  Wednesday,  or  Friday,  a  one-hour  delay 
means  that  the  8  a.m.  class  is  cancelled.  A  two-hour  delay 
means  that  both  the  8  a.m.  and  9  a.m.  classes  are  can- 
celled. 


Admission  to  West  Chester  University 


West  Chester  University  evaluates  its 
applicants  on  the  basis  of  scholarship, 
character,  and  potential  for  achievement 
in  the  programs  to  which  they  apply.  The 
University  operates  on  a  modified  rolling 
admissions  policy,  whereby  applicants 
with  the  strongest  academic  credentials 
are  given  priority  processing  and  notified 
as  quickly  as  possible  of  their  status. 
Other  applicants  are  evaluated  as  their 
files  become  complete  and  may  have 
final  decisions  deferred  until  later  in  the 
processing  cycle,  depending  upon  their 
individual  academic  profile.  All  deci- 
sions are  communicated  to  applicants  in 
writing.  Qualified  students  of  any  age 
from  all  racial,  religious,  ethnic,  and 
socio-economic  backgrounds  are  wel- 
come at  West  Chester.  Studies  may  be 
pursued  on  a  full-  or  part-time  basis. 

General  Requirements  for 
Admission  of  Freshmen 

1.  Graduation,  with  satisfactory  scholar- 
ship, from  an  approved  secondary 
school  or  approval  by  the  Credentials 
Evaluation  Division  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education. 

2.  Either  a  satisfactory  score  on  the 
Scholastic  Assessment  Test  (SAT  1) 
of  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board  (CEEB)  or  satisfactory  scores 
on  the  tests  given  in  the  American 
College  Testing  Program  (ACT). 
Applicants  who  graduated  from  high 
school  more  than  five  years  ago  do 
not  need  to  submit  test  scores. 

How  and  When  to  Apply  for 
Freshman  Admission 

For  application  materials  please  write  or 
call  the  Office  of  Admissions,  West 
Chester  University,  West  Chester,  PA 
19383,  610-436-341 1  or  e-mail  ugad- 
miss@wcupa.edu. 

Freshman  applicants  for  the  fall  semester 
are  urged  to  begin  the  application 
process  early  in  their  senior  year  of  high 
school.  Applicants  for  spring  semester 
should  complete  an  application  by 
December  1.  However,  if  enrollment  lim- 
its are  met  before  these  dates,  admissions 
will  be  closed. 

Candidates  will  receive  notification  from 
the  director  of  admissions  as  soon  as 
possible  after  decisions  are  reached. 
Freshman  applicants  who  are  denied 
admission  on  the  basis  of  academics  will 


not  be  permitted  to  enroll  as  a  nondegree 
student  at  the  University  but  will  be 
encouraged  to  consider  a  junior  or  com- 
munity college  as  an  alternative. 

Policy  on  Early  Admission 

In  exceptional  circumstances,  students 
with  superior  academic  qualifications 
and  unusually  mature  personal  develop- 
ment are  admitted  as  freshmen  upon 
completing  their  junior  year  of  secondary 
school.  Students  who,  in  the  opinion  of 
their  guidance  counselors,  warrant  con- 
sideration for  early  admission  may  obtain 
more  information  from  the  director  of 
admissions.  Early  admission  applications 
should  be  submitted  in  accordance  with 
deadlines  recommended  for  freshmen. 

Arranging  for  Tests 

Information  about  the  SAT  1  and  ACT 
may  be  obtained  from  high  school  guid- 
ance counselors.  It  is  the  student's  respon- 
sibility to  ensure  that  all  required  test 
scores  are  forwarded  to  the  Office  of 
Admissions. 

Transfer  Students 

Individuals  who  have  been  enrolled  in 
any  postsecondary  institution  after  gradu- 
ation from  high  school  and/or  have 
attended  West  Chester  University  on  a 
nondegree  basis  must  apply  as  transfer 
students.  Applicants  whose  secondary 
school  credentials  would  not  warrant 
admissions  consideration  as  freshmen 
must  complete  the  equivalent  of  one  full 
academic  year  prior  to  attempting  a 
transfer.  A  minimum  cumulative  Grade 
Point  Average  (GPA)  of  2.00  is  required 
for  transfer  consideration.  However,  the 
University's  modified  rolling  admissions 
policy  gives  priority  to  applicants  with 
the  strongest  academic  credentials.  In 
addition,  some  academic  departments 
have  established  prerequisite  course 
work  and  specific  Grade  Point  Average 
requirements  for  admission.  Specific 
information  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Office  of  Admissions, 
Transfer  applicants  for  the  fall  semester 
should  begin  the  application  process 
early  in  the  preceding  spring  semester. 
Spring  semester  applications  should  be 
completed  by  December  1.  If  enrollment 
limits  are  met  before  these  dates,  admis- 
sions will  be  closed. 


Application  Procedures  for 
Students  Transferring  from  an 
Accredited  Institution 

1.  File  an  application,  available  from  the 
Office  of  Admissions. 

2.  See  that  the  director  of  admissions 
receives: 

a.  An  official  transcript  from  all  insti- 
tutions attended.  If  preliminary 
(incomplete)  transcripts  are  submit- 
ted, the  student  must  see  that  final 
transcripts  are  filed  later. 

b.  Mid-term  grades,  if  the  student  is 
currently  enrolled  elsewhere  and  is 
applying  to  West  Chester  for  the 
following  semester. 

3.  If  a  student  has  completed  less  than 
30  semester  hours  of  credit,  he  or  she 
must  supply  SAT  1  or  ACT  scores 
and  a  high  school  transcript. 

If  a  student  is  accepted,  admission  is 
contingent  upon  successful  completion  of 
current  course  work  with  at  least  a  C 
average  as  documented  by  transcripts  of 
all  work  attempted  or  completed. 
Transfer  students  should  read  "Mainte- 
nance of  Academic  Standards"  in  the 
"Academic  Policies  and  Procedures"  sec- 
tion of  this  catalog. 

Transcripts  will  be  evaluated  in  accor- 
dance with  the  policies  of  the  department 
to  which  the  student  seeks  admission. 
After  the  student  has  been  admitted,  he 
or  she  should  work  out  an  acceptable 
program  of  study  in  close  consultation 
with  an  adviser  in  the  major  department. 
Transfer  applicants  who  are  denied 
admission  on  the  basis  of  academics  will 
not  be  permitted  to  enroll  as  a  nondegree 
student  without  the  approval  of  the 
Office  of  Admissions.  Such  approval 
may  be  rendered  in  the  event  of  extenu- 
ating circumstances  and  only  under  cer- 
tain agreed-upon  conditions  in  accor- 
dance with  University  policy. 

University  Policies  for  Students 
Transferring  from  a  Nonaccredited 
Institution 

Applicants  from  collegiate  institutions 
(including  community  colleges  and 
junior  colleges)  that  are  not  accredited 
by  one  of  the  six  regional  associations  in 
the  United  States  will  be  considered  for 
admission  if  the  applicant's  cumulative 
index  is  2.00  (C)  or  better. 


Admission  to  West  Chester  University 


The  evaluation  of  courses  listed  on  tran- 
scripts from  an  institution  not  accredited 
by  one  of  the  six  regional  associations 
will  be  made  by  the  student's  major 
department  in  consultation  with  the  fac- 
ulty dean  and  transfer  credit  analyst.  All 
evaluations  are  subject  to  review  by  the 
provost  and  academic  vice  president. 

International  Students 

Students  from  foreign  countries  may  be 
considered  for  degree  admission  if,  in 
addition  to  satisfying  the  general  require- 
ments, they  also  demonstrate  proficiency 
in  English.  Standardized  test  scores  from 
one  of  the  following  must  be  submitted 
with  the  application:  Test  of  English  as  a 
Foreign  Language  (TOEfT.).  Scholastic 
Assessment  Test  (SAT  1 ).  or  American 
College  Test  (ACT).  Non-native  English 
speakers  are  encouraged  to  submit  the 
TOEFL;  a  minimum  score  of  550  is 
required. 

International  students  are  admitted  for 
both  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 
Applications  for  the  fall  must  be  submit- 
ted to  the  Office  of  Admissions  by  May 
I,  while  applications  for  the  spring 
semester  should  be  submitted  by  August 
\.  All  students  are  required  to  submit  an 
application  fee.  Accepted  students  must 
be  able  to  verify  their  ability  to  fully 
meet  all  educational  and  living  expenses 
before  a  U.S.  Immigration  Form  (1-20) 
can  be  issued  and  admission  to  West 
Chester  finalized.  Because  of  the  amount 
of  time  it  takes  for  a  student  visa  to  be 
secured,  international  applicants  are 
encouraged  to  complete  the  admissions 
process  well  in  advance  of  the  May  1 
and  August  1  deadlines. 

Insurance  Requirements  for 
International  Students 

International  students  at  West  Chester 
University  are  required  to  carry  adequate 
health  and  accident  insurance.  Insurance 
must  be  effective  for  all  periods  of  time 
the  student  has  been  authorized  to  be  in 
the  United  States  by  an  immigration  docu- 
ment issued  by  West  Chester  University. 

Health  and  accident  insurance  policies 
must  be  purchased  through  a  company  that 
sells  insurance  in  the  United  States.  West 
Chester  University  has  set  minimum  cov- 
erage standards  which  must  be  met  by  all 
insurance  policies.  Information  about  the 
minimum  standards  are  available  at  the 
Center  for  International  Programs  Office, 
610-436-3515. 


To  assure  compliance  with  the  insurance 
requirement,  all  international  students 
must  come  to  the  Center  for  International 
Programs  by  September  1 5  of  each  acade- 
mic year.  There  students  may  obtain  infor- 
mation as  to  the  amount  of  insurance 
required  and  the  means  of  obtaining  cov- 
erage to  meet  the  insurance  requirement. 

Physical  Examination 
Requirements 

Applicants  are  not  asked  to  submit  a 
report  of  medical  history  until  they  have 
been  accepted  for  admission  and  have 
committed  to  enroll.  The  form  for  the 
necessary  health  examination,  which  will 
be  mailed  to  students,  must  be  completed 
by  a  physician  and  returned  to  the 
University  Health  Center  prior  to  the 
start  of  classes. 

Students  with  Disabilities 

West  Chester  University  will  make  every 
effort  to  assure  students  with  disabilities 
access  to  all  classes  required  for  their 
program  of  study  and  will  endeavor  to 
remove  all  obstacles  to  a  fulfilling,  com- 
prehensive university  experience. 

Students  should  contact  the  Office  of 
Services  for  Students  with  Disabilities  in 
Room  105  Lawrence  Center  to  arrange 
suitable  accommodations.  Additional 
information  can  be  obtained  by  calling 
610-436-3416. 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 

An  individual  may  pursue  a  second  bac- 
calaureate degree  at  West  Chester 
University  after  earning  the  first  baccalau- 
reate degree  either  at  West  Chester  or 
another  institution.  Such  an  individual 
must  apply  for  admission  through  the 
Office  of  Admissions  as  a  transfer  student. 

Admission  of  College  Graduates 
Seeking  Certification 

College  graduates  who  wish  to  obtain 
teaching  certification  should  consult  with 
the  Certification  Office  in  the  School  of 
Education,  610-436-2426,  or  the  Secon- 
dary Education  Student  Advisement 
Center,  610-436-3090. 

Readmission  of  Former  Students 

Students  who  have  withdrawn  from,  or 
who  for  other  reasons  have  not  matricu- 
lated at.  West  Chester  for  two  or  more 
consecutive  semesters  are  classified  as 
"inactive"  and  must  request  an  applica- 
tion for  readmission  from  the  Office  of 
Admissions.  After  an  absence  of  only 


one  semester,  students  wishing  to  return 
should  contact  the  Office  of  the  Registrar 
and  their  department  advisers.  Those 
who  have  attended  any  institutions  of 
higher  learning  since  leaving  West 
Chester  must  request  those  institutions  to 
forward  transcripts  of  their  records  to  the 
Office  of  Admissions,  West  Chester 
University,  West  Chester,  PA  19383. 

Readmitted  students  who  have  a  disabili- 
ty that  they  previously  did  not  disclose 
but  wish  to  do  so  should  contact  the 
Office  of  Services  for  Students  with 
Disabilities  (OSSD)  at  610-436-3217. 
These  students  will  be  informed  of  the 
appropriate  documentation  to  submit  as 
well  as  the  assistance  and  support  ser- 
vices available  to  them.  Students  who 
believe  that  their  disability  had  an  effect 
on  their  previous  course  work  at  the 
University  and  wish  to  have  this  fact 
considered  should  include  that  informa- 
tion in  their  personal  statement.  They 
also  may  wish  to  seek  the  support  of  the 
OSSD  in  the  readmission  process. 

Readmitted  students  are  bound  by  the 
requirements  in  the  major,  minor,  and 
cognate  areas  at  the  time  of  readmission, 
except  where  permission  is  granted  by 
the  respective  department. 

Students  intending  to  enroll  in  student 
teaching  in  the  first  semester  of  readmis- 
sion must  file  an  application  for  student 
teaching  with  the  individual  departments 
at  least  four  months  before  their  expect- 
ed readmission.  See  also  "Student 
Teaching"  in  the  section  entitled 
"Academic  Affairs." 

All  readmission  applications,  including 
all  supporting  documents,  should  be  filed 
by  August  1  for  the  fall  semester  and 
December  1  for  the  spring  semester. 

Office  of  Admissions  Staff 

Marsha  Haug — Director  of  Admissions 

Eileen  Merlin — Associate  Director 

Kalhy  Hein — Associate  Director 

Joseph  Bradley — Assistant  Director/ 
Coordinator  of  Transfer  Admission 

Julani  Thomas  Ghana — Assistant 
Director 

Linda  Hoffman  Delack — Assistant 
Director 

Edwin  Wright — Assistant  Director 

Joseph  McGeever — Admissions/ 
Financial  Aid  Counselor 


Fees  and  Expenses 


Special  Note:  The  fees  listed  below 
reflect  charges  at  press  time.  For  up-to- 
date  information  on  fees  at  any  given 
time,  contact  the  Office  of  the  Bursar, 
610-436-2552. 

Fees  and  expenses  are  subject  to  change 
without  notice.  Fees  shown  here  are  in 
effect  for  the  academic  year  1997-98, 
unless  otherwise  noted. 

TXiition  Rates 

The  following  tuition  rates  are  those  in 
effect  for  1996-97  and  are  subject  to 
change  for  1997-98. 
Unless  otherwise  specified,  fees  may  be 
paid  by  Visa,  MasterCard,  American 
Express,  check,  or  money  order  made 
payable  to  West  Chester  University.  The 
canceled  check,  money  order  record,  or 
charge  card  billing  serves  as  a  receipt. 

Undergraduate  Tuition  for  Legal 
Residents  of  Pennsylvania 

Full-time  students  (between  12-18  credits) 
$1,684.00  per  semester 
Part-time  students  (1 1  credits  or  less),  or 
per  credit  for  each  credit  over  18 

$140.00  per  credit 
See  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  for  resi- 
dency requirements. 

Undergraduate  Tuition  for 
Out-of-State  Students 

Full-time  students  (between  12-18  credits) 

$4,283.00  per  semester 
Part-time  students  (11  credits  or  less),  or 
per  credit  for  each  credit  over  1 8 

$357.00  per  credit 

General  Fee 

The  general  fee  of  $347  per  full-time  stu- 
dent (12  credits  or  more)  or  $30  per 
credit  hour  for  the  part-time  student  ( 1 1 
credits  or  less)  is  a  mandatory  charge 
which  covers  the  use  of  the  following 
services: 

•  Sykes  Student  Union  Fee  ($42) 
Previously  called  the  community 
center  fee,  this  charge  is  for  the 
operation  and  use  of  Sykes  Student 
Union. 

•  Health  Center  Fee  ($45) 
This  charge  is  for  the  use  of  the 
University  Health  Center. 

•  Student  Services,  Inc.  (SSI)  Fee 
($65) 

The  SSI  fee  funds  student  activi- 
ties, services,  clubs,  and  sports. 


•  Sykes  Student  Union  Expansion 

Fee ($55) 

This  fee  supports  the  recent  reno- 
vation of  Sykes  Student  Union, 
which  features  new  and  improved 
student  services. 

•  Educational  Services  Fee  ($140) 
Students  pay  this  fee  in  lieu  of  spe- 
cific department  charges. 

Housing  Fee 

North  Campus  Residence  Halls  -  This 
fee  entitles  the  student  to  occupancy  of  a 
standard  double  room  in  any  North 
Campus  residence  hall  with  one  room- 
mate. 

Per  student  $1,388.00  per  semester 

South  Campus  Apartment  Complex  - 
This  fee  entitles  the  student  to  occupancy 
of  a  four-  or  five-person  apartment  with 
the  following  bedroom  occupancy: 
Single  occupancy  bedroom 
(per  student)  $  1 ,786.00  per  semester 

Double  occupancy  bedroom 
(per  student)  $  1 ,6 1 1 .00  per  semester 

Students  in  the  North  Campus  residence 
halls  losing  their  roommates  who  do  not 
have  another  roommate  assigned  to  them 
will  be  assigned  a  roommate,  relocated, 
or  charged  a  private  room  fee  of  $28.90 
per  week  for  every  week  that  they  occu- 
py the  room  alone.  These  options  are 
available  on  a  limited  basis;  however, 
available  spaces  will  be  used  if  demand 
requires. 

Meal  Fee 

Students  in  the  North  Campus  residence 
halls  must  choose  among  Plans  1,  3,  and  5. 
Plan  1 :  14-Variable  Program 

$800.00  per  semester 
This  convenient  program  entitles  resi- 
dent, off-campus,  and  commuter  students 
to  any  14  out  of  the  19  meals  served 
Monday  through  Sunday  and  includes  a 
flexible  fund  of  $100.  The  flexible  fund 
aspect  of  the  14-variable  board  plan 
gives  students  the  flexibility  of  making 
up  to  $100  in  purchases  at  any  dining 
service  location.  Students  may  add  to 
their  flexible  fund  account  at  any  time  in 
$25  increments. 
With  flexible  funds  students  can: 

•  Supplement  meal  entitlements 

•  Treat  friends  or  family  members  to 
meals 


•  For  a  late  night  snack,  have  a  freshly 
made  ITZA  PIZZA  delivered  to  the 
residence  hall 

•  Purchase  items  from  the 
Convenience  Stores 

Plan  2:  Flexible  Fund  Program 
This  program  is  designed  for  South 
Campus  apartment  complex,  off-campus 
and  commuter  students,  faculty,  and 
staff.  A  minimum  of  $100  can  be  placed 
in  a  flexible  fund  account  that  can  be 
accessed  by  an  ID  card.  The  program  can 
be  used  in  the  Lawrence  Food  Court. 
Campus  Corner,  Convenience  Stores,  or 
in  the  Sykes  Ram's  Head  Food  Court. 
Faculty  and  staff  may  use  their  flex  dol- 
lars in  the  University  Club  as  well.  With 
this  program,  there  is  no  need  to  carry 
cash  for  meals.  The  flexible  fund  may  be 
increased  by  $25  increments  at  any  time 
during  the  semester. 
Plan  3:  W-Variable  Program 

$734.00  per  semester 
This  plan  allows  resident,  off-campus, 
and  commuter  students  more  flexibility 
in  scheduling  their  meals  throughout  the 
week.  This  plan  entitles  participants  to 
10  out  of  the  19  meals  served  Monday 
through  Sunday  and  includes  a  flexible 
fund  of  $100  that  can  be  used  as 
described  in  Plan  1. 
Plan  4:  5-Variable  Program 

$495.00  per  semester 
This  plan  is  designed  for  South  Campus 
apartment  complex,  off-campus,  and  com- 
muter students  who  wish  to  have  the  con- 
venience of  meals  on  campus.  This  plan 
entitles  participants  to  five  out  of  the  19 
meals  served  Monday  through  Sunday 
and  includes  a  flexible  fund  of  $50  that 
can  be  used  as  described  in  Plan  1 . 
Plan  5:  19  All-inclusive  Program 

$809.00  per  semester 
This  plan  entitles  resident,  off-campus, 
and  commuter  students  to  all  of  the 
meals  served  during  the  week  and 
includes  a  flexible  fund  of  $50  that  can 
be  used  as  described  in  Plan  1. 
For  those  students  in  residence  halls,  the 
meal  plan  cost  has  already  been  included 
in  the  University  billing.  South  Campus 
apartment  complex,  off-campus,  and 
commuter  students  can  sign  up  for  one  of 
these  meal  plans  by  applying  at  the 
Office  of  the  Bursar  in  the  E.O.  Bull 
Center. 


Fees  and  Expenses 


Any  flexible  funds  left  at  the  end  of  the 

first  semester  will  transfer  to  the  second 

semester.  Any  flexible  funds  remaining 

at  the  end  of  the  second  semester  will  be 

forfeited. 

How  the  Meal  Plan  Works 

A  West  Chester  University  identification 

card  will  be  encoded  to  access  a  student's 

dining  service  account. 

A  meal  or  flexible  funds  will  be  deduct- 
ed from  the  balance  automatically  when 
the  card  is  presented  to  the  cashier. 

This  identification  card  will  serve  as  a 
ticket  to  the  offerings  at  Lawrence  Food 
Court,  Campus  Corner,  Convenience 
Stores,  and  Sykes  Ram's  Head  Food 
Court. 

Lost  or  Stolen  ID  Cards 

Lost  or  stolen  cards  should  be  reported 
immediately  in  person  to  the  Information 
Systems  Office  in  order  to  prevent  some- 
one from  misusing  the  lost  ID.  A  tempo- 
rary ID  can  be  purchased  at  this  time  for 
$5.  (This  fee  is  refunded  if  it  is  the  first 
time  the  student  is  getting  a  temporary 
card  and  the  temporary  card  is  returned 
before  its  expiration  date.)  Office  hours  are 
Monday  through  Friday,  8  a.m.  to  6  p.m. 
The  Information  Systems  Office  is  located 
at  Lawrence  Center,  610-436-3129. 

International  Student  Services  Fee 

International  students  are  assessed  a  fee 
of  $25  per  semester  to  support  the  ser- 
vices provided  to  them  by  the  Interna- 
tional Program  Office. 

Payment  of  Fees 

Students  who  schedule  in  advance  for  a 
future  semester  will  be  mailed  a  semester 
bill.  If  semester  bills  are  not  received  by 
the  first  week  in  August  for  the  fall  semes- 
ter or  the  first  week  in  December  for  the 
spring  semester,  contact  the  Office  of  the 
Bursar  at  610-436-2552.  It  is  the  responsi- 
bility of  each  student  to  pay/submit  the 
semester  bill  by  the  due  date.  Nonreceipt 
of  a  semester  bill  does  not  relieve  the 
student  of  the  responsibility  of  paying/ 
submitting  the  bill  by  the  due  date. 
Address  changes  should  be  made  through 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  to  allow  for  suf- 
ficient time  to  reflect  an  accurate  billing 
address. 

Each  semester,  students  have  three 
opportunities  to  schedule  for  classes  and 
pay  their  bills. 

( 1 )  Students  may  schedule  during  the 
main  scheduling  period,  which  is  held 
during  the  prior  semester.  A  bill  will 
be  mailed  to  these  students  four  to  six 


weeks  before  the  semester  begins.  The 
bill  must  be  paid  in  full  by  the  due 
date.  Students  who  are  receiving 
approved  financial  aid  awards  that 
fully  cover  or  exceed  the  amount  of 
their  bills  do  not  have  to  pay,  but  they 
must  submit  to  the  Office  of  the 
Bursar  the  appropriate  portion  of  their 
semester  bill  to  complete  registration. 
Failure  to  return  the  bill,  even  if  no 
payment  is  due,  may  result  in  the 
cancellation  of  registration/schedule 
and  the  assessment  of  late  penalties. 
Students  who  cannot  pay  their  bills  in 
full  by  the  due  date  may  apply  for 
deferred  payment  (see  "Deferred 
Payment  Policy"  below). 

(2)  Students  who  do  not  schedule 
prior  to  the  mail  payment  deadlines 
may  schedule  and  pay  in  person  prior 
to  the  start  of  the  semester.  In  this 
instance,  payment  must  be  made  at 
the  time  of  scheduling;  no  bill  will  be 
sent  in  the  mail. 

(3)  Students  who  do  not  take  advan- 
tage of  either  of  these  scheduling 
opportunities,  or  who  fail  to  pay  their 
bills  as  outlined  above,  must  attend 
late  registration.  Students  at  late  regis- 
tration will  be  expected  to  pay  their 
bills  at  the  time  that  they  schedule. 

Failure  to  meet  the  payment  deadlines  as 
set  forth  above  could  result  in  cancella- 
tion of  the  student's  schedule.  In  order  to 
have  the  schedule  reinstated,  the  student 
would  have  to  pay  his  or  her  bill  in  full 
as  well  as  a  S35  late  registration  fee. 

Students  who  owe  money  to  the 
University  will  have  a  hold  placed  on 
their  accounts.  If  not  satisfied,  this  hold 
will  cancel  registration/scheduling  for 
future  semesters,  prevent  the  release  of 
transcripts,  and  prohibit  graduation  clear- 
ance. The  University  also  may,  at  its  dis- 
cretion, invoke  any  other  penalty  appro- 
priate for  a  particular  case  in  which 
money  is  owed  to  the  University. 

Deferred  Payment  Policy 

The  University  extends  deferred  payment 
privileges  to  all  students  who  are  in  good 
financial  standing  and  have  not  defaulted 
on  a  previous  payment  plan.  The  fee 
charged  for  this  service  is  $35  per  semes- 
ter. For  more  informadon  about  the  plan 
offered,  contact  the  Office  of  the  Bursar  at 
610-436-2552. 

Uncollectible  Check  Policy 

A  fee  of  $25  is  charged  for  any  check 
returned  to  the  University  for  insufficient 
funds,  stopped  payment,  or  closed 


account.  The  University  may,  at  its  dis- 
cretion, charge  this  fee  for  any  check 
returned  to  it  for  any  other  reason. 
The  check  will  be  returned  to  the  student 
upon  its  replacement  through  cash, 
cashier's  check,  MasterCard,  Visa, 
American  Express,  or  money  order. 
Students  who  have  two  or  more  checks 
returned  against  their  accounts  will  no 
longer  be  able  to  make  payment  by  per- 
sonal check;  all  future  payments  must  be 
made  by  cash,  certified  check, 
MasterCard,  Visa,  American  Express,  or 
money  order. 

Refund  Policy 

All  requests  for  refunds  for  dropped  or 
canceled  courses,  or  for  withdrawals, 
must  be  made  in  writing  or  in  person  to 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Refunds  are 
not  automatic;  it  is  the  student's  respon- 
sibility to  initiate  a  refund  request. 
Appeals  concerning  the  refund  policy  for 
tuition  and  the  general  fee  are  made  to 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Appeals  con- 
cerning the  Housing  or  Meal  Fee  are 
made  to  the  Office  of  Residence  Life. 
Further  appeals,  if  necessary,  may  be 
made  to  the  Appeals  Committee. 
Students  who  are  in  their  first  term  of 
enrollment  at  WCU  and  who  have 
received  federal  financial  aid  will  receive 
prorated  refunds  based  on  federally  man- 
dated requirements.  The  refund  policy 
does  not  affect  the  time-line  for  W, 
WP,  and  WF  grades  as  described 
under  "Withdrawing  from  a  Course" 
(see  page  37). 

Individual  fees  will  be  refunded  accord- 
ing to  the  policies  described  below. 
Tuition  -  in  full  prior  to  the  first  day  of 
the  semester  or  according  to  the  follow- 
ing schedule  once  classes  have  begun. 
(This  schedule  assumes  that  the  student 
account  is  paid  in  full  and  that  the  per- 
centages apply  to  the  total  tuition  bill, 
not  to  a  partial  payment  of  tuition.) 
1  St  or  2nd  week(s)  of  class         90%  refund 
3rd  or  4th  week  of  class  50%  refund 

5th  through  8th  week  of  class     25%  refund 
After  8th  week  of  class  No  refiind 

No  refund  will  be  given  if  the  student 
drops  a  course  but  retains  full-time  status, 
or  if  he/she  owes  the  University  money. 
General  Fee  -  in  full  prior  to  the  first  day 
of  the  semester  and  prorated  on  a  credit- 
hour  basis  for  a  change  from  full-time  to 
part-time  status.  A  change  in  the  number 
of  credit  hours  within  the  full-time  status 
(12  credit  hours  or  above)  does  not  result 
in  a  refund  of  the  General  Fee;  however,  a 


Financial  Aid 


change  within  the  part-time  status  (below 
12  credit  hours)  will  result  in  a  per-credit- 
hour  adjustment  according  to  the  refund 
schedule  used  for  tuition  refunds. 
Housing  Fee  -  in  full  prior  to  the  first 
day  of  the  semester;  after  the  first  day  of 
the  semester,  prorated  refunds  are  made 
on  an  individual  basis  through  the  Office 
of  Residence  Life. 

Meal  Fee  -  in  full  prior  to  the  first  day  of 
the  semester;  after  the  first  day  of  the 
semester,  prorated  refunds  are  made  on  an 
individual  basis  through  the  Office  of 
Residence  Life  for  resident  students,  and 
through  the  Office  of  the  Bursar  for  com- 
muter students. 

Other  Fees 

Application  Fee.  $25  is  charged  to  all 
prospective  students  for  the  processing  of 
their  applicafions  to  the  University.  The 
fee  is  nonrefundable  and  is  not  credited  to 
the  student's  account. 
Nondegree  Student  Application  Fee. 
Nondegree  students  are  charged  a  one- 
time $15  initial  processing  fee. 
Acceptance  Fee.  All  newly  accepted  and 
readmitted  students  pay  $100  as  proof  of 
intention  to  enroll  at  the  University.  It  is 
credited  against  the  student's  tuition  and 
is  nonrefundable  if  the  student  decides 
not  to  attend. 

Housing  Deposit.  All  new  and  returning 
students  who  wish  to  live  in  the  residence 
halls  are  charged  $100.  It  is  credited 
against  the  student's  housing  fee  and  is 
nonrefundable  if  the  student  decides  not 
to  live  on  campus. 

Financial  Aid 


Late  Registration  Fee.  All  students  who 
schedule  and  pay  at  late  registration  or 
who  pay  their  bills  after  the  deadline  set 
for  those  bills  are  charged  a  $35  nonre- 
fundable late  fee. 

Credit  by  Examination  Fee.  A  charge  is 
made  to  all  students  who  register  for  a 
Credit  by  Examination  through  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar.  Each  examination  sched- 
uled costs  $25. 

Portfolio  Assessment  Fee.  Equal  to  50 
percent  of  the  per  credit  hour  rate,  this  fee 
is  charged  to  have  a  faculty  member 
assess  a  student's  prior  knowledge  in  a 
particular  course. 

Course  Audit  Fee.  Students  who  audit 
courses  pay  the  same  fees  as  students  tak- 
ing the  courses  for  a  letter  grade. 
Damage  Fee.  Students  are  charged  for 
damage  or  loss  of  University  property. 
This  fee  varies,  depending  on  the  extent 
of  the  damage. 

Identification  Card  Fees.  The  University 
charges  a  $2  fee  to  issue  an  identification 
card  to  each  full-  or  part-time  student.  If 
this  card  is  lost,  stolen,  or  damaged,  the 
student  will  be  charged  $5  for  a  replace- 
ment card.  This  fee  is  payable  at  the 
Student  Services,  Inc.  Office. 
Parking  Fees.  The  University  charges  a 
nonrefundable  parking  fee  to  students 
who  are  eligible  to  purchase  a  decal  to 
use  University  parking  lots.  The  current 
parking  fee  is  $20  per  year;  however,  the 
fee  effective  for  fall  1997  has  not  yet 
been  established. 

Registration  forms  are  available  at  the 
Department  of  Public  Safety.  A  violation 


of  University  parking  regulations  is 
charged  $5  per  issued  ticket. 
Music  Instrument  Rental  Fees.  Each 
student  renting  a  musical  instrument  for  a 
semester  is  charged  $20  per  instrument. 
Every  student  using  a  pipe  organ  for  prac- 
tice for  one  period  each  weekday  is 
charged  $36  per  semester. 
Lost  Key  Replacement  Students  who 
lose  the  key  to  their  residence  hall  room 
are  charged  a  nonrefundable  fee  of  $25  to 
replace  the  lock. 

Transcript  Fee.  The  fee  for  transcripts  is 
$3  per  copy.  Transcript  request  forms  are 
available  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 
Immediate  transcripts  are  $5  per  request. 
Commencement  Fee.  The  University 
charges  $56  to  all  students  enrolled  in  a 
degree  program  who  will  have  fulfilled 
their  degree  requirements  by  the  end  of 
the  semester.  This  fee  is  paid  after  the 
student  completes  a  Graduation 
Application  Form  in  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  and  is  approved  for  graduation. 
Placement  Credentials  Fee.  This  $10 
charge  covers  the  cost  of  registration, 
development,  and  updating  a  student's  cre- 
dentials file  in  the  Career  Development 
Center.  The  fee  entitles  the  student  to  five 
mailings  of  credentials,  as  well  as  a  person- 
al copy. 

Fees  for  Health  and  Physical  Education 
Majors.  Students  in  the  B.S.  degree  pro- 
grams in  health  and  physical  education 
must  purchase  uniforms  at  the  University 
Bookstore.  All  students  must  be  in  proper 
uniform  for  activity  classes. 


The  financial  aid  program  at  West  Chester 
University  provides  financial  assistance 
and  counseling  to  students  who  can  benefit 
from  further  education,  but  who  cannot 
obtain  it  without  such  assistance.  Financial 
aid  consists  of  gift  aid  in  the  form  of  schol- 
arships or  grants,  and  self-help  aid  in  the 
form  of  employment  or  loans.  The  main 
responsibility  for  meeting  educational 
expenses  rests  with  students  and  their  fami- 
lies. Financial  aid  is  a  supplement  to  family 
contribution  and  is  to  be  used  for  educa- 
tional expenses. 

Eligibility  for  financial  aid,  with  the 
exception  of  some  private  scholarships 
and  the  Parent  Loan  Program,  is  based  on 


demonstrated  financial  need.  Family 
income,  assets,  and  family  size  influence 
a  student's  demonstrated  financial  need. 

All  documents,  correspondence,  and  con- 
versations among  the  applicants,  their  fami- 
lies, and  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  are 
confidential  and  entitled  to  the  protection 
ordinarily  arising  from  a  counseling  rela- 
tionship. 

In  order  to  receive  financial  aid,  the  stu- 
dent must: 

1.  Be  accepted  for  admission  as  a  degree 
student  enrolling  at  West  Chester 
University,  or,  in  the  case  of  a  student 
already  attending  the  University,  be 
enrolled  and  making  satisfactory  aca- 


demic progress  as  a  degree  student. 
See  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  for  a 
more  detailed  explanation  of  this 
requirement. 

2.  Submit  a  Free  Application  for  Federal 
Student  Aid  before  March  I  for  priori- 
ty consideration.  This  application  will 
be  used  to  determine  demonstrated 
financial  need  for  the  student.  All  stu- 
dents are  encouraged  to  complete  this 
application. 

3.  Apply  for  the  state  grant  program  in 
his  or  her  state  of  legal  residence. 

4.  Submit  any  other  requested  documen- 
tation concerning  financial  and  family 
circumstances  that  may  be  requested 


Financial  Aid 


by  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid,  or  any 
agency  that  administers  financial  assis- 
tance programs.  Financial  aid  appli- 
cants may  be  required  to  submit  copies 
of  their  IRS  forms,  and/or  their  par- 
ents" forms,  or  various  other  income- 
related  documents. 
Submission  of  the  above  does  not  automat- 
ically entitle  a  student  to  receive  financial 
aid.  The  Office  of  Financial  Aid  follows 
the  regulations  established  by  the  federal 
government  in  awarding  aid.  Aid  applicants 
are  ranked  according  to  unmet  need  (based 
on  budget,  federal  and  state  grants,  and 
expected  family  contribution),  and  avail- 
able funds  are  offered  to  the  neediest  stu- 
dents first.  Students  must  apply  for  finan- 
cial aid  each  academic  year. 
Unless  otherwise  specified,  requests  for 
scholarships,  grants,  loans,  and  employment 
opportunities  described  in  this  catalog 
should  be  made  to  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid.  Application  forms  for  state  and  federal 
grants  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid  at  West  Chester  University 
and  from  the  offices  of  most  high  school 
guidance  counselors.  Questions  concerning 
financial  aid  may  be  directed  to  the  Office 
of  Financial  Aid,  138  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center, 
West  Chester  University,  West  Chester,  PA 
19383,  610-436-2627.  Office  hours  are 
from  8  a.m.  to  4:30  p.m.,  Monday  through 
Friday. 

Withdrawal/Enrollment  Change 
and  Aid 

Students  who  officially  withdraw  or  change 
their  enrollment  status  may  be  entitled  to  a 
refund  of  certain  fees,  according  to  West 
Chester  University's  policy.  (See  section 
entitled  "Fees  and  Expenses.")  If  that  stu- 
dent has  been  awarded  financial  aid  for  the 
semester  in  which  the  withdrawal  or  enroll- 
ment change  occurs,  a  portion  of  the  refund 
will  be  returned  to  financial  aid  program 
fiinds. 

Financial  aid  refunds  due  to  withdrawals 
or  enrollment  changes  are  processed  in 
accordance  with  federal,  state,  and  award- 
ing agency  guidelines  and  regulations.  A 
student  considering  withdrawal  or  an 
enrollment  status  change  should  consult 
with  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  to  deter- 
mine the  impact  of  that  action  on  current 
and  future  financial  aid. 

Student  Consumer  Rights  and 
Responsibilities 

You  have  the  right  to  ask  a  school: 
1 .  The  names  of  its  accrediting  organi- 
zations. 


2.  About  its  programs;  its  instructional, 
laboratory,  and  other  physical  facili- 
ties; and  its  faculty. 

3.  What  the  cost  of  attending  is  and 
what  its  policies  are  on  refunds  to 
students  who  drop  out. 

4.  What  financial  assistance  is  avail- 
able, including  information  on  all 
federal,  state,  local,  private,  and  insti- 
tutional financial  aid  programs. 

5.  What  the  procedures  and  deadlines 
are  for  submitting  applications  for 
each  available  financial  aid  program. 

6.  What  criteria  it  uses  to  select  finan- 
cial aid  recipients. 

7.  How  it  determines  your  financial 
need.  This  process  includes  how 
costs  for  tuition  and  fees,  room  and 
board,  travel,  books  and  supplies, 
personal  and  miscellaneous  expenses, 
etc.  are  considered  in  your  budget.  It 
also  includes  what  resources  (such  as 
parental  contribution,  other  financial 
aid,  your  assets,  etc.)  are  considered 
in  the  calculation  of  your  need. 

8.  If  you  have  a  loan,  what  the  interest 
rate  is,  the  total  amount  that  must  be 
repaid,  the  length  of  time  you  have  to 
repay  the  loan,  when  payments  are  to 
begin,  and  any  cancellation  and 
deferment  provisions  that  apply. 

9.  If  you  are  offered  a  work  study  job, 
what  kind  of  job  it  is,  what  hours  you 
must  work,  what  your  duties  will  be, 
what  the  rate  of  pay  will  be,  and  how 
and  when  you  will  be  paid. 

10.  To  reconsider  your  aid  package,  if 
you  believe  a  mistake  has  been  made. 

1 1.  How  the  school  determines  whether 
you  are  making  satisfactory  academic 
progress,  and  what  happens  if  you 
are  not. 

12.  What  special  facilities  and  services 
are  available  to  the  disabled. 

You  have  the  responsibility  to: 

1.  Review  and  consider  all  information 
about  a  school's  program  before  you 
enroll. 

2.  Pay  special  attention  to  your  applica- 
tion for  student  financial  aid,  com- 
plete it  accurately,  and  submit  it  on 
time  to  the  right  place.  Errors  can 
delay  your  receipt  of  financial  aid. 

3.  Provide  all  additional  documentation, 
verification,  corrections,  and/or  new 
information  requested  by  either  the 
Office  of  Financial  Aid  or  the  agency 
to  which  you  submitted  your  applica- 
tion. 


4.  Read  and  understand  all  forms  that 
you  are  asked  to  sign  and  keep  copies 
of  them. 

5.  Accept  responsibility  for  the  promis- 
sory note  and  all  other  agreements 
that  you  sign. 

6.  If  you  have  a  loan,  notify  the  lender 
of  changes  in  your  name,  address,  or 
enrollment  status. 

7.  Perform  in  a  satisfactory  manner  the 
work  that  is  agreed  upon  in  accepting 
a  college  work  study  job. 

8.  Know  and  comply  with  the  deadlines 
for  application  for  aid. 

9.  Know  and  comply  with  your  school's 
refund  procedures. 

THE  FOLLOWING  IS  A  BRIEF 
DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  FINANCIAL 
AID  PROGRAMS  AVAILABLE  AT 
WEST  CHESTER  UNIVERSITY. 

Federal  Work  Study  Program 

Federal  work  study  is  an  employment 
program  that  allows  students  to  work  part 
time  on  campus.  Application  is  made 
through  the  Free  Application  for  Federal 
Student  Aid.  The  priority  deadline  is 
March  1. 

Federal  Perkins  Loan  Program 

The  Federal  Perkins  Loan  Program  is 
administered  by  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid  for  students  who  demonstrate  finan- 
cial need.  The  cumulative  limit  for  bor- 
rowing as  an  undergraduate  student  is 
$15,000  ($3,000  per  year).  The  cumula- 
tive limit  for  borrowing  as  a  graduate  stu- 
dent and  undergraduate  student  is 
$30,000.  The  interest  rate  is  5  percent  and 
begins  to  accrue  when  repayment  com- 
mences— nine  months  after  the  student 
terminates  his  or  her  education.  There  are 
deferment  privileges  for  students  who 
enter  the  armed  services.  Peace  Corps,  or 
VISTA  after  graduation.  There  are  can- 
cellation privileges  for  special  education 
teachers  and  teachers  in  certain  school 
districts.  Application  is  made  through  the 
Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid. 
Priority  deadline  is  March  1 . 

Federal  Stafford  Loan  Program 

This  loan  program,  formerly  the 
Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program,  oper- 
ates with  the  cooperation  of  private 
lenders  (banks,  credit  unions,  etc.).  Loans 
for  students  who  demonstrate  need  are 
subsidized  (no  in-school  interest  pay- 
ments); loans  for  students  who  do  not 
demonstrate  need  are  unsubsidized  (in- 
school  quarterly  interest  payments 
required).  Annual  loan  limits  are  $2,625 


Financial  Aid 


for  first-year  students,  $3,500  for  second- 
year  students,  and  $5,500  for  undergradu- 
ate students  who  have  completed  two 
years.  Independent  students  may  borrow 
additional  unsubsidized  funds:  up  to  $4,000 
per  year  for  their  first  two  years,  and  up  to 
$5,000  per  year  after  they  have  completed 
two  years.  The  academic  level  maximum 
amounts  are  not  guaranteed.  The  loan 
amount  is  influenced  by  the  receipt  of  other 
aid'  The  interest  rate  for  first-time  borrow- 
ers is  variable,  not  to  exceed  8.25  percent. 
It  begins  to  accrue  when  repayment  com- 
mences— six  months  after  the  student  ter- 
minates his  or  her  education  or  drops 
below  half-time  status.  There  are  deferment 
privileges  for  students  who  enter  the  Peace 
Corps,  ACTION  programs,  or  the 
Commissioned  Corps  of  the  Public  Health 
Service.  Applications  are  secured  at  the 
lending  institution.  Students  should  allow 
10  weeks  for  processing  and  apply  by  May 
31.  Funds  for  first-year  students  may  not 
be  disbursed  until  30  days  after  the  start  of 
the  semester.  The  Federal  Stafford  Loan 
application  and  the  Free  Application  for 
Federal  Student  Aid  must  be  filed. 

Federal  Parent  Loan  for 
Undergraduate  Students  (PLUS) 

The  Federal  PLUS  program  operates 
through  private  lenders.  Parents  may  bor- 
row up  to  the  cost  of  education  minus 
other  aid  for  each  dependent  student 
attending  a  postsecondary  educational 
institution  for  each  academic  level.  The 
interest  rate  is  variable,  not  to  exceed  nine 
percent,  and  repayment  commences  60 
days  after  disbursement  of  the  loan  funds. 
Applications  are  secured  at  lending  institu- 
tions. 

Short-Term  Emergency  Loan 

Students  in  need  of  funds  to  cover  unusual 
or  emergency  education  expenses  may 
contact  the  Office  of  the  Bursar  concern- 
ing the  Short-Term  Emergency  Loan 
Program.  The  maximum  loan  is  $200. 

Federal  Pell  Grant 

This  is  the  federal  grant  program.  All 
students  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  a 
Federal  Pell  Grant.  Students  receive  noti- 
fication of  eligibility  in  the  form  of  a 
Student  Aid  Report.  Interested  students 
must  file  the  Free  Application  for 
Federal  Student  Aid.  Deadline  is  May  1 
of  the  current  academic  year. 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational 
Opportunity  Grant  (FSEOG) 

The  FSEOG  program  is  federally  funded 
and  administered  by  the  Office  of 


Financial  Aid.  A  student  must  demon- 
strate financial  need  and  be  an  under- 
graduate. Students  must  file  the  Free 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid. 
Deadline  is  March  1. 

State  Grants 

PENNSYLVANIA  HIGHER  EDUCA- 
TION ASSISTANCE  AGENCY 
(PHEAA)  GRANT.  The  Commonwealth 
of  Pennsylvania,  through  PHEAA,  makes 
state  grants  available  to  students  who 
demonstrate  financial  need  and  are 
Pennsylvania  residents.  PHEAA  requires 
that  students  successfully  complete  at  least 
24  credits  for  each  full-year  grant  awarded. 
Students  must  file  the  Free  Application  for 
Federal  Student  Aid.  Deadline  is  May  1. 

The  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  has 
entered  into  reciprocal  agreements  with 
the  following  adjacent  states:  Delaware, 
West  Virginia,  Ohio,  and  Maryland. 
Residents  of  these  states  who  wish  to 
attend  West  Chester  University  are  per- 
mitted to  use  state  grants  from  their 
home  states  for  educational  expenses  at 
West  Chester.  Some  other  states  not 
adjacent  to  Pennsylvania  may  permit 
their  residents  to  use  state  grants  for 
attendance  at  West  Chester  University. 
Students  should  contact  the  agency  for 
higher  education  in  their  states  for  more 
information. 

Scholarships  and  Awards 

♦ACADEMIC  ACHIEVEMENT 
AWARDS.  Awards  of  $1,000  each  (nonre- 
newable) are  given  to  first-year  students. 

ACME  MARKETS,  INC.  SCHOLAR- 
SHIPS. Acme  Markets,  Inc.  sponsors 
four-year  scholarships  for  three  entering 
freshmen.  Students  are  to  be  enrolled  in  a 
degree  program  in  business,  manage- 
ment, or  marketing  and  have  a  career 
interest  in  retail  management  or  related 
area.  Recipients  will  also  participate  in 
an  Acme  internship  or  co-op  program. 
The  scholarships  are  renewable  provided 
all  scholarship  requirements  are  main- 
tained. Applications  will  only  be  accept- 
ed every  four  years  beginning  with  the 
1996-97  academic  year. 

THE  J.PETER  ADLER  PRIZE  FOR 
EXCELLENCE  IN  THEATRE.  The 
J.Peter  Adler  Prize  for  Excellence  in 
Theatre  has  been  funded  through  individ- 
ual, family,  and  group  gifts  to  honor  the 
memory  of  J.Peter  Adler,  son  of  WCU 
President  Madeleine  Wing  Adler.  The 
prize  is  awarded  annually  to  West 
Chester  University  seniors  who  have 
exhibited  strong  talent  in  theatre,  and 


who  will  be  contmuing  their  education  in 
a  graduate  degree  program. 

WEST  CHESTER  UNIVERSITY 
ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP FUND.  A  scholarship  fund  was 
established  by  the  Alumni  Association  of 
West  Chester  University  in  1974  to  bene- 
fit the  students  of  West  Chester 
University.  The  criteria  for  selection  are 
scholarship,  leadership,  character,  and 
need.  Scholarships  may  be  awarded  to 
sophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors. 
Applications  are  available  from  the 
Office  of  Financial  Aid  or  the  Office  of 
Alumni  Relations.  The  awards  are  gener- 
ally made  on  Alumni  Day  each  year  and 
are  applied  to  the  students'  course  fees 
for  the  next  academic  year.  Scholarship 
amounts  vary. 

GERALDINE  RUTH  DALEY  ANDER- 
SON SCHOLARSHIP.  This  fund  was 
established  to  honor  Mrs.  Geraldine 
Daley  Anderson  '34  by  a  gift  from  her 
husband,  Robert  S.  Anderson,  M.D.  The 
awards  from  the  fund  are  restricted  to 
physical  education  majors  who  are  grad- 
uates of  high  schools  in  Lackawanna, 
Luzerne,  and  Wyoming  counties  in 
Pennsylvania.  Students  also  must  have 
financial  need  and  demonstrate  academic 
achievement.  Preference  will  be  given  to 
women  students.  The  value  of  the  award 
varies  but  will  be  no  less  than  $300. 
Applications  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

SANDRA  ALESIA  ATKINS  MEMORI- 
AL SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  is 
awarded  annually  as  a  memorial  to 
Sandra  Alesia  Atkins,  a  member  of  the 
class  of  1981,  to  an  outstanding  music 
student  from  Overbrook  High  School  in 
Philadelphia  who  enrolls  at  West  Chester 
University  as  a  candidate  for  the  B.S. 
degree  in  music  education.  The  recipient 
will  be  selected  by  the  School  of  Music 
upon  recommendation  of  the  Overbrook 
High  School  Music  Department. 

JUSTO  B.  BRAVO  SCHOLARSHIP  IN 
CHEMISTRY.  This  award  is  available  to 
a  full-time  student  majoring  in  chemistry. 
Applications  are  made  to  the  Department 
of  Chemistry. 

LAURY  SAMUEL  BROKENSHIRE 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  is  pre- 
sented annually  as  a  memorial  to  Laury 
Brokenshire  '59  by  his  parents,  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  James  R.  Brokenshire  of  Reading.  It 
is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  junior  class 
music  student  selected  by  the  School  of 
Music  faculty. 


Financial  Aid 


ROBERT  M.  BROWN  ENDOWED 
SCHOLARSHIP  FOR  PHYSICS.  This 
scholarship  was  established  by  alumnus 
Robert  M.  Brown  '38  for  a  worthy  full- 
time  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  under- 
graduate physics  major.  The  scholarship 
is  renewable  if  the  recipient  maintains 
the  required  3.0  GPA. 
CAVALCADE  OF  BANDS  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP. This  award  is  sponsored  jointly  by 
the  Cavalcade  of  Bands  Association  and 
the  School  of  Music.  The  recipient(s) 
must  be  admitted  in  good  standing  to  the 
music  program  at  West  Chester  Univer- 
sity and  selected  by  the  director  of  the 
winnmg  band(s)  in  each  category  of  the 
American  and  Yankee  Conferences.  The 
awards  are  determmed  annually.  Normal- 
ly, one  student  from  each  of  the  four 
winning  bands  will  be  selected  to  receive 
a  $1,000  tuitional  scholarship. 
ROBERT  L.  CARL  MEMORIAL  KEY- 
BOARD SCHOLARSHIP.  Two  scholar- 
ships are  awarded  to  freshman  keyboard 
majors,  in  honor  of  the  late  Robert  L. 
Carl,  former  chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Keyboard  Music,  who  taught 
piano  at  the  University  from  1946  until 
1971.  Applications  are  made  to  the  dean 
of  the  School  of  Music. 
PAUL  E.  CARSON  BAND  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP. This  award  has  been  made  possible 
by  the  generosity  of  Paul  E.  Carson,  for- 
mer chair  of  the  Instrumental  Department 
and  a  member  of  the  University  faculty  for 
28  years.  Scholarships  are  awarded  to 
incoming  freshmen  majoring  in  band 
instruments. 

VINCENT  D.  CELENTANO  MEMORI- 
AL SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  is 
awarded  as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Vincent  D. 
Celentano,  musician,  scientist,  and 
Explorer  Committee  member.  Eligible 
freshmen  in  the  School  of  Music  must  be 
affiliated  with  Exploring  or  the  Senior 
Branch  of  Scouting. 

ELVA  L.  BOYER  CHAMBERLIN  '31 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  an  academically  qualified 
student  who  demonstrates  financial  need, 
with  preference  given  to  a  student  study- 
ing in  the  field  of  education.  Awards  are 
made  by  the  University  Scholarship 
Committee  based  on  recommendations 
from  the  director  of  financial  aid. 
CHESTER  COUNTY  ALUMNI  CHAP- 
TER SCHOLARSHIP.  The  West  Chester 
University  Chester  County  Alumni 
Chapter  sponsors  a  scholarship  for  a 
Chester  County  high  school  graduate  and 
entering  freshman.  The  $500  award  is 


funded  through  contributions  from  chap- 
ter members.  Applications  may  be 
obtained  through  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid  and  the  Office  of  Alumni  Relations. 
CLASS  OF  1920  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
fund  was  established  by  the  Class  of  1920 
through  a  gift  on  the  occasion  of  the 
class's  65th  reunion.  The  award  is  made  to 
a  student  who  has  completed  one  year  of 
study  at  the  University  or  to  an  outstand- 
ing freshman.  Documented  financial  need 
and  demonstrated  leadership  qualities  are 
essential.  The  amount  will  be  no  less  than 
$500.  Application  forms  are  available 
through  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 
CLASS  OF  1937  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
scholarship  fund  was  established  by  the 
Class  of  1937  as  a  golden  anniversary 
gift  to  West  Chester  University  on  the 
50th  reunion  of  the  class.  The  scholar- 
ships are  awarded  to  entering  freshmen 
based  on  scholarship,  leadership,  charac- 
ter, and  financial  need.  The  awards  are 
generally  made  on  Alumni  Day  each 
year  and  are  applied  to  tuition  fees  for 
the  academic  year. 
Applications  are  available  from  the 
Office  of  Development  and  Alumni 
Relations  or  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 
Selection  of  recipients  will  be  made  by 
the  Scholarship  Committee  of  the 
Alumni  Board  of  Directors. 
CLASS  OF  1938  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
fund  was  established  by  the  Class  of  1938 
as  a  Golden  Anniversary  Gift  to  the 
University  at  the  50th  reunion  of  the  class. 
The  award  is  to  be  made  to  a  student  who 
has  successfully  completed  one  academic 
year  at  West  Chester  and  is  based  on  lead- 
ership, scholarship,  character,  and  financial 
need.  Application  forms  are  available 
through  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 
CLASS  OF  1943  ENDOWED  MATH- 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  was 
initiated  by  two  Class  of  1943  members 
to  improve  the  teaching  of  math  on  the 
middle  school  and  secondary  levels.  It  is 
awarded  annually  to  an  undergraduate 
who  intends  to  teach  mathematics, 
exhibits  excellence  in  that  discipline,  and 
will  help  foster  the  job  of  problem  solv- 
ing in  others.  Applications  are  made 
through  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 
CLASS  OF  1957  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
fund  was  established  by  the  Class  of 
1957  to  assist  entering  freshmen  with 
demonstrated  exemplary  achievement  in 
mathematics  or  science  and  English. 
Application  forms  are  available  through 
the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 


CLASS  OF  1970  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
fund  was  made  available  through  the 
Class  of  1970  on  the  occasion  of  the  15th 
reunion  of  the  class  in  1985.  The  award 
is  to  be  made  to  a  student  who  has 
demonstrated  academic  achievement  and 
good  University  citizenship.  The  amount 
is  no  less  than  $100.  Application  forms 
are  available  through  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid. 

JOHN  T.  COATES  HORN  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP. This  scholarship  was  established  in 
1987  as  a  memorial  to  John  T.  Coates  by 
his  wife  and  daughters.  It  is  awarded  to  a 
talented  incoming  freshman  whose  major 
performing  area  is  the  French  horn. 
GRACE  COCHRAN  RESEARCH  ON 
WOMEN  AWARD.  An  annual  $100 
award  in  each  division,  graduate  and 
undergraduate,  for  the  best  research  on 
women.  The  award,  sponsored  by  the 
Institute  for  Women,  is  given  on 
Research  on  Women  Day  held  in  April 
of  each  year.  Dr.  Cochran,  an  eminent 
teacher  and  scholar,  graduated  from  the 
West  Chester  Normal  School  in  1906. 
CONNELLY  FOUNDATION  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. The  Connelly  Foundation, 
established  in  1955  by  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
John  F.  Connelly  (deceased),  provided 
the  funds  for  this  endowed  scholarship. 
Awards  will  be  made  to  deserving  gradu- 
ates of  Catholic  high  schools  in  the  five- 
county  Philadelphia  area  including 
Chester,  Delaware,  Montgomery.  Bucks, 
and  Philadelphia  counties.  Recipients 
will  be  selected  by  the  staff  of  the  Office 
of  Admissions. 

PAT  CROCE  SPORTS  MEDICINE 
ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIP.  The 
scholarship  was  established  through  a 
personal  gift  from  Pat  Croce  to  recognize 
and  reward  outstanding  students  in  the 
sports  medicine  program. 
TIMOTHY  DAVIDSON  '32  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. This  scholarship  is  awarded  to 
a  first-year  student  based  on  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Office  of  Admissions. 
PHILLIP  B.  DONLEY  AWARD.  This 
scholarship  was  established  by  the  athlet- 
ic training  alumni  and  is  awarded  to  a 
junior  majoring  in  athletic  training.  The 
recipient  will  be  chosen  based  on  GPA, 
clinical  evaluations,  and  service  (profes- 
sional. University,  and  community). 
*RALPH  H.  DeRUBBO  ENDO'WED 
SCHOLARSHIP  FUND.  This  scholar- 
ship was  created  by  Ralph  H.  DeRubbo 
'47  to  assist  a  student  in  financial  need. 
PAUL  DOUGLAS  TEACHER  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP PROGRAM.  This  program 


Financial  Aid 


offers  awards  of  up  to  $5,000  per  year  to 
students  who  are  pursuing  a  course  of 
study  leading  to  certification  as  a  teacher 
at  the  elementary  or  secondary  level  and 
who  are  willing  to  enter  into  a  signed 
agreement  with  PHEAA  that  obligates 
them  to  teach  two  years  of  elementary  or 
secondary  school  for  each  year  they 
receive  a  scholarship.  To  be  eligible,  stu- 
dents must  be  or  have  been  in  the  top  10 
percent  of  their  high  school  graduating 
class.  Applications  are  available  at  high 
school  guidance  offices  or  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid. 

FREDERICK  DOUGLASS  SOCIETY 
SCHOLARSHIP.  Scholarships  are  avail- 
able to  minority  students  who  are 
enrolled  full  time.  Applicants  must 
demonstrate  their  ability  to  make  a  posi- 
tive contribution  to  the  University  and/or 
community  through  active  involvement. 
Applications  and  guidelines  are  available 
during  the  spring  semester  in  the  Office 
of  Financial  Aid. 

DR.  ROBERT  E.  DRAYER  MEMORIAL 
AWARD.  An  annual  award  for  the  senior 
who  graduates  with  the  most  distinguished 
record  in  history,  in  memory  of  Dr.  Robert 
E.  Drayer,  assistant  professor  of  history, 
who  died  in  1968.  The  Department  of 
History  selects  the  recipient. 
*ROBERT  EDWARD  DRAYER  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. Given  to  a  first-year  student  with 
strong  academic  achievement  who  is 
majoring  in  history.  The  $6,000  annual 
scholarship  also  is  renewable. 
FACULTY  AWARD.  A  certificate  pre- 
sented annually  to  a  graduating  senior  in 
the  Department  of  Nursing  who,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  department  faculty,  demon- 
strates "outstanding  ability  and  exceptional 
commitment  to  professional  nursing." 

FACULTY  SCHOLARSHIP  FUND. 
Annual  awards  of  $200  each  are  made  in 
May  to  undergraduate  students  on  the 
basis  of  academic  ability  and  financial 
need.  Applications  are  made  to  the 
Faculty  Scholarship  Fund. 
♦BONNIE  EVANS  FEINBERG  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. This  scholarship  was  estab- 
lished by  Bonnie  Evans  Feinberg,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  class  of  1963,  and  is  awarded 
by  the  University  Scholarship  Committee 
to  an  incoming,  first-year  student  from  a 
middle-class,  mulUple-sibling  family  who 
is  a  solid  "B"  or  better  student.  The 
scholarship  is  renewable  as  long  as  the 
student  maintains  a  3.0  GPA. 
WEST  CHESTER  UNIVERSITY 
FOUNDATION  GRANT.  The  West 
Chester  University  Foundation  has  mod- 


est funds  available  for  grants  to  needy 
students.  Any  student  who  is  about  to 
complete,  or  has  completed,  his/her  fresh- 
man year  may  apply.  In  evaluating  appli- 
cations, the  foundation  will  give  special 
attention  to  those  who  are  active  in  all 
facets  of  University  life.  Each  year,  appli- 
cations for  the  fall  semester  should  be 
submitted  by  May  1 ,  and  for  the  spring 
semester  by  December  1 . 
*MELVIN  L.  FREE  SCHOLARSHIP. 
This  scholarship  was  established  by 
Melvin  L.  Free,  a  member  of  the  class  of 
1932.  Recipients  are  selected  by  the 
Office  of  Admissions. 
H.  RAYMOND  SR.  AND  MAY 
GRAYSON  FRIDAY  MEMORIAL 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  was 
established  by  Dr.  Raymond  Friday,  pro- 
fessor of  vocal  and  choral  music,  in  memo- 
ry of  his  parents.  It  is  aweirded  annually  to 
a  freshman  voice  major  who  is  selected  in 
the  spring  semester  on  the  basis  of  scholar- 
ship and  vocal  achievement. 
JOHN  J.  FURLOW  '55  SCHOLARSHIP. 
This  scholarship  was  established  in  1990 
by  friends  and  colleagues  of  John  Furlow 
to  provide  financial  assistance  to  a  junior 
or  senior  health  and  physical  education 
major.  The  recipient  must  have  demon- 
strated personal  growth  and  commitment  to 
his/her  career  and  demonstrated  service  or 
care  to  others  in  this  or  a  related  field. 
Application  procedures  are  available 
through  the  Department  of  Health  and 
Physical  Education  Scholarship 
Committee. 

MIRLAJVI  GOTTLIEB  PL\NO  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. This  award  has  been  made  possi- 
ble through  the  generosity  of  Mrs.  Miriam 
Gottlieb,  who  was  a  member  of  the 
University's  Department  of  Keyboard 
Music  faculty  from  1946  until  her  retire- 
ment in  1975. 

MICHAEL  C.  GREY  AWARD.  This 
award  was  established  in  memory  of 
Michael  C.  Grey  '89  by  Barbara  J. 
Brown,  an  alumnus  and  former 
faculty/staff  member. 
THE  JOHN  GUTSCHER  MEMORIAL 
SCHOLARSHIP  IN  MUSIC  EDUCA- 
TION. This  award,  presented  for  the  first 
time  in  1988,  is  based  on  music  student 
teaching  excellence,  academic  excellence, 
and  financial  need.  The  award  was  estab- 
lished by  the  family  of  John  Gutscher,  a 
former  School  of  Music  faculty  member. 
The  student  or  students  are  selected  by 
the  music  student  teaching  supervisors 
with  the  approval  of  the  Department  of 
Music  Education. 


*EVELYN  H.  HALDEMAN  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. This  scholarship  was  estab- 
lished by  Evelyn  H.  Haldeman,  a  member 
of  the  class  of  1944.  Awards  are  made  by 
the  University  Scholarship  Committee  to 
students  based  on  need,  above-average 
scholarship,  and  citizenship. 
MAZIE  B.  HALL  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
scholarship  was  established  in  honor  of 
Mazie  B.  Hall  '24  who  worked  all  of  her 
adult  life  to  establish  better  relations 
among  individuals. 

*DR.  CLIFFORD  H.  HARDING  ARTS 
AND  SCIENCES  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
scholarship  was  established  by  a  bequest 
from  Dr.  Clifford  H.  Harding,  former 
professor  of  history  and  chair  of  the 
Political  Science  Department.  Awards  of 
$1,500  each  will  be  made  to  qualified 
entering  freshmen.  Applicants  to  majors 
in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  will 
be  invited  to  apply  based  on  a  review  of 
their  high  school  rank,  high  school  GPA, 
and  total  SAT  scores.  Selection  will  be 
made  by  a  faculty  committee  from  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
*DR.  CLIFFORD  H.  HARDING  BUSI- 
NESS AND  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. This  scholarship  was  estab- 
lished by  a  bequest  from  Dr.  Clifford  H. 
Harding,  former  professor  of  history  and 
chair  of  the  Political  Science  Department. 
Awards  of  $1,000  each  will  be  made  to 
qualified  entering  freshmen.  Applicants 
to  majors  in  the  School  of  Business  and 
Public  Affairs  will  be  invited  to  apply 
based  on  a  review  of  their  high  school 
rank,  high  school  GPA,  and  total  SAT 
scores.  Selection  will  be  made  by  a  facul- 
ty committee  from  the  School  of  Business 
and  Public  Affairs. 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCA- 
TION SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship 
is  awarded  to  health  and  physical  educa- 
tion majors  who  have  completed  at  least 
one  full  year  of  course  work  at  the 
University.  All  applicants  must  have  a 
GPA  of  3.0  or  higher.  Final  selection  will 
be  based  on  scholarship,  need,  campus 
contribution,  citizenship,  character,  and 
ability  in  specific  areas  of  the  major  field. 
Applications  are  available  through  the 
Department  of  Health  and  Physical 
Education  Scholarship  Committee. 
HELEN  TAPPER  IVINS  "35  EN- 
DOWED SCHOLARSHIP.  The  Helen 
Tapper  Ivins  '35  Endowed  Scholarship 
was  established  by  Mrs.  Ivins'  sister, 
Marie  Tapper  Lewis  '32,  and  her  son,  C. 
Stephen  Lewis,  in  memory  of  Helen 
Tapper  Ivins,  a  member  of  the  West 


Financial  Aid 


Chester  University  History/Social  Studies 
Department  who  also  served  on  one  of 
the  school's  first  scholarship  committees. 
The  Ivins  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  an 
undergraduate  student  with  a  mmimum 
grade  point  average  of  3.0  who  is  study- 
ing to  become  a  history/social  studies 
teacher.  Applications  can  be  made 
through  the  Department  of  History. 
MARION  PETERS  IRVIN  ENDOWED 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  was 
established  by  family  members  to  assist  an 
upperclass  education  major,  committed  to 
teaching,  who  has  financial  need. 
ANN  JOHNS  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
scholarship  is  awarded  by  the  Faculty 
Dames  of  West  Chester  University  to 
undergraduate  women  who  are  at  least  25 
years  old  and  enrolled  in  degree  programs. 
Contact  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  for 
additional  information  and  application 
forms. 

SAUL  JACOBS  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs. 
Lillian  Jacobs  and  Mr.  Albert  Jacobs  in 
memory  of  Saul  Jacobs,  a  member  of  the 
class  of  1933.  The  award  is  given  to  a 
student  with  talent  in  both  creative  writ- 
ing and  tennis.  The  award  is  made  by  the 
University  Scholarship  Committee  based 
on  recommendations  from  the  director  of 
athletics  and  the  director  of  the  Creative 
Writing  Program. 

ARTHUR  E.  JONES  MEMORIAL 
SCHOLARSHIP.  Talent  in  the  choral 
conducting  area  is  the  consideration  for 
this  annual  award  to  a  music  student  in 
remembrance  of  Dr.  Arthur  E.  Jones,  for- 
mer chair  of  choral  music.  To  be  eligible, 
a  student  must  be  a  junior  who  has  com- 
pleted a  course  in  choral  conducting.  A 
2.0  overall  GPA  and  a  2.5  music  GPA  are 
required.  The  Department  of  Vocal  and 
Choral  Music  selects  the  recipient. 
WALKER  HAMILTON,  JR.  MEMORI- 
AL AWARD.  As  a  memorial  to  Walker 
Hamilton,  Jr.,  an  associate  professor  of 
English  who  died  in  1968,  the  Depart- 
ment of  English  annually  makes  an  award 
to  an  academically  superior  English 
major.  The  recipient  must  have  complet- 
ed three  years  at  West  Chester. 
CHARLOTTE  E.  KING  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP. This  endowed  scholarship  was 
established  by  N.  Ruth  Reed  in  memory 
of  Dr.  Charlotte  E.  King,  former  Univer- 
sity professor  and  first  chair  of  the 
Elementary  Education  Department.  The 
committee  in  Early  Childhood  Studies 
and  Reading  will  select  the  recipient. 


DAVID  S.  KONITZER  ENDOWED 
MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
scholarship  honors  the  memory  of  David 
S.  Konitzer,  a  West  Chester  University 
senior  who  was  tragically  killed  in  an 
automobile  accident.  The  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior 
Chester  County  resident  who  plans  to 
teach  physical  education  and  who  meets 
other  scholarship  requirements. 
FRITZ  K.  KRUEGER  MEMORIAL 
VOICE  SCHOLARSHIP.  Two  scholar- 
ships for  freshman  students  who  are 
vocalists  are  awarded  in  honor  of  the  late 
Fritz  K.  Krueger,  who  taught  in  the 
Department  of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
from  1961  until  1971.  Applications  are 
made  to  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Music. 
STANLEY  H.  AND  FLEURETTE 
LANG/NORTHEAST  HIGH  SCHOOL 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  was 
established  by  the  Northeast  High  School 
Alumni  Association  and  is  awarded  to  a 
Northeast  High  School  graduate  based  on 
high  scholastic  standing,  class  rank,  SAT 
scores,  service  to  Northeast  High  School, 
good  character,  school  and  community  citi- 
zenship, and  financial  need.  The  scholar- 
ship is  renewable  through  four  years. 
MEL  LORBACK  ENDOWED  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP FUND.  Established  by  Jerad  L. 
Yeagley  "62,  this  scholarship  honors  Mel 
Lorback,  former  WCU  soccer  coach  and 
professor.  The  scholarship  will  assist  a 
male  soccer  player  with  outstanding  acad- 
emic and  leadership  qualities,  with  pref- 
erence given  to  physical  education 
majors. 

*MARTHA  FORD  McILVAIN  '52 
SCHOLARSHIP.  Established  by  Martha 
and  Donald  McUvain,  this  scholarship 
provides  annual  assistance  to  students  of 
high  academic  promise. 
LEWIS  H.  MARSHALL  AWARD.  An 
annual  award  is  made  to  a  senior  in  the 
social  and  behavioral  sciences  whose 
leadership,  professional  promise,  and 
academic  achievement  are  outstanding.  It 
is  made  available  by  the  Chester  County 
Association  of  Township  Officials,  and  the 
awardee  is  selected  by  a  committee  of  fac- 
ulty selected  from  appropriate  disciplines. 
CHARLES  MAYO  SCHOLARSHIP. 
This  award  of  approximately  $250  is 
made  annually  in  memory  of  Dr.  Charles 
Mayo,  a  political  scientist,  who  was  pres- 
ident of  West  Chester  University  from 
1974  until  1982.  It  is  made  by  vote  of  the 
political  science  faculty  to  an  outstanding 
junior  or  senior  in  the  discipline.  Details 


are  available  through  the  Department  of 
Political  Science. 

*THE  WEST  CHESTER  UNIVERSITY 
MERIT  SCHOLARSHIP.  The  West 
Chester  University  Merit  Scholarship  has 
been  funded  through  West  Chester 
University's  Windows  to  the  Future 
Capital  Campaign.  The  scholarship,  a 
$1,500  one-time  award,  is  presented  to  an 
incoming  student  of  exemplary  ability 
and  academic  promise. 
DR.  ALAN  P.  MEWHA  ENDOWED 
SCHOLARSHIP.  Established  by  Dr. 
Pricilla  Alden  Mewha  in  memory  of  Dr. 
Alan  P.  Mewha  and  his  instructors  Miss 
Harriet  Elliot  and  Miss  Leone  Broadhead, 
this  scholarship  is  awarded  to  an  out- 
standing upperclass  geography  major. 
S.  POWELL  MIDDLETON  MEMORI- 
AL SCHOLARSHIP.  This  is  an  annual 
award  to  a  freshman  music  student  for  ' 
talent  and  achievement  on  an  orchestral 
instrument.  The  award  honors  the  former 
conductor  of  the  University  Symphony 
Orchestra  who  died  in  1970. 
DOROTHY  GIVEN  MILLER  AND 
FRANK  WILLIAM  MILLER  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. This  scholarship  was  estab- 
lished by  Dorothy  Given  Miller,  class  of 

1919.  and  Frank  William  Miller,  class  of 

1920.  Recipients  must  have  successfully 
completed  one  year  at  the  University  and 
demonstrate  academic  achievement,  lead- 
ership, strength  of  character,  and  financial 
need.  Application  forms  are  available 
from  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 
♦BOARD  OF  GOVERNORS  SCHOL- 
ARSHIPS. Merit-based  scholarships 
available  to  incoming  freshman  students. 
Awards  are  based  on  the  successful  com- 
pletion of  an  academic  high  school  pro- 
gram, satisfactory  SAT/ACT  scores,  high 
school  rank,  and  academic  record.  The 
Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid 
also  must  be  completed. 

LLOYD  C.  MITCHELL  PIANO 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  was 
established  in  honor  of  Dr.  Lloyd  C. 
Mitchell  upon  his  retirement  in  1971  after 
35  years'  service  at  the  University, 
including  20  years  as  chair  of  the 
Department  of  Music  and  dean  of  the 
School  of  Music.  It  is  awarded  annually 
to  a  freshman  music  student  selected  by  a 
piano  faculty  jury.  Applications  are  made 
to  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Music. 
CLIFTON  E.  MORGAN  MEMORIAL 
AWARD.  Presented  annually  to  a  West 
Chester  student  as  a  memorial  to  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Department  of  History,  who 
died  in  1974. 


Financial  Aid 


MICHAEL  MOROCHOKO  MEMORI- 
AL PIANO  AWARD.  The  Department  of 
Keyboard  Music  presents  a  scholarship 
annually  to  an  outstanding  junior  music 
student  majoring  in  piano.  This  award  is 
a  memorial  to  Michael  Morochoko,  father 
of  a  former  student. 

SOPHOMORE  MUSIC  SCHOLARSHIP. 
Three  scholarships  are  given  annually  to 
music  education  sophomores.  University 
citizenship  and  musical  performance  as 
well  as  a  2.0  overall  GPA  and  a  2.5 
music  GPA  are  required.  Applications  are 
made  to  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Music. 
EDITH  HARMON  PARKER  BLACK 
CAUCUS  ALUMNI  CHAPTER 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  was 
established  through  the  estate  of  Edith 
Harmon  Parker  '33  and  is  awarded  to  a 
student  with  good  academic  standing 
studying  a  discipline  related  to  human 
relations,  with  preference  given  to  black 
students. 

NATIONAL  GUARD  OFFICERS 
SCHOLARSHIP  PROGRAM.  Upon  cer- 
tification by  the  appropriate  National 
Guard  official  as  being  eligible,  students 
may  register  for  a  given  semester  by  pay- 
ing 25  percent  of  tuition  costs  plus  all 
other  fees.  The  University  will  bill  the 
National  Guard  directly  for  the  remaining 
75  percent  of  the  tuition  charges. 
NEW  JERSEY  ALUMNI  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP. The  New  Jersey  Chapter  of  the  West 
Chester  University  Alumni  Association 
sponsors  two  annual  $500  scholarship 
awards.  These  awards  are  available  to  stu- 
dents who  are  New  Jersey  residents  and  are 
funded  by  the  contributions  of  New  Jersey 
alumni.  Applications  may  be  obtained 
through  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  and  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Relations. 
CHARLOTTE  W.  NEWCOMBE  FOUN- 
DATION SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholar- 
ship is  awarded  to  undergraduate  women 
who  are  at  least  25  years  old  and  enrolled 
in  their  junior  or  senior  years.  Selection  is 
based  on  scholastic  ability,  financial 
need,  and  special  life  circumstances. 
Contact  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  for 
additional  information  and  application 
forms. 

OFF-CAMPUS  STUDENT  ASSOCIA- 
TION SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship 
is  awarded  annually  by  the  Off-Campus 
Student  Association  to  undergraduate 
commuters  who  are  involved  with  off- 
campus  activities. 

THEODORA  PANDEL  MEMORIAL 
PIANO  SCHOLARSHIP.  This  award  is 
presented  through  the  generosity  of 


Praxiteles  Pandel,  associate  professor  of 
piano. 

HILLARY  H.  PARRY  MEMORIAL 
SCHOLARSHIP.  An  annual  award  to  a 
junior  music  student,  granted  for  scholar- 
ship, citizenship,  and  achievement  in  vocal 
study.  The  scholarship  is  in  remembrance 
of  a  former  teacher  of  voice.  A  2.0  overall 
GPA  and  a  2.5  music  GPA  are  required. 
PHI  MU  ALPHA,  SINFONIA  POWELL 
MIDDLETON  AWARD.  An  annual 
award  in  memory  of  S.  Powell  Middleton 
is  presented  by  the  Rho  Sigma  chapter  of 
Phi  Mu  Alpha  Sinfonia  men's  music  fra- 
ternity. It  is  based  on  outstanding  musi- 
cianship, scholarship,  and  character. 
Applications  are  made  to  the  dean  of  the 
School  of  Music. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  KINESIOLOGY 
SCHOLARSHIP.  Three  scholarships  are 
awarded  to  any  sophomore,  junior,  or 
senior  student  in  health  and  physical  edu- 
cation. Applications  are  made  to  the 
chairperson.  Department  of  Kinesiology. 
PRESSER  SCHOLARSHIP.  This  is  a 
grant  of  $  1 ,000,  consisting  of  $500  from 
the  Theodore  Presser  Foundation  and  $500 
from  the  School  of  Music,  to  be  applied 
toward  tuition  in  a  student's  senior  year.  It 
is  awarded  by  the  president  of  the  Univer- 
sity to  the  student  majoring  in  music  who 
achieved  the  highest  cumulative  GPA  at 
the  end  of  the  junior  year,  having  complet- 
ed no  less  than  95  credits  at  West  Chester 
University.  During  the  recipient's  senior 
year,  the  student  will  be  known  as  the 
Presser  Scholar,  denoting  a  reward  for 
excellence  with  the  hope  that  the  award 
will  help  the  student  not  only  financially, 
but  also  in  his/her  future  career. 
S.  ROBERT  AND  JANET  POLIS 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  was 
established  by  Robert  Polls,  class  of 
1948,  and  Janet  Polls.  Awards  are  made 
at  the  discretion  of  the  University 
Scholarship  Committee. 
WILLIAM  PYLE  PHILIPS  SCHOLAR- 
SHIPS. Awarded  annually  to  juniors  and 
seniors  who  are  natives  of  Chester 
County  on  the  basis  of  demonstrated 
scholastic  ability.  Funds  are  available  for 
approximately  20  scholarships  to  cover 
the  basic  tuition.  Application  forms  may 
be  secured  in  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 
PRESIDENTIAL  SCHOLARSHIP. 
These  merit-based  scholarships  are 
awarded  to  incoming  freshman  students 
based  on  the  successful  completion  of  an 
academic  high  school  program,  SAT  or 
ACT  scores,  high  school  rank,  and  acade- 
mic record.  For  additional  information 


and  application  forms,  contact  the  Office 
of  Admissions. 

N.  RUTH  REED  HEALTH  DEPART- 
MENT SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholar- 
ship is  sponsored  by  the  West  Chester 
University  Department  of  Health. 
Applicants  must  be  students  at  West 
Chester  University  (specifically,  under- 
graduate health  majors  with  sophomore 
academic  status  or  better),  possess  a 
cumulative  Grade  Point  Average  of  at 
least  3.0,  and  demonstrate  high  moral 
character,  positive  personality  traits,  and 
evidence  of  genuine  interest  and  aptitude 
in  working  in  the  health  field.  For  infor- 
mation contact  the  Department  of  Health. 
ROBERT  W.  REESE  ENDOWED 
SCHOLARSHIP.  Established  by  Patricia 
R.  Reese  '66  in  memory  of  her  late  hus- 
band, who  served  as  athletic  director  at 
WCU  for  19  years,  this  scholarship  assists 
students  with  a  minimum  2.0  grade  point 
average  who  are  involved  in  varsity  base- 
ball, basketball,  and/or  football. 
WINIFRED  PIERSOL  REESER  '43 
ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
scholarship  supports  an  upperclassman 
who  is  committed  to  the  field  of  health 
and  physical  education  and  maintains  a 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.0. 
REISS  FOREIGN  STUDIES 
ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIP.  Retired 
faculty  member  Mary  Ann  Reiss  created 
this  scholarship  for  students  majoring  in 
French,  German,  Russian,  or  Spanish 
who  plan  to  study  abroad. 

FRANCIS  J.  REYNOLDS  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP. This  scholarship  is  awarded  by  the 
Department  of  Chemistry  to  a  chemistry 
major  who  has  successfully  completed 
one  year  at  the  University.  Applications 
are  available  through  the  Department  of 
Chemistry. 

LEAH  GALLAGHER  RIDDLE 
ENDO'WED  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
scholarship  was  established  as  a  memori- 
al to  alumna  Leah  Gallagher  Riddle  '41 
by  her  family  and  friends.  It  will  be 
awarded  annually  to  an  exemplary  upper- 
class  student  whose  major  is  in  early 
childhood  studies  and  reading. 
ANNE  M.  SCHAUB  MEMORIAL 
SCHOLARSHIP.  The  Anne  M.  Schaub 
Memorial  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually 
to  a  second  semester  sophomore  women's 
health  and  physical  education  major  stu- 
dent. The  amount  of  the  scholarship  is 
$300. 

SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION  ENDOW- 
MENT. The  School  of  Education 
Endowment  was  created  by  John  F. 


Financial  Aid 


Kenny  '32  in  memory  of  his  wife.  Vera 
A.  Kenny,  and  in  recognition  of  Clarence 
L.  McKelvie  "25,  professor  of  education. 
Awards  or  loans  will  be  made  to  academ- 
ically deserving  students  under  the  guid- 
ance of  the  dean  of  the  School  of 
Education. 

SCHOOL  OF  MUSIC  FRESHMAN 
STRING  SCHOLARSHIP.  Two  scholar- 
ships are  awarded  to  incoming  freshman 
students  who  are  string  majors. 
DAVID  M.  SENSENIG  MEMORIAL 
SCHOLARSHIP.  Savings  bonds  in  the 
amount  of  $50  are  given  annually  to  two 
juniors  with  outstanding  ability  in  mathe- 
matics. Dr.  Sensenig  was  chair  of  the 
Department  of  Mathematics  from  1 895  to 
1908.  The  scholarship  fund  is  adminis- 
tered by  the  Alumni  Association  of  West 
Chester  University. 

EVERETT  E.  SHAFFER  MEMORIAL 
ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIP. 
Established  by  R.  Elizabeth  Wyers 
Shaefer  '44  in  memory  of  her  husband, 
this  scholarship  assists  a  performing 
musician  enrolled  in  any  music  degree 
program  with  a  minimum  2.0  cumulative 
grade  point  average  with  a  minimum  2.5 
grade  point  average  in  music. 
DR.  AHMAD  H.  SHAMSEDDINE 
MEMOIUAL  AWARD.  An  annual  award 
is  given  to  an  outstanding  student  in  the 
field  of  business/economics,  in  memory  of 
Dr.  Ahmad  H.  Shamseddine.  associate  pro- 
fessor of  economics,  who  died  in  1971 . 
JANE  ELIZABETH  SHEPPARD 
VOCAL/CHORAL  SCHOLARSHIP.  This 
award  was  established  in  honor  of  Jane  E. 
Sheppard  upon  her  retirement  in  May  1987 
after  34  years  of  service  in  the  Department 
of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music.  The  recipient 
of  this  monetary  award  will  be  selected  on 
the  basis  of  outstanding  participation  in 
vocal  and  choral  activities,  which  must 
include  four  semesters  of  Chamber  Choir, 
scholarship,  and  personal  qualifications. 
SICO  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIPS. 
Scholarships,  in  a  limited  number,  are 
provided  by  the  SICO  Company  for  four 
years  of  study  at  West  Chester  University 
at  a  rate  of  $1,000  per  year  ($4,000  total 
value).  High  school  students  qualified  for 
college  admission  or  high  school  gradu- 
ates who  have  not  attended  college  on  a 
full-time  basis  may  compete  for  a  SICO 
Foundation  Scholarship  when  their  legal 
residences  are  located  in  the  state  of 
Delaware;  in  Cecil  County,  Maryland;  or 
in  the  following  Pennsylvania  counties: 
Adams,  Berks,  Chester,  Cumberland, 
Dauphin,  Delaware,  Lancaster,  Lebanon, 


and  York.  A  student  attending  the 
Shippensburg.  Boyertown,  Spring-Ford, 
or  Williams  Valley  High  Schools  in 
Pennsylvania,  or  the  Del-Mar  High 
School  in  Delaware  whose  residence  is 
outside  the  aforementioned  area  is  consid- 
ered in  the  SICO  Company  service  area 
and  may  apply  for  a  scholarship.  No  dis- 
tinction is  made  on  the  basis  of  sex,  race, 
or  religious  belief.  Information  may  be 
secured  from  high  school  guidance 
offices  in  the  above-referenced  areas. 
SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  LOIS  ALT 
AWARD.  The  Epsilon  Epsilon  Chapter 
of  this  academic  music  fraternity  for 
women  offers  a  yearly  award  honoring 
Lois  W.  Alt,  a  member  of  the  Department 
of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music  faculty  and 
cofounder/adviser  of  the  campus  chapter. 
The  award  is  based  on  University  leader- 
ship, high  musical  standards,  and  finan- 
cial need. 

ROB  SIMON  MEMORIAL  AWARD. 
This  award  has  been  established  by 
Joseph  and  Janice  Simon,  alumni  of  the 
School  of  Music,  and  the  late  Dr.  Irving 
H.  Cohen,  a  member  of  the  School  of 
Music  faculty  for  many  years,  in  memory 
of  Rob  Simon,  who  was  a  double  bass 
major  at  the  University.  The  competition 
is  open  to  double  bass  majors  during  their 
junior  or  senior  year. 
GREG  SMITH  MEMORIAL  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. An  annual  scholarship  of  $100 
is  presented  by  the  baseball  club  in  mem- 
ory of  a  former  baseball  captain  and  pres- 
ident of  the  baseball  club. 
W.  W.  SMITH  CHARITABLE  TRUST. 
The  W.W.  Smith  Charitable  Trust  was 
established  in  1977  under  the  will  of 
William  Wikoff  Smith,  an  important  sup- 
porter of  educational  opportunity  in  the 
Delaware  Valley.  Established  through  his 
will,  the  W.  W.  Smith  Charitable  Trust 
has  carried  on  Smith's  work.  Funds  from 
this  program  are  used  to  support  students 
from  middle-income  families  who  might 
not  qualify  for  other  aid.  The  funds  also 
support  students  enrolled  in  the  Academic 
Development  Program  at  West  Chester 
University.  For  additional  information, 
contact  the  director  of  the  Academic 
Development  Program  or  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid. 

CHARLES  A.  SPRENKLE  ENDOWED 
SCHOLARSHIP.  Created  by  family  and 
friends,  this  scholarship  honors  Dr. 
Charles  A.  Sprenkle,  who  joined  the  fac- 
ulty in  1955  and  was  appointed  dean  of 
the  School  of  Music  in  1971.  The  scholar- 
ship is  awarded  annually,  at  the  beginning 


of  the  fall  semester,  for  tuition  assistance 
to  the  sophomore  who  achieved  the  high- 
est grade  point  average  during  the  previ- 
ous year  as  a  full-time  freshman  enrolled 
in  the  School  of  Music. 
JANE  B.  SWAN  SCHOLARSHIP. 
Sponsored  by  the  Women's  Institute  of 
West  Chester  University,  a  $100  scholar- 
ship is  awarded  annually  to  a  woman  stu- 
dent who  is  completing  an  interrupted 
education.  Application  forms  are  avail- 
able at  the  Women's  Center  and  the 
Office  of  Financial  Aid. 
DR.  CHARLES  S.  SWOPE  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP FOUNDATION.  A  Memorial 
Scholarship  Trust  Foundation  established 
by  Charles  E.  Swope  and  Richard  M. 
Swope  in  memory  of  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Charles  S.  Swope.  Dr.  Swope  served  as 
president  of  West  Chester  University  for 
a  quarter  of  a  century.  Applicants  must  be 
full-time  students  enrolled  in  their  junior 
year.  Scholarships  are  $1,000  each;  up  to 
15  may  be  awarded  annually.  Applications 
must  be  filed  on  or  before  April  1 . 
Selection  is  made  during  May  with  schol- 
arships commencing  in  September. 
JOY  VANDEVER  ENDOWED  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. Established  by  the  friends  of 
Joy  Vandever  upon  her  retirement  from 
the  West  Chester  University  faculty,  this 
scholarship  provides  assistance  to  a  voice 
student  in  the  School  of  Music. 
EARLE  C.  WATERS  ENDOWED 
SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  was 
established  in  memory  of  Earle  C. 
Waters,  former  professor  of  health  and 
physical  education  and  coach  of  national- 
ly renowned  soccer,  track,  and  gymnas- 
tics teams.  Awards  will  be  made  to  stu- 
dents demonstrating  financial  need  who 
have  completed  their  first  year  with  a 
GPA  of  no  less  than  2.8  in  the  School  of 
Health  Sciences  with  a  concentration  in 
the  teaching  of  health  and  physical  educa- 
tion, and  who  have  demonstrated  qualities 
of  a  well-rounded  citizen  by  participating 
in  and  contributing  to  the  success  of 
University  or  community-sponsored 
activities.  Awards  will  be  made  by  a  com- 
mittee from  the  School  of  Health 
Sciences. 

HARRY  WILKINSON  MUSIC  THEO- 
RY SCHOLARSHIP.  This  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  sophomore  music  student 
during  the  spring  semester  on  the  basis  of 
talent  and  achievement  in  the  areas  of 
music  theory,  ear-training,  and  sight 
singing.  The  scholarship  fund  has  been 
established  by  Dr.  Harry  Wilkinson, 


Student  Affairs 


retired  professor  in  the  Department  of 
Music  Theory  and  Composition. 

LOIS  WILLIAMS  ENDOWED  SCHOL- 
ARSHIP. This  scholarship  was  estab- 
hshed  by  Lois  Williams,  the  former 
choral  conductor  and  vocal  professor 
who  retired  in  1991  after  36  years  of  ser- 
vice to  the  University.  It  is  awarded  to  a 
student  in  any  music  degree  program 
within  the  School  of  Music  who  has 
earned  a  cumulative  grade  point  average 
of  at  least  3.0  in  all  music  subjects.  The 
student  must  be  at  least  in  his  or  her  third 
semester  of  Concert  Choir.  The  candidate 
for  this  scholarship  will  be  selected  by 


the  conductor  of  the  Concert  Choir  and 
will  be  presented  to  a  student  whose 
leadership  and  responsibility  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Concert  Choir  is  an  obvious 
indication  of  this  person's  potential  as  a 
musician/educator. 

WRITING  AWARD.  A  certificate  pre- 
sented annually  to  one  junior  and  one 
senior  nursing  student  who  demonstrate 
"outstanding  writing  ability."  The  faculty 
of  the  department  selects  the  recipient. 

RUTH  WALDMAN  ZOLL  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP. This  fund  was  established  through 
the  generosity  of  the  late  Mrs.  Ruth 


Waldman  ZoU  '28.  These  scholarships 
are  especially  for  students  who  have  sig- 
nificant need.  One  scholarship  each  year 
is  reserved  for  a  student  entering  the 
University  from  a  high  school  in  Berks 
County  where  Mrs.  Zoll  resided.  Award 
amounts  vary  and  application  forms  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid. 


'Students  accepted  to  the  University  prior  to 
January  15  who  have  deinonstrated  outstanding 
achievement  will  be  invited  to  apply  for  these  merit 
scholarships.  Candidate  selection  is  based  on  acad- 
enuc  performance,  involvement,  and  accomplish- 
ment, and  is  determined  by  the  University 
Scholarship  Committee. 


Student  Affairs 


The  administration  of  West  Chester 
University  is  committed  to  providing  a 
comprehensive  educational  experience 
for  students.  To  accomplish  this  mission, 
the  Division  of  Student  Affairs  provides 
a  variety  of  services  and  programs  to 
augment  the  classroom  experience.  The 
goal  of  the  division  is  to  assist  students 
in  their  intellectual,  social,  and  psycho- 
logical growth  and  to  contribute  to  devel- 
oping a  campus  community  where 
knowledge,  acceptance,  and  social  con- 
cerns are  basic  values. 

Offices  within  the  Student  Affairs 
Division  include  Athletics,  Career 
Development,  Children's  Center, 
Community  Development,  Counseling 
and  Psychological  Services,  Greek  Life 
and  Student  Organizations,  Health 
Services,  Multicultural  Affairs,  New 
Student  Programs,  Off-Campus  and 
Commuter  Services,  Recreation  and 
Leisure  Programs,  Residence  Life  and 
Housing,  Sykes  Student  Union,  Wellness 
Center,  and  the  Women's  Center. 

The  administration  believes  that  students 
should  share  the  responsibility  for  gov- 
erning their  community  and  should  have 
a  voice  in  shaping  the  objectives  of  the 
University.  Through  a  democratically 
constructed  student  government  and 
committee  structure,  the  administration, 
faculty,  and  student  body  seek  to  work 
together  on  behalf  of  the  general  welfare 
of  the  University. 

Classification  of  Students 

Students  who  attend  West  Chester 
University  are  classified  for  administra- 
tive purposes  into  two  categories. 


( 1 )  RESIDENT  STUDENTS 
These  students  live  in  housing 
facilities  operated  by  the 
University.  Residents  of  North 
Campus  residence  halls  are 
required  to  choose  from  three 
University  meal  plans.  (See  "Meal 
Fee"  on  page  9.)  Those  residents 
living  in  the  South  Campus  apart- 
ment complex  are  not  required  to 
be  on  a  meal  plan;  however,  they 
may  choose  any  meal  plan  option 
if  they  are  interested. 

(2)  OFF-CAMPUS  STUDENTS 
This  classification  covers  students 
who  travel  or  commute  to  and  from 
their  legal  residences,  as  well  as 
students  who  live  away  from  the 
homes  of  their  parents  or  legal 
guardians  in  a  dwelling  that  is  not 
supervised  or  approved  by  the 
University. 

Services 

Residence  Life  and  Housing 

The  Office  of  Residence  Life  and 
Housing  is  responsible  for  creating  and 
maintaining  an  environment  in  each 
housing  facility  that  encourages  academ- 
ic, social,  and  emotional  growth.  Each 
facility  is  staffed  with  trained  personnel 
who  are  available  24  hours  a  day  to  pro- 
vide services,  assistance,  and  a  variety  of 
information.  All  resident  students  are 
given  and  encouraged  to  read  the  resi- 
dential handbook.  A  Guide  to  Residence 
Hall  and  Apartment  Living,  which  con- 
tains valuable  information  on  all  ser- 
vices, policies,  and  responsibilities 


pertaining  to  all  housing  facilities.  The 
Office  of  Residence  Life  and  Housing  is 
located  in  238  Sykes  Student  Union, 
610-436-3307. 

On-Campus  Housing 

The  residence  halls  on  the  North  Campus 
provide  accommodations  for  approxi- 
mately 3,100  resident  students  in  double 
occupancy  accommodations.  In  addition, 
the  South  Campus  apartment  complex 
houses  almost  500  residents  in  four-  or 
five-person,  fully  furnished  units  with 
each  bedroom  having  either  single  or 
double  occupancy.  All  students  may  be 
guaranteed  housing  for  their  full  four 
years. 

Housing  Assignments.  The  Office  of 
Residence  Life  and  Housing  makes  the 
housing  assignments  for  all  students  liv- 
ing in  all  housing  facilities.  These  assign- 
ments are  made  without  discrimination. 
Only  individuals  of  the  same  gender  will 
be  assigned  as  roommates  or  in  the  same 
apartment  unit.  Each  room  or  apartment 
has  basic  furnishings  for  comfortable  liv- 
ing, and  the  students  may  make  them 
more  homelike  with  their  own  accessory 
additions.  During  orientation,  students 
are  informed  about  the  services  and 
equipment  furnished  by  the  University 
and  those  necessities  that  they  must  sup- 
ply for  themselves.  Lounge  and  recre- 
ation areas,  television,  and  a  variety  of 
other  facilities  and  conveniences  provide 
a  pleasant  setting  for  student  life  in  each 
residence  hall.  Services  are  also  available 
in  a  central  location  in  the  apartment 
complex. 

Transfer  Students.  Transfer  students  are 
admitted  both  as  resident  students  and  as 


Sludent  Affairs 


commuting  students.  Those  transfer  stu- 
dents who  desire  on-campus  housing 
should  indicate  this  at  the  time  they 
apply  for  admission  to  the  University. 
Married  Students.  The  University  has  no 
housing  facilities  for  married  students 
with  their  spouses  or  for  students  with 
children  or  dependents.  Prior  to  registra- 
tion, they  will  need  to  secure  their  own 
accommodations  in  the  community. 

Readmitted  Students.  Students  readm.itted 
to  the  University  are  eligible  for  on-cam- 
pus housing  unless  a  specific  disciplinary 
sanction  would  prohibit  such  occupancy. 
Interested  students  should  contact  the 
Office  of  Residence  Life  and  Housing 
for  specific  information  about  the  appli- 
cation process. 

Policy  for  Withdrawals.  Resident  stu- 
dents must  vacate  their  residence  hall  or 
apartment  within  24  hours  of  completing 
the  withdrawal  form  in  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar. 

Dining  Accommodations 
All  students  residing  in  the  North 
Campus  residence  halls  must  be  on  the 
University  meal  plan  as  a  condition  of 
occupancy.  Students  with  medical  prob- 
lems who  cannot  meet  this  requirement 
may  request  a  meal  waiver.  Residents  of 
the  South  Campus  Apartment  Complex, 
as  well  as  off-campus  and  commuting 
students,  may  purchase  the  University 
meal  plan,  choose  one  of  the  options  list- 
ed below,  or  obtain  meals  at  the  transient 
rates. 

The  University's  meal  plan  provides  a 
number  of  choices  for  students.  North 
Campus  resident  students  must  select  one 
of  the  following  meal  plan  options: 

•  Variable  10  guaranteed  meal  plan 
(any  10  meals  of  the  19  meals  served) 
plus  $100  of  flex  money; 

•  Variable  14  guaranteed  meal  plan 
(any  14  meals  of  the  19  meals  served) 
plus  $100  of  flex  money  or 

•  Variable  19  guaranteed  meal  plan  plus 
$50  flex  money. 

The  meal  week  runs  from  Monday  to 
Sunday  and  any  unused  meals  at  the  end 
of  the  week  will  be  forfeited. 

In  addition  to  the  above  meal  plans,  the 
following  meal  plans  are  also  available 
to  South  Campus  Apartment  residents, 
off-campus,  and  commuter  students: 

•  Variable  5  guaranteed  meal  plan  (any 
5  meals  of  the  19  meals  served)  plus 
$50  flex  money,  or 

•  Flex  dollars  only  -  must  begin  with  a 
$100  minimum  balance  and  may  be 
increased  in  $25  increments. 


The  flex  dollar  portion  of  every  meal  plan 
may  be  increased  in  $25  increments  at  any 
time  during  the  semester.  Flex  dollars  not 
used  at  the  end  of  the  fall  semester  will  be 
transferred  to  the  spring  semester.  The 
student  forfeits  any  flex  dollars  remaining 
at  the  end  of  the  spring  semester  which 
will  not  be  refunded.  All  meal  plans  may 
be  used  in  the  following  locations: 
Lawrence  Dining  Hall.  Lawrence  Conve- 
nience Store  and  Campus  Comer,  the  12th 
and  South  Convenience  Store  at  the  South 
Campus  Apartments,  and  the  Ram's  Head 
in  Sykes  Union. 

Students  in  North  Campus  residence 
halls  will  have  their  meal  plan  cost 
included  in  their  University  billing.  Off- 
campus,  commuter,  and  South  Campus 
apartment  students  can  sign  up  for  a 
meal  plan  by  applying  at  the  Office  of 
the  Bursar  in  the  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center. 

OfT-Campus  and  Commuter 
Services 

Sers'ices  to  Off-Campus  and  Commuter 
Students,  which  are  coordinated  by  the 
assistant  director  of  Sykes  Student 
Union,  include  the  Off-Campus  Housing 
Service,  advising  the  Council  of 
Commuter  and  Off-Campus  Students, 
and  serving  as  a  community  resource 
agent  in  areas  related  to  off-campus  and 
commuting  students. 
Additional  services  provided  to  off-cam- 
pus students  include  landlord/tenant  legal 
aid  information  and  development  of 
long-range  plans  and  research  on  the  pro- 
file and  needs  of  off-campus  students. 
The  assistant  director  of  Sykes  Student 
Union  and  Off-Campus  and  Commuter 
Services  is  located  in  1 16  Sykes  Student 
Union,  610-436-2984. 

Off-Campus  Housing 

Students  who  choose  to  live  in  the  com- 
munity must  secure  their  own  living 
accommodations.  Off-Campus  and 
Commuter  Services  will  assist  students 
in  finding  housing  by  providing  up-to- 
date  listings  of  available  housing  and 
landlord  evaluations  completed  by  stu- 
dents. These  listings  and  evaluations  are 
available  in  238  Sykes  Student  Union. 
The  off-campus  housing  listings  may 
also  be  accessed  on  the  Internet  at 
http://www.wcupa.edu/_services/stu.och/ 
listing.htm. 

Bookstore 

The  Student  Services.  Inc.  Bookstore, 
located  in  Sykes  Student  Union,  provides 
the  WCU  campus  with  textbooks,  sup- 
plies, and  other  course  material  for 


academic  programs.  In  addition,  the 
bookstore  offers  a  wide  range  of  general 
reading  and  reference  materials,  comput- 
er software,  Ramswear,  gifts,  cards, 
snacks,  health  and  beauty  products,  and 
other  items. 

Qualifying  students  may  apply  for  an  SSI 
Bookstore  Charge  in  the  SSI  Business 
Office  in  259  Sykes  Student  Union.  The 
store  also  accepts  all  major  credit  cards 
and  personal  checks  accompanied  by  a 
valid  ID. 

The  Bookstore's  hours  are  Monday  - 
Thursday  from  8  a.m.  -  6  p.m.,  Friday  8 
a.m.  -  4  p.m.,  and  Saturday,  10  a.m.  -  2 
p.m.  Extended  hours  are  offered  at  the 
beginning  of  each  semester,  and  special 
events  also  are  planned.  For  information 
call  610-432-BOOK. 

Bus  Transportation  on  Campus 

The  University  provides  bus  service  from 
North  to  South  Campus  (and  return)  during 
the  spring  and  fall  semesters.  The  buses 
run  from  7:40  a.m.  to  1  a.m.  on  weekdays 
and  from  5  p.m.  to  1  a.m.  on  weekends.  On 
North  Campus,  the  buses  stop  at  University 
Avenue  and  Church  Street,  and  also  in 
front  of  Wayne  Hall.  On  South  Campus  the 
buses  stop  at  the  Russell  L.  Sturzebecker 
Health  Sciences  Center,  McCoy  Center,  the 
South  Campus  Apartment  Complex,  and  Q 
Lot.  Bus  schedules  are  available  at  resi- 
dence hall  desks  or  the  Student  Union 
Information  Center. 

Students  using  the  bus  service  should  be 
advised  that  it  is  impossible  to  provide 
timely  transportation  between  the  North 
and  South  Campus  within  the  standard 
10-minute  class  break.  Therefore,  stu- 
dents should  plan  and  develop  class 
schedules  that  allow  time  to  be  transport- 
ed between  the  two  campuses  through 
use  of  open  class  periods. 

Career  Planning  and  Placement 
Services 

The  professional  staff  of  the  Career 
Development  Center  assists  students  in 
defining  career  goals,  relating  academic 
preparation  to  these  goals  and,  eventually, 
helping  in  the  search  for  internships  and 
part-time/full-time  career  opportunities. 
These  services  are  available  throughout  the 
entire  calendar  year  in  Lawrence  Center, 
second  floor.  A  career  information  library 
is  available  for  browsing  and  research. 
Graduate  school  reference  material  is 
maintained  for  students  considering  gradu- 
ate school.  An  interactive  computer  career 
guidance  program  (SIGI-i-)  also  is  avail- 
able. Other  activities  of  the  Career 


Student  Affairs 


Development  Center  include  seminars,  on- 
campus  inteiA'iews  and  job  fairs  with 
potential  employers,  resume  referral,  elec- 
tronic resume  databases,  and  a  job  posting 
system. 

Visit  our  homepage  for  additional  infor- 
mation at  http://www.wcupa.edu/_ser- 
vices/stu.car/. 

The  Career  Development  Center  is  locat- 
ed in  106  Lawrence  Center,  610-436- 
2501,  or  e-mail  cdc@wcupa.edu. 

Community  Development 

The  Office  of  Community  Development 
is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Univer- 
sity's student  judicial  system  and  is  the 
resource  center  for  community  service 
initiatives. 

In  addition  to  providing  a  sound  educa- 
tional environment  for  intellectual  pur- 
suits, West  Chester  University  is  con- 
cerned with  developing  socially  responsi- 
ble citizens,  ensuring  the  welfare  and 
freedom  of  all  members  of  the  University 
community,  and  protecting  individual 
rights.  The  University  is  thus  concerned 
with  the  quality  of  student  conduct  and 
has  adopted  rules  and  behavioral  stan- 
dards for  its  students.  These  regulations 
are  outlined  in  the  "Student  Code  of 
Conduct"  contained  in  the  Ram's  Eye 
View  Student  Handbook. 
The  "Student  Code  of  Conduct"  reflects 
the  University  community's  concern  that 
high  standards  be  maintained  by  students 
and  student  organizations.  It  guarantees 
due  process  and  protects  the  individual 
freedom  of  the  student  as  well  as  requir- 
ing his  or  her  responsibility  for  conduct 
violations. 

Community  Services  is  a  major  activity 
on  the  campus  and  involvement  contin- 
ues to  increase.  Individuals  and  student 
organizations  can  receive  assistance  from 
the  Office  of  Community  Development 
to  link  up  and  be  matched  with  commu- 
nity service  agencies.  The  Office  of 
Community  Development  is  located  in 
238  Sykes  Student  Union,  610-436-3511. 

Children's  Center 

The  Children's  Center  provides  affordable, 
quality  child  care  on  campus  for  children 
of  students  and  employees  of  the  Univer- 
sity. The  center  offers  a  developmentally 
based  educational  program  for  children 
ages  three  to  six  years  with  a  summer  pro- 
gram for  ages  three  to  twelve.  A  multiple- 
child  discount  of  20  percent  is  available. 
Snacks  are  provided  by  the  center,  with 
parents  providing  a  bag  lunch.  Located  on 
the  ground  floor  of  McCarthy  Hall,  the 


Children's  Center  is  licensed  by  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  and  all 
required  registration  material  must  be  com- 
pleted prior  to  enrollment.  Enrollment  for 
each  semester  begins  when  the  schedule  of 
courses  is  available  from  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar. 

The  Children's  Center  also  offers  a  wide 
range  of  opportunities  for  involvement 
by  students  such  as: 

•  Practicum  experiences  in  the  fields  of 
early  childhood  education,  social 
work,  and  nursing; 

•  Volunteer  programs  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Social  Work,  community  ser- 
vice program,  Greek  organizations, 
and  individual  students; 

•  Paid  part-time  aide  positions  through 
the  Work  Study  program  and  Student 
Services,  Inc.  funding; 

•  Classroom  participation  through  the 
departments  of  Music  Education, 
Kinesiology,  and  Foreign  Languages. 

For  more  information  contact  the 
Children's  Center  at  610-436-2388. 

Counseling  and  Psychological 
Services  Department 

The  Counseling  Center,  a  part  of  the 
Department  of  Counseling  and  Psycho- 
logical Services,  is  located  on  the  second 
floor  of  Lawrence  Center.  The 
Counseling  Center  provides  counseling 
services  without  charge  to  all  undergrad- 
uate and  graduate  students  at  West 
Chester.  The  faculty  in  the  Counseling 
Center  are  licensed  psychologists  who 
are  experienced  in  working  with  college 
students.  Students  may  discuss  their  con- 
cerns, feelings,  hopes,  and  interests 
freely  and  in  strict  confidence. 
COUNSELING  SERVICES:  Since  the 
Counseling  Center  provides  services  for 
a  wide  range  of  concerns,  each  student's 
experience  will  be  tailored  to  his  or  her 
request.  Students  may  want  to  clarify 
their  vocational  or  educational  choices, 
improve  their  interpersonal  skills,  or 
resolve  personal  conflicts.  Their  choice 
of  approach  could  include  one  or  more  of 
the  following  counseling  center  services. 
1 .  Individual  vocational  counseling  con- 
sists of  a  one-to-one  counseling  experi- 
ence that  focuses  on  the  student's 
choice  of  major  and  vocation.  Vocatio- 
nal choice  is  most  solid  when  it  is  the 
outgrowth  of  understanding  one's  self 
Such  understanding  requires  time  and 
thought,  and  involves  the  student  in 
identifying  his  or  her  own  style,  val- 
ues, interests,  and  abilities. 
Psychological  testing  as  well  as  dis- 


cussion often  enhances  self-under- 
standing. 

2.  Individual  counseling  for  personal 
problem  solving  consists  of  a  one-to- 
one  counseling  experience  where  the 
focus  is  on  resolving  personal  con- 
flicts, conflicts  with  others,  and  on 
improving  the  student's  expertise  at 
making  personally  meaningful  choic- 
es. It  may  also  help  some  people 
avoid  decisions  that  restrict  their  per- 
sonal growth  and  undermine  their 
well-being. 

3.  Group  counseling  consists  of  a  small 
group  of  peers  with  one  or  more  coun- 
selors. Such  groups  meet  usually  once 
weekly  to  provide  group  members 
with  constructive  learning  about  them- 
selves. Groups  often  have  a  specific 
focus.  Past  groups  have  focused  upon: 

Assertiveness  training 

Anxiety  management 

Test  anxiety  reduction 

Eating  disorders 

Career  exploration 

Procrastination  and  how  to  avoid  it 

4.  Testing  can  be  useful  in  increasing 
self-understanding  and  can  often  assist 
in  the  process  of  vocational  and  edu- 
cational decision  making.  The  Coun- 
seling Center  faculty  are  trained  in  the 
administration  and  interpretation  of 
psychological  tests,  and  the  student 
and  his  or  her  counselor  can  decide  if 
testing  might  be  helpful. 
Arrangements  also  can  be  made  at  the 
Counseling  Center  for  taking  the 
Graduate  Record  Exam,  the  Graduate 
Management  Aptitude  Test,  and  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test  —  three  gradu- 
ate school  admissions  tests. 

5.  Consultation  Services  also  are  avail- 
able for  staff  and  faculty  members  of 
the  University  community.  Counsel- 
ing Center  faculty  can  assist  with 
crises,  program  planning,  and  group 
and  interpersonal  communications,  as 
well  as  referrals  to  other  agencies. 

For  more  information  call  610-436-2301. 

Greek  Life  and  Student 
Organizations 

The  Office  of  Greek  Life  and  Student 
Organizations  coordinates  the  Greek  Life 
program  at  West  Chester  University, 
which  includes  the  activities  of  the  four 
Greek  Governing  Councils,  two  hono- 
raries,  Adopt-A-School  program,  and 
GAMMA  organization.  The  Greek  Life 
and  Student  Organizations  Office  also 
advises  West  Chester's  national  fraterni- 
ties and  sororities  on  their  service  pro- 


Sludent  Affairs 


jects.  community  activities,  and  rush  and 
new  member  programs.  The  office  regis- 
ters all  student  organizations  at  the 
University  and  provides  leadership 
development  programs  for  student  lead- 
ers. The  Office  of  Greek  Life  and 
Student  Organizations  is  located  in  238 
Sykes  Student  Union,  610-436-21 17. 

Health  Services 

The  University  Health  Center  is  staffed 
by  a  medical  and  health  education  team 
of  physicians  and  nurses  who  are  avail- 
able to  meet  first-aid  needs  and  to  treat 
acute  minor  illnesses  and  surgical  condi- 
tions. Gynecological  services,  including 
testing  for  pregnancy  and  sexually  trans- 
mitted diseases,  contraceptive  counsel- 
ing, and  routine  examinations,  are  also 
available.  The  University  is  not  responsi- 
ble for  any  additional  medical  or  surgical 
services  or  hospitalization. 
All  students  are  required  to  pay  a  health 
service  fee  at  the  beginning  of  each 
semester.  The  fee  covers  office  visits  and 
certain  diagnostic  tests.  Many  medica- 
tions are  available  at  a  nominal  fee. 
Allergy  injections  also  are  given  at  the 
Health  Center. 

The  University  Health  Center  is  located 
on  the  second  floor  of  Wayne  Hall,  610- 
436-2509.  Services  are  available  to  cur- 
rently enrolled  students  only.  When 
school  is  in  session,  the  Health  Center  is 
open  Monday  through  Friday  from  8 
a.m.  to  8  p.m.  and  Saturdays  from  10 
a.m.  to  6  p.m.  during  fall  and  spring 
semesters.  Summer  hours  are  provided 
weekdays  only  from  8  a.m.  to  4  p.m.  All 
visits  are  by  appointment. 

Insurance  Programs 

Because  of  the  unpredictable  nature  of 
medical  and  surgical  emergencies,  all 
students  are  encouraged  to  be  covered  by 
a  health  insurance  program.  Student 
insurance  plans  are  offered  through  the 
Health  Center.  Information  on  the  insur- 
ance program  is  mailed  to  students  prior 
to  registration  or  may  be  obtained  from 
the  University  Health  Center. 
Insurance  requirements  may  be  mandated 
by  specific  departments  and/or  athletic 
programs.  Refer  to  the  appropriate  sec- 
tion in  the  catalog  for  further  information 
on  these  requirements. 
Liability  Insurance  Requirement  for 
Students  in  Nursing.  See  the  section 
describing  the  Department  of  Nursing. 

Student  Pliysical  Examinations 

A  physical  examination  is  required  for 
all  entering  and  transfer  students.  The 


University  Health  Center  reserves  the 
right  to  request  an  annual  physical  exam- 
ination by  the  family  physician  for  any 
student  suffering  from  a  chronic  illness. 
No  student  will  be  permitted  to  register 
for  classes  until  a  history  and  physical 
examination  report  is  completed  and 
filed.  These  forms  are  available  at  the 
University  Health  Center  and  are  mailed 
to  students  prior  to  registration. 

Communicable  Diseases 

A  current  report  of  a  negative  tuberculin 
test  or  chest  X-ray  showing  no  active 
tuberculosis  (TB)  is  mandated  by  the 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education 
for  all  senior  student  teachers  and  all 
junior  or  sophomore  students  participat- 
ing in  a  field  experience  in  the  public 
schools.  The  TB  test  can  be  given  at  the 
Health  Center  for  a  nominal  charge. 
All  students  bom  after  1957  must  show 
evidence  of  immunization  involving 
other  communicable  diseases  and  booster 
shots  against  measles.  Guidelines  pub- 
lished by  the  Centers  for  Disease  Control 
will  be  adhered  to  and  revised  as  appro- 
priate to  protect  the  health  of  those  in  the 
University  community. 
Because  of  the  potential  for  transmission 
of  several  infectious  diseases,  all  students 
utilizing  injectable  medicines  will  be 
required  to  show  evidence  of  satisfactory 
disposal  of  needles  and  syringes.  The 
Health  Center  will  provide  free  disposal 
of  medical  waste. 

Mail  Service 

The  University  has  an  on-campus  post 
office  located  on  the  second  floor  of 
Lawrence  Center.  Commuting  students 
requesting  a  mail  box  must  show  a  need 
for  the  box  by  applying  to  Off-Campus 
and  Commuter  Services,  located  in  1 16 
Sykes  Student  Union,  610-436-2984, 
which  will  approve  or  disapprove  the 
request  depending  on  the  availability  of  a 
limited  number  of  mail  boxes  and  the 
demonstrated  lack  of  alternative  mail 
receipt  options  for  the  student.  Resident 
students  receive  their  mail  at  their  resi- 
dence halls.  To  ensure  prompt  delivery, 
mail  sent  to  North  Campus  resident  stu- 
dents should  show  the  student's  name, 
room  number,  the  name  of  the  residence 
hall,  and  the  University's  name  and 
address  (West  Chester  University,  West 
Chester,  PA  19383).  Mail  sent  to  South 
Campus  residence  students  should  show 
the  student's  name,  839  South  Campus 
Drive,  Box  #,  West  Chester,  PA  19382 


(do  not  include  WCU  in  the  South 
Campus  address). 

Multicultural  Affairs 

The  Office  of  Multicultural  Affairs  is 
dedicated  to  the  development  of  multi- 
cultural sensitivity,  understanding,  and 
appreciation  of  diversity  among  students. 
The  office  develops  and  implements 
comprehensive  programs  aimed  at 
addressing  the  needs  and  concerns  of  the 
multicultural  student.  The  staff  of  the 
Office  of  Multicultural  Affairs  also  serve 
as  consultants  to  other  University  offices 
regarding  multicultural  students  and  aids 
in  projects  focused  on  improving  the 
general  campus  climate.  The  office  is 
located  in  238  Sykes  Student  Union, 
610-436-3273. 

New  Student  Programs 

The  Office  of  New  Student  Programs  is 
responsible  for  the  coordination  of  the 
Summer  Orientation  Program  and  the 
September  and  January  Onentation  ses- 
sions for  new  students. 
West  Chester's  orientation  programs  are 
designed  to  introduce  new  students  to  the 
University  by  acquainting  them  with  aca- 
demic, student  services,  and  cocurricular 
aspects  of  college  life.  Attendance  at  ori- 
entation is  a  graduation  requirement. 
Other  responsibilities  of  the  Office  of 
New  Student  Programs  include  coordina- 
tion of  parent  orientation  programs,  the 
Parent  Handbook,  and  the  annual  Family 
Day  program  in  the  fall. 
The  Office  of  New  Student  Programs  is 
located  in  238  Sykes  Student  Union, 
610-436-3305. 

Public  Safety 

West  Chester  University  is  concerned 
about  the  safety  and  welfare  of  all  cam- 
pus members  and  is  committed  to  pro- 
viding a  safe  and  secure  environment. 
Campus  security  is  the  responsibility  of 
the  University's  Public  Safety  Depart- 
ment, located  in  the  Peoples  Maintenance 
Building  at  the  corner  of  Church  Street 
and  University  Avenue. 
Because  no  campus  is  isolated  from 
crime,  the  University  has  developed  a 
series  of  policies  and  procedures  to 
ensure  that  every  possible  precautionary 
measure  is  taken  to  protect  members  of 
the  University  community  while  they  are 
on  campus.  Public  Safety  provides  a 
"Safe  Walk"  program  to  escort  individu- 
als to  and  from  campus  locations.  Van 
transportation  is  also  available  for  the 
physically  challenged.  In  addition.  Public 


Student  Affairs 


Safety  provides  assistance  for  those 
needing  help  in  jump-starting  a  car  or 
those  who  have  locked  themselves  out  of 
their  vehicle. 

A  full  explanation  of  the  University's 
security  policies  and  procedures,  as  well 
as  additional  pertinent  information, 
appears  in  a  publication  called  "'Your 
Safety  Is  Our  Concern,"  which  is  avail- 
able from  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
the  Department  of  Public  Safety. 

Vehicle  Registration 

All  administrators,  faculty,  staff,  eligible 
students,  and  visitors  desiring  to  use  des- 
ignated parking  lots  must  register  their 
vehicles  with  the  Department  of  Public 
Safety  and  purchase/obtain  parking 
decals.  Resident  students  with  less  than 
63  credits  and  commuter  students  with 
less  than  25  credits  (as  of  September  of 
the  academic  year  in  which  they  wish  to 
register  a  vehicle)  are  ineligible  to  park 
on  North  Campus.  The  annual  registra- 
tion fee  is  established  by  the  Council  of 
Trustees  upon  recommendation  of  the 
Parking  Committee  and  the  approval  of 
the  president.  For  purposes  of  this  docu- 
ment, "annual"  is  defined  as  September  1 
until  August  31  of  the  following  year. 
Specific  registration  procedures  will  be 
announced  yearly. 

A  valid,  nonsuspended  operator's  license 
and  vehicle  registration  card(s)  must  be 
presented  at  the  time  the  vehicle  is  regis- 
tered. 

The  decal  should  be  placed  in  the  vehicle 
immediately.  Instructions  on  placement 
are  on  the  reverse  side  of  the  decal. 
Mutilated  or  defaced  decals  must  be 
replaced  for  a  fee  of  $5  by  contacting  the 
Department  of  Public  Safety. 
The  operation  and  registration  of  a  vehi- 
cle must  conform  to  Commonwealth 
vehicle  law  and  University  regulations. 
For  complete  information  regarding 
motor  vehicles  and  registration,  refer  to 
the  Motor  Vehicle  Regulations  available 
at  Public  Safety. 

Student  Services,  Incorporated 

(SSI) 

Student  Services,  Incorporated  (SSI)  is  a 
not-for-profit  organization  primarily 
designed  to  serve  the  students  of  West 
Chester  University.  The  objective  of  this 
corporation  is  to  initiate,  regulate,  and 
operate  the  financial  matters  of  all  cocur- 
ricular  student  activities.  Such  activities 
include  the  management  of  the  campus 
bookstore,  student  publications,  student 
organizations,  check  cashing/ticket  ser- 


vice, student  programming,  intercolle- 
giate athletics,  and  the  graduate  student 
association. 

In  fiscal  matters  and  in  various  policy- 
making areas,  the  final  authority  rests 
with  the  president  of  the  University. 

The  SSI  Business  Office,  610-436-2955, 
is  located  in  259  Sykes  Student  Union. 

Sykes  Union  Building 

The  Earl  F.  Sykes  Union  first  opened  in 
1975  as  the  community  center  for  West 
Chester  University.  Recently,  Sykes 
Union  underwent  a  complete  renovation 
and  expansion  to  meet  the  current  needs 
of  students.  The  new  facility  of  approxi- 
mately 102,000  square  feet  opened  in  the 
summer  of  1995. 

Sykes  Union,  as  a  facility  and  an  opera- 
tion, is  designed  to  encourage  all  mem- 
bers of  the  campus  community  to  partici- 
pate in  a  wide  variety  of  cultural,  social, 
educational,  and  recreational  programs. 
The  renovated  multipurpose  building 
features  expanded  facilities  as  well  as 
new  and  improved  services. 

Building  highlights  include  a  350-seat 
theater,  a  fitness  center,  a  bookstore,  and 
an  amusement  game  room,  all  on  the 
ground  floor.  The  first  floor  offers  a  din- 
ing area  with  seating  for  350,  an  outdoor 
terrace,  and  a  large  food  servery.  Also 
included  on  the  first  floor  is  a  5,000- 
square-foot  multipurpose  room  designed 
for  dances,  concerts,  banquets,  and  lec- 
tures, as  well  as  the  union  administrative 
offices  and  Information  Center. 

The  second  floor  houses  the  Student 
Affairs  offices  of  the  Vice  President, 
Dean  of  Students,  Assistant  Vice 
President,  Residence  Life  and  Housing, 
Off-Campus  and  Commuter  Services, 
New  Student  Programs,  Multicultural 
Affairs,  Greek  Life  and  Student  Organi- 
zations, and  Community  Development. 
The  Student  Services,  Inc.  Business 
Office  and  the  departments  of  Student 
Programming  and  Activities,  along  with 
student  clubs  and  organizations,  are  also 
located  on  the  second  floor. 

The  third  floor  penthouse  features  a  20- 
unit  computer  lab  with  quiet  study  and 
seminar  space.  Sykes  Union  also  houses 
13  meeting  rooms  accommodating 
groups  from  five  to  500. 

For  information  concerning  Sykes  Union 
please  call  the  Information  Center  at 
610-436-3360/2984. 


Wellness  Center 

Located  in  224  Wayne  Hall,  the 
Wellness  Center  provides  a  variety  of 
services  to  the  University  community. 
Staffed  by  student  peer  educators  who 
are  supervised  by  a  professional  staff 
member,  the  Wellness  Center  houses 
resources  pertaining  to  substance  use  and 
abuse,  sex  and  sexuality,  fitness  and 
nutrition,  eating  disorders,  self-esteem, 
and  general  wellness  issues.  The  center 
staff  offers  campus-wide  programs  and 
workshops,  in  addition  to  classroom  and 
small  group  presentations  on  these  top- 
ics. The  Wellness  Center  is  also  able  to 
provide  consultation  to  students,  faculty, 
and  staff  as  well  as  referral  to  treatment 
facilities  and  other  resources  when 
appropriate.  The  Wellness  Alliance,  a 
committee  of  faculty,  staff  and  students, 
chaired  by  the  Wellness  Center  director 
meets  regularly  to  discuss  and  advocate 
for  campus  wellness.  For  additional 
information  regarding  the  center's  ser- 
vices, call  610-436-3276. 

Women's  Center 

The  Women's  Center  addresses  the  spe- 
cial concerns  particular  to  women, 
including  the  issues  facing  women  stu- 
dents who  enter  the  University  from  high 
school  or  return  to  college  after  time  at 
home  or  in  the  job  world.  Located  in 
Lawrence  Center  on  the  second  floor,  the 
Women's  Center  provides  a  lounge  area 
for  conversation,  as  well  as  study,  peer 
advising,  support  for  personal  and  pro- 
fessional issues,  and  special  interest  pro- 
grams (lectures,  films,  concerts,  etc.). 
For  more  information,  including  oppor- 
tunities for  student  volunteers,  call  610- 
436-2122. 

Activities 

Student  Activities  on  Campus 

Student  activities  at  West  Chester 
University  encompass  a  wide  range  of 
cultural,  social,  educational,  and  recre- 
ational programs  for  a  diverse  student 
population. 

The  departments  of  Student  Activities 
and  Student  Programming,  under  the 
auspices  of  Student  Services,  Inc.,  take  a 
leadership  role  in  organizing  and  spon- 
soring joint  or  individual  projects  as  part 
of  their  mission.  One  major  role  centers 
on  advisory  relationships  with  the 
Student  Activities  Council  (the  major 
programming  organization  on  campus), 
and  Innovations  (a  unique  and  nationally 
recognized  nonalcoholic  nightclub  that 


Student  Affairs 


presents  campus  comedians,  DJ  music, 
and  "Top  40"  bands  on  Thursday  nights). 
Cuirent  movies,  area  band  perfonnances, 
national  cultural  entertainment  acts,  lec- 
tures (with  a  special  emphasis  on  the 
"Leadership,  Unity,  and  Volunteerism 
and  Image  Maker"  programs),  variety 
lunchtime  entertainment,  and  special 
events  such  as  Welcome  Week  are  all 
sponsored  by  Student  Programming  and 
the  Student  Activities  Council. 
Homecoming,  Family  Day,  Spring 
Weekend,  and  major  concerts  are  addi- 
tional special  University  events  that  unite 
many  segments  of  the  campus.  The 
Student  Programming  and  Student 
Activities  Departments  are  located  in  236 
Sykes  Student  Union,  610-436-2983  or 
436-3037. 

Students  can  become  a  vital  force  on 
campus  through  participation  and 
involvement  in  student  organizations  and 
activities.  All  students  have  an  opportu- 
nity to  attend  campus  events  and/or  join 
an  organization  that  meets  their  individ- 
ual needs.  Leadership  roles  always  are 
available,  so  being  active  can  become 
one  of  the  more  enriching  experiences  in 
student  life.  Becoming  involved  builds 
individual  integrity  and  a  sense  of  com- 
munity— two  desirable  qualities  in  all 
aspects  of  life.  Student  activities  and 
organizations  are  the  lifeblood  of  any 
campus  environment,  and  West  Chester 
University  has  many  such  opportunities. 

Student  Organizations 

Each  November,  an  updated  "Student 
Organizations  Directory"  is  pnnted  that 
includes  the  names,  addresses,  and  tele- 
phone numbers  of  all  presidents  and 
advisers  of  more  than  190  campus  stu- 
dent organizations.  For  a  comprehensive 
description  of  WCU  student  organiza- 
tions, refer  to  the  Ram 's  Eye  View 
Student  Handbook,  or  contact  the  Office 
for  Student  Development,  238  Sykes 
Student  Union,  610-436-21 17.  The  fol- 
lowing is  the  official  list  of  all  student 
organizations  that  were  registered  during 
the  1996-97  academic  year: 

Student  Governing/Campus 
Programming  Organizations 

Council  of  Commuting  and  Off-Campus 

Students 
Graduate  Student  Association 
Innovations 

Inter-Organizational  Council 
Residence  Hall  Association 
Student  Activities  Council 
Student  Government  Association 
Sykes  Union  Advisory  Board 


Academic/Professional  Organizations 

Accounting  Society 

Alchemist  Club 

Anderson  Mathematics  Club 

Anthropology  Club  of  WCU 

Art  Association 

Association  for  Childhood  Education 

International 
Athletic  Training  Club 
Business  Network 
Communication  Studies  Council 
Council  for  Exceptional  Children 
Criminal  Justice  Association-Sigma  Tau 

Omicron 
Dance  Production  Workshop 
Darlington  Biological  Society 
Economics  and  Finance  Society 
English  Club 
Forensics 
French  Club 
Geography  Club 
German  Club 
History  Club 

Honors  Student  Association 
Institute  of  Management  Accountants 
Italian  Club 

Kinesiology  Majors'  Club 
Linguistics  Club 
Mathematics  Club  for  Elementary 

Education  Majors 
National  Student  Speech,  Hearing  and 

Language  Association 
Philosophy  Club 
Political  Science  Club 
Pre-Law  Society 
Psychology  Club 
Russian  Club 
Social  Work  Club 
Society  of  Physics  Students 
Sociology  Club-Delta  Alpha  Tau 
Spanish  Club 
Student  Nurses'  Association  of 

Pennsylvania  (SNAP) 
United  States  Institute  of  Theatre 

Technology  (USITT) 
West  Chester  Association  for  the 

Education  of  Young  Children 
WCU  Education  Association/Student 

PSEA,  NEA 
WCU  Theatre 

Special  Interest  Organizations 

Alumni  Student  Connection 
Association  for  Disability  Awareness 

(ADA) 
Black  Student  Union 
Chess  Club 
College  Republicans 
EARTH  (Environmental  Association 

for  Repairing  the  Habitat) 
Green  Project 
Health  Club 

Hillel  Jewish  Student  Union 
Indo- American  Organization 
International  Student  Association 
Kapheen 


LASO-Latino  American  Student 

Organization 
National  Student  Exchange  Organization 
Pro-Choice 
Recreational  Services 
Safe  Space  Alliance 
Students  for  Life 
Together  Toward  Peace 
Women's  Center  Club 

Religious  Organizations 

Baptist  Student  Ministry 

Campus  Bible  Fellowship 

Campus  Crusade  for  Christ/Christian 

Impact 
Catholic  Newman  Student  Association/ 

Center 
Christians  in  Action 
Gospel  Choir 

Hillel  Jewish  Student  Union 
Inter- Varsity  Christian  Fellowship 
Latter  Day  Saints  Student  Association 
Lutheran  Student  Association 
Muslim  Student  Association 
New  Generation  Campus  Ministry 

Service  Organizations 

The  Abbe  Society 

Alpha  Phi  Omega 

Circle  K  Club 

Emergency  Medical  Services 

Friars'  Society 

Phi  Sigma  Pi 

Rotoract 

SAVO  (Student  Association  for 

Volunteer  Opportunities) 
University  Ambassadors 

Greek  Letter  Organizations  Governing 
Councils 

Black  Greek  Council 
Interfraternity  Council 
Inter-Greek  Council 
Panhellenic  Council 

Honoraries 

Gamma  Sigma  Alpha 
Order  of  Omega 

Programming 

GAMMA  (Greeks  Advocating 

the  Mature  Management  of  Alcohol) 

Fraternities 

Alpha  Chi  Rho 
Alpha  Phi  Alpha 
Delta  Chi 
Kappa  Alpha  Psi 
Kappa  Delta  Rho 
Lambda  Theta  Phi 
Phi  Beta  Sigma 
Phi  Delta  Theta 
Phi  Kappa  Sigma 
Pi  Kappa  Phi 
Sigma  Pi 

Sigma  Phi  Epsilon 
Tau  Kappa  Epsilon 
Theta  Chi 


Student  Affairs 


Sororities 

Alpha  Kappa  Alpha 
Alpha  Phi 
Alpha  Sigma  Tau 
Alpha  Xi  Delta 
Delta  Phi  Epsilon 
Delta  Sigma  Theta 
Delta  Zeta 

Lambda  Theta  Alpha 
Phi  Sigma  Sigma 
Sigma  Gamma  Rho 
Zeta  Phi  Beta 
Zeta  Tau  Alpha 

Publications  and  Media  Organizations 

Daedalus 

Media  Advisory  Board 

The  Quad 

The  Serpentine 

WCUR-West  Chester  University  Radio 

Sports  Clubs 

Equestrian 

Fencing 

Ice  Hockey 

Rugby-Men 

Rugby-Women 

Shotokan  Karate 

Skiing 

Sports  Club  Council 

Volleyball-Men 

Water  Polo 

Musical  Organizations 

Brass  Ensemble 

Chamber  Choir 

Close  Harmony 

Collegium  Musicum 

Concert  Band 

Concert  Choir 

Criterions  Jazz  Ensemble 

Field  of  View 

Flute  Ensemble 

Guitar  Ensemble 

Kappa  Kappa  Psi 

Marching  Band-"Golden  Rams" 

Masterworks  Chorus 

Men's  Chorus 

Music  Educator's  National  Conference- 
Chapter  21  (PCMEA) 

Opera  Theatre  Ensemble 

Pennsylvania  Music  Teachers 
Association-Student  Chapter 

Percussion  Ensemble 

Phi  Mu  Alpha  Sinfonia 

Saxophone  Ensemble 

Sigma  Alpha  Iota 

Symphonic  Band 

Symphony  Orchestra 

Tau  Beta  Sigma 

University  Chorale 

Wind  Ensemble 

Women's  Choir 

Honor  Societies 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading-Alpha 
Upsilon  Alpha 


Communication  Studies-Pi  Kappa  Delta 
Communications-Lambda  Pi  Eta 
Economics-Omicron  Delta  Epsilon 
Education-Delta  Kappa  Gamma 
Education-Kappa  Delta  Pi 
Education-Phi  Delta  Kappa 
Educational  Services-Chi  Alpha  Epsilon 
English-Sigma  Tau  Delta 
Foreign  Languages-Alpha  Mu  Gamma 
Geography-Gamma  Theta  Upsilon 
Geology-Sigma  Gamma  Epsilon 
Health  Science-Eta  Sigma  Gamma 
History-Phi  Alpha  Theta 
Kinesiology-Phi  Epsilon  Kappa 
Mathematical  Sciences-Pi  Mu  Epsilon 
Music-Pi  Kappa  Lambda 
Nursing-Sigma  Theta  Tau 
Philosophy-Phi  Sigma  Tau 
Physics-Sigma  Pi  Sigma 
Political  Science-Pi  Sigma  Alpha 
Psychology-Psi  Chi 
Social  Science-Pi  Gamma  Mu 
Social  Work-Phi  Alpha 
Sociology-Alpha  Kappa  Delta 
Theater  Arts-Alpha  Psi  Omega 

Recreation  and  Leisure  Programs 

The  Office  of  Recreation  and  Leisure 
Programs  provides  recreational  and 
leisure-time  activities  for  the  University 
community. 

Intramural  Sports  affords  students,  fac- 
ulty, and  staff  the  opportunity  to  partici- 
pate in  individual  or  team  competitive 
activities.  The  Intramural  Sports  program 
promotes  health,  wellness,  and  physical 
fitness,  as  well  as  encourages  the  worthy 
use  of  leisure  time.  Regardless  of  ability 
level,  every  individual  can  experience 
successful  participation  in  a  variety  of 
individual  or  team  athletic  events. 
For  students  who  enjoy  organized  sports 
other  than  varsity  athletics.  Sports  Club 
options  are  provided  for  those  who  are 
either  skilled  athletically  or  merely  inter- 
ested in  participating  in  a  club  sport  for 
enjoyment.  Becoming  a  member  of  a 
club  provides  opportunities  for  instruc- 
tion, coaching,  socialization,  competi- 
tion, and  fun.  Kinesiology  majors  receive 
a  sports  credit  through  participation  in  a 
club  program.  Currently,  West  Chester 
University  provides  nine  Sports  Clubs: 
equestrian,  fencing,  ice  hockey,  shotokan 
karate,  men's  rugby,  women's  rugby, 
skiing,  men's  volleyball,  and  water  polo. 

Outdoor  recreational  opportunities  are 
conducted  through  the  Outdoor 
Adventure  Program  which  offers  a 
variety  of  different  trips  and  one-day 
activities  for  students  throughout  the 
year.  Examples  include  canoeing,  rafting, 
skiing,  camping,  and  spelunking  trips; 


ice  skating  nights;  hiking;  and  horseback 
riding.  In  addition  to  scheduling  trips,  the 
Outdoor  Adventure  Program  rents  recre- 
ation equipment  such  as  backpacking 
equipment,  tents,  sleeping  bags,  camping 
equipment,  and  cross-country  skis. 

For  students  who  do  not  wish  to  partici- 
pate in  a  formal  recreational  program. 
Open  Recreation  provides  days,  times, 
and  facilities  in  which  students  may  par- 
ticipate in  an  informal  recreational  activi- 
ty. The  semester  calendar  lists  scheduled 
days  and  times  for  utilizing  swimming 
pools,  weight  rooms,  indoor/outdoor 
tracks,  outdoor  tennis  courts,  and  basket- 
ball gymnasiums. 

Special  Events  include  one-day  pro- 
grams such  as  skating  nights,  racquetball 
nights,  or  special  tournaments  such  as  the 
Schick  Basketball  Super  Hoops  Tour- 
nament. 

The  Aerobics  program  is  one  of  our 
most  popular  activities  with  over  800 
students,  faculty,  and  staff  participating 
in  28  different  aerobic  sessions.  The  pro- 
gram provides  regular  aerobics,  aerostep, 
cardiostep,  slide  step,  step  and  sculpt, 
and  cross-training  sessions.  Registration 
is  required  for  participation. 

The  Fitness  Center  in  Sykes  Student 
Union  is  designed  to  give  students  a  pro- 
fessional setting  for  exercise  and  weight 
training.  The  Sykes  Fitness  Center  is 
equipped  with  cardiovascular  equipment, 
pin-selectorized  equipment,  and  Olympic 
free  weights.  The  center  also  includes  an 
aerobics  studio  where  all  the  aerobics 
sessions  are  held.  A  valid  student  ID  is 
required  for  admission  to  the  center,  and 
an  orientation  session  is  also  required  for 
all  participants. 

For  more  information  on  any  program 
provided  by  the  Office  of  Recreation  and 
Leisure  Programs,  call  610-436-2131  or 
436-3088,  or  stop  by  Room  133,  Ehinger 
Gymnasium. 

Intercollegiate  Athletic  Program 

West  Chester  University's  Department  of 
Athletics  affirms  academic  excellence  as 
the  cornerstone  in  the  life  of  the  student- 
athlete,  placing  the  highest  priority  on 
the  overall  quality  of  the  educational 
experience.  By  strengthening  the  integra- 
tion of  athletic  program  objectives  with 
academic  and  developmental  goals,  ath- 
letics support  the  University's  mission  to 
meet  student  needs  and  interests. 

Participation  in  athletics  can  serve  to 
strengthen  the  student's  integrity,  sense 
of  fairness,  respect  for  others,  and  dedi- 


Academic  Affairs — Special  Programs  and  Services 


cation  to  goals.  It  also  can  provide  the 
opportunity  for  enhancing  interpersonal 
leadership  skills.  Both  men  and  women 
can  choose  from  a  broad  variety  of  team 
and  individual  sports.  In  addition,  acade- 
mic support  services  are  available  for 
student-athletes,  underscoring  the  com- 
mitment to  scholastic  success. 

The  women's  intercollegiate  athletic  pro- 
grams include  basketball,  cross  country, 
field  hockey,  gymnastics,  indoor  track, 
lacrosse,  soccer,  softball,  swimming  and 
diving,  tennis,  outdoor  track  and  field,  and 
volleyball.  The  mens  intercollegiate  ath- 
letic programs  include  baseball,  basketball, 
cross  country,  football,  golf  indoor  track, 
lacrosse,  soccer,  swimming  and  diving, 
tennis,  and  outdoor  track  and  field. 

West  Chester  University  is  a  member  of 
the  National  Collegiate  Athletic 
Association  Division  II  (women's  field 
hockey  is  Division  I,  and  a  member  of 
the  Atlantic  10  Conference),  Eastern 
College  Athletic  Conference,  and  the 
Pennsylvania  State  Athletic  Conference. 

The  Department  of  Athletics  is  located  in 
the  Russell  L.  Sturzebecker  Health 


Sciences  Center  on  South  Campus,  which 
has  won  national  acclaim  for  the  quality 
and  extent  of  its  teaching,  performance, 
and  research  facilities.  Of  special  note  is 
the  one-acre  gymnasium  (which  can  be 
divided  into  six  smaller,  pneumatically 
sealed  gyms),  a  natatonum  with  two  full- 
size  swimming  pools  connected  by  a  div- 
ing well,  20  lecture  rooms,  two  dance  stu- 
dios, a  multipurpose  room,  a  human  per- 
formance laboratory,  an  environmental 
health  laboratory,  and  two  physical  thera- 
py rooms.  This  complex  is  surrounded  by 
the  John  A.  Farrell  Stadium,  Serpico 
Stadium,  practice  and  playing  fields,  tennis 
courts,  and  weight  rooms. 

Complementing  the  facilities  on  South 
Campus  are  Hollinger  Field  House  and 
Ehinger  Gymnasium  on  North  Campus. 
Another  swimming  pool,  basketball 
courts,  batting  cage,  and  an  indoor  track 
are  housed  in  these  buildings. 

Alumni  Association 

The  West  Chester  University  Alumni 
Association  is  an  organization  of  more 
than  58,(X)0  graduates  of  the  University. 


The  purpose  of  the  Alumni  Association 
is  to  promote  the  interests  of  West 
Chester  University  in  all  areas  of  acade- 
mic, cultural,  and  social  needs,  to 
strengthen  the  Alumni  Association 
through  a  strong  network  of  graduates, 
and  to  increase  the  awareness  of  alumni 
to  the  University's  needs. 

The  Alumni  Association  sponsors  two 
major  events  on  campus  each  year — 
Homecoming  in  the  fall  and  Alumni 
Weekend  in  the  spring.  The  West  Chester 
University  Magazine,  published  quarter- 
ly, incorporates  RAMPARTS,  providing 
all  alumni  with  information  on  their 
classmates  and  events  of  interest. 

The  Alumni  Association  also  offers  pro- 
gramming and  services  to  students 
through  its  efforts  with  admissions 
recruiting,  career  mentoring,  and  net- 
working. The  on-campus  Alumni  Student 
Connection  group  works  with  current 
matriculating  students  to  build  ties  with 
the  University  that  will  continue  when 
these  students  become  alumni.  In  turn, 
this  group  also  keeps  alumni  updated  on 
events  and  news  of  their  Alma  Mater. 


Academic  Affairs 


West  Chester  University's  undergraduate 
programs  include  teaching  certification 
programs,  local  certificate  programs,  and 
programs  of  study  leading  to  the 
Associate  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Arts. 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts,  Bachelor  of 
Music,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education, 
Bachelor  of  Science,  and  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Nursing.  A  complete  list  of 
undergraduate  degree  programs  appears 
on  page  48.  Programs  of  study  at  the 
graduate  level  are  also  available.  These 
are  listed  on  page  31  and  are  described  in 
detail  in  the  Graduate  Catalog. 

Honors  Program 

The  University  provides  to  able  students 
with  outstanding  achievements  in  schol- 
arship, community  service,  the  arts, 
and/or  leadership  the  opportunity  to  par- 
ticipate in  a  challenging  Honors  Program 
and  to  receive  appropriate  recognition 
when  they  complete  the  requirements. 
The  aim  of  the  Honors  Program  is  to 
provide  an  inviting  environment  for  aca- 
demically gifted  and  highly  motivated 
students  to  interact  and  form  a  learning 


community  of  peers,  faculty,  administra- 
tors, and  staff  that  will  challenge  and 
enrich  the  students'  college  experience. 

Grounded  in  the  liberal  arts  tradition,  the 
Honors  Program  seeks  interdisciplinary 
connections  in  order  to  develop  students' 
natural  intellectual  abilities  and  to  chal- 
lenge them  to  employ  those  gifts  on 
behalf  of  the  larger  community.  For  this 
reason,  the  West  Chester  University 
Honors  Program  considers  "honors" 
more  than  a  matter  of  strong  grades.  It 
means  using  the  gift  of  knowledge  to  be 
an  active  and  creative  problem  solver  in 
both  the  campus  community  and  in  the 
world.  Honors  is  about  building  charac- 
ter and  fostering  a  commitment  to  life- 
long learning  that  can  develop  the  lead- 
ers of  the  21st  century.  Membership  is 
competitive  and  based  on  attainment  and 
maintenance  of  a  cumulative  3.25  grade 
point  average,  regular  enrollment  in 
Honors  courses,  and  service  to  the  cam- 
pus community.  The  program  comprises 
two  tiers:  Honors  in  General  Education 
and  Junior-Senior  Honors. 


A  certificate  for  Honors  in  General 
Education  is  awarded  to  a  student  who 
completes  five  of  the  seven  lower-tier 
courses.  These  five  courses  are  part  of  a 
core  curriculum.  Usually  these  honors 
courses  partially  fulfill  general  education 
requirements.  They  also  fulfill  writing 
emphasis  requirements. 

Five  of  these  courses  will  be  offered  in 
the  freshman  year,  and  two  in  the  sopho- 
more year.  Honors  in  General  Education 
will  be  given  for  these  courses  with  some 
substitutions  also  accepted. 

A  certificate  in  Junior-Senior  Honors  is 

awarded  to  a  student  who  completes  the 
upper  tier  of  the  program;  a  student  who 
has  completed  both  tiers  is  granted  a  cer- 
tificate in  University  Honors.  Require- 
ments for  the  upper  tier  consist  of  two  of 
the  interdisciplinary  seminars  offered  by 
the  program  itself  and  a  senior  project, 
which  is  usually  done  in  the  student's 
major  field  of  study.  The  seminars  are 
usually  new  each  semester;  recent  topics 
have  included  "Future  Energy  Alter- 
natives," "The  Arts  from  1900  to  1920," 
"Death  and  Dying,"  "Gender,  War,  and 


Academic  Affairs — Special  Programs  and  Services 


Peace,"  and  "Elizabethan  England." 
Senior  projects  have  been  of  many  types, 
including  library  research  theses,  com- 
puter programs,  recitals,  and  portfolios  in 
the  arts.  Individual  initiative  is  encour- 
aged. 

The  program  provides  optional  housing 
in  Killinger  Hall.  Rooms  feature  direct 
connection  to  the  University  computer 
system.  Some  honors  students,  however, 
live  in  other  campus  residence  halls,  in 
town,  or  at  home. 

An  Honors  Council,  which  includes  both 
faculty  and  students,  sets  the  policies  of 
the  program.  A  committee  of  that  coun- 
cil, working  with  the  director,  determines 
the  admission  and  retention  of  students. 
Further  information  about  the  Honors 
Program — requirements,  offerings,  hous- 
ing, and  the  extracurricular  activities  of 
the  Honors  Student  Association — is 
available  from  Dr.  Kevin  W.  Dean, 
director.  Honors  Program,  Room  131, 
Francis  Harvey  Green  Library,  West 
Chester  University,  West  Chester,  PA, 
610-436-2996. 

International  Education 

Established  in  1973,  the  Center  for 
International  Programs  is  responsible  for 
coordinating  study-abroad  programs, 
international  faculty  exchanges,  visits  by 
foreign  scholars,  and  international  pro- 
grams for  the  campus  and  the  broader 
community  of  which  we  are  a  part.  In 
addition,  the  Center  for  International 
Programs  actively  promotes  development 
of  an  international  curriculum,  facilitates 
internships  and  independent  study 
abroad,  and  provides  a  variety  of  essen- 
tial services  for  the  approximately  100 
international  students  from  30  nations. 

West  Chester  University  currently  oper- 
ates its  own  study-abroad  programs  in 
England,  Wales,  and  France.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  the  Univer- 
sity-sponsored, junior-year-abroad  pro- 
gram. 

As  expected,  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages  plays  an  essential  role  in 
developing  study-abroad  programs  as 
well  as  in  preparing  students  and  faculty 
to  meet  the  challenge  of  experiencing 
one  of  the  University's  study-abroad 
options.  To  help  meet  this  need,  the 
Department  of  Foreign  Languages, 
through  its  highly  acclaimed  Critical 
Language  Program,  regularly  offers 
courses  in  Greek,  Finnish,  Chinese, 
Japanese,  Arabic,  and  several  other  lan- 
guages, in  addition  to  its  regularly  sched- 


uled series  of  courses  in  German,  French, 
Spanish,  Italian,  and  Russian. 

International  study  opportunities  for 
American  and  foreign  students  are  contin- 
uing to  expand  at  West  Chester  Univer- 
sity. The  James  E.  McErlane  Scholarship 
Fund  provides  awards  for  West  Chester 
University  students  participating  in  inter- 
national study  programs.  Anyone  interest- 
ed in  taking  advantage  of  these  opportuni- 
ties is  encouraged  to  contact  the  Center 
for  International  Programs,  102  Old 
Library,  for  details  on  current  program 
options,  610-436-3515. 

Academic  Development  Program 

The  Academic  Development  Program  is 
designed  to  provide  an  opportunity  for  a 
college  education  at  West  Chester 
University  to  those  students  who  do  not 
meet  current  admission  requirements  but 
who  show  a  potential  for  success  in  col- 
lege. Students  admitted  to  the  program 
are  expected  to  take  advantage  of  the 
program  components  which  have  been 
developed  to  enhance  their  skills  in  read- 
ing, writing,  speaking,  mathematics,  and 
critical  thinking,  as  well  as  to  help  them 
in  their  transition  from  high  school  to 
college. 

The  Academic  Development  Program  is 
comprised  of  a  series  of  required  courses 
supplemented  by  specialized  tutoring, 
counseling,  scheduling,  and  advising. 

The  program  begins  with  an  intensive, 
six-week  session  during  the  summer 
which  students  must  complete.  Any 
developmental  course  work  taken  during 
this  time  is  credit-bearing,  but  these  cred- 
its are  not  applicable  toward  graduation. 

Students  in  the  program  also  are  required 
to  complete  the  following  courses:  COM 
101,  ENG  120,  ENG  121,  and  EDR  100, 
all  of  which  should  be  taken  as  soon  as 
possible  after  completion  of  summer 
requirements.  All  of  these  courses  satisfy 
University  requirements  for  graduation. 
Students  will  be  advised  also  on  the 
completion  of  General  Education 
Requirements  and,  as  necessary,  on  the 
transition  to  a  major  course  of  study. 

In  1995  the  Academic  Development 
Program  was  recognized  by  the  National 
Association  of  Developmental  Educators 
as  the  country's  Outstanding  Develop- 
mental Program  at  four-year  institutions. 

For  further  information,  please  contact 
Dr.  Peter  T.  Kyper,  director.  Academic 
Development  Program,  103  Lawrence 
Center,  610-436-3505. 


National  Student  Exchange 
Program 

West  Chester  is  one  of  approximately 
300  American  colleges  and  universities, 
located  throughout  the  United  States 
including  Hawaii,  Alaska,  Puerto  Rico, 
California,  and  Florida,  which  partici- 
pates in  the  National  Student  Exchange 
(NSE)  Program.  The  program  gives  stu- 
dents an  opportunity  to  broaden  their  cul- 
tural and  academic  horizons  through  a 
semester  or  a  year  of  study  in  another 
part  of  the  United  States  without  paying 
out-of-state  tuition  fees  or  incurring  such 
complications  as  credit  transfers.  The 
exchange  usually  takes  place  during  the 
sophomore  or  junior  year  so  that  return- 
ing students  can  share  their  experiences 
with  students  on  the  West  Chester  cam- 
pus. In  order  to  qualify  for  the  program, 
applicants  must  be  full-time  students 
with  a  2.5  Grade  Point  Average.  The 
annual  recruitment  program  takes  place 
during  the  fall  semester  and  the  first  part 
of  the  spring  semester,  with  placement 
for  the  following  school  year  occurring 
midway  through  the  spring  semester. 
NSE  information  is  available  at  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar,  E.O.  Bull  Center, 
610-436-3085. 

Pennsylvania  State  System  Visiting 
Student  Program 

Undergraduate  students  enrolled  in  a 
degree  program  who  have  earned  27 
credits  and  are  in  good  academic  stand- 
ing have  the  opportunity  to  enroll  as  a 
visitor  for  a  fall,  spring,  or  summer  term 
at  any  of  the  other  13  Pennsylvania  State 
System  of  Higher  Education  institutions. 
The  program  allows  students  to  take 
advantage  of  SPECIALIZED  courses, 
programs,  or  experiences  NOT  AVAIL- 
ABLE at  the  home  institution  without 
losing  (home)  institutional  residency. 
Advance  approval  from  both  the  home 
and  the  host  institutions  is  required. 
Visiting  Student  Program  information  is 
available  at  the  Office  of  the  Registrar, 
E.  O.  Bull  Center,  610-436-3085. 

Environmental  Programs 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  environ- 
mental degree  programs  may  choose 
from  those  identified  below.  Consult  the 
departments  listed  for  details  on  these 
programs. 

Ecology.  Offered  by  the  Department  of 
Biology,  this  program  provides  a  strong 
background  in  field  biology  and  prepares 
students  for  careers  as  biologists  in  envi- 


Academic  Affairs— Special  Programs  and  Services 


ronmental  agencies,  industry,  consulting 
firms,  and  similar  organizations. 
Environmental  Health  Science.  Offered 
by  the  Department  of  Health,  this  pro- 
gram synthesizes  a  rigorous  scientific 
preparation  with  specialized,  applied 
environmental  courses  on  such  topics  as 
water  and  air  pollution,  hazardous 
wastes,  mdustrial  hygiene  and  safety,  and 
environmental  applications  of  geographic 
information  systems.  It  prepares  students 
for  careers  as  environmental  scientists  in 
government  and  industry. 
Other  nondegree  options  exist  for  stu- 
dents interested  in  environmental  issues. 
Education  majors  may  elect  to  earn  an 
endorsement  in  environmental  educa- 
tion (see  Department  of  Counselor, 
Secondary,  and  Professional  Education), 
and  geography  majors  may  emphasize 
environmental  planning  as  part  of  the 
B.A.  in  geography  (see  Department  of 
Geography  and  Planning).  In  addition,  a 
wide  range  of  course  work  for  majors 
and  nonmajors  alike  is  offered  by  the  fol- 
lowing departments:  Biology;  Chemistry; 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 
Education;  Economics;  Geography  and 
Planning;  Geology  and  Astronomy; 
Health;  and  Physics. 

Pre-Professional  Study 

West  Chester  University  recognizes  that 
some  students  will  select  career  goals 
that  will  require  pursuit  of  academic 
degrees  after  the  baccalaureate,  either  in 
graduate  school  or  at  a  professional 
school.  Students  with  such  goals  are 
encouraged  to  discuss  them  with  appro- 
priate members  of  the  faculty. 
Pre-Medical.  Students  interested  in 
graduate  studies  in  one  of  the  health  pro- 
fessions (dentistry,  medicine,  optometry, 
podiatry,  or  vetennary  medicine)  are 
encouraged  to  apply  for  admission  to  the 
Pre-Medical  Program,  which  is  super- 
vised by  members  of  the  Pre-Medical 
Committee.  More  information  about  this 
program  can  be  found  under  the  Pre- 
Medical  Program  listing  in  the  section, 
"Programs  of  Study  and  Course 
Offerings." 

Pre-Law.  Students  who  are  contemplating 
going  on  to  law  school  should  take  part  in 
die  pre-law  program  conducted  by  the 
University.  Law  schools  maintain  that, 
while  there  is  no  proper  "pre-law  major," 
students  should  choose  courses  that  sharp- 
en their  analytical  reasoning,  writing, 
speaking,  and  listening  capabilities  in  the 
humanities,  social  sciences,  or  natural  sci- 
ences (particularly  those  courses  requiring 


research  and  communication  skills). 
Overall  academic  performance  is  essential; 
a  cumulative  average  of  at  least  3.0  is 
required  by  almost  all  accredited  law 
schools. 

Students  interested  in  attending  law 
school  should  contact  Prof.  John  Shea, 
Department  of  Political  Science  and 
director  of  the  pre-law  program,  in  Room 
106,  Ruby  Jones  Hall,  early  in  their  aca- 
demic careers.  Students  also  are  encour- 
aged to  participate  in  the  Pre-Law  Club. 

Pre-Engineering.  West  Chester  provides 
a  pre-engineering  program  in  cooperation 
with  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
At  the  end  of  five  years,  a  student  earns  a 
B.S.  in  physics  from  West  Chester 
University  and  a  B.S.  in  engineering  from 
The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
Students  normally  spend  three  years  at 
West  Chester  University  and  two  years  at 
Penn  State  University,  taking  only  engi- 
neering-related courses.  All  mathematics, 
physics,  cognates,  and  general  education 
courses  are  generally  taken  at  West 
Chester  University.  Students  may  choose 
from  many  fields  of  engineering,  some  of 
which  are  listed  in  the  "Physics"  section  of 
this  catalog. 

Pre-Theology.  Pre-seminary  students 
tend  to  major  in  religious  studies  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Department  of 
Philosophy  but  select  courses  from  a 
wide  variety  of  disciplines.  Students 
interested  in  graduate  studies  in  theology 
and  religious  studies  should  work  out 
their  programs  of  study  with  the 
Department  of  Philosophy. 

Undeclared  Major  Program 

The  Undeclared  Major  Program  allows 
students  who  have  not  yet  chosen  a  major 
to  explore  their  fields  of  interest  before 
entering  a  degree  program.  During  their 
freshman  and  sophomore  years,  students 
are  encouraged  to  schedule  courses  which 
fulfill  the  General  Education  Require- 
ments. In  addition  to  the  General  Educa- 
tion Requirements,  other  courses  may  be 
scheduled  in  a  wide  range  of  disciplines. 
Academic  advisers  will  help  the  students 
to  select  and  schedule  appropriate  courses. 

Students  should  understand  that  certain 
academic  programs  require  prerequisites 
for  further  study.  Complefion  of  such 
prerequisites,  if  not  undertaken  dunng 
the  period  of  study  as  an  undeclared 
major,  may  prolong  University  atten- 
dance. 

A  student  may  transfer  into  a  program 
from  undeclared  status  only  if 


1.  there  is  a  vacancy  in  the  desired  pro- 
gram, 

2.  the  chairperson  of  that  program 
approves,  and 

3.  a  formal  approved  change  of  curricu- 
lum form  has  been  filed  in  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar. 

Students  should  inquire  about  program 
vacancies  as  early  as  possible  during 
their  first  year  of  study. 

The  Undeclared  Major  Program  is 
administered  by  the  Academic  Advising 
Center  located  in  Room  105  Lawrence 
Center.  The  program  and  the  center  have 
received  national  recognition  for  excel- 
lence in  advising  and  student  retention. 

The  Academic  Advising  Center  provides 
the  following  services  for  students  who 
have  not  yet  declared  a  major: 

Advice  regarding  course  selection 

Assistance  in  establishing  educational 
objectives 

Information  regarding  various  pro- 
grams offered  by  the  University 

Advice  to  students  in  academic  diffi- 
culty 

Referral  to  University  support  services 

Guidance  in  and  instructions  for 
declaring  a  major 

Interpretation  of  University,  school, 
and  department  regulations,  rules, 
and  requirements. 

The  center  also  makes  information 
regarding  University  services  available  to 
late  afternoon  and  evening  students.  For 
more  information  call  610-436-3505,  or 
visit  Room  105  Lawrence  Center. 

University  TXitoring  Center 

The  University  Tutoring  Center  offers  free 
tutoring  to  registered  students.  The  center's 
focus  is  on  assisting  students  in  mastering 
course  content  while  becoming  indepen- 
dent learners.  Tutoring  is  offered  for  most 
general  education  courses  including  mathe- 
matics, English,  natural  sciences,  social  sci- 
ences, and  foreign  languages.  Most  stu- 
dents are  given  standing,  one-hour  appoint- 
ments for  the  entire  semester.  Students 
should  make  tutoring  appointments  as  early 
as  possible  in  the  semester  to  ensure  place- 
ment. Employment  opportunities  for  quali- 
fied undergraduate  and  graduate  students 
are  available  each  semester.  Interested  stu- 
dents should  pick  up  an  application  and 
information  brochure  in  Room  105 
Lawrence  Center.  The  center  is  open  daily, 
8  a.m.  -  6  p.m.  Please  call  610-436-2535 
for  more  information  or  visit  Room  132 
Lawrence  Center. 


Academic  Affairs — Special  Programs  and  Services 


Study  Skills  Project 

The  Study  Skills  Project  is  a  one-credit 
learning  strategies  course  that  helps  stu- 
dents become  independent  learners.  Class 
meetings  are  supplemented  by  several 
small-group  sessions  with  a  tutor.  The 
course  covers  skills  such  as  time  man- 
agement, effective  reading  of  textbooks, 
taking  notes,  and  test-taking  strategies. 

For  more  information,  call  Dr.  Mary 
Keetz  at  610-436-2174. 

Services  for  Students  with 
Disabilities 

The  Office  of  Services  for  Students  with 
Disabilities  (OSSD)  offers  services  for 
students  with  physical  and  learning  dis- 
abilities. The  OSSD  is  designed  to  assist 
students  in  making  a  successful  transition 
to  the  University.  We  take  a  proactive 
stance  that  encourages  students  to  under- 
stand their  needs  and  strengths  in  order 
to  best  advocate  for  themselves. 

At  West  Chester  University  we  recognize 
that  some  students  with  disabilities  want 
minimal  assistance  while  others  require 
the  full  range  of  support  and  services. 
The  staff  of  the  OSSD  supports  students 
as  they  become  more  self-reliant  by 
emphasizing  their  knowledge  and  com- 
munication skills  and  the  understanding 
of  their  rights  and  obligations  under  the 
laws.  To  facilitate  successful  transition 
we  recommend  a  comprehensive  assess- 
ment of  needs  through  this  office. 

The  OSSD  provides  advocacy  with  fac- 
ulty for  classroom  accommodations 
under  the  requirements  of  Section  504 
and  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act. 
Recent,  appropriate,  and  comprehensive 
documentation  provided  by  licensed  pro- 
fessionals must  accompany  requests  for 
accommodations. 

The  OSSD  coordinates  provision  of 
direct  services  for  students  with  disabili- 
ties through  support  staff  in  the  research 
and  technical  areas  of  the  University.  We 
also  advocate  in  the  readmission  proce- 
dure, with  the  offices  of  Financial  Aid 
and  the  Registrar,  and  supplement  advis- 
ing services  to  the  extent  that  the  infor- 
mation or  assistance  is  disability  related 
and  necessary  to  promote  student  access. 

Substitutions  for  foreign  language 
requirements  are  possible  for  certain  stu- 
dents. Documentation  of  the  student's 
disability  must  specifically  indicate  the 
connection  between  the  area  of  weakness 
and  the  requirements  of  the  course,  and 
state  that  such  substitution  is  necessary. 
Adapted  math  courses  are  offered  to  stu- 


dents who  qualify  to  fulfill  the  general 
education  requirements. 
The  OSSD  is  located  within  the 
Academic  Programs  and  Services 
Division  and  coordinates  services  with 
other  units  within  the  division,  such  as 
the  University  Tutoring  Center  and  the 
Academic  Advising  Center,  as  well  as 
other  University  offices  including  the 
Writing  Center  and  the  Office  of 
Residence  Life  and  Housing.  Liaison 
with  governmental  agencies  and  private 
practitioners  for  provision  of  services  is 
also  available  through  the  OSSD.  In 
order  to  ensure  continuity  of  services, 
students  should  pursue  such  actions  prior 
to  enrollment.  Students  needing  financial 
support  for  personal  services  or  inter- 
preters should  register  with  the  appropri- 
ate agency  at  least  six  months  in  advance 
of  matriculation. 

Office  of  Services  for  Students  with 
Disabilities 

Room  105  Lawrence  Center 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
610-436-3416 

Services  Provided  for  Students  with 
Disabilities 

Special  Summer  Orientation 

Central  Documentation  File 

Optional  Comprehensive  Needs 

Assessment 

Advocacy  with  Faculty 

Alternative  Test-Taking  Arrangements 

Academic  Advising 

Priority  Registration 

Note-Taking  Support 

Content  Tutors 

Study  Skills  Tutoring 

Taped  Texts  Assistance  (Recordings 

for  the  Blind,  Inc.) 

Adaptive  Technology 

Readers  for  Visually  Impaired 

Students 

Interpreters  for  Hearing-Impaired 

Students 

Accommodated  Math  Classes 

Course  Substitutes  (e.g..  Foreign 

Language) 

Peer  Support 

Students  with  Disabilities  Association 

The  Writing  Program 

West  Chester  University's  cross-discipli- 
nary Writing  Program  was  begun  in  1978 
as  a  pilot  project  funded  by  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Humanities  and  the 
Pennsylvania  State  College  Educational 
Trust  Fund.  Building  on  the  skills  devel- 
oped in  English  composition  courses,  the 
program  is  based  on  the  assumption  that 


writing  is  integral  to  all  academic  learn- 
ing in  liberal  and  professional  studies. 
The  program's  focus  is  therefore  not  on 
remediation  but  on  enhancement;  the 
University  regards  writing  as  much  more 
than  a  set  of  basic  language  skills.  The 
program  provides  for: 

(1)  Writing-emphasis  courses  each 
semester  in  traditional  liberal  studies 
(for  example,  English  literature,  his- 
tory, anthropology,  sociology,  chem- 
istry, and  physics)  and  in  profession- 
al studies  (for  example,  criminal  jus- 
tice, early  childhood  education,  nurs- 
ing, and  public  health) 

(2)  A  general  requirement  that  all  stu- 
dents must  take  three  of  these  writ- 
ing-emphasis courses,  in  addition  to 
English  composition,  before  their 
senior  year 

(3)  In-house  lectures,  seminars,  and 
workshops  on  writing  for  faculty 
members  in  all  disciplines 

The  WCU  Writing  Program  has  been  rec- 
ognized for  its  scope  and  achievement  by 
the  Association  of  American  Colleges.  It  is 
administered  by  a  director  and  a  commit- 
tee of  one  student  and  seven  faculty  mem- 
bers representing  different  fields  of  study. 

Internships 

A  number  of  departments  offer  the 
opportunity  for  internships,  field  experi- 
ences, or  practicums  in  which  students 
may  earn  credit  through  employment  in 
their  field  of  interest.  Additional  infor- 
mation is  available  under  the  various 
department  listings  in  this  catalog  and 
from  the  individual  departments. 

Three  University-wide  internship  opportu- 
nities are  open  to  students  from  any  major: 
The  Harrisburg  Internship  Semester 
(THIS)  is  a  fiill-semester,  15-credit  experi- 
ence in  Pennsylvania  state  government.  It 
is  open  to  any  junior  or  senior  who  has  a 
minimum  GPA  of  3.5.  A  stipend  is 
involved.  (See  Department  of  Political 
Science,  HBI  400,  401.  402.)  The 
Washington  Center  Internships  are  15- 
credit  experiences  with  the  U.S.  Congress, 
Executive  Branch,  interest  groups  and  lob- 
bies. The  Pennsylvania  House  of 
Representatives  Legislative  Fellowship 
Program,  open  to  all  junior/senior  students 
with  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.5,  involves 
committee  staff  assignments  in  policy 
development  and  a  stipend.  All  three  pro- 
grams are  administered  by  the  Department 
of  Political  Science. 


Academic  Affairs — Special  Programs  and  Services 


Summer  Sessions 

West  Chester  University's  summer  pro- 
gram, among  the  oldest  university-spon- 
sored summer  programs  in  the  United 
States,  has  one  of  the  largest  enrollments 
in  the  State  System  of  Higher  Education. 
More  than  600  courses,  both  graduate  and 
undergraduate,  are  offered,  including 
workshops,  seminars,  and  internships,  as 
well  as  the  usual  classes.  Offenngs  are 
available  in  every  department  and  in  inter- 
disciplinary areas. 

Students  from  any  college  or  university, 
as  well  as  nonlraditional  students,  may 
take  courses  for  enjoyment,  personal 
growth,  or  degree  credit.  The  summer 
program  runs  for  10  weeks  (two  five- 
week  sessions),  and  a  student  can  earn  up 
to  12  credits  during  the  summer  sessions. 
Summer  session  booklets  containing  the 
course  schedules  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  (undergradu- 
ate), the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Sponsored  Research  (graduate),  and  aca- 
demic departments.  For  more  informa- 
tion contact  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  at 
610-436-1033  or  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  at  610-436-2943. 

Center  for  Adult  Studies 
The  Center  for  Adult  Studies  coordi- 
nates the  evening  studies  program  and  all 
continuing  education  credit  courses.  The 
evening  program  offers  basic  courses 
that  meet  the  general  education  require- 
ments and  elective  portions  of  most  four- 
year  degree  programs.  In  addition,  stu- 
dents can  earn  a  bachelor's  degree  in  the 
evening  in  the  following  areas: 

Accounting 

Computer  Science 

Economics 

Finance 

Geography  and  Planning 

History 

Liberal  Studies 

Management 

Marketing 

Political  Science 

Psychology 
Services  available  to  adult  learners 
include: 

Telephone  Registration 

Academic  Advising 

Tutoring 

Career  Information  and  Guidance 

Daytime  Child  Care 

Personal  and  Family  Counseling 

Financial  Aid 

Credit  Card  Payment 
Many  adult  learners  have  acquired  a 
great  deal  of  knowledge  outside  the 


framework  of  a  formal  institution  of 
higher  education — knowledge  which 
may  be  equivalent  to  that  attained  in  col- 
lege courses.  The  Center  for  Adult 
Studies  advises  students  on  how  to  earn 
college  credit  for  that  knowledge. 
Available  programs  include: 

Credit  by  Examination 

The  CLEP  Program 

Portfolio  Development  and 
Assessment 

Continuing  Education  and 
Conference  Services 

Continuing  Education  serves  the  lifelong 
educational  needs  of  the  local  communi- 
ty, organizations,  government  agencies, 
and  business  and  industry  by  providing 
access  to  the  University's  extensive  aca- 
demic, human,  and  physical  resources. 
Continuing  Education  coordinates  non- 
credit  programs  that  are  geared  toward  the 
professional  and  personal  development  of 
employees  in  the  business  and  governmen- 
tal community,  and  many  include  semi- 
nars, workshops,  and  certificate  programs. 
Sample  topics  include  the  following: 

Management  Skills  for  the  First-Time 
Supervisor 

Conflict  Management  and  Resolution 

Managing  People 

Communication  Skills  Workshop 

Project  Management 

Finance  and  Accounting  for  the 
Nonfinance  Manager 

Improving  Customer  Service 

Managing  Technical  Organizations 

Team  Building 
Continuing  Education  also  provides  cus- 
tomized on-site  education  and  training 
programs  and  needs  assessments. 
Organizations  can  arrange  for  experi- 
enced faculty  to  lead  them  through  The 
Adventure  by  Choice  Program,  an 
indoor-outdoor  experiential  program 
designed  to  promote  growth  and  change. 
Tailor-made  programs  are  available  to 
assist  businesses  and  organizations  to 
achieve  goals  in  team  building,  problem 
solving,  communication,  trust,  and  posi- 
tive thinking. 

Conference  Services  coordinates  the 
rental  of  University  facilities  by  outside 
organizations.  Available  areas  include 
the  following: 

Ballrooms 

Classrooms 

Conference  rooms 

Sports  complexes 

Training  facilities 
The  division  also  provides  administrative 
coordination  to  faculty  and  staff  hosting 


a  variety  of  academic  and  professional 
conferences. 

Through  workforce  development  pro- 
grams, Continuing  Education  and 
Conference  Services  is  involved  with 
community  partnerships,  and  utilizes 
available  federal  and  state  grant  funds  to 
provide  educational  and  training  pro- 
grams for  the  un-  and  underemployed. 

Programs  utilizing  technology  as  the  link 
between  instructor  and  student  are  also 
coordinated  through  Continuing  Education 
and  Conference  Services.  The  office 
attempts  to  identify  potential  partners  and 
receiving  sites,  and  serves  as  a  liaison  to 
off-campus  businesses  and  organizations 
looking  to  take  advantage  of  our  distance 
programs.  For  information  about  any  of 
the  above  programs,  contact  Continuing 
Education  and  Conference  Services  at  21 1 
Carter  Drive,  610-436-6935. 

Veterans  Affairs 

Under  the  provisions  of  Title  38,  West 
Chester  University  is  an  accredited  univer- 
sity for  the  education  of  veterans.  The 
University  cooperates  with  the  Veterans 
Administration  to  see  that  honorably  sepa- 
rated or  discharged  veterans  receive  every 
consideration  consistent  with  either  degree 
or  nondegree  admission  standards. 

All  veterans,  certain  dependents  of  disabled 
or  deceased  veterans,  and  war  orphans  who 
wish  to  obtain  educational  benefits  under 
the  appropriate  public  laws  must  register 
with  the  office  overseeing  veterans  affairs 
at  initial  registration.  Veterans  must  renew 
their  registration  with  this  office  at  the 
beginning  of  each  subsequent  semester  and 
each  summer  session.  The  Veterans  Ad- 
ministration requires  students  who  are  vet- 
erans to  schedule  at  least  12  semester  hours 
per  semester  in  order  to  receive  full  bene- 
fits under  the  GI  Bill. 

A  representative  of  the  Veterans  Admin- 
istration is  in  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid, 
Room  138,  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center,  counsel- 
ing and  acting  as  liaison  between  students 
and  the  Veterans  Affairs  Office  in  finan- 
cial and  other  matters. 

Armed  Services  Programs 

Army  Reserve  Officers'  Training 
Corps  (ROTC)  is  available  through  a 
cross-enrollment  agreement  with  Widener 
University.  All  classes  are  conducted  on 
the  campus  of  Widener  University. 
Students  receive  from  1 .5  to  3.0  free  elec- 
tive credit  hours  per  course  (maximum  12 
credit  hours)  towards  their  baccalaureate 
programs. 


Academic  Affairs — Special  Programs  and  Services 


West  Chester  students  also  may  enroll  in 
the  Air  Force  Reserve  Officers' 
Training  Program  (AFROTC)  through 
a  cross-enrollment  agreement  with  Saint 
Joseph's  University.  All  aerospace  stud- 
ies courses  are  held  on  the  Saint 
Joseph's  University  campus. 

The  University,  with  the  approval  of  the 
Council  of  Trustees,  permits  West 
Chester  University  students  enrolled  in 
the  Armed  Services  Reserve  Officer 
Candidate  Program  (ROC)  to  receive 
six  semester  hours  of  baccalaureate  credit 
upon  successful  completion  and  certifica- 
tion of  ROC  military  requirements.  These 
credits  are  classified  as  free  elective 
transfer  credits.  Depending  on  the  status 
of  the  student's  program  at  the  time  of 
ROC  credit  transfer,  these  credits  will  be 
counted  toward,  or  in  excess  of  the  128 
credits  required  for  a  baccalaureate 
degree. 

ROC  programs  are  contingent  on  suc- 
cessful completion  of  a  military  require- 
ment during  vacation  and  the  awarding 
of  a  college  degree  before  being  granted 
the  service  commission.  The  programs 
cover  the  Navy's  Basic  and  Advanced 
Reserve  Officer  Candidate  courses  (held 
on  the  Villanova  University  campus)  and 
the  Marine  Corps  Junior  and  Senior 
Platoon  Leadership  courses. 

West  Chester  University  students  may 
enroll  in  the  United  States  Marine  Corps 
Platoon  Leaders  Class  as  freshmen, 
sophomores,  and  juniors.  This  program  is 
open  to  men  and  women.  All  training  is 
done  during  summer  vacation,  and  reserve 
officer  commission  credits  will  be  counted 
upon  successful  completion  of  military 
requirements  and  the  successful  comple- 
tion of  a  University  degree.  Students  inter- 
ested in  the  Platoon  Leaders  Class  should 
contact  Professor  Richard  Yoder,  Depart- 
ment of  Kinesiology,  Room  306,  Sturze- 
becker  Health  Sciences  Center,  610-436- 
3356. 

Graduate  Studies 

West  Chester's  graduate  programs,  intro- 
duced in  1959,  offer  study  opportunities 
leading  to  Master  of  Education,  Master 
of  Arts,  Master  of  Science  in  Administra- 
tion, Master  of  Business  Administration, 
Master  of  Science,  Master  of  Social 
Work,  and  Master  of  Music  degrees. 
West  Chester  schedules  its  graduate 
courses  in  the  late  afternoon  and  evening 
during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters.  It  is 
possible  to  pursue  full-time  graduate 
study  during  the  academic  year  and  dur- 
ing summer  sessions. 


Administration 

M.S. A.  (Concentrations:  Health  Services.  Human 
Resource  Management,  Individualized. 
Leadership  for  Women,  Long-Term  Care. 
Public  Administration.  Sport  and  .Athletic 
Administration.  Training  and  Development. 
Urban/Regional  Planning) 

Cooperative  Certification  in  Administration  with 
Clinical  Chemistry 

Biology 

MA  Biology 

Business 

MB, A  (Concentrations:  Economics/Finance, 
General  Business,  Management) 

Chemistry 

MA       Physical  Science  (Concentration: 

Chemistry) 
M.Ed.  Chemistry 
M.S.  Chemistry 
MS       Clinical  Chemistry 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

M.Ed.     Elementarv  Education 

(Concentrations:  Creative  Teaching- 
Learning.  Early  Childhood  Education, 
Elementary  Education,  Gifted  and 
Talented,  Human  Development,  Language 
Arts,  Reading.  Social  Studies) 

Certification  in  Elementarv  Education 

M  Ed.  Reading 

Reading  Specialist  Certification 

Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study 

in  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

Communication  Studies 

MA.      Communication  Studies 

Communicative  Disorders 

MA.      Communicative  Disorders 

Computer  Science 

MS       Computer  Science 
Certificate  in  Computer  Science 

Counselor,  Secondary',  and 
Professional  Education 

M.Ed     Elementary  School  Counseling 
M  Ed.    Secondary  School  Counseling 
MS       Higher  Education  Counseling 
M.S.      Educational  Research 
Specialist  I  Certificate  in  Counseling 

(Elementarj'  or  Secondar)) 
M.Ed.  Secondary  Education 
Courses  in  Environmental  Education; 

Urban  Education 

Criminal  Justice 

M.S.      Cnminal  Justice 

English 

MA.      English 

Foreign  Languages 

MA.      French 
MA.      Spanish 
M.Ed.    French 
M.Ed.    Spanish 

Geography  and  Planning 

MA.      Geography 

MSA.  (Concentration:  Urban/Regional  Planning) 

Geology  and  Astronomy 

MA.      Physical  Science  (Concentration: 
Earth  Sciences) 


Health 

MEd  Health 
M.S.  Health 
MSA   (Concentration:  Health  Services) 

History 

MA.      History 
M.Ed.    History 

Instructional  Media 

M.Ed.    Instructional  Media  Education 

M.S.      Instructional  Media 

Teaching  Certification  for  Instructional  Media 
Education 

Kinesiology  (formerly  Physical 
Education) 

MS        Physical  Education  (Concentrations: 

General  Physical  Education.  Exercise  and 
Sport  Physiology) 

MSA.  (Concentration:  Sport  and  Athletic 
Administration) 

Leadership  for  Women 

MSA.  (Concentration:  Leadership  for  Women) 

Mathematics 

MA       Mathematics  (Concentrations: 

Mathematics,  Mathematics  Education) 

Music 

MA  Music  History 

MM.  Accompanying 

MM.  Performance 

MM  Piano  Pedagogy 

M.M.  Music  Education 

MM.  Music  Theory/Composition 

Nursing 

M.S.N.  Community  Health  Nursing 

Philosophy 

MA       Philosophy 

Physical  Science 

See  Chemistry,  and  Geology  and  Astronomy 

Political  Science 

M.S. A.  (Concentration:  Public  Administration) 

Psychology 

MA.      Clinical  Psychology 
M.A.     General  Psychology 
MA.      Group  Psychotherapy/  Processes 
(Certification:  Psychodrama) 

M.A.     Industrial/Organizational  Psychology 

Public  Administration 

See  Political  Science 

Social  Work 

M  S  W       Social  Work 

Special  Education 

M.Ed.    Special  Education 
Certification  in  Special  Education 


Degree  Requirements 


Teaching  English  as  a  Second 
Language 

MA      Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language 

The  following  departments  and  inter- 
disciplinary' areas  offer  graduate 
courses,  but  no  graduate  degree: 

Anthropology  and  Sociology,  Art, 
Linguistics,  Theatre  Arts,  and  Women's 
Studies. 


Scholarly  Publications 

College  Literature  is  an  international,  tri- 
annual  journal  of  scholarly  criticism  dedi- 
cated to  the  needs  of  college/university 
teachers  by  providing  them  with  access  to 
innovative  ways  of  studying  and  teaching 
new  bodies  of  literature  and  experiencing 
old  literatures  in  new  ways.  Kostas 


Myrsiades  of  the  Department  of  English 
serves  as  editor. 

Journal  of  the  Hellenic  Diaspora  is  a 
semiannual,  international  scholarly  review 
focusing  on  the  Greek  experience  of  the 
19th  and  20th  centuries,  published  at  West 
Chester  University  by  Pella  Publishing  Co. 
of  New  York.  Kostas  Myrsiades, 
Department  of  English,  serves  as  editor. 


Degree  Requirements 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Responsibility 

The  ultimate  responsibility  for  satisfying  all  graduation  require- 
ments is  the  student's.  Faculty  academic  advisers  are  expected 
to  provide  accurate,  helpful  information  to  students,  and  stu- 
dents are  expected  to  be  knowledgeable  about  the  academic 
policies  and  procedures  governing  the  completion  of  their 
degrees.  The  student  and  faculty  adviser  are  expected  to  consult 
with  each  other  regularly.  Under  West  Chester  University's 
advising  program,  all  students  have  faculty  advisers,  appointed 
through  their  major  departments,  who  counsel  them  on  academ- 
ic matters  throughout  their  undergraduate  years.  Students  who 
have  not  yet  declared  a  major  are  advised  by  the  Academic 
Advising  Center  in  Lawrence  Center. 

Applicable  Catalog  Year 

All  students  (entering  freshmen  and  transfers)  are  bound  by  the 
catalog  in  the  year  in  which  they  first  enter  for  meeting  general 
education  requirements.  West  Chester  University  defines  "enter" 
as  the  first  semester  of  study  as  a  degree  candidate  during  the 
fall  or  spring  semester.  Students  are  bound  by  the  major,  minor, 
and  cognate  requirements  in  the  catalog  at  the  time  they  are 
accepted  into  the  major  or  minor.  If  any  of  the  degree  require- 
ments change  while  students  are  matriculating,  they  may.  but  do 
not  have  to,  meet  changed  requirements  after  their  first  semester 
of  study  as  a  declared  major.  In  some  instances,  accrediting 
and/or  certification  standards  necessitate  the  change  in  major, 
minor,  and  cognate  requirements.  In  such  situations,  the  respec- 
tive school  or  college  will  formally  inform  each  student  that  he 
or  she  must  meet  the  new  requirements.  Readmitted  students  are 
bound  by  the  requirements  in  the  major,  minor,  and  cognate 
areas  at  the  time  of  readmission,  except  where  permission  is 
granted  by  the  respective  department. 

Dual  Degrees  and  Majors 

Students  are  permitted  to  pursue  dual  majors  under  the  same 
degree  or  dual  degrees  with  the  concurrence  of  the  participating 
departments.  (See  "Dual  Degrees"  and  "Dual  Majors"  in  the 
"Academic  Policies  and  Procedures"  section  of  this  catalog.) 

Basic  Proficiency 

Students  who  do  not  demonstrate  basic  proficiency  in  English 
or  mathematics  may  be  required  to  take  000-level  courses  as 
prerequisites  of  their  degree  programs.  These  courses  do  not 
count  towards  graduation. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE 
BACCALAUREATE  DEGREE 

1 .  Satisfactory  completion  of  a  minimum  of  128  semester 
hours  at  or  above  the  100  level,  distributed  as  shown  in  the 
curriculum  for  the  student's  major  field. 

2.  Achievement  of  a  cumulative  Grade  Point  Average  (GPA)  of 
at  least  2.00  (C)  and  an  average  of  at  least  2.00  (C)  in  the 
major  field. 

3.  Attendance  at  West  Chester  University  for  at  least  30  semes- 
ter hours  of  the  degree  program,  normally  the  final  30  semes- 
ter hours  of  the  degree  program. 

4.  Fulfillment  of  any  special  requirements  or  program  compe- 
tencies that  are  particular  to  a  department  or  a  school. 

5.  Fulfillment  of  all  financial  obligations  to  the  University, 
including  payment  of  the  graduation  fee,  and  of  all  other 
obligations,  including  the  return  of  University  property. 

6.  Compliance  with  all  academic  requests,  including  filing  an 
application  for  graduation  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

UNI  101:  The  Student  and  the  University 

A  one-credit  course  in  college  adjustment  and  exploration  is 
taken  as  part  of  the  New  Student  Orientation  Program.  Graded 
on  a  pass/fail  basis,  this  course  is  required  of  all  new  freshmen 
and  of  all  new  transfer  students  who  transfer  fewer  than  33 
credits.  This  requirement  is  suspended  for  the  1997-99  academ- 
ic years  while  the  course  is  being  revised.  This  suspension  does 
not  reduce  the  number  of  total  credits  required  for  graduation. 

BACCALAUREATE  GENERAL 
EDUCATION  REQUIREMENTS 

The  General  Education  Requirements  Common  to  All 
Baccalaureate  Curricula 

A  broad  education  emphasizes  the  enhancement  of  the  basic  skills 
in  English  and  mathematics,  as  well  as  encompasses  experiences 
in  the  humanities,  the  social  and  natural  sciences,  and  the  arts.  At 
the  same  time,  it  must  be  versatile  because  of  the  many  new 
courses  and  areas  of  study  that  are  constantly  becoming  available. 

West  Chester  University's  curriculum  has  been  planned  to  allow 
freedom  of  choice  for  the  student  within  educationally  sound  limits. 

The  general  education  requirements  that  constitute  the  liberal 
arts  core  apply  to  all  freshmen  entering  West  Chester  in  June 
1980  and  thereafter. 

All  students  should  consult  with  their  advisers  and  their  depart- 
mental handbooks. 


Degree  Requirements 


Policy  on  General  Education  Requirements 

Students,  both  those  matriculating  as  freshmen  and  transfer  stu- 
dents, who  have  not  completed  the  basic  skills  requirements  in 
mathematics  and  English  by  the  time  they  have  earned  64  credits 
toward  graduation  must  have  the  permission  of  the  dean  of  their 
school  or  college  (or  his  or  her  designee)  to  schedule  additional 
courses.  This  policy  applies  to  students  entering  in  the  fall  of  1988 
and  thereafter. 

A  total  of  50  semester  hours  of  general  education  requirements 
must  be  completed  for  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Those  50  credits 
are  allocated  among  English  composition,  mathematics,  science, 
behavioral  and  social  sciences,  humanities,  the  arts,  physical 
education  or  health,  and  free  electives.  Credit  requirements  for 
each  area  are  provided  in  the  following  list.  NOTE:  Except  for 
the  nine  free  elective  semester  hours  under  Category  IV,  courses 
taken  to  satisfy  general  education  requirements  may  not  be 
taken  Pass/Fail.  This  includes  courses  taken  to  satisfy  interdisci- 
plinary and  writing  emphasis  general  education  requirements. 

Specific  general  education  courses  may  be  required  by  a  major  or 
minor  program,  but  no  course  may  have  its  numeric  credits  dupli- 
cated in  any  application.  A  student  may  use  the  course  from  one 
major  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  second  major.  In  this  case, 
the  adviser  will  work  with  the  student  to  determine  which 
course(s)  should  be  used  to  address  any  remaining  credits.  But  in 
no  case  may  a  student  graduate  with  fewer  than  128  credits  at 
the  100  level  or  above.  Students  should  be  aware  that,  although 
general  education  requirements  have  been  met,  major  degree 
requirements  may  necessitate  a  specific  minimum  performance 
level  in  general  education  courses,  e.g.,  a  grade  of  C-  or  better. 

The  following  two  examples  are  general  education  courses  that 
also  fulfill  program  requirements:  (1)  HIS  152  is  a  history  core 
requirement  and  also  serves  as  a  second  component  in  fulfilling 
a  general  education  requirement;  (2)  BIO  110  is  a  biology 
requirement  and  serves  as  a  general  education  option. 

Consult  your  major  degree  program  for  guidance. 

General  Education  Components 

I.        Basic  Skills  1 1  semester  hours 

A.  English  Composition  (6  semester  hours) 
ENG  120,  ENG  121 

Policy  for  placement  in  English  composition  courses: 
Placement  in  the  appropriate  composition  course  is  deter- 
mined by  the  score  on  the  SAT  and/or  by  performance  on 
a  placement  test  administered  by  the  Department  of 
English.  A  student  who  places  into  and  passes  ENG  121 
is  not  required  to  take  ENG  120.  The  student,  however, 
must  complete  a  minimum  of  128  credits  to  graduate.  A 
student  enrolled  in  ENG  020  must  pass  with  a  grade  of  C- 
or  better  before  he  or  she  enrolls  in  ENG  120.  IMPOR- 
TANT: Credits  earned  in  ENG  020  are  computed  in  the 
student's  GPA.  However,  these  credits  will  not  be  count- 
ed as  part  of  the  128  college-level  credits  required  for 
graduation.  Non-native,  English-speaking  students  seek- 
ing admission  to  ENG  030,  ENG  130,  and  ENG  131  must 
consult  the  English  as  a  Second  Language  (ESL)  program 
staff  for  a  placement  evaluation  prior  to  registering  for 
these  courses.  ENG  1 30  and  1 3 1  are  comparable  to  ENG 
120  and  121  for  non-native,  English-speaking  students 
only.  Because  all  students  must  take  and  pass  both 
ENG  120  (130)  and  ENG  121  (131)  to  graduate,  and 
no  substitution  of  other  courses  satisfies  this  require- 


ment, a  student  who  fails  either  of  these  courses  after 
three  attempts  will  be  dismissed  immediately  following 
the  third  failure  regardless  of  GPA. 

B.  Mathematics  (3  semester  hours) 
College-level  mathematics  course  designated  by  the 
student's  major  department. 

Policy  for  placement  in  mathematics:  Placement  in 
the  appropriate  mathematics  course  is  determined  by 
the  student's  math  SAT  score  or  performance  on  the 
Mathematics  Placement  Examination  administered 
by  the  Department  of  Mathematics  and  Computer 
Science.  All  entering  freshmen  with  SAT  scores 
between  440  and  470  must  complete  MAT  000  with  a 
grade  of  C-  or  better  unless  they  are  early  childhood, 
elementary,  or  special  education  majors,  in  which 
case  they  take  MAT  001  before  they  enroll  in  any 
other  mathematics  course.  Any  student,  regardless  of 
major,  who  scores  below  440  must  take  MAT  001. 
Students  who  score  between  440  and  470  on  the  SAT, 
but  who  take  and  pass  the  departmental  placement 
test  during  the  summer  orientation,  may  place  out  of 
the  developmental  math  levels  and  enroll  directly  into 
the  college-level  (100)  mathematics  course.  IMPOR- 
TANT: Credits  earned  in  MAT  000  or  001  are  com- 
puted in  the  student's  GPA.  However,  these  credits 
will  not  be  counted  as  part  of  the  128  college-level 
credits  required  for  graduation. 

C.  Physical  Education  Activity  (2  semester  hours) 
Students  may,  for  medical  reasons,  petition  to  substi- 
tute PEA  236  or  a  health  course  for  the  physical  activi- 
ty requirement.  Veterans  are  exempt  from  the  physical 
activity  requirement.  Only  courses  with  the  PEA  pre- 
fix meet  the  physical  education  activity  general  edu- 
cation requirement  except  for  those  students  whose 
majors  have  obtained  University  approval  for  KIN 
(formerly  PED)  courses. 

II.      Distributive  Requirements  27  semester  hours 

NOTE:  Some  approved  courses  are  two-semester  courses, 
e.g.,  CHE  103-104,  HIS  151-152. 

A.  Science  (9  semester  hours) 

One  approved  course  in  three  of  the  following  areas: 

1.  Biology— BIO  100  or  BIO  110 

2.  Chemistry— CHE  100,  or  CHE  102,  or  CHE 
1 03- 1 04,  or  CHE  1 05- 1 06,  or  CHE  1 07 

3.  Computer  Science— CSC  101,  or  CSC  115,  or 
CSC  141 

4.  Earth  Science— ESS  101  or  ESS  111 

5.  Physics— PHY  100,  or  PHY  130-140,  or  PHY 
170-180 

B.  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  (9  semester  hours) 
One  approved  course  in  each  group  plus  a  third  course 
in  a  discipline  not  previously  selected: 

1 .  Group  I 

Anthropology— ANT  102  or  ANT  103 
Psychology— PS  Y  100 
Sociology— SOC  200  or  SOC  240 

2.  Group  II 

Economics— ECO  1 0 1 ,  or  ECO  1 1 1 ,  or  ECO  1 1 2 
Geography— GEO  101  or  GEO  103 
Government— PSC  100,  or  PSC  101,  or  PSC  213 


Degree  Requirements 


C.  Humanities  (9  semester  hours) 

One  approved  course  in  each  of  the  following  areas: 

1.  Literature— LIT  165,  CLS  165,  or  CLS  260-261 

2.  History— HIS  101,  HIS  102.  HIS  150,  or  HIS  151-152 
(NOTE:  Students  who  took  HIS  100  and  failed 
should  take  HIS  102  for  the  repeat.) 

3.  Philosophy— PHI  101  or  PHI  180 

Courses  approved  to  satisfy  the  distributive  require- 
ment component  are  noted  with  a  *  in  the  course 
description  sections.  Students  may  substitute  an 
approved  two-semester,  entry-level  course  marked 
with  a  t  in  the  course  descriptions  sections  for  a 
course  marked  with  a  *.  For  example,  PHY  HO- 
MO may  be  substituted  for  PHY  100.  Transfer  stu- 
dents who  have  taken  one-half  of  a  six-credit  foun- 
dation course  in  a  discipline  may  fulfill  the  appro- 
priate distributive  requirement  by  taking  the  other 
half  of  this  foundation  course  at  West  Chester. 
Students  should  obtain  clearance  from  their  adviser 
before  making  substitutions  of  this  type. 

m.     The  Arts  3  semester  hours 

Any  courses  in  the  following  areas:  art.  cinematography, 
dance,  music,  photography,  and  theatre 

rV.     Free  Electives  9  semester  hours 

Free  electives  are  selected  by  the  student.  They  may  not 
be  used  to  satisfy  major,  core,  cognate,  or  general  educa- 
tion (including  distributive)  requirements.  TTiey  may, 
however,  be  used  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  a  second 
major  (determined  by  date  of  declaration).  All  of  these 
free  electives  must  be  at  or  above  the  100  level. 

All  students  are  encouraged  to  complete  the  above  requirements 

in  their  first  two  years  at  West  Chester. 

V.  Writing  Emphasis  Courses 

All  students  who  enter  with  fewer  than  40  credits  must 
take  at  least  three  approved  writing  emphasis  courses  at 
West  Chester.  Transfer  students  who  enter  with  40-70 
credits  must  take  two  writing  emphasis  courses.  Students 
who  transfer  more  than  70  credits  must  take  one  writing 
emphasis  course.  ENG  120  and  121  do  not  count  as  writ- 
ing emphasis  courses.  Each  writing  emphasis  course  may 
simultaneously  fulfill  another  degree  requirement.  Writing 
emphasis  courses  may  not  be  transferred  to  West  Chester. 

VI.  Interdisciplinary  Requirement 

A.  Freshmen  who  entered  the  University  in  fall  1985  or  later 
must  complete  an  approved  interdisciplinary  course. 
Transfer  students  who  enter  with  60  credits  or  more  are 
not  required  to  complete  an  interdisciplinary  course. 

B.  For  students  who  entered  as  freshmen  or  transfers 
between  fall  1985  and  spring  1988,  an  approved  inter- 
disciplinary course  may  be  substituted  for  any  course 
in  the  distributive  requirements  or  in  the  arts  in  the 
general  education  requirements. 

HOWEVER 

For  students  who  entered  the  University  beginning  with 
the  1988  fall  semester,  the  process  of  meeting  the  inter- 
disciplinary requirement  has  changed. 
C.  The  interdisciplinary  requirement  can  be  fulfilled  at 

one  of  two  levels — the  general  education  level  or 

the  upper  level. 

1.  An  approved  interdisciplinary  course  (at  the  100 


or  200  level)  may  be  substituted  for  any  course  in 
the  distributive  requirements  or  in  the  arts  in  the 
general  education  requirements. 

NOTE:  This  substitution  may  be  made  only  once. 

2.  An  approved  upper-level  interdisciplinary  course  (at 
the  300  or  400  level)  cannot  be  substituted  for  gen- 
eral education  requirements. 

D.  ENG  121,  Effective  Writing  II,  is  a  prerequisite  for  all 
interdisciplinary  requirement  courses. 

E.  Approved  interdisciplinary  courses  are  indicated  by  a 
pound  sign  (#)  in  the  departmental  course  descriptions. 

NOTE:  A  course  may  simultaneously  meet  the  interdisciplinary 
and  foreign  culture  cluster  requirements. 


nary  Courses 

American  Civilization 

Mass  Media  and  Popular  Culture 

Humans  and  the  Environment 

Classical  Mythology  in  the  20th  Century 

Gender  and  Peace 

Modernity/Postmodemity 

Literature  and  Medicine 

Law,  Literature,  and  Communication 

American  Economic  Experience 

French  Civilization  (in  English) 

German  Civilization  (in  English) 

Austrian  Civilization,  1848-1938 

Humans  and  the  Environment 

Soviet  Russian  Culture  (in  English) 

Civilization  of  Spain  (in  English) 

Latin-American  Culture  and  Civilization 

(in  English) 

Puerto  Rican  Language  and  Culture 

Beyond  Columbus 

Humans  and  the  Environment 

Introduction  to  Urban  Studies 

German  Civilization  (in  German) 

Modern  India 

Chinese  Civilization 

An  Introduction  to  the  Islamic  World 

Austrian  Civilization 

Gender  and  Peace 

Unified  Science  I 

Sport,  Culture,  and  Society 

Introduction  to  Meaning 

Literature  of  the  Apocalypse 

Medieval  Women's  Culture 

Victorian  Attitudes 

Urbanism  and  Modem  Imagination 

Martin  Luther  King 

Form  and  Style  in  the  Arts 

Introduction  to  Religious  Studies 

Principles  of  the  Arts 

Introduction  to  Meaning 

Biomedical  Ethics 

Feminist  Theory 

Introduction  to  Urban  Studies 

The  Origin  of  Life  and  the  Universe 

Perspectives  on  Mental  Illness 

Introduction  to  Peace  and  Conflict  Studies 

Global  Perspectives 

Race  Relations 


Interdisciplii 

AMS 

200 

AMS 

210 

BIO 

102 

CLS 

201 

CLS 

329 

CLS 

352 

CLS 

370 

CLS 

371 

ECO 

344 

EFR 

220 

EGE 

222 

EGE 

323 

ENV 

102 

ERU 

209 

ESP 

219 

ESP 

222 

ESP 

324 

ESP 

362 

ESS 

102 

GEO 

204 

GER 

221 

HIS 

302 

HIS 

306 

HIS 

308 

HIS 

323 

HIS 

329 

IND 

201 

KIN 

246 

LIN 

330 

LIT 

162 

LIT 

245 

LIT 

250 

LIT 

270 

LIT 

309 

MHL 

201 

PHI 

102 

PHI 

174 

PHI 

330 

PHI 

370 

PHI 

405 

PSC 

204 

SCB 

210 

SOC 

349 

SSC 

200 

SSC 

201 

SWO 

225 

Degree  Requirements 


WOS    225        Women  Toda> — An  Introduction  to 

Women's  Studies 
WOS    315        Third  World  Women:  Tradition  and  Change 
WOS    329       Gender  and  Peace 
WOS    405       Feminist  Theory 

NOTE:  These  courses  might  not  be  taught  as  interdiscipHnary 
courses  every  semester.  Students  should  therefore  check  the  cur- 
rent Master  Schedule  for  each  course's  interdisciplmary  status 
for  that  semester. 

NOTE:  There  are  particular  honors  courses  that  have  been 
approved  as  interdisciplinary  at  the  300  and  400  levels.  Honors 
students  should  discuss  these  courses  with  the  director  of  the 
Honors  Program. 
VII.   Supplementary  General  Education  Requirements 

Students  in  some  programs  have  additional  general  educa- 
tion or  cognate  requirements  to  fulfill  in  disciplines  related 
to  their  major  discipline.  Some  programs  may  require  a 
speech  course.  Students  should  consult  with  their  major  pro- 
gram adviser  about  the  requirements  that  apply  to  them. 

Foreign  Language  and  Culture  Requirements  for 

Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree 

Candidates 

A.  Candidates  for  the  B.A.  and  the  B.M.  in  the  following 
departments  are  required  to  complete  the  second  half  of  the 
intermediate  year  of  a  foreign  language: 

Art 

Biology 
English 

Foreign  Languages  (in  a  second  foreign  language) 
Liberal  Studies 
Mathematics 
Physics 

(Students  interested  in  other  B.A.  degree  programs  are  urged  to 
consult  with  their  department  advisers  regarding  the  foreign 
language  requirements  of  the  particular  programs.)  Students 
may  satisfy  the  foreign  language  requirement  by  presenting  evi- 
dence of  preparation  equivalent  to  the  202  level  either  by  cer- 
tificate or  by  examination.  Students  who  are  not  qualified  to 
take  the  202  course  prepare  themselves  by  taking  the  elemen- 
tary (101-102)  and/or  intermediate  (201)  course  or  courses. 

B.  Candidates  for  the  B.A.  in  other  departments  have  the  options 
of  demonstrating  foreign  language  competence  through  the 
intermediate  level  or  else  demonstrating  foreign  language  com- 
petence through  the  Elementary  II  (102)  level  and  by  taking 
three  courses  dealing  with  the  related  foreign  cultural  area. 
Questions  regarding  the  foreign  language  requirement  in  these 
other  departments  should  be  addressed  to  their  appropriate 
department  chairpersons.  The  foreign  language  plus  foreign 
cultures  option  is  open  to  students  who  entered  after  May  1 980. 

C.  An  exemption  from  the  foreign  language  requirement  to  the 
202  level  for  B.A.  students  will  be  granted  if  the  student 
meets  all  of  the  following  requirements: 

•  English  is  not  the  native  language. 

•  The  student  holds  a  degree  from  an  institution  in  the  native 
country  which  is  the  equivalent  of  an  American  high  school. 

•  The  language  of  instruction  in  that  institution  which  is  the 
equivalent  of  an  American  high  school  and  of  which  the 
student  is  a  graduate  is  the  language  of  the  native  country. 

D.  A  student  for  whom  English  is  the  native  language  may  peti- 
tion the  exception  to  the  202-level  language  requirement  if 
he  or  she  has  spent  at  least  two  years  in  a  foreign  country's 


equivalent  of  an  American  high  school  where  the  language  of 
instruction  is  that  of  the  foreign  country. 

E.  Attention  is  called  to  the  policies  regarding  taking  courses 
out  of  sequence,  page  37.  Testing  and  placement  are  handled 
by  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages. 

F.  Students  who  may  request  an  exception  because  of  a  disability 
should  refer  to  page  29,  Services  for  Students  with  Disabilities. 

Foreign  Culture  Clusters 

Students  selecting  the  foreign  language  plus  foreign  culture 
option  must  take  three  courses  in  at  least  two  separate  disci- 
plines, except  that  only  one  course  may  be  taken  in  the  depart- 
ment or  discipline  in  which  the  student  is  majoring.  All  three 
courses  must  be  selected  from  the  cluster  of  courses  pertaining 
to  the  foreign  culture  area  of  the  language  studied.  Approved 
courses  are  listed  below.  Courses  taken  for  foreign  cultures 
credit  may  not  be  taken  Pass/Fail. 

I.  Classical  Civilization  (Latin  or  Greek) 
Approved  courses:    ARH  382.  HIS  318,  HIS  319, 

HIS  348.  PHI  270 

II.  France  and  Francophone  Area  (French) 
Approved  courses:    ARH  383,  ARH  385,  EFR  220, 

GEO  303,  HIS  420,  HIS  427, 
HIS  435,  PHI  415,  PSC  342 

III.  Germany  (German) 

Approved  courses:    EGE  222,  EGE  323,  EGE  403, 
EGE  404,  EGE  405,  GEO  303, 
HIS  323,  HIS  330,  HIS  420, 
HIS  423,  HIS  435,  PHI  272, 
PHI  273,  PSC  342 

IV.  Italy  (Italian) 

Approved  courses:    ARH  384,  EIT  260,  HIS  426, 
PSC  342 

V.  Latin  America  (Spanish  or  Portuguese) 
Approved  courses:    ANT  322,  ANT  362,  CLS  311, 

ESP219,  ESP222,  ESP311, 
ESP  324,  ESP  403,  GEO  302, 
HIS315,  HIS316,  HIS317, 
PSC  340 

VI.  Russia  and  Eastern  Europe  (Russian  or  an  Eastern 
European  language) 

Approved  courses:    ERU  209,  GEO  304,  HIS  324, 
HIS  425,  PSC  246 

NOTE:  A  course  may  simultaneously  meet  the  interdisciplinary 
and  culture  cluster  requirements. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF 
ASSOCIATE  OF  SCIENCE 

Students  in  the  associate  degree  programs  must  fulfill  the  fol- 
lowing requirements: 

1 .  Satisfactory  completion  of  a  minimum  of  64  semester  hours 
at  or  above  the  100  level 

2.  Completion  of  the  Associate  of  Science  General  Education 
Component 

3.  Completion  of  an  approved  area  of  concentration 

4.  Achievement  of  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
2.00  (C)  and  an  average  of  at  least  2.00  (C)  in  the  area  of 
concentration 

5.  Attendance  at  West  Chester  University  for  at  least  30  semes- 
ter hours,  normally  the  last  30  hours,  of  the  degree  program 


S     Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


Fulfillment  of  any  special  requirements  or  program  compe- 
tencies that  are  particular  to  a  department  or  school 

Fulfillment  of  all  financial  obligations  to  the  University, 
including  payment  of  the  graduation  fee;  and  of  all  other 
obligations,  including  the  return  of  University  property 


8.  Compliance  with  all  academic  requests  includmg  filing  and 
application  for  graduation  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar 

West  Chester  University  offers  the  Associate  of  Science  degree 
in  respiratory  therapy.  For  detailed  information  on  this  program, 
see  the  Department  of  Health  (pages  88-89). 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


Degree  Classification — Definitions 

Degree  Candidates — all  undergraduates 
admitted  to  a  degree  program  or  to  the 
undeclared  major  by  the  Office  of 
Admissions  or  through  approved  internal 
transfer  recorded  in  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar. 

Nondegree  Students — students  permitted 
to  enroll  part  time  (maximum  nine  credits) 
for  course  work  toward  professional  devel- 
opment, personal  growth,  or  certification. 
Recent  high  school  graduates  (within  the 
previous  two  years)  are  required  to  meet 
the  admission  standards  of  the  University. 
Transfer  students  may  enroll  nondegree  if 
they  have  attempted  less  than  30  credits 
and  have  a  2.5  grade  point  average. 
Nondegree  students  may  attempt  a  maxi- 
mum of  18  credits.  Upon  reaching  18 
credits,  students  must  have  a  2.00  GPA  to 
be  eligible  for  admission  to  a  degree  pro- 
gram or  to  request  permission  to  enroll 
with  professional  development  status. 

Student  Standing 

The  student's  standing  is  determined  by 
the  number  of  semester  hours  of  credit 
earned  as  follows: 

Freshman  0-3 1  semester  hours  of 

credit  (inclusive) 

Sophomore  32-63  semester  hours 

of  credit  (inclusive) 

Junior  64-95  semester  hours 

of  credit  (inclusive) 

Senior  96  or  more  semester 

hours  of  credit 

Full-Time  Status 

A  full-time  class  load  ranges  from  12  to 
18  semester  hours  of  credit.  Credits 
attempted  or  earned  through  the  process 
of  Credit  by  Examination  are  not  counted 
in  the  student  class  load. 

Overloads 

Students  wishing  to  carry  more  than  1 8 
credit  hours  in  the  fall  or  spring  semester, 
or  six  credit  hours  in  a  summer  session, 
must  secure  permission.  Permission  will 
not  be  granted  for  more  than  24  hours  in  a 


fall  or  spnng  semester.  The  maximum 
student  load  for  summer  school  is  six 
hours  per  session.  A  student  will  not  be 
allowed  to  carry  an  overload  of  more  than 
18  hours  in  any  one  summer  nor  be 
allowed  to  carry  more  than  one  additional 
course  per  summer  session. 

A  student  should  not  seek  permission  to 
carry  an  overload  if  his  or  her  cumulative 
average  is  below  2.75. 

Permission  for  an  overload  is  granted  by 
the  chairperson  of  the  department  in 
which  the  student  is  majoring  and  the 
associate  provost. 

Field  Placement  in  Schools 

West  Chester  University  does  not  place 
students  at  religiously  affiliated  schools 
when   public  school  placements  are 
available  if  that  placement  results  in  the 
student's  receiving  academic  credit  (e.g., 
student  teaching).  In  addition,  the 
University  will  make  every  attempt  to 
place  students  first  into  public  (vs.  pri- 
vate) schools  for  student  teaching  and 
related  activities.  Further,  students  will 
not  be  assigned  student  teaching  or  other 
related  duties  at  nonsectarian  private 
schools  or  agencies  unless  they  specifi- 
cally request  such  placement.  Each 
request  will  be  considered  individually  to 
ensure  that  the  private  entity  does  not 
receive  special  benefit  from  the  arrange- 
ment which  outweighs  the  benefit  to  the 
University  and  its  students. 

Second  Degrees 

An  individual  may  pursue  a  second 
degree  at  West  Chester  University  after 
earning  the  first  degree  either  at  West 
Chester  or  some  other  institution.  Such 
an  individual  must  apply  for  admission 
through  the  Office  of  Admissions  as  a 
transfer  student  and  earn  at  least  30 
hours  on  campus  beyond  the  require- 
ments of  the  initial  baccalaureate  pro- 
gram. All  requirements  for  the  curricu- 
lum in  which  the  second  degree  is  earned 
must  be  satisfied.  A  given  course 
required  in  both  the  degree  programs  is 
not  repeated  for  the  second  degree. 


Dual  Degrees 

A  student  who  has  successfully  complet- 
ed at  least  32  credits  of  work  at  West 
Chester  University  may  petition  to  pur- 
sue a  second  undergraduate  degree  con- 
currently with  the  first.  If  admitted  to  a 
second  degree  program,  the  student  must, 
to  receive  both  degrees  at  graduation, 
earn  at  least  30  credits  beyond  the 
requirements  of  the  baccalaureate  pro- 
gram with  the  fewest  required  credits  for 
a  minimum  of  158  credits.  When  a  stu- 
dent is  enrolled  in  dual  degree  programs: 

a.  The  student  may  not  be  graduated 
until  both  the  degrees  are  completed. 

b.  All  requirements  for  the  curriculum 
of  each  degree  must  be  satisfied. 

c.  A  course  required  in  both  degree 
programs  does  not  have  to  be 
repeated  for  the  second  degree. 

d.  All  University  requirements  such  as 
minimum  GPA  and  number  of  cred- 
its taken  at  West  Chester  University 
in  the  major  must  be  met  for  each 
degree  separately. 

Double  Major 

A  student  may  select  two  majors  within 
the  same  degree.  In  this  case,  a  student 
must  meet  all  of  the  requirements  for 
both  majors.  The  student  should  consult 
regularly  with  advisers  from  both  pro- 
grams. 

Minor  Fields  of  Study 

Students  who  have  enough  flexibility  in 
their  major  curriculum  to  fulfill  the 
requirements  of  a  minor  must  fill  out  and 
submit  a  Minor  Selection  Application  to 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  To  enroll  in  a 
minor  field  of  study,  students  must  have 
the  permission  of  both  their  major  and 
their  proposed  minor  departments. 
Student  must  complete  15  to  21  hours  of 
courses  selected  in  consultation  with  the 
minor  program  adviser.  Also,  beginning 
with  students  entering  in  the  fall  1993 
semester,  students  must  earn  a  minimum 
GPA  of  2.00  in  courses  taken  for  a  minor 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


in  order  to  receive  transcript  recognition 
of  that  minor. 

Minors  available  at  West  Chester  Univer- 
sity include  the  following: 
Accounting 
American  Studies 
Anthropology 
Anthropology/Sociology 
Art  History 
Astronomy 
Athletic  Coaching 
Biology 

Cognitive  Disabilities 
Communication  Studies 
Comparative  Literature 
Computer  Science 
Creative  Writing 
Criminal  Justice 
Dance  (Education/Therapeutic) 
Dance  (Performance) 
Early  Childhood  Education 
Earth  Sciences 
Economics 

Elementary  Education 
Ethnic  Studies 
Film  Criticism 
Finance 
French 
Geography 

Geography  and  Planning 
Geology 
German 
Health  Science 
History 

Holocaust  Studies 
Instructional  Media 
Italian 
Jazz  Studies 
Journalism 
Latin 

Latin  American  Studies 
Linguistics 
Literature 
Mathematics 
Music 

Organizational  and  Technical  Writing 
Peace  and  Conflict  Studies 
Philosophy 
Physics 

Political  Science 
Psychology 
Public  Management 
Religious  Studies 
Russian 

Russian  Studies 
Social  Work 
Sociology 
Spanish 


Special  Education 

Studio  Art 

Theatre 

Translation 

Women's  Studies 

Specific  course  requirements  may  be 

obtained  fi-om  the  minor  program  advisers. 

Changing  Majors 

A  student  wishing  to  transfer  from  one  pro- 
gram of  study  at  the  University  to  another 
program  must  file  a  Change  of  Curriculum 
form  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  The 
student  must  meet  the  standards  for  admis- 
sion to  the  desired  program  and  must 
obtain  written  permission  from  the  depart- 
ment involved.  Any  courses  that  were  ini- 
tially accepted  for  transfer  credit  from 
another  college  are  subject  to  re-evaluation 
by  the  department  to  which  the  student 
transfers  internally. 

Adding  a  Course 

Students  may  add  a  course  by  filing  a 
schedule  change  form  in  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar  during  the  Drop/Add 
Period.  Students  will  not  be  permitted  to 
add  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  Add 
Period  (sixth  day  of  the  semester). 

Dropping  a  Course 

Students  may  drop  a  course  by  filing  a 
schedule  change  form  in  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar  during  the  Drop/Add 
Period,  thereby  receiving  no  grade. 
Students  will  not  be  permitted  to  drop  a 
course  after  the  end  of  the  Drop/Add 
Period  (fifth  day  of  the  semester). 

Withdrawing  from  a  Course 

A  grade  of  W  (Withdraw)  will  be  entered 
on  the  academic  record  of  any  student 
who  withdraws  from  a  course  between 
the  end  of  the  first  week  and  before  the 
end  of  the  eighth  class  week  or  the  equiv- 
alent in  summer  sessions. 

Students  may  withdraw  from  a  course 
between  the  end  of  the  eighth  class  week 
and  the  end  of  the  tenth  class  week  and 
receive  a  grade  of  WP  (Withdraw 
Passing)  or  WF  (Withdraw  Failing)  from 
their  instructor,  only  if  they  have  a  com- 
pelling special  reason  or  emergency. 

A  student  who  is  doing  passing  work  at 
the  time  of  approved  withdrawal  receives 
a  WP,  which  is  not  treated  as  a  grade.  A 
student  who  is  failing  receives  a  WF, 
computed  as  an  F. 

After  the  tenth  week  of  classes,  students 
who  must  officially  withdraw  from  the 
University  will  receive  whatever  grade 
the  professor  assigns  (including  WF  or 


WP)  but  are  not  entitled  to  selectively 
withdraw  from  particular  classes. 
However,  if  the  effective  date  of  official 
withdrawal  is  during  the  last  week  of 
classes,  a  grade  (not  WP  or  WF)  will  be 
assigned  for  that  course. 

STUDENTS  WHO  FAIL  TO  WITH- 
DRAW FROM  OR  DROP  A  COURSE 
OFFICIALLY  CAN  EXPECT  TO 
RECEIVE  A  GRADE  OF  F  FOR  THE 
COURSE  AND  ARE  FINANCIALLY 
RESPONSIBLE  TO  PAY  FOR  IT. 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Students  wishing  to  withdraw  from  the 
University  may  go  to  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  or  submit  their  withdrawal  to  the 
office  in  writing.  Written  notification  is 
required  for  all  withdrawals.  If  illness  or 
some  other  emergency  interrupts  the  stu- 
dent's University  work,  he  or  she  must 
notify  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  at  once. 

Unless  a  student  withdraws  officially,  F 
grades  will  be  recorded  for  unfinished 
courses. 

Taking  Courses  Out  of  Sequence 

Students  may  not  enroll  for  credit  in  a 
more  elementary  course  in  a  sequence 
after  having  satisfactorily  passed  a  more 
advanced  course  in  that  sequence.  For 
example,  a  student  may  not  enroll  for 
credit  in  French  101  after  having  satis- 
factorily passed  French  201. 

Similarly,  students  who  enroll  in  a  course 
that  requires  less  proficiency  than  place- 
ment or  proficiency  tests  indicate  they 
possess  may  be  denied  credit  towards 
graduation.  Native  speakers  of  a  foreign 
language  may  not  receive  credit  towards 
graduation  for  the  elementary  course  in 
that  foreign  language. 

Repeating  Courses 

Beginning  with  the  1991  fall  semester, 
the  Repeat  Policy  is  divided  into  two 
sections,  i.e.,  a  policy  covering  remedial 
courses  (000-level)  that  do  not  count 
towards  graduation,  and  a  policy  cover- 
ing college-level  courses. 
A.  Policy  covering  remedial  courses 
Students  who  enter  the  University 
beginning  with  the  1991  fall  semester 
may  have  three  attempts  to  pass  each 
remedial  course  (000-level).  The 
repeat  privilege  for  remedial  cours- 
es will  not  count  within  the  five- 
repeat  allotment  for  college-level 
courses.  Credits  for  these  courses  do 
not  count  towards  graduation  but  are 
computed  in  the  cumulative  Grade 
Point  Average.  Students  may  file  two 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


grade  replacement  forms,  which 
result  in  eliminating  the  grades 
from  the  first  and  second  attempts. 
The  third  attempt,  however,  will  be 
the  grade  of  record.  Students  must 
pass  the  remedial  basic  skills  courses 
(English  and  mathematics)  with  a  C- 
or  better  before  enrolling  in  a  more 
advanced  course  in  the  respective  dis- 
cipline. Students  enrolled  in  the  basic 
skills  remedial  course(s)  who  do  not 
pass  with  a  C-  or  better  after  three 
attempts  will  be  permanently  dis- 
missed from  the  University  regard- 
less of  overall  Grade  Point  Average. 
Students  who  fail  remedial  courses 
at  West  Chester  University  may  not 
repeat  those  courses  at  another  uni- 
versity or  transfer  in  the  college- 
level  (100  or  higher)  course. 
B.  Policy  covering  undergraduate  col- 
lege-level courses 
Students  may  repeat  undergraduate 
college-level  courses  to  improve  a 
grade  of  F,  WF,  D,  C,  or  B  (not  A). 
Beginning  with  the  1985  fall  semester, 

1 .  No  student  may  use  the  repeat 
option  more  than  five  times 
TOTAL.  Use  of  the  option  could, 
for  example,  mean  repeatmg  five 
DIFFERENT  courses  once  each,  or 
repeating  each  of  two  different 
courses  twice  (four  repeats)  and 
one  additional  course  once. 

2.  A  single  course  may  not  be  repeat- 
ed more  than  twice. 

3.  A  replacement  for  the  grade  in  the 
first  attempt  occurs  automatically 
at  the  completion  of  the  second 
attempt  of  a  repeated  course.  This 
constitutes  one  of  the  five  available 
repeats.  A  student  should  file  a 
replacement  form  for  second 
attempts  which  took  place  in  any 
semester  before  fall  1996. 

4.  A  grade  replacement  will  only  take 
place  on  the  second  attempt  of  a 
course. 

5.  When  a  student  completes  a  third 
attempt  of  a  course,  the  grades  for 
the  second  and  third  attempts  will 
be  used  to  calculate  the  cumulative 
grade  point  average. 

6.  Students  may  repeat  undergraduate 
college-level  courses  to  improve  a 
grade  of  F,  WF,  D,  C.  or  B  (not  A). 

Students  who  repeat  courses  more 
often  than  the  policy  permits  are  in 
violation  of  the  repeat  policy  and  will 
not  earn  additional  credits  in  such 
courses  towards  their  degree;  credits 
for  courses  beyond  five  repeals,  or 


beyond  two  repeats  for  a  single 
course,  will  be  subtracted  at  the  time 
of  final  clearance  for  graduation. 
Undergraduate  students  who  take  and 
complete  a  course  at  West  Chester  may 
not  repeat  the  course  at  another  institu- 
tion and  have  the  credits  or  grade  count 
towards  a  West  Chester  degree. 

(Completion  of  a  course  is  implied  by 
the  assigning  of  a  grade  for  that  course, 
including  a  "WF"  grade.) 

Undergraduates  who  take  a  course  for 
graduate  credit  are  subject  to  the  gradu- 
ate repeat  policy.  See  the  Graduate 
Catalog  for  information. 

Because  all  students  must  take  and  pass 
both  ENG  120  and  ENG  121  to  graduate, 
a  student  who  fails  either  of  these  cours- 
es after  three  attempts  will  be  dismissed 
immediately  following  the  third  failure, 
regardless  of  GPA. 

Repeat  Course  Procedure 

The  first  time  a  student  completes  a 
course  for  a  grade  it  is  considered  the 
first  attempt.  The  second  time  a  student 
completes  a  course  for  a  grade  it  is  con- 
sidered the  second  attempt  and  the  first 
repeat.  The  third  time  a  student  com- 
pletes a  course  for  a  grade  it  is  consid- 
ered the  third  attempt  and  is  the  second 
repeat.  The  first  time  a  course  is  repeat- 
ed, only  the  second  grade  is  computed 
into  the  GPA.  For  this  to  occur,  students 
should  file  a  Grade  Replacement  Form  in 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  semester  in  which  they  will 
complete  the  second  attempt.  However, 
forms  must  be  filed  prior  to  the  time  of 
final  graduation  clearance.  If  the  college- 
level  course  is  repeated  a  second  time, 
both  the  second  and  third  grades  are  com- 
puted into  the  GPA.  Students  who  com- 
plete a  course  with  a  fourth  attempt  or 
more  are  in  violation  of  the  Repeat  Policy. 

Pass/Fail  Policy 

1 .  All  degree  students  who  are  sopho- 
mores, juniors,  or  seniors  with  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  2.00  are 
eligible  to  take  courses  Pass/Fail. 

2.  The  Pass/Fail  privilege  is  limited  to 
one  course  per  semester;  only  free 
electives  may  be  taken  on  a  Pass/Fail 
basis.  Free  elecUves  are  completed  at 
the  choice  of  the  student.  They  may 
not  be  used  to  satisfy  major,  core, 
cognate,  or  general  education  (includ- 
ing distributive)  requirements. 
NOTE:  A  student  may  not  take  an 
interdisciplinary  or  writing  emphasis 
course  for  Pass/Fail  if  this  course  is 


being  used  to  satisfy  the  general  edu- 
cation interdisciplinary  or  writing 
emphasis  requirement. 

3.  A  grade  of  Pass  carries  credit  value 
but  does  not  affect  the  cumulative 
Grade  Point  Average. 

4.  A  grade  of  Fail  is  computed  into  the 
cumulative  Grade  Point  Average. 

5.  After  contracting  for  Pass/Fail,  the  stu- 
dent may  not  request  or  accept  any 
grade  other  than  a  P  or  F. 

6.  This  process  must  be  completed  by  the 
end  of  the  eighth  week  of  the  semester 
or  the  equivalent  in  summer  school. 
Forms  are  available  in  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar. 

Auditing  Privileges 

Anyone  may  attend  the  University  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  auditing  courses  by  first 
scheduling  for  the  course,  paying  the  regu- 
lar fee,  and  then  completing  an  audit  appli- 
cation form  available  from  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar.  Applications  must  be 
returned  by  the  end  of  the  Drop/ Add 
Period.  Full-time  students  have  the  privi- 
lege of  auditing  without  additional  charge, 
provided  they  obtain  approval  from  the 
course  instructor  and  the  course  does  not 
create  an  overload  situation.  If  an  overload 
results,  students  are  assessed  the  per-credit 
rate  for  each  credit  in  excess  of  18.  Part- 
time  students  may  audit,  provided  they 
obtain  the  instructor's  approval,  enroll  in 
the  course  through  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar,  and  pay  the  regular  course  fees. 
Credit  is  never  given  to  auditors.  After 
the  course  has  commenced,  the  auditor 
status  may  not  be  changed.  The  grade  of 
Audit  (AU)  is  recorded  on  the  student's 
transcript. 

Credit  by  Examination 

Forms  to  register  for  credit  by  examination 
are  available  from  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  A  fee  of  $25  is  charged  for  each 
course.  Credit  by  examination  is  a  privi- 
lege subject  to  the  following  conditions: 

1.  Application  occurs  during  the 
Drop/Add  Period.  If  the  student  has 
already  scheduled  into  the  course,  the 
course  will  be  dropped  from  the  sched- 
ule for  that  term.  Should  the  student  fail 
the  credit  by  exam  (grade  notification  is 
usually  received  after  the  last  day  of  the 
add  period),  the  course  will  have  to  be 
taken  in  a  later  term. 

2.  The  student  has  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
at  least  2.00. 

3.  The  student  demonstrates  evidence  of 
satisfactory  academic  background  for 
the  course. 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


4.  The  student  has  not  already  completed 
a  more  advanced  course  that  presup- 
poses knowledge  gained  in  the  course. 
For  example,  credit  by  examination 
cannot  be  given  for  FRE  101  after  the 
student  passed  FRE  102. 

5.  Credits  attempted  or  earned  through  the 
process  of  credit  by  examination  are 
not  counted  in  the  student  class  load. 

NOTE;  Students  who  have  taken  a 
course  but  have  not  achieved  a  satisfac- 
tory grade  may  not  apply  for  credit  by 
examination  for  the  same  course. 

Independent  Study 

Many  departments  offer  an  independent 
study  course  for  students  with  demon- 
strated ability  and  special  interests.  This 
course  is  appropriate  when  a  student  has 
a  specialized  and  compelling  academic 
interest  that  cannot  be  pursued  within  the 
framework  of  a  regular  course.  The  inde- 
pendent study  form  is  available  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar. 

Individualized  Instruction 

Individualized  instruction  is  the  teaching 
of  a  regular,  listed  catalog  course  to  a 
single  student.  Individualized  instruction 
is  offered  only  when  the  University  has 
canceled  or  failed  to  offer  a  course 
according  to  schedule.  The  individual- 
ized instruction  form  is  available  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar. 

Graduate  Credit 

A  senior  (96  credits  or  more)  pursuing  a 
bachelor's  degree  who  has  an  overall 
Grade  Point  Average  of  3.00,  may,  with 
the  permission  of  the  major  adviser,  course 
professor,  department  chair  of  the  course, 
the  dean  of  graduate  studies  and  sponsored 
research,  and  the  associate  provost,  enroll 
in  up  to  six  credits  of  graduate-level  course 
work.  The  student  must  be  at  the  senior 
level  with  the  designated  Grade  Point 
Average  at  the  time  the  course  begins. 

If  the  course  is  dual  numbered,  the 
undergraduate  must  take  the  undergradu- 
ate-level course  and  apply  it  towards  the 
bachelor's  degree.  If  the  course  is  not 
dual  numbered,  but  at  the  500  level  or 
above,  the  course  may  count  either  as 
undergraduate  credit  towards  the  bache- 
lor's degree  or  as  graduate  credit. 

If  the  student  wishes  to  have  the  credits 
count  towards  the  bachelor's  degree,  the 
student  must  submit  a  completed 
"Application  for  an  Undergraduate  Student 
to  Take  a  Graduate  Course  for  Under- 
graduate Credit."  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
student  wishes  to  have  the  credits  count 


towards  a  graduate  degree,  he  or  she  must 
submit  a  completed  "Application  for  an 
Undergraduate  Student  to  Take  a  Graduate 
Course  for  Graduate  Credit."  Both  forms 
are  available  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 
To  receive  graduate-level  credit,  the  stu- 
dent also  must  submit  a  properly  complet- 
ed and  approved  Graduate  School 
Admissions  Form  to  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  before  completing  the 
appropriate  form. 

Individual  departments  have  the  right  to 
implement  more  stringent  academic  stan- 
dards for  courses  within  their  depart- 
ments. Any  student  not  meeting 
University  or  departmental  standards 
when  the  appropriate  semester  begins 
will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll. 
If  a  course  is  taken  for  undergraduate 
credit,  no  additional  fees  will  be 
required.  If  a  course  is  taken  for  graduate 
credit,  the  student  must  pay  graduate 
tuition  and  applicable  fees  for  that 
course.  A  student  not  carrying  12  hours 
of  undergraduate  credits  will  be  charged 
at  the  appropriate  hourly  tuition  rates  for 
both  the  undergraduate  and  graduate 
credits.  All  other  fees  will  be  charged  at 
the  undergraduate  level. 
No  more  than  six  credits  taken  under  this 
policy  may  be  applied  to  the  master's 
degree.  Students  may  not  elect  to  change 
between  undergraduate  and  graduate  credit 
after  the  term  or  semester  has  begun. 
Undergraduate  students  approved  to  take  a 
graduate  course  for  undergraduate  credit 
are  bound  by  the  undergraduate  catalog 
policy  on  repeats  and  withdrawals. 
Undergraduate  students  approved  to  take  a 
graduate  course  for  graduate  credit  are 
bound  by  the  graduate  catalog  policy  on 
repeats  and  withdrawals. 

Undergraduate  Student 
Attendance  Policy 

Each  professor  will  determine  a  class 
attendance  policy  and  publish  it  in  his/her 
syllabus  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 
When  a  student  fails  to  comply  with  the 
policy,  the  professor  has  the  right  to  assign 
a  grade  consistent  with  his/her  policy  as 
stated  in  the  syllabus.  Absences  cannot  be 
used  as  the  sole  criterion  for  assigning  a 
final  grade  in  a  course.  Excused  absences, 
in  accordance  with  the  Excused  Absences 
Policy  for  University-Sanctioned  Events, 
will  not  result  in  a  penalty,  provided  the 
student  follows  this  policy.  University 
departments  or  programs  may  establish 
attendance  policies  to  govern  their  sections 
as  long  as  those  policies  fall  within  these 
guidelines. 


Excused  Absences  Policy  for 
University-Sanctioned  Events 

Undergraduate  students  participating  in 
University-sanctioned  events  such  as,  but 
not  limited  to,  the  Marching  Band,  musical 
ensembles,  theatre  group,  athletic  events, 
forensics  competition,  etc.,  will  be  granted 
an  excused  absence(s)  by  the  respective 
faculty  members  for  class  periods  missed. 
Students  will  be  granted  the  privilege  of 
taking,  at  an  alternative  time  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  professor,  scheduled  exami- 
nations or  quizzes  that  will  be  missed.  The 
professor  will  designate  such  times  prior  to 
the  event.  Professors  can  provide  a  fair 
alternative  to  taking  the  examination  or 
quiz  that  will  be  missed.  Students  must 
submit  original  documentation  on  Univer- 
sity letterhead  signed  by  the  activity 
director,  coach,  or  adviser  detailing  the 
specifics  of  the  event  in  advance.  Specific 
requirements  include: 

1 .  Responsibility  for  meeting  academic 
requirements  rests  with  the  student. 

2.  Students  are  expected  to  notify  their 
professors  as  soon  as  they  know  they 
will  be  missing  class  due  to  a 
University-sanctioned  event. 

3.  Students  are  expected  to  complete  the 
work  requirement  for  each  class  and 
turn  in  assignments  due  on  days  of  the 
event  prior  to  their  due  dates  unless 
other  arrangements  are  made  with  the 
professor. 

4.  If  a  scheduled  event  is  postponed  or 
canceled,  the  student  is  expected  to  go 
to  class. 

5.  Students  are  not  excused  from  classes 
for  practice  on  nonevent  days. 

The  following  are  specifics  for  the  stu- 
dent athlete: 

1.  The  student  athlete  is  expected,  where 
possible,  to  schedule  classes  on  days 
and  at  hours  that  do  not  conflict  with 
athletic  schedules. 

2.  Athletes  are  not  excused  from  classes 
for  practice  or  training-room  treatment 
on  nongame  days. 

Exemption  from  Final 
Examinations 

Students  who  have  attained  an  A  or  B 
prior  to  the  finals,  have  completed  all 
other  course  requirements,  and  have  the 
instructors'  permission  may  waive  final 
examinations.  This  privilege  is  subject  to 
several  reservations. 

1.  Any  unit  examinations  given  during 
the  final  examination  period  are  not 
subject  to  this  policy. 

2.  Academic  departments  as  well  as  fac- 
ulty may  adopt  a  policy  excluding  the 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


final  examination  exemption  for  cer- 
tain courses. 

3.  Mutual  agreement  between  the 

instructor  and  the  student  to  waive  the 
final  examination  should  be  deter- 
mined during  the  week  prior  to  the 
beginning  of  the  examination  period. 

The  course  grade  will  be  the  A  or  B 

earned  exclusive  of  a  final  examination 

grade. 

Grade  Reports 

After  each  semester,  a  report  of  each  stu- 
dent's semester  grades  is  mailed  to  the 
student's  home  address. 
Grading  System 


Grade 

A+ 

A 

A- 

B+ 

B 

B- 

C+ 

C 

C- 

EM- 

D 

D- 

F 

NG 

W 

WF 

WP 

Y 

AU 


Quality 

Points 

4.33 

4.00 

3.67 

3.33 

3.00 

2.57 

2.33 

2.00 

167 

1  33 

1  00 

0.67 

0. 


Percentage 

Equivalents 

97  or  above 

93-96 

90-92 

87-89 

83-86 

80-82 

77-79 

73-76 

70-72 

67-69 

6.3-66 

60-62 

59  or  lower 


59  or  lower 


Interpretation 
Excellent 


Superior 


Average 


Below  Average 


Failure 

No  Grade 

Withdrawal 

Withdraw 

Failing 

Withdraw 

Passing 

Administrative 

Withdrawal 

Audit 


NG  (No  Grade):  Given  when  a  student 
fails  to  complete  course  requirements  by 
the  end  of  a  semester.  See  "Grade 
Changes." 

W  (Withdrawal):  Given  when  a  student 
withdraws  from  a  course  between  the 
end  of  the  first  and  the  end  of  the  eighth 
class  week  of  the  semester  or  the  equiva- 
lent in  summer  sessions  (effective 
September  1980). 

WP  and  WF:  See  "Withdrawing  from  a 
Course,"  page  37. 

Y  (Administrative  Withdrawal):  Given 
under  appeal  when  there  is  documenta- 
tion that  the  student  never,  in  fact, 
attended  class.  No  refunds  are  associated 
with  this  grade. 

The  grade  assigned  to  the  student  must 
reflect  the  percentage  equivalent  of  the 
plus,  minus,  and  straight  grades  earned  in 
a  course. 

Cumulative  Grade  Point  Average 

The  cumulative  Grade  Point  Average 
(GPA),  sometimes  called  the  cumulative 
index,  is  determined  by  dividing  the  total 
quality  points  earned  for  courses  by  the 


total  credit  hours  attempted.  The  follow- 
ing example  is  based  on  a  single  semes- 
ter: 


Credit  Hours 
Attempted    Grade 


1  SI  subject 
2nd  subject 
3rd  subject 
4th  subject 
5th  subject 


A 
B 
C 
D 
F 


Quality 
Points 

for 
Grade 
4 
3 
2 
1 
0 


4x4- 
3x3- 
2x3- 
1x3- 
0x2- 


Quality 

Points 

Earned  for 

Course 

16 

9 

5 

3 

Si. 

34 


34  divided  by  15  equals  a  GPA  of  2.27. 
All  grades  received  during  a  student's 
enrollment  (except  the  grades  of  WP,  P. 
and  NG,  and  except  when  a  second 
attempt  produces  a  higher  course  grade 
and  a  Grade  Replacement  Form  is  filed) 
are  included  in  the  cumulative  GPA. 
Grades  from  other  colleges  are  excluded. 
If  a  student  repeats  a  course,  in  an  effort 
to  improve  an  F,  D,  C,  or  B  grade,  he  or 
she  must  file  a  Grade  Replacement  Form 
in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 
Once  graduated,  a  student's  grades  and 
GPA  cannot  change. 

Grade  Changes 

A  grade  awarded  other  than  NG  is  final. 
Final  grades  can  be  changed  only  when 
there  is  a  clerical  or  computational  error.  If 
the  student  thinks  there  is  an  error,  the  stu- 
dent must  report  the  alleged  error  in  writ- 
ing to  the  professor  as  soon  as  possible, 
but  no  later  than  the  end  of  the  fifth  week 
of  the  following  semester.  If  a  grade 
change  is  warranted,  the  professor  must 
submit  a  change  of  grade  request  to  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar  not  later  than  the 
end  of  the  ninth  week  of  the  semester. 
Final  grades  cannot  be  changed  after  the 
ninth  week  of  the  semester  following  the 
alleged  error. 

NG  (No  Grade)  is  given  when  a  student 
fails  to  complete  course  requirements  by 
the  end  of  a  semester.  If  the  student  did 
not  complete  course  requirements 
because  of  a  valid  reason,  such  as  a  seri- 
ous illness  or  death  in  the  family,  the 
professor  may  assign  a  grade  of  NG  and 
grant  the  student  permission  to  complete 
the  requirement  within  the  first  nine 
weeks  of  the  next  semester. 
A  GRADE  OF  NG  IS  CHANGED  TO 
AN  F  AUTOMATICALLY  IF  THE 
REQUIREMENTS  HAVE  NOT 
BEEN  COMPLETED  BY  THE  END 
OF  THE  NINTH  WEEK  OF  THE 
FOLLOWING  SEMESTER.  (The 
instructor  must  file  a  change  of  an  NG 
grade  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  by 
the  middle  of  the  tenth  week  of  the 
semester.) 


A  graduating  senior  has  only  30  calendar 
days  after  the  end  of  the  term  in  which 
he  or  she  intends  to  graduate  to  complete 
all  degree  requirements,  including  the 
removal  of  NG. 

Grade  Appeals 

Scope  of  the  Policy 

The  Grade  Appeals  Policy  applies  only 
to  questions  of  student  evaluation.  Since 
appeals  involve  questions  of  judgment, 
the  Grade  Appeals  Board  will  not  recom- 
mend that  a  grade  be  revised  in  the  stu- 
dent's favor  unless  there  is  clear  evi- 
dence that  the  original  grade  was  based 
on  prejudiced  or  capricious  judgment,  or 
was  inconsistent  with  official  University 
policy.  In  the  case  where  the  grade  was 
based  on  a  charge  of  cheating,  the  board, 
if  it  upholds  the  charge,  will  recommend 
a  failing  grade  or  expulsion  from  the 
University.  Cheating  includes  but  is  not 
limited  to: 

1.  Plagiarism,  that  is,  copying  another's 
work  or  portions  thereof  and/or  using 
ideas  and  concepts  of  another  and  pre- 
senting them  as  one's  own  without 
giving  proper  credit  to  the  source; 

2.  Submitting  work  that  has  been  pre- 
pared by  another  person; 

3.  Using  books  or  other  materials  with- 
out authorization  while  taking  exami- 
nations; 

4.  Taking  an  examination  for  another 
person,  or  allowing  another  person  to 
take  an  examination  in  one's  place; 

5.  Copying  from  another's  paper  during 
an  examination  or  allowing  another 
person  to  copy  from  one's  own; 
and/or, 

6.  Unauthorized  access  to  an  examina- 
tion prior  to  administration. 

Procedure 

1.  (a)  A  student  must  initiate  an  appeal 
in  writing  within  20  class  days 
from  the  date  of  the  decision  or 
action  in  question.  In  case  of  an 
appeal  of  a  final  grade,  the  appeal 
must  be  filed  no  later  than  the  first 
20  class  days  of  the  term  follow- 
ing the  one  in  which  the  grade  was 
received.  This  written  appeal 
should  be  sent  to  the  instructor 
who  awarded  the  grade  in  ques- 
tion. The  appeal  shall  be  received 
by  the  student  and  the  faculty 
members.  They  shall  mutually 
attempt  to  resolve  the  appeal  with- 
in five  class  days  from  the  receipt. 
(b)  If  the  appeal  is  based  on  an  inter- 
pretation of  departmental  or 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


University  policy,  the  student's 
academic  adviser  also  may  be  pre- 
sent during  the  review  process.  In 
such  case,  there  shall  also  be  a 
limit  of  five  class  days  in  which  to 
resolve  the  appeal. 

2.  An  appeal  not  resolved  at  Step  1  shall 
be  referred  in  writing  by  the  student 
within  five  class  days  after  the  com- 
pletion of  Step  1  to  the  chairperson  of 
the  department  of  which  the  course  in 
question  is  a  part.  If  there  is  a  depart- 
mental appeals  committee,  the  prob- 
lem shall  be  referred  directly  to  it. 
The  department  chairperson  or  the 
departmental  appeals  committee  shall 
normally  submit  a  written  response  to 
the  student  within  10  class  days  fol- 
lowing receipt  of  the  written  statement 
of  the  problem.  A  copy  of  this  re- 
sponse also  shall  be  provided  to  the 
instructor. 

3.  If  no  mutually  satisfactory  decision 
has  been  reached  at  Step  2,  the  stu- 
dent may  submit  a  written  appeal  to 
the  dean  of  the  college  or  school  in 
which  the  problem  originated.  Such 
an  appeal  shall  be  made  within  five 
class  days  following  the  receipt  of  the 
written  response  of  the  department 
chairperson  or  the  departmental 
appeals  committee.  The  dean  shall 
investigate  the  problem  as  presented 
in  the  written  documentation,  review 
the  recommendation  and  provide,  in 
writing,  a  proposal  for  the  solution  of 
the  problem  within  10  class  days  fol- 
lowing its  referral. 

4.  If  the  problem  is  not  mutually 
resolved  by  Step  3,  the  student  may 
file  an  appeal  with  the  Grade  Appeals 
Board  within  five  class  days  of  the 
receipt  of  the  written  proposal  from 
the  dean.  The  request  for  an  appeal 
must  be  submitted  to  the  associate 
provost  or,  if  appropriate,  to  the  dean 
of  graduate  studies  who  will  convene 
the  Grade  Appeals  Board  as  soon  as 
possible,  but  no  later  than  15  class 
days  after  the  receipt  of  the  written 
request. 

Grade  Appeals  Board 

1.  Membership 

A.  The  associate  provost  (or,  if  appro- 
priate, the  dean  of  graduate  studies) 
serves  as  nonvoting  chairperson.  If 
the  associate  provost  is  not  avail- 
able to  serve,  the  administration 
will  appoint  a  substitute  mutually 
acceptable  to  the  student  and  the 
Association  of  Pennsylvania  State 


College  and  University  Faculties 
(APSCUF). 

B.  A  faculty  dean  not  involved  in  the 
appeals  process.  A  substitute  may 
be  appointed  as  given  in  "A" 
above. 

C.  Two  faculty  members.  At  the 
beginning  of  each  academic  year, 
the  Office  of  the  Associate  Provost 
shall  randomly  select  two  full-time 
faculty  from  each  academic  depart- 
ment in  order  to  constitute  the 
pool.  Two  faculty  members  from 
different  departments  will  be 
selected  randomly  from  this  pool 
for  each  Appeals  Board. 

D.  Two  undergraduate  students  or,  if 
appropriate,  two  graduate  students 
appointed  by  the  president  of  the 
Student  Government  Association 
(SGA). 

2.  Attendance 

A.  The  faculty  member  involved  may 
be  assisted  by  an  adviser,  an 
APSCUF  representative,  or  the 
chairperson  of  the  department  in 
which  the  problem  originated. 

B.  The  student  involved  may  be 
assisted  by  an  adviser.  The  adviser 
may  be  another  student,  an  admin- 
istrator, or  a  faculty  member. 

C.  Such  witnesses  as  are  called  on 
behalf  of  either  the  faculty  member 
or  the  student. 

D.  Resource  persons  or  expert  wit- 
nesses called  at  the  request  of  the 
board.  In  the  event  that  the  deci- 
sion making  involves  knowledge  of 
the  discipline,  the  board  shall  be 
required  to  utilize  at  least  one 
resource  person  from  the  disci- 
pline, an  expert  adviser(s)  to  aid 
them  in  their  decision  making. 

3.  Procedure 

A.  Preparation  for  the  Hearing  —  All 
parties  must  be  informed  of  the 
complaint  in  writing  by  the  chair- 
person of  the  Grade  Appeals  Board 
(hereafter  referred  to  as  "chairper- 
son"), normally  within  five  class 
days  after  the  receipt  of  the  com- 
plaint. Copies  of  documents  and 
correspondence  filed  with  respect 
to  the  complaint  shall  be  provided 
to  the  interested  parties  through  the 
chairperson.  Thereafter,  neither 
new  evidence  nor  new  charges 
shall  be  introduced  before  the 
board.  The  chairperson  shall  notify 
in  writing  the  interested  parties  of 
the  exact  time  and  place  of  the 
hearing  and  shall  provide  existing 


University  and/or  Commonwealth 
policies  relevant  to  the  appeal  at 
least  five  class  days  before  the 
beginning  of  the  proceedings. 
Throughout  these  proceedings,  the 
burden  of  proof  rests  upon  the  per- 
son bringing  the  appeal. 

B.  Hearing  Procedure  —  During  the 
hearing,  both  the  faculty  member 
and  the  student  shall  be  accorded 
ample  time  for  statements,  testimo- 
ny of  witnesses,  and  presentation 
of  documents. 

C.  Decision  of  the  Appeals  Board 

1.  The  Grade  Appeals  Board  shall 
deliberate  in  executive  session 
and  render  a  decision  by  majori- 
ty vote  within  three  days  of  the 
close  of  the  hearing.  The  chair- 
person may  participate  in  these 
deliberations  but  not  vote. 

2.  The  chairperson  shall  notify,  in 
writing,  the  student,  the  faculty 
member,  and  the  department  in 
which  the  course  in  question  is 
located  of  the  decision  within 
three  class  days  of  the  board's 
final  action.  The  notification 
shall  include  the  basis  upon 
which  the  decision  was  reached. 

4.  Other 

A.  A  written  statement  of  the  decision 
and  relevant  materials  shall  be 
placed  in  the  student's  academic  file. 

B.  A  written  statement  of  the  decision 
and  relevant  materials  shall  be 
placed  in  the  faculty  member's  file 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  official 
Commonwealth  policy  governing 
personnel  files. 

Notes 

1.  Both  faculty  member  and  student  are 
enfitled  to  the  right  of  challenge  for 
cause  of  any  member  of  the  depart- 
ment committee  (if  used)  and  the 
Grade  Appeals  Board  except  the 
chairperson.  In  the  case  of  challenge 
at  the  Appeals  Board  level,  the  chair- 
person shall  adjudicate  the  challenge. 
One  challenge  at  each  level  is  permit- 
ted. 

2.  A  "class  day"  is  defined  as  any  day 
when  classes  are  officially  in  session 
at  West  Chester  University. 

3.  If  the  course  in  which  the  grade  dis- 
pute occurred  is  offered  under  the 
auspices  of  a  unit  of  the  University 
other  than  an  academic  department, 
the  program  director/coordinator,  head 
of  that  unit,  and/or  the  department 
chairperson  will  function  in  Step  2  of 
the  procedure.  In  Step  3,  the  appeal 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


should  then  be  made  to  the  associate 
provost  rather  than  the  dean  of  the 
college/school. 
4.  If  the  professor  is  not  on  contract  or  in 
residence  on  the  campus,  he  or  she 
shall  have  the  right  to  defer  the  proce- 
dure until  his  or  her  return.  Similarly,  if 
the  procedure  would  normally  occur 
during  the  summer  and  the  student  is 
not  enrolled  in  any  summer  session,  the 
procedure  may  be  deferred  until  the  fall 
semester  at  the  student's  request. 

Student  Academic 

Dishonesty  Policy 

I.  Academic  Dishonesty  Process 

A.  Academic  dishonesty  is  prohibited 
and  violations  may  result  in  disci- 
pline up  to  and  including  expulsion 
from  the  University.  Academic  dis- 
honesty as  it  applies  to  students 
includes  but  is  not  limited  to  acade- 
mic cheating;  plagiarism;  the  sale, 
purchase,  or  exchange  of  term 
papers  or  research  papers;  falsifica- 
tion of  information  which  includes 
any  form  of  providing  false  or  mis- 
leading information,  written,  elec- 
tronic, or  oral;  or  of  altering  or  fal- 
sifying official  institutional 
records.  Plagiarism  is  defined  as 
copying  another's  work  or  portions 
thereof  and/or  using  ideas  and  con- 
cepts of  another  and  presenting 
them  as  one's  own  without  giving 
proper  credit  to  the  source. 

NOTE:  The  student  code  of  conduct 
covers  theft  or  attempted  theft  of 
property  or  services;  destruction;  van- 
dalism; misuse  or  abuse  of  the  real  or 
personal  property  of  the  University, 
any  organization,  or  any  individual. 

B.  Charges  of  academic  dishonesty 
against  a  student  may  be  brought  by 
any  member  of  the  University  com- 
munity. Students  making  claims  of 
dishonesty  must  do  so  under  the 
guidance  of  the  appropriate  involved 
faculty  member  or  office  director.  A 
written  charge  must  be  initiated  with- 
in 20  calendar  days  from  the  date  of 
the  alleged  action.  However,  if  the 
alleged  action  occurs  during  the  last 
20  calendar  days  of  the  semester,  the 
charger  has  20  calendar  days  into  the 
subsequent  semester  to  make  the 
charge.  The  last  day  of  a  semester  is 
the  last  day  of  final  examinations. 
NOTE:  If  the  charger  is  not  on  con- 
tract or  in  residence  on  the  campus, 
he  or  she  shall  have  the  right  to  defer 
the  procedure  until  his  or  her  return. 
Similarly,  if  the  procedure  would 


normally  occur  during  the  summer 
and  the  charger  is  not  enrolled  in  any 
summer  session,  the  procedure  may 
be  deferred  until  the  fall  semester  at 
the  charger's  request. 

C.  Charges  of  academic  dishonesty 
may  be  dealt  with  informally,  by 
mutual  agreement  of  the  person 
bringing  the  charges  and  the  stu- 
dent. A  written  agreement  of  the 
settlement  shall  be  signed  by  both 
sides.  An  instructor  may,  on  his/her 
own  authority,  apply  a  penalty  to 
the  student's  grade,  including  fail- 
ure in  the  course.  If  additional 
sanctions  are  requested  by  the 
instructor,  the  appeals  process  must 
be  employed  and  an  academic 
integrity  hearing  must  be  con- 
vened. A  student  may  appeal  the 
instructor's  unilateral  imposition  of 
a  penalized  or  failing  grade.  A  stu- 
dent who  files  an  appeal  will  suffer 
no  worse  penalty  as  a  result  of  the 
appeal  than  she/he  would  have  suf- 
fered if  she/he  had  not  appealed  the 
instructor's  unilateral  sanction. 

D.  If  the  informal  process  has  not 
been  employed  or  either  party  is 
not  satisfied  with  the  resolution 
under  (C)  above,  then  that  party 
shall,  with  10  calendar  days,  sub- 
mit written  notification  to  the 
department  chair  or  unit  director. 
The  department  shall  then,  within 
20  calendar  days,  handle  the  matter 
according  to  its  own  written  proce- 
dures and  provide  written  notifica- 
tion of  its  decision  to  all  parties. 

E.  If  either  party  is  not  satisfied  with 
the  resolution  reached  in  (D)  above, 
the  party  may,  within  20  calendar 
days  of  the  department's  decision, 
appeal  the  matter  in  writing  to  the 
dean  or,  in  the  absence  of  the  dean, 
another  appropriate  administrator. 
The  dean  or  administrator  shall  then, 
within  20  calendar  days,  handle  the 
matter  according  to  her/his  written 
procedures  and  provide  written  noti- 
fication to  all  parties. 

F.  If  either  party  is  not  satisfied  with 
the  decision  of  the  dean  or  admin- 
istrator, that  party  may,  within  10 
calendar  days,  appeal  the  matter  in 
writing  to  the  Academic  Integrity 
Board. 

G.  A  written  recommendation  based 
on  a  preponderance  of  evidence 
arrived  at  by  majority  vote,  in 
which  the  facts  and  reasons  for  the 
recommendation  are  set  forth,  shall 


be  issued  within  15  calendar  days 
after  the  close  of  the  board  pro- 
ceedings and  shall  be  sent  to  the 
provost  and  vice  president  for  aca- 
demic affairs  with  copies  to  all  par- 
ties. If  the  vote  of  the  board  is  not 
unanimous,  a  minority  report  also 
will  be  forwarded  to  all  parties 
within  15  calendar  days  of  the 
close  of  the  board  proceedings. 
Within  15  calendar  days,  the 
provost  shall  implement  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  board  or  shall 
provide  a  written  response  contain- 
ing his/her  decision  and  explaining 
to  all  parties  his/her  reasons  for 
declining  to  implement  the  board's 
recommendation. 

H.  Either  party  may  express  its  reac- 
tion in  writing  regarding  the  rec- 
ommendation of  the  board  to  the 
provost  or  his/her  designee  within 
seven  calendar  days.  Any  stay  of 
sanction  shall  be  granted  only  upon 
application  to  and  at  the  sole  dis- 
cretion of  the  provost  or  his/her 
designee.  The  decision  of  the 
provost  shall  be  final. 
II.  Sanctions 

A.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  appeals 
process,  a  student  may  be  exonerat- 
ed or  subject  to  any  combination  of 
the  following  range  of  penalties: 
failure  in  the  course,  disciplinary 
probation,  suspension,  expulsion, 
financial  restitution,  or  holds 
placed  on  the  student's  records.  If  a 
student  has  a  record  of  past  viola- 
tions of  the  Student  Academic 
Dishonesty  Policy  as  adjudicated 
by  the  Academic  Integrity  Board, 
then  the  board  will  review  that 
record  and  consider  it  when  apply- 
ing sanctions.  The  board  shall  have 
no  knowledge  of  that  record  when 
making  its  initial  adjudication  of 
the  case. 

Dean's  List 

The  names  of  degree-seeking  students 
who  complete  1 2  or  more  hours  in  an 
academic  semester  and  achieve  a  semes- 
ter GPA  of  3.67  or  better  are  placed  on 
the  Dean's  List,  which  is  published  at  the 
close  of  each  semester.  Nondegree  stu- 
dents who  complete  a  minimum  of  nine 
credits,  have  a  GPA  of  3.67,  and  no 
grade  below  a  "B"  in  the  semester  also 
will  be  recognized  on  that  semester's 
Dean's  List.  Students  who  do  not  want  to 
have  their  names  published  should  notify 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  at  the  start  of 
the  semester. 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


Maintenance  of  Academic 
Standards:  Probation  and  Dismissal 

A  student's  scholastic  standing  at  the 
University  is  indicated  by  his  or  her 
cumulative  Grade  Point  Average  (GPA). 
Three  categories  of  academic  standing 
have  been  established:  good  academic 
standing,  probation,  and  dismissal.  A  stu- 
dent remains  in  good  academic  standing 
as  long  as  he  or  she  maintains  a  mini- 
mum cumulative  GPA  of  2.00  for  all 
work  taken  at  the  University.  Probation 
and  dismissal  are  actions  taken  by  the 
University  when  a  student's  GPA  falls 
below  an  acceptable  level  at  the  end  of  a 
semester  or  a  summer  term. 
Conditions  of  Probation.  Probation  is 
defined  as  a  trial  period  during  which  a 
student  whose  cumulative  average  has 
fallen  below  acceptable  standards  must 
bring  his  or  her  average  up  to  those  stan- 
dards or  be  dismissed  from  the  Univer- 
sity. The  following  rules  govern  the  cate- 
gory of  probation: 

A.  A  student  shall  be  placed  on  probation 
if  he  or  she  has  attempted 

•  more  than  nine  and  up  to  18 
semester  hours  of  work  with  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  less  than  2.00 

•  more  than  1 8  but  fewer  than  48 
semester  hours  of  work  with  a 
cumulative  GPA  from  1.00  to  less 
than  2.00 

•  at  least  48  but  fewer  than  64 
semester  hours  of  work  with  a 
cumulative  GPA  from  1.40  to  less 
than  2.00 

•  at  least  64  or  more  semester  hours 
of  work  with  a  cumulative  GPA 
from  1.70  to  less  than  2.00 

B.  Probation  shall  commence  immediate- 
ly at  the  end  of  the  semester  in  which 
the  cumulative  GPA  falls  into  the 
range  described.  A  notice  of  probation 
shall  be  printed  on  the  student's  tran- 
script, and  the  student  shall  be  noti- 
fied by  the  University  that  he  or  she  is 
in  danger  of  dismissal.  A  student  who 
receives  notice  of  being  placed  on 
probation  shall  immediately  seek 
advising,  tutoring,  and  instruction  in 
effective  study  habits  and  efficient  use 
of  time  —  in  short,  take  every  possi- 
ble measure  to  improve  the  quality  of 
his  or  her  academic  performance. 

C.  A  student  will  be  allowed  to  continue 
on  probation  for  no  more  than  30 
semester  hours  of  work  after  being 
placed  on  probation.  If  the  GPA  has 
not  reached  an  acceptable  level  by 
that  time,  the  student  will  be  dis- 
missed from  the  University.  A  student 


is  removed  from  probation  when  the 
cumulative  GPA  rises  to  2.00  or 
above. 
D.  Those  students  who  entered  the 

University  for  the  first  time  beginning 
with  the  1989  fall  semester  and  who 
have  been  placed  on  probation  a  sec- 
ond time  will  be  allowed  to  continue 
on  probation  for  no  more  than  1 5 
semester  hours  of  work  after  being 
placed  on  that  second  probation.  If  the 
GPA  has  not  reached  an  acceptable 
level  by  that  time,  the  student  will  be 
dismissed  from  the  University.  Thus, 
a  student  may  be  on  probation  no 
more  than  twice,  and  placement  on 
probation  for  a  third  time  will  result  in 
immediate  dismissal. 

NOTE:  This  does  not  prevent  individual 
departments  from  requiring  an  average 
higher  than  2.00  as  a  condition  of  accep- 
tance or  retention. 

Dismissal  from  the  University 

A.  A  student  shall  be  dismissed  from  the 
University  if  he  or  she  has  attempted 

•  more  than  18  but  fewer  than  48 
semester  hours  of  work  with  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  less  than  1.00. 

•  at  least  48  but  fewer  than  64 
semester  hours  of  work  with  a 
cumulative  GPA  of  less  than  1 .40, 
whether  he  or  she  has  previously 
been  placed  on  probation  or  not. 

•  at  least  64  or  more  semester  hours 
of  work  with  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
less  than  1.70,  whether  he  or  she 
has  previously  been  placed  on  pro- 
bation or  not. 

NOTE:  A  student  also  shall  be  dismissed 
if  he  or  she  fails  to  meet  the  standards  set 
under  paragraph  C  above. 

B.  A  student  may  appeal  the  dismissal  by 
calling  or  writing  the  Office  of  the 
Associate  Provost. 

C.  Nothing  in  this  policy  shall  be  taken 
to  preclude  the  dismissal  of  students 
for  violations  of  other  University  poli- 
cies, in  accordance  with  the  provi- 
sions of  those  policies. 

Readmission  of  Dismissed  Students 

A.  A  student  dismissed  from  the 
University  may  not  take  course  work 
at  the  University  until  he  or  she 
applies  and  is  considered  for  readmis- 
sion by  the  University.  No  student 
will  be  considered  for  re-admission 
earlier  than  one  full  calendar  year 
after  the  time  of  dismissal. 

B.  Students  readmitted  to  the  University 
must  maintain  a  full  2.00  GPA  for 
each  semester  of  work  following  read- 


mission  and,  after  the  completion  of 
no  more  than  48  semester  hours  (or 
prior  to  graduation,  whichever  comes 
first),  must  obtain  an  overall  cumula- 
tive GPA  of  2.00  for  all  work  taken  at 
the  University.  A  student  who  fails  to 
meet  this  standard  shall  be  dismissed 
from  the  University  a  second  time  and 
is  not  eligible  for  future  readmission. 

Taking  Courses  Off  Campus 

West  Chester  University  students  who 
wish  to  enroll  at  another  institution  and 
have  the  credits  count  towards  a  West 
Chester  degree  must  fill  out  and  turn  in  a 
Permission  to  Take  Courses  Off  Campus 
Form  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  prior 
to  enrolling  at  the  other  institution. 
Grades  received  in  courses  taken  at 
other  institutions  are  not  calculated  in  the 
West  Chester  cumulative  Grade  Point 
Average;  only  the  credits  may  be  trans- 
ferred. (See  also  "Transfer  of  Credit"  for 
performance  standards  governing  courses 
to  be  counted  toward  a  West  Chester 
degree.)  Undergraduate  students  who 
take  and  complete  a  course  at  West 
Chester  may  not  repeat  the  course  at 
another  institution  and  have  the  credits 
or  grade  count  towards  a  West  Chester 
degree.  (Completion  of  a  course  is 
implied  by  the  assigning  of  a  grade  for 
that  course,  including  a  "WF"  grade.) 

If  there  is  doubt  as  to  which  West  Ches- 
ter course  is  equivalent  to  the  course  to 
be  taken  elsewhere,  the  student  should 
consult  with  the  chairperson  of  the  West 
Chester  department  offering  the  course 
or  consult  the  transfer  credit  analyst  in 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

Credit  may  be  granted  for  equivalent 
courses  completed  in  accredited  institu- 
tions of  higher  education.  Credit  for 
work  completed  at  an  unaccredited  insti- 
tution may  be  granted  on  the  recommen- 
dation of  the  student's  major  department 
in  consultation  with  the  school  or  college 
dean  and  transfer  credit  analyst.  (See  also 
"Admission  to  West  Chester.") 

Effective  for  students  who  entered  the 
University  after  September  1973,  D 
grades  are  accepted  for  transfer  if  the 
credit  is  for  equivalent  courses  within  the 
framework  of  general  requirements  or 
free  electives,  provided  the  transferred 
course  does  not  satisfy  a  major  field 
requirement  as  well. 

Effective  for  students  who  enter  the 
University  as  of  fall  1996,  grades  in  a 
course  submitted  for  transfer  as  a  major 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


program  requirement  must  be  the  same 
or  higlier  than  the  minimum  grade 
required  by  the  department.  For  example, 
if  a  program  requires  that  a  student  earn 
a  B  or  better  in  a  major  program  require- 
ment, then  the  student  requesting  trans- 
ferring credit  from  another  institution 
must  have  earned  a  minimum  of  B  in  the 
parallel  course.  If  a  student  earns  a  lower 
grade  than  the  requirement,  the  depart- 
ment may  require  the  course  to  be 
repeated  at  West  Chester  University. 

If  a  student  changes  his  or  her  major, 
grades  originally  approved  for  transfer 
will  be  re-evaluated  by  the  new  major 
department. 

IN  ORDER  TO  RECEIVE  FULL 
CREDIT  FOR  COURSES  TAKEN 
ELSEWHERE  AND  FOR  PROFI- 
CIENCIES DEMONSTRATED 
ON  ADVANCED  PLACEMENT 
OR  COLLEGE  LEVEL  EXAMI- 
NATION PROGRAM  (CLEP) 
EXAMINATIONS,  THE  TRANS- 
FER STUDENT  SHOULD  HAVE 
THIS  WORK  EVALUATED 
PRIOR  TO  ENROLLING  IN  ANY 
POTENTIALLY  EQUIVALENT 
COURSE  AT  WEST  CHESTER. 

Policy  on  Correspondence  Courses 

The  University  does  not  allow  credit  for 
courses  taken  through  correspondence. 

Advanced  Placement  Program 

Courses  taken  under  the  Advanced 
Placement  Program  offered  by  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board 
may  be  applied  toward  advanced  place- 
ment in  the  University  and/or  toward 
credit  requirements  for  graduation.  The 
University  recognizes  the  grade  of  3.00 
or  above  as  acceptable. 

Experiential  Learning  Credits 
(Life  Learning  Experience) 

West  Chester  University  offers  three  pro- 
grams which  assess  learning  acquired 
outside  of  the  traditional  classroom.  The 
University  evaluates  and  awards  credits 
on  a  course  basis;  therefore,  students 
must  demonstrate  competence  in  a  par- 
ticular course,  not  a  general  body  of 
knowledge.  Students  may  earn  a  maxi- 
mum of  32  credits  through  any  combina- 
tion of  these  three  programs. 

CLEP — the  College  Level  Examination 
Program  is  a  series  of  standardized  tests 
offered  by  the  College  Board  in 
approximately  30  different  subject 
areas.  West  Chester  University  accepts 
the  examinations,  for  degree  credit 


only,  m  which  the  score  is  in  the  50th 
percentile  or  above.  Tlie  examinations 
are  given  at  the  University  every  month 
but  December.  West  Chester  University 
does  NOT  accept  the  general  examina- 
tions of  CLEP.  Information,  including 
fees,  test  dates,  available  exams,  etc.,  is 
available  through  the  Center  for  Adult, 
Evening  and  Alternative  Studies. 

Portfolio  Development  and 
Assessment — Students  may  choose  to 
develop  a  portfolio  as  a  means  of 
demonstrating  competence  in  a 
course.  A  portfolio  consists  of  a  brief 
autobiographical  sketch,  and  extensive 
description  of  the  student's  learning 
experiences  and  supporting  documen- 
tation such  as  a  job  description,  cer- 
tificates from  training  courses,  letters 
of  recommendation,  etc.  The  portfolio 
is  evaluated  by  an  appropriate  faculty 
member  who  will  also  usually  require 
an  interview.  The  charge  for  portfolio 
assessment  is  one-half  the  tuition  for 
the  course.  Information  describing 
portfolio  assessment  is  available 
through  the  Center  for  Adult  Studies. 

Credit  by  Examination — The  third 
option  is  Credit  by  Examination  which 
is  described  earlier  in  this  catalog. 

Requirements  for  Graduation 

A  student  is  recommended  for  graduation 
upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  a 
minimum  of  128  semester  hours  at  the 
100  level  or  above  and  upon  fulfillment 
of  all  categories  of  the  requirements  for 
his  or  her  degree.  A  minimum  cumula- 
tive GPA  of  2.00  (C)  is  required  for 
graduation.  Specific  programs,  in  accor- 
dance with  University  procedures,  may 
set  other  higher  standards  and  may 
require  more  than  1 28  credits  for  com- 
pletion of  the  degree.  Degree  require- 
ments are  detailed  under  the  heading  of 
the  subject  field.  See  also  "Requirements 
for  the  Baccalaureate  Degree."  A  student 
must  file  for  graduation  no  later  than  the 
beginning  of  the  semester  in  which  he  or 
she  will  complete  the  requirements. 

Any  senior  who  does  not  complete  all 
degree  requirements  within  30  calendar 
days  of  the  end  of  the  term  in  which  he 
or  she  intends  to  graduate  must  pay  the 
diploma  fee  again  before  an  updated 
diploma  will  be  issued.  Such  a  student, 
however,  does  have  the  right  to  request  a 
letter  from  the  University  confirming  his 
or  her  graduation  after  all  requirements 
have  been  satisfactorily  completed. 
The  permanent  record  (transcript) 
records  all  degrees,  majors,  and  minors 


completed,  but  a  diploma  only  shows  one 
degree.  Students  who  simultaneously 
complete  two  undergraduate  degrees  and 
who  wish  to  receive  two  diplomas,  each 
printed  with  one  of  their  degrees,  may  do 
so  by  paying  a  second  diploma  fee. 

Resident  Credit  Requirement 

To  qualify  for  graduation,  a  student  must 
take  at  least  30  semester  hours  of  credit 
beyond  the  general  education  courses  at 
West  Chester.  Normally,  the  student  will 
take  the  last  30  semester  hours  at  West 
Chester.  In  addition,  a  student  must  take  at 
least  50  percent  of  the  courses  in  his  or  her 
major  or  minor  discipline  (excluding  cog- 
nate courses)  at  West  Chester  University. 

Anticipated  Time  for  Degree 
Completion 

It  is  the  expectation  that  a  student  should 
anticipate  being  able  to  graduate  in  eight 
consecutive  fall/spring  semesters.  This 
expectation  would  not  apply  if  any  of  the 
following  conditions  exist; 

1 .  A  student  needs  to  complete  remedial 
courses; 

2.  A  student  enters  the  major  of  gradua- 
tion after  the  first  semester  of  the 
freshman  year; 

3.  A  student  transfers  to  West  Chester 
University  and  has  compiled  courses 
that  do  not  fit  into  his/her  current  pro- 
gram; 

4.  A  student  fails  to  meet  the  minimal 
standards  of  academic  performance  of 
the  University  of  his/her  major  program; 

5.  A  student  chooses  to  repeat  one  or 
more  courses; 

6.  A  student  fails  to  follow  guidelines  set 
forth  to  meet  major  or  University 
requirements; 

7.  A  student  who  selects  the  culture  clus- 
ter option  requires  an  extra  semester 
to  meet  that  requirement. 

In  order  to  graduate  following  (or  within) 
the  expectation,  it  is  the  student's  respon- 
sibility to  consult  with  the  major  depart- 
ment for  course  scheduling  guidelines  in 
the  major. 

The  expectation,  however,  is  invalidated 
when  the  following  conditions  exist: 

1.  A  program  requires  more  than  128 
hours  for  completion; 

2.  The  sequencing  of  courses  requires 
more  than  eight  consecutive  fall/ 
spring  semesters; 

3.  A  program  requires  the  completion  of 
requirements  that  can  only  be  met  in 
summer. 

Nothing  in  this  policy  prevents  the  offer- 
ing of  a  program  that  does  not  meet  expec- 


rations.  Such  programs,  however,  are  so 
identified  in  the  University  catalog. 

Each  department  will  determine  when  its 
courses  will  be  offered. 

Required  Notice  of  Intention  to 
Graduate 

Students  intending  to  graduate  in  May  or 
August  must  come  to  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  and  give  notice  of  intention  to 
graduate  no  later  than  February  1 . 
August  graduates  may  participate  in  the 
May  commencement  exercises  if  they 
file  their  notices  of  intention  to  graduate 
by  February  1.  Students  intending  to 
graduate  in  December  must  give  such 
notice  no  later  than  October  1 .  The  bac- 
calaureate degree  will  not  be  granted 
unless  this  requirement  is  met. 

After  submitting  this  notice,  the  student 
will  receive  a  cap  and  gown  order  form 
and  a  bill  for  the  graduation  fee.  He  or 
she  also  will  specify  how  his  or  her  name 
should  be  shown  on  the  diploma  and 
commencement  program.  Unless  the 
deadline  is  met,  it  will  be  impossible  for 
the  University  to  order  a  diploma,  place 
the  name  on  the  forthcoming  commence- 
ment program,  or  have  the  transcript 
reflect  the  appropriate  date  of  gradua- 
tion. For  this  reason,  all  students  are 
urged  to  review  their  records  of  progress 
towards  graduation  with  their  adviser  and 
to  file  for  graduation  two  semesters  prior 
to  the  date  of  graduation. 

Graduation  Honors 

Graduation  honors  are  awarded  as  fol- 
lows: 

Cumulative  GPA 
cum  laude  3.25-3.49 

magna  cum  laude  3.50  -  3.74 

summa  cum  laude  3.75  -  4.00 

The  Honors  List  for  Commencement  is 
based  on  the  mid-semester,  nonfinal  GPA. 
A  transfer  student  must  have  completed  64 
hours  at  West  Chester  University  prior  to 
that  time  to  be  so  recognized.  Those  who 
do  not  attain  honors  distinctions  until  the 
end  of  their  final  semester,  or  those  trans- 
fer students  with  honor  distinction  who  do 
not  complete  64  hours  until  the  end  of  the 
final  semester,  will  have  recognition  of 
their  achievement  on  their  final  transcripts, 
where  all  honors  distinctions  are  recorded. 

IVanscripts 

Requests  for  official  transcripts  are  made 
by  writing  to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar, 
Elsie  O.  Bull  Center.  The  fee  is  $3  for 
each  transcript.  Immediate  transcripts  are 
$5  upon  request.  Checks,  payable  to 


West  Chester  University,  must  accompa- 
ny either  request. 

Directory  Information  —  Rights 
and  Privacy  Act  of  1974 

West  Chester  University  from  time  to 
time  makes  public  certain  kinds  of  infor- 
mation about  students,  such  as  the  names 
of  those  who  receive  scholarships,  who 
hold  offices,  or  who  are  members  of  ath- 
letic teams.  Various  kinds  of  campus 
directories  are  published  throughout  the 
year  to  help  members  of  the  University 
community  locate  and  communicate  with 
each  other.  The  commencement  pro- 
grams publish  the  names  of  those  who 
have  received  degrees  during  the  year. 

The  Family  Educational  Rights  and 
Privacy  Act  of  1974  defines  the  term 
"directory  information"  to  include  the  fol- 
lowing categories  of  information:  the  stu- 
dent's name,  address,  telephone  number, 
date  and  place  of  birth,  major  field  of 
study,  participation  in  officially  recognized 
activities  and  sports,  weight  and  height  of 
members  of  athletic  teams,  date  of  atten- 
dance, degrees  and  awards  received,  and 
the  most  recent  previous  educational 
agency  or  institution  attended  by  the  stu- 
dent. The  University  will  limit  information 
that  is  made  public  to  categories  such  as 
these  but  will  not  necessarily  publish  all 
such  information  in  every  listing. 

Undergraduate  students  who  do  not  wish 
to  have  any  or  all  of  such  directory  infor- 
mation published  without  their  prior  con- 
sent must  file  notice  in  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  Graduate  students  must  file 
notice  in  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies 
and  Sponsored  Research.  The  student 
must  bring  a  signed,  dated  statement 
specifying  items  not  to  be  published  to 
the  appropriate  office  within  the  first  15 
calendar  days  after  the  beginning  of  the 
fall  and  spring  semesters. 

Student  Name  Changes 

Any  student  wishing  to  change  his/her 
name  from  that  currently  on  record  must 
provide  legal  documentation  supporting 
the  change.  This  must  be  the  original  or  a 
notarized  photocopy  of  a  court-generated 
document,  such  as  a  marriage  license, 
court  order,  divorce  decree,  etc.  A  dri- 
ver's license  is  not  adequate.  Requests 
for  name  changes  received  through  the 
mail  will  be  acknowledged  by  letter. 

Exception  to  Academic  Policies 

Students  may  file  a  petition  which 
requests  exception  to  academic  policies. 
Petition  forms  are  available  in  the  Office 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


of  the  Registrar  and  the  Office  of  the 
Associate  Provost.  Students  who  may 
request  an  exception  because  of  a  dis- 
ability should  refer  to  page  29,  Services 
for  Students  with  Disabilities. 

The  Family  Educational  Rights 
and  Privacy  Act 

The  Family  Educational  Rights  and 
Privacy  Act  of  1974,  as  amended,  is  a  fed- 
eral law  which  states  (a)  that  a  written 
institutional  policy  must  be  established 
and  (b)  that  a  statement  of  adopted  proce- 
dures covering  the  privacy  rights  of  stu- 
dents be  made  available.  The  law  provides 
that  the  institution  will  maintain  the  confi- 
dentiality of  student  education  records. 
West  Chester  University  accords  all 
rights  under  the  law  to  students  who  are 
in  attendance  at  the  University,  and  in 
certain  instances  to  the  parents  of  depen- 
dent students,  as  defined  in  Secfion  152 
of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1954. 
Basically,  a  dependent  student  is  a  stu- 
dent whose  parent(s)  provides  more  than 
half  of  his/her  support.  Generally,  the 
University  does  not  provide  information 
to  parents  because  of  this  act.  However, 
exceptions  are  made  if: 

1 .  the  student  must  give  his  or  her  par- 
ents written  consent  if  the  student  is 
independent;  or 

2.  the  parents  must  provide  a  certified 
copy  of  their  most  recent  Federal 
Income  Tax  Form  reflecting  depen- 
dency status  of  the  son/daughter 
which  must  be  on  file  in  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar. 

No  one  outside  the  institution  shall  have 
access  to,  nor  will  the  institution  dis- 
close, any  information  from  students' 
education  records  without  the  students' 
written  consent  except  to  personnel  with- 
in the  institution,  to  officials  of  other 
institutions  in  which  students  seek  to 
enroll,  to  persons  or  organizations  pro- 
viding students  financial  aid,  to  accredit- 
ing agencies  carrying  out  their  accredita- 
tion function,  to  persons  in  compliance 
with  a  judicial  order,  a  valid  subpoena, 
and  to  persons  in  an  emergency  in  order 
to  protect  the  health  or  safety  of  students 
or  other  persons.  All  these  exceptions  are 
permitted  under  the  act. 

Within  the  West  Chester  University  com- 
munity, only  those  members,  individual- 
ly or  collectively,  acting  on  the  student's 
educational  interest  are  allowed  access  to 
student  education  records.  These  mem- 
bers include,  without  limitation,  person- 
nel in  the  offices  of  the  Registrar, 
Comptroller,  Financial  Aid,  Admissions, 


Academic  Policies  and  Procedures 


and  academic  personnel  within  the  hmi- 
tations  of  their  need  to  know. 

At  its  discretion  the  institution  may  pro- 
vide directory  information  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  the  act  to  include: 
student  name,  address,  telephone  num- 
ber, e-mail  address,  date  and  place  of 
birth,  major  field  of  study,  class  sched- 
ules, class  rosters,  dates  of  attendance, 
degrees  and  awards  received,  the  most 
recent  previous  educational  agency  or 
institution  attended  by  the  student,  partic- 
ipation in  officially  recognized  activities 
and  sports,  and  weight  and  height  of 
members  of  athletic  teams.  Students  may 
withhold  directory  information  by  notify- 
ing the  Office  of  the  Registrar  in  writing 
within  15  calendar  days  after  the  begin- 
ning of  each  fall  semester. 

Requests  for  nondisclosure  will  be  hon- 
ored by  the  institution  for  only  one  acade- 
mic year;  therefore,  authorization  to  with- 
hold directory  information  must  be  filled 
annually  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

The  law  provides  students  with  the  right 
to  inspect  and  review  information  con- 
tained in  their  education  records,  to  chal- 
lenge the  contents  of  their  education 
records,  to  have  a  hearing  if  the  outcome 
of  the  challenge  is  unsatisfactory,  and  to 
submit  explanatory  statements  for  inclu- 
sion in  their  files  if  the  decisions  of  the 
hearing  panels  are  unacceptable.  The 
University  Registrar  at  West  Chester 
University  has  been  designated  by  the 
institution  to  coordinate  the  inspection 
and  review  procedures  for  student  educa- 
tion records,  which  include  admissions, 
personal,  and  academic.  Students  wish- 
ing to  review  their  education  records 
must  make  written  requests  to  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar  listing  the  item  or  items 
of  interest.  Only  records  covered  by  the 
act  will  be  made  available  within  45  days 
of  the  request.  Students  may  have  copies 
made  of  their  records  with  certain  excep- 
tions, or  a  copy  of  the  academic  record 
for  which  a  financial  hold  exists.  These 
copies  will  be  made  at  the  students" 
expense  at  prevailing  rates  which  are  list- 
ed in  the  current  catalog.  Education 


records  do  not  include  records  of  instruc- 
tional, administrative,  and  educational 
personnel  which  are  the  sole  possession 
of  the  maker  and  are  not  accessible  or 
revealed  to  any  individual  except  a  tem- 
porary substitute,  records  of  the  law 
enforcement  unit,  student  health  records, 
employment  records,  or  alumni  records. 
Health  records,  however,  may  be 
reviewed  by  physicians  of  the  students' 
choosing. 

Students  may  not  inspect  and  review  the 
following  as  outlined  by  the  act;  financial 
information  submitted  by  their  parents, 
confidential  letters  and  recommendations 
associated  with  admissions,  employment 
or  job  placement,  or  honors  to  which  they 
have  waived  their  rights  of  inspection  and 
review;  or  education  records  containing 
information  about  more  than  one  student, 
in  which  case  the  institution  will  permit 
access  only  to  that  part  of  the  record 
which  pertains  to  the  inquiring  student. 
The  institution  is  not  required  to  permit 
students  to  inspect  and  review  confidential 
letters  and  recommendations  placed  in 
their  files  prior  to  January  1,  1975,  pro- 
vided those  letters  were  collected  under 
established  policies  of  confidentiality  and 
were  used  only  for  the  purposes  for  which 
they  were  collected. 

Students  who  believe  that  their  education 
records  contain  information  that  is  inac- 
curate or  misleading,  or  is  otherwise  in 
violation  of  their  privacy  or  other  rights, 
may  discuss  their  problems  informally 
with  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  If  the 
decisions  are  in  agreement  with  the  stu- 
dents" requests,  the  appropriate  records 
will  be  amended.  If  not,  the  students  will 
be  notified  within  a  reasonable  amount 
of  time  that  the  records  will  not  be 
amended,  and  they  will  be  informed  by 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  of  their  right 
to  a  formal  hearing.  Student  requests  for 
a  formal  hearing  must  be  made  in  writing 
to  the  associate  provost  who,  within  a 
reasonable  period  of  time  after  receiving 
such  request,  will  inform  students  of  the 
date,  place,  and  time  of  the  hearing. 
Students  may  present  evidence  relevant 
to  the  issues  raised  and  may  be  assisted 


or  represented  at  the  hearings  by  one  or 
more  persons  of  their  choice,  including 
attorneys,  at  the  students"  expense.  The 
hearing  panels  which  will  adjudicate 
such  challenges  will  be  the  individuals 
designated  by  the  University. 

Decisions  of  the  hearing  panels  will  be 
final,  will  be  based  solely  on  the  evi- 
dence presented  at  the  hearing,  and  will 
consist  of  written  statements  summariz- 
ing the  evidence  and  stating  the  reasons 
for  the  decisions,  and  will  be  delivered  to 
all  parties  concerned.  Their  education 
records  will  be  corrected  or  amended  in 
accordance  with  the  decisions  of  the 
hearing  panels,  if  the  decisions  are  in 
favor  of  the  student.  If  the  decisions  are 
unsatisfactory  to  the  student,  the  student 
may  place  with  the  education  record 
statements  commenting  on  the  informa- 
tion in  the  records,  or  statements  setting 
forth  any  reasons  for  disagreeing  with 
the  decisions  of  the  hearing  panels.  The 
statements  will  be  placed  in  the  educa- 
tion records,  maintained  as  part  of  the 
students'  records,  and  released  whenever 
the  records  in  question  are  disclosed. 

Students  who  believe  adjudications  of 
their  challenges  were  unfair  or  not  in 
keeping  with  the  provisions  of  the  act 
may  request,  in  writing,  assistance  from 
the  president  of  the  institution  to  aid 
them  in  filing  complaints  with  The 
Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy 
Act  Office  (FERPA),  Department  of 
Education,  Room  4074,  Switzer 
Building,  "Washington,  DC.  20202. 

Revisions  and  clarifications  will  be  pub- 
lished as  experience  with  the  law  and  the 
institufion"s  policy  warrants. 

This  policy  has  been  adopted  in  accor- 
dance with  the  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act,  20  U.S.C. 
1232(g),  and  the  regulations  promulgated 
thereunder  at  34  C.F.R.  99.1  et  seq..  and 
that  reference  should  be  made  to  that 
statute  and  regulations  for  additional 
information. 

Please  contact  the  Office  of  the  Registrar 
with  any  questions. 


Structure  of  Academic  Affairs 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

David  H.  Buchanan,  Dean 
Jennie  Skerl.  Associate  Dean 

Anthropology  and  Sociology 

Art 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Communication  Studies 

Computer  Science 

English 

Foreign  Languages 


History 

Interdisciplinary  Programs 

Liberal  Studies 

Mathematics 

Philosophy 

Physics  and  Pre-Engineering 

Pre-Medical 

Psychology 


Geology  and  Astronomy 


Theatre  Arts 


SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS 

Christopher  M.  Fiorentino,  Dean 
Accounting 


Criminal  Justice 
Economics  and  Finance 
Geography  and  Planning 

SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION 

Judith  Finkel,  Interim  Dean 

Childhood  Studies  and 

Reading 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 


Management 
Marketing 
Political  Science 
Social  Work 


Instructional  Media 
Special  Education 
Teacher  Certification 


SCHOOL  OF  HEALTH  SCIENCES 

John  Eberhart,  Interim  Dean 

Communicative  Disorders  Nursing 

Health  Sports  Medicine 

Kinesiology 
(formerly  Physical  Education) 


SCHOOL  OF  MUSIC 

Timothy  V.  Blair,  Interim  Dean 

Instrumental  Music 
Keyboard  Music 
Music  Education 


Music  Theory  and  Composition 
Music  History  and  Literature 
Vocal  and  Choral  Music 


OFFICE  OF  THE  ASSOCUTE  PROVOST 

Mary  Ann  Maggitti.  Interim  Associate  Provost 
Academic  Programs  and  Services 

Academic  Development  Program 

Honors  Program 

International  Education 

Office  of  Services  for  Students  with  Disabilities 

Tutoring  Center 

Undeclared  Major  Program 
Center  for  Adult  Studies 
Continuing  Education  and  Conference  Services 
Educational  Services  Department 


Undergraduate  Programs  at  West  Chester 

Students  may  enroll  at  West  Chester  University  in  programs  leading  to  the  following  degrees  or  certificates: 

Associate  of  Science  (AS)  Bachelor  of  Music  (BM)  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  (BSN) 

Bachelor  of  Arts  (BA)  Bachelor  of  Science  (BS)  Local  Certificate  (CERTIF) 

Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  (BFA)  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  (BSED)  Teaching  Certificate  (TCHG  CERT) 

PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY 


Accounting  BS 

American  Studies  BA 

Anthropology  BA 

Anthropology-Sociology  BA 

Art  BA,  BFA 

Athletic  Training  BS,  CERTIF 

Biology  BA,  BS,  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Biology-Cell  and  Molecular,  Ecology, 
Medical  Technology,  Microbiology,  BS 
Medical  Technology  CERTIF 

Business  Management  BS 

Chemistry  BS.  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Chemistry-Biology  BS 

CHnical  Chemistry  BS 

Communication  Studies  BA 

Communication  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Communicative  Disorders  BA 

Comparative  Literature  BA 

Computer  and  Information  Sciences  BS 

Criminal  Justice  BS 

Driver-Safety  Education  TCHG  CERT 

Early  Childhood  Education  BSED, 
TCHG  CERT 

Earth  Science  BS,  TCHG  CERT 

Earth  Science-Geoscience  BS 

Earth-Space  Science  BSED 

Economics  BA,  BS 

Elementary  Education  BSED,  TCHG 
CERT 


English  (see  Literature)  BSED, 
TCHG  CERT 

Environmental  Education  TCHG  CERT 

Ethnic  Studies  CERTIF 

Finance  BS 

Forensic  Chemistry  BS 

French  BA.  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Geography  BA 

German  BA,  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Health  and  Physical  Education  BS. 

TCHG  CERT 

Health  Education  BS,  TCHG  CERT 

Health  Science  BS 

History  BA 

Latin  BA,  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Latin-American  Studies  CERTIF 

Liberal  Studies  BA,  BS 

Literature  BA 

Marketing  BS 

Mathematics  BA,  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Mathematics-Computer  Science  BA 

Music  Composition  BM 

Music  Education  BS,  TCHG  CERT 

Music  History  BM 

Music  Performance  BM 

Music  Theory  BM 

Nursing  BSN 

Philosophy  BA 

Philosophy-Religious  Studies  BA 


Physical  Education-Physical  Fitness  BS 
Physics  BS,  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 
Physics-Engineering  BS 
Political  Science  BA 

Political  Science-International  Relations 

BA 

Political  Science-Public  Management 

BA 

Psychology  BA 

Psychology-Cognitive  Rehabilitation  BA 

Public  Health  BS 

Public  Health-Environmental  BS 

Public  Health-Nutrition  BS 

Respiratory  Care  AS 

Russian  BA,  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Russian  Studies  CERTIF 

Secondary  Education  (See  individual  con- 
centration) BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Social  Studies  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Social  Work  BA 

Sociology  BA 

Spanish  BA,  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Special  Education  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Speech  Correction  BSED,  TCHG  CERT 

Studio  Arts  BFA 

Theatre  Arts  BA 


Programs  of  Study  and  Course  Offerings 


Guide  to  the  Catalog 

Departments  are  arranged  alphabetically  with- 
in the  college  or  school  housing  them  (see  list 
on  page  47),  Interdisciplinary  programs  are 
listed  with  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
Special  programs  that  are  administered  by  the 
Office  of  the  Associate  Provost  are  presented 
last. 

Students  may  obtain  a  typical  sequence  of 
courses  for  any  program  from  the  office  spec- 
ified in  this  catalog. 

Please  note  that  all  courses,  course  descrip- 
tions, course  sequences,  and  course  substitu- 
tions are  subject  to  change.  Current  informa- 
tion is  available  from  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment chair,  dean,  or  program  coordinator. 

Guide  to  Course  Prefixes 

Many  program  descriptions  in  this  catalog 
refer  to  courses  offered  by  other  departments 
using  a  course  abbreviation  called  a  prefix.  In 
addition,  some  course  prefi.xes  do  not  use  the 
logical  initials  of  the  courses  to  which  they 
refer  (e.g.,  CLT  is  used  to  indicate  instrumen- 
tal music  courses).  To  assist  in  locating  the 
department  or  program  which  uses  each  pre- 
fix, the  following  guide  to  course  prefixes  is 
provided. 


PREFIX 

ACB 
ACC 
ACP 

ACS 

ACW 

ADM 

AEB 

AEO 

AER 

AES 

AJZ 

AIC 

AIM 

ALC 

AMC 

AMS 

ANT 

ARH 

ART 

BAR 

BAS 

BIL 

BIO 

BLA 

BSN 

CHE 

CHO 

CLS 

CLT 
COM 

CRJ 


DEPARTMENT/PROGRAM 

Instrumental  Music 

Accounting 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

Administration,  Leadership  for 

Women 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

Educational  Services 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

American  Studies 

Anthropology  and  Sociology 

Art 

Art 

Instrumental  Music 

Instrumental  Music 

Biology 

Biology 

Marketing 

Instrumental  Music 

Chemistry 

Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

Comparative  Literature  Studies, 

English 

Instrumental  Music 

Communication  Studies 

(previously  SPC) 

Criminal  Justice 


CRL  Chemistry 

CRW  English 

CSC  Computer  Science 

ECE  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

ECO  Economics 

EDA  Special  Education 

EDC  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

EDE  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

EDF  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

EDM  Instructional  Media 

EDO  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

EDP  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

EDR  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

EDS  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

EDX  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

EFR  Foreign  Languages 

EGE  Foreign  Languages 

EIT  Foreign  Languages 

ERU  Foreign  Languages 

ENG  English 

ENV  Health 

ESP  Foreign  Languages 

ESL  Geology  and  Astronomy 

ESS  Geology  and  Astronomy 

FIN  Economics  and  Finance 

FLM  English/Comparative  Literature 

FLU  Instrumental  Music 

FRE  Foreign  Languages 

FRH  Instrumental  Music 

GEO  Geography  and  Planning 

GER  Foreign  Languages 

GRE  Foreign  Languages 

GTR  Instrumental  Music 

HAR  Keyboard  Music 

HBI  Political  Science 

HBW  Foreign  Languages 

HEA  Health 

HIS  History 

HON  Honors  Program 

HPE  Physical  Education 

HRP  Instrumental  Music 

INB  Management 

IND  Geology  and  Astronomy 

INS  Instrumental  Music 

ITA  Foreign  Languages 

JBR  Instrumental  Music 

JRN  English 

JST  Instrumental  Music 

JWW  Instrumental  Music 

KEM  Keyboard  Music 

KIL  Kinesiology  (formerly 

Physical  Education) 

KIN  Kinesiology  (formerly  Physical 

Education) 

LAN  Foreign  Languages 

LAT  Foreign  Languages 

LIN  Foreign  Languages/Linguistics 

Program 

LIT  English 


LSP  Liberal  Studies 

MAK  Keyboard  Music 

MAT  Mathematics 

MGT  Management 

MHL  Music  History 

MIS  Management 

MKT  Marketing 

MSI  Educational  Services 

MTC  Music  Theory  and  Composition 

MTE  Mathematics 

MTL  Mathematics 

MUE  Music  Education 

MWJ  Music  Theory  and  Composition 

MWP  Keyboard  Music 

NSG  Nursing 

NSL  Nursing 

OBO  Instrumental  Music 

ORG  Keyboard  Music 

PEA  Physical  Education/Kinesiology 

PER  Instrumental  Music 

PHI  Philosophy 

PHL  Physics 

PHR  Physics 

PHS  Physics 

PHY  Physics  and  Pre-Engineering 

PIA  Keyboard  Music 

PMG  Political  Science 

POR  Foreign  Languages 

PSC  Political  Science 

PSY  Psychology 

RES  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

RUS  Foreign  Languages 

SAX  Instrumental  Music 

SCB  Biology  (Pre-Med) 

sec  Chemistry 

SCE  Geology  and  Astronomy 

SMD  Sports  Medicine 

SML  Sports  Medicine 

SOC  Anthropology  and  Sociology 

SPA  Foreign  Languages 

SPP  Communicative  Disorders 

SSC  Social  Studies,  Ethnic  Studies, 

Peace  and  Conflict  Studies 

STA  Mathematics 

SWO  Social  Work 

TEA  Instrumental  Music 

THA  Theatre  Arts 

TPT  Instrumental  Music 

TRB  Instrumental  Music 

UNI  Educational  Services 

VCL  Instrumental  Music 

VLA  Instrumental  Music 

VLN  Instrumental  Music 

VOC  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

vol  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

WCJ  Educational  Services 

WOS  Women's  Studies 


Anthropology  and  Sociology 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Department  of  Accounting 

309A  Anderson  Hall 
610-436-2236 

Clyde  J.  Galbraith,  Chairperson 
PROFESSORS:  Mott,  A.  Naggar 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Galbraith,  Smith 
The  Department  of  Accounting  offers  a  full  program  of  accounting  cours- 
es designed  to  prepare  a  student  for  entrance  into  the  fields  of  public,  pri- 
vate, or  governmental  accounting.  Students  successfully  completing  the 
curriculum  should  be  adequately  prepared  to  take  the  Certified  Pubhc 
Accountant  (CPA)  and  Certified  Management  Accountant  (CMA)  exami- 
nations. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ACCOUNTING 

1 .  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 
Includes  ECO  1 1 1  and  112  (See 
appropriate  curriculum  guidance  sheet.) 

2.  Business  and  Economics  Core 
ACC  201,  202;  BLA  201;  ECO  251,  252; 
RN  325;  MGT  300,  499;  MKT  325 


27  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 
18  semester  hours 


5 1  semester  hours 


27  semester  hours 


3.  Other  courses  required  by  the  business  program: 
CSC  101  and  MAT  107.  These  courses  satisfy, 
and  are  included  under,  general  requirements. 

4.  Accounting  Major:  ACC  301,  302,  303, 
304,305,401,403,405,407 

5.  Business  Electives 

6.  Free  Electives 

NOTE:  A  minimum  grade  of  C  must  be  achieved  in  all  accounting 
courses,  and  in  BLA  201;  ECO  1 1 1,  1 12,  and  251;  MAT  107;  MGT 
300,  499;  and  MKT  325. 

To  enroll  in  400-level  courses,  the  following  courses  must  have  been 
successfully  completed:  ECO  251,  252,  and  ACC  202. 

Accounting  Minor  18  semester  hours 

1.  Required  1 2  semester  hours 
ACC  201,  202,  and  301;  ECO  1 1 1 

2.  Electives  6  semester  hours 
Any  two  of  the  following  courses: 

ACC  302,  303,  304,  305,  403,  404,  and  407 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ACCOUNTING 

Symbol:  ACC 

The  objective  of  the  accounting  concentration  is 
to  prepare  students  for  accounting  careers  in 
business,  for  the  CPA  examination,  and  for  the 
private  practice  of  accounting. 

201  Principles  of  Accounting  I  (3)  Introduction  to 
financial  accounting  A  conceptual  approach  to 
recording,  financial  summarizing,  and  presentation 
and  evaluation  of  the  financial  affairs  of  a  business 
fum 

202  Principles  of  Accounting  n  (3)  Introduction  to 
management  accounting.  Accumulating,  processing, 
and  interpreting  financial  data  to  be  used  as  a  basis 
for  making  managerial  decisions  in  a  business  finn. 
PREREQ  :ACC20I. 

301  Intermediate  Accounting  I  (3)  Analysis  and 
evaluation  of  assets,  liability,  and  capital  account. 
Problems  of  income  measurement  and  recognition. 
PREREQ:  ACC  202. 

302  Intermediate  Accounting  11  (3)  Continuation 
of  ACC  301   PREREQ:  ACC  301 


303  Cost  Accounting  I  (3)  Techniques  of  product 
unit  cost  determination  and  uses  of  cost  data  in  man- 
agenal  decisions  PREREQ:  ACC  202. 

304  Cost  Accounting  U  (3)  Continuation  of  ACC 
303.  PREREQ:  ACC  303. 

305  Intermediate  Accounting  III  (3)  Continuation 
of  ACC  302  PREREQ:  ACC  302 

400  Accounting  Internship  (3-6)  The  business 
internship  for  students  in  accounting  enhances  the 
student's  educational  expenence  by  providing  a  sub- 
stantive work  experience  in  the  business  world  PRE- 
REQ Internship  program  coordinator's  approval. 

401  Auditing  (3)  Introduction  to  auditing  as  a  tool 
for  verification  of  the  fair  representation  of  financial 
statements.  PREREQ:  ACC  302 

403  Federal  Ta.xation  I  (3)  A  study  of  individual 
and  federal  income  ta\es,  with  some  business  appli- 
cation Emphasis  on  tax  planning  for  minimization  of 
tax  liability    PREREQ:  ACC  202 

404  Federal  Taxation  II  (3)  A  study  of  the  princi- 
ples of  federal  income  taxation  on  corporations  and 
corporate  distributions,  partnerships,  estates,  and 
trusts.  Emphasis  is  on  tax  planning  and  researching 
complex  problems  PREREQ  ACC  403 

405  Advanced  Accounting  (3)  In-depth  study  of 
business  combinations  and  consolidations,  govern- 


ment accounting,  and  other  specialized  topics.  PRE- 
REQ: ACC  302 

407  Not-for-Profit  and  Governmental  Accounting 

(3)  A  study  of  accounting  principles  and  procedures 
of  not-for-profit  and  governmental  organizations  The 
course  includes  accounting  for  the  local,  state,  and 
federal  government,  hospitals,  colleges  and  universi- 
ties, public  schools,  and  charities.  PREREQ:  ACC 
202. 

♦  410  Directed  Studies  in  Accounting  (1-3) 
Special  research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in 
accounting  Open  to  seniors  only  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor 

415  Professional  Accounting  (3)  This  course  is 
intended  to  develop  and  implement  students'  knowl- 
edge currently  required  for  professional  accounting 
careers  PREREQ:  Senior  standing  and  instructor's 
approval. 

420  Accounting  Information  Systems  (3) 

Accounting  information  systems  development,  pro- 
cessing, and  controls  with  emphasis  on  current  com- 
puter-based systems  and  programs  used  in  accounting 
fields.  PREREQ:  ACC  302  and  303. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Anthropology  and  Sociology 

100  Old  Library 

610-436-2556 

Edmundo  Morales,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Becker,  Greisman,  Keith,  McConatha,  Shaffer, 

Stoller 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Berger,  Freeman- Witthoft,  Luck, 

Morales,  Murphy 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Cowen,  Zumpetta 
The  Department  of  Anthropology  and  Sociology  offers  three  programs 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and,  in  cooperation  with  the  fac- 
ulty of  teacher  education,  a  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Education. 

1.  The  B.A.  in  ANTHROPOLOGY  focuses  on  human  biological  evo- 
lution; on  the  origin,  development,  and  integration  of  human  cul- 
tures; and  on  the  interrelationship  of  biological  and  cultural  factors 
in  the  etiology  of  human  behavior. 

2.  The  B.A.  in  SCXTIOLOGY  focuses  on  understanding  the  processes 
involved  in  the  creation,  maintenance,  and  evolution  of  social  struc- 


ture, and  on  the  impact  of  diverse  structural  forms  on  individual 
behavior. 

3.  The  B.A.  in  ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY  focuses  on  the  inter- 
disciplinary smdy  of  social  anthropology/comparative  sociology,  draw- 
ing on  offerings  in  both  sociology  and  anthropology  to  develop  an  ana- 
lytic understanding  of  the  dialectic  of  social  strucmre  and  culmre. 

4.  The  B.S.  in  EDUCATION  in  SOCIAL  STUDIES  is  for  students  inter- 
ested in  pursuing  a  concentration  in  anthropology  or  sociology  while 
earning  state  certification  to  teach  secondary  school  social  studies. 

Majors  in  the  three  B.A.  programs  should  consult  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment handbook  and  their  adviser  for  current  requirements.  Students  plan- 
ning to  major  in  one  of  these  programs  are  advised  to  take  ANT  102  and 
SOC  200  no  later  than  their  sophomore  year.  Application  for  admission  is 
made  on  forms  available  from  the  department  office. 
Students  planning  to  pursue  the  B.S.  in  Education  in  social  studies  should 
consult  during  the  freshman  year  with  both  their  adviser  in  this  department 
and  their  professional  studies  adviser  in  secondary  education. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  THE  B.A.  PROGRAMS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  51  semester  hours 

2.  Foreign  Language/Culture  Requirement  0- 1 5  semester  hours 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Anthropology  and  Sociology 


3.  Limited  electives  chosen  under  advisement 

4.  Major  Requirements 


1 8  semester  hours 
60  semester  hours 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  ANTHROPOLOGY 

1 


9  semester  hours 


Required  Core  Courses 

ANT  101  or  310,  103,  and  495  (ANT  102 

under  social  science  core) 

2.  Specialization  Requirements 
Four  to  seven  courses  in  anthropology 

3.  Cognate  Requirements 
LIN  230;  additional  courses  outside  of 
anthropology  approved  by  the  student's  adviser 

4.  Free  Electives  1 5-24  semester  hours 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  SOCIOLOGY 

1 .  Required  Core  Courses 
SOC300,  321,322,  and  492 

2.  Specialization  Requirements 
Any  six  advanced  courses  in  sociology 

3.  Career  Preparation  Sequence 
Five  nonsociology  courses  approved  by  the 
student's  adviser 

4.  Free  Electives 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY 

1 .  Anthropology-Sociology  Core  Courses  6  semester  hours 
ANT  341  and  SOC  322 

2.  Anthropology  1 2  semester  hours 
Two  topical  and  two  area  courses  in  ethnology. 

selected  in  consultation  with  the  student's  adviser 

3.  Sociology  1 2  semester  hours 
One  methodology  and  three  topical  (institutional 

or  theoretical)  courses,  selected  in  consultation 
with  the  student's  adviser 

4.  Seminar  3  semester  hours 
ANT  490 


12-21  semester  hours 


1 5  semester  hours 


1 2  semester  hours 


1 8  semester  hours 


1 5  semester  hours 


15-24  semester  hours 


5.  Cognates  1 2  semester  hours 
Four  courses  selected  in  consultation  with  the 

student's  adviser 

6.  Free  Electives  1 5  semester  hours 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  —  SOCLAL 
STUDIES:  CONCENTRATION  IN  ANTHROPOLOGY  OR 
SOCIOLOGY 

Students  interested  in  teaching  secondary  school  social  studies  may 
pursue  a  concentration  in  anthropology  or  sociology  while  earning  state 
certification  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education.  See  the  descrip- 
tion under  "Social  Studies:  B.S.  in  Education." 

Minor  Programs 

Students  may  minor  in  any  of  the  three  following  programs.  A  mini- 
mum of  18  semester  hours  is  required.  Elective  courses  are  selected  in 
consultation  with  the  student's  minor  adviser.  Students  may  take  any  of 
these  minors  as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  liberal  studies  general  degree  program. 

Anthropology  Minor 

1.  Required  Courses  9  semester  hours 
ANT  102,  either  ANT  101  or  103,  and  one 

400-level  course  in  anthropology 

2.  Elective  Courses  9  semester  hours 
Three  other  courses  in  anthropology 

Sociology  Minor 

1 .  Required  Courses  9  semester  hours 
SOC  200,  300,  and  322 

2.  Elective  Courses  9  semester  hours 
Three  other  courses  in  sociology 

Anthropology-Sociology  Minor 

1.  Required  Courses  1 2  semester  hours 
ANT  102  and  341,  and  SOC  200  and  341 

2.  Elective  Courses  6  semester  hours 
Two  other  courses  in  either  anthropology  or  sociology 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

Symbol:  ANT 

PRIMARILY  FOR  FRESHMEN  AND 
SOPHOMORES 

101  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Biological  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  human  biology,  evolution,  and  the 
prehistoric  development  of  culture  Offered  in  spring 
of  odd-numbered  years. 

-k  102  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Cultural  (3) 
Comparative  analysis  of  culture  systems.  Offered  in 
fall,  spring,  and  summer. 

*  103  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Archaeo- 
logy (3)  Interpretation  of  culture  through  analysis  of 
archaeological  remains.  Offered  in  spring  of  even- 
numbered  year^.  and  in  summer. 
113  Archaeological  Field  Techniques  (3)  Imple- 
mentation of  archaeological  principles  and  theory  in 
laboratory  and  field  studies.  PREREQ  or  CONCUR- 
RENT: ANT  103.  Offered  m  summer 
120  Cultures  of  Ethnic  Groups  in  America  (3) 
Survey  of  the  cultural  history  and  traditions  of  ethnic 
groups  in  America.  Offered  in  fall  of  odd-numbered 
years. 

FOR  SOPHOMORES  AND  UPPER- 
CLASSMEN 

202  World  Ethnology  (3)  Survey  of  the  social  orga- 
nization, belief  systems,  and  cultures  of  selected  peo- 
ples. PREREQ:  ANT  102  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Offered  in  spring  of  even-numbered  years. 
260  Artifacts  and  Culture  (3)  (See  also  HIS  353.) 
PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

^  280  Practicum  in  Museum  Techniques  I  (3) 
Exploration  of  techniques  of  cataloging,  conserving 


objects,  and  of  designing  and  setting  up  exhibits. 
Involvement  in  actual  museum  work.  PREREQ: 
ANT  102  or  permission  of  instructor.  Offered  in  fall 
of  odd-numbered  years 
FOR  UPPERCLASSMEN 

A.  BIOLOGICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 

310  Human  Paleontology  (3)  Evolutionary  thought; 
origin  and  antiquity  of  the  primates;  fossil  man  and 
living  races.  (Some  background  in  biology  recom- 
mended.) 

B.  ETHNOLOGY:  AREA  COURSES 

320  American  Indian  (3)  Ethnology  of  North 
America.  PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

321  American  Indian  Today  (3)  Native  Americans 
in  contemporary  Anglo-America  PREREQ:  ANT 
102  or  permission  of  instructor.  Offered  in  spring  of 
odd-numbered  years,  and  in  summer. 

■  322  Ethnology  of  Central  America  (3)  Survey  of 
the  modem  cultures  of  Central  America:  relationships 
to  ancient  peoples;  the  process  of  modemization  in 
this  area.  PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

326  Cultures  and  Peoples  of  Sub-Saharan  Africa 
(3)  Exanunation  of  the  cultures  and  societies  of  Black 
Afnca.  PREREQ:  ANT  102 

327  Cultures  and  Peoples  of  India  (3)  (See  also 
HIS  302.)  PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

♦  329  Problems  in  Ethnology  (3)  Survey  of  the 
ethnographic  literature  pertaining  to  specific  geo- 
graphic regions.  Area  of  focus  to  be  announced  in 
advance.  PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

C.  ETHNOLOGY:  TOPICAL  COURSES 
340  Folklore  in  Society  (3)  Survey  of  basic 
American  folklore  genres  Emphasis  on  folklore  as 
process.  Uadition.  and  as  an  element  of  culture. 


341  Social  Organization  (3)  Study  of  social  groups, 
their  structure,  and  functioning.  PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

342  Political  Anthropology  (3)  Analysis  of  tribal 
and  peasant  political  systems.  PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

343  Economic  Anthropology  (3)  Analysis  of  trib- 
al and  peasant  economic  systems.  PREREQ:  ANT 
102. 

344  Magic,  Religion,  and  Witchcraft  (3)  An 

analysis  of  supematuralistic  ideology  and  ritual  in 
both  tribal  and  civil  society  PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

345  Culture  and  Personality  (3)  Study  of  the 
relationship  between  culture  systems  and  personality. 
PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

346  Culture  Change  (3)  Empincal  and  theoretical 
study  of  culture  change.  PREREQ:  ANT  102. 

350  Primitive  Art  (3)  (See  also  ARH  350).  PRE- 
REQ: ANT  102. 

D.  ARCHAEOLOGY 

360  Historical  Archaeology  (3)  Historical  research 

through  archaeology.  Chester  County  is  emphasized 
through  local  research  projects.  PREREQ  or  CON- 
CURRENT: ANT  103. 

■  362  Archaeology  of  Central  America  (3)  The 
archaeological  record  of  Central  America,  covering 
the  significant  features  of  each  culture  area  from 
modem  Mexico  to  Panama.  PREREQ:  ANT  103. 

ADVANCED  AND  SENIOR  COURSES 

380  Language  and  Culture  (3)  (also  LIN  380)  See 
LIN  380. 


*  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 
■  Culture  Cluster 


Art 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


381  Sociolinguistics  (3)  (also  UN  381)  The  study  of 
the  use  of  language  in  society  and  in  educational  set- 
tings; social  dialects;  language  policy;  black  English. 
PREREQ:  ANT  102 

383  Structuralism:  From  Chaos  to  Order  in  the 
World  of  Ideas  (3)  This  course  is  a  general  survey  of 
structuralist  theory  as  it  relates  to  linguistics,  anthro- 
pology, psychology,  and  literature.  The  goal  of  the 
course  is  to  demonstrate  how  structuralism  is  a  theo- 
retical orientation  in  the  social  sciences  and  the 
humanities  that  attempts  to  transform  the  chaos  of 
appearances  into  order  of  reality  in  the  world  of 
ideas. 

^  405  Topical  Seminar  in  Anthropology  (3) 
Selected  topics  in  the  subdisciplines  of  anthropology. 
Topics  announced  in  advance  Juniors  and  seniors 
only. 

*  410  Independent  Studies  in  Anthropology  (1-3) 
Special  research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in 
anthropology  Juniors  and  seniors  only  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  department  chairperson 

459  History  of  Ethnological  Theory  (3) 
Development  of  ethnological  theory  with  emphasis 
on  the  nature  of  explanation  in  ethnology  PREREQ: 
Six  hours  in  ethnology  and  junior  or  senior  standing 
490  Seminar  in  Social  .Anthropology  (3)  History 
and  theory  of  social  anthropology  PREREQ:  Six 
hours  in  ethnology  and  six  hours  in  sociology 
Seniors  only. 

495  Senior  Seminar  in  Anthropology  (3) 
Discussion  and  supervised  research  designed  to  inte- 
grate conceptual  and  methodological  skills.  The 
research  paper  for  the  seminar  must  be  acceptable  as 
a  required  departmental  senior  research  paper  Senior 
anthropology  majors  only 

SOCIOLOGY 

Symbol:  SOC 

PRIMARILY  FOR  FRESHMEN  AND 
SOPHOMORES 

*  200  Introduction  to  Sociology  (3)  Fundamentals 
of  the  sociological  perspective  on  human  behavior. 
Offered  in  fall,  spring,  and  summer. 

*  240  Sociology  of  the  Family  (3)  Comparative, 
historical,  and  cross-cultural  analysis  of  the  family 
institution  Offered  in  fall,  spring,  and  summer. 
PRIMARILY  FOR  SOCIOLOGY 
MAJORS  AND  OTHER  UPPERCLASS- 
MEN 

300  Sociological  Theory  (3)  Histoncal  development 
of  the  sociological  perspective  on  human  behavior, 
with  emphasis  on  the  perennial  issues  in  sociological 
explanation  PREREQ:  SOC  200 


302  Sociology  of  Everyday  Life  (3)  How  people 
interact  in  everyday  settings,  examined  from  the  dra- 
maturgical perspectives  of  Goffman,  Douglas.  Burke, 
and  others  PREREQ:  SOC  200. 

321  Statistics  in  Sociological  Research  (3)  The 
application  of  statistical  methods  to  sociological 
hypothesis  testing  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

322  Methods  of  Sociological  Research  (3)  The 
logic  of  social  research  Fundamentals  of  research 
design,  data  collection  and  reduction,  and  nonstatisli- 
cal  analysis  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

333  Self  and  Society  (3)  A  symbolic  interactionisl 
perspective  on  social  psychology  which  focuses  on 
the  self  in  social  interaction  PREREQ:  SOC  200 
335  Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities  (3)  Analysis  of 
the  implications  of  racial  differences,  the  factors 
affecting  prejudice  and  discnmination,  and  structural 
aspects  of  group  conflicts  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

341  Social  Inequality  (3)  Analysis  of  inequalities  in 
wealth,  power,  and  prestige  in  contemporary  soci- 
eties PREREQ:  SOC  200. 

342  Urban  Sociology  (3)  A  descriptive  study  of  the 
form  and  development  of  the  urban  community  with 
respect  to  demographic  structure,  spatial  and  tempo- 
ral patterns,  and  functional  organization.  PREREQ: 
SOC  200 

343  Sociology  of  Organizations  (3)  Analysis  of 
large-scale,  formal  organizations  with  emphasis  on 
bureaucracy  as  the  dominant  form  of  social  organiza- 
tion in  the  West  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

344  Sociology  of  Religion  (3)  Theoretical  analysis 
of  social  functions  of  religion,  the  history  and  internal 
structure  of  religious  institutions,  and  their  relation- 
ship to  other  institutions  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

345  Sociology  of  Education  (3)  Sociological  dimen- 
sions of  educational  institutions.  PREREQ:  SCX:  200. 

346  Sociology  of  Gender  (3)  Analysis  and  evalua- 
tion of  sociological  research  on  sex  roles  PREREQ: 
SOC  200. 

#  349  Perspectives  on  Mental  Illness  (3)  An  inter- 
disciplinary examination  of  mental  disorders —  their 
definition,  cause,  and  treatment.  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

350  Sociology  of  Mental  Illness  (3)  A  sociological 
perspective  on  mental  disorders.  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

351  Deviance  (3)  Causes  and  consequences  of  the 
construction  and  violation  of  social  norms.  PREREQ: 
SOC  200. 

352  Criminology  (3)  Sociological  analysis  of  the 
definition,  distribution,  and  causes  of  crime,  and  of 
social  response  to  it  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

353  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)  Theories  of  delin- 
quency; evaluation  of  programs  for  its  prevention  and 
control.  PREREQ:  SOC  200 


360  Sociology  of  Culture  (3)  Analysis  of  the  major 
social  movements  that  have  shaped  the  character  and 
future  of  modem  man  PREREQ:  SOC  200. 

361  Sociology  of  Medicine  (3)  A  sociological  per- 
spective on  health,  illness,  and  medical  care  PRE- 
REQ: SOC  200. 

362  Sexuality  in  Society  (3)  The  social  dimensions 
of  human  sexuality  PREREQ:  SOC  200. 

364  Sociology  of  Aging  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
problems,  adaptations,  and  contributions  of  the  aging 
population  PREREQ:  SOC  200. 

369  Social  Movements  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
study  of  social  movements,  both  historical  and  con- 
temporary  PREREQ:  SOC  200. 

370  Social  Problems  (3)  Analysis  of  current  social 
disorders:  urban  unrest,  racial  tension,  poverty,  addic- 
tions, cnme.  and  mental  illness.  PREREQ:  SOC  200. 

371  Applied  Social  Change  (3)  Strategy  and  tactics 
of  planning  and  guiding  change  in  small  and  large- 
scale  social  systems  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

376  Sociology  of  War  and  Peace  (3)  Exploration  of 
the  relationship  between  social  structure  and  war. 
PREREQ:  SOC  200. 

377  Clinical  Sociology  (3)  Analysis  and  evaluation 
of  therapeutic  applications  of  sociology  in  group  and 
individual  semngs  PREREQ:  SOC  200 

401  Social  Change  (3)  Critique  of  the  leading  mod- 
els of  social  order  and  change;  analysis  of  major 
transformation  in  Western  civilization.  PREREQ: 
SOC  200 

402  Career  Internship  in  Sociology  (6)  Field  expe- 
rience in  agencies  involved  in  social  change  PRE- 
REQ: SOC  371.  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

410  Issues  in  Sociological  Thought  (3)  Analysis  of 
several  of  the  key  philosophical  issues  underlying 
sociological  thought  PREREQ:  SOC  300.  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor 

^  490  Independent  Studies  in  Sociology  (1-3) 
lndi\  idual  research  projects,  reports,  and/or  readings. 
Seniors  only  PREREQ:  Permission  of  department 
chairperson. 

^  491  Topical  Seminar  in  Sociology  (3)  Special 
topics  in  theory  or  methodology.  Topics  announced  in 
advance.  Admission  by  permission  of  instructor 
Juniors  and  seniors  only. 

492  Senior  Seminar  in  Sociology  (3)  Preparation  of 
senior  research  paper.  Senior  sociology  majors  only. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 

*  Approved  distnbutive  requirement  course 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Department  of  Art 

212  Mitchell  Hall 

610-436-2755 

John  Baker,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Sermas.  Weidner 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Baker,  Lasuchin,  Usher,  White 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Blake,  Hollon,  Schiff 

The  undergraduate  programs  offered  by  the  Department  of  Art  give 
students  the  opportunity  to  achieve  competence  in  studio  art,  theory, 
and  the  history  of  art,  taking  into  consideration  both  personal  and  voca- 
tional needs.  Each  student's  advising  reflects  an  effort  to  relate  the 
general  requirements  to  art  subjects. 

In  addition  to  the  formal  programs  listed  below,  alternative  courses  of 
study  may  be  planned  in  conjunction  with  other  departments.  Students 


are  encouraged  to  make  connections  between  art  and  other  subjects 
where  appropriate  to  achieve  vocational  and  personal  advancement 
after  consultation  with  the  student's  adviser. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  ART 


1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Language  Requirement  (See  special  note 
below.) 

3.  Art  Depanment  Program  Requirements 
(select  one  track) 

A.  Studio  Art  I  Sequence  (prepares  student 
for  graduate  study  and/or  personal/ 
vocational  competence) 
(1  j  Studio  Foundation  (ART  106,  111, 

112,  206,  220,  and  221) 
(2)  Art  History  (ARH  103,  104,  and 

two  ARH  electives) 


51  semester  hours 
0- 1 5  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 


12  semester  hours 


Colleae  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Art 


(3)  Other  Studio  (Elect  from  studio  33-36  semester  hours 
offerings  at  least  half  above  the 

300  level.) 

(4)  Senior  show  required 

TOTAL     66  semester  hours 
B.  Studio  Art  II  Sequence  (provides  a  basic  concentration  with  the 
option  of  a  second,  preprofessional  concentration) 

(1)  Studio  Foundation  (ART  106.  1 1 1.  9  semester  hours 
112.  and  220) 

(2)  Art  Histor>'  (ARH  103.  104,  and  12  semester  hours 
two  ARH  electives) 

(3)  Other  Studio  (Elect  from  studio  21-24  semester  hours 
offerings  at  least  half  above  the  300 

level.  See  special  note  below.) 

(4)  Preprofessional  concentration-  1 8  semester  hours 
courses  to  be  selected  from  another 

discipline  (elementary  education,  special 
education,  business,  foreign  area  studies, 
or  others  under  advisement) 

(5)  Senior  show  required 

TOT.\L     63  semester  hours 
NOTE:  The  foreign  language  requirement  for  Studio  I  and  Studio  11  is 
two  semesters  with  three  foreign  area  study  courses  or  to  meet  the  level 
of  Intermediate  11,  202. 

Students  must  maintain  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  ART  and  ARH 
courses,  required  and  elective,  within  the  major 

BACHELOR  OF  FINE  ARTS  —  STUDIO  ARTS 

The  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  is  regarded  as  the  mitial  professional  degree 
in  art  by  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  An.  Its  primary 
emphasis  is  on  the  development  of  skills,  concepts,  and  sensitivities 
important  to  the  professional  artist.  Concentration  in  a  major  profes- 
sional area  begins  only  with  satisfactory  completion  of  the  foundation 
requirements  and  the  approval  of  the  faculty  adviser. 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  5 1  semester  hours 

2.  Language  Requirement  0- 1 5  semester  hours 

3.  Art  Department  Program  Requirements* 
Sequence  One  \ 

A.  Foundation  Requirements 

(1)  Studio  Art  (ART  106,  111,  112,  206,         18  semester  hours 
220,221) 

(2)  Art  History  (ARH  103,  104,  and  12  semester  hours 
two  art  history  electives) 

B.  Studio  Electives  33-36  semester  hours 
(at  least  half  of  the  courses  selected  must  be 

300  level  and  above) 
Sequence  Two 
A.  Foundation  Requirements 

(1)  Studio  Art  (ART  106,  111.112,  220)        12  semester  hours 

(2)  Art  History  (ARH  103.  104.  and  two  12  semester  hours 
art  history  electives) 

(3)  Studio  Electives  21-24  semester  hours 
(at  least  half  of  the  courses  selected 

must  be  300  level  and  above) 

(4)  Preprofessional  concentration  -  selected    1 8  semester  hours 
from  another  discipline 


Professional  specialization  begins  in  the  junior  year  when  the 
student  selects  and  has  been  accepted  in  one  of  the  following 
areas: 

(1)  Drawing  and  Painting  (ART  226,  227,  245,  306,  307,  316, 
317,  and  320) 

(2)  Graphic  Design  (ART  211,  212.  310,  311,312.  490.  491. 
and  499) 

(3)  Sculpture  and  Crafts  (a  selection  of  eight  courses  from  ART 
231.  232.  266.  321,  322.  325.  331.  332,  335.  347,  348.  and 
409) 

C.  Art  Electives  (to  be  selected  under  21-24  semester  hours 

advisement) 

TOTAL     78  semester  hours 
Minor  in  Studio  Art 

1 .  Required  Courses  9  semester  hours 
ART  106.  11  Land  220 

2.  Minor  Specialization  9  semester  hours 
The  student,  under  advisement,  may  select  a 

minor  specialization  so  that  the  emphasis  is  on 
one  of  these  groups;  draw  ing  and  painting,  graphic 
design,  printmaking,  sculpture,  or  crafts. 

TOTAL     18  semester  hours 
Minor  in  Art  History 

This  program  provides  alternative  tracks  to  satisfy  a  variety  of 
emphases  to  which  art  history  may  be  applied.  These  include  both 
vocational  and  liberal  arts  interests,  which  range  from  a  highly  struc- 
tured sequence  to  a  self-designed  sequence. 

A.  An  History  Survey  18  semester  hours 
Structured  sequence  of  courses  designed  to  provide  an  in-depth 
comprehensive  core  of  Western  art  development.  Recommended  as 
an  important  cultural  component  to  the  study  of  history,  literature, 
performing  arts,  anthropology,  sociology,  and  psychology.  (The  18 
semester  hours  include  ARH  382,  383,  384,  385,  386,  and  either 
350  or  381.) 

B.  Art  History  and  Its  Interfaces  18  semester  hours 
According  to  interest  or  possible  vocational  application,  this  pro- 
gram provides  an  opportunity  to  explore  either  the  various  historical 
periods/styles  of  art  or  the  interfaces  of  art  history  with  studio  art, 
American  studies,  and  other  cognate  areas. 

1 .  Student  must  complete  the  required  courses       6  semester  hours 
ARH  103  and  104 

2.  Student  must  also  take  two  upper-level  6  semester  hours 
an  history  courses 

3.  Student  must  take,  under  advisement  —  6  semester  hours 

a.  Any  two  studio  courses 

b.  Any  two  American  studies  courses 

c.  Any  two  other  art  history  courses 

d.  Any  two  cognate  courses  from  other  disciplines 

e.  Any  combination  of  the  above 

Either  of  these  minors  may  be  taken  as  a  concentration  by  students 
as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  liberal  studies  general  degree  program. 


•Students  must  maintain  a  grade  of  C  in  all  .ART  and  ARH  courses  within  the 
major  (required  and  elective). 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ART 

Symbol:  ART 

105  Art  Workshop  (3)  An  art  workshop  for  nonan 
majors.  Exploration  of  an  materials  and  techniques 

106  Beginning  Drawing  (3)  Drawing  from  direct 
observation  and  an  introduction  to  ideas  of  perception 
and  interpretation.  Use  of  a  vanetv  of  media. 

Ill  Basic  Design  (2-Dimensional  Design)  (3)  Deve- 
loping a  visual  vocabularj'  by  experimenting  with 
shape,  space,  light,  color,  and  texture  in  a  variety  of 
media. 


112  Color  and  Design  (2-Dimensional  Design)  (3) 
Extensive  study  of  color  theory  and  its  application  to 
a  variety  of  fine  and  industrial  arts  projects. 

113  Computer  .\rt  I  (3)  Introduction  to  computer 
art  IS  designed  to  provide  students  of  graphics  and 
fine  arts  with  the  skills  necessary  to  utilize  the 
computer  as  a  graphics  tool,  enabling  students  to 
incorporate  computer  art  technology  into  their 
work. 

147  Crafts:  Weaving  I  (3)  Basic  techniques  of 
weaving  are  explored  w  ith  emphasis  on  fabric 
design  and  craftsmanship. 


206  Intermediate  Drawing  (3)  Work  in  a  variety 
of  media  and  methods  designed  to  develop  "aggres- 
sive seeing  "  Emphasis  on  the  exploration  of  line  as 
boundary  to  describe  form  and  space,  as  gesture,  as 
calligraphy,  and  for  expressive  qualities  as  a  tool 
for  working  in  other  media.  PREREQ:  ART  106. 

210  Typography  I  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  use 
of  type  as  a  basic  element  of  graphic  communica- 
tion; the  use  of  different  type  faces  to  communicate 
visually  desired  effects,  typeform.  type  indication, 
type  spacing,  comp  lettering,  and  basic  design  with 
type  for  layouts  and  comprehensives.  Fall  offering. 


Art 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


211  Graphic  Design  I  (3)  The  exploration  of  vari- 
ous aspects  of  graphic  communication  through  the 
use  of  typography,  layout,  and  general  graphic 
techniques.  The  development  of  creative,  onginal, 
and  conceptual  ideas  for  solving  communications 
problems  utilizing  professional  studio  practices  and 
procedures  Mechanical,  paste-up  preparation,  and 
other  methods  of  reproduction  will  be  covered.  Use 
of  the  computer  is  integrated  into  a  variety  of 
course  assignments.  Fall  offering  CONCURRENT: 
ART  210;  PREREQ:  ART  111.  113.  or  permission 
of  the  instructor 

212  Graphic  Design  II  (3)  The  continuation  of 
ART  2 1 1  w.  ith  an  emphasis  on  typographic  prob- 
lem solving.  The  further  study  of  graphic  design 
concepts  and  design  pnnciples  used  in  solving  dif- 
ferent types  of  design  problems  within  a  given  for- 
mat. Use  of  the  computer  as  an  essential  design 
tool  is  integrated  into  a  vanety  of  course  assign- 
ments. Spring  offenng.  PREREQ:  ART  21 1.  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

213  Computer  Art  II  (3)  An  advanced  study  of 
the  computer  as  a  design  tool  The  computer  will 
be  used  to  incorporate  typography  and  graphic 
design  solutions  utilizing  page  layout  software 
PREREQ  ."XRT  1 1.^  or  permission  of  the  instructor 

216  Beginning  Painting  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
basic  matenals  and  techniques  of  the  painter  with 
emphasis  on  color 

217  Intermediate  Painting  (3)  The  course  seeks 
to  provide  a  workshop  atmosphere  in  which  the 
student  is  given  the  opportunity  to  explore  the 
potential  of  the  painting  media  Use  of  standard 
materials  of  paint,  brushes,  and  canvas  is  required. 

220  Fundamentals  of  3-Dimensional  Design  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  theones,  processes,  and  ele- 
ments of  perception  and  visual  design  in  a  three- 
dimensional  situation  Problems  will  be  geared  to 
problem  solving  rather  than  object  making. 

221  Advanced  3-Dimensional  Design  (3)  Solving 
problems  of  relating  visual  elements  to  volumetric 
forms  in  space  by  e.xpenmenting  with  various 
matenals. 

222  Beginning  Sculpture  (3)  An  introduction  to 
the  basic  fundamentals  of  sculpture,  including  con- 
cepts of  design,  know  ledge  of  tools  and  techniques, 
and  materials  and  processes  Project  assignments  to 
be  rendered  in  clay,  plaster,  wood,  and  stone. 

226  Water  Color  I  (3)  .An  introduction  to  the 
basic  tools  and  techniques  of  the  w  ater-color 
painter  Emphasis  upon  transparent  water  color. 

227  Water  Color  II  (3)  Advanced  problems  in 
water  color,  gouache,  tempera,  and  mixed  media. 

231  Ceramics  I:  Basic  Techniques  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  techniques  of  ceramics. 
Hand  and  wheel  methods  of  construction;  knowl- 
edge of  clay  bodies,  finng,  and  glazing 

232  Ceramics  II:  Intermediate  Techniques  (3) 

Fundamental  methods  of  creating  clay  forms  on  the 
wheel  Experimentation  with  clay  bodies,  glazes, 
and  kiln  operation.  Design  is  stressed. 

241  Printmaking:  Introduction  of  Relief  Print- 
making  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  medium  of 
printmaking:  linoleum  cuts,  woodcuts,  and  color- 
graphs 

243  Printmaking:  Intermediate  Relief  Print- 
making  (3)  Continuation  of  ART  241.  emphasizing 
expressive  possible  techniques  and  their  combina- 
tion with  other  print  media.  PREREQ:  ART  241,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 


245  .Architectural  Drawing  (3)  Studio  expen- 
ences  in  layout;  preparation  of  plans  and  elevations, 
presentations  (rendenngs).  and  architectural  letter- 
ing Use  of  mechanical  drawing  tools  to  help  stu- 
dents express  steps  that  occur  from  design  to  real- 
ization of  a  structure 

248  Crafts:  Weaving  II  (3)  Provides  an  opportu- 
nity for  the  weaver  to  further  explore  and  develop 
skills  as  a  designer  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
interrelationship  between  functional  materials  and 
design  processes. 

251   Art  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Workshop 
and  seminar  providing  expenence  with  a  wide  van- 
ety of  media  appropriate  for  use  with  children. 
Investigation  into  the  philosophy  and  psychology 
of  children's  art 

306  Drawing  III:  Life  Drawing  (3)  An  explo- 
ration of  the  abstract  dynamics  of  figure  drawing 
with  particular  application  of  anatomical  structure 
to  expressive  design  PREREQ:  ART  106  and  206 

307  Drawing  IV  (3-6)  Individualized  instruction 
in  increasingly  complex  formal  and  expressive 
problems  in  drawing 

310  Graphic  Design  III  (3)  The  exploration  of 
developing  and  designing  logotype  symbols  for  use 
in  corporate  and  public  agencies  and  their  applica- 
tions to  a  variety  of  pnni  materials  The  use  of  the 
computer  as  an  essential  design  tool  is  integrated 
into  course  assignments  Fall  offering  PREREQ: 
ART  2 1 2  or  permission  of  instructor 

311  Graphic  Design:  Independent  Project  (3) 
Individualized  instruction  in  design  problems  at  an 
advanced  level. 

312  Graphic  Design  IV  (3)  A  study  of  advanced 
concepts  and  design  pnnciples  with  an  emphasis  on 
creative  solutions  to  problems  in  three-dimensional 
package  design.  The  use  of  the  computer  as  an 
essential  design  tool  is  integrated  into  course 
assignments   Spring  offenng.  PREREQ:  ART  31 1 
or  permission  of  instructor 

316  Advanced  Painting  (3)  Emphasis  on 
advanced  problems  in  painting  in  a  vanety  of  tech- 
niques Individual  expression  is  encouraged 

317  Painting:  Studio  Problems  (3)  Concentration 
on  individual  work  and  professional  competence. 
Group  cntiques  and  discussions 

318  Painting  from  Landscape:  Independent 
Project  (3)  Individualized  landscape  painting 
course  requinng  the  student  to  paint  on  location  in 
the  Delaware  Valley 

319  Painting  from  Masters:  Independent 
Project  (3)  Introduces  the  student  artist  to  tech- 
niques and  styles  by  painting  from  master  works 

320  Painting:  Independent  Projects  (3)  The 
development  of  a  personal  style  is  explored  through 
a  theme  and  its  variation  Discipline  and  self-cnli- 
cism  are  realized  through  a  series  of  critiques  and 
evaluations 

321  Intermediate  Sculpture  (3)  More  advanced 
problems  in  sculpture  with  emphasis  on  individual 
exploration  of  form,  structure,  and  process. 
Independent  project  to  be  rendered  in  choice  of 
matenals,  including  clay,  plaster,  wood,  and  stone 

322  Advanced  Sculpture  (3)  Continued  explo- 
ration and  development  of  individual  form  and 
process  awareness  through  involvement  with  mod- 
eling, casting,  fabrication,  and  assemblages.  In 
addition  to  clay,  wood,  stone,  and  plaster,  metals 
and  plastics  will  be  utilized. 

323  Abstract  Painting  (3)  A  studio  exploration  of 
the  fundamental  pnnciples  of  absu-act  painting. 
325  Sculpture:  Independent  Projects  (3) 
Individualized  instruction  in  advanced  sculpture. 
Preparation  for  senior  show. 


331  Ceramics  111:  Advanced  Techniques  (3)  An 

advanced  course  to  develop  craftsmanship  and  to 
explore  clay  as  a  means  of  individual  expression. 

332  Ceramics:  Studio  Problems  (3)  Work  at  an 
advanced  level  in  specialized  ceramic  techniques. 

335  Ceramics:  Independent  Projects  (3) 

Individualized  instruction  as  well  as  research  and 
study  in  ceramic  design 

341  Printmaking:  Introduction  to  Intaglio 
Printmaking  (3)  Intaglio  techniques,  etching,  dry 
point,  aquatint,  and  engraving. 

342  Printmaking:  Introduction  to  Lithography 

(3)  Fundamentals  of  stone  and  plate  lithography. 

343  Printmaking:  Intermediate  Etching  (3) 

Continuation  of  341  with  emphasis  on  expressive 
qualities  of  the  medium  and  its  possible  combina- 
tion with  other  pnnt  media  PREREQ;  ART  341,  or 
permission  of  instructor 

344  Printmaking:  Intermediate  Lithography  (3) 

Continuation  of  ART  342  with  emphasis  on  expres- 
sive qualities  of  the  medium  and  its  possible  com- 
bination with  other  print  media.  PREREQ:  ART 
342,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

345  Printmaking:  Independent  Projects  (3)  In- 
depth,  individualized  instruction  in  a  selected  print- 
making  medium 

359  Resources  in  Art  Education  (3)  The  use  of 
cultural  and  community  resources  in  the  schools 
with  an  emphasis  on  the  teaching  of  art  apprecia- 
tion 

400  Art  Seminar  (3)  This  course  is  the  most 

advanced  course  for  an  history  minors,  art  majors, 
and  others  with  art  history  background.  A  research 
paper  is  required  Topics  change  each  time  the 
seminar  is  offered 

#  450  Art-Graphic  Design  Internship  (3) 

Integration  of  classroom  study  and  lab  work  with 
specific  planned  periods  of  learning  through  job 
experience  The  course  is  based  on  an  individual- 
ized, student-oriented,  learning  contract. 

♦  455  Introduction  to  Multimedia  (3)  A  work- 
shop for  students  with  background  in  the  studio 
arts  To  be  taken  under  advisement 

490  Graphic  Design  V  (3)  The  further  study  of 
solving  advanced  visual  communication  problems 
through  the  development  of  skills  in  research, 
design,  and  the  preparation  of  comprehensives  for 
client  presentations  The  use  of  the  computer  as  an 
essential  design  tool  is  integrated  into  course 
assignments.  Fall  offering.  PREREQ:  ART  312,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

491  Graphic  Design  VI  (3)  The  continuation  of 
advanced  visual  communication  problem  solving 
outlined  in  ART  490  with  an  emphasis  on  finished 
comprehensives  for  the  portfolio  The  use  of  the 
computer  as  an  essential  design  tool  is  integrated 
into  course  assignments  Spring  offering.  COREQ; 
ART  499;  PREREQ:  ART  490,  or  permission  of 
the  instructor 

499  Graphic  Design  VII:  Portfolio  (3)  Study 
under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor  to  prepare 
individual  portfolios  for  professional  presentation 
for  employment  or  continuation  of  studies  on  the 
graduate  level  Spring  offering.  CONCURRENT: 
ART  49 1 ;  PREREQ:  ART  490,  or  permission  of 
instructor. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Biology 


ART  HISTORY 

Symbol:  ARH 

101  Learning  to  Look:  Fine  Arts,  Art  (3)  An 

introduction  to  painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and 
the  decorative  arts  with  emphasis  on  understanding 
the  visual  arts  as  universal  human  expression. 

102  Survey  of  Art  History  (3)  A  general  intro- 
duction to  the  history  of  western  art  from  the  earli- 
est cave  paintings  to  the  20th  century. 

103  Art  History  I:  Prehistory  Through  the 
Medieval  (3)  Survey  of  significant  art  and  architec- 
tural monuments  from  prehistory  through  the 
Middle  Ages.  Fall  offering. 

104  Art  History  II:  Renaissance  Through 
Modern  (3)  Continuation  of  ART  103.  The 
Renaissance  through  the  20th  century.  Spring  offer- 
ing. 

350  "Primitive"  Art  (also  ANT  350)  (3)  Analysis 
of  primitive  art  as  determined  through  ritual  and 
myth.  Focus  includes  ethnographic  parallels  to  pre- 
history and  the  concept  of  primitivism  in  the  West. 
381  Near  Eastern  Art:  Ancient  Antiquity  (3) 
The  art  and  architecture  of  Ancient  Egypt, 
Mesopotamia,  Assyria,  and  Babylonia  from  3000- 
500  BC 


■  382  Art  of  Classical  Antiquity  (3)  The  art  and 
architecture  of  the  Greeks,  Etruscans,  and  Romans. 

■  383  Art  of  Middle  Ages  (3)  The  art  and  archi- 
tecture of  the  European  medieval  world  and  their 
development  from  Early  Christian  and  Romanesque 
art  into  the  full  flowering  of  the  Gothic  period. 

■  384  Art  of  Renaissance-Baroque  (3)  Study  of 
the  art  forms  of  the  15th  through  17th  centuries  in 
Europe  as  they  affected  social  and  religious  cross 
currents  and  the  rise  of  the  role  of  the  artist  in  soci- 
ety. 

■  385  The  Romantic  Rebellion  (3)  From  David  to 
Rodin:  the  rise  and  development  of  the  Romantic 
style  and  its  struggle  with  orthodox  Classicism. 

386  Modern  Art  Seminar  (3)  Analysis  of  major 
styles  of  20th-century  art  to  mid-century,  including 
Picasso 

♦  400  Art  Seminar  (3)  Special  topics  to  be 
announced  for  studio  and  art  history  Offered  peri- 
odically as  appropriate   PREREQ:  Permission  of 
instructor 

413  American  Art  (3)  A  survey  of  Amencan 
paintings  and  sculpture  from  Colonial  times  to  the 
present. 


♦  415  Art  History:  Independent  Study  (3) 

Opportunity  for  the  student  to  pursue  a  particular 
field  of  interest 

416  American  Architecture:  Colonial  and  Early 
Republic  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  heritage  of  our 
early  American  architecture.  These  buildings  reveal 
tangible  evidence  of  the  life  of  the  early  colonial 
period  and  of  the  republic.  The  influence  of  the  tra- 
ditional, coupled  with  modifications  because  of  cli- 
mate, materials,  and  labor,  reflect  both  provincial- 
ism and  independence. 

417  Modern  American  Architecture  (3)  Study  of 
architectural  forms  and  styles  in  America  since  the 
early  19th  century,  including  a  thorough  analysis 
and  consequent  appreciation  and  understanding  of 
the  social,  stylistic,  and  technological  sources  for 
our  19th-  and  20th-century  built  environment. 

419  Women  in  Art:  Madonna  or  Model?  (3) 

Traces  the  position  of  women  artists  in  society  and 
its  effects  on  their  work.  What  role  have  women 
played  as  the  subject  of  painting  through  the  ages? 
What  are  women  artists  creating  today? 


■  Culture  Cluster 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Biology 

(See  also  Pre-Medical  Program) 

212  Boucher  Hall 

610-436-1023 

Martha  Potvin,  Chairperson 

Georgann  Cullen,  Assistant  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Beneski.  Eleuteno,  Fairchild,  Fish,  Potvin,  Romig, 

Waber,  Woodruff 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Broitman,  Cullen,  Knabb,  Mbuy, 

Slusher,  Triano 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Began,  Casotti,  Greenamyer,  Tiebout, 

Vreeland 
ADJUNCT  FACULTY:  Gotkin,  Natale,  Sazama,  Strauss,  Lennon, 

Warhol,  White 

The  major  in  biology  centers  on  a  core  of  courses  that  emphasize  broad 
unifying  principles.  Available  electives  provide  enriching  experiences 
in  many  areas  of  biology. 
The  Department  of  Biology  offers  seven  undergraduate  degree  programs: 

1 .  The  B.A.  in  BIOLOGY  provides  the  liberal  education  and  the  spe- 
cial preparation  required  for  careers  in  university  teaching,  govern- 
ment service,  independent  and  industrial  research,  science-related 
sales  and  public  relations,  and  other  areas  of  business.  This  program 
also  prepares  students  for  admission  to  graduate  and  professional 
schools.  The  possibility  of  31  semester  hours  of  free  electives 
enables  the  student  to  obtain  a  minor  in  another  area  of  interest. 

2.  The  B.S.  in  BIOLOGY  can  be  individually  tailored  to  provide  the 
skills  that  students  need  to  achieve  their  career  goals.  This  program 
also  provides  the  basic  preparation  needed  for  entry  into  graduate  or 
professional  schools,  including  physical  therapy  programs. 

3.  The  B.S.  in  CELL  and  MOLECULAR  BIOLOGY  offers  the  stu- 
dent a  strong  background  in  both  biology  and  chemistry.  Emphasis 
on  lab-oriented  courses  prepares  the  student  to  pursue  a  career  in 
laboratory  research  in  cell  and  molecular  biology  at  industrial,  med- 
ical, academic,  and  government  facilities.  This  program  also  pre- 
pares the  student  for  admission  to  graduate  and  professional 
schools. 

4.  The  B.S.  in  BIOLOGY— MICROBIOLOGY  prepares  students  for 
careers  in  research  laboratories,  industrial  and  academic  research, 
and  government  service  in  the  areas  of  bacteriology,  immunology, 
virology,  mycology,  microbial  ecology,  and  parasitology.  The  pro- 


gram provides  extensive  laboratory  experience  with  the  techniques 
that  are  most  useful  and  important  to  modem  microbiological  sci- 
ence. This  program  also  provides  the  basic  preparation  needed  for 
entry  into  graduate  or  professional  schools. 

5.  The  B.S.  in  BIOLOGY— ECOLOGY  provides  an  opportunity  for 
interested  students  to  obtain  a  strong  background  in  field  biology. 
The  required  core  curriculum  and  concentration  electives  provide 
opportunities  for  later  careers  as  biologists  in  state  and  federal  envi- 
ronmental agencies,  industry,  environmental  consulting  firms,  and 
similar  organizations.  Internships  are  strongly  recommended  as  part 
of  the  program.  Course  work  emphasizes  skills  obtained  in  biology, 
chemistry,  and  mathematics.  Additional  course  work  from  other 
departments  may  be  recommended  to  fulfill  particular  career  objec- 
tives. 

6.  The  B.S.  in  EDUCATION— BIOLOGY  is  a  program  designed  to 
prepare  the  student  for  a  career  in  teaching  in  secondary  schools. 
Professional  certification  in  biology  is  awarded  to  the  student  who 
completes  the  program  satisfactorily.  Students  are  strongly  advised 
to  seek  certification  in  a  related  area  to  enhance  their  employment 
potential.  Such  related  areas  include  general  science,  health,  educa- 
tion, athletic  training,  and  environmental  education. 

7.  The  B.S.  in  BIOLOGY-MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY  offers  students 
the  opportunity  to  enter  the  field  of  laboratory  medicine  with 
emphasis  on  the  techniques  and  instrumentation  used  to  evaluate 
disease  processes.  This  concentration  allows  students  to  complete 
the  necessary  general  education  and  departmental  requirements  in 
three  years.  The  fourth  year  is  spent  in  a  hospital  internship  training 
program  at  one  of  the  several  affiliated  hospitals,  and  students 
receive  32  semester  hours  credit  for  the  internship  year  (BIO  407 
and  408,  Internship  in  Medical  Technology).  To  qualify  for  the 
internship,  students  must  have  a  2.75  GPA  and  be  accepted  by  an 
accredited  hospital  medical  technology  program.  Students  complet- 
ing the  internship  will  receive  a  B.S.  in  Biology/Medical 
Technology  concentration  and  the  training  necessary  to  take  the 
national  certification  exam.  Affiliated  hospitals  include  Allegheny 
University  Hospitals,  Pennsylvania  Hospital,  and  Reading  Hospital. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  THE  BACCALAUREATE 
PROGRAMS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  5 1  semester  hours 

2.  Biology  Requirements*  10  semester  hours 
BIO  110.  220,  230,  and  490 


Biology 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


3.  Other  Science  Requirements  27  semester  hours 
CHE  103-104,  231-232.  CRL  103-104,  231, 

and  PHY  130-140 

4.  Mathematics  Requirements 
MAT  121,  one  semester  of  calculus,  and  one 
semester  of  computer  science 

B.A.  IN  BIOLOGY 

1.  Required  Biology  Courses* 
BIO  1 10,  215,  217,  220,  230,  270,  and  490 

2.  Biology  Electives 
Selected  under  advisement 

3.  Foreign  Language  Requirement  up  to 

B.S.  IN  BIOLOGY 

1.  Required  Biology  Courses* 
BIO  1 10,  215,  217,  220,  230,  270,  and  490 

2.  Biology  Electives 
Selected  under  advisement 

B.S.  IN  BIOLOGY— CELL  AND  MOLECULAR 


9-10  semester  hours 


1 9  semester  hours 
1 2  semester  hours 
1 2  semester  hours 

1 9  semester  hours 
24  semester  hours 


Required  Chemistry  Courses 

CHE  345,  471,  491**,  and  CRL  471 

Required  Biology  Courses 

BIO  1 10*,  214*,  215*  or  217*,  220*,  230* 

421*,  466  or  468,  and  490** 

Biology  or  Chemistry  Electives 


8-9  semester  hours 


24-25  semester  hours 


13-15  semester  hours 


Selected  from  courses  at  or  above  the  300  level 

B.S.  IN  BIOLOGY— ECOLOGY 

1.  Required  Biology  Courses 

BIO  1 10*,  215*,  217*,  220*,  230*,  270*. 
310,  470,  and  490* 

2.  Biology  Electives 

Selected  under  advisement  from  BIO  275,  277, 
372,  377,  471,  473,  474,  475,  476,  and  485 

3.  Ecologically  relevant  courses  selected 
under  advisement 

B.S.  IN  BIOLOGY— MICROBIOLOGY 

1.  Required  Biology  Courses 

BIO  1 10*,  214*,  215*  or  217*,  220*,  230*. 
270*.  464.  465.  and  490* 

2.  Microbiology  Electives 

Selected  under  advisement  from  BIO  314,  334, 
452,  454,  456,  474,  484 


25  semester  hours 


12  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 


27  semester  hours 


1 1  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 

30  semester  hours 
3  semester  hours 


B.S.  IN  EDUCATION— BIOLOGY 

1.  Required  Biology  Courses  26  semester  hours 
BIO  1 10*,  214*.  215*.  217*.  220*.  230*,  270*, 

3 1 1 ,  and  490* 

2.  Biology  Electives 
Selected  under  advisement 

3.  Required  Education  Courses 

4.  Required  Geology  Course  ESS  101 

B.S.  IN  BIOLOGY— MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

1.   Required  Biology  Courses*  53  semester  hours 

BIO  1 10,  214,  215  or  217,  220,  230,  407, 
408.  465,  490 

Minor  in  Biology 

Tlie  Department  of  Biology  offers  a  minor  in  biology.  The  biology 
minor  requirements  are: 

1 .  BIO  1 10,  General  Biology  (must  be  passed  with  a  C-  or  better),  or  BIO 
100,  Basic  Biological  Science  (must  be  passed  with  a  grade  of  A). 

2.  BIO  215,  General  Botany  or  BIO  217,  General  Zoology  (must  be 
passed  with  a  C-  or  better). 

3.  After  fulfillment  of  requirements  1  and  2.  additional  biology  elec- 
tive courses,  for  which  the  student  has  the  appropriate  prerequisites, 
will  be  selected  under  advisement  with  the  minor  adviser.  These 
courses  will  be  at  the  200  level  or  higher,  and  8-9  credits  must  be 
over  and  above  courses  required  for  the  student's  major. 

4.  A  minimum  of  17  credits  and  a  maximum  of  21  credits  must  be 
taken  for  a  minor  in  biology. 

5.  To  graduate  with  a  biology  minor,  students  must  maintain  a  GPA  of 
2.(X)  in  the  minor  courses,  and  they  must  meet  with  the  minor  advis- 
er at  least  once  per  semester. 

NOTE  (transfer  students  only);  In  order  to  receive  a  degree  in  biology 
from  West  Chester  University,  a  transfer  student  must  successfully 
complete  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  biology  courses  in  the 
West  Chester  University  Department  of  Biology. 

Advanced  Placement  Policy 

A  score  of  three  on  the  Biology  Advanced  Placement  Exam  of  the 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  will  allow  a  student  to  begin  his  or  her 
studies  without  having  to  take  BIO  1 10,  General  Biology.  Students 
who  are  granted  advanced  placement  in  biology  take  an  additional 
three  hours  of  electives  in  biology. 


•Biology  core  courses  must  be  passed  with  a  grade  of  C-  (70)  or  better. 
*CHE  491  may  be  substituted  for  BIO  490 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
BIOLOGY 

Symbol:  BIO  unless  otherwise  shown 

(3.2)  represents  three  hours  of  lecture  and  two 

hours  of  lab. 

■k  100  Basic  Biological  Science  (3)  Basic  princi- 
ples of  biology.  Cell  theory,  metabolism,  genetics, 
development,  diversity  of  life  forms,  and  ecology. 
Not  open  to  biology  majors.  (2,2) 
*  lOlH  Basic  Biology  Honors  (4)  An  introduc- 
tion to  basic  biology  for  nonmajors  in  the  Honors 
Program  (2.  2.  one  hour  of  recitation) 
#102  Humans  and  the  Environment  (3)  The 
effects  of  human  population  on  earth's  resources 
are  studied  against  a  background  of  physical,  bio- 
logical, and  health  sciences. 
*110  General  Biology  (3)  The  concepts  general 
to  all  living  organisms  such  as  cell  structure  and 
function,  genetics,  evolution,  and  ecology  This 
course  is  designed  for  majors  in  biology  and  related 
scientific  areas.  (2,3) 

172  Field  Ecology  and  Natural  History  (3)  Class 
and  field  work  in  natural  history  and  ecology 
Identification  of  local  organisms  and  pertinent  eco- 
logical concepts.  Not  counted  toward  a  biology 
major.  (2,3)  PREREQ:  Permission  of  department. 


204  Introductory  Microbiology  (4)  The  biology 
of  medically  important  microorganisms,  their  struc- 
ture, taxonomy,  physiology,  control,  and  host-para- 
site interactions.  (3.2)  PREREQ:  BIO  100  and  one 
semester  of  chemistry.  May  not  be  taken  as  a  biolo- 
gy major  elective 

214  General  Microbiology  (4)  The  biology  of 
microorganisms,  their  structure,  physiology,  and 
control;  the  nature  and  dynamics  of  disease  and  dis- 
ease control;  principles  of  food,  industrial,  and 
environmental  microbiology.  The  laboratory  will 
deal  with  microbiological  techniques,  isolation  and 
identification  of  microbes,  and  water  and  food 
analysis.  This  course  is  for  biology  majors.  (3.3) 
PREREQ:  BIO  1 10  and  one  semester  of  chemistry. 

215  General  Botany  (3)  A  survey  of  plant  and 
plant-like  organisms  from  bacteria  to  and  including 
the  angiosperms  with  emphasis  on  anatomy,  physi- 
ology, reproduction,  and  economic  importance. 
(2.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  110. 

217  General  Zoology  (3)  Pnnciples  of  animal 
biology.  Form  and  function  of  vertebrate  and  inver- 
tebrate animal  types  (2.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10 
220  Cell  Physiology  (3)  An  introduction  to  cellu- 
lar and  molecular  biology  with  emphasis  on  cell 
morphology,  biochemistry,  and  cell  physiology. 


(2.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10  and  CHEM  230  or  231 
(may  be  taken  concurrently). 

230  Genetics  (3)  Nature  of  genetic  material  and  its 
qualitative  and  quanutative  vanation:  recombina- 
tion; interaction  of  gene  products;  regulation  of 
genetic  material;  and  its  role  in  evolution.  (2,3) 
PREREQ:  BIO  110  and  MAT  121. 

259  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  (4)  An 

introduction  to  human  structure  and  function. 
Skeletal,  muscular,  and  nervous  systems  are 
emphasized  Laboratory  involves  study  of  human 
development  and  gross  anatomy  of  the  skeletal, 
muscular,  and  nersous  systems.  (3.2)  May  not  be 
taken  as  a  biology  major  elective. 

269  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  (4) 

Continuation  of  BIO  259.  Circulatory,  respiratory, 
digestive,  and  urogenital  systems  emphasized.  (3,2) 
May  not  be  taken  as  a  biology  major  elective.  PRE- 
REQ: BIO  259. 

270  General  Ecology  (3)  Relationships  between 
living  organisms  and  their  environment.  (2,3) 
PREREQ:  BIO  1 10  Recommended  are  BIO  215, 


■*■  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 
#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Bioloev 


217.  MAT  121.  and  one  semester  ot  computer  sci- 
ence. 

275  Field  Botany  (3)  Methods  of  studying  plants 
in  their  natural  surroundings.  Use  of  keys,  botanical 
manuals,  and  illustrated  floras  to  identify  living 
specimens.  (2,3)  PREREQ:  BIO  100  or  215. 
277  Vertebrate  Ecology  (3)  Animal  life  in  the 
surrounding  localities  Identification,  behavior, 
habitats,  feeding,  and  reproduction.  (2.3)  PREREQ: 
BIO  100  or  217"  Offered  in  fall  of  odd-numbered 
years 

307  Pathophysiology  (3)  An  integrated  study  of 
the  processes  in\olved  in  the  total  body  systemic 
complex  as  it  changes  from  the  ordered  homeostat- 
ic  condition  to  the  imbalanced  diseased  state.  The 
use  of  disease  models,  with  clinical  considerations, 
strengthens  the  concepts.  (3)  PREREQ;  BIO  259 
and  269.  Offered  in  fall.  May  not  be  taken  as  a 
biology  major  elective 

310  Biometrics  (3)  The  expenmental  design  and 
computer-assisted  statistical  analysis  of  biological 
research  problems.  (2.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10  and 
MAT  121. 

311  Contemporary  Issues  in  Biology  Teaching 
(3)  Curricular  trends  in  biology  educauon.  biotech- 
nology, and  bioethics  are  analyzed  in  a  social  con- 
text through  constructive  controversy.  The  nature 
of  science  is  explored  and  expenential  skills  are 
honed  through  practical  application  via  a  laborato- 
ry-oriented, faculty-student  mentoring  program. 

(2.2)  PREREQ:  bIo  1 10,  215.  217,  230;  EDF  100; 
EDP  250,  351  (or  graduate  level  equivalents);  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  May  not  be  taken  as  a 
biology  elective. 

314  Diagnostic  Bacteriology  (3)  Systematic  study 
of  pathogenic  bacteria  with  extensive  laboratory 
e:xperience  in  handling  and  identifying  these  organ- 
isms. (3.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  214. 
334  Microbial  Genetics  (4)  A  course  on  the 
genetics  of  bacteria,  their  viruses,  plasmids.  and 
transposable  elements.  Applications  of  microbial 
genetics  in  genetic  engineenng  and  biotechnology. 

(3.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  110.  214.  230,  and  CHE  231. 
357  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy  (4) 
Comparative  study  of  the  principal  organ  systems 
of  vertebrates  as  to  their  structure,  function,  and 
evolutionary  relationships  (2.4)  PREREQ:  BIO 
217  Offered  in  fall 

367  Physiology  of  Drug  Interaction  (3)  An  intro- 
duction to  the  mechanism  of  action  of  prototype 
drugs.  The  physiological  alterations  produced  by 
various  drugs  as  well  as  interactions  between  drug 
classes  will  be  emphasized.  (3)  PREREQ:  BIO  269 
or  equivalent 

377  Entomology  (3)  The  structure,  function,  clas- 
sification, economic  importance,  and  biological  sig- 
nificance of  insects.  (2,3)  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10  or 
217.  Offered  every  other  year. 
407  and  408  Internship  in  Medical  Technology 
(16  for  each  semester,  total  of  32)  A  two-semes- 
ter, work-study  appointment  with  an  affiliated  hos- 
pital. The  satisfactory  completion  of  this  internship 
is  accepted  as  the  senior  year's  work  by  West 
Chester  University  This  internship  will  prepare  the 
student  to  take  the  National  Exam  for  Medical 
Technologists.  PREREQ:  Students  who  have  com- 
pleted 65  credit  hours  in  the  B.S.  biology  general 
concentration  should  apply  for  this  internship  in  the 
summer  following  their  sophomore  year  Students 
must  have  an  overall  GPA  of  2  75  and  approval 
from  the  Department  of  Biology  and  the  affiliated 
hospital. 

♦  409  Internship  in  Biological  Sciences  (3-16)  A 
one-semester,  work-study  appointment  with  a  com- 
mercial, industrial,  or  governmental  agency. 


Students  will  be  supervised  jointly  by  a  profession- 
al scientist  of  the  agency  and  a  Department  of 
Biology  faculty  member  A  ma.ximum  of  eight 
combined  credits  from  BIO  409  and  BIO  491  may 
be  applied  to  biology  electives.  PREREQ:  Senior 
standing.  GPA  of  2.5,  and  approval  of  biology  cur- 
riculum committee. 

421   Cellular  and  Molecular  Biology  (4)  A  lec- 
ture and  laboratory  course  that  studies  the  molecu- 
lar basis  of  cellular  life.  Eukanotic  cell  structure 
and  function  will  be  emphasized.  (3.3)  PREREQ: 
BIO  1 10,  215  or  217,  220.  468;  CHE  103.  104. 
23I.232;CRL  103.  104.  231.  232;  MAT  121;  and 
one  semester  of  calculus. 

428  Animal  Histology  (3)  A  study  of  the  micro- 
scopic structure  and  function  of  vertebrate  tissues 
and  organs.  (2.2)  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10  and  217.  or 
permission  of  the  instructor  Offered  in  fall. 

429  Microtechnique  (2)  .\n  introduction  to  histo- 
logical and  histochemical  laboratory  techniques.  (4) 
PREREQ:  BIO  428  or  permission  of  instructor 
431   Molecular  Genetics  (3)  A  second  course  in 
genetics,  covering  the  molecular  biology  of  genetic 
events  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  molecular  details 
of  basic  genetic  processes,  such  as  DNA  replication 
and  transcription.  RNA  translation  and  protein  syn- 
thesis, the  genetic  code,  molecular  mechanisms  of 
gene  regulation,  and  an  introduction  to  "biotechnol- 
ogy." (3)  PREREQ:  BIO  230  and  CHE  232. 

♦  435-438  Course  Topics  in  Biology  (1-3) 
Courses  in  this  series  are  of  timely  interest  to  the 
student.  Topics  may  include  biological  terminolo- 
gy, laboratory  techniques,  mycology,  etc.  Open 
only  to  junior  and  senior  science  majors. 
448  Animal  Development  (4)  Introduction  to 
principles  of  animal  development  with  laboratory 
study  of  vertebrate  embryos.  (3.3)  PREREQ:  BIO 
1 10.  217,  220,  and  230.  Offered  in  spring. 
452  Parasitology  (3)  Biology  of  the  principal  par- 
asites of  man  and  domestic  animals.  Emphasis  is  on 
life  cycles  of  common  parasites,  identification  of 
diagnostic  forms,  and  understanding  the  diseases 
associated  with  parasites  of  major  economic  and 
medical  importance.  (3)  PREREQ:  BIO  204  or  214, 
and  217.  Offered  in  spring  of  even-numbered  years. 
454  Mycology  (3)  An  introductory  course  includ- 
ing a  general  study  of  the  biology  of  fungi  and  a 
survey  of  the  field  of  medical  mycology  (3)  PRE- 
REQ: BIO  1 10  and  214  plus  another  three-credit- 
hour  biology  course. 

456  Virology  (3)  Molecular  biology  of  bacterial, 
plant,  and  animal  viruses;  virus  classification,  ultra- 
structure,  mechanisms  of  replication,  and  effects  of 
virus  infection  on  host  cell.  PREREQ:  One  year  of 
organic  chemistry  and  BIO  230  and  214. 

457  Functional  Animal  Morphology  (3)  A  study 
of  the  structure,  form,  and  function  of  morphologi- 
cal adaptations  in  animals  as  examined  through  a 
mechanical,  ecological,  and  evolutionary  perspec- 
tive. (3)  PREREQ:  BIO  217. 

464  Microbial  Physiology  (3)  Physiology  and  bio- 
chemical variations  seen  in  prokaryotes  and  lower 
eukaryotes.  (2.4)  PREREQ:  BIO  214  and  230.  and 
CHE  232 

465  Immunology  (4)  Immunoglobulin  structure 
and  function,  nature  of  antigens,  cell-mediated 
immunity,  hypersensitivity,  regulation  of  immunity, 
and  immunological  diseases.  Laboratorv'  experience 
in  immunological  techniques.  (3.3)  PREREQ:  BIO 
214  and  CHE  232. 

466  Plant  Physiology  (3)  Physiological  processes 
of  plants.  Photosynthesis,  respiration,  intermediary 
metabolism,  entrance  of  solutes  into  the  plant, 
water  metabolism,  and  growth  regulators.  (2,3) 
PREREQ:  BIO  215  and  CHE  231. 


467  Endocrinology  (3)  An  integratne  look  at  the 
physiology  of  the  mammalian  endocrine  system  in 
the  regulation  and  maintenance  of  homeostasis.  The 
pathology  associated  with  hormonal  imbalance  will 
be  included.  (3)  PREREQ:  BIO  220  and  468. 
Offered  in  spring  of  odd-numbered  years. 

468  General  .Animal  Physiology  (4)  General  the- 
oretical and  applied  principles  of  the  physiology  of 
various  animal  cells,  tissues,  and  organs  with  an 
emphasis  on  homeostasis  and  mammalian  physiolo- 
gy, (3.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10,  CHE  232,  and  MAT 
161. 

470  Population  Biology  (3)  A  quantitative,  second 
course  in  ecology,  emphasizing  distributional  pat- 
terns and  fluctuations  in  abundance  of  natural  pop- 
ulations. (2.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  270,  MAT  121.  and 
one  semester  of  calculus. 

471  Wetlands  (3)  A  course  designed  to  provide 
practical  experience  in  wetlands'  classification, 
delineation,  regulation,  management,  and  mitiga- 
tion practices.  The  abiotic  and  biotic  characteristics 
of  inland  and  coastal  wetlands  are  emphasized. 
(2.3)  PREREQ:  Eight  hours  of  biology  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

473  Conservation  Biology  (3)  The  application  of 
basic  biological  and  ecological  principles  for  the 
preservation  of  biological  diversity.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  understanding  the  threats  to  biodiversity,  the 
values  of  biodiversity,  and  pnesenation  strategies 
including  ecological  risk  assessment  and  the  man- 
agement of  endangered  species,  habitats,  and 
ecosystems.  PREREQ  (required):  BIO  1 10.  215  or 
217.  and  270.  PREREQ  (recommended):  BIO  310. 

474  Microbial  Ecology  (4)  Theory  and  application 
of  modem  microbial  ecology.  Lectures  will  focus 
on  topics  such  as  microbial  communities,  interac- 
tions with  other  organisms,  biogeochemistry.  and 
biotechnology.  (3.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10.  214,  270. 
and  CHE  103,  104. 

475  Plant  Communities  (3)  A  survey  of  ecologi- 
cal, morphological,  and  physiological  strategies  of 
plants  from  seed  through  adult  stages.  The  integra- 
tion of  these  strategies  to  explain  the  major  plant 
communities  of  North  America  will  be  covered. 
(2,3)  PREREQ:  BIO  215. 

476  Limnology  (3)  The  measurement  and  analysis 
of  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological  properties  of 
lakes.  (2.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10  and  CHE  103,  1(M. 
480  Light  Microscopy  and  the  Living  Cell  (3)  A 

one-semester  lecture  and  lab  course  covering  the  the- 
ory' and  practical  techniques  of  all  types  of  light 
microscopy  and  their  uses  in  investigating  li\ing 
cells.  Also  includes  techniques  such  as  microinjec- 
tion, cell  electrophysiology.  and  others.  Strong 
emphasis  on  "hands-on"  work  with  equipment.  (2,2) 

484  Epidemiology  (3)  A  general  study  of  the  epi- 
demiology of  both  infectious  and  noninfectious  dis- 
eases, including  indusuial  and  en\  ironmentally  relat- 
ed health  problems.  (3)  PREREQ:  BIO  214. 

485  Systematic  Botany  (3)  Principles  of  evolution 

as  illustrated  by  the  principles  of  plant  taxonomy. 
Modem  concepts  of  biosystematics.  Practical  experi- 
ence in  plant  identification.  (2.3)  PREREQ:  BIO  215. 

490  Biology  Seminar  (1)  Reports  on  special  topics 
and  current  developments  in  the  biological  sci- 
ences PREREQ:  B 10  1 1 0.  2 1 5  or  2 1 7.  220.  230, 
and  SIX  hours  of  300-4CX)  level  biology  courses. 

♦  491  Special  Problems  in  Biology  (1-3)  Tutorial 
course  primanly  for  ad\anced  undergraduate  biolo- 
gy majors  capable  of  independent  study  and 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Chemistry 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


research  on  a  problem  approved  by  the  supervising 
instructor.  A  maximum  of  eight  combined  credits 
from  BIO  409  and  BIO  491  may  be  applied  to 
biology  electives.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instruc- 
tor 

#SCB  210  The  Origin  of  Life  and  the  Universe 
(3)  An  mterdisciplinary  course  that  presents  the 
theory  and  evidence  for  the  first  three  minutes  of 


the  universe  and  formation  of  the  stars,  galaxies, 
planets,  organic  molecules,  and  the  genetic  basis 
of  organic  evolution  (3)  May  not  be  taken  as  a 
biology  major  elective.  PREREQ:  High  school  or 
college  courses  in  at  least  two  sciences. 
SCB  350  Science  Education  in  the  Secondary 
School  (3)  A  mediods  course  emphasizing  knowl 


edge  of  curricular  developnKnt  and  skill  in  planning, 
involving  the  design  and  execution  of  learning  activi- 
ties for  all  instructional  modes  (2.2)  PREREQ: 
Required  core  courses  in  science  discipline  and  EDF 
100.  EDM  300.  EDP  250  and  351  (or  graduate-level 
equivalents),  or  permission  of  instructor. 


#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Department  of  Chemistry 

(See  also  Pre-Medical  Program) 

154  Schmucker  Science  Center  II 

610-436-2631 

Jamal  Ghoroghchian.  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Fenton.  Ghoroghchian,  Goudy,  Mangravite, 
Moran 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Ahmad,  Barth,  Cichowicz,  Reid, 
Ressner 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Frost,  Falcone.  Stam 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  offers  five  undergraduate  degree  programs; 

(1)  The  B.S.  in  CHEMISTRY  program  (certified  by  the  American 
Chemical  Society)  enables  students  to  receive  basic  preparation 
required  for  the  careers  in  chemistry  of  their  choice.  Such  choices 
include  positions  as  college  and  university  teachers,  professional 
chemists,  researchers,  and  in  various  services  in  industry  and  gov- 
ernment. In  all  cases,  the  program  prepares  students  for  graduate 
study  in  the  field  of  chemistry. 

(2)  The  B.S.  in  CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY  (Pre-Medical)  provides  the 
core  courses  required  for  admission  to  schools  of  medicine,  den- 
tistry, and  veterinary  medicine.  It  also  enables  the  student  to  pur- 
sue a  career  in  biochemistry  and  molecular  biology. 

(3)  The  B.S.  in  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY  is  a  program  that  trains  stu- 
dents for  careers  in  hospitals  or  private,  clinical  chemistry  labora- 
tories. A  one-semester  internship  in  a  hospital  clinical  chemistry 
laboratory  is  a  mandatory  part  of  this  program.  Students  complet- 
ing the  program  are  eligible  for  certification  as  clinical  chemistry 
technologists  by  the  National  Registry  in  Clinical  Chemistry. 

(4)  The  B.S.  in  FORENSIC  CHEMISTRY  is  a  program  that  trains  stu- 
dents interested  in  working  in  criminalistics  and  toxicology  laborato- 
ries. The  program  prepares  students  for  graduate  study  and  specializa- 
tion in  these  fields.  A  one-semester  internship  in  a  police  or  toxicolo- 
gy forensic-chemistry  laboratory  is  a  mandatory  part  of  this  program. 

(5)  The  B.S.  in  EDUCATION  in  CHEMISTRY  program  prepares  the 
student  for  a  career  in  teaching  chemistry  in  secondary  schools. 
The  program  gives  the  student  experience  in  the  major  branches  of 
chemistry  so  that,  with  proper  selection  of  electives,  graduate  work 
in  either  pure  chemistry  or  chemistry  education  can  be  pursued. 
Sufficient  flexibility  is  provided  so  that  the  student  also  may 
become  certified  in  general  science. 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  is  accredited  by  the  American  Chemistry 
Society,  which  provides  its  professional  certification  to  graduates  of 
the  B.S.  in  chemistry  program. 

Majors  in  the  five  B.S.  programs  should  consult  the  Department  of 
Chemistry  handbook  and  their  adviser  for  current  requirements.  A  grade  of 
C-  or  better  is  necessary  in  all  required  science  and  math  courses. 

Internship  Program 

Although  internships  are  not  a  mandatory  part  of  all  chemistry  programs, 
they  are  available  to  majors  on  a  selective  basis.  Students  receive  varying 
amounts  of  credit  based  on  the  number  of  hours  spent  in  a  work  situation 
and  on  the  nature  of  the  academic  work  necessary  during  the  internship. 
Credit  varies  from  three  to  15  semester  hours;  each  eight-hour  workday 
per  week  is  equivalent  to  three  semester  hours. 


REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  DEGREE  PROGRAMS  IN 
CHEMISTRY.  FORENSIC  CHEMISTRY,  EDUCATION 
CHEMISTRY,  AND  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  38  semester  hours 

2.  Chemistry  Requirements  10  semester  hours 
CHE  103-104  or  105-106  and  CRL  103-104 

or  105-106 

3.  Other  Science  Requirements  8  semester  hours 
PHY  170-180 

4.  Mathematics  Requirements  1 1  semester  hours 
CSC  141  and  MAT  161-162 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  —  CHEMISTRY 


48  semester  hours 


9  semester  hours 


9  semester  hours 


1.  Required  Chemistry  Courses 
CHE  231,  232,  321,  333,  341,  342,  409,  411, 
418,  424,  47 1 ,  and  49 1 ;  and  CRL  23 1 ,  232, 
321,341,342,  41  Land  424 

2.  Chemistry  Electives 
Selected  from  upper-division  chemistry  courses 

3.  Other  Required  Courses 
Foreign  languages,  mathematics,  or 
computer  science  electives 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  —  CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY 

1 .  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  38  semester  hours 

2.  Required  Chemistry  Courses  36  semester  hours 
CHE  103-104  or  105-106.231,321, 

345,  418,  476*,  477*;  CRL  103-104  or 
105-106,231,321*  and  471* 

3.  Required  Biology  Courses 
BIO  1 10,  217,  220,  230,  357,  448,  and  468 

4.  Required  Physics  Courses 
PHY  130-140  or  170-180 

5.  Required  Mathematics  Courses 
MAT  121  and  161,  and  122  or  162 

6.  Other  Required  Courses 
CHE  491*  or  BIO  490* 

7.  Concentration  Electives 
Selected  from  upper-division  chemistry 
and  biology  courses 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  —  FORENSIC  CHEMISTRY 


24  semester  hours 


8  semester  hours 


10-11  semester  hours 


1  semester  hour 


9-10  semester  hours 


46  semester  hours 


1.  Required  Chemistry  Courses 
CHE  231,  232,  321,  345,  371,  418,  450,  471 
or  476,  479,  and  49 1 ;  and  CRL  23 1 ,  32 1 , 
341,  371,  and  471 

2.  Other  Required  Courses 
BIO  1 10  and  230;  CRJ  1 10;  and  MAT  121 

3.  Advanced  Science  Elective 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  - 

1 .  Required  Chemistry  Courses 
CHE  231,  232,  321,  341  or  345,  409  or  41 1,  417 
418,  419,  471,  and  491;  CRL  231,  321,  and  341 

2.  Required  Education  Courses 
EDF  100;  EDM  300;  EDP  250,  351; 
EDS  306,  411,  412;  and  SCE  350 

*  Students  may.  with  the  permission  of  the  department  chair,  substitute  an 
approved  internship  in  the  biochemical  field  for  certain  requirements  and  con- 
centration electives.  In  this  case,  the  courses  with  astensks  would  be  replaced 
by  the  internship  ( 1 2  credits)  and  CHE  47 1  and  either  CRL  47 1  or  CRL  32 1 . 


1 2  semester  hours 

5  semester  hours 

-  CHEMISTRY 

29  semester  hours 


30  semester  hours 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Chemistry 


6  semester  hours 


3.  Other  Required  Courses 

BIO  110;  ESS  101  or  1 1 1 
BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY 

1.  Required  Chemistry  Courses  49  semester  hours 

CHE  231,  232,  321,  341  or  345,  381,  418,  424, 


450,  471,  and  491;  CRL  231,  321,  341,  424, 
and  471 

2.  Other  Required  Courses 
BIO  110,  468;  MAT  121 


10  semester  hours 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
CHEMISTRY 

Symbol;  CHE 

Symbol  for  chemistry  labs;  CRL  (2,2)  repre- 
sents two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  lab 

♦  100  Concepts  of  Chemistry  (3)  A  broad  survey 
course  with  a  laboratory  experience  that  seeks  to 
develop  an  understanding  of  the  field  of  chemistry 
through  inquiry.  Basic  competence  in  scientific 
methods  and  procedures  will  be  obtained  by  observ- 
ing chemical  reactions  and  studymg  the  chemical 
and  physical  properties  of  a  variety  of  compounds. 
(2,2) 

101  Fundamentals  of  Chemistry  (3)  A  mathemati- 
cally oriented  course  for  students  who  intend  later  to 
take  CHE  103  but  whose  science  and  mathematics 
backgrounds  are  judged  by  a  pretest  to  need  remedi- 
ation. 

*  102  Essentials  of  Chemistry  (4)  Fundamentals 
of  inorganic,  organic,  and  biological  chemistry  as 
applied  to  the  contemporary  problems  of  society  A 
one-semester  course  that  best  serves  students  pursu- 
ing careers  in  health  and  physical  education  (3,1) 

t  103-104  General  Chemistry  MI  (3)  (3)  Basic 
laws  and  theories  of  chemistry,  including  atomic 
structure,  chemical  bonding,  oxidation-reduction, 
solutions,  and  ionic  equilibria.  Correlations  of  chem- 
ical principles  and  their  application  to  modem 
descriptive  chemistry.  CHE  103  must  precede  CHE 
104. 

CRL  103-104  Experimental  General  Chemistry 
I-II  (2)  (2)  Basic  laboratory  studies  in  college  chem- 
istry utilizing  the  quantitative  approach.  Semimicro 
qualitative  analysis  and  inorganic  preparations. 
CONCURRENT  or  PREREQ:  CHE  103-104.  CRL 

103  must  precede  CRL  104  (One  hour  of  recitation 
precedes  three  hours  of  lab.) 

t  105-106  General  Chemistry  I-II:  Advanced 
Level  (3)  (3)  These  courses  are  similar  to  CHE  103- 

104  but  with  a  presentation  that  is  in  greater  depth 
and  rigor.  PREREQ;  High  school  chemistry  or  the 
equivalent  and  approval  of  the  department  chairper- 
son. CHE  105-106  may  be  substituted  for  CHE  103- 
104  as  prerequisites  for  advanced-level  chemistry 
courses. 

CRL  105-106  General  Chemistry  I-II:  Advanced- 
Level  Laboratory  (2)  (2)  These  laboratories  are 
similar  to  CRL  103-104.  CONCURRENT  or  PRE- 
REQ: CHE  105-106.  CRL  105  must  precede  CRL 
106. 

#  107  General  Chemistry  for  the  Allied  Health 
Sciences  (4)  A  one-semester  treatment  of  the  funda- 
mentals of  chemistry,  including  atomic  structure  and 
bonding,  types  of  reactions,  kinetics,  equilibrium, 
and  thermodynamics.  May  not  be  taken  as  a  chem- 
istry major  elective.  CRL  107  may  be  taken  concur- 
rently or  after  CHE  107. 

•CRL  107  General  Chemistry  Lab  for  Allied 
Health  Science  (1)  A  one-semester  laboratory 
course  to  complement  CHE  107.  Basic  laboratory 
techniques,  both  qualitative  and  quantitative,  will  be 
used  to  illustrate  principles  from  the  lecture.  CHE 
107  must  be  taken  concurrently  or  before  CRL  107. 
230  Introduction  to  Organic  and  Biological 
Chemistry  (3)  A  terminal  course  in  fundamentals  of 
organic  chemistry.  Structural  theory  of  organic  mol- 


ecules, organic  synthesis,  and  biological  applica- 
tions PREREQ:  C-  or  better  in  CHE  104,  106,  or 
107. 

231  Organic  Chemistry  I  (4)  A  unified  conceptual 
introduction  to  organic  molecular  structure.  Topics 
discussed  will  include  structure  of  the  atom,  orbital 
and  molecular  bonding  theory,  nomenclature  of 
classes  of  molecules,  fvv  elementary  molecular 
orbital  theory,  stereochemistry,  nucleophilic  substitu- 
tion, elimination,  resonance,  and  acid-base  concepts. 
These  concepts  will  be  applied  to  the  chemistry  of 
hydrocarbons,  alkyl  halides,  alcohols,  and  simple 
systems  PREREQ:  CHE  104. 

232  Organic  Chemistry  II  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
classes  of  organic  reaction  from  a  mechanistic 
deductive  approach.  Topic  will  include  nucleophilic 
and  electrophilic  substitution,  reaction  of  carbonyl 
compounds,  elimination,  aromatic  substitution,  mol- 
ecular rearrangements,  oxidation  reduction  reactions, 
carbanion  and  amine  chemistry.  These  reactions  are 
applied  to  the  remaining  classes  of  organic  com- 
pounds not  covered  in  Organic  Chemistry  I.  PRE- 
REQ: CHE  231. 

CRL  231-232  Experimental  Organic  Chemistry 
I-Il  (2)  (2)  Basic  laboratory  skills  in  organic  chem- 
istry including  classical  as  well  as  instrumental  tech- 
niques. Organic  synthesis  and  modem  spectrophoto- 
metric  methods  of  identification.  CONCURRENT  or 
PREREQ:  CRL  104  and  CHE  231-232.  CRL  231 
must  precede  CRL  232. 

300  Fundamentals  of  Radioisotope  Techniques 
(3)  (Also  PHY  320)  Biological,  chemical,  environ- 
mental, and  physical  effects  of  nuclear  radiation. 
Radiation  detection  instmmentation  and  radio  tracer 
methodology.  (2.2)  PREREQ:  CHE  104  or  106.  and 
PHY  140  or  180. 

310  Introductory  Biochemistry  (3)  The  chemical 
nature  of  biological  phenomena  is  presented. 
Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  metabolic  path- 
ways and  the  enzymes  responsible  for  these  process- 
es with  applications  to  nutrition.  PREREQ:  CHE 
230  or  231.  (Not  for  chemistry  majors.) 
321   Analytical  Chemistry  I  (3)  Fundamental  prin- 
ciples of  analytical  chemistry.  Theory  of  gravimetric 
and  volumetric  methods  of  analysis.  Lab:  CRL  321. 
PREREQ:  CHE  104  or  106. 
CRL  321  Analytical  Chemistry  I  (2)  Practical 
experience  in  modem  techniques  of  chemical  analy- 
sis with  emphasis  on  volumetric  and  gravimetric 
methods  CONCURRENT  or  PREREQ:  CHE  321. 
sec  327  Electron  Microscopy  I  (3)  (Also  ESL 
327)  An  introductory  lectureAab  course  in  theory, 
operation,  and  applications  of  electron  beam 
microscopy  PREREQ:  One  year  of  physics  and  one 
year  of  chemistry. 

333  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3)  An 
advanced  mechanistic  study  of  organic  compounds, 
functional  groups,  and  their  reaction.  Spectroscopic 
charactenzation  of  organic  molecules  will  also  be 
covered.  PREREQ:  CHE  232. 
341   Physical  Chemistry  I  (3)  Introduction  to  for- 
mal thermodynamics.  Includes  ideal  and  nonideal 
gases,  applications  and  implications  of  the  three  laws 
of  thermodynamics,  phase  equilibrium,  chemical 
equilibrium  thermodynamics  of  mixtures,  and  equi- 
librium electrochemistry.  The  application  of  the  fun- 


damental equation  of  thermodynamics  is  empha- 
sized. PREREQ:  CHE  104  or  106.  CONCURRENT 
or  PREREQ:  MAT  162  and  PHY  180 

342  Physical  Chemistry  II  (4)  Introduction  to 
quantum  chemistry  and  chemical  dynamics.  Includes 
applications  of  the  Schrodinger  equation  to  simple 
systems,  implications  and  applications  of  quantum 
mechanics  to  the  theory  of  atomic  and  molecular 
stmcture.  introduction  to  the  statistical  mechanics  of 
chemical  systems,  kinetic  theory  of  gases,  molecular 
transport  phenomena,  chemical  kinetics,  and  dynam- 
ic electrochemistry.  PREREQ:  CHE  341. 

CRL  341-342  Experimental  Physical  Chemistry 

I-II  (2)  (2)  Laboratory  exercises  in  illustrating  prin- 
ciples of  thermodynamics,  kinetics,  and  quantum 
mechanics.  CONCURRENT  or  PREREQ:  CHE  341- 

342. 

345  Fundamentals  of  Physical  Chemistry  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  fundamental  topics  in  physical  chem- 
istry with  applications  to  biology  and  medicine. 
Primarily  for  biology,  chemistry-biology,  and  pre- 
professional  majors.  PREREQ:  CHE  232,  MAT  141 
or  161.  and  PHY  140  or  180. 

350  Theory  of  Spectroscopy  (1)  An  introduction  to 
the  theoretical  background  of  spectroscopic  meth- 
ods. Includes  quantum  mechanical  aspects  and  group 
theory.  PREREQ:  CHE  232. 

351  Introduction  to  Infrared  Spectroscopy  (1)  IR 

experimental  methods  including  CW  and  FT  tech- 
niques. Functional  group  analysis  and  spectral  inter- 
pretation. PREREQ:  CHE  350. 

352  Introduction  to  NMR  Spectroscopy  (1)  An 

introductory  course  in  NMR  spectroscopy  dealing 
with  spin  1/2  systems.  Chemical  shift  and  couplings 
will  be  discussed.  PREREQ:  CHE  350. 

353  Introduction  to  Mass  Spectrometry  (1) 

Instrumentation  and  experimental  techniques  (EI  and 
CI).  Interpretation  of  spectra  and  computer  search- 
ing. PREREQ:  CHE  350. 

354  Introduction  to  Chromatography  (1)  Basic 
theory  of  chromatography  and  a  discussion  of  GC 
analysis.  PREREQ:  CHE  104. 

355  Introduction  to  Liquid  Chromatography  I 

(1)  Theory  equipment  and  methods  of  liquid  chro- 
matography—TLC.  PREREQ:  CHE  354. 

356  Introduction  to  Liquid  Chromatography  II 

(1)  HPLC  and  SCF  liquid  chromatographic  tech- 
nique will  be  discussed.  PREREQ:  CHE  355. 

371  Forensic  Chemistry  (3)  Introduction  to  crimi- 
nalistics (chemical,  forensic,  analytical  techniques) 
with  the  role,  functions,  operations,  and  organization 
of  a  scientific  police  laboratory.  PREREQ:  CHE  104 
or  106  and  CHE  232. 

CRL  371  Forensic  Chemistry  Lab  (2)  Identification 
and  comparison  of  mice  evidence  utilizing  modem 
instmmenis  and  classical  wet  methods  of  chemical 
analysis.  CONCURRENT  or  PREREQ:  CHE  371. 


*  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 

t   Approved  two-semester  substitute  for  distributive 
requirement 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


School  of  Education 


381  Clinical  Chemistry  (3)  Analysis  of  biological 
fluids.  Clinical  significance  of  enzyme,  electrolyte, 
protein,  and  carbohydrate  analysis  Requires  permis- 
sion of  instructor  or  preparation  in  organic  chemistry 
and  quantitali%e  analysis  CONCURRENT  or  PRE- 
REQ:CHE321  and  CHE  471 

403  Chemistry  of  the  Enviromnent  (3)  The  chem- 
istry of  the  atmosphere,  hydrosphere,  and  biosphere, 
man's  impact  on  these  areas  PREREQ:  CHE  104. 
May  also  be  offered  with  lab  (2.2) 

404  Foundations  of  Nutrition  (3)  Proteins,  lipids, 
fats,  vitamins,  and  minerals  and  Iheir  role  in  normal 
metabolism;  nutrition  and  disease;  metabolism  and 
biochemical  individuality;  cultural  and  pohtical 
aspects  of  nutntion.  PREREQ:  CHE  104  and  230  or 
231 

408  Industrial  Pollution  (3)  Applications  of  ele- 
mentary chemical  engineenng  to  the  industrial  com- 
plexities of  the  environmental  processes  Emphasis 
on  unit  operations  and  unit  processes  applicable  to 
pollution  control  and  abatement  PREREQ:  CHE 
104. 

409  Descriptive  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  Emphasis 
is  on  the  periodic  properties  of  the  representative  ele- 
ments, the  structure  of  inorganic  solids,  the  chemistry 
of  aqueous  and  nonaqueous  solutions,  and  the  study 
of  some  transition  metals  Lanthanides  and  actinides 
also  are  studied  PREREQ  CHE/CRL  104 

^  410  Advanced  Independent  Study  or  Chemical 
Research  (3-6)  Taken  under  the  direct  supervision  of 
a  faculty  member.  May  be  taken  for  two  semesters 
for  a  total  of  six  credits  PREREQ:  Senior  standing  or 
permission  of  department  chairperson. 

411  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  Structure 
and  properties  of  the  elements  and  inorganic  com- 
pounds from  a  theoretical  point  of  view.  Atomic 
structure  and  the  periodic  law ;  molecular  structure 
and  bonding,  including  symmetry  and  MO  theory; 
structure,  bonding,  and  reactivity  of  transition-ele- 
ment compounds  and  main  group  compounds;  acid- 
base  chenustry.  PREREQ:  CHE  341   CONCUR- 
RENT: CHE  342 

CRL  411  Inorganic  Syntheses  (2)  A  four-hour  lab- 
oratory course  in  the  synthesis  and  charactenzation  of 
inorganic  compounds  of  the  main  group  and  the  tran- 
sition elements  PREREQ:  CHE  409  or  41 1. 

417  History  of  Chemistry  (1)  The  history  of  chem- 
istry and  its  predecessors  from  earliest  times  to  the 
present  day  PREREQ:  CHE  104  or  106. 

418  Literature  of  Chemistry  (1)  Instruction  in  the 
use  of  a  modem  chemical  library,  reference  and  data 
acquisition,  synthetic  procedures,  and  computer  data 
bases.  PREREQ:  CHE  231. 


419  Ethics  and  Human  Values  in  Science  (1)  A 

one-semester  course  for  science  majors  to  acquaint 
students  with  potential  ethical  problems  in  their  pro- 
fessional careers  PREREQ:  CHE  104  or  106. 

424  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  II  (3)  Basic 
pnnciples  of  applied  instrumental  analysis.  Special 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  spectrophotometnc  and  elec- 
troanalytical  mstrumentation.  PREREQ:  CHE  321 
and  341 .  CONCURRENT:  CHE  342 

CRL  424  Analytical  Chemistry  II  Laboratory  (2) 

Practical  expenence  in  the  choice  and  application  of 
instrumental  methods  of  analysis  to  chemical  sys- 
tems. CONCURRENT  or  PREREQ:  CHE  424 

436  Polymer  Chemistry  (3)  Polymenzation  kinet- 
ics, theology  of  polymer  melts,  crystallization  para- 
meters, and  monomer  reactivity  in  copolymerization 
PREREQ:  CHE  232 

CRL  436  Polymer  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2) 

Synthesis  of  polymers,  molecular,  physical,  and  ther- 
mal characterization  of  polymers  Instrumental  meth- 
ods include  X-rays.  IR.  electron  microscopy,  and 
thermal  analysis.  CONCURRENT:  CHE  436 

443  Quantum  Chemistry  (3)  Basic  quantum  chem- 
istry including  the  properties  of  wave  functions,  the 
hydrogen  atom  problem,  chemical  bonding,  angular 
momentum,  eigenvalues  and  eigenfunaions.  and 
spectroscopic  concepts.  PREREQ:  CHE  342 

♦  450  Internship  in  Chemistry  (3-15)  A  full-  or 
part-time  work-study  appointment  in  a  hospital,  or  a 
commercial,  governmental,  or  industrial  laboratory 
supervised  jointly  by  an  on-site  supervisor  and 
Department  of  Chemistry  faculty  member.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  department  internship  committee. 

471  Fundamentals  of  Biochemistry  (3)  Structure 
and  chemistry  of  proteins  and  nucleic  acids;  molecu- 
lar biology,  physio-chemical  methods  for  biomacro- 
molecules.  enzymes,  and  the  molecular  basis  for 
some  physiological  phenomena  PREREQ:  CHE  232 
and  CHE  345  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instnic- 
tor. 

CRL  471  Experimental  Biochemistry  (2)  Labo- 
ratory exercises  in  the  fundamentals  of  biochemistry. 
CONCURRENT  or  PREREQ:  CHE  471  or  476. 

CRL  472  Experimental  Biochemistry  D  (2)  A  sec- 
ond-semester laboratory  course  in  biochemistry  that 
stresses  the  use  of  advanced  analytical  instruments  to 
characterize  biologically  important  molecules  and  to 


elucidate  their  mechanism  of  action.  PREREQ:  CHE 
47 1  or  476  and  CRL  47 1 

476-477  Biochemistry  I-II  (3-3)  A  two-semester 
course  in  biochemistry.  The  fu-st  part  shows  how  the 
chemistry  of  amino  acids,  proteins,  enzymes,  carbo- 
hydrates, lipids,  and  membranes  enables  living  organ- 
isms to  perform  biological  functions.  The  second  part 
covers  biosynthesis  of  diverse  molecules,  DNA  struc- 
ture and  function,  and  molecular  physiology  includ- 
ing immunoglobulins,  hormones,  nutrition,  and  nerve 
action  Chemistry  will  be  related  to  normal  and 
pathological/biological  function  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10, 
CHE  232,  and  CHE  345  or  equivalent.  CHE  476 
must  precede  CHE  477. 

479  Chemical  Toxicology  (3)  A  one-semester 
course  in  the  environmental  and  physiological  aspects 
of  chemical  toxicity.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  documentation,  sampling,  and  verification  of 
materials  PREREQ:  CHE  232 

CRL  479  Chemical  Toxicology  Laboratory  (2)  A 

one-semester  course  in  the  basic  pnnciples  of  toxico- 
logical  analysis.  CONCURRENT  or  PREREQ;  CHE 

479. 

#  480  Introduction  to  Chemical  Research  (2-6) 
The  student  carries  out  an  independent  chemical 
research  project  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  mem- 
ber The  faculty  member  assigns  the  research  topic 
and  background  literature  readings  and  works  closely 
wiih  the  student  in  the  research  laboratory  giving 
instruction  in  laboratory  techniques.  The  student  may 
be  requutd  to  write  a  final  research  report.  PREREQ: 
Senior  standing  or  permission  of  department  chair- 
person 

491  Seminar  in  Chemistry  (1)  Oral  presentation  of 
papers  based  on  laboratory  or  library  research.  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  department  chairperson. 

sec  370  Science  and  Human  Values  (3)  A  one- 
semester  course  illustrating  the  impact  of  science  on 
human  thought,  values,  and  institutions.  Ethical,  soci- 
ological, and  psychological  aspects  of  science-medi- 
ated change  are  covered  in  depth. 

#  SCB  210  The  Origin  of  Life  and  the  Universe 

(3)  An  interdisciplinary  course  that  presents  the  the- 
ory and  evidence  for  the  first  three  minutes  of  the 
universe  and  formation  of  the  stars,  galaxies,  plan- 
ets, organic  molecules,  and  the  genetic  basis  of 
organic  evolution  (3)  PREREQ:  High  school  or 
college  courses  in  at  least  two  sciences.  Offered  fall 
semester  only. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

105C  Recitation  Hall 
610-436-2944 

Mar^  O.  Ann  Maggitti,  Chairperson 
Gail  G.K.  Bollin,  Assistant  Chairperson 
Catherine  Prudhoe,  Assistant  Chairperson 
PROFESSORS:  Grasty-Gaines.  Keetz.  Maxim,  Radich 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Adams.  Baloche,  Bollin,  Brown. 

Dunlap,  Egan,  Gill.  Hasson.  Kletzien,  Maggitti,  Peters,  Szabo 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Beeghly,  Cai,  Caroff,  Darigan,  Drobnak, 

Lazar.  Ozelis.  Prudhoe,  Slostad 
The  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading  certifies  teachers  for 
elementary  education  (K-6)  and  early  childhood  education  (NK-3). 
The  B.S.  Ed.  in  ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION  curriculum  is  designed 
to  provide  a  broad  background  of  general  education,  an  understanding  of 
children,  and  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed  to  teach  all  aspects  of  the 


elementary  school  program.  Upon  satisfactor>'  completion  of  the 
approved  program,  the  student  will  qualify  for  a  Pennsylvania  Instruc- 
tional I  Certificate,  valid  for  six  years  of  teaching  in  kindergarten  and 
grades  one  through  six. 

The  B.S.  Ed.  in  EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION  curriculum  is 
designed  to  provide  both  the  liberal  education  and  special  preparation 
required  for  careers  in  public  and  private  school  teaching  and  director- 
ship and  supervisory  work  in  early  childhood  programs  other  than  those 
under  the  auspices  of  the  public  schools.  Upon  satisfactory  completion 
of  the  program,  the  student  will  qualify  for  a  Pennsylvania  Instructional 
I  Teaching  Certificate  valid  for  six  years  of  teaching  in  preschool, 
kindergarten,  and  grades  one  through  three. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  BOTH  PROGRAMS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  51  semester  hours 

Includes  MAT  101  and  requirements  in  art, 
literature,  philosophy,  psychology,  and 
computer  literacy 


School  of  Education 


Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


2.  Professional  Education  12  semester  hours 

EDF  100,  EDM  300,  EDP  250+  and  351  + 
BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  —  ELEMEN- 
TARY EDUCATION 
(Curriculum  K-6) 

1 .  Specialized  Preparation  62  semester  hours 
EDE  200,  251+,  310+,  31 1+,  3 12+,  332+,  352+, 

401+,  406+,  410+,  and  41 1+;  HEA  301;  KIN  200; 
LIT  395;  MAT  102+ and  351++;  MUE  231; 
andSCE310+ 

2.  Elective  Area  6  semester  hours 
NOTE:  Physical  education  courses  may  count  toward  the  general 
requirements. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION— EARLY 
CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION 
(Curriculum  NK-3) 

Specialized  Preparation  70  semester  hours 

ECE  100,  22 1+,  225+,  23 1+,  232,  306,  307,  310, 
320,  321+,  325+,  405+,  410+,  41 1+;  HEA  211; 
KIN  449;  LIT  352;  MAT  349+;  and  MUE  232 
NOTE:  Music  and  physical  education  courses  may  count  toward  the 
general  requirements. 

Application  and  Approval  for  Student  Teaching 
Students  must  apply  through  the  department  for  approval  for  smdent  teach- 
ing in  early  childhood  education  (ECE  410  and  411)  and  in  elementary 
education  (EDE  410  and  41 1).  To  apply,  the  student  must  complete  96 
semester  hours  with  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.5  prior  to  the  stu- 
dent teaching  semester.  As  part  of  the  96  credits,  the  student  must  com- 
plete all  professional  education  courses  and  all  specialized  preparation 
courses  with  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.5.  (See  also  student  teaching,  page 
131.) 

An  application  for  student  teaching  must  be  filed  in  November  prior  to 
the  academic  year  in  which  student  teaching  is  to  be  scheduled.  Appli- 
cation meetings  will  be  announced  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester 
each  year.  Students  register  for  student  teaching  as  they  would  for  any 
other  University  courses. 

Field  Placement  in  Schools 

All  field  placements,  including  student  teaching,  are  arranged  by  the 
Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading.  Students  are  not  to  solicit 
placements.  While  student  needs  are  considered  in  assigning  placements, 
no  particular  placement  can  be  guaranteed.  Transportation  to  and  from 
field  placements  is  the  responsibility  of  the  individual  student. 
West  Chester  University  does  not  place  students  at  religiously  affiliated 
schools  when  public  school  placements  are  available  if  that  placement 
results  in  the  students'  receiving  academic  credit  (e.g.,  student  teach- 
ing). In  addition,  the  University  will  make  every  attempt  to  first  place 
students  into  public  (vs.  private)  schools  for  student  teaching  and  relat- 
ed activities.  Further,  students  will  not  be  assigned  student  teaching  or 
other  related  duties  at  nonsectarian  private  schools  or  agencies  unless 
they  specifically  request  such  placement.  Each  request  will  be  consid- 
ered individually  to  ensure  that  the  private  emity  does  not  receive  spe- 
cial benefit  from  the  arrangement  that  outweighs  the  benefit  to  the 
University  and  its  students. 

The  following  policies  apply  to  all  students  entering  the  Depart- 
ment of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading  beginning  the  fall  semester 
of  1997  and  thereafter. 

Admission  and  Progression  Requirements  in  Early  Childhood 
Education  and  Elementary  Education  B.S.  Ed.  Programs 
Probationary  Teacher  Education  Status 

Students  must  meet  University  admission  requirements.  All  students 
who  enter  the  University  as  an  early  childhood  or  elementary  education 
major  are  designated  as  a  probafionary  teacher  education  student. 


+  Courses  requiring  prerequisites — check  catalog. 

++  Prerequisites  are  MAT  101  and  MAT  102  (unless  waived  by  examination). 


Students  in  this  status  may  not  take  300-  or  400-level  courses  in  the 
major  program. 

Conditional  Admission  Status  (30-63  credits) 

Students  may  apply  to  the  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and 
Reading  for  conditional  admission  status  after  having  earned  30  credits 
with  a  minimum  cumulative  grade  point  average  (GPA)  of  2.25. 
Students  must  also  have  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.25  in  the  following 
courses:  EDF  100,  EDP  250,  ENG  120  (if  required),  ENG  121,  MAT 
101,  and  PSY  100.  Students  must  have  attained  a  minimum  grade  of  C 
in  ENG  121.  Students  must  also  demonstrate  computer  literacy. 
The  application  process  requires  that  students  (1)  submit  a  letter  of 
intent,  (2)  pass  the  reading  screening  test,  (3)  complete  the  speech  and 
hearing  screenings,  and  (4)  complete  a  departmentally  supervised  writ- 
ing sample.  When  these  are  recorded  and/or  included  in  a  student's 
portfolio  with  the  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading,  a  stu- 
dent must  then  schedule  and  complete  a  progression  interview  to  be 
conducted  by  a  faculty  committee.  Students  are  evaluated  for  progres- 
sion based  on  the  sum  of  equally  weighted  factors,  including  the  cumu- 
lative GPA,  the  writing  sample,  and  the  interview.  If  enrollment  is  lim- 
ited, the  applicant's  score  on  the  sum  of  the  three  measures  will  deter- 
mine a  student's  acceptance  into  conditional  admission  status.  There  is 
no  set  minimum  score.  Students  who  are  denied  progression  into  condi- 
tional admission  status  may  reapply  during  subsequent  semesters. 
Upon  completion  of  the  application  process  and  acceptance  into  condi- 
tional admission  status,  students  must  submit  a  change  of  status  form  to 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Students  with  conditional  admission  status 
may  take  300-  or  400-level  courses  in  the  major  program  with  the 
exception  of  suident  teaching.  Conditional  admission  status  students 
who  have  completed  63  credits,  but  have  not  achieved  a  minimum 
cumulative  GPA  of  2.5,  are  moved  to  academic  deficit  status. 

Full  Admission  Status  (after  63  credits) 

Students  in  conditional  admission  status  achieve  full  admission  status 
after  completion  of  63  or  more  credits  with  a  minimum  cumulative 
GPA  of  2.5.  When  students  have  attained  full  admission  status,  they 
have  continued  access  to  300-  and  400-level  courses  in  the  major  pro- 
gram and  are  eligible  to  apply  for  student  teaching.  Students  in  full 
admission  status  who  do  not  maintain  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.5  are 
moved  to  academic  deficit  status. 

Academic  Deficit  Status 

Students  who  fail  to  maintain  GPA  requirements  will  be  placed  on  pro- 
bation for  15  attempted  credit  hours.  Students  who  do  not  reach  the 
required  minimum  cumulative  GPA  after  15  attempted  credit  hours  will 
not  be  permitted  to  take  300-  or  400-level  courses  in  the  major  pro- 
gram. (Academic  deficit  status  students  in  conditional  admission  status 
must  reapply  through  the  conditional  admission  status  process  if  they 
choose  to  continue  the  program.  However,  academic  deficit  students 
who  have  already  been  accepted  to  full  admission  status  regain  that  sta- 
tus by  again  achieving  a  minimum  cumulafive  GPA  of  2.5.) 

Internal  and  External  Transfer  Students 

INTERNAL  TRANSFER  STUDENTS.  Internal  transfer  (undeclared  ma- 
jors and  other  majors)  applicants  must  follow  the  same  progression  criteria 
as  students  already  in  the  program.  These  students  who  desire  admission  to 
the  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading  may  apply  after  com- 
pletion of  30  semester  hours.  A  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.25  for  stu- 
dents who  have  earned  up  to  63  credits  and  2.5  for  students  who  have 
earned  64  or  more  credits  is  required  as  part  of  the  application  process  for 
either  conditional  admission  status  or  full  admission  status  into  the  depart- 
ment. 

STUDENTS  TRANSFERRING  FROM  OTHER  INSTITUTIONS 
(EXTERNAL  TRANSFERS).  Applicants  transferring  more  than  30  cred- 
its are  strongly  advised  to  complete  the  conditional  admission  status  appli- 
cation process  as  part  of  the  University  admissions  process.  External 
transfer  applicants  must  follow  the  same  progression  process  and  are  sub- 
ject to  the  same  progression  criteria  as  students  already  in  the  program. 
External  transfer  students  who  desire  admission  to  the  Department  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading  may  apply  if  they  have  achieved  a  mini- 


Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


School  of  Education 


mum  GPA  of  2.25  for  up  lo  63  earned  credits  and  2.5  for  64  or  more 
earned  credits.  Transfer  credits  will  be  granted  for  freshman-  and  sopho- 
more-level courses  if  the  course  descriptions  are  equivalent  and  in  accor- 
dance with  University  policy.  All  other  required  courses  m  the  profession- 
al education  and  specialized  preparation  areas  will  be  evaluated  and 
approved  on  an  individual  basis. 

Minor  Fields  of  Study  in  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and 
Reading 


A.  Early  Childhood  Education 

ECE  23 1  or  EDE  25 1 .  ECE  232  (six  credits, 
class  and  field  experience),  ECE  100  and  405 


15  semester  hours 


B.  Elementary  Education 
EDE25I,310,  311,401,406,  and 
EDE  elective  approved  by  the  department 

C.  Reading 
Required  courses  for  all  students:  ECE  310  or 
EDE  311,  ECE  325  or  EDE  3 1 2,  EDE  422  or 
458,  EDR321  and  420 

D.  Electives 

For  all  students:  COM  307,  415;  EDE  401; 
LIN  250,  380;  PSY  475;  SPP  101 


1 8  semester  hours 


21-24  semester  hours 


3-6  semester  hours 


Students  in  this  department  are  required  to  supply  their  own  transporta- 
tion to  field  experiences. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
CHILDHOOD  STUDIES  AND  READING 

Symbol:  ECE 

***100  Orientation  to  Early  Childhood  (3)  An 

introduction  to  the  history  and  philosophy  of  early 
childhood  education.  Field  observations  in  a  variety 
of  settings  provide  the  student  with  an  opportunity  for 
career  decision  making 

••*221  Child  Development  (0-2  years)  (3) 
Physical,  social,  emotional,  and  intellectual  develop- 
ment of  children  from  birth  to  two  years  of  age 
Parallels  are  drawn  from  this  phase  of  child  develop- 
ment to  students'  self-development  This  course  must 
be  taken  the  same  semester  with  ECE  225  PREREQ: 
PSY  100 

***225  Infant  Learning  Environment  and  Field 
Experience  (6)  The  study  and  use  of  developmental 
tests  for  the  diagnosis  of  infant  needs  The  relation- 
ship of  the  developmental  level  to  the  structuring  of 
learning  envu-onment  is  fostered  as  students  interact 
with  infants  in  school  and  home  settings  for  three 
hours  per  week  This  course  must  be  taken  the  same 
semester  with  ECE  221. 

•231  ChUd  Development  (2-5  years)  (3)  Physical, 
social,  emotional,  intellectual,  and  moral  develop- 
ment of  the  child.  2-5  years  of  age  Parallels  are 
drawn  from  this  phase  of  child  development  to  stu- 
dents' self-development  PREREQ:  PSY  100 

*232  Preschool  Learning  Environment  (3-6) 
Methods  and  materials  for  structuring  the  classroom 
environment  for  the  child  2-5  years  of  age.  Readiness 
skills  and  concepts  in  all  curricular  areas  are 
addressed 

***306  Child's  Social  Environment  (3)  A  consid- 
eration of  methods  of  instruction  that  best  generate  a 
social  education  meaningful  lo  pnmary  grade  chil- 
dren. Emphasis  is  placed  on  providing  a  learning 
environment  that  parallels  the  maturation  of  the 
young  child. 

•**307  Child's  Physical  Environment  (3)  A  con- 
sideration of  methods  of  instruction  that  best  enhance 
a  child's  knowledge  of  the  physical  world  in  terms 
that  are  meaningful  lo  primary  grade  children. 
Strategies  for  cognitive  skills  and  affective  growth  in 
these  areas  are  stressed. 

*310  Introduction  to  the  Language  Arts  (3)  The 
areas  of  listening,  speaking,  and  writing  are  studied  in 
depth.  Knowledge,  teaching,  and  evaluative  tech- 
niques are  addressed.  Introduction  lo  the  reading 
process  and  the  relationship  of  language  to  reading 
also  will  be  studied. 

•**320  CreaUve  Arts  for  the  Young  Child  (3) 

Workshop,  seminar,  and  field  experiences  provide 
opportunities  for  students  to  explore,  manipulate,  and 
analyze  a  wide  variety  of  media  and  techniques 
appropriate  for  use  with  young  children  Activities 


are  aimed  at  encouraging  the  development  of  the 
young  child's  creative  potential  through  the  arts. 

•••321   Middle  Childhood  and  Adolescent 
Development  (5-8  years)  (3)  Physical,  social,  emo- 
tional, intellectual,  and  moral  development  of  the 
child  5-8  years  of  age  Parallels  are  drawn  from  this 
phase  of  child  development  to  students'  self-develop- 
ment PREREQ:  PSY  100. 

•324  Early  Childhood  Programs  (3)  Study  of  con- 
temporary program  models  in  early  childhood  educa- 
tion Major  trends  in  the  education  of  young  children 
are  defined 

•325  Teaching  Reading  and  Field  Experience 
(Primary  Grades)  (6)  The  teaching  of  reading  and 
Its  mastery  is  the  focus  of  this  course.  Students  apply 
knowledge  of  theories  and  practices  in  supervised 
field  placements  in  schools  with  children  5-8  year^  of 
age  Tutonng  of  individual  children  and  small  groups 
is  integraled  with  planning  and  evaluation  of  lessons 
and  activities  as  well  as  remediation.  PREREQ:  ECE 
310. 

•405  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Early 
Childhood  Programs  (3)  Pnnciples  of  administra- 
lion  and  supervision  of  programs  for  young  children 
Includes  parent  education  and  community  relations. 
PREREQ:  ECE  232. 

•••410  Student  Teaching  (6)  (First  half  of  semes- 
ter) 

•••411  Student  Teaching  (6)  (Second  half  of 
semester)  Two  separate  student  teaching  experiences 
are  required:  one  in  nursery  or  kindergarten  and  one  in 
grades  1-3  Weekly  practicum  sessions  are  required. 
PREREQ:  See  "Application  and  Approval  for 
Student  Teaching"  earlier  in  this  section. 

Symbol:  EDE 

•200  Theory  and  Field  Experiences  in 
Elementary  Education  (3)  Orientation  to  the  curricu- 
la, processes,  and  structures  of  elementary  education 
today  Field  expenences  related  to  course  topics. 

•251  Child  Development  and  Behavior  (3) 

Emotional,  social,  mental,  moral,  physical,  and  self 
factors  shaping  human  behavior  with  emphasis  on 
child  and  early  adolescent  development  Specific 
application  to  classroom  settings.  PREREQ:  PSY  100. 

253  Human  Development  and  Behavior  (3) 

Physical,  mental,  emotional,  social,  moral,  and  self 
factors  shaping  human  behavior  diroughout  the  life 
cycle:  specific  application  to  work  with  individuals 
and  groups  in  educational  settings.  PREREQ:  PSY 
100. 

254  Development  in  the  Middle  School  Child  (3) 

Characteristic  development  and  behavior  of  children 
between  10  and  15  years  of  age:  understanding  and 
working  with  these  children  in  educational  settings. 
PREREQ:  EDE  25 1  and  253  or  dieir  equivalent. 


•310  Communicatioji  Skills  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Study  of  teaching  language  skills  in  the 
elemenlarv  school:  listening,  speaking,  and  writing. 
PREREQ:  EDE  251 

•311  Introduction  to  Reading  Instruction  (3)  An 
exploratory  course  investigating  the  reading  process, 
language  and  learning  theories,  and  their  relauon  to 
reading  Histoncal  scope  and  vanous  programs  of 
reading  are  studied  and  evaluated.  PREREQ:  EDE 
251  and  .^10, 

•312  Reading  Instruction  and  Practicum  (6)  Focus 
is  on  mastery  of  the  teaching  of  developmental  read- 
ing, early  reading,  and  prereading  experiences.  The 
students  leam  how  to  plan,  teach,  and  evaluate  read- 
ing/thinking skills  related  to  the  instruction  of  reading 
in  the  elementary  classroom  Students  work  in  the 
public  schools  with  small  and  large  reading  groups 
teaching  vanous  aspects  of  the  reading  lesson. 
Students  also  leam  how  to  evaluate  pupil  perfor- 
mance and  remediate  minor  reading  problems.  PRE- 
REQ: EDE  311 

315  Developmental  Reading  for  the  Handicapped 
Child  (3)  The  focus  of  this  course  is  the  study  of  the 
nature  of  the  reading  process  and  its  relation  to  lan- 
guage development,  motivation  and  methodology  for 
developmental  reading  skills,  reading  programs  and 
matenals.  problems  in  dealing  with  handicapped  chil- 
dren, and  practicum  in  reading  instruction.  Special 
education  majors  only 

330  Instructional  Programs  and  Strategies  (3) 
Introduction  to  principles  underlying  the  development 
of  instructional  programs  m  the  schools.  Strategies 
include  cognitive  and  skill  learning,  and  modes  of 
teaching 

•332  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Methods  of  teaching  social  studies  and 
geography  in  die  elemqntary  curriculum.  Techniques, 
current  research  projects,  reading  materials,  audio 
visual  aids,  resource  persons,  and  field  trips  used  as 
tools  of  learning.  The  organization,  development,  and 
use  of  resource  units  are  stressed.  PREREQ:  EDE  200 
and  251 

•352  Self  and  Group  Processes  in  the  Classroom 
(3)  Analysis  of  self  processes  influencing  teacher-stu- 
dent classroom  interactions.  Role  of  needs,  defenses, 
motives,  emotions,  and  early  learning  experiences  as 
they  shape  the  prospective  teacher's  responses  to  ele- 
mentary children  Application  of  social  learning  and 
interpersonal  theory  PREREQ:  EDE  251. 
•401  Creativity  in  the  Classroom  (3)  Exploration 
of  materials  and  processes  of  children's  perceptions 
and  behavior,  aimed  at  encouraging  the  develop- 
ment of  their  critical  and  creative  potentials.  PRE- 
REQ: EDE  3 12 


*     Open  to  early  childhood  and  elementary 
education  majors  only 
***     Open  to  early  childhood  majors  only 


College  of  Ans  and  Sciences 


Communication  Studies 


•406  Classroom  Management  (3)  Delailed  inves- 
tigation of  the  elementao'  teacher's  role  in  class- 
room management.  Teacher  influence,  personality, 
and  class  interaction;  class  roles  and  expectation; 
seating  plans;  discipline;  referral;  and  the  teacher's 
role  in  evaluating  and  identifying  potential  prob- 
lems in  children  PREREQ:  EDE  312. 

409  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Special  topics  or 

projects  initiated  by  the  student  that  will  enable  her 
or  him  to  do  extensive  and  intensive  study  in  an 
area  of  elementary  education.  PREREQ:  Permis- 
sion of  department  chairperson. 

**410  Student  Teaching  (6)  (First  half  of  semes- 
ter) 

**411  Student  Teaching  (6)  (Second  half  of 
semester)  Two  separate  student  leaching  expen- 
ences  are  required:  one  in  grades  K-3  and  one  in 
grades  4-6.  Weekly  practicum  sessions  are  required. 
PREREQ:  See  "Application  and  Approval  for 
Student  Teaching"  earlier  in  this  section. 

•*412  Work-Study  in  the  Elementary  School  (6) 

Limited  practicum  for  preservice  teachers  who  have 
taken  EDE  200.  251.  31 1.  312.  and  406  Students 
work  for  a  full  term  in  one  school  distnct  under 
supervision.  Six  credits  may  be  granted  toward  stu- 
dent teaching  requirements  (EDE  411)  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  department. 

♦  421  Seminar  in  Elementary  Education  (3)  .An 
intensive  study  of  some  current,  major  develop- 
ments in  elementary  education  Topics  announced 
in  advance.  PREREQ:  Senior  standing  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

*♦  422  Seminar  in  Reading  (3)  Intensive  study 
of  some  current,  major  developments  in  reading 
related  to  elementary  education.  Topics  announced 
in  advance.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

*♦  423  Seminar  in  Communications  Skills  (3) 
Intensive  study  of  some  current,  major  develop- 
ments in  communications  skills  (language  arts) 


related  to  elementary  education.  Topics  announced 
in  advance  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

*4S8  Language  .\rts/Reading  for  the  Unique 
Child  (3)  An  open-ended  course  to  help  students 
understand  and  plan  instructional  programs  for  the 
linguistically  different,  the  gifted,  and  those  with 
special  needs  (mainstreaming)  The  students  will 
examine  various  strategies,  techniques,  manage- 
ment, and  \  iable  programs  for  teaching  these  chil- 
dren language  arts  and  reading. 

489  Teaching  Skills  to  Combat  Sexism  (3)  This 

course  is  offered  to  create  awareness  in  prospective 
teachers  of  the  extent  and  consequences  of  sex  role 
stereotyping  at  all  levels  of  educational  expenence. 
It  will  develop  specific  skills,  behaviors,  and  class- 
room strategies  that  can  eliminate  effects  of  sexism 
in  classrooms  and  on  students.  Teaches  how  to  deal 
effectively  vs-ith  the  emotion-laden  issue  of  combat- 
ing sex-role  stereotypes. 

Symbol:  EDR 

010  Developmental  Reading  and  Study  Skills  (1) 

A  course  designed  to  improve  vocabulary  and  study 
skills.  Major  attention  is  given  to  vocabulary  expan- 
sion, textbook  reading,  test  taking,  and  methods  of 
organizing  information. 

020  Intermediate  Level  Reading  (3)  The  interme- 
diate level  workshop  will  emphasize  the  development 
and  improvement  of  college-level  reading  competen- 
cies. The  course  is  designed  to  help  the  students 
improve  their  reading  comprehension  as  well  as 
effective  study  techniques  and  strategies.  Additional- 
ly, vocabulary  development,  flexible  reading  rale,  and 
critical  reading  will  be  taught  in  this  course. 

100  College  Reading  and  Study  Skills  (3)  An  indi- 
vidualized course  to  develop  reading  and  study  skills 
such  as  comprehension,  vocabulary,  speed,  remem- 
bering, concentration,  taking  notes,  mastenng  a  text 


assignment,  and  preparing  for  and  taking  examina- 
tions. 

110  Developing  Learning  Skills  (1)  A  course  that 
reviews  and  develops  specialized  learning  skills  such 
as  concentrating  when  studying,  reading  a  textbook 
assignment,  taking  notes,  and  preparing  for  and  tak- 
ing examinations.  Students  who  wish  to  review  their 
study  habits  or  who  have  special  needs  in  the  area  of 
study  skills  should  enroll  in  this  course. 

313  Reading  Instruction  and  Practictmi  in  the 
Secondary  Schools  (6)  Focus  is  on  the  mastery 
of  teaching  reading  in  the  middle  and  secondary 
schools.  Students  will  study  the  role  of  the  teacher  as 
well  as  learn  how  to  sequence  both  developmental 
and  content  area  readings. 

321  Diagnosis  and  Remediation  of  Reading 
Problems  (3)  Identifying  the  nature  and  causes  of 
reading  disabilities;  experience  in  helping  a  child 
with  reading  problems.  PREREQ:  EDE  31 1  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Special  education  majors  and 
reading  minors  only. 

323  Reading  for  the  Handicapped:  Diagnosis  and 
Remediation  (3)  Reading  materials,  programs,  eval- 
uations, and  teaching  strategies  for  the  mentally  or 
physically  handicapped  are  examined  and  discussed. 
Students  develop  and  utilize  reading  materials  in  a 
classroom  situation.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instruc- 
tor Special  education  majors  and  reading  minors 
only. 

420  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas  (3)  Understan- 
ding the  reading  process  and  the  need  for  reading 
insUTiclion  at  the  middle  and  secondary  school  levels. 
Specific  skill  development,  reading  in  the  content 
areas,  readabililv,  and  evaluation. 


Open  to  early  childhood  and  elementary 
education  majors  only 
Open  to  elementary  education  majors  only 
This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Communication  Studies 

512  Main  Hall 

610-436-2500 

Dennis  R.  Klinzing,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Casagrande,  Foeman,  Klinzing,  Orr 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Dean,  McCullough,  Newell,  Pearson, 

Remland 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Jenks,  Reed 

The  Department  of  Communication  Studies  offers  two  programs.  One 
program  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and  the  other  leads  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education. 

1.  The  B.A.  in  COMMUNICATION  STUDIES  focuses  on  oral  com- 
munication as  the  core  of  a  liberal  education  that  can  be  applied  to  a 
number  of  specializations. 

2.  The  B.S.  in  EDUCATION— COMMUNICATION  is  for  students 
who  wish  to  meet  the  slate  of  Pennsylvania  requirements  for  teacher 
certification  in  communication. 

Majors  are  expected  to  meet  with  their  advisers  to  plan  a  course  of 
study,  to  select  courses  prior  to  scheduling,  to  discuss  career  opportuni- 
ties, and  to  keep  abreast  of  departmental  cocurricular  activities. 
Handbooks  are  provided  to  help  students  be  aware  of  requirements  for 
each  program  in  the  department.  Students  who  wish  to  transfer  into  the 
B.A.  Communication  Studies  program  must  have  a  2.0  GPA  or  better. 

Departmental  Student  Activities 

The  Forensic  Society  and  the  Communication  Club  are  student  organi- 
zations that  involve  department  faculty  and  resources.  The  activities  of 


these  organizations  are  open  to  all  students.  For  more  information  see 
the  "Student  Affairs"  section. 

Department  Internships 

Internship  experiences  are  available  in  all  areas  related  to  students' 
vocational  and  academic  interests.  Students  have  been  placed  in  offices 
of  congressmen,  radio  and  television  stations,  and  local  industries. 
Students  and  their  placements  are  screened  to  assure  mutual  satisfac- 
tion for  all  panics  involved.  For  details,  students  should  check  with  the 
department's  internship  coordinator. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  THE  B.A.  AND  B.S. 
PROGRAMS 

General  Education  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35      51  semester  hours 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— COMMUNICATION  STUDIES 

(2.0  cumulative  average  required  for  admission) 

1.  Required  Lower-Division  Courses  1 8  semester  hours 
COM  204    Dyadic  Communication  (3) 

COM  208    Public  Communication  (3) 

COM  212    Mass  Communication  (3) 

COM  216    Small  Group  Communication  (3) 

COM  219    Communication  Concepts  (3) 

COM  224    Communication  Research  (3) 
Three  of  the  required  lower-division  courses  (COM  208,  219,  and  224)  are 
prerequisites  for  all  Communication  Studies  courses  except  for  COM  310 
and  COM  315.  In  addition,  COM  216  is  a  prerequisite  for  COM  304. 

2.  Upper-Division  Courses  1 8  semester  hours 
Students  will  work  with  their  advisers  to  select  six  appropriate 
courses  at  the  300  and/or  400  level  from  the  listing  of  department 


Communication  Studies 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


course  offeiings.  In  order  to  facilitate  student/adviser  selection  of 
upper-division  courses,  a  listing  of  those  courses  that  the  depart- 
ment plans  to  offer  will  be  posted  and  distnbuted  to  advisers.  This 
listing  will  project  two  years  into  the  future  and  will  be  updated  at 
the  beginning  of  each  academic  year.  COM  300  and  COM  400  may 
not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  upper-division  course  requirements. 

Additional  Notes 

a.  Limited  substitutions  may  be  made  to  the  required  lower-divi- 
sion courses  with  the  adviser's  written  consent. 

b.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  required 
lower-division  courses  and  m  each  of  the  courses  selected  to 
meet  the  upper-division  requirements.  Also,  a  2.5  average  or 
better  must  be  earned  in  the  aggregate  of  lower-  and  upper-divi- 
sion courses  before  graduation  will  be  recommended. 

c.  To  encourage  B.A.  Communication  Studies  majors  to  develop 
communication  competence  that  extends  beyond  oral  English,  a 
grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  ENG  120  and  121,  and  a 
grade  of  C-  or  better  is  required  in  the  202-ievel  course  of  a  for- 
eign language.  If  a  major  employs  the  culture  cluster  option  to 
fulfill  his/her  language  requirement,  a  C-  or  better  is  required  in 
the  102  level  of  the  foreign  language  course  and  in  each  of  the 
culture  cluster  courses. 

d.  Students  who  exhaust  their  course  repeat  options  and  have  not 
earned  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  the  prerequisite  communica- 
tion courses  will  be  advised  that  they  will  not  be  able  to  com- 
plete the  requirements  for  a  B.A.  in  Communication  Studies. 
The  department  chair  will  offer  an  exit  interview  and  help  them 
to  identify  available  alternatives. 

Foreign  Language/Culture  Requirement 
See  page  35. 

Applied  Area 

Courses  are  to  be  selected  in  consultation 

with  an  adviser  to  meet  career  objectives. 


0- 1 5  semester  hours 


27-42  semester  hours 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION- 
COMMUNICATION 

1.  Core  Requirements  30  semester  hours 

COM  208,  219,  and  415;  ENG  230,  331,  and 
335  or  339;  LIT  200  or  201 ,  202  or  203,  230 
or  231;  English  composition  as  advised 


2.  Emphasis  Area  Requirements  30  semester  hours 
Choose  two  areas: 

a.  Communication  Requirements  (15  credits) 
COM  216.  224,  307,  and  405;  THA  102 
Participation  in  forensics  activities  is  required. 

b.  Theatre  Requirements  (15  credits) 

THA  101  (to  be  taken  as  a  general  education 
arts  requirement),  103,  104,  210,  301,  and 
306  or  307.  Participation  in  theatre  productions 
is  required. 

c.  Media  Requirements  (15  credits) 

COM  202,  212,  217  or  317,  and  320;  JRN  200 

3.  Professional  Education  Requirements  30  semester  hours 
COM  402,  EDF  100.  EDM  300,  EDP  250 

and  351,  and  EDS  306  and  412 

Program  Enrollment  Limitations 

When  the  number  of  students  seeking  to  transfer  into  department  programs 
exceeds  program  capacity,  applicants  who  have  attained  a  minimum  grade 
of  C  in  each  course  of  the  prerequisite  core  (COM  208,  219,  224)  will  be 
ranked  by  grade  point  average  in  the  core.  Selection  for  admission  will  be 
ba.sed  on  these  rankings  at  the  conclusion  of  each  semester,  after  grades 
are  posted.  Students  who  do  not  gain  admission  may  reapply,  but  they 
must  compete  with  the  group  of  applicants  in  that  semester. 


Minor  in  Communication  Studies 


18  semester  hours 


This  minor  may  be  taken  as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the  liberal  studies  general  degree  program.  A 
minor  in  communication  studies  requires  students  to  complete  three 
prerequisite  courses:  COM  208,  COM  219,  and  COM  224,  and  to  earn 
a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  of  these  courses.  Students  are  also 
required  to  earn  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  ENG  120  and  ENG  121. 
Three  elective  courses  may  then  be  selected  from  any  300-  or  400-level 
courses  offered  in  communication  studies,  but  a  C  grade  or  better  must 
be  earned  in  each  of  these  courses,  and  a  2.5  average  must  be  achieved 
in  the  minor  before  clearance  for  graduation  with  a  minor  will  be 
granted.  A  student  must  have  a  2.0  cumulative  average  or  better  to  gain 
admission  to  the  minor  in  communication  studies. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COMMUNICATION  STUDIES 

Symbol;  COM 

001   Preparatory  Speech  Communication  (1) 

This  preparatory  course  will  introduce  the  concepts 
of  listening,  organizing  thoughts,  speaking  those 
thoughts  to  audiences,  and  dealing  with  conflicts  in 
college  through  the  use  of  effective  oral  communi- 
cation. These  concepts  will  be  taught  through 
assigned  reading,  lecture/discussion,  and  various 
activities.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  integration  of 
basic  oral  communication  skills. 
101  Speech  Fundamentals:  Interpersonal 
Communication  (3)  Development  of  competencies 
for  purposeful  speech  communication.  Awareness 
of  the  effects  of  language  on  communications. 
Recognition  of  the  types  and  purposes  of  a  selected 
number  of  communications.  Grasp  of  the  role  of 
evidence  and  organization  in  spoken  messages. 
105  Voice  Dynamics  (3)  Training  in  the  creative- 
esthetic  production  of  speech;  includes  respiration, 
phonation,  articulation,  and  resonation. 
200  Communication  Careers  Planning  I  (1)  This 
course  is  designed  to  introduce  the  first  of  a  two- 
phase,  career-planning  process.  Self-assessment  and 
exploration  is  provided  through  assigned  readings. 


mini-lectures,  reflecbve  exercises,  and  small  group 

activities 

202  Scripts  and  Formats  for  Mass  Media  (3) 

Students  are  required  to  analyze,  evaluate,  and  pro- 
duce scripts  for  a  variety  of  mass  media  formats.  The 
course  emphasis  is  on  radio,  television,  and  film. 
204  Interpersonal  Communication  (3)  One-on- 
one  communication  to  give  the  student  a  fundamen- 
tal understanding  of  the  processes  and  experiences 
of  the  most  basic  type  of  human  communication. 
208  Public  Speaking  (3)  Development  of  skills 
necessary  to  understand  the  theory  of  communica- 
tion as  a  problem-solving  tool  in  the  community. 
Special  emphasis  is  on  the  student's  performance  as 
a  sender  and  receiver  of  messages  directed  at  social 
action. 

210  Photo  Communication  I  (3)  A  basic  course 
in  the  use  of  creative  techniques  available  to  the 
beginning  photographer  for  the  production  of  high- 
quality  slides. 

212  Mass  Communication  (3)  A  survey  course 
designed  to  identify,  analyze,  and  evaluate  the 
pragmatic,  persuasive,  creative,  and  technical 
dimensions  of  mass  media. 
216  Small  Group  Communication  (3)  InU'oduction 
to  and  practice  in  the  structured  small  group  Emphasis 


on  preparation  for.  analysis  of,  and  participation  in 
problem-solving  oriented  groups. 
217  Directing  and  Producing  the  Documentary 
Television  Program  (3)  Planning  and  producing 
the  nondramalic  television  production 

219  Communication  Theory  (3)  A  study  of 
human  communication  that  includes  a  historical 
view  of  the  field,  examinations  of  definitions  of 
communication,  analyses  of  the  nature  of  theory 
and  the  process  of  theorizing,  assessment  of  per- 
spectives of  communication,  and  construction  of 
models  of  communication. 

220  Multi-Media  Communication  (3)  The  practi- 
cal application  of  communication  theory  through 
experiences  in  photography  and  multi-media  pro- 
ductions. The  creative  potential  of  combining 
sound  and  various  photographic  elements  will  be 
explored  with  special  attention  given  to  photojour- 
nalism as  used  in  advertising,  public  relations,  the- 
atre, and  related  mass  communication  fields. 

221  Photo  Communication  II  (3)  This  course  will 
give  the  student  a  chance  to  develop  a  personal 
photographic  communication  style.  The  student  will 
be  encouraged  to  explore  and  express  his  or  her 
personal  perceptions  through  photography 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Communicative  Disorders 


224  Communication  Research  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  nature  of  inquirs'  and  research  in  com- 
munication. Emphasis  on  understanding  and  appre- 
ciating the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  \  arious 
methods  of  research  in  communication. 

230  Business  and  Professional  Speech  Communi- 
cation (3)  Practice  in  effecti\e  speaking  and  listen- 
ing Interpersonal  communication  in  the  business  and 
professional  setting,  including  reports  and  sales  pre- 
sentations, policy  speeches,  conference  leadership 
techniques,  group  dynamics,  and  speaking. 

231  Interviewing  in  Organizations  (3)  An  intro- 
duction to  the  skills  necessary  for  a  variety  of  orga- 
nizational interview  settings.  Students  will  act  as 
interviewers  and  interviewees  in  many  types  of 
interviews,  work  in  groups,  and  give  performance 
feedback  to  peers. 

300  Communication  Careers  Planning  II  (1) 
This  second  phase  of  the  careers  planning  course 
series  examines  the  initial  steps  required  for  finding 
employment.  Topics  covered  include  the  job-hunt- 
ing process,  resume  development,  networking,  and 
the  transition  from  college  to  employment. 

303  Modem  Trends  in  .\rgument  (3)  Study  of  the 
new  thinking  in  argumentation  theory  De-emphasizes 
classic  validity  and  centers  on  the  building  of  argu- 
ments that  are  acceptable  to  the  listeners.  Course 
focuses  on  the  work  of  Stephen  Toulmin  and  Chaim 
Perelman  PREREQ;  COM  208.  219.  224 

304  Organizational  Communication  (3)  .-Xn  in- 
depth  analysis  of  the  dynamic  process  of  communi- 
cation as  it  occurs  in  organizational  networks.  PRE- 
REQ: COM  208,  216.  219.  224. 

307  Nonverbal  Communication  (3)  A  study  of 
the  verbal  and  sensory  messages  we  are  constantly 
receiving.  Body  language  and  the  uses  of  space. 
time,  touch,  objects,  and  color  inherent  in  the  sen- 
sory messages  we  receive.  PREREQ;  COM  208. 
219.224. 

309  Advanced  Public  Speaking  (3)  Designing 
personal  strategies,  adapting  delivery  to  large  audi- 
ences, developing  oral  use  of  language,  and  speak- 
ing to  live  or  simulated  community  groups  PRE- 
REQ: COM  208.  219.  224 

310  Field  Experience  in  Photographic  Com- 
munication (3)  This  course  in  slide  photography 
will  build  on  the  student's  previous  experiences  in 


photography  The  student  will  develop  the  techni- 
cal, visual,  and  photo  communication  skills  neces- 
sary' 10  explore,  record,  and  interpret  his  or  her  sur- 
roundings through  photographic  essays  and  related 
photo  communication  projects.  These  skills  will  be 
achieved  through  field  experiences  and  classroom 
instruction 

312  Intercultural  Communication  (3)  A  study  of 
factors  that  contribute  to  communication  break- 
downs between  diverse  cultures  and  between  frag- 
mented segments  within  the  same  society  PRE- 
REQ: COM  208.  219.  224. 
315  Structure  of  Meetings  (3)  This  course  pre- 
pares students  to  plan  formal  agenda,  write  and 
interpret  organizational  by-law  s  and  constitutions, 
and  participate  in  and  preside  over  meetings 
according  to  parliamentary  procedures. 

317  Directing  and  Producing  the  Dramatic  Tele- 
vision Program  (3)  Planning  the  program  Preparing 
the  shooting  script.  Practice  in  rehearsing  with  actors 
and  cameras  PREREQ:  COM  208.  219.  224. 

318  Forensics  (3)  Study  in  the  philosophy  and 
practice  of  forensics.  Initiating,  developing,  and 
administrating  a  forensic  program.  Coaching  and 
judging  debate  and  individual  events.  PREREQ: 
COM208.  219.  224. 

320  Communicating  on  Television  and  Radio  (3) 
For  the  student  who.  by  career  or  circumstance,  will 
be  required  to  be  on  radio  and  television.  The  focus 
of  the  course  will  be  on  three  major  areas:  inter- 
viewer/interviewee techniques;  acting  for  television, 
including  working  in  commercials;  and  news 
reporting,  including  studio  and  remote  locations. 
PREREQ:  COM  208.  219.  224.  THA  103. 
330  Oral  Communication  for  Technical  Profes- 
sionals (3)  The  student  will  explore  the  oral  com- 
ponent of  effective  communication  as  it  applies  to 
the  business  and  professional  world  of  mathemat- 
ics, engineering,  and  science.  PREREQ:  COM  208. 
219.  224. 

355  Public  Relations  Principles  (3)  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  role  of  the  public  relations  practitioner  in 
the  formation  of  public  opinion.  Communications 
theory  will  be  combined  with  specific  techniques 
for  working  with  the  press,  producing  printed  mate- 
rial, and  conducting  special  events.  PREREQ: 
COM208.  219.  224. 


♦  399  Directed  Studies  in  Speech  Communi- 
cation (1-3)  Research,  creative  projects,  reports, 
and  readings  in  speech  communication.  Students 
must  apply  to  advisers  one  semester  in  advance  of 
registration.  Open  to  juniors  and  seniors  only  PRE- 
REQ; COM  208.  219.  224.  and  approval  of  depan- 
ment  chairperson 

^  400  Internship  in  Speech  Communication  (3- 
6-9-12-15)  This  course  provides  a  structured  and 
supervised  work  experience  in  communication. 
Credits  earned  are  based  on  amount  of  time  spent 
on  the  job.  Students  must  apply  to  the  department 
internship  coordinator  and  recei\  e  approval  of  the 
department  internship  faculty  committee  to  be 
admined  PREREQ:  COM  208.  219.  224. 

402  Teaching  Communications  (3)  Theory  and 
practice  in  teaching  junior  and  senior  high  school 
communication  and  drama  courses,  and  in  directing 
cocumcular  programs  in  junior  and  senior  high 
school.  PREREQ:  COM  208.  219,  224. 

403  Persuasion  (3)  Current  theories  of  attitude  and 
attitude  change  Practice  in  speaking  to  modify 
beha\  ior  through  appeals  to  the  drives  and  motives 
of  the  listener  PREREQ:  COM  208.  219.  224. 

405  .Argumentation  and  Debate  (3)  Functions  and 
principles  of  argumentation  and  debate,  including 
analysis,  evidence,  reasoning,  and  refutation.  Class 
debates  on  vital  issues.  PREREQ;  COM  208.  219, 
224. 

410  Conflict  Resolution  (3)  This  course  explores 
the  means  of  resolving  conflict  through  argument, 
negotiation,  mediation,  and  arbitration.  PREREQ: 

COM  208.219,224. 

415  (also  LIN  415)  Language,  Thought,  and 
Behavior  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  help  stu- 
dents understand  the  way  language  functions  in  the 
communication  process  To  accomplish  this  pur- 
pose, various  language  systems  w  ill  be  examined 
and  one  will  be  selected  for  in-depth  analysis. 
PREREQ:  COM  208.  219,  224. 

♦  499  Communication  Seminar  (3)  Intensive 
examination  of  a  selected  area  of  study  in  the  field  of 
communication  studies.  Topics  will  be  announced  in 
advance  PREREQ:  COM  208.  219.  224. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Communicative  Disorders 

201  Carter  Drive 
610-436-3401 

Joseph  A.  Stigora,  Chairperson 
PROFESSOR:  Weiss 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Koenig,  Stigora,  Straiten 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Eberhart,  Stuart 
The  Department  of  Communicative  Disorders  offers  a  program  leading 
to  a  B.A.  in  communicative  disorders.  It  is  a  preprofessional  program 
that  provides  students  with  basic  knowledge  of  human  communication 
and  communication  disorders  in  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  audi- 
ology.  speech-language  pathology,  speech  and  hearing  science,  or  relat- 
ed health  science  or  communication  fields. 

Students  will  be  provided  with  the  opportunity  to  complete  much  of  the 
undergraduate  preparation  that  is  applicable  to  fulfilling  the  require- 
ments for  the  Certificate  of  Clinical  Competence  (CCC)  from  the 
American  Speech-Language-Hearing  Association  (ASHA). 
The  department  operates  a  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  that  serves  as  a 
teaching  and  training  facility  for  the  academic  program.  The  clinic  pro- 
vides diagnostic  and  therapeutic  services  for  children  and  adults  with 
speech,  language,  and  hearing  problems.  These  services  are  available  to 


individuals  from  the  University  as  well  as  from  the  surtounding  com- 
munities. 

Academic  Policies 

1.  Grades  of  "D"  or  "F'  earned  in  major  (SPP)  courses  must  be  raised 
to  "C"  or  better.  A  failed  major  course  must  be  repeated  the  next 
time  the  course  is  offered. 

2.  A  minimum  2.5  cumulative  GPA  and  2.5  major  average  is  required 
for  all  communicative  disorders  majors  in  order  to  complete  the 
degree  programs. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  COMMUNICATIVE  DISORDERS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  5 1  semester  hours 

2.  Foreign  Language  and  Culture  9-15  semester  hours 

3.  Related  Areas  24  semester  hours 
These  courses  are  to  be  selected  under 

advisement  from  a  department-approved  list. 

4.  Communicative  Disorders  Concentration  33  semester  hours 
SPP  101,  106,  163.  166,  203.  204.  206,  263, 

323,  333,  346,  350,  363,  366,  451,  and  463 

5.  Electives  6-2 1  semester  hours 


Computer  Science 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COMMUNICATIVE  DISORDERS 

Symbol:  SPP 

101  Introduction  to  Communicative  Disorders  (3) 

An  introductory  survey  of  normal  processes  and  dis- 
orders of  speech,  language,  and  hearing.  Suitable  for 
nonmajors. 

106  Anatomy  of  Speech  and  Hearing  Mechanisms 
(3)  A  study  of  embryology,  normal  development, 
neurology,  and  physiology  of  anatomical  structures 
of  the  speech  and  hearing  mechanisms  PREREQ; 
SPP  101 

163  Seminar  I  in  Communicative  Disorders  (.5) 
The  seminar  is  designed  to  help  integrate  expenential 
and  theoretical  information  The  seminar  will  focus 
on  career/professional  awareness,  onentation  to  the 
department,  and  individual  studies 
166  Seminar  U  in  Communicative  Disorders  (.5) 
The  seminar  is  designed  to  help  integrate  experiential 
and  theoretical  information.  The  seminar  will  focus 
on  personal  adjustment,  assertiveness,  and  active  lis- 
tening. 

203  Speech  and  Hearing  Science  (3)  This  course 
presents  students  with  the  fundamental  knowledge  of 
acoustics  related  to  speech  production  and  speech 
perception  It  also  provides  an  opportunity  for  stu- 
dents to  engage  in  laborator>'  expenences  related  to 
acoustic  and  psychoacoustic  measurement. 

204  Speech  and  Language  Development  (3) 
Examination  of  normal  communication  development: 
biological,  cognitive,  social,  and  ecological  bases  of 
language.  Developmental  milestones  from  prelinguis- 
tic  communication  to  oral  language  and  literacy. 
Normal  variations  in  development  associated  with 
cultural  diversitv  and  bilingualism.  PREREQ: 
ENG/LIN  230.  SPP  101. 

206  Articulation  Disorders  and  Clinical 
Phonology  (3)  The  symptomatology,  etiology, 
assessment,  and  remediation  of  articulatory  and 


phonological  disorders.  Includes  study  of  standard 
and  vanant  sounds  of  the  English  language,  and 
development  of  skills  in  their  recognition,  production, 
and  transcnption.  PREREQ:  ENG/LIN  230,  SPP  101. 
106,203.204 

263  Seminar  m  in  Communicative  Disorders  (3) 

The  seminar  is  designed  to  help  integrate  experiential 
and  theoretical  information  The  seminar  will  focus  on 
implications  of  disabilities  and  on  cultural  diversity. 

323  Fluency  and  Voice  Disorders  (3)  The  sympto- 
matology, etiology,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  com- 
municative disorders  associated  with  fluency  and 
voice. 

333  Language  Disorders  (3)  Ginical  management 
issues  associated  with  developmental  and  acquired 
language  disorders  in  children  and  adults  Linguistic 
patterns  observed  in  die  performance  of  individuals 
with  various  etiological  conditions  (eg.  mental  retar- 
dation, autism,  hearing  loss,  neurological  impairment, 
craniofacial  anomalies,  learning  disability).  Factors 
indicating  risk  for  and  maintenance  of  language  dis- 
orders Protocols  for  evaluation  and  treatment  indicat- 
ed by  developmental  theories,  processing  models, 
and  sensitivity  to  normal  variations  among  culturally 
diverse  populations  PREREQ:  SPP  204 

340  Developmental  and  Disorders  of  Language 

(3)  An  examination  of  normal  language  development 
and  its  psycholinguistic.  neurological,  and  social 
dimensions.  Special  education  considerations  for 
children  with  language  disorders  PREREQ:  EDA 
101  or  102  is  required:  SPP  101  is  recommended. 

346  Hearing  Disorders  (3)  An  introduction  to  audi- 
ology  and  its  relationship  to  other  medical  and  educa- 
tional fields  concerned  widi  hearing  impairments. 
Developmental,  medical,  social,  physical,  and  psy- 
chological properties  of  hearing  and  sound  are 
explored.  Evaluative  techniques  are  introduced  with 
opportunity  for  limited  practical  experience  PRE- 
REQ: SPP  106  and  203 


3S0  Clinical  Principles  in  Communicative 
Disorders  (3)  A  study  of  evaluative  and  therapeutic 
matenals  and  methods  applicable  to  the  professional 
setting  PREREQ:  SPP  206.  323.  and  333. 
363  Seminar  IV  in  Communicative  Disorders  (.5) 
The  seminar  is  designed  to  help  integrate  experiential 
and  theoretical  information,  focusing  on  principles 
and  applications  of  counseling. 
366  Seminar  V  in  Communicative  Disorders  (.5) 
The  seminar  is  designed  to  help  integrate  experiential 
and  theoretical  information,  focusing  on  professional 
resources  and  the  legal,  ethical,  and  political  respon- 
sibilities of  the  professional. 
♦  410  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Research,  creative 
projects,  reports,  and  readings  in  speech  pathology 
and  audiology  Application  must  be  made  to  advisers 
by  students  one  semester  in  advance  of  registration. 
Open  to  juniors  and  seniors  only.  PREREQ:  Appro- 
val of  department  chairperson  Offered  on  demand. 
451  Clinical  Practictun  in  Communicative  Disor- 
ders (3)  Supers  ised  practice  in  the  Speech  and 
Hearing  Clinic  Designed  to  prepare  students  to  evalu- 
ate and  provide  dierapy  for  children  and  adults  who 
have  communication  problems  Must  be  repeated  if 
performance  is  not  satisfaaory.  PREREQ:  Permission 
of  instructor  and  2  5  average  in  major  SPP  courses. 
463  Seminar  VI  in  Communicative  Disorders  (.5) 
The  sermnar  is  designed  to  help  integrate  experiential 
and  theoretical  information,  focusing  on  employment 
opportunities  and  graduate  education. 
469  Clinical  Instrumentation  (3)  Evaluation,  selec- 
tion, use.  and  maintenance  of  electronic  aids  for  the 
speech  and  heanng  clinician.  Emphasis  on  demon- 
strations and  practical  experience.  Open  to  speech 
pathology  and  audiology  students  with  senior  stand- 
ing Also  offered  as  SPP  569  for  graduate  credit. 
4  498  Workshop  in  Communicative  Disorders  (3) 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  crediL 


Department  of  Computer  Science 

404  Anderson  Hall 

610-436-2204 

John  W.  Weaver,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Epstein,  Fabrey,  Weaver 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Ahlbom,  Kline,  Milito,  Wyatt 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Edelman 

The  Department  of  Computer  Science  offers  a  program  leading  to  the 

Bachelor  of  Science  legree. 

The  B.S.  in  COMPUTER  AND  INFORMATION  SCIENCES  prepares 
the  student  for  a  career  in  the  field  of  computer  and  information  sciences. 
Students  choose  between  one  of  two  tracks;  the  Computer  Systems  Track 
and  the  Information  Systems  Track.  Either  track  requires  course  work  in 
both  computer  science  and  mathematics.  The  Computer  Systems  Track 
prepares  the  student  to  engage  in  the  design,  development,  and  implemen- 
tation of  computer-based  solutions  to  problems  in  various  commercial  and 
scientific  contexts.  This  track  also  prepares  the  smdents  for  graduate  work 
in  computer  science.  The  Information  Systems  Track  places  more  empha- 
sis on  business  courses  than  does  the  Computer  Systems  Track.  The 
Information  Systems  Track  prepares  the  student  to  apply  and  develop 
software  in  a  business  or  an  industrial  environment. 
Students  in  both  tracks  gain  valuable  on-the-job  experience  through  an 
internship  program  with  local  industry  or  business.  Normally,  the  com- 
puter science  degree  program  requires  attendance  during  eight  academic 
semesters  plus  one  summer  session.  Majors  in  this  area  should  consult 
the  appropriate  department  handbook  and  review  with  their  advisers 
current  requirements  listed  on  the  guidance  record  sheets. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— COMPUTER  AND  INFORMA- 
TION SCIENCES 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  5 1  semester  hours 

2.  Core  Curriculum 

Computer  Science  Requirements  20  semester  hours 

CSC  141,  142,  240,  241,  242,  and 
two  approved  programming  language  labs 
With  the  approval  of  their  adviser,  any  three- 
credit  CSC  course  listed  as  a  track  elective  may 
be  used  to  satisfy  the  programming  language  lab 
requirement.  Any  track  elective  course  used  to 
satisfy  the  language  lab  requirement  cannot  be 
counted  as  a  track  elective. 

Communications  Skills  Requirements  3  semester  hours 

ENG368orENG37I 

Mathematics  Requirements  15  semester  hours 

MAT  161,  162,  221,  and  281 

Natural  Science  Requirements  9  semester  hours 

One  semester  each  of  three  different  natural 
sciences,  chosen  from  among  biology,  chemistry, 
earth  science,  and  physics 

Cooperative  Experience  13  semester  hours 

CSC  300  and  400 

3.  Track  Requirements 

Satisfy  either  of  the  following  tracks: 

a.   Computer  Systems  Track  21  semester  hours 

ACC  201;  CSC  331,  341,  and  345  and  nine 

semester  hours  selected  from  approved  elec- 

tives  in  computer  science  and  mathematics 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Computer  Science 


b.  Information  Systems  Track  27  semester  hours 

ACC  201-202-  CSC  321  and  402; 

ECO  1 12;  MGT  300;  MKT  301;  and  six 

semester  hours  selected  from  approved  electives 

in  business,  computer  science,  and  mathematics 
Transfer  and  Continuation  Requirements 

Students  who  seek  to  transfer  to  the  computer  science  major  from 
another  college  or  from  another  major  at  WCU  must  first  earn  a 
grade  of  B  or  better  in  CSC  141  (or  142  or  240)  and  earn  a  grade  of 
C-  or  better  in  MAT  161  (or  higher-level  mathematics  course) 
before  being  accepted  as  a  computer  science  major. 
All  computer  science  majors  at  WCU  must  satisfy  the  same  require- 
ments as  stated  above  before  being  permitted  to  take  any  300-  or 
higher-level  computer  science  major  course. 

Exceptions  to  this  transfer  and  continuation  policy  can  be  made  on  a 
case-by-case  basis  by  the  department  chairperson. 
Graduation  Requirements 
In  order  to  graduate,  a  CIS  major  must  have  a  2.5  GPA  overall  in 


CSC  courses  and  a  2.0  GPA  overall  in  MAT  courses.  Also,  a  CIS 
major  must  receive  a  minimum  of  C-  in  each  computer  science, 
mathematics,  business,  or  English  course  taken  to  fulfill  the  core  or 
track  requirements.  This  policy  does  not  apply  to  courses  that  are 
taken  as  free  electives. 

Minor  in  Computer  Science  19  semester  hours 

Baccalaureate  students  may  receive  transcript  recognition  for  a  minor 
area  of  study  in  computer  science  by  completing  four  required  courses 
and  six  additional  credits  of  approved  computer  science  electives. 

1 .  Required  Courses  1 3  semester  hours 
CSC  141,  142,  and  MAT  161.  and  either 

CSC  240  or  241 

2.  Approved  Electives  6  semester  hours 
Computer  science  courses  numbered  2(X)  or 

higher,  including  at  least  one  of  which  is 

numbered  300-  or  higher 
A  student  must  earn  a  minimum  grade  of  C-  in  each  course  and  a  mini- 
mum overall  GPA  of  2.0  for  courses  taken  in  the  minor. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

Symbol:  CSC 

*  101  Introduction  to  Computers  (3)  (nonina- 
jors)  A  course  for  nonmajors  dealing  with  what 
computers  are,  what  they  can  do,  and  how  they  are 
used.  A  brief  history  of  computers  and  the  societal 
implications  of  computer  usage.  A  brief  introduc- 
tion to  the  Internet  is  provided  along  with  hands-on 
experience  using  word  processing,  database,  and 
spreadsheet  software, 

110  Fundamentals  of  Computer  Science  (3) 
(nonmajors)  Introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of 
computing  Topics  include  surveys  of  the  following 
sub-areas  of  computer  science:  artificial  intelli- 
gence, hardware/operating  systems,  programming 
languages/software,  ethics/social  issues,  history, 
electronic  communications,  problem  solving,  and 
programming.  The  course  includes  laboratory  pro- 
jects in  application  software,  programming,  and 
electronic  communication,  as  well  as  a  report  on 
one  of  the  first  four  areas  above.  PREREQ:  CSC 
101  (or  equivalent)  or  permission  of  instructor. 

*  115  Introduction  to  Computer  Programming 
(3)  (nonmajors)  The  art  and  science  of  computing 
are  introduced  with  an  emphasis  on  structured  pro- 
gramming. Topics  include  looping,  branching, 
arrays,  and  program  development. 

*  141  Computer  Science  I  (3)  The  art  and  sci- 
ence of  computing  and  its  applications  are  intro- 
duced using  a  structured  programming  language 
such  as  C+-I-.  Topics  include  structured  program- 
ming, algorithmic  development,  decisions,  loops, 
functions,  parameter  passing,  and  arrays.  PREREQ: 
Two  years  of  high  school  algebra. 

142  Computer  Science  II  (3)  Techniques  of  pro- 
gram design,  documentation,  and  implementation 
are  studied  using  an  object-oriented  language  such 
as  C+-I-.  Topics  include  classes,  multidimensional 
arrays,  records,  pointers  and  dynamic  data,  pointer 
arithmetic,  internal  storage  of  simple  and  com- 
pound data  types,  text  and  binary  files,  and  intro- 
duction to  recursion.  PREREQ:  CSC  141. 
202  Programming  Language  Lab — BASIC  (1) 
Introduction  to  BASIC  with  an  emphasis  on  pro- 
gramming. PREREQ:  CSC  141  and  MAT  161. 
Offered  in  fall  of  even-numbered  years. 
204  Programming  Language  Lab — FORTRAN 
(1)  Introduction  to  FORTRAN  with  an  emphasis  on 
programming  PREREQ:  CSC  141.  Offered  as 
needed. 


207  Programming  Language  Lab — C  (1) 

Introduction  to  the  C  programming  language.  PRE- 
REQ CSC  141.  142.  and  241  (CSC  242  recom- 
mended) Offered  as  needed 

209  Programming  Language  Lab — List 
Processing  (1)  Programming  skills  are  developed 
in  a  list  processing  language  such  as  LISP.  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  141.  142  Offered  as  needed 

210  Programming  Language  Lab — Software 
Packages  (1)  Skills  are  developed  in  the  use  of  var- 
ious software  packages,  e.g..  spreadsheet,  database, 
word  processing,  and  Internet  browser.  PREREQ: 
CSC  141.  Offered  in  spnng  semester. 

211  Programming  Language  Lab — COBOL  (1) 
Programming  skills  are  developed  in  the  COBOL 
language  PREREQ:  CSC  1 15  or  141.  Offered  as 
needed 

212  Programming  Language  Lab — Advanced 
COBOL  (1)  Continuation  of  CSC  211,  PREREQ: 
CSC  211,  Offered  as  needed. 

240  Computer  Science  III  (3)  The  object-oriented 
paradigm  is  studied  using  a  computer  language, 
such  as  C++.  Topics  include  class  hierarchies  and 
inheritance,  function  and  operator  overloading, 
object-oriented  design  and  implementation, 
streams,  templates,  and  class  libraries.  PREREQ: 
CSC  141  and  142.  discrete  mathematics. 

241  Data  Structures  (3)  Data  structures  and  relat- 
ed algonthms  are  studied  using  an  object-oriented 
programming,  such  as  C++.  Topics  include  data 
abstraction,  recursion,  lists,  stacks,  queues,  linked 
lists,  trees,  hashing,  searching  and  sorting  algo- 
rithms, and  the  evaluation  of  algorithm  efficiency. 
PREREQ:  CSC  141.  142.  and  240;  MAT  161. 

242  Computer  Organization  (3)  Study  of  the 
architecture  of  a  computer  system  and  its  native 
language.  Use  of  assembler  language  and  interfac- 
ing with  higher  level  languages  is  included.  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  141.  142.  and  MAT  161  (CSC  241  rec- 
ommended), or  permission  of  instructor 

300  Cooperative  Programming  (4)  The  student 
works  in  the  application  programming  section  of  an 
information  systems  group  as  a  junior  programmer 
to  gain  experience  in  programming  and  implement- 
ing small  projects  of  use  to  the  company.  PRE- 
REQ: Written  approval  of  the  computer  science 
internship  supervisor;  CSC  141,  142.  241,  and  242; 
MAT  161  and  162;  at  least  two  programming  lan- 
guage labs;  a  2.5  in  CSC:  and  a  2.0  in  MAT  (WCU 
classroom  courses).  Offered  in  summer  only. 
317  Visual  Programming  (3)  Techniques  for  pro- 
gramming in  a  visual  environment  are  studied. 


Languages  such  as  Visual  BASIC  and  Java  will  be 
covered.  PREREQ:  CSC  141,  142,  and  240. 
321  Database  Management  Systems  (3) 
Characteristics  of  generalized  data  management 
systems:  survey  of  widely  used  systems;  techniques 
for  improving  the  interface  between  a  manager  and 
information  needed  to  make  decisions  through 
easy-to-use.  generalized,  reporting  systems.  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  142  and  241  Offered  in  fall  semester 

331  Operating  Systems  I  (3)  Operating  systems 
and  their  user  charactenstics.  Maintenance  of  a 
complex  operating  system  with  emphasis  on  impor- 
tant tradeoffs  made  in  tuning  the  system.  Core  and 
file  management,  systems  accounting  and  secunty, 
and  other  user-related  services   PREREQ:  MAT 
221  and  281:  CSC  241  and  242, 

332  Operating  Systems  n  (3)  A  modularly  con- 
structed UNIX  operating  system  that  uses  the 
object-oriented  programming  techniques  of  mes- 
sage passing  is  studied.  Topics  covered  are  process 
control  and  management,  memory  management, 
file  management,  systems  accounting,  and  systems 
security  PREREQ  CSC  331   Offered  as  needed 

335  Data  Communications  I  (3)  An  overview  of 
the  various  aspects  of  modem  data  and  telecommu- 
nications. Discussion  of  the  hardware  and  software 
facets  of  the  transmission  of  information  in  the 
forms  of  voice,  data,  text,  and  image.  Topics 
include  communication  protocols,  transmission 
technologies,  analog/digital  transmissions,  commu- 
nications media,  public  data  networks,  LANs,  and 
ISDN.  PREREQ:  CSC  141,  142,  and  241.  Offered 
in  fall  semester 

336  Data  Communications  U  (3)  An  in-depth 
study  of  some  aspects  of  modem  data  communica- 
tion systems.  Discussion  of  the  network  implemen- 
tation and  design,  serial  port  communications,  and 
user  interfaces.  Topics  include  image,  queuing  the- 
ory. PC  serial  port  hardware  and  software,  interrupt 
programming,  PC  communication  protocols,  and 
user  interface  design.  PREREQ:  CSC  335.  Offered 
in  spnng  semester. 

341  Compiler  I  (3)  Translation,  loading,  and  exe- 
cution of  a  higher  level  language.  Syntax  analysis 
of  simple  expressions  and  statements.  Organization 
of  a  compiler,  and  design  and  implementation  of  a 
simple  compiler.  PREREQ:  CSC  241  and  242,  and 
MAT  28 1 ,  Offered  in  spring  semester, 

342  Compiler  II  (3)  An  in-depth  study  of  syntax 
directed  analysis,  error  recovery,  and  code  opti- 


*  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 


Counselor,  Secondarv.  and  Professional  Education 


School  of  Education 


mization.  Compiler  language  features  PREREQ: 
CSC  341.  Offered  as  needed. 

343  Formal  Languages  (3)  A  study  of  the  various 
types  of  automata  and  their  associated  languages. 
This  course  is  designed  to  give  a  student  an  under- 
standing and  appreciation  of  the  production  system 
for  languages  and  their  relationship  to  automata. 
PREREQ:  CSC  241  and  242,  and  MAT  221  and 
281.  Offered  in  fall  of  odd-numbered  years. 

345  Nonimperative  Programming  Languages  (3) 

A  detailed  examination  of  the  thnse  programming  lan- 
guage paradigms  other  than  the  standard  imperative 
one;  the  functional,  declarative,  and  object-onented 
paradigms.  Languages  which  make  a  far  greater  use 
of  recursion  than  the  standard  imperative  languages 
will  be  covered.  Typical  examples  include  Common 
Lisp;  Prolog,  and  CLOS  This  course  uses  one  of  the 
UNIX  platforms. 

350  Computers  in  Education  (3)  (nonmajors) 

Technical  knowledge  and  skills  for  successful  use 
of  the  computer  as  a  supportive  tool  for  education  in 
elementary  and  secondarv  school  classes  Includes 
hands-on  experience  using  word  processing,  data- 
base, spreadsheet,  and  elementary  desktop  publish- 
ing. Software  evaluation  techniques  are  learned 
using  both  utility  and  subject-matter  software 
Usuallv  offered  in  summer  sessions. 


361  Simulation  (3)  Computer  simulation  using  logi- 
cal and  numencal  modeling  to  represent  systems.  Use 
of  special  languages  to  simulate  actual  systems.  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  241,  MAT  221  (or  equivalent),  MAT  281 
(or  MAT  262)  Offered  in  spring  seinester. 
371  Computer  Graphics  (3)  Construction  and 
manipulation  of  prototypes  for  graphical  display  pur- 
poses PREREQ:  CSC  24 1 ,  MAT  22 1 ,  MAT  28 1  (or 
MAT  262).  Offered  in  spnng  or  summer  semester. 
381  Artificial  Intelligence  (3)  Thorough  study  and 
analysis  of  the  LISP  language  in  its  application  to 
non-numenc  problems  and  symbol  manipulations. 
Application  to  gaming,  scene  analysis  and  pattern 
recognition,  linguistic  analysis  and  semantic  repre- 
sentation, image  analysis  and  solution  spaces,  and 
problem  solving  and  attention  control  Each  student 
IS  required  to  take  one  substantial  problem  and  solve 
it  using  the  LISP  language  and  the  techniques  of 
anificial  intelligence  PREREQ:  CSC  241  and  242, 
and  MAT  162  and  281.  Offered  in  fall  semester 
385  Expert  Systems  (3)  Using  the  techniques  of  arti- 
ficial intelligence  and  formal  logic,  methods  are 
developed  to  establish  knowledge  bases  and  to  extract 
inferences  Topics  covered  are  backward  and  forward 
chaining,  .search  methods,  and  frames  and  slots.  PRE- 
REQ CSC  core  and  MAT  28 1 .  Offered  as  needed. 
400  Cooperative  Specialty  (9)  Working  for  an 
organization  in  his  or  her  concentration  area,  the 


student  applies  his  or  her  background  to  real  prob- 
lems PREREQ:  Written  permission  from  computer 
science  internship  supervisor,  a  2.5  in  CSC,  a  2.0  in 
MAT  (in  WCU  classroom  courses),  programming 
languages  labs,  and  completion  of  degree  require- 
ments during  semester  of  registration 
402  Software  Engineering  (3)  The  purpose  of  this 
course  is  to  introduce  students  to  problems  associated 
with  programming  large  projects.  Emphasis  is  on  pro- 
ject planning,  requu^ement  analysis,  software  quality 
assurance,  testing,  and  maintenance  Students  work  in 
groups  on  a  large  project  PREREQ:  CSC  core  and 
CSC  .1(X)  Offered  in  spring  semester. 
490  Independent  Project  in  Computer  Science 
(1-5)  The  student  designs  and  implements  a  soft- 
ware system  Project  problems  are  drawn  from 
local  industry  and  university  departments.  A  com- 
puter science  faculty  member  supervises  each  pro- 
ject PREREQ  Permission  of  instructor. 
♦  495  Topics  in  Computer  Science  (3)  Announced 
at  time  of  offering  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
instructor  Offered  as  needed 
499  Independent  Study  in  Computer  Science  (1- 
4)  In  conjunction  with  the  instructor,  the  student 
selects  study  topics  via  literature  search.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 

207  Recitation  Hail 

610-436-2958 

Shirley  A,  Walters,  Chairperson 

John  L.  Hynes,  Assistant  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Gadaleto,  C.  Good,  Hsu,  Kahn,  Parsons,  S.  Wallers 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  D.  Brown.  Haggard.  Holingjak,  Hynes, 
Napierkowski,  Silverman,  Welsh 

ASSISTAiST  PROFESSORS:  Bolton.  Broderick.  K.  Brown,  Hinson, 

Kurzinsky.  Mastrilli.  Socoski.  Spradlin 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education,  which  prepares  the  student  for 
teaching  in  the  secondary  schools,  may  be  earned  with  an  academic  spe- 
cialization in  biology,  chemistry,  communication,  earth  and  space  sci- 
ence, English,  French,  general  science,  German,  Latin,  mathematics, 
physics,  Russian,  Spanish,  or  social  studies  (which  includes  concentra- 
tions in  anthropology,  economics,  geography,  history,  philosophy,  polit- 
ical science,  psychology,  and  sociology). 

Satisfactory  completion  of  a  secondary  curriculum  also  will  qualify  the  stu- 
dent for  a  Pennsylvania  InsUTictional  I  Certificate,  which  is  valid  for  six 
years  of  teaching  the  specified  subject  in  approved  secondary  schools  in 
Pennsylvania,  The  student  must  choose  one  academic  field  of  specializa- 
tion. 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION 


5 1  semester  hours 
30  semester  hours 


1,  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2,  Professional  Education  Requirements 
Secondary  Education 

EDF  100*,  EDM  300*  (taken  in  Department  of  Instructional  Media), 
EDP  250*  and  351*,  EDS  306*,  Teaching  Skills/Methods  (taken  in 
academic  department  of  subject  specialization)*.  EDS  41 1/412 

3,  Secondary  teaching  certification  is  given  in  specific  subject  areas. 
Therefore,  specialization  in  one  of  the  teaching  fields  listed  below  is 
required  for  graduation  in  secondary  education.  The  minimum  num- 
ber of  semester  hours  required  for  each  field  is  listed  in  this  catalog 
under  the  appropriate  academic  department.  These  hours  will  satisfy 
the  Level  I  Certification  requirements  in  Pennsylvania, 


Secondary  Areas  of  Certification 

Biology  French 

Chemistry  General  Science 

Communication  German 


Physics 
Russian 
Social  Studies 
Spanish 


Earth  and  Space  Science  Latin 

English  Mathematics 

Students  in  the  secondary  education  program  must  confer  regularly  with 
their  professional  studies  adviser  in  the  Department  of  Counselor, 
Secondary,  and  Professional  Education,  as  well  as  with  the  academic 
adviser  assigned  by  their  respective  academic  department.  Information 
and  advisement  on  the  secondary  education  program  may  also  be 
obtained  from  the  Secondary  Education  Advisement  Center  located  in 
251  F.H.  Green  Library,  The  certification  of  all  students  whose  goal  is 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  is  the  responsibility  of  the  certifi- 
cation officer  of  the  School  of  Education. 

Student  Teaching  Eligibility 

To  be  eligible  for  student  teaching  in  secondary  education  (EDS  41 1- 
412),  the  student  must  have  fulfilled  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Completed  the  following  five  courses  with  a  mimmum  cumulative  GPA 
of2,25:EDF100;EDP250;ENG  121;  MAT  above  000;  PSY  100. 

2.  Completed  the  following  six  courses  with  a  minimum  cumulative 
GPA  of  2.5,  with  at  least  a  C  (2.0)  in  these  courses:  EDF  100;  EDM 
300;  EDP  250;  EDP  351;  EDS  306;  and  methods  or  teaching  skills 
course  in  the  area  of  specialization  offered  in  the  appropriate  acade- 
mic department, 

3.  Completed  an  approved  computer  literacy  course  or  an  approved 
computer  literacy  assessment. 

4.  Completed  the  speech  and  hearing  screening  test  administered  by  the 
Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  at  201  Carter  Drive. 

5.  Passed  a  reading  test  administered  by  the  Department  of  Childhood 
Studies  and  Reading. 

6.  Completed  any  test  and/or  other  requirements  set  by  the  appropriate 
academic  department. 

7.  Completed  a  minimum  of  96  semester  hours  with  a  Grade  Point 
Average  of  at  least  2,5,  including  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  all  edu- 
cation courses. 


'  The  student  must  have  a  2.5  GPA  in  professional  education  courses  with  at 
least  a  C  (2.0)  in  the  asterisked  courses  in  order  to  be  admitted  to  EDS  411-412, 
Student  Teaching.  (Also  see  Student  Teaching,  page  131  ) 


School  of  Education 


Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COUNSELOR  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDC 

462  Essentials  of  the  Helping  Relationship  (3) 

This  course  sur\eys  the  concepts  and  skills 
involved  in  helping  others  through  individual 
interviewing,  problem  solving,  decision  making, 
and  systematic  behavior  change. 
♦  498  Counselor  Education  Workshop  (3) 
499  Peer  Helper  Workshop  (1-3)  A  workshop 
that  focuses  on  acquisition  of  specific  knowledge 
and  skills  necessary  for  working  in  a  college  set- 
ting. 

FOUNDATIONS 
Symbol:  EOF 

100  School  and  Society  (3)  .\n  introduction  to 
the  nature,  function,  scope,  organization,  adminis- 
tration, and  support  of  the  public  school  in  .Ameri- 
can society.  Offered  every  semester 
350  The  Professional  and  Student  Personnel 
Services  (3)  An  introduction  to  nonadjunclive  ser- 
vices in  education  PREREQ:  EDP  250. 
360  The  Learner  in  Nonschool  Settings  (3) 
Emphasis  in  the  course  will  be  placed  on  intra- 
and  interpersonal  development,  facilitative  growth 
and  adjustment,  and  dysfunction  as  they  may 
impact  the  nonschool  educator  or  trainer. 
364  Systems-Based  Educational  Services  (3) 
This  course  introduces  the  student  to  general  sys- 
tems (social)  theor>'.  focusing  on  the  elements, 
dynamics,  and  operations  of  a  system  thai  must  be 
considered  in  developing  educational  activities 
and  programs  for  that  system.  The  student  will 
learn  strategies  of  systems  analysis  and  interven- 


tion through  the  investigation  of  such  topics  as 
needs  assessment,  objective-based  programming, 
organizational  development,  and  program  evalua- 
tion. 

412  Internship  in  Nonschool  Settings  (3)  The 
internship  experience  is  designed  for  upper-level 
education  students  who  are  interested  in  using  and 
transferring  existing  discipline  and  pedagogical 
skills  in  nonschool  settings.  A  regularly  scheduled 
practicum  will  be  held  for  all  internships. 
498  Workshop  in  Educational  Foundations  (3) 

EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

Symbol:  EDP 

249  Adolescent  Development  (3)  This  course 
focuses  on  the  emotional,  social,  intellectual, 
moral,  physical,  and  self-concept  factors  shaping 
human  behavior  w  ith  emphasis  on  adolescent 
behavior.  Offered  in  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

250  Educational  Psychology  (3)  A  study  of 
learning  in  relation  to  the  physical,  social,  emo- 
tional, and  intellectual  aspects  of  personality. 
Offered  every  semester. 

351   Evaluation  and  Measurement  (3)  A  survey 
of  testing  matenals  and  procedures  w  ith  emphasis 
on  interpretation  and  application.  PREREQ:  EDP 
250.  Offered  everv  semester. 
467  Group  Dynamics  (3)  A  group  process 
course  designed  to  help  students  develop  their  per- 
sonal effectiveness  in  group  situations. 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDS 

306  Principles  of  Teaching  and  Field  Experience 
in  Secondary  Education  (3)  Methods  and  strate- 


gies of  teaching  in  secondary  schools  w  ill  be  the 
core  of  the  course.  Implications  of  classroom  man- 
agement, learning,  and  other  related  problems  will 
be  discussed.  Students  will  observe  in  a  classroom 
for  nine  weeks.  PREREQ:  EOF  100.  Offered  in 
fall  and  spnng  semesters. 

410  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Special  topics  or 
projects  initiated  by  the  students  that  will  enable 
them  to  do  extensive  and  intensive  study  in  an 
area  of  secondary  education.  PREREQ:  Permis- 
sion of  department  chairperson. 

411-412  Student  Teaching  (6)  (6)  Observation 

and  participation  in  teaching  and  all  other  activi- 
ties related  to  the  teacher's  work  in  the  area  of  the 
student's  specialization.  PREREQ:  96  semester 
hours  including  all  professional  education  courses. 
Students  must  have  at  least  a  2.5  cumulative  aver- 
age and  at  least  a  grade  of  C  (2  0)  in  all  secondary 
education  and  professional  education  courses. 
Offered  in  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION/SPECIAL 
EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDX 

306  Principles  of  Teaching  and  Field  Expe- 
rience in  Special  Education  (3)  Methods  and 
strategies  of  teaching  in  public  education. 
Implications  of  classroom  management,  learning, 
and  other  related  problems  w  ill  be  discussed. 
Students  will  observe  in  a  classroom  for  nine 
weeks. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Environmental  Education  Program 

Thomas  Mastrilli,  Coordinator 

Certification  Endorsement  Program 

This  interdisciplinary  program  enables  teacher-education  majors  to 
secure  certification  endorsement  to  teach  environmental  education.  The 
course  sequences  in  the  program  are  drawn  from  existing  curricula  in 
the  natural  sciences,  social,  and  behavioral  sciences,  and  health  and 
physical  education,  and  permit  students  to  graduate  with  the  certifica- 
tion endorsement  in  environmental  education.  That  is.  their  teaching 
certificates  will  be  valid  for  environmental  education  as  well  as  for 
their  major  area  of  study.  For  the  endorsement  in  environmental  educa- 
tion, students  are  required  to  complete  four  core  courses  and  two  elec- 
tive courses  chosen  from  one  of  the  following  areas  of  concentration: 
natural  sciences,  human  centered,  or  curriculum  centered.  Students 
wishing  to  explore  this  program  should  consult  with  the  coordinator  of 
environmental  education. 


CERTIFICATION  ENDORSEMENT  PROGRAM 

1.  Required  Core  Courses  12  semester  hours 

BIO  172*  and  201*;  EDO  420;  and  GEO  230 


6-8  semester  hours 


Electives — two  courses  from 
one  of  these  areas: 

Group  A— Natural  Sciences 

BIO  275,  277,  377,  and  378;  ESS  101,  111, 
201.  and  330 

Group  B — Human  Centered 

ANT  102.  310.  346:  GEO  214,  232,  310,  312; 
SOC  200  and  342 

Group  C — Curriculum  Centered 

EDO  405.  410.  41 1.415.  and  425 


Biology  majors  must  substitute  biology  courses  from  Group  A  with  the 
approval  of  their  advisers. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ENVIRONMENTAL  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDO 

405  Consenation  Education  Curriculum  (K-12) 
(3)  Conservation  education  as  it  exists  in  the  pre- 
sent school  curriculum  and  ways  to  integrate  con- 
servation into  elementary  and  secondar>'  school  dis- 
ciplines. Characteristics,  interrelationships,  and  uses 
of  our  natural  resources;  problems  and  policies  of 
industrial  management  in  consenation  as  they  are 
related  to  the  school  curriculum. 
410  Methods  in  Conservation  Education  (3) 
Basic  concepts  and  practices  of  conservation  and 


outdoor  education  and  their  role  in  the  school  pro- 
gram. 

411  Enviromnental  Education  Workshop  (3) 

Each  year  the  workshop  is  conducted  at  different 
geographic  locations,  such  as  Alaska  and  Colorado. 
A  field-centered  learning  experience,  the  workshop 
includes  camping  trips,  studies  of  flora  and  fauna, 
and  field  investigations  There  is  interaction  with 
various  governmental  agencies  as  well  as  informal 
investigations  of  environmental  problems. 

415  Historv'  of  Conservation  (3)  Development  of 
the  conservation  movement  in  the  US.  with  empha- 


sis on  the  progressive  adaptation  of  conservation  to 
our  changing  social  and  economic  order. 
420  Organization  and  Administration  of  Out- 
door Education  (3)  Basic  concepts  of  outdoor  edu- 
cation, the  role  of  outdoor  education  in  the  school 
program,  and  the  initiation  and  administration  of 
outdoor  education. 

425  Independent  Studies  in  Envirorunental 
Education  (3)  Special  research  projects,  reports, 
and  readings  in  conservation  and  outdoor  educa- 
tion. Open  to  seniors  only  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
instructor 
498  Workshop  in  Envirormiental  Education  (3) 


Criminal  Justice 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


Department  of  Criminal  Justice 


200  Ruby  Jones  Hall 

610-436-2647 

Jana  Nestlerode,  Chairperson 

PROFESSOR:  Nestlerode 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR:  Metz 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Brewster.  Nealy,  Vigorita,  Wong 

West  Chester  University's  Department  of  Criminal  Justice  offers  a 

broad-based,  interdisciplinary  program  that  combines  theory  with 

application.  Courses  which  teach  applied  knowledge  complement  a 

solid  core  curriculum  of  theory,  philosophy,  and  analysis.  The  program 

is  designed  to  fulfill  the  needs  of  four  categories  of  students: 

1.  Those  who  desire  a  carefully  planned  four-year  program  of  study  to 
prepare  for  careers  in  criminal  justice; 

2.  Students  from  two-year  colleges  who  desire  to  continue  their  educa- 
tions and  obtain  bachelor's  degrees; 

3.  Criminal  justice  professionals  who  seek  to  increase  their  profession- 
al competencies  by  strengthenmg  their  educational  backgrounds; 

4.  Those  who  wish  to  pursue  master's  degrees  or  law  degrees. 

The  program  provides   1 )  a  core  curriculum  of  required  courses  to  ensure 
a  solid  working  knowledge  of  the  major  systems  withm  the  discipline;  2) 
a  variety  of  elective  courses  which  permits  students  to  tailor  their  academ- 
ic careers  to  their  professional  goals;  3)  a  venue  for  the  development  of 
critical  analysis  and  communication  skills;  and  4)  practical  experience  in  a 
crirainal  justice  setting.  These  pnmary  programmatic  qualities  advanta- 
geously position  the  successful  undergraduate  student  for  entry-level  posi- 
tions in  cnminal  justice  agencies  or  postgraduate  studies. 
A  pnmary  feature  of  the  program  is  the  summer  practicum  served  at  a 
criminal  justice  agency.  It  is  designed  to  give  the  student  the  opportu- 
nity to  apply  acquired  theoretical  knowledge,  and  receive  direct  profes- 
sional experience  in  the  field. 

Related  Student  Activities 

The  Cnminal  Justice  Club  (Sigma  Tau  Omicron)  is  the  local  chapter  of 
the  Amencan  Cnminal  Justice  Association  (Lambda  Alpha  Epsilon). 
The  activities  of  this  organization  are  open  to  all  students.  The  Law 


Society  is  an  organization  also  open  to  all  students,  but  may  be  of  par- 
ticular interest  to  those  students  aspinng  to  law  school. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 


51  semester  hours 
1 5  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 
12  semester  hours 


30  semester  hours 


1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Required  Courses 
CRJ  1 10.  210.  300,  387,  and  400 
NOTE:  A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  required 
in  each  course. 

3.  Criminal  Justice  Electives 

4.  Summer  Practicum  (required) 
CRJ  490 

NOTE:  A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  required  in 
this  course. 

5.  Related  Areas  (minor  or  electives  taken 
under  advisement) 

Enrollment  in  CRJ  1 10  and  CRJ  210  is  open  to  all  students.  However, 
enrollment  in  all  other  criminal  justice  courses  is  limited  to  criminal  jus- 
tice majors,  criminal  justice  minors,  and  to  those  students  who  have 
received  special  permission  from  the  department  chairperson.  Admission 
to  the  program  is  competitive,  and  enrollment  in  such  restricted  courses  is 
no  assurance  of  admission  into  the  major  (nor  is  acceptance  into  the  minor 
program  assurance  of  future  acceptance  into  the  major).  Students  wishing 
to  change  their  majors  to  cnminal  justice  must  apply  to  the  department  in 
the  announced  fall  and  spring  application  pjeriods.  Evaluation  of  applica- 
tions is  based  on  academic  performance,  writing  ability,  and  other  rele- 
vant data. 

NOTE:  This  program  deviates  from  the  "Anticipated  Time  for  Degree 
Completion."  which  is  outlined  on  page  44,  since  the  program  requires 
the  completion  of  requirements  that  can  only  be  met  in  the  summer. 


18  semester  hours 

15  semester  hours 


Minor  in  Criminal  Justice 

1.  Required  Courses 
CRJ  1 10,  210,  300,  387,  and  400 
NOTE:  A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  required 
in  each  course. 

2.  Cnminal  Justice  Electives 
This  minor  may  be  taken  as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  liberal  studies  general  degree  program. 


3  semester  hours 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

Symbol:  CRJ 

110  Introduction  to  the  Criminal  Justice  System 

(3)  This  course  is  designed  lo  descnbe  the  cnminal 
justice  system  from  arrest  through  tnal,  appeal,  sen- 
tencing, correction,  and  parole.  The  object  of  this 
course  is  lo  provide  the  student  with  a  procedural 
framework  of  the  cnrmnaJ  justice  process. 
210  Theories  in  Criminal  Justice  (3)  This  course 
is  a  survey  of  the  histoncal  and  contemporary 
attempts  to  explain  the  phenomena  of  crime  and 
criminal  behavior  from  the  perspectives  of  sociolo- 
gy, psychology,  economics,  biology,  and  law. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  contemporary  theory  and 
the  analysis  of  evidence  supportive  of  various  theo- 
retical positions 

220  Corrections  (3)  The  purpose  of  this  course  is 
to  provide  the  student  with  a  survey  and  analysis  of 
the  correctional  system  and  its  processes  from  both  a 
historical  and  geographical  persf)ective.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  relating  this  survey  and  analysis  to 
contemporary  practice  and  future  trends  in  the  area 
of  coaections 

240  Criminal  Investigation  (3)  Cnminal  investiga- 
tion functions  of  police  involving  crimes  of  \iolence. 
cnmes  against  property,  and  organized  crime.  Police 
operational  techniques  and  applicable  court  decisions 
in  the  areas  of  interview,  search,  seizure,  and  arrest 
268  Private  Security  (3)  This  course  will  provide 
an  in-depth  examination  of  the  various  facets  and 


interests  ot  the  pnvate  sector  of  secunty  A  review 
of  the  history .  organization,  management,  and  safely 
issues  pertaining  to  the  private  secunty  profession 
will  be  addressed  Emphasis  is  placed  on  policy  and 
decision  making,  personnel,  and  budgeting,  as  well 
as  an  examination  of  secunty  programming  that 
responds  to  the  private  sector. 

300  Criminal  Law  (3)  This  course  will  cover  the 
pnnciples  of  criminal  responsibility,  the  purposes 
and  limitations  of  cnminal  law,  and  the  elements  of 
various  criminal  offenses.  Substantive  criminal  law 
will  cover  the  conduct,  acts,  and  omissions  that  have 
been  designated  as  crimes.  These  acts  (or  omissions) 
plus  the  mental  state  and  other  essential  elements 
that  make  up  cnminal  action  will  be  examined.  PRE- 
REQ:  Students  must  have  earned  a  grade  of  C  or 
better  in  CRJ  110,  CRJ  210,  and  ENG  121. 

304  History  and  Philosophy  of  Law  and  Justice 

(3)  This  course  is  intended  to  aid  the  beginning  stu- 
dent in  understanding  the  historical  and  philosophi- 
cal influences  on  the  American  criminal  justice  sys- 
tem; introduce  the  student  to  a  broad  range  of  indi- 
viduals who.  over  a  period  of  2,000  years,  have 
made  significant  conuibutions  to  the  formulation  and 
process  of  justice;  and  analyze  vanous  other  systems 
of  criminal  justice  found  in  dissimilar  cultures. 

310  Juvenile  Justice  Administration  (3)  A  survey 
of  both  the  formal  (police/courts/corrections)  and  the 
informal  (diversion)  means  of  dealing  with  the  prob- 
lem of  juvenile  crime.  Emphasis  is  not  on  the  behav- 


ior but  on  society's  response  to  it  Emphasis  also 
will  be  placed  on  the  legal  nghts  of  juveniles. 

312  VVhite-Collar  Crime  (3)  This  course  analyzes 
the  usually  nonviolent  criminal  conduct  described  as 
official  corruption,  systematic  crime,  or  violations  of 
trust  that  are  characterized  by  calculation,  deceit,  and 
personal  enrichment.  The  influence  of  organized 
cnme  also  is  explored 

314  Organized  Crime  (3)  Organized  crime  is 
examined  as  an  Amencan  phenomenon,  then  com- 
pared to  organized  criminal  activity  in  Europe  and 
Asia  The  student  will  place  in  perspective  the  cur- 
rent organizations  in  the  U.S.  and  their  historical 
development  over  the  last  century.  European  group- 
ings are  examined  as  precursors/models  of  U.S. 
transplants  with  insights  into  the  proliferation  of 
such  groups  in  the  Far  East. 
330  Criminal  Behavior  (3)  This  course  exposes 
students  to  broad,  theoretical  positions  on  crime  and 
to  observable  criminal  offenses.  Students  will  leam 
to  avoid  oversimplified,  dogmatic  answers.  Research 
findings  on  understanding  and  controlling  crime  will 
be  discussed.  The  course  will  help  a  student  appreci- 
ate the  need  to  integrate  contemporary  psychology 
into  an  understanding  of  criminal  behavior. 
340  Victimless  Crimes  (3)  This  course  is  designed 
to  familianze  the  student  with  the  ramifications  of 
vice  control.  It  will  cover  such  topics  as  prostitu- 
tion, homosexuality,  pornography,  gambling,  and 
bookmaking.  as  well  as  histoncal  perspectives, 
statutes  and  interpretations,  a  comparison  of  illegal 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


Economics  and  Finance 


operations,  enforcement  techniques,  and  legal- 
ization efforts. 

350  Scientific  Crime  Detection  (3)  This 
course  will  engender  an  appreciation  of  what  is 
entailed  for  an  individual  to  understand  current 
scientific  methods  of  detection  in  the  criminal 
justice  system. 

387  Criminal  Justice  Research  (3)  This 
course  is  designed  to  provide  an  overview  of 
research  methods  used  in  criminal  justice 
research,  including  data  collection  methods, 
sampling  techniques,  and  basic  statistical  analy- 
ses. The  course  will  provide  hands-on  applica- 
tion of  research  methods  as  well  as  critical 
analyses  of  research  studies  conducted  by  oth- 
ers in  the  field  of  criminal  justice  PREREQ: 
Students  must  have  earned  a  grade  of  C  or  bet- 
ter in  CRJ  110.  CRJ2I0,  andENG  121. 

400  Criminal  Procedure  (3)  This  course  is  an 
examination  of  the  theory  and  application  of  the 
law  and  rules  of  evidence  for  the  cnminal  jus- 
tice student.  It  will  develop  an  understanding  of 
the  reasons  for  the  rules  of  evidence  and  a 
grasp  of  the  application  of  the  rules  in  case 
investigation  and  for  presentation  in  court 
through  a  study  of  selected  cases,  statutes,  and 
the  analysis  of  hypothetical  cases  and  situa- 
tions. PREREQ:  Students  must  have  earned  a 
grade  of  C  or  better  in  CRJ  300  and  CRJ  387. 
^  410  Independent  Studies  in  Criminal 
Justice  (1-3)  Research  projects,  reports,  and 
readings  in  criminal  justice.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  department  chairperson. 

430  Interviewing  and  Counseling  the 
Offender  (3)  Techniques  of  interviewing  and 
counseling  applicable  to  law  enforcement  and 
corrections  officers.  Areas  of  study  include  the 
initial  interview,  interrogation,  informant-han- 
dling techniques,  manipulative  behavior  of 
offenders,  and  exit  interviews.  Role  playing  and 
sociodrama  are  used. 

435  Assessment  of  the  Offender  (3)  This 
course  will  develop  students'  abilities  to 
describe,  recognize,  and  understand  psychomet- 
ric measures  on  adult  and  juvenile  offenders. 
Topics  include  understanding  the  selection  of 
psychometric  measurements,  observing  and 
drawing  from  life  histories,  and  understanding 
how  violent  behavior  may  be  predicted. 


440  Violent  Crime  (3)  This  course  seeks  to 
survey  the  incidence  of  violent  crime,  to  ana- 
lyze the  violent  criminal,  and  to  study  the  vari- 
ety of  means  that  have  been  developed  to  con- 
trol criminal  violence. 

450  Criminalistics  (3)  This  course  is  designed 
to  follow  CRJ  240  and  CRJ  350.  It  builds  on 
the  principles  learned  in  those  courses  and  per- 
mits students  to  apply  those  principles.  The 
course  involves  demonstrations  of  examinations 
and  analyses  of  physical  evidence.  Students 
actively  participate  in  several  of  those  examina- 
tions and  experiments.  Materials  will  be  provid- 
ed; field  trips  may  be  made.  Course  enrollment 
is  limited 

^  455  Topical  Seminar  in  Criminal  Justice 
(3)  Intensive  examination  of  a  selected  area  of 
study  in  the  field  of  criminal  justice.  Topics 
will  be  announced  at  the  time  of  offering. 
Course  may  be  taken  more  than  once  when  dif- 
ferent topics  are  presented.  PREREQ:  Junior  or 
senior  CRJ  major  or  with  permission  of  instruc- 
tor, 

460  Evidence  and  Trial  Advocacy  (3)  This 
course  moves  a  step  beyond  basic  criminal  law 
and  cnminal  procedure  studies  and  takes  the 
student  into  the  courtroom.  The  student  will 
learn  basic  rules  of  evidence  presentation  and 
court  procedure  and  discover  how  the  trial 
process  works  by  actively  participating  in  it. 
The  student  will  learn  how  to  distill  the  issues, 
and  to  present  concise,  well-reasoned  argu- 
ments supporting  a  given  position.  It  is  in  this 
manner  that  the  student  will  learn  critical  analy- 
sis and  practical  presentation.  (This  course  is 
designed  for  those  students  who  have  complet- 
ed CRJ  300  and  CRJ  400.) 

461  Notable  Criminal  Cases  (3)  Selected  fac- 
tual accounts  of  cnminality  and  criminal  behav- 
ior over  the  past  75  years  are  analyzed.  Selec- 
tion is  based  on  notoriety  and  continued  dis- 
pute Course  is  designed  to  illuminate,  through 
reading  and  class  analysis,  a  wide  spectrum  of 
cnminal  conduct  and  the  related  investigative 
and  judicial  response. 

462  Management  Problems  and  Practices  (3) 
This  course  is  intended  to  aid  in  the  instruction 
of  students  who  are  potential  candidates  for 
administrative  positions.  Its  objective  is  neither 
to  present  a  new  approach  to  the  field  nor  to 


support  an  existing  one:  rather,  it  is  to  provide 
the  student  with  a  well-rounded  view  of  the 
subject  and  to  lay  the  groundwork  for  further 
study.  This  is  done  by  bringing  together  the 
most  appropriate  concepts  and  practices  in  man- 
aging an  organization;  eg.,  purpose  defining, 
planning,  decision  making,  staffing,  motivating, 
communicating,  collective  bargaining,  and  con- 
trolling. 

470  Interpersonal  Relations  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  to  aid  a  student's  self  analysis  in  terms 
of  behavior  patterns  or  changes  affecting  his  or 
her  life.  This  self  knowledge  often  leads  to 
understanding  relationships  with  others,  which 
can  assist  students  in  relating  to  other  persons 
in  their  personal,  social,  and  professional  lives, 

482  Contemporary  Legal  Issues  (3)  This 
course  encompasses  a  brief  review  of  the  gener- 
al principles  of  law  and  procedure,  followed  by 
an  in-depth  study  of  the  more  controversial 
legal  dilemmas  facing  today's  cnminal  justice 
system.  The  course  is  designed  to  shed  light  on 
each  side  of  the  issue,  to  enable  the  student  to 
see  beyond  the  superficial  aspects  of  the  con- 
flict, and  to  understand  its  more  profound 
nature. 

487  Ethical  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  identify  and  examine 
ethical  issues  among  practitioners  and  students 
in  the  criminal  justice  field.  Such  issues  may 
include  the  discretionary  power  of  arrest,  the 
use  of  deadly  force,  the  decision  to  prosecute, 
participation  in  plea  bargaining,  representation 
of  the  guilty,  and  the  imposition  of  punishment. 
Such  a  course  will  promote  inquiry  that  com- 
bines ethical  analysis  with  a  practical  awareness 
of  the  realities  of  the  criminal  justice  system, 

490  Practicum  (12)  Independent  study  based 
on  a  vocational  placement  in  a  cnminal  justice 
agency:  police,  courts,  defense,  or  corrections. 
The  design  of  each  placement  depends  on  the  stu- 
dent's previous  expenence  and  area  of  interest. 
Written  biweekly  reports,  and  a  major  paper  are 
required  For  seniors  only  PREREQ:  Students 
must  have  earned  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  CRJ 
300  and  CRJ  387. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Economics  and  Finance 

309A  Anderson  Hall 

610-436-2217 

Cynthia  Benzing,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Benzing,  DeMoss,  T.  Naggar,  Sylvester 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Bove,  Mohan 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Andrews,  Dunleavy,  Tolin 

The  primary  objective  of  the  Department  of  Economics  and  Finance  is 

to  provide  a  learning  experience  that  will  permit  each  student  to  achieve 

maximum  intellecuial  development  in  his  or  her  chosen  area  of  study 

and  to  prepare  for  a  satisfying  career  in  that  field. 

As  an  aid  to  the  achievement  of  this  purpose,  the  Department  of 

Economics  and  Finance  strives; 

1.  To  assist  students  in  acquinng  a  fundamental  knowledge  and  under- 
standing of  the  framework  within  which  our  business  and  industrial 
system  operates; 


2.  To  acquaint  students  with  the  modem  techniques  used  by  business 
and  industry  that  enables  them  to  deal  effectively  with  the  changing 
environment;  and 

3.  To  encourage  students  in  developing  the  ability  to  analyze  situa- 
tions, to  relate  and  classify  pertinent  factors,  and  to  derive  alterna- 
tives for  solving  problems. 

The  Department  of  Economics  and  Finance  coordinates  its  courses  with 
the  departments  of  Accounting,  Management,  and  Marketing. 
Majors  in  the  department  must  consult  the  departmental  handbook  and 
their  adviser  annually  for  current  requirements. 
Three  degree  programs  are  offered; 

1,  The  B.S.  in  ECONOMICS  focuses  on  a  business  orientation  of  eco- 
nomic analysis. 

2,  The  B.A.  in  ECONOMICS  provides  a  societal  orientation  to  eco- 
nomic analysis. 

3,  The  B.S.  in  FINANCE  focuses  on  investment,  international  finance, 
and  financial  markets. 


Economics  and  Finance 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


5 1  semester  hours 


33  semester  hours 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— ECONOMICS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 
(Includes  CSC  101,  ECO  1 1 1*,  and  MAT  107. 
See  appropriate  curriculum  guidance  sheet.) 

2.  Business  and  Economics  Core 
ACC  201*,  202*;  BLA  201*;  ECO  112*,  251*, 
252*,  and  335;  FIN  325;  MOT  300*.  499*;  and 
MKT  325* 

3.  Other  courses  required  by  the  business  program 
CSC  101  and  MAT  107.  These  courses  satisfy 
and  are  included  under  general  requirements. 

4.  Other  course  required 
MAT  108 
Economics  Major* 

ECO  340,  348,  and  409,  and  three  additional 
300-ievel  or  above  courses  in  economics 

6.  Economics  or  Business  Electives 

7.  Free  Electives 
Includes  nine  semester  hours  for  general 
requirements 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— FINANCE 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 
(Includes  CSC  101.  ECO  HI*,  and  MAT  107. 
See  appropriate  curriculum  guidance  sheet,) 

2.  Business  and  Economics  Core 
ACC  201*,  202*;  BLA  201*;  ECO  112*, 
251*,  and  252*;  FIN  315*,  325*;  MGT  300*, 
499*;  and  MKT  325* 

3.  Other  courses  required  by  the  business  program:  CSC  101  and 
MAT  107.  These  courses  satisfy  and  are  included  under  general 
requirements. 

4.  Other  course  required  3  semester  hours 
MAT  108 


5.  Finance  Major* 

FIN  326,  344,  372,  375;  and  four  electives, 
300  level  or  above,  in  finance  or  accounting 

6.  Business  Electives 

7.  Free  electives 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— ECONOMICS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Foreign  Language  Requirement 


24  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 
1 1  semester  hours 

5 1  semester  hours 
0-15  semester  hours 
9  semester  hours 
36  semester  hours 


5. 


3  semester  hours 


1 8  semester  hours 


12  semester  hours 
21  semester  hours 


5 1  semester  hours 


33  semester  hours 


5-20  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 


3.  Social  Science  Electives 

4.  Economics  Major  Requirement 
ECO  111-112,  251-252,  335,  340,  348,  and  409: 
MAT  107-108;  and  additional  departmental 
courses 

5.  Electives 
Six  semester  hours  of  electives  may  be 
economics  courses.  See  department  adviser 

Minor  in  Economics 

Course  requirements  are  ECO  111*,  112*,  340*,  and  348*,  plus  two 
economics  electives  selected  under  departmental  advisement.  (MAT 
107  and  108  are  prerequisites  for  ECO  340  and  348.) 

Minor  in  Finance  21  semester  hours 

Course  requirements  are  FIN  325**,  326**,  344**,  and  372**.  (ACC 
201  and  ECO  111,  1 12  are  prerequisites  for  the  course  requirements.) 

Social  Studies  with  Concentration  in  Economics 

Students  interested  in  teaching  secondary  school  social  studies  may 
pursue  a  concentration  in  economics  while  earning  state  certification 
and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  degree.  See  the  description  of 
the  social  studies  section  on  pages  125-126. 


•A  minimum  grade  of  C  must  be  attained  in  these  courses. 
**A  minimum  grade  of  C-  must  be  attained  in  these  courses. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ECONOMICS 

Symbol:  ECO 

*  101   Principles  of  Economics — Survey  (3) 

Basic  principles  underlying  production  and  con- 
sumption activities  in  our  modified,  capitalistic 
economic  system,  from  the  aggregate  as  well  as 
individual  and  sectoral  standpoints.  Issues  include 
competition,  unemployment,  inflation,  economic 
growth,  and  alternative  systems. 

*  111   Principles  of  Economics  I  (Macro)  (3) 
National  income  and  its  measurement.  The  determi- 
nation of  pnce  levels,  output,  and  employment. 
Money  and  credit,  expenditures,  and  economic  sta- 
bility. Government  fiscal  and  monetary  policy. 
PREREQ  Working  knowledge  of  high  school 
mathematics  is  required 

*  112  Principles  of  Economics  n  (Micro)  (3) 
Principles  underlying  use  and  allocation  of  scarce 
productive  resources.  Consumption  and  production 
activities.  Value,  pnce,  and  income  distribution. 
Considerations  of  economic  efficiency  and  welfare. 
PREREQ:  Working  knowledge  of  high  school 
mathematics. 

251  Quantitative  Business  Analysis  I  (3)  Considers 
the  fundamental  ideas  of  statistical  theory  that  are 
appropriate  for  solving  problems  in  the  fields  of 
business  and  economics.  Topics  include  descnptive 
statistics,  probability  theory,  sampling  and  estima- 
tion, and  hypothesis  testing.  PREREQ:  MAT  107. 

252  Quantitative  Business  Analysis  II  (3)  Continu- 
ation of  ECO  25 1 .  Topics  include  hypothesis  test- 
ing, analysis  of  variance,  and  simple  multiple 
regression  analysis  PREREQ:  ECO  25 1 . 

303  Economic  Role  of  Women  (3)  Statistical 
information  pertaining  to  one  of  the  most  important 


Lhanges  in  the  .Amencan  economy  in  this  centur. — 
the  increase  in  the  number  of  working  women.  Job- 
related  aspects,  such  as  the  historical  pattern,  labor 
force  participation,  education,  earnings,  labor  sup- 
ply, and  sex  discrimination  PREREQ:  Junior-level 
standing  or  permission  of  instructor. 

333  Consumer  Economics  (3)  Major  kinds  of 
economic  decisions  required  of  consumers. 
Evaluation  of  the  social  and  economic  conse- 
quences of  those  decisions 

334  Labor  Economics  (3)  Application  of  econom- 
ic theory  to  the  operation  of  labor  markets  and  the 
collective  bargaining  process  Consideration  is 
given  to  the  development  of  the  labor  movement 
and  public  policy  toward  labor  and  employment. 
PREREQ:  ECO  112. 

335  Money  and  Banking  (3)  A  survey  of  money, 
credit,  and  pnces.  emphasizing  their  effects  on  eco- 
nomic stability  The  Federal  Reserve  System  and  its 
effect  on  credit  control   PREREQ:  ECO  1 12 

336  Regulation  of  Competition  (3)  Background 
and  development  of  public  policies  that  directly 
modify  the  free  enterpnse  economy  of  the  United 
States.  Evaluation  of  policies  that  change  the  nature 
and  extent  of  competition  PREREQ:  ECO  112. 

337  Economic  Growth  and  Development  (3)  A 
survey  and  critical  evaluation  of  alternative  theories 
of  capitalist  economic  development.  Analysis  and 
comparison  of  alternative  public  policies  applicable 
to  underdeveloped  countries  and  regions.  PREREQ: 
ECO  112 

338  International  Economics  (3)  A  descriptive, 
analytical  examination  of  international  trade, 
finance,  and  other  economic  relationships.  The 
effects  of  public  policies  on  these  relationships. 
PREREQ:  ECO  112. 


340  Intermediate  Microeconomics  (3)  A  continu- 
ation and  extension  of  the  price-system  analysis  in 
ECO  1 12  Emphasis  on  the  need  for  efficiency  in 
[he  economy's  use  of  scarce  productive  resources. 
PREREQ:  ECO  1 12  and  MAT  108. 

341  Public  Finance  (3)  Government's  influence 
on  stability  of  national  income  Nature  of  taxes  and 
expenditures  at  the  various  levels  of  government 
and  their  effect  on  the  allocation  of  resources  and 
the  dislnbution  of  income  PREREQ:  ECO  1 12. 
343  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (3)  Basic 
ideas  and  economic  institutions  of  socialism,  com- 
munism, and  capitalism  in  the  20th  century.  Prob- 
lems created  by  the  emergence  of  competing  sys- 
tems PREREQ:  ECO  112. 

#  344  American  Economic  Experience  (3)  This 
course  examines  the  U.S.  economy  from  the  Civil 
War  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  economic  the- 
ory' and  analysis.  The  sociological  ramifications  of 
economic  conditions  will  be  examined  through  the 
literature  of  the  era. 

345  History  of  Economic  Thought  (3)  Origins  of 
economic  thought  and  comparison  of  the  major 
schools  of  economic  doctrine.  Current  economic 
and  socio-political  factors  PREREQ:  ECO  1 12. 
347  Managerial  Economics  (3)  A  course  that 
seeks  to  develop  managerial  judgment.  The  premise 
is  that  technical  application,  to  be  successful,  must 
proceed  from  economic  feasibility.  One  plan  is 
weighed  against  another  in  terms  of  comparative 
costs  and  revenues,  return  on  investment,  plant- 
replacement  problems,  obsolescence,  and  deprecia- 
tion PREREQ:  ACC  202,  ECO  1 12  and  252,  and 
MAT  108. 


*  Approved  distributive  education  requirement. 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Office  of  the  Associate  Provost 


Educational  Services 


348  Intermediate  Macroeconomics  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  theory  of  income,  employment,  and 
growth  Provides  the  analytic  tools  necessary  for 
dealmg  with  aggregate  economic  problems.  PRE- 
REQ:  ECO  112  and  MAT  108. 

350  Urban  Economics  (3)  Economic  aspects  of 
such  urban  problems  as  poverty,  housing,  taxation, 
income  distribution,  and  discrimination.  Analysis  of 
economic  aspects  of  various  proposed  remedies, 
including  urban  renewal,  family  allowances,  coop- 
eratives, and  others.  PREREQ:  ECO  112. 

385  Environmental  and  Resource  Economics  (3) 

The  role  of  the  environment  in  an  economic  sys- 
tem. Topics  include  energy  economics,  the  eco- 
nomics of  renewable  and  nonrenewable  resources, 
and  the  economics  of  pollution.  PREREQ:  ECO 
1 12  and  MAT  108. 

401  Introduction  to  Econometrics  (3)  Statistical 
and  mathematical  techniques  applied  to  economic 
situations.  Use  of  empincal  data  in  economic  analy- 
sis. PREREQ:  ECO  1 12  and  252,  and  MAT  108. 

409  Senior  Seminar  (3)  Students  are  expected  to 
prepare  a  research  paper  that  describes  and  analyzes 
a  current  topic  in  economics.  PREREQ:  Senior 
standing,  ECO  252,  340,  and  348 

410  Independent  Studies  in  Economics  (1-3) 

Special  research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in 
economics.  Open  to  seniors  only.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

♦  411-412  Internship  (3  or  6)  The  internship  is 
open  to  majors  in  economics  only.  It  is  intended  to 
enhance  the  student's  educational  experience  by 
providing  substantive,  professional  work  experi- 
ence. PREREQ:  Permission  of  department  chairper- 
son. 


FINANCE 

Symbol:  FIN 

200  Personal  Finance  (3)  This  course  addresses 
all  of  the  major  personal  financial  planning  prob- 
lems that  individuals  and  families  encounter.  It  pre- 
sents a  model  of  the  major  elements  of  effective 
money  management.  All  of  the  latest  financial 
planning  tools  and  techniques  are  discussed. 
315  Financial  Markets  and  Institutions  (3) 
Covers  a  variety  of  domestic  and  international 
financial  markets  and  institutions.  Analysis  is  pro- 
vided for  the  structure,  operation,  and  mechanics  of 
these  markets  and  institutions,  along  with  the  finan-' 
cial  instruments  traded  therein.  PREREQ:  ECO 
112 

325  Corporation  Finance  (3)  The  organization 
and  financing  of  the  modem  corporation.  Promo- 
tion, capitalization,  short-term  financing,  capital 
budgeting,  distribution  of  earnings,  expansion,  con- 
solidation, failure,  and  reorganization.  PREREQ: 
ACC201  and  ECO  112 

326  Intermediate  Financial  Management  (3)  A 

second  course  in  managerial  finance.  Emphasis  is 
distributed  between  theor>'  and  practice.  Once 
understood,  good  theor>'  is  common  sense,  and 
solving  problems  reinforces  the  practical  applica- 
tions. PREREQ:  FIN  .^25. 

330  Principles  of  Insurance  (3)  The  nature  and 
types  of  nsk  management  and  insurance  coverage 
are  considered  Conceptual  analysis  and  the  impact 
of  financial  deregulation  on  personal  and  business 
risk  management  and  insurance  are  covered.  PRE- 
REQ: ECO  112  and  FIN  ?25 
332  Real  Estate  Finance  (3)  This  course  provides 
a  basic  orientation  to  the  financial  instruments  and 


institutional  structures  and  policies  of  real  estate 
finance  PREREQ:  ECO  1 12  and  FIN  325. 

344  Investments  (3)  Problems  and  procedures  of 
investment  management:  types  of  investment  risks; 
security  analysis;  investment  problems  of  the  indi- 
vidual as  well  as  the  corporation.  PREREQ:  FIN 
325. 

350  Investment  Analysis  and  Portfolio 
Management  (3)  A  second  look  at  investment 
opportunities  This  course  assumes  a  basic  under- 
standing of  the  existence  and  function  of  financial 
assets.  Each  category  of  assets  is  studied  from  a 
theoretical  perspective.  Theories  are  then  applied  to 
the  study  of  trading  strategies.  Problem  solving  is 
emphasized.  PREREQ:  FIN  344. 

370  Problems  in  Financial  Management  (3) 
Case  problems  in  corporate  financial  management. 
Includes  cases  on  managing  current  assets,  obtain- 
ing short-term  loans,  raising  long-term  capital,  bud- 
geting capital,  and  handling  divided  policy.  PRE- 
REQ: FIN  326. 

372  International  Finance  (3)  Development  of 
financial  managerial  knowledge  and  skills  to  under- 
stand the  w  orking  of  the  corporate  financial  func- 
tion in  a  global  setting.  PREREQ:  FIN  325. 

375   Contemporary  Issues  in  Finance  (3) 

Students  will  be  required  to  read,  research,  and 
write  papers  on  current  issues  and  developments  in 
finance.  PREREQ:  Senior  standing  and  FIN  326 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Educational  Services 

105  Lawrence  Center 

610-436-3505 

Ronn  Jenkins.  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Dinniman,  Egan 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Butcher,  Casciaio,  Giangiulio, 
Jenkins.  Kyper.  Lee,  Schuette 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Corbett,  Grice,  Patwell 

INSTRUCTORS:  Breunig,  Guy,  McCoach 

The  Department  of  Educational  Services  is  a  cadre  of  University  facul- 
ty who  have  specific  and  specialized  administrative  and/or  teaching 
assignments  at  the  University.  While  much  of  the  assigned  responsibil- 
ity is  to  facilitate  students'  out-of-class  learning,  regular  and  nonclass- 
room  teaching  are  still  included.  Areas  within  the  Department  of 
Educational  Services  include  academic  and  career  advising,  academic 
administration,  tutoring,  services  for  students  with  disabilities,  and 
other  articulated  teaching  and/or  administrative  assignments. 


The  department  administers  the  following  credit-bearing  courses  and 

special  programs. 

UNIVERSITY  101:  The  Student  and  the  University  (1) 

This  course  is  taken  as  part  of  the  New  Suident  Orientation  Program, 
which  begins  in  summer.  The  academic  year  course  begins  with 
Freshman  Convocation  and  continues  through  the  first  semester  in 
small  section  classes.  Graded  on  a  pass/fail  basis,  this  course  is 
required  of  all  new  freshmen  and  all  new  transfer  students  who  transfer 
fewer  than  33  credits.  The  course  assists  students  in  obtaining  the  skills 
necessary  for  successful  college  adjustment  and  for  development  as  a 
whole  person  and  a  citizen  beyond  the  college  years.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  increasing  the  student's  awareness  of  the  world  around 
him/her.  NOTE:  This  requirement  is  suspended  until  1999  while  the 
course  is  being  revised. 

WCJ  100  Introduction  to  American  Culture  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  for  the  orientation  of  foreign  students  and  new  residents  to 
life  and  study  in  the  United  States.  A  study  of  American  higher  educa- 
tion, personal  values,  attitudes,  and  cultural  patterns,  the  emphasis  is 
on  the  diversity  of  peoples  and  lifestyles.  This  course  is  not  open  to 
U.S.  citizens  for  graduation  credits. 


Military  Science  (Army  ROTC) 

West  Chester  University  students  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Army 
Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  Program  through  a  formal 
cross-enrollment  agreement  with  the  Widener  University  Department  of 
MilitcU7  Science.  Army  ROTC  offers  University  students  the  opportuni- 
ty to  graduate  with  a  college  degree  and  a  commission  in  the  United 
States  Army,  Army  National  Guard,  or  United  States  Army  Reserve.  All 
Army  ROTC  classes  are  conducted  on  the  Widener  campus. 
The  Army  ROTC  Program  consists  of  a  basic  course  taken  during  the 
freshman  and  sophomore  years,  and  an  advanced  course  taken  during 


junior  and  senior  years.  Successful  completion  of  the  basic  course  is 
required  before  placement  in  the  advanced  course.  Students  who  partic- 
ipated in  Junior  ROTC  in  high  school  or  who  have  prior  military  ser- 
vice may  receive  placement  in  the  advanced  courses,  which  is  deter- 
mined by  the  army  professor  of  military  science.  The  basic  course 
requirement  also  may  be  satisfied  through  attendance  at  a  six-week 
Army  ROTC  Basic  Camp  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  or  junior  years. 
Students  enrolled  in  the  advanced  course  receive  a  stipend  of  $100  per 
month.  Guaranteed  National  Guard  and  Reserve  Forces  options  also  are 
available. 


Educational  Services 


Office  of  the  Associate  Provost 


Nursing  students  who  complete  the  four-year  or  two-year  program, 
obtain  their  nursing  degree,  and  pass  their  Nursing  Board  Examinations 
are  commissioned  into  the  Army  Nurse  Corps. 

Two-year  (limited)  and  three-year  Army  ROTC  scholarships  are  avail- 
able on  a  competitive  basis.  These  scholarships  pay  80  percent  of  the 
student's  tuition  or  $7,000  (whichever  is  greater)  and  include  payment 
of  certain  University  fees,  a  book  and  school  supplies  subsidy,  and  a 
$100  per  month  stipend  (up  to  $1,000  per  year). 

Application  for  two-  and  three-year  Army  ROTC  scholarships  must  be 
submitted  early  in  the  spring  semester  of  the  freshman  or  sophomore 
year  (respectively).  Applications  for  attendance  at  the  Army  ROTC 
Basic  Camp  must  be  submitted  early  in  the  spnng  semester  of  the 
sophomore  year. 

Military  science  students  also  participate  in  orientation  and  field  train- 
ing activities  as  part  of  the  military  science  cumculum.  These  activities 
are  explorations  of  historical,  organizational,  and  functional  activities 
of  the  U.S.  Army,  conducted  in  conjunction  with  the  Army  Officer 
Education  Program,  and  are  recognized  as  a  part  of  the  process  for 
preparation  of  cadets  for  commissioning. 


Activities  are  conducted  off  campus  through  tours,  field  trips,  laborato- 
ry sessions,  and  practical  field  applications.  Practical  field  application 
activities  include  marksmanship,  land  navigation,  small  boat  opera- 
tions, small  units  operations,  rappelling,  skiing,  mountaineering,  water 
survival,  color  guard,  dnll  team,  rifle  team,  organized  athletics,  and 
other  military  skills.  Varying  degrees  of  health  and  body  risk  are 
involved  in  these  activities.  Participants  are  required  to  show  proof  of 
personal  medical  insurance  coverage  and  to  sign  waivers  of  liability. 
The  government  of  the  United  States,  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. West  Chester  University,  its  officers,  trustees,  employees,  agents, 
or  students  assume  no  liability  for  any  injury  caused  during  the  above 
activities. 

Individuals  not  registered  in  military  science  courses  may  participate  in 
these  activities  if  they  meet  the  following  additional  prerequisites:  (1) 
be  a  bona  fide  student,  faculty,  administrator,  or  staff  member  of  the 
University,  (2)  have  the  prerequisite  level  of  physical  conditioning,  and 
(3)  have  permission  from  the  program  director. 

For  further  information  on  scholarship  and  career  opportunities,  contact 
the  professor  of  military  science,  Widener  University,  Chester,  PA 
19013,610-876-2446. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
MILITARY  SCIENCE 

Symbol:  MSI 

101  Introduction  lo  ROTC  I  (1)  This  introducto- 
ry course  is  a  study  of  Amencan  militar>'  history 
from  the  earliest  times  lo  present  Other  topics 
include  the  organization  and  history  of  ROTC;  the 
organization  of  the  Army,  and  its  military  customs, 
traditions,  and  courtesies;  the  role  of  the  Army  in 
national  secunty;  ethics:  and  emphasis  on  the  eval- 
uation of  military  leadership  as  viewed  from  the 
knowledge  of  the  hisloncally  tested  principles  of 
war.  PREREQ:  Full-time  undergraduate  student. 

102  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  (1.5)  Continued 
study  of  the  organization  and  history  of  ROTC  and 
the  evolution  of  militar>  leadership  as  reviewed 
from  the  knowledge  of  the  historically  tested  princi- 
ples of  war  PREREQ:  Full-time  undergraduate  stu- 
dent. 

201  Methods  of  Instruction  (.5)  Practical  approach 
to  methods  and  techniques  of  instruction  Includes 


characlenstics  and  pnnciples  of  instruction,  instruc- 
tor preparation,  speech  techniques,  use  of  instruc- 
tional aids,  and  instruction  evaluation  through  stu- 
dent presentations.  Offered  first  half  of  semester. 
PREREQ:  MSI  101  and  MSI  102.  or  permission  of 
instructor  of  military  science. 

202  Theory  and  Dynamics  of  the  Organization 

(1.5)  Introductorv'  course  covenng  broad  concepts 
of  military  science,  including  branches  and  mis- 
sion, the  structure  and  functions  of  the  defense 
establishment,  and  the  military  as  a  profession. 
PREREQ  MSI  101.  102.  and  201.  or  permission  of 
instructor  of  military  science. 

301-302  Contemporary  Militar>'  Principles  and 
Group  Dynamics  (3)  (3)  A  study  of  leadership  and 
management  pnnciples  and  their  universality  in  the 
military-civilian  environment  Examination  of  tradi- 
tional and  behavioral  management  concepts,  struc- 
ture, and  the  interaction  of  organizations  and  sub- 
systems Practical  approach  to  methods  and  tech- 
niques of  communication  and  instruction  PRE- 


REQ: Army  ROTC  advanced  course  standing  or 
permission  of  insmictor  of  miliiar>  science. 

401-402  Militar>'  Organization  and  Manage- 
ment (2)  (2)  A  continued  study  of  leadership  and 
management,  emphasizing  applications  in  mihiary 
operations,  an  analysis  of  staff  organizations  and 
procedures,  resource  allocauons.  the  theory  and 
application  of  military  law.  examination  of  the  role 
of  the  militarv  structure  in  the  execution  of  national 
secunty  policy,  and  case  study  investigations  of  the 
duties,  obligations,  and  responsibilities  of  a  com- 
missioned officer  PREREQ:  Army  ROTC 
advanced  course  standing  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor of  militar>'  science 

Additional  Requirements.  Students  enrolled  in  the 
Army  ROTC  Program  are  required  to  complete 
written  communications,  human  behavior,  math 
reasoning,  computer  literacy,  and  military  history 
courses  pnor  to  commissioning  Scholarship  stu- 
dents are  required  to  take  one  semester  of  a  foreign 
language 


Air  Force  ROTC 

West  Chester  University  students  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Air 
Force  Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  (AFROTC)  through  a  cross- 
enrollment  agreement  with  Saint  Joseph's  University.  All  aerospace 
studies  courses  \«ill  be  held  on  the  Saint  Joseph's  campus.  The 
AFROTC  program  enables  a  college  student  to  earn  a  commission  as 
an  Air  Force  officer  while  concurrently  satisfying  requirements  for  his 
or  her  baccalaureate  degree. 

TTie  program  of  aerospace  studies  at  Saint  Joseph's  University  offers 
both  two-year  and  four-year  curricula  leading  to  a  commission  as  a 
second  lieutenant  in  the  Air  Force.  In  the  four-year  curriculum,  a  stu- 
dent takes  the  General  Military  Course  (CMC)  during  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  years,  attends  a  four-week  summer  training  program, 
and  then  takes  the  Professional  Officer  Course  (POC)  in  the  junior  and 
senior  years.  A  student  is  under  no  contractual  obligation  to  the  Air 
Force  until  entering  the  POC  or  accepting  an  Air  Force  scholarship.  In 
the  two-year  cumculum,  a  student  attends  a  six-week  summer  training 
program  and  then  enters  the  POC  in  the  junior  year.  Students  opting  for 
the  two-year  curriculum  must  apply  for  acceptance  to  the  POC  by  the 
end  of  the  first  semester  or  quarter  of  their  sophomore  year. 


The  subject  matter  of  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  is  developed 
from  a  historical  perspective  and  focuses  on  the  scope,  structure,  and 
history  of  military  power  with  the  emphasis  on  the  development  of  air 
power.  During  the  junior  and  senior  years,  the  curriculum  concentrates 
on  the  concepts  and  practices  of  leadership  and  management,  and  the 
role  of  national  security  forces  in  contemporary  American  society. 

In  addition  to  the  academic  portion  of  the  curricula,  each  student  par- 
ticipates in  an  hour-and-a-half  leadership  laboratory  each  week.  During 
this  period,  the  day-to-day  skills  and  working  environment  of  the  Air 
Force  are  discussed  and  explained.  The  leadership  lab  uses  a  student 
organization  that  allows  students  to  practice  leadership  and  manage- 
ment techniques. 

Air  Force  ROTC  offers  2-,  2.5-,  3-,  and  3.5-year  scholarships  on  a 
competitive  basis  to  qualified  applicants.  All  scholarships  cover  tuition, 
lab  fees,  reimbursement  for  books,  plus  a  $100  tax-free  monthly 
stipend.  All  members  of  the  POC,  regardless  of  scholarship  status, 
receive  the  $100  tax-free  monthly  stipend. 

For  further  information  on  the  cross-enrollment  program,  scholarships, 
and  career  opportunities,  contact  the  professor  of  aerospace  studies, 
AFROTC  Det  750,  Saint  Joseph's  University.  Philadelphia,  PA  19131, 
610-660-1190. 


Colleges  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


English 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
AEROSPACE  STUDIES 

Symbol:  AER 

101  Air  Force  Today  I  (1)  Introductory  course 
explonng  the  mihtary  as  a  profession,  including 
civilian  control  of  the  US.  Armed  Forces,  function 
and  organization  of  the  US  Air  Force,  and  organi- 
zation and  operation  of  U.S.  strategic  offensive 
forces. 

102  Air  Force  Today  II  (1)  Introductory  course 
exploring  U.S.  general  purpose  and  defensive 
forces  including  mission  and  organization  of  the 
major  US  Air  Force  Commands  and  separate 
operating  agencies,  major  functions,  and  conduct  of 
joint  service  military  operations.  Discusses  air 
defense,  detection  systems,  close  air  support,  and 
air  superiority. 

201  Development  of  Air  Power  I  (1)  A  study  of 
the  development  of  aerospace  power  from  balloons 


and  dingibles  through  the  employment  of  U.S.  air 
power  in  World  War  11.  The  course  includes  the 
rrulitary  theory  of  aerospace  power  employment. 

202  Development  of  Air  Power  II  (1)  A  continu- 
ation course  studying  the  employment  of  U.S.  air 
power  in  the  Korean  conflict,  relief  missions,  and 
civic  action  programs  in  the  late  1960's,  and  the 
war  in  Southeast  Asia.  Research  is  conducted  into 
the  military  theory  of  aerospace  force  employment. 

311  Management  and  Leadership  I  (1)  A  study 
of  managerial  theor>',  concepts,  and  techniques  of 
decision  making,  and  the  basic  functions  of  man- 
agement with  particular  emphasis  on  applications 
for  Air  Force  officers. 

312  Management  and  Leadership  II  (1)  An 

interdisciplinary  approach  to  leadership,  which 
includes  the  study  of  human  behavior  and  relation- 
ships, motivation,  professional  ethics,  and  leader- 


ship styles.  Communication  skills  are  stressed 
through  written  and  oral  assignments. 

431  National  Security  Forces  I  (1)  A  focus  on 
the  Armed  Forces  as  an  integral  and  inseparable 
element  of  society.  Primary  emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  overall  national  security  process  and  the  factors 
that  comprise  it.  The  impact  of  a  nation's  military, 
economic,  psychological,  and  technical  components 
on  national  secunty  policy  is  examined.  Other  top- 
ics include  major  geopolitical  hotspots  and  the  ori- 
gin of  arms  races. 

432  National  Security  Forces  II  (1)  A  continua- 
tion course  studying  civilian-military  relations. 
Topics  include  civilian  control  of  the  military,  con- 
flict control,  military  professionalism,  and  military 
justice.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  reciprocal 
responsibilities  of  civilians  and  the  military  in  a 
democratic  society. 


Department  of  English 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  IN  LITERATURE 


532  Main  Hall 

610-436-2822 

C.  Ruth  Saboi,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  M,  Brooks,  Browne,  Gaunt,  Green,  Kelleher,  Kent, 

Larsen,  McCawley,  McGrath,  K.  Myrsiades,  Shloss,  Trotman, 

Weiss 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Buckley,  Echewa,  Fishman, 

Fordyce,  France,  Johnson,  Kelly,  Maltby,  McDonald,  Molholt, 

L.  Myrsiades,  Newcomb,  Peich,  Ramanathan,  Sabol,  Scheftler, 

Smith,  Ward 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Awuyah,  Bauerlein,  K.  Brooks, 
Bush,  Fletcher,  Fox,  Godfrey,  Herzog,  Jeffrey,  Lalicker, 
Micheau,  Pflieger,  Teutsch,  Wanko 
The  Department  of  English  offers  three  degree  programs:  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  in  literature,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  (in  coopera- 
tion with  the  School  of  Education),  and  the  Bachelor  of  Ans  in  com- 
parative literature  (in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages).  Each  program  is  planned  in  consultation  with  an  adviser. 

1.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  LITERATURE  provides  a  broad  back- 
ground in  English  and  American  literature;  valuable  training  in  the 
critical  skills  of  reading,  interpretation,  and  analysis:  intensive  prac- 
tice in  writing;  and  an  understanding  of  the  workings  of  the  lan- 
guage. This  extremely  versatile  degree  prepares  students  for  gradu- 
ate studies  and  law  school,  and  careers  in  journalism,  radio  and  tele- 
vision, publishing,  public  relations,  and  other  professions  in  which 
skills  in  reading,  wnting,  and  processing  information  at  a  sophisti- 
cated level  are  required. 

2.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  EDUCATION  in  ENGLISH  prepares 
students  to  teach  in  the  secondary  schools  in  Pennsylvania  under  an 
Instructional  I  Certificate.  These  students  will  in  large  part  satisfy 
the  requirements  for  a  B.A.  in  literature,  deriving  extensive  benefits 
from  participation  in  a  carefully  constructed  program  that  empha- 
sizes literature  as  a  cultural  product  and  students  as  active  learners. 
Before  receiving  permission  to  student  teach,  students  in  this  pro- 
gram must  satisfy  the  prerequisites  for  student  teaching  listed  on 
page  131  as  well  as  specific  Department  of  English  requirements 
listed  on  this  page. 

3.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE  provides 
a  curriculum  option  for  students  with  an  interest  in  international 
studies  by  offering  a  broad  background  in  European  and  non- 
Western  culture  and  literature.  See  Comparative  Literature  Studies 
on  pages  97-98. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  THE  B.A7B.S.  ED. 
PROGRAMS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  51  semester  hours 


0-12  semester  hours 
6  semester  hours 


Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Departmental  Preparatory  Requirement 

LIT  168  (also  a  General  Education 

requirement),  LIT  295,  and  LIT  296 

Departmental  Intermediate  Requirements  21  semester  hours 

ENG  230;  two  American  literature  courses, 

one  before  1860  (A)  and  one  after  (B);  two 

British  literature  courses,  one  before  1800  (C) 

and  one  after  (D);  and  two  departmental  electives 

Departmental  Advanced  Requirements  9  semester  hours 

Three  seminars  from  a  selection  focusing  on 

topic,  author,  or  theme  (LIT  400) 

Professional  Electives  or  Minor  0-18  semester  hours 

Additional  Electives  (to  complete  128  semester  hours) 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  IN  ENGLISH 


Professional  Education  Requirements,  see  page  68 
Departmental  Preparatory  Requirements 
LIT  168  (Gen.  Ed.),  LIT  295,  and  LIT  296 
Departmental  Intermediate  Requirements 
ENG  230,  ENG  331,  ENG  335;  two  American 
literature  courses,  one  before  1860  (A)  and  one 
after  (B);  two  British  literature  courses,  one 
before  1800  (C)  and  one  after  (D);  two 
continental  literature  courses,  one  through 
the  Renaissance  and  one  after 
Departmental  Advanced  Requirements 
Three  seminars  from  a  selection  focusing  on 
topic,  author,  or  theme  (LIT  400) 

Free  electives  (E) 


30  semester  hours 
6  semester  hours 

27  semester  hours 


9  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 


Student  Teaching  Prerequisites 

Students  should  apply  during  their  sophomore  year  for  acceptance  as 
candidates  for  teaching  certification.  Transfer  students  should  apply  as 
sophomores  or  after  completing  a  year  at  West  Chester. 

Grades  on  Required  Courses 

Anyone  attempting  to  qualify  for  student  teaching  must  pass  each  of 
the  following  courses  with  a  grade  of  C  or  higher:  CLS  260;  EDF  100; 
EDM  300;  EDP  250  and  351;  EDS  306;  ENG  120,  121,  230,  331,  335, 
and  390;  LIT  168,  295,  and  296;  and  PSY  100. 
A  student  receiving  a  grade  of  C-  or  lower  for  any  of  these  courses 
should  retake  the  course  immediately,  before  attempting  courses  in  the 
English  or  education  sequence.  A  student  having  difficulty  with  several 
of  the  courses  listed  above  should  recognize  that  he  or  she  may  not  be 
able  to  meet  the  competency  requirements  for  student  teaching  and 
should  consider  withdrawing  from  the  B.S.  program. 


English 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Grade  Point  Average 

Before  receiving  approval  to  student  teach,  a  student  must  attain  an 
overall  GPA  of  2.5  or  better,  including  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.5  for  all 
courses  attempted  within  the  Department  of  English. 

Competency  Examination 

A  student  must  pass  the  test  of  writing  competency  given  by  the 
Department  of  English  before  the  application  for  approval  to  student 
teach  will  be  considered.  This  examination  is  scheduled  each  semester 
and  announced  in  advance  by  both  the  Department  of  English  and  the 
Department  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education. 
Students  are  urged  to  take  the  exam  at  the  end  of  their  sophomore  or 
beginning  of  their  junior  years. 

Minor  Programs 

Students  may  minor  in  any  of  the  six  following  programs.  Elective 
courses  are  selected  in  consultation  with  the  student's  minor  adviser. 
Literature  Minor  18  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 


1.  Required  Courses 
LIT  200  or  201 ,  and  LIT  230  or  23 1 

2.  Elective  Courses 

One  in  American  Literature  and  one  in  English 
Literature  (in  a  period  other  than  those  covered 
in  requirement  1),  and  any  two  other  LIT  courses 
that  count  toward  the  literature  major. 
Creative  Writing  Minor 

1.  Required  Course 
CRW  201 

2.  Elective  Courses 
Any  four  courses  selected  from  the  following: 
CRW  202,  203,  301,  302,  303,  304,  305,  307. 
400,  490,  and  491 


12  semester  hours 


15  semester  hours 

3  semester  hours 

12  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 

3  semester  hours 


Film  Criticism  Minor 

1 .  Required  Course 
FLM  200 

2.  Elective  Courses  15  semester  hours 
Any  three  courses  selected  from  the  following 

list  with  the  approval  of  the  adviser: 

CLS  304,  363,  364,  368,  369,  400,  and  410; 

COM  217  and  317:  and  FLM  201,  202,  300,  301, 

and  400 
This  minor  is  also  listed  in  the  section  in  Comparative  Literature 
Studies. 


18  semester  hours 

1 2  semester  hours 


JournaHsm  Minor 

\.  Required  Courses 

JRN  200,  225,  226,  and  250 
(Minimum  grade  of  C-) 

2.  Elective  Course  3  semester  hours 
One  of  the  following:  JRN  312,  315,  325,  or  355 

3.  An  additional  three  credit  hours  are  to  be  3  semester  hours 
earned  through  a  supervised  internship  (ENG  395) 

in  the  communications  area  or  through  a 


practicum  (JRN  411)  based  on  one  semester's 
supervised  service  on  the  University's  student 
newspaper. 

Organizational  and  Technical  Writing  Minor 

1 


18  semester  hours 

1 5  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 


Required  Courses 

ENG  320,  368,  371,  and  420,  and  three  credit 
hours  to  be  earned  through  a  supervised 
internship  in  organizational  or  technical  writing 
(ENG  395) 
2.  Elective  Course 

Choice  of  COM  330,  ENG  270,  or  computer 
science  course  at  level  CSC  141  or  higher 

Linguistics  Minor 

The  Department  of  English  is  one  of  several  departments  participating 
in  the  linguistics  minor.  The  description  of  the  linguistics  minor  and  its 
requirements  are  found  in  the  section  describing  interdisciplinary  pro- 
grams on  page  99. 

The  literature  and  writing  minors  may  be  taken  among  the  minors  in 
the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the  liberal  studies  gener- 
al degree  program. 

Internships 

A  student  will  be  permitted  to  take  an  internship  under  the  supervision 
of  the  Department  of  English  only  if  he  or  she  is  enrolled  in  a  depart- 
mental major  or  minor  program  and  has  met  the  following  require- 
ments: 

1 .  an  accumulation  of  at  least  80  semester  hours 

2.  an  overall  Grade  Point  Average  of  at  least  2.5 

3.  an  overall  Grade  Point  Average  of  at  least  3.0  in  the  major  or  minor 
program 

4.  completion  of  12  semester  hours  in  courses  in  the  major  or  minor 
program  (not  counting  composition  courses) 

5.  a  letter  of  application  to  the  Internship  Committee  of  the 
Department  of  English  accompanied  by  a  resume  and  two  faculty 
references 

6.  a  personal  interview  with  two  members  of  the  Internship  Committee 
A  student  will  be  limited  to  15  hours  of  internship  credit.  Students  who 
wish  to  take  more  than  nine  hours  of  internship  credit  in  one  semester 
must  obtain  approval  from  the  full  committee  after  submitting  an  appli- 
cation and  an  academic  transcript  in  the  preceding  semester.  The 
Internship  Committee  will  determine  the  number  of  credits  to  be  earned 
dunng  an  internship  by  applying  a  ratio  of  40  hours  of  work  for  each 
hour  of  academic  credit.  Students  seeking  teaching  certification  may 
take  no  more  than  three  semester  hours  of  internship  credit  within  the 
minimum  128-131  semester-hour  range  for  the  undergraduate  degree. 
The  internship  credits  for  English  majors  may  be  applied  to  the  stu- 
dent/adviser-designed program.  Only  under  exceptional  circumstances, 
and  entirely  at  its  discretion,  will  the  Internship  Committee  consider 
applications  from  students  not  meeting  the  departmental  requirements. 
NOTE:  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  demonstrate  that  he  or 
she  has  met  the  academic  requirements  for  an  internship. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ENGLISH 

Symbol:  ENG 

020  Basic  Writing  (3)  A  preparatory  course  of 
study  emphasizing  the  basic  grammatical,  logical, 
and  rhetorical  skills  that  produce  effective  themes. 
NOTE:  This  course  is  a  prerequisite  to  ENG  120 
for  students  who  have  been  placed  in  ENG  020. 
Credits  earned  in  0-level  courses  do  not  count 
toward  the  128  hours  of  credit  needed  for  gradua- 
tion. 

030  English  for  Non-Native  Speakers  (3) 

Individualized  instruction  for  the  non-native  speak- 
er, conversational  English,  formal  written  English. 


reading  and  listening  comprehension,  and  grammar 
(Students  should  seek  placement  advice  from  the 
ESL  program  staff  before  registering.)  Also,  see 
note  under  ENG  020 

120  Effective  Writing  I  (3)  An  intensive  course  in 
writing  that  emphasizes  skill  in  organization  and 
awareness  of  styles  of  writing  and  levels  of  usage 
as  ways  of  expressing  and  communicating  experi- 
ences. 

121  Effective  Writing  II  (3)  Continues  the  expos- 
itory writing  experience  offered  in  Effective 
Writing  I.  and  explores  techniques  of  gathering, 
evaluating,  and  selecting  materials  to  be  used  in 
writing  research  papers. 


130  Effective  Writing  I  for  Non-Native 
Speakers  (3)  An  intensive  course  in  writing  for  the 
non-native  speaker  of  English,  emphasizing  skill  in 
organization  and  awareness  of  styles  of  writing  and 
levels  of  usage  as  ways  of  expressing  and  commu- 
nicating experiences  For  non-native  speakers  of 
English.  ENG  J  SO  is  comparable  to  ENG  120  for 
international  students  only.  {Students  should  seek 
placement  advice  from  the  ESL  Program  staff 
before  registering. ) 

131  Effective  Writing  n  for  Non-Native 
Speakers  (3)  Continues  the  expository  writing 
experience  offered  to  non-native  speakers  in 
English  1 30,  and  explores  techniques  of  gathering, 
evaluating,  and  selecting  materials  to  be  used  in 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


English 


writing  research  papers.  For  non-native  speakers  of 
English.  ENG  131  is  comparable  to  ENG  121  for 
international  students  only.  (Students  should  seek 
placement  advice  from  the  ESL  Program  staff 
before  registering. ) 

132  Effective  Speaking  I  for  Non-Native 
Speakers  (3)  After  a  brief  introduction  to  the  dif- 
ferences between  wnting  and  speaking,  this  course 
focuses  on  giving  directions,  explaining  concepts, 
asking  questions,  giving  presentations,  and  engag- 
ing in  small  talk,  interviewing,  and  extensive  pro- 
nunciation drills. 

134  Idioms  in  the  Context  of  American  Culture 
(3)  Through  the  use  of  modem  American  movies, 
this  course  helps  students  leam  the  meanings  of 
idioms  in  context.  Students  practice  using  these 
idioms  in  drills  and  exercises. 
200  Writing  Improvement  (3)  A  workshop  that 
provides  intensive  instruction  for  students  who 
experience  difficulty  in  writing.  Not  open  to  fresh- 
men. 

204  Practical  Prose  Composition  (3)  Wnting  in 
various  modes  that  authentically  mirror  real  situa- 
tions in  our  personal  and  professional  lives. 

205  Writing  from  Experience  (3)  Exploration  of 
the  student's  personal  history  and  attitudes  through 
carefully  structured  compositions,  including  autobi- 
ographical narrative,  memoir,  and  introspective 
analysis. 

230  (Also  LIN  230)  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3) 
Basic  concepts  of  language  description,  classifica- 
tion, change,  reconstruction,  dialectology,  and  soci- 
olinguistics.  (Prerequisite  for  all  courses  in 
English.) 

270  Publishing  (3)  A  practical  examination  of  the 
general  components  of  the  publishing  field  with 
emphasis  on  book  production. 

271  Typography  (3)  This  course  provides  students 
with  experience  in  production  of  books,  using  his- 
torical and  modem  methods  of  design.  PREREQ: 
ENG  270. 

275  Literary  Editing  and  Publishing  (3) 
Experience  in  publishing  the  student  literary  maga- 
zine Daedalus:  editing,  proofing,  photographic 
selection  and  layout,  and  printing. 
304  Essay  Workshop  (3)  Experience  in  reading 
and  writing  essays,  with  focus  on  revision,  on  the 
use  of  the  public  "I,"  and  on  appropriate  voice. 
Attention  to  invention. 

#315  Interdisciplinary  Perspectives  on  Literacy 
(3)  The  historical  and  social  contexts  of  English  lit- 
eracy. Emphasis  on  writing. 

320  Writing  and  Computers  (3)  Introduction  to 
document  design  and  production,  desktop  publish- 
ing, and  issues  of  technological  impact  on  written 
communication. 

330  English  Phonology  (3)  Phonemics  and  mor- 
phophonemics in  English.  Writing  systems  and 
phonemic-graphemic  relationships  in  English. 
Historical  development  of  English  sounds  PRE- 
REQ: ENG  230.  • 

331  Structure  of  Modern  English  (3)  A  detailed 
analysis  of  the  modem  descriptive  approach  to  the 
study  of  English  grammar  and  how  it  compares 
with  the  traditional  approach.  PREREQ:  ENG  230 
335  History  of  the  English  Language  (3)  Review 
of  the  influences  on  the  development  of  the  English 
language.  PREREQ:  ENG  230. 

339  History  and  Dialects  of  American  English 

(3)  Development  of  the  English  language  in 
America  since  colonial  settlement.  American  and 
British  English.  Pronunciation,  vocabulary,  and 


grammar  of  the  regional  and  social  dialects  of 
Amencan  English"  PREREQ:  ENG  230. 
340  Sociolinguistic  Aspects  of  English  (3)  The 
study  of  language  in  its  social  context;  the  ethnog- 
raphy of  communication;  language  and  society, 
social  classes,  ethnic  groups,  politics,  sex.  and  edu- 
cation PREREQ:  ENG  230 
350  Introduction  to  English  as  a  Second 
Language  (3)  Exploration  of  the  scope  of  the  field. 
types  of  programs,  and  general  approaches  to 
instruction. 

368  Business  and  Organizational  Writing  (3) 
The  nature  of  communication  within  business  and 
organizations  Theoretical  basis  and  practical  appli- 
cation 

371  Technical  Writing  (3)  Instruction  in  the 
forms  and  techniques  of  wntten,  oral,  and  visual 
communication  currently  practiced  in  the  scientific 
and  technical  professions.  A  series  of  coordinated 
assignments  leads  to  a  final  project  in  the  student's 
field  of  professional  study.  PREREQ:  ENG  121. 
390  Teaching  English  in  Secondary  Schools  (3) 
Review  of  language  arts  requirements  in  secondary 
schools.  Special  reference  to  grade-placement  with 
adoption  of  materials,  appraisal  of  results,  and  devel- 
opment of  programs  of  study.  PREREQ:  ENG  230. 
331.  and  335;  EDM  300;  EDP  351;  and  EDS  306. 

♦  395  Internship  (3-12)  Intensive  practical  expe- 
rience with  selected  businesses,  media,  and  public 
agencies  Limited  to  qualified  students  who  have 
earned  a  minimum  of  80  credit  hours.  See 
Handbook  for  English  Majors  for  specific  require- 
ments, 

397  Writing  Tutoring  (3)  Theory  and  practice  of 
writing  tutoring,  especially  for  those  who  plan  a 
career  in  teaching  or  who  are  focusing  on  the  reme- 
diation or  development  of  language  and  writing 
skills 

♦  410  Independent  Study  (3) 

411-413  Yearbook  Practicum  1,  II,  III  (1) 
Practical  yearbook  production  experience  in  a 
closely  supervised  framework.  PREREQ:  ENG  270 
or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
414  Tutoring  Practicum  (1)  Supervised  experi- 
ence as  an  undergraduate  tutor  for  any  of  the 
English  tutoring  programs  (e.g..  Department  of 
English  or  Academic  Development  Program  [ADP] 
tutoring,  etc.). 

420  Report  and  Proposal  Writing  (3)  Working  in 
wnting  groups  and  individually,  students  complete 
proposal  and  report  wnting  projects  that  respond  to 
organizational  needs  and  criteria.  They  leam  to 
conceptualize  research  problems  and  plan,  orga- 
nize, and  design  major  projects. 

♦  430  Language  Seminar  (3)  Studies  in  English 
language  and  linguistics.  PREREQ;  ENG  230  and 
at  least  junior  standing, 

445  Women  Writing:  Autobiography  (3)  A  writ- 
ing seminar  directed  toward  the  reading  of  wom- 
en's autobiographies  and  the  writing  of  personal 
autobiographical  narratives.  A  wnting-emphasis 
course. 

♦  450  Prose  Writing  Seminar  (3)  This  variable- 
topic  seminar  concentrates  on  problems  in 
advanced  writing,  focusing  on  prose  analysis  and 
lis  application  to  student  writing  and  revision. 

LITERATURE 

Symbol:  LIT 

#162  Literature  of  the  Apocalypse  (3)  An  inter- 
disciplinary study  of  ancient  religions,  apocalyptic 
writing,  and  modem  interpretations  of  thai  wnting. 
An  investigation  of  the  political,  economic,  moral. 


and  artistic  ramifications  of  the  nuclear  arms  race 
on  modem  society. 

*165  Introduction  to  Literature  (3)  A  course 
designed  to  develop  awareness  of  literature  as 
being  central  Co  all  the  arts,  to  increase  levels  of  lit- 
eracy and  critical  faculties,  and  to  broaden  under- 
standing of  the  human  condition  PREREQ:  ENG 
120  or  permission  of  the  department. 
168  Conventions  of  Reading  (3)  An  introduction 
to  the  study  of  textual  genres — fiction,  drama,  poet- 
ry, essay,  autobiography,  and  film — and  to  method- 
ologies of  reading.  Various  cognitive  and  cultural 
influences  on  the  reading  process  will  be  analyzed. 

200  American  Literature  I  (3)  Surrey  of  repre- 
sentative Amencan  wnters  from  Colonial  times  to 
I860,  including  Bradstreet.  Taylor.  Franklin.  Poe, 
Thoreau,  Hawthorne,  and  Melville.  (A)* 

201  American  Literature  II  (3)  A  survey  of  rep- 
resentative Amencan  wnters  from  1 860  to  the  pre- 
sent, including  Whitman.  Twain.  James.  Crane, 
Eliot,  Frost.  Hemingway,  and  Faulkner  (B)* 

202  African-American  Literature  I  (3)  Survey  of 
African-American  authors  from  the  antebellum  era 
through  the  first  quarter  of  the  20th  century,  (B)* 

203  African-American  Literature  II  (3) 
Continuation  of  LIT  202.  Second  quarter  of  the 
20th  century  to  the  present.  (B)* 

204  Black  Women  Writers  of  America  (3) 
Survey  of  black  women  wnters  of  America. 
Examines  themes  and  influences  on  .American  and 
African-American  literary  contexts. 

205  Harlem  Renaissance  (3)  This  course  exam- 
ines the  historical  and  cultural  movement  of  the 
I920's  known  as  the  Harlem  Renaissance. 

206  African-American  Literature  and  Literary 
Theory  (3)  This  course  will  examine  the  relation- 
ship between  Afro-.Amencan  literature  and  the  the- 
ones  serving  to  explain  it 

230  English  Literature  I  (3)  A  survey  of  English 
literature  from  Anglo-Saxon  writing  through  the 
18th  century.  (C)* 

231  English  Literature  II  (3)  A  survey  of  English 
literature  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries.  (D)* 

245  Medieval  Women's  Culture  (3)  This  is  an 
interdisciplinary  study  of  writings  by  medieval 
women  and  their  contnbution  to  the  development 
of  medieval  culture. 

250  Victorian  Attitudes  (3)  A  study  of  19th-cen- 
tury attitudes  toward  social  changes  as  expressed  in 
art,  architecture,  literature,  and  nonfiction  prose. 
265  Literature  and  Psychology  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  relationships  between  literature  and  psy- 
chology, with  readings  from  drama  (Shakespeare, 
Ibsen,  and  Albee),  poetry  (Poe,  Browning,  and 
Eliot),  and  fiction  (Tolstoy.  Joyce.  Woolf,  Mann, 
Kafka,  and  Faulkner).  (E)* 
269  The  Literature  of  Roguery  (3)  A  historical 
study  of  the  rogue  in  fiction  with  emphasis  on  the 
satiric  view  of  society.  Among  writers  studied  are 
Defoe,  Thackeray,  Donleavey.  and  Kerouac.  (E)* 
#270  Urbanism  and  Modem  Imagination  (3) 
Covers  a  vanety  of  responses  of  contemporary 
wnters,  artists,  and  planners  to  the  nse  of  the  mod- 
em city.  (E)* 

271  Drama  Since  1970  (3)  A  selective  suney  of 
Amencan  and  Bntish  drama  since  1970.  The  play- 
wrights studied  will  be  drawn  from  a  wide  and 


#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 

♦  Approved  distnbutive  requirement  course 

*  See  the  department  handbook  for  group  descriptions. 


English 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


expanding  group,  including  Sam  Shepard.  David 
Rabe.  Lanford  Wilson.  Tom  Sloppard.  Peter  Shaffer. 
Caryl  Churchill,  and  others.  (E)* 

272    New  Fiction  (3)  Fiction  published  in  the  last  10 
years.  (E)' 

274  Feminist  Poetry  (3)  A  snidy  of  poetry  espous- 
ing the  feminist  cause  and  explonng  the  feminist 
response.  Techniques  and  attitudes  of  such  poets  as 
Plath,  Sexton,  Rich,  Morgan.  Wakoski,  and  Kumin. 
(E)' 

295  Historical  Contexts  (3)  A  study  of  a  representa- 
tive number  of  literary  texts  and  the  ways  they  inter- 
act historically,  socially,  intellectually,  and  politically 
with  their  own  cultures  as  well  as  with  the  culture  of 
the  20th-century  reader  Literary  and  nonliterary  texts 
will  be  studied  as  indicators  of  cultural  and  discursive 
shifts  from  one  histoncal  moment  to  another 

296  Theory,  Meaning,  Value  (3)  An  introduction  to 
the  different  theoretical  positions  that  condition  the 
ways  in  which  we  read  a  text  and  assign  meaning  to 
it. 

297  Themes  in  Contemporary  Literature  (3) 

Literary  topic  or  theme  in  contemporary  American, 
English,  or  worid  literature  to  be  announced  each 
time  the  course  is  offered  (E)* 

300  Colonial  and  Revolutionary  .\merican 
Literature  (3)  Waters  of  Colonial  and  Revolutionary 
America.  (A)* 

302  Development  of  the  American  Novel  (3)  Be- 
ginnings of  the  ."American  novel  to  Frank  Norris.  (A)' 

303  Introduction  to  Multiethnic  .American 
Literature  (3)  Amencan  ethnic,  racial,  and  national 
groups  in  American  literature  and  the  contributions  of 
creative  literary  artists  representing  these  cultures 

(E)» 

304  American  Jewish  Novel  (3)  A  study  of  major 
American  Jewish  novelists;  Cahan.  Singer.  Roth, 
Potok.  Bellow.  Malamud.  Wallant.  and  Wiesel.  No 
knowledge  of  Yiddish  or  Hebrew  necessary.  (B)* 

305  Modem  American  Drama  (3)  Amencan 
drama  from  the  early  1900's  to  the  present,  with 
emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  American  the- 
ater as  seen  in  such  major  dramatists  as  O'Neill, 
Odeis.  Wilder.  Miller.  Williams,  and  Albee  (B)* 

306  Modem  American  Novel  (3)  The  novel  in 
America  from  Dreiser  to  the  present.  (B)* 

307  Modem  American  Poetry  (3)  Major  20th-cen- 
tury American  poets  (B)* 

308  The  Sin  of  Success  (3)  An  investigation  of  the 
rise  of  democratic  capitalism  in  Amenca  from 
Biblical  influences  in  colonial  times  to  the  beginnings 
of  the  merchant  class  and  the  fall  of  modem  "big 
business  "  A  study  of  the  entrepreneur  and  the  "rob- 
ber baron,"  the  success  ethic,  and  morality  in  the 
large  corporation  through  history,  economics,  and  lit- 
erature. 

#309  Martin  Luther  King  (3)  Examines  and  ana- 
lyzes the  writings  of  Dr  King  and  theu"  relationship 
to  the  themes  he  pursued  and  the  leadership  role  he 

achieved. 

334  Milton  (3)  A  survey  of  his  major  poetry  and 
prose. 

335  Shakespeare  I  (3)  Reading,  analysis,  and  dis- 
cussion of  selected  histories  and  tragedies  Discus- 
sion of  critical  approaches  to  the  plays  and  of  the  his- 
torical and  intellectual  climate  of  the  times.  (C)* 

336  Shakespeare  II  (3)  Reading,  analysis,  and  dis- 
cussion of  selected  comedies  and  nondramatic 
poems.  Discussion  of  critical  approaches  to  the  works 
and  of  the  historical  and  intellectual  climate  of  the 
times.  Either  LIT  335  or  336  may  be  taken  first.  (C)* 


337  Literature  of  the  Enlightenment  (3)  A  critical 
consideration  of  the  18th-century  wnters.  exclusive 
of  the  dramatists.  (C)* 

338  Restoration  and  ISth-Century  Drama  (3)  The 
drama  from  the  reopening  of  the  theaters  in  1660  to 
1800  (O* 

339  18lh-Century  British  Novel  (3)  The  Bntish 
novel  from  Defoe  to  Austen.  (D)* 

340  The  Romantic  Movement  (3)  Wordsworth, 
Colendge.  Byron,  Shelley,  Keats,  and  their  contem- 
poraries in  the  light  of  social  background  and  critical 
doctrine  (D)» 

341  19th-century  British  Novel  (3)  The  British 
novel  from  Austen  to  Hardy.  (D)* 

342  Victorian  Literature  (3)  Victorian  thought  and 
culture  in  poetry  and  nonfiction  prose  (D)* 

343  Modem  British  Drama  (3)  Bntish  drama  from 
Wilde  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the  rebirth  of 
the  Bntish  drama  and  its  major  writers  (D)' 

344  Modem  British  Novel  (3)  The  novel  in 
England  from  Conrad  to  the  present  (D)* 

345  Modem  British  Poetry  (3)  Major  20th-century 
Bntish  poets  (D)' 

352  Literature  for  Young  Children  (3)  A  critical 
study  of  the  literature  for  young  children  for  prospec- 
tive specialists  in  early  childhood  PREREQ:  LIT  165 
or  equivalent 

364  Modem  Irish  Literature  (3)  Major  literary 
writers  of  Ireland  from  1840  to  the  present:  George 
Moore,  Synge,  Yeats,  Joyce,  Shaw,  O'Casey, 
Beckett,  Behan,  and  Seamus  Heaney.  (D)* 

365  Short  Fiction  (3)  Analysis  and  intepretation  of 
short  fiction.  lEl* 

366  Criticism  (3)  A  study  of  the  theories  of  classical 
antiquity,  England,  and  the  United  States,  with 
emphasis  on  the  relevance  of  these  theories  to 
English  and  American  literature  of  the  moment  (E)' 
395  Children's  Literature  (3)  A  cntical  study  of  lit- 
erature for  children,  setting  standards  for  evaluation 
and  appreciation  PREREQ:  LIT  165  or  equivalent. 
♦  400    Literature  Seminar  (3)  Required  for 
English  majors  in  the  junior  or  senior  year.  Topics 
offered  penodically:  Beckett/Joyce.  Byron,  Dickens, 
Donne,  Fitzgerald,  Shaw ,  Greek  Comedy.  Greek 
Tragedy.  Hawthorne.  Homer,  Resistance  Poetry, 
Shakespeare's  Major  Tragedies,  and  Thomas  Hardy. 

430  Old  English  Language  and  Literature  (3)  An 
introductory  study  of  the  language  (450-1150  AD.) 
through  a  reading  of  religious  and  secular  poetry  and 
prose  (O* 

431  Middle  English  Language  and  Literature  (3) 
An  intfoductory  study  of  the  language  ( 1 1 50-1450 
AD.)  through  a  reading  of  selected  literary  texts. 
(C)' 

432  English  Drama  to  1642  (3)  English  drama  from 
the  eariy  liturgical  tropes  to  1 642,  exclusive  of 
Shakespeare  (O* 

434  Early  Modem  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  Poetry 
and  prose  of  the  16th  and  early  17th  centuries.  (C)" 

435  Chaucer  (3)  An  interpretation  of  Canierbury 
Tales  and  Troihis  and  Criseyde.  (C)* 

The  English  department  accepts  certain  humanities 
courses  as  major  electives.  Consult  the  Handbook  for 
English  Majors  for  a  list  of  approved  humanities 
courses. 

JOURNALISM 

Symbol:  JRN 

200  Commimications  Media  (3)  An  introduction  to 
the  media  of  communications,  emphasizing  the 
development  and  characteristics  of  print  and  electron- 
ic media  forms  and  their  impact  on  American  society. 


225  Newswriting  (3)  A  course  designed  to  develop 
proficiency  in  the  writing  of  new  s  stones  for  daily  and 
weekly  newspapers.  News  values,  the  structure  and 
style  of  news,  and  the  preparation  of  copy  in  accor- 
dance with  professional  standards  will  be  sttessed. 

226  News  Reporting  (3)  Instruction  and  practice  in 
basic  news  reporting  techniques  coupled  with  an 
introduction  to  newspaper  feature  writing  Outside 
assignments  will  include  coverage  of  speeches,  local 
government  meetings,  and  the  courts.  PREREQ:  JRN 
225  or  equivalent 

250  News  Editing  (3)  A  course  designed  to  acquaint 
students  with  the  skills  involved  in  the  preparation  of 
copy  for  publication  in  newspapers  and  magazines. 
Instruction  and  practice  in  the  mechanics  of  copy 
editing,  headline  wnting,  layout,  and  photo  editing. 
PREREQ  JRN  225  or  equivalent 
312  Sports  Reporting  and  Writing  (3)  Instruction 
and  practice  in  basic  sports  reporting  techniques, 
including  live-event  coverage  and  feature  writing,  as 
well  as  an  introduction  to  routine  duties  associated 
with  worbng  on  the  sports  desk  PREREQ:  JRN  225 
or  equivalent 

315  Magazine  Article  Writing  (3)  Practical  instruc- 
tion in  the  skills  required  for  successful  freelance 
magazine  writing  with  emphasis  on  research,  inter- 
viewing, wnting  techniques,  and  marketing  Students 
will  wnte  and  submit  for  publication  short  features 
and  a  full-length  magazine  article  PREREQ:  JRN 
225  or  equivalent 

325  History  of  Journalism  (3)  A  historical  survey 
of  the  Amencan  press  from  Colonial  times  to  the  pre- 
sent, with  special  emphasis  on  the  continuing  struggle 
for  press  freedom  and  the  new  journalistic  environ- 
ment created  by  the  emergence  of  mass  media. 
355  Public  Relations  Principles  (3)  An  introduction 
to  the  role  of  the  public  relations  practitioner  in  the 
formation  of  public  opinion.  Communications  theory 
will  be  combined  with  specific  techniques  for  work- 
ing with  the  press,  producing  printed  materia],  and 
conducting  special  events  PREREQ:  JRN  225  or 
equivalent. 

411  Journalism  Practicum  (3)  One  semester  of 
supervised  experience  as  an  editor  or  reporter  on  the 
University's  student  newspaper.  See  journalism  coor- 
dinator for  specific  requirements.  PREREQ:  JRN  225 
and  either  JRN  226  or  JRN  250. 

CREATIVE  WRITING 

Symbol:  CRW 

201   Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (3)  Intro- 
duction to  the  craft  of  writing  poetry  and  fiction. 
Basic  discussion  of  terms,  strategies,  and  profes- 
sional models  in  each  genre.  Practice  in  writing  and 
critiquing  each  genre. 

202-203  Creative  Writing  I-H  (3)  (3)  Writing 
experience  in  the  crafts  of  fiction,  poetry,  nonfic- 
tion. and  drama. 

♦  301-302  Poetry  Workshop  I-D  (3)  (3)  The  theo- 
ry and  practice  of  poetry  and  the  exploration  of 
verse  forms.  Practice  in  critical  and  interpretative 
analysis  of  poems  written  by  fellow  students  and 
professional  poets 

♦  303-304  Short  Story  Workshop  I-D  (3)  (3) 
Crafting  the  modem  short  story  with  reference  to 
American  and  Bntish  models.  The  significance  of 
setting,  atmosphere,  characterization,  and  theme. 
Discussion  and  some  exploration  of  experimental 
ideas  in  the  genre. 


*  See  the  department  handbook  for  group  descriptions. 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Foreign  Languages 


305  Essay  Workshop  (3)  Practice  in  writing  the 
essay.  Conventions  and  techniques  of  this  hterary 
form  -  creative  nonfiction  -  as  it  appears  in  com- 
mercial and  quality  magazines. 
307  Play  writing  Workshop  (3)  Writing  the  play: 
possibilities  and  limitations  of  the  stage.  Anention  to 
sets  and  costuming  where  relevant.  Characterization 
by  action  and  dialogue.  Problems  of  establishing 
motivation  The  play's  totality  in  theme,  character, 
and  action.  Informal  readmgs  of  student  work. 
♦  400  Writing  Seminar  (3)  Special  topics,  such 
as  fantasy,  science  fiction,  longer  prose  works,  or 
the  antistory.  To  be  announced. 
490-491  Writing  Seminar  in  the  Novel  MI  (3) 
(3)  A  course  in  the  writing  and  preparing  of  book- 
length  manuscripts  (novel,  novella,  and  the  "nonfic- 
tional"  novel)  with  the  intention  of  submission  for 


publication.  Also  includes  coverage  of  fictional 
aspects  and  techniques  used  in  writing  memoirs, 
biography,  and  current  history. 

FILM  THEORY  AND  CRITICISM 

Symbol:  FLM 

200  Introduction  to  Film  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
principal  elements  of  film  including  photography, 
editing,  sound,  acting,  and  narrative. 

201  American  Film  (3)  The  function  of  cinema  in 
contemporary  society  as  a  socio-cultural.  economic 
and  political  object,  as  seen  through  critical  analysis 
of  Amencan  films.  (E)* 

202  American  Themes  (3)  An  introduction  to 
contemporary  cntical  and  theoretical  pnnciples  for 
interpreting  American  films  which  concentrates  on 
a  single  theme. 


300  Private  Screening  (1)  Eight  to  12  narrative  film 
classics  per  semester  on  a  specific  topic  or  theme. 

301  Documentary  Film  (3)  Understanding  and 
enjoying  the  social,  philosophic,  economic,  and 
political  aspects  of  documentary  film.  (E)* 

400  Film  Seminar  (3)  A  seminar  which  offers  stu- 
dents practice  in  applying  contemporary  critical  and 
theoretical  principles  to  films  in  an  advanced  context. 
PREREQ:  FLM  200  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE  STUDIES 

See  course  listings  under  Comparative  Literature 
Studies,  pages  97-98. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 

*  See  the  department  handbook  for  group  descriptions. 


Department  of  Foreign  Languages 

109  Main  Hall 
610-436-2700 

Jerome  M.  Williams,  Chairperson 
Frederick  Patton  and  Anne-Marie  Moscatelli,  Assistant 
Chairpersons 

PROFESSORS:  Braidotti,  Patton,  Pauly,  Schlau,  Williams 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Escorcia,  Esplugas,  Garcia-Barrio, 
Gougher,  Moscatelli,  Speh,  Varricchio 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Brown,  Gilmour,  Landwehr,  Seaver 

Programs  Offered 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS:  French,  German,  Latin,  Russian,  and 

Spanish 
BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION:  French,  German, 

Latin,  Russian,  and  Spanish 
The  Instructional  I  Certificate  in  a  foreign  language  qualifies  the 
holder  to  teach  his  or  her  major  language  in  the  public  schools 
(kindergarten  through  12th  grade)  of  Pennsylvania. 
Minors:  French,  German,  Italian,  Latin,  Russian,  Spanish, 
and  Translation 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  THE  B.A.  PROGRAMS 


6  semester  hours 


1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Major  Language  Courses 

FRENCH  —  FRE  101-102*,  201-202,  301,  302, 
303,  and  304.  Additional  courses  to  complete  the 
33  credits,  taken  under  advisement. 
GERMAN  — GER  101-102*,  201-202,  221, 
303  and/or  304,  305  and/or  306,  307  and/or  308. 
Additional  courses  to  complete  the  33  credits, 
taken  under  advisement. 
LATIN  —  LAT  101-102*,  201,  202,  303,  and 
406.  Additional  courses  to  complete  the  33  cred- 
its, taken  under  advisement. 
RUSSIAN  —  RUS  101-102*  or  103*.  201-202 
or  203,  301-302,  303-304,  305-306,  307-308, 
and  365.  Additional  courses  to  complete  the  33 
credits,  taken  under  advisement. 
SPANISH  —  SPA  101-102*,  201-202,  301-302, 
315,  320  or  321,  330-331,  365,  and  any  two  400- 
level  courses.  Additional  courses  to  complete  the 
33  credits,  taken  under  advisement. 


51  semester  hours 
33  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 


27-38  semester  hours 


3.  Two  cognate  courses 

A.  LIN  230 

B.  History,  political  science,  geography 

4.  Demonstration  of  proficiency  in  a  second 
language  through  the  intermediate  II  level 

5.  Electives 

The  number  of  hours  available  depends  on  the  student's  level  of  second 
language  proficiency.  They  may  choose  to  apply  some  of  these  to  addi- 
tional advanced  courses  in  their  major  area  or  to  continue  second  or 
third  language  study. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  THE  B.S.  ED.  PROGRAMS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  51  semester  hours 
ANT  102  and  PSY  100  are  required  and  will 

count  toward  the  general  education  requirements. 

2.  Foreign  Language  Concentration  33  semester  hours 
(specialized  preparation) 

FRENCH  —  FRE  101-102*,  201-202,  301,  302, 
303,  and  304.  Additional  French  courses  to  com- 
plete the  33  credits. 

GERMAN  —  GER  101-102*,  201-202.  303-304, 
305-306,  307-308,  and  365.  Additional  German 
courses  to  complete  the  33  credits. 
LATIN  —  LAT  101-102*.  201,  202,  303,  and 
406.  Additional  Latin  and  Classical  Language 
courses  to  complete  the  33  credits. 
RUSSIAN  —  RUS  101-102*  or  103*,  201-202 
or  203,  301-302,  303-304,  305-306,  307-308, 
and  365. 

SPANISH  —  SPA  101-102*,  201-202,  301-302, 
3 1 5,  320  or  32 1 ,  330-33 1 ,  and  365.  Additional 
Spanish  courses  to  complete  the  33  credits. 

3.  Two  cognate  courses 

A.  LIN  230  (3) 

B.  Area  studies  (3) 

4.  Student  must  complete  professional 
education  sequence  EOF  100,  EDP  250, 
EDP  351,  EDM  300,  EDS  306,  LAN  301, 
EDS  411,  EDS  412,  PSY  382  or  EDP  249. 
SUidents  must  pass  MLA  Exam  before 
student  teaching. 

5.  Electives  to  complete  128  hours 
The  student  is  advised  to  use  his  or  her  electives  in  areas  that  will 
contribute  to  his  or  her  profession. 


6  semester  hours 


33  semester  hours 


'  Foreign  language  majors  receive  no  credit  toward  graduation,  a  major,  or  certi- 
fication for  101  and/or  102  in  their  majors.  If  101  and/or  102  in  another  lan- 
guage are  taken  as  free  electives.  they  will  be  credited  toward  graduation. 


iHM     Foreign  Languages 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


All  students  majoring  in  foreign  languages  and  preparing  to  teach  must 
also  complete  LAN  301,  credited  to  professional  education. 

Minor  in  Language  18  semester  hours 

Minors  are  available  in  French,  German,  Italian,  Latm,  Spanish,  and 
Russian. 

A.  Language  courses  at  levels  201  and  202  (or  203)  are  required. 

B.  Courses  at  the  200,  300,  and  400  levels  in  one  language,  taken 
under  advisement.  Courses  in  English  are  not  acceptable. 

Minor  in  Translation  18  semester  hours 

This  program  of  study  is  open  to  any  student  who  has  a  major  or  minor 
(or  the  equivalent)  in  a  second  language.  A  student  must  take  the  fol- 
lowing courses:  CLS  309.  LAN  350,  351,  450,  and  460,  and  LIN  230. 

ADDITIONAL  LANGUAGES 

Greek,  ItaHan,  Portuguese 

Courses  in  Greek,  Italian,  and  Portuguese  may  be  offered,  but  no  major 
field  is  available. 

Greek  and  Hebrew  —  Classical  and  New  Testament 

Elementary  Greek  I-II  (GRE  101-102)  and  Intermediate  Greek  1-11 
(GRE  101-102).  Part  of  Classical  Language  program 

Italian 

Elementary  Italian  I-II  (ITA  101-102),  Intermediate  Italian  l-ll  (ITA  201- 
202),  Advanced  Italian  1-11  (ITA  301-302),  Itahan  Culture  (ITA  321 ), 
Italian  Cinema  (ITA  360),  Survey  of  Italian  Literature  (ITA  400). 
Introduction  to  Dante,  Petrarca,  and  Boccaccio  (ITA  401 ).  Contemporary 
Italian  Literature  (ITA  402),  Independent  Studies  in  Italian  Language  and 
Literature  (ITA  410).  Seminars  in  Italian  (ITA  411-412). 

Portuguese 

Elementary  Portuguese  I-II  (POR  101-102)  and  Intermediate 
Portuguese  I-II  (POR  201-202). 


ADDITIONAL  OFFERINGS- 
LANGUAGE  COURSES 


CONVERSATIONAL 


Selected  critical  or  uncommonly  taught  languages  such  as  Chinese, 
Japanese.  Modem  Greek,  Modern  Hebrew,  Polish,  Portuguese,  and 
Serbo-Croatian,  on  a  conversational  basis  only. 

The  Junior  Year  Abroad  Program 

Courses  in  French  are  offered  at  the  Universite  Paul  Valery  in 
Montpellier.  France,  through  Junior  Year  Abroad  Program  sponsored 
by  the  Office  of  International  Studies  of  West  Chester  University.  The 
program  is  designed  to  give  persons  interested  in  France  a  first-hand 
acquaintance  with  French  life  and  enable  them  to  achieve  an  active 
command  of  the  language. 

The  program  is  open  to  any  student  enrolled  at  West  Chester  University 
who  has  completed  the  equivalent  of  two  years  of  college  French  and  is 
able  to  follow  lectures  in  French.  Students  enrolled  in  the  program  may 
receive  up  to  30  credits  for  a  full  two  semesters  of  the  year  abroad  program 
of  study.  Courses  are  conducted  entirely  in  French  by  French  professors. 

Foreign  Language  Testing  and  Placement 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  provides  a  testing  service  for  sm- 
dents  entenng  the  University.  Based  on  the  results  of  the  tests  given  and 
an  analysis  of  past  expenence.  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  will 
suggest  the  level  of  language  a  student  should  enter.  After  taking  part  in 
any  given  course  for  a  short  period  of  time,  a  student's  placement  could 
be  changed  if  consultation  between  the  snident  and  an  adviser  results  in  a 
decision  to  change  the  placement.  The  department  reserves  the  right  to 
withhold  credit  towards  a  degree  for  a  course  taken  at  a  lower  level  than 
was  recommended  by  the  department. 

If  a  student  wishes  to  take  an  exam  to  complete  the  language  require- 
ment or  receive  credit  for  a  course,  he  or  she  must  take  a  special  exam 
other  than  those  given  for  placement.  Arrangements  can  be  made  with 
the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
FRENCH 

Symbol:  FRE 

101-102  Elementary  French  I-II  (3)  (3)  Funda- 
mentals of  French  grammar,  syntax,  and  pronuncia- 
tion. All  four  skills  (listening,  speaking,  reading, 
and  writing)  are  taught  concomitantly  Taught  in 
French  Language  laboratory  work  required, 

201-202  Intermediate  French  I-II  (3)  (3)  Review 
of  grammar  and  syntax  Readings  in  French  litera- 
ture as  a  basis  for  class  discussion  and  practice  in 
composition.  Language  laboratory  drill  PREREQ: 
FRE  1 02  or  equivalent 

301  Advanced  Grammar  and  Stylistics  (3)  The 

more  complex  grammatical  and  syntactical  struc- 
tures of  the  language,  with  particular  attention  to 
stylistics.  Practice  in  writing  compositions  on  a 
more  sophisticated  and  advanced  level  with  empha- 
sis on  correct  usage.  Work  in  language  laborator>' 
required  PREREQ:  FRE  202  or  placement.  Offered 
spring  semester  only 

302  Advanced  Oral  French  and  Phonetics  (3) 

Intensive  practice  in  spoken  French  to  develop 
skills  in  pronunciation  and  in  listening  comprehen- 
sion Introduction  to  French  phonetics.  PREREQ: 
FRE  202  or  placement, 

303  French  Civilization  (3)  (In  French)  A  survey 
of  the  social,  political,  economic,  and  educational 
structures  of  France,  along  with  an  introduction  to 
the  artistic  contributions  of  the  French,  particularly 


in  the  20th  century.  PREREQ:  FRE  202  or  place- 
ment 

304  Readings  in  French  Literature  (3)  The  read- 
ing and  analysis  of  representative  selections  of 
French  prose  (fiction  and  nonfiction).  poetry, 
essays,  and  plays  PREREQ:  FRE  202  or  place- 
ment. 

401  Commercial  French  (3)  A  study  of  the 
French  economic  and  business  systems,  and  exten- 
sive practice  in  using  forms  and  expressions  fre- 
quently used  in  French  business  correspondence 

409  Women  and  Men  in  French  Literature  (3) 

(In  English!  Works  by  women  and  men  novelists, 
poets,  or  dramatists  that  present  striking  images  of 
love  and  conflict  between  the  sexes  Also  a 
Women's  Studies  course, 

410  French  Theater  to  1900:  In  Context  (3)  A 

study  of  the  French  theater  from  ils  beginnings  to 
the  19th  cenlury  in  the  contexts  of  their  times. 
Reading  and  analysis  of  representative  plays  from 
the  various  periods. 

411  Modem  French  Literature  in  Context  (3)  A 

study  of  the  evolution  of  modem  literary  genres, 
beginning  with  the  revolt  of  the  generation  of  1900, 
through  Dada  and  Surrealism  and  the  writers  of  the 
absurd  to  the  present 

412  Narrative  Prose  (3)  An  examination  of  Ihe 
evolution  of  French  prose  in  the  nouvelle.  the  come, 
the  reel!  and  the  novel  from  their  earliest  begin- 
nings to  the  present. 


413  French  Poetry  (3)  A  history  of  French  poetry 
and  a  study  of  its  versification.  Practice  in  the 
recitation  of  French  poems  and  close  textual  analy- 
sis, and  discussion  of  selected  works. 
♦  420-421-422  Topics  in  French  Literature  (3) 
(3)  (3)  Each  topics  course  provides  an  in-depth 
study  of  a  significant  aspect  of  French  culture,  art, 
or  literature,  its  history  and  influences,  and/or  its 
principal  exponents,  creative  artists,  and  advocates. 
Topics  will  be  announced  annually  by  the  French 
faculty. 

Offerings  in  English  (EFR):  Interdisciplinary 
and  Culture-Cluster  Courses 
■  #  EFR  220  French  Civilization  (3)  (In  Enghsh) 
A  study  of  France's  political  and  educational  sys- 
tems and  economic  and  religious  institutions  with 
emphasis  on  contemporary  aspects, 

GERMAN 

Symbol:  GER 

101-102  Elementary  German  I-II  (3)  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  German  grammar,  syntax,  and 
pronunciation  Introduction  to  German  culture 
through  easy-reading  texts.  The  audio-lingual 
method  is  employed.  Language  laboratory  drill  is 
required. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 
■  Culture  Cluster 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Foreign  Languages 


201-202  Intermediate  German  I-II  (3)  (3)  Review 
of  grammar  and  syntax.  Readings  in  German  litera- 
ture as  a  basis  for  class  discussion  in  German  and 
practice  in  composition.  Language  laboratory  drill 
required  for  remedial  work  only,  PREREQ;  GER 
102  or  equivalent. 

NOTE:  All  advanced  literature  and  civilization 
courses  include  lectures  and  discussion  in  the  for- 
eign language,  and  all  student  papers  and  e.xainina- 
tions  must  be  written  in  the  foreign  language. 
#221   German  Civilization  (3)  (In  German)  An 
analysis  of  the  major  contributions  of  German  civi- 
lization to  western  culture  in  the  areas  of  art. 
music,  science,  and  literature.  PREREQ:  GER  202 
or  equivalent. 

222  Austrian  Civilization  (3)  This  course  is 
almost  identical  to  EGE  323;  slightly  different 
readings  in  German  will  be  offered    Discussions 
are  in  German. 

303-304  Advanced  German  Grammar  and 
Composition  I-II  (3)  (3)  The  more  complex  gram- 
matical and  syntactical  structures  of  the  language 
with  particular  attention  to  stylistics.  Practice  in 
writing  compositions  on  a  more  advanced  level 
with  emphasis  on  correct  usage.  PREREQ:  GER 
202  or  equivalent. 

305  Survey  of  German  Literature  I  (3)  German 
literature  from  its  earliest  beginnings  to  1800.  PRE- 
REQ: GER  202  or  equivalent. 

306  Survey  of  German  Literature  II  (3)  German 
literature  from  1800  to  the  present  PREREQ:  GER 
202  or  equivalent. 

307-308  Advanced  Oral  German  I-II  (3)  (3)  In- 
tensive drill  in  the  oral  use  of  the  language  to  deve- 
lop proficiency  in  listening  comprehension  and 
speaking.  PREREQ:  GER  303  or  equivalent. 
365  German  Phonetics  (3)  Description  and  prac- 
tice in  the  sounds  of  the  German  language  and  its 
major  dialectical  differences.  Comparative  analysis 
with  English.  PREREQ:  LIN  230 

400  20th-century  German  Literature  in 
Translation  (3)  (In  English)  A  study  of  selected 
novels,  short  stories,  and  plays  from  the  German 
literature  of  the  20th  century.  An  introduction  to 
some  of  the  modem  writers  of  the  German-speak- 
ing world  from  the  perspective  of  the  social  and 
political  developments  in  modem  Germany. 

401  The  Age  of  Goethe  (3)  German  literary  doc- 
trines and  masterpieces  of  the  periods  of  Enlighten- 
ment, Storm  and  Stress,  and  Classicism  PREREQ: 
GER  202  or  equivalent 

402  Contemporary  German  Literature  (3) 
Works  of  the  principal  German  writers  of  the  20th 
century.  PREREQ:  GER  202  or  equivalent 

403  20th-century  German  Masterpieces: 
Kafka,  Mann,  Hesse  (3)  An  in-depth  analysis  of 
the  prose  works  of  three  major  20th-century 
German  writers.  In  our  close  reading  of  these 
works,  we  shall  consider  such  narrative  techniques 
as  point-of-view,  ambiguity,  and  irony  as  well  as 
such  German  intellectual  and  artistic  contributions 
as  Expressionism,  psychoanalysis,  and  the 
Bildungsroman.  Taught  in  conjunction  with  EGE 
403. 

404  German  Artists  as  Social  Conscience: 
Postwar  German  Literature  and  Film  (3)  An 

examination  of  the  political  and  social  issues  of 
contemporary  Germany  through  an  analysis  of  lit- 
erary and  cinematic  texts  Discussion  topics  include 
the  Holocaust,  Nazism,  the  Second  World  War,  the 
Economic  Miracle,  the  Cold  War,  terrorism,  the 
feminist  and  peace  movements,  atomic  warfare, 
and  German  reunification  and  its  aftermath.  Taught 
in  conjunction  with  EGE  404. 


405  A  Survey  of  German  Film  (3)  An  analysis  of 
German  films  from  Expressionism  to  the  present. 
We  shall  examine  the  films  in  terms  of  their  politi- 
cal and  social  context  and  as  works  of  an.  Directors 
include  Fritz  Lang,  Mumau,  Wiene.  Fassbinder. 
Herzog.  Schlondorff  von  Trolta,  and  Wenders. 
Taught  in  conjunction  with  EGE  405. 
407  German  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Modem  German 
poetry  of  pre-  and  post-World  War  II.  PREREQ: 
GER  206  or  equivalent 

♦  410  Independent  Studies  in  German 
Language  and  Literature  (3)  Special  topics  for 
advanced  students  only.  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

♦  411  Seminar  in  German  (3)  Independent  study 
and  research  for  upper-division  students.  Topics 
announced  annually  by  the  German  faculty.  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  instructor. 

♦  412  Seminar  in  German  (3)  Independent  study 
and  research  for  upper-division  students.  Topic 
announced  annually  by  the  German  faculty.  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  instructor. 

Offerings  in  English  (EGE):  Interdisciplinary 
and  Culture  Cluster  Courses 

■  #EGE  222  German  Civilization  (3)  An  analysis 
of  the  major  contributions  of  German  civilization  to 
western  culture  in  the  areas  of  an,  music,  science, 
and  literature.  No  knowledge  of  German  required. 

■  #EGE  323   Austrian  Civilization  1848-1938  An 
interdisciplinary  study  of  Austrian  civilization, 
focusing  on  Vienna  1848-1938.  The  relationship  of 
selected  cultural  and  intellectual  developments  to 
their  political  and  social  contexts.  This  course 
employs  the  perspective  of  many  disciplines  but  is 
specifically  concerned  with  the  humanities  and 
visual  arts. 

#EGE  403  20th-century  German  Masterpieces: 
Kafka,  Mann,  Hesse  (3)  An  in-depth  analysis  of 
the  prose  works  of  three  major  20th-century 
German  writers.  In  our  close  reading  of  these 
works,  we  shall  consider  such  narrative  techniques 
as  point-of-view,  ambiguity,  and  irony  as  well  as 
such  German  intellectual  and  artistic  contributions 
as  Expressionism,  psychoanalysis,  and  the  Bil- 
dungsroman. No  knowledge  of  German  required. 
#EGE  4(M  German  Artists  as  Social  Conscience: 
Postwar  German  Literature  and  Film  (3)  An 
examination  of  the  political  and  social  issues  of 
contemporary  Germany  through  an  analysis  of  liter- 
ary and  cinematic  texts.  Discussion  topics  include 
the  Holocaust,  Nazism,  the  Second  World  War,  the 
Economic  Miracle,  the  Cold  War,  terrorism,  the 
feminist  and  peace  movements,  atomic  warfare,  and 
German  reunification  and  its  aftermath.  No  knowl- 
edge of  German  required. 

■  #EGE  405  A  Survey  of  German  Film  (3)  (Arts 
Elective  Course)  An  analysis  of  German  films  from 
Expressionism  to  the  present.  We  shall  examine  the 
films  in  terms  of  their  political  and  social  context 
and  as  works  of  art.  Directors  include  Fritz  Lang, 
Mumau,  Wiene.  Fassbinder.  Herzog.  Schlondorff 
von  Trotla.  and  Wenders.  No  knowledge  of 
German  required. 

GREEK 

Symbol:  GRE 

101-102  Elementary  Greek  I-II  (3)  (3)  Forms, 
grammar,  and  idioms  of  .Attic  and  Koine  Greek. 
Readings  in  Septuaginl  and  New  Testament  Greek. 

201  Intermediate  Greek  I  (3)  Readings  in 
Socralic  dialogues  of  Plato. 

202  Intermediate  Greek  II  (3)  Homeric  prosody 
and  grammar.  Reading  of  selected  portions  of  the 
Homeric  Poems. 


♦  301-302  Greek  Reading  I-II  (3)  (3)  Readings 
in  prose  and  verse.  Authors  usually  selected  by 
genre. 

HEBREW 

Symbol:  HBW 

101-102  Elementary  Biblical  Hebrew  I-II  (3)  (3) 

Forms,  grammar,  and  idioms  of  Biblical  Hebrew. 

Selected  readings. 

201-202  Intermediate  Biblical  Hebrew  I-II  (3) 

(3)  Readings  in  the  prose  and  poetic  document  of 
the  Biblia  Hebraica. 

ITALIAN 

Symbol:  ITA 

101-102  Elementary  Italian  I-II  (3)  (3)  Intensive 

drill,  in  class  and  in  the  language  laboratory,  with 
pronunciation,  intonation,  and  basic  linguistic  pat- 
terns Introduction  to  Italian  culture  through  basic 
dialogues  and  easy-reading  texts. 
201-202  Intermediate  Italian  I-II  (3)  (3)  Review 
of  Italian  grammar  and  syntax.  Introduction  to 
Italian  literature  through  short  readings  of  interme- 
diate difficulty.  Composition  and  conversation  in 
Italian  based  on  reading  assignments.  Language 
laboratory  for  remedial  drill.  PREREQ:  ITA  102  or 
equivalent. 

301-302  Advanced  Italian  Grammar  and 
Conversation  I-II  (3)  (3)  Review  and  mastery  of 
Italian  grammar,  with  special  emphasis  on  syntactic 
structure  and  stylistics,  along  with  intensive  oral 
drills  to  develop  proficiency  in  listening  compre- 
hension and  speaking  ability. 
321   Italian  Culture  (3)  An.  overview  of  Italian 
geography,  history,  and  regional  cultures,  along 
with  its  literary,  philosophical,  scientific,  and  artis- 
tic manifestations  and  contributions  to  the  world. 
360  Italian  Cinema  (3)  A  history  of  Italian  cine- 
ma, as  seen  through  representative  works  of  each 
penod/movement. 

400  Survey  of  Italian  Literature  (3)  High  points 
in  Italian  literature,  touching  upon  the  most  impor- 
tant writers  from  the  beginning  to  the  present  day. 

401  Introduction  to  Dante,  Petrarca,  and 
Boccaccio  (3)  A  general  discussion  on  the  impor- 
tance and  influence  of  these  writers  on  Italian  and 
European  literature  and  thought,  as  seen  through 
some  of  their  representative  works. 

402  Contemporary  Italian  Literature  (3)  A  sur- 
vey of  contemporary  Italian  authors  through  some 
representative  selections  of  their  works. 

^  410  Independent  Studies  in  Italian  Language 
and  Literature  (3)  Special  topics  for  advanced  stu- 
dents only.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 
^411  Seminar  in  Italian  I  (3)  Independent  study 
and  research  for  upper-division  students.  Topics 
announced  annually  by  the  Italian  faculty.  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  instructor. 
^  412  Seminar  in  Italian  II  (3)  Independent 
study  and  research  for  upper-division  students. 
Topics  announced  annually  by  the  Italian  faculty. 
PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

■  EIT  221   Italian  Culture  (3)  (In  English)  An 
overview  of  Italian  geography,  history,  and  region- 
al cultures,  along  with  its  literary,  philosophical, 
scientific,  and  artistic  manifestations  and  contribu- 
tions to  the  world. 

■  EIT  260  Italian  Cinema  (3)  (In  English)  A  his- 
tory of  Italian  cinema,  as  seen  through  representa- 
tive works  of  each  period/movement. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 
■  Culture  Cluster 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Foreign  Languages 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


LATIN 

Symbol:  LAT 

101-102  Elementary  Latin  MI  (3)  (3)  Forms, 
syntax,  and  idioms  of  classical  Latin  Selected  read- 
ings. 

201  Cicero  (3)  Selections  from  the  orations,  let- 
ters, and  essays  PREREQ:  LAT  101  and  102.  or 
two  years  of  secondary  school  Latin. 

202  Vergil  (3)  Reading  and  analysis  of  celebrated 
portions  of  the  Aeneid  The  nature  of  Latin  epic 
poetry  PREREQ:  LAT  201  or  three  years  of  sec- 
ondary school  Latin. 

NOTE:  LAT  202  or  four  years  of  secondary  school 
Latin  is  a  prerequisite  for  all  following  courses  in 
Latin. 

301  Teaching  of  Latin  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
problems,  methods,  and  materials  in  the  teaching  of 
Latin. 

302  The  Latin  Lyric  Poets  (3)  Latin  lyric  poetry 
through  readings  in  Catullus,  the  Odes,  and  Epodes 
of  Horace  Practice  in  the  composition  of  lyric 
poetry, 

303  Advanced  Latin  Prose  Composition  (3) 
Required  of  Latin  majors;  open  to  other  students 
accepted  by  the  instructor.  The  complex  syntactical 
strtictures  of  Latin  of  classical  style  Translations  of 
English  into  classical  Latin 

304  The  Latin  Elegiac  Poets  (3)  Latin  elegiac 
poetry  through  readings  in  Ovid.  Tibullus. 
Lygdamus.  Sulpicia.  and  Propertius  Practice  in  the 
composition  of  elegiac  poetry. 

^  305  Reading  Course  in  Latin  (3)  Open  to 
Latin  majors  only  .Area  and  content  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  student's  needs. 
306  Roman  Historians  (3)  Introduction  to  Roman 
historiography.  Readings  in  Livy,  Sallust.  and 
Tacitus. 

401  Roman  Drama  (3)  Origins  and  development 
of  Roman  drama  Selected  plays  of  Plautus. 
Terence,  and  Seneca 

402  Roman  Philosophy  (3)  Introduction  to  Greek 
and  Roman  philosophy.  Readings  in  Cicero. 
"Tusculan  Disputations, "  and  Lucretius.  "De 
Rerum  Natura." 

403  Roman  Satire  (3)  Origins  and  development  of 
Roman  satire  Readings  in  Horace.  Persius.  and 
Juvenal 

404  The  Latin  Novel  (3)  Readings  in  Petronius. 
Satyricon.  and  Apuleius.  The  Golden  Ass.  Lectures 
and  discussions  of  the  emergence  of  the  novel  as  a 
literary  form 

405  Medieval  Latin  (3)  Prose  and  poetry  from  the 
fourth  to  the  17th  centuries. 

406  Latin  Tutorial  Course  (3)  Required  of 
majors  in  Latin  or  Classics;  open  to  other  students 
accepted  by  the  instructor.  Introduction  to  the  histo- 
ry of  the  alphabet;  principles  of  historical  and  com- 
parative linguistics,  especially  as  applied  to  Greek 
and  Latin;  and  history  of  the  Latin  language  as  seen 
in  ancient  authors  and  inscriptions. 

^  410  Independent  Studies  in  Latin  Language 
and  Literature  (3)  Special  topics  for  advanced  stu- 
dents only  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

♦  411  Seminar  in  Latin  (3)  Independent  study 
and  research  for  upper-division  students.  Topics 
announced  annually  by  the  Latin  faculty.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

#  412  Seminar  in  Latin  (3)  Independent  study 
and  research  for  upper-division  students.  Topics 
announced  annually  by  the  Latin  faculty  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor. 


PORTUGUESE 

Symbol:  FOR 

101-102  Elementary  Portuguese  I-II  (3)  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  Portuguese  grammar,  syntax,  and 
pronunciation  Introduction  to  Brazilian  heritage 
and  culture  through  graded  reading  selections. 
201-202  Intermediate  Portuguese  I-II  (3)  (3) 
Review  and  continuation  of  basic  Portuguese  w  ith 
emphasis  on  vocabulary  expansion  and  cultural 
insights  through  increased  reading   Introduction  to 
selected  Portuguese  and  Brazilian  authors.  PRE- 
REQ POR  102 

RUSSIAN 

Symbol:  RUS 

101-102  Elementary  Russian  I-II  (3)  (3) 

lntensi\e  dnil  in  pronunciation,  intonation,  and 
basic  linguistic  patterns  to  develop  fundamental 
communicative  skills  Extensive  language  laborato- 
ry work  is  essential 

103  Intensive  Elementary  Russian  I-II  (6) 
Intensive  drill  in  pronunciation,  intonation,  and 
basic  linguistic  patterns  to  develop  fundamental 
communication  skills  Extensive  language  laborato- 
ry work  is  essential  The  elementary  sequence, 
equivalent  to  101-102.  will  be  completed  in  one 
semester  No  previous  knowledge  of  Russian  is 
required 

201-202  Intermediate  Russian  I-II  (3)  (3) 
Reinforcement  and  refinement  of  communicative 
skills  through  the  continuing  study  and  review  of 
grammatical  structures  Composition  and  conversa- 
tion based  on  writings  of  intermediate  difficulty  by 
Soviet  writers.  Students  majonng  in  the  sciences  or 
mathematics  may  elect  readings  pertaining  to  the 
scientific  field  in  the  second  semester  Extensive 
language  laboratory  work  is  essential  PREREQ: 
RUS  102  or  103 

203  Intensive  Intermediate  Russian  I-II  (6) 
Reinforcement  and  refinement  of  communicative 
skills  through  the  continuing  study  and  review  of 
grammatical  structures  Extensive  language  labora- 
tory work  is  essential  The  intermediate  sequence, 
equivalent  to  201-202.  will  be  completed  in  one 
semester.  PREREQ:  RUS  101-102  or  103. 
NOTE:  All  advanced  literature  and  civilization 
courses  include  lectures  and  discussion  in  the  for- 
eign language,  and  all  student  papers  and  examina- 
tions must  be  wntten  in  the  foreign  language. 
301-302  .Advanced  Russian  Grammar  and 
Composition  I-II  (3)  (3)  The  more  complex  gram- 
matical and  syntactical  structures  of  the  language, 
with  particular  attention  to  stylistics  Practice  in 
writing  compositions  on  a  more  advanced  level. 
with  emphasis  on  current  usage  Regular  use  of  the 
tape  program  is  essential.  PREREQ:  RUS  202,  203. 
or  equivalent, 

303-304  .Advanced  Readings  in  Russian 
Literature  I-II  (3)  (3)  Works  of  Russian  and 
Soviet  literature  are  read  and  analyzed.  PREREQ: 
RUS  202.  203.  or  equivalent. 
305-306  Russian  Civilization  I-II  (3)  (3)  (In 
Russian)  A  study  of  the  cultural,  philosophical,  reli- 
gious, and  artistic  contributions  of  Russia.  PRE- 
REQ: RUS  202.  203.  or  equivalent 
307-308  Advanced  Oral  Russian  I-II  (3)  (3) 
Intensive  drill  in  the  oral  use  of  the  language  to 
develop  proficiency  in  listening  comprehension  and 
speaking.  Regular  use  of  the  tape  program  is  essen- 
tial  PREREQ:  RUS  202.  203.  or  equivalent 
310  Russian  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 
Survey  of  Russian  literature  from  its  origin  to  the 
present.  All  works  read  in  English  No  knowledge 
of  Russian  required. 


365   Russian  Phonetics  (3)  An  overview  of 
Russian  phonetics,  morphophonemics,  and  intona- 
tion patterns.  Dialects  and  varieties  of  Russian. 
Phonetics  and  intonation  practice  in  the  language 
laboratory  PREREQ:  LIN  230. 

401  The  Russian  Novel  (3)  The  Russian  novel 
and  literary  trends  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 
PREREQ:  RUS  202,  203.  or  equivalent 

402  The  Russian  Drama  (3)  Works  of  the  major 
dramatists  of  the  19th  and  20th  centunes  PRE- 
REQ: RUS  202.  203.  or  equivalent 

403  Russian  Poetry  of  the  20th  Century  (3)  A 
study  of  the  principal  Russian  poets  of  the  20th 
century  PREREQ:  RUS  202,  203.  or  equivalent 

^  410  Independent  Studies  in  Russian  Language 
and  Literature  (3)  Special  topics  for  advanced  stu- 
dents only  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 
♦  411  Seminar  in  Russian  (3)  Independent  study 
and  research  for  upper-division  students.  Topics 
announced  annually  by  the  Russian  faculty  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  instructor. 
^  412  Seminar  in  Russian  (3)  Independent  study 
and  research  for  upper-division  students  Topics 
announced  annually  by  the  Russian  faculty.  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  instructor. 
Offerings  in  English  (ERU):  Interdisciplinary 
and  Culture  Cluster  Courses 
■  #  ERU  209  Soviet  and  Russian  Culture  (3)  (In 
English)  An  interdisciplinary  course  designed  to 
acquaint  students  with  Russian  culture  and  life  in 
Russia  today.  No  knowledge  of  Russian  required. 

SPANISH 

Symbol:  SPA 

101-102  Elementary  Spanish  I-II  (3)  (3) 

Fundamentals  of  Spanish  grammar,  syntax,  and 
pronunciation  from  the  oral-aural  point  of  view. 
Introduction  to  Spanish  culture  through  easy-read- 
ing texts. 

200  Intermediate  Research  (1)  Special  studies  in 
Spanish  for  studio  art  majors  Approval  of  depart- 
ment required 

201-202  Intermediate  Spanish  I-II  (3)  (3) 
Review  of  Spanish  grammar  and  syntax.  Readings 
in  Spanish  literature  as  a  basis  for  class  discussion 
in  Spanish  and  practice  in  composition.  Language 
laboratory  drill  recommended  for  remedial  work 
where  needed  PREREQ:  SPA  102  or  equivalent. 
NOTE:  All  advanced  courses  above  202  include 
lectures  and  discussion  in  the  foreign  language,  and 
all  student  papers  and  examinations  must  be  written 
in  the  foreign  language. 
301-302  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  and 
Conversation  I-II  (3)  (3)  Review  and  mastery  of 
Spanish  grammar,  with  special  emphasis  on  syntac- 
tic structures  and  stylistics,  along  with  intensive 
oral  dnlls  to  develop  proficiency  in  listening  com- 
prehension and  speaking  ability  PREREQ:  SPA 
202  or  equivalent, 

303  Commercial  Spanish  (3)  A  practical  course 
in  learning  how  to  write  business  letters,  apply  for 
jobs,  fill  orders,  and  perform  other  commercial 
transactions  in  Spanish  PREREQ:  SPA  301-302  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

304  Spanish  for  the  Professional  (3)  Spanish  for 
the  professional  in  public  service  fields  such  as 
law.  safety,  medicine,  and  government  Emphasis 
on  oral  communication  in  specific,  real-life  situa- 
tions. Translation  of  forms  and  documents  and  the 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 
■  Culture  Cluster 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Foreign  Languages 


writing  of  professional  communications  PREREQ; 
SPA  301-302  or  permission  of  instructor. 
315  Advanced  Readings  in  Spanish  (3) 
Introductory  readings  of  Spanish  and  Spanish- 
American  works  from  a  variety  of  sources,  includ- 
ing literary  texts  Special  attention  to  improvement 
of  grammar,  and  oral  and  written  expression  PRE- 
REQ; SPA  301-302  or  permission  of  instructor. 

320  Civilization  of  Spain  (3)  Major  contnbulions 
of  Spain  Cultural,  geographic,  literary,  philosophi- 
cal, and  artistic  manifestations  of  the  Hispanic 
world  PREREQ.  SPA  301-302  or  permission  of 
instructor 

321  Civilization  of  Spanish  America  (3)  Cultural, 
geographic,  literary,  philosophical,  and  artistic 
manifestations  of  the  Hispanic-.'Xmerican  world 
PREREQ:  SPA  301-302  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

323  Language  and  Culture  of  Puerto  Rico  (3) 
(In  Spanish)  A  study  of  the  language  and  culture  of 
Puerto  Rico.  Includes  geography,  history,  immigra- 
tion, and  emigration.  Emphasis  on  Puerto  Rican 
Spanish  language  patterns  and  literature  Study  of 
the  mid-Atlantic  Pueno  Rican  community  PRE- 
REQ: SPA  301-302  or  permission  of  instructor. 

330  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  (3) 
Representative  selections  of  Spanish  literature  from 
its  beginning  to  the  present.  PREREQ:  SPA  315  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

331  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3) 
Representative  selections  of  Spanish- American 
literature  from  1492  to  the  present.  PREREQ:  SPA 
315  or  permission  of  instructor 

365  Spanish  Phonetics  (3)  Description  and  prac- 
tice in  the  sounds  of  the  Spanish  language  and  its 
major  dialectical  differences  Comparative  analysis 
with  English.  PREREQ:  LIN  230  and  SPA  302. 

400  Spanish  Literature  to  1550  (3)  Spanish  liter- 
ature of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Renaissance,  includ- 
ing epic,  early  lyric,  prose,  and  theater  PREREQ: 
SPA  330  or  permission  of  instructor 

401  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age  (3) 
Spanish  literature  of  the  16th  and  17th  centuries: 
mysticism,  drama,  poetry,  and  the  novel  PREREQ: 
SPA  330  or  permission  of  instructor 

402  Spanish  Drama  of  the  Golden  Age  (3) 
Themes  and  traditions  of  the  comedia.  PREREQ: 
SPA  330  or  permission  of  instructor. 

404  Cervantes  (3)  Study  of  Don  Quixote  and 
Cervantes'  contributions  to  worid  literature  PRE- 
REQ: SPA  330  or  permission  of  instructor 

405  Modern  Hispanic  Literature  (18th  and  19th 
Centuries)  (3)  Spanish  and  Spanish-American 
thought,  literature,  and  culture  as  revealed  in  out- 
standing works  from  the  neo-Classical  period  to  the 
end  of  the  19th  century.  PREREQ:  SPA  330  or  331 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

406  The  Generation  of  1898  (3)  A  reading  and 
evaluation  of  the  literary  and  philosophical  contri- 
butions of  writers  such  as  Unamuno  and  Ortega  y 
Gasset.  PREREQ:  SPA  330  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

407  Spanish  Literature  Since  the  Civil  War 
Period  (3)  Introduction  to  works  that  represent 
Spanish  literature  from  the  Civil  War  penod  to  the 
present.  Authors  studied  include  Arrabal.  Cela, 
Delibes,  Garci  Lorca,  Goytisolo,  Matute.  Sender, 
and  others.  PREREQ:  SPA  330  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

408  Modem  Hispanic  Poetry  (3)  A  survey  of 
major  authors  and  movements  in  Spanish  and 
Spanish-American  poetry  of  the  19th  and  20th  cen- 
turies. Authors  include  Vicente  Aleixandre, 
Gustavo  Adolfo  Bequer.  Ruben  Dan'o.  Jose 
Espronceda,  Federico  Garcia  Lorca.  Gabriela 


Mistral,  and  Pablo  Neruda.  Movements  include 
Romanticism,  Modernism,  and  the  avant-garde. 
PREREQ:  SPA  330  or  33 1  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

409  Contemporary  Spanish-American 
Literature  (3)  A  study  of  major  authors  and  liter- 
ary movements  in  contemporary  Spanish  America, 
including  magical  realism  in  prose  fiction,  theater 
of  the  absurd,  avant-garde  poetrv',  and  modem 
essays  PREREQ:  SPA  331  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

410  Contemporary  Spanish-American  Prose 
Fiction  (3)  A  focus  on  20th-century  prose  fiction  in 
Spanish  America  The  works  of  narratists  such  as 
Borges.  Carpentier,  Corlazar,  Fuentes,  and  Garcia 
Marquez  will  be  examined  closely,  in  light  of 
Spanish-American  cultural  and  literary  modalities. 
PREREQ:  SPA  331  or  permission  of  instructor. 

411  Modern  Spanish-.American  Theater  (3)  A 

study  of  the  theater  as  a  reflection  of  social  realities 
including  the  theater  of  the  absurd;  the  dynamic  of 
play  and  audience.  The  Spanish-American  stage 
will  be  analyzed  through  its  cultural,  historical,  and 
religious  contexts.  PREREQ:  SPA  331  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

412  Literature  of  the  Hispanic  Caribbean  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  literature  of  the  Hispanic 
Caribbean,  placing  it  in  its  historical,  geographical, 
and  cultural  context  through  a  survey  of  major 
authors  and  movements.  PREREQ:  SPA  331  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

413  Hispanic  Women  Writers  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  tradition  of  women  writers  and  their 
works  in  Spain  and  Spanish  America  from  the  17th 
century  to  the  present.  Includes  fiction,  poetry,  and 
theater  PREREQ:  SPA  330  or  331  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

414  The  Black  in  Spanish-American  Literature 

(3)  For  undergraduates  who  are  interested  in  the 
characterization  of  blacks  in  Spanish-American  lit- 
erature and  the  political  and  social  context  of  their 
literary  portrayal. 

♦  456-457  Hispanic  Literature  Seminar  I-II  (3) 

(3)  Special  topics  for  advanced  students  only,  such 
as  politics  and  literature  in  contemporary  Latin 
America,  the  literature  of  discovery  and  conquest, 
the  novel  of  the  dictator,  and  Spanish  literature  dur- 
ing and  after  Franco.  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
instructor. 

Offerings  in  English  (ESP):  Interdisciplinary 
and  Culture  Cluster  Courses 

■  #  ESP  219  Culture  and  Civilization  of  Spain 

(3)  A  study  of  the  ongins  and  evolution  of  Spanish 
character,  tradition,  and  thought  The  interrelation- 
ship of  its  history  and  arts.  The  scope  of  its  contri- 
bution to  Western  culture.  No  knowledge  of 
Spanish  is  required. 

■  #  ESP  222  Culture  and  Civilization  of  Latin 
America  (3)  Cultural,  geographic,  literary,  philo- 
sophical, and  artistic  manifestations  of  the 
Hispanic-Amencan  worid.  No  knowledge  of 
Spanish  is  required. 

■  ESP/CLS  311   Contemporary  Latin  American 
Narrative  (3)  An  examination  of  Latin  American 
narrative  (short  story,  novella,  novel,  and  testimoni- 
al literature).  Spanish-  and  Ponuguese-language 
writers  from  South  and  Central  Amenca,  Mexico, 
and  the  Caribbean  will  be  studied,  from  the  period 
of  magical  realism  (1950's  and  1960's)  through  the 
present.  They  may  include  Isabel  Allende,  Jorge 
Amado.  Miguel  Angel  Asturias.  Jorge  Luis  Borges. 
Gabnel  Garcia  Marquez.  Clarice  Lispector.  Elena 
Poniatowska.  and  Luis  Rafael  Sanchez. 


#ESP  324  Language  and  Culture  of  Puerto  Rico 

(3)  A  study  of  the  language  and  culture  of  Puerto 
Rico.  Includes  geography,  history,  immigration, 
and  emigration.  Emphasis  on  Puerto  Rican  Spanish 
language  patterns  and  literature.  Study  of  the  mid- 
Atlantic  Puerto  Rican  community.  No  knowledge 
of  Spanish  is  required 

#ESP  362  Beyond  Columbus  (3)  The  impact  the 

discovery,  conquest,  and  colonization  of  the  New 
World  had  on  Europe  is  seen  through  diverse 
sources  in  literature,  history,  the  arts,  and  related 
disciplines  Topics  include  the  trans-Atlantic 
exchange  of  ideas  and  cultures,  indigenous  reli- 
gions, ethic  of  conquest,  evangelization,  cartogra- 
phy, colonial  science,  changing  views  of  humanity, 
and  nature.  Course  includes  a  field  trip  and  guest 
lecturers. 

ESP  403  Introduction  to  Cervantes  and  Don 
Quixote  (3)  Reading  the  full  text  of  Don  Quixote. 
Important  chapters  and  topics  will  be  analyzed. 
Special  emphasis  given  to  problems  of  translation. 
No  knowledge  of  Spanish  is  required. 

ADDITIONAL  LANGUAGES 

191-192  Critical  Language  I-II  (3)  (3)  Self- 
instructional  program  in  one  of  the  seldom-taught 
languages:  .Arabic,  Chinese,  Dutch,  Finnish,  Gaelic, 
Japanese,  Korean,  Modem  Greek,  Modem  Hebrew. 
Polish.  Portuguese,  Serbo-Croatian.  Swedish,  and 
Vietnamese  The  student  works  with  an  integrated 
text  and  tape  program,  and  a  tutor.  By  permission 
of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages.  Not  for 
language  requirement 

193-194  Critical  Language  III-IV  (3)  (3) 

Continuation  of  LAN  191-192. 

COURSES  COMMON  TO  ALL 
LANGUAGES 

LAN  301  Teaching  of  Modern  Languages:  K-12 

(3)  Problems,  methods,  and  matenals  of  teaching 
second  languages  at  all  levels.  Observation  and  par- 
ticipation in  second-language  classrooms.  PRE- 
REQ: Completion  of  language  courses  through  the 
advanced  level  and  LIN  230. 

LAN  303  Second  Languages  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Techniques  and  materials  used  in  teach- 
ing second  languages  in  the  elementary  school. 
Practice  in  the  application  of  these  techniques  and 
observation  of  foreign  language  classes.  PREREQ: 
Completion  of  intermediate  level  in  the  chosen  for- 
eign language. 

LAN  305  Introduction  to  Bilingual/Bicultural 
Education  (3)  Introduction  to  the  history,  philoso- 
phy, current  status,  and  future  directions  of  bilin- 
gual/bicullural  education.  Survey  of  materials,  tech- 
niques, instructional  processes,  and  instructional 
patterns.  Overview  of  testing,  placement,  and  pupil 
evaluation.  PREREQ:  Intermediate  level  proficien- 
cy in  a  second  language  and  LIN  250  or  equivalent. 

♦  LAN  411  Topical  Seminar  (3)  Specialized 
studies  in  language  and  the  teaching  of  foreign  lan- 
guages. 

LIN  230  (also  ENG  230)  Introduction  to 
Linguistics  (3)  See  ENG  230 

LIN  250  Psycholinguistics  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
study  of  relationships  between  language,  generative 
models,  communication  theory,  and  learning 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 
■  Culture  Cluster 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Geography  and  Planning 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


theory.  Major  emphasis  on  natural  language  devel- 
opment and  bilmgualism 

#LIN  330  (also  PHI  330)  Introduction  to 
Meaning  (3)  See  PHI  330 

LIN  360  (also  PHI  360)  Philosophy  of  Language 

(3)  See  PHI  360. 

LIN  380  Language  and  Culture  (3)  Language  as 
an  aspect  of  culture,  using  linguistic-perceplual- 
cognitive  categories,  social  and  psychological 
aspects  of  language  PREREQ:  LIN  230  or  peimis- 
sion  of  instructor. 

♦  LIN  411-412  Seminar  in  Linguistics  (3)  (3) 

Specialized  studies  in  linguistics.  Topics  announced 


annually.  PREREQ:  LIN  230  or  at  least  junior 

standing. 

LIN  415  (also  COM  415)  General  Semantics  (3) 

See  COM  415 

TRANSLATION  COURSES 

Symbol;  LAN 

350  Translation  I  (3)  Introduction  to  translation  as  a 
profession.  A  survey  of  the  history,  literature,  and 
theories  of  translation  and  of  professional  organiza- 
tions and  technical  resources  available  to  translators. 

351  Translation  II  (3)  Practical  work  in  translat- 
ing a  variety  of  matenals  drawn  from  vanous 
fields,  including  literature,  business,  government, 
and  the  sciences 


450  Translation  III  (3)  Practice  translating  more 
advanced  materials  with  specialization  in  one  or 
two  subject  areas. 

460  Field  Placement  (3)  Internship  under  faculty 
supervision  in  a  translation  agency,  business  firm, 
or  other  organization  or  institution  that  has  substan- 
tial translation  work  as  part  of  its  operation. 
♦  CLS  309  Literature  Translation  Workshop 
(3)  A  writing  workshop  on  the  theory  and  practice 
of  literary  translation. 


#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Geography  and  Planning 

207  Ruby  Jones  Hall 
610-436-2746 

Arlene  C.  Rengert,  Chairperson 
PROFESSORS:  Rengert,  Tachovsky.  Thomas 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Grassel,  Lewandowski,  Welch 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Fasic 

Geography  and  Planning  is  an  academic  discipline  that  bridges  the  physi- 
cal and  social  sciences.  Students  study  the  patterns  and  processes  of  human 
and  physical  phenomena  in  relationship  to  each  other.  Students  gain 
knowledge  that  can  be  applied  to  solving  societal  problems  and  to  planning 
for  the  future,  whether  they  are  taking  general  education  or  elective  cours- 
es, acquiring  specialized  preparation  needed  for  working  in  geography  and 
planning  and  related  fields,  or  meeting  particular  needs  in  combination 
with  other  majors  in  arts  and  sciences  or  professional  fields. 
The  field  of  geography  assists  students  in  comprehending  the  broad  scope 
of  the  physical,  cultural,  and  economic  environments  on  local,  national, 
and  global  scales.  Geography  courses  develop  skills  and  organize  knowl- 
edge from  various  disciplines,  and  enable  students  to  examine  the  inte- 
grated whole  of  a  people  with  reference  to  habitat  and  interspatial  rela- 
tionships. Specialized  skills,  such  as  geographic  information  systems  tech- 
nology and  computer  cartography,  provide  salable  skills  for  sUidents  inter- 
ested in  technical  careers,  and  complement  courses  that  teach  knowledge 
of  environmental  and  human  situations  and  problems. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  GEOGRAPHY 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  geography  offers  a  choice  of  three  emphases 
(called  "tracks"):  traditional  geography  (cultural,  environmental,  and 
economic  geography  including  an  international  perspective),  geograph- 
ic analysis,  and  urban/regional  planning.  The  geographic  analysis  and 
urban/regional  planning  areas  emphasize  specialized  skill  development. 
Internships  are  available  and  are  recommended  for  qualified  students. 
Geography  majors,  as  pan  of  their  general  education  requirements, 
must  take  GEO  101  or  103  and  achieve  a  grade  of  2.0  or  better.  They 
also  must  pass  ENG  120  and  121  with  a  grade  of  2.0  or  better. 


1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Foreign  Language/Culture  Requirement 

3.  Additional  Social  Science  Courses 

4.  Geography  Core  Requirements 
Required:  GEO  102,  225,  310,  326,  400,  and 
404  ( 1 8  credits) 

Track  requirements  taken  under  advisement 

For  geography  track:  five  courses  from  specified 

groups,  selected  under  advisement  (15  credits) 

OR 

For  urban/regional  planning  track:  GEO  214, 

320,  and  322,  and  an  addifional  two 

courses  from  a  specified  list,  selected  under 

advisement  (15  credits) 

OR 


5 1  semester  hours 

0-15  semester  hours 

9  semester  hours 

33  semester  hours 


1 5  semester  hours 


For  geographic  analysis  track:  three  courses 
chosen  from  GEO  324,  328,  and  330  or  424, 
plus  two  courses  from  specified  lists  of  courses 
selected  under  advisement  (15  credits) 

5.  Cognate  Courses 
Courses  (taken  under  advisement)  that  are 
specifically  related  to  identified  career 
aspirations,  and  chosen  outside  General 
Requirements,  or  Geography  Core 
Required  of  all  majors:  COM  101,  216,  or  315 
and  ENG  368,  371,  or  420 

Required  for  urban/regional  planning  track: 
Two  of  these  three:  PMG  20 1 ,  202,  or  other 
approved  PMG  course,  plus  one  CSC  course 
(101  level  or  above) 

Required  of  geographic  analysis  track:  CSC 
1 15,  141,  or  142,  and  one  course  from  the  fol- 
lowing: ECO  251;  MAT  121,  421,  422;  and  PHI 
150,422 

6.  Free  Electives  4-19  semester  hours 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION- 
GEOGRAPHY  CONCENTRATION 

This  is  a  professional  degree  program  designed  to  prepare  certified  sec- 
ondary school  teachers  of  social  studies.  The  curriculum  involves  an 
overall  social  studies  exposure  with  a  concentration  in  geography.  See 
the  program  description  under  "Social  Studies:  B.S.  in  Education," 
pages  125-126.  All  students  in  the  geography  concentration  must  com- 
plete seven  courses. 

Geography  Concentration 

Required  courses:  GEO  102,  200,  220 

Plus  one  course  from  each  of  these  four  groups 

GEO204,  252,  310,  312 

GEO  230,  232,  336 

GEO  302,  303,  304 

GEO  205,  301 

Minor  in  Geography 

The  geography  minor  provides  a  flexible  geography  focus  that  com- 
bines well  with  other  majors. 

It  consists  of  18  semester  hours  of  geography  courses,  no  more  than  six 
hours  of  which  may  be  at  the  100  level.  The  department  will  advise 
students  on  selection  of  courses  appropriate  to  their  needs.  Clusters  of 
courses  may  involve  environmental  geography,  spatial  technology, 
international  courses,  or  courses  especially  suitable  as  preparation  for 
social  studies  education,  for  example. 

Minor  in  Planning  18  semester  hours 

The  minor  program  in  planning  allows  students  from  other  majors  to 
acquire  geography  and  planning  skills  and  to  expand  their  career 


21  semester  hours 

9  semester  hours 
12  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


Geography  and  Planning 


possibilities  to  include  such  areas  as  land  planning  and  management, 
conservation  of  resources,  location  of  commerce  and  industry,  and 
county  or  other  local  government. 
1.  Required  Course;  GEO  214  3  semester  hours 


Elective  Courses,  taken  under  advisement  15  semester  hours 

from  the  department 

GEO  212  or  320,  216,  225  or  401,  310,  322,  324  or  326  or  330, 
328,  336,  402.  403,  415,  and  424 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
GEOGRAPHY 

Symbol;  GEO 

*  101  World  Geography  (3)  The  scope  of  geog- 
raphy and  understanding  of  the  world's  regions 
generated  by  it  Human  society  is  examined  in  a 
frame  of  spatial,  environmental,  and  resource  fac- 
tors. Map  skills  and  other  "tools"  of  geography  are 
introduced. 

102  Physical  Geography  (3)  The  study  of  basic 
principles  of  physical  geography  and  of  relation- 
ships between  components  of  the  total  earth  envi- 
ronment 

*  103  Human  Geography  (3)  An  inquiry  into  the 
theoretical  and  applied  approaches  to  the  study  of 
human  spatial  behavior  and  the  distribution  of 
social  problems. 

200  Patterns  of  World  Cultures  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  selected,  non-Western  areas,  representing 
different  stages  of  development,  in  the  contempora- 
neous world.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  cultural  adapta- 
tion, innovation,  and  achievement  of  human  occu- 
pants of  these  areas. 

#204  Introduction  to  Urban  Studies  (3)  An 
examination  of  the  breadth  of  urban  studies  from 
the  perspecnves  of  many  social  science  disciplines. 
Philadelphia  is  emphasized  as  an  object  of  percep- 
tion, as  a  place  of  life  and  livelihood,  and  as  an 
example  of  continual  change  in  the  urban  environ- 
ment. PREREQ:  ENG  121.  Usually  offered  spring 
semester  and  summer 

205  Geographic  Influences  in  American  History 
(3)  Geographic  characteristics  that  figure  promi- 
nently in  the  discovery  and  colonization  of 
Amenca.  and  on  the  progressive  development  of 
the  United  States  up  to  the  20th  century. 
214  Introduction  to  Planning  (3)  The  methods  of 
analyzing  problems  of  urban  and  regional  planning. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  systems  of  housing,  recre- 
ation, transportation,  industry,  and  commerce. 
216  Planning  for  Public  Services  (3)  A  study  of 
the  quality  of  individual  life.  Analysis  of  geograph- 
ic variation  in  social  well  being,  problems  of  social 
systems  monitoring,  and  social  indicators  used  in 
planning. 

220  Economic  Geography  (3)  This  course  is  con- 
cerned with  the  spatial  patterns  of  economic  activi- 
ties, including  production,  consumption,  and  settle- 
ment. It  provides  an  understanding  of  their  location 
and  the  processes  of  change.  The  course  is  interna- 
tional in  scope,  with  an  emphasis  on  the  global 
economy. 

225  Introduction  to  Maps  and  Remote  Sensing 
(3)  Introduction  to  mapping  and  remote  sensing. 
Thorough  exposure  to  grid  coordinate  systems,  rep- 
resentative fractions/scale,  map  projections,  and 
mapping  systems.  Also,  aerial  photographs,  digital 
orthophotos.  satellite  images,  and  computers  as 
tools.  Offered  in  the  fall  semester 
230  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  (3) 
An  inquiry  into  the  type,  size,  and  distribution 
of  natural  resources,  and  into  the  problems  of 
resource  management.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
United  Stales. 

232  Environmental  Crises  (3)  The  nature  and 
dimensions  of  environmental  problems  with  an 
emphasis  on  endangered  life-support  systems. 


Aspects  of  natural  and  social  environment  systems 
and  their  mutual  interrelationships. 
236  Climatology  (3)  Climatic  variations  on  the 
earth  and  their  classification  into  regional  types. 
Relationships  of  plants,  soils,  and  cultures  to  types 
of  climate.  PREREQ:  GEO  102  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

252  Political  Geography  (3)  A  study  of  selected 
major  themes  in  political  geography  at  the  regional 
and  international  levels. 

301  United  States  and  Canada  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  complexity  and  diversity  of  the  physical 
and  human  landscapes  of  the  U.S.  and  Canada. 
Both  rural  and  urban  geography  are  studied  with  an 
emphasis  on  recent  geographic  changes  of  influ- 
ence— such  as  the  shift  from  an  emphasis  on  pro- 
duction to  one  on  service  and  consumption,  the 
grow  ing  importance  of  cities,  and  increasing  racial 
and  ethnic  diversity. 

■  302  Latin  America  (3)  Central  and  South 
Amenca  are  studied  with  emphasis  on  geographic 
understanding  of  the  major  sources  of  change  in 
recent  times.  The  course  focuses  on  selected  indi- 
vidual countries  in  addition  to  presentation  of  the 
region  as  a  whole  Usually  offered  spring  semester 
and  summer. 

■  303  Europe  (3)  A  regional  study  of  Europe, 
excluding  the  former  USSR.  Includes  a  macro- 
study  of  the  continent  and  sequential  microstudies 
of  culturalized  landscapes.  Usually  offered  spring 
semester  and  summer 

■  304  The  Former  Soviet  Union  (3)  A  regional 
study  of  European  and  Asiatic  U.S  S.R.  with  analy- 
sis of  geographic  factors  that  contribute  to  its 
strengths  and  weaknesses  as  a  major  world  power. 
PREREQ:  GEO  101  or  permission  of  instructor. 
310  Population  Problems  (3)  The  dynamic 
processes  of  population  change  (fertility,  mortality, 
and  migration)  and  the  resultant  changes  in  popula- 
tion distribution  and  composition.  In  addition  to  a 
substantive  study  of  these  topics,  students  are  intro- 
duced to  the  use  of  primary  data  sources  for  demo- 
graphic description  and  policy  recommendation. 
Usually  offered  spring  semester. 

312  Urban  Geography  (3)  Analysis  of  panems. 
processes,  and  consequences  of  urban  growth  and 
development  Theory  of  systems,  size,  spacing,  and 
functions  of  cities  Students  will  conduct  outside 
analysis  using  real  data. 

320  Land  Use  Planning  (3)  An  inquiry  into  the 
development  of  comprehensive  land  use  studies  by 
governmental  and  private  agencies,  emphasizing 
the  development  of  skills  in  problem  identification 
and  resolution  PREREQ:  GEO  214  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

322  Land  Development  Controls  (3)  An  insight 
into  the  "why"  and  "how"  of  land  development, 
emphasizing  the  role  of  local  government  in  zoning, 
subdivision  regulation,  and  other  land  regulations. 
PREREQ:  GEO  214  or  permission  of  instructor. 

324  Introduction  to  Geographic  Information 
Systems  (3)  Data  sources  and  analysis  techniques 
used  in  the  planning  process,  with  emphasis  on 
appropriate  applications.  Students  receive  consider- 
able expenence  in  using  geographic  information 
systems  technology  to  solve  real-world  problems. 

325  Business  Geographies  (3)  This  course  pro- 
vides a  conceptual  oveniew  of  geographical  infor- 


mation systems  as  well  as  hands-on  experience  of 
software  systems  used  in  developing  business  man- 
agement and  marketing  strategies    Attention  is 
focused  on  using  CIS  technology  as  an  analysis 
tool  to  improve  decision  making. 
326  Geographical  Analysis  (3)  Applications  of 
basic  statistical  techniques  to  problems  of  spatial 
significance,  emphasizing  the  adaptation  of  tech- 
nique to  problem,  and  the  understanding  and  inter- 
pretation of  specific  analytical  methods  as  applied 
to  real-worid  situations  PREREQ:  MAT  103  or 
higher-level  mathematics  course  must  be  passed 
with  a  2.0  or  better  prior  to  enrollment  in  GEO  326. 
328  Computer  Graphics  (3)  Structured  to  devel- 
op skills  in  the  design  and  use  of  analytical  and 
computer-mapping  systems,  the  course  emphasizes 
the  techniques  of  spatial  problem  resolution  and 
display. 

330  Population  Analysis  (3)  A  course  designed  to 
develop  skills  in  demographic  research,  emphasiz- 
ing interrelationships  of  population  processes,  use 
and  limitation  of  data  sources,  and  the  understand- 
ing and  interpretation  of  specific  demographic  and 
related  analytical  methods.  PREREQ:  GEO  310  or 
permission  of  instructor 

335  Geography  of  International  Trade  (3)  A 
descriptive  and  analytical  course  on  the  spatial 
structure  of  global  commodity  flows  and  the  under- 
lying processes  and  spatial  arrangements  leading  to 
spatial  interaction  among  trading  areas. 

336  Environmental  Planning  (3)  Introduction  to 
the  concepts  and  tools  of  environmental  planning 
which  include  landscape  form  and  function  in  plan- 
ning. Applications  to  local  and  regional  issues  are 
stressed. 

338  Computer  Applications  in  Social  Research 
(3)  The  use  of  existing  and  student-generated  pro- 
gramming software  in  the  design  and  execution  of 
social  research. 

341  Landscape  Analysis  (3)  The  study  of  contem- 
porary geographical  patterns  of  plants  and  animals, 
and  the  overall  processes  which  influence  landscape 
development  and  characteristics,  such  as  climatic  and 
geomorphic  events,  and  anthropogenic  activities. 

400  Senior  Seminar  in  Geography  (3)  The  study 
of  historical  and  contemporary  trends  in  geography; 
the  design,  preparation,  and  defense  of  a  research 
proposal  Offered  in  fall  semester. 

401  Cartography  (4)  A  laboratory  course  to 
develop  proficiency  in  the  design,  construction,  and 
appropriate  application  of  maps  and  map-related 
graphics.  Offered  in  spring  semester.  PREREQ: 
GEO  225  or  permission  of  instructor. 

♦  402  Topical  Seminar  in  Geography  (3) 
Intensive  examination  of  a  selected  area  of  study  in 
the  field  of  geography.  Topics  will  be  announced  at 
the  time  of  offering.  Course  may  be  taken  more 
than  once  when  different  topics  are  presented  PRE- 
REQ: Junior  or  senior  geography  major  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

403  Planning  Design  (3)  Selected  experiences 
designed  to  assist  the  student  (either  as  an  individ- 
ual or  as  a  member  of  a  group)  in  developing  profi- 
ciency in  information-providing  techniques. 


*  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 
■  Culture  Cluster 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Geology  and  Aslronomy 


Colllege  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


404  Senior  Project  in  Geography  (3)  The  execu- 
tion of  the  research  proposal  (designed  m  GEO  400) 
as  an  acceptable  departmenlal  senior  research  paper. 
Offered  in  spring  semester  PREREQ:  GEO  400. 
♦  410  Independent  Studies  in  Geography  (3) 
Research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in  geography. 
PREREQ:  Permission  of  department  chairperson. 


^  415  Internship  in  Geography  and  Planning 

(3-15)  Practical  job  expenence  in  applying  geo- 
graphic Iheory.  executing  substantive  research,  and 
engaging  in  community  sersice  in  selected  off-cam- 
pus silualions  Open  only  lo  upper-division  B  A 
majors  and  minors  in  geography/  planning  with 
permission  of  department  chairperson. 


424  Geographic  Information  Systems  Applica- 
tions (3)  A  course  to  advance  the  student's  knowl- 
edge of  the  design  and  implementation  of  geo- 
graphic information  systems.  PREREQ;  GEO  324 
or  permission  of  inslniclor. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Geology  and  Astronomy 

207  Boucher  Hall 

610-436-2727 

C.  Gil  Wiswall.  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Piitchard,  Stolar,  Wiswall 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Busch,  Ehleiter,  Johnson,  Smith, 
Srogi 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Dyar,  Good 

The  Department  of  Geology  and  Astronomy  offers  two  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  programs.  Students  pursuing  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Geoscience  degree  program  choose  one  of  the  three  concentrations; 
Environmental  Geoscience,  Geology,  or  Eanh  Systems.  Offered  in  con- 
junction with  the  School  of  Education,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education  degree  with  certification  in  Earth  and  Space  Science  con- 
tains three  tracks:  Environmental  Geoscience,  Geology,  and 
Astronomy.  All  programs  emphasize  analytical  skills  and  build  upon 
required  background  course  work  in  mathematics,  chemistry,  physics, 
and  statistics.  Written  and  oral  communications  are  emphasized  in  a 
majority  of  the  course  work. 

1.  The  B.S.  in  GEOSCIENCE  programs  offer  specialized  training  in 
one  of  three  fields  of  concentration.  The  environmental  geoscience 
concentration  is  intended  for  students  planning  a  career  or  graduate 
work  in  environmental  fields.  The  program  emphasizes  those  areas 
of  geology  most  pertinent  to  environmental  work  including  minerals 
and  rocks,  geochemistry,  geologic  structures,  geophysics,  and 
hydrology.  The  geology  concentration  is  designed  to  prepare  recip- 
ients for  occupations  in  geology  and/or  geochemistry,  including  the 
environmental  industry,  as  well  as  for  studies  toward  advanced 
degrees  in  those  areas.  Its  curriculum  emphasizes  depth  in  the  tradi- 
tional disciplines  of  geology,  including  studies  of  igneous,  meta- 
morphic,  and  sedimentary  rock  types,  mineralogy,  paleontology, 
structural  geology,  and  tectonic  processes.  The  earth  systems  con- 
centration is  a  liberal  arts  program  intended  for  students  wanting  to 
concentrate  on  the  breadth  of  the  earth  sciences.  Students  preparing 
for  careers  in  fields  related  to  the  earth  sciences  such  as  environ- 
mental law  or  resource  management,  or  those  wishing  to  place  a 
greater  emphasis  on  astronomy,  are  encouraged  to  utilize  this  con- 
centration. 

2.  The  B.S.  in  EDUCATION  in  EARTH  AND  SPACE  SCIENCES  is 
a  professional  degree  program  designed  to  prepare  cenified  sec- 
ondary school  teachers  with  an  overall  science  exposure  and  spe- 
cialization in  the  earth  and  space  sciences.  The  program  meets  all 
guidelines  established  by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of 
Teacher  Education  (NCATE),  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of 
Education  (PDE),  and  the  National  Science  Teachers'  Association 
(NSTA)  for  earth  and  space  science  certification.  The  program  con- 
tains three  tracks  allowing  students  to  gain  additional  depth  in  envi- 
ronmental geoscience,  geology,  or  astronomy. 

A  cooperative  five-year  program  with  Pennsylvania  State  University 
leading  to  a  degree  in  engineering  with  several  geoscience  specialties  is 
available.  For  further  information  about  this  program,  refer  to  the 
Physics  and  Pre-Engineering  section  of  this  catalog. 
Regardless  of  which  degree  is  pursued,  all  students  must  consult  with 
their  adviser  regularly  to  avoid  problems.  Those  in  the  B.S.  in  Education 


program  will  have  a  second  adviser  in  the  School  of  Education  to  help  the 
student  meet  the  secondary  education  requirements. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  ALL  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 

1 .  General  Education  Requirements,  38  semester  hours 
see  pages  32-35 

(exclusive  of  math  and  science  requirements) 

2.  Math  and  Computer  Science  Requirements        9- 1 0  semester  hours 
one  semester  of  calculus 

(MAT  108,  161,  or  above), 
CSC  115  or  141,  and  MAT  121 

3.  Science  Cognate  Requirements  9  semester  hours 
CHE  103  and  CRL  103,  PHY  130  or  170 

4.  Earth  Science  Courses  1 1  semester  hours 
ESS  101,202,  and  204 

5.  A  grade  of  C-  or  better  must  be  achieved  for  all  required  courses 
within  the  department  including  the  required  electives;  as  well  as 
those  in  biology,  chemistry,  computer  science,  math,  and  physics. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  —  GEOSCIENCE 

1 .  Additional  Science  Cognates  9  semester  hours 
CHE  104  and  CRL  104:  PHY  140  or  180 

2.  Core  Requirements  6  semester  hours 
ESL  201  and  ESS  478 

3.  To  complete  the  program,  students  must  fulfill  the  requirements  of 
one  of  the  concentrations  described  below.  All  students  are  encour- 
aged to  take  additional  science  or  interdisciplinary  courses  as  elec- 
tives (listed  under  Distributive  Requirements).  Most  ESS  courses 
listed  below  have  ESS  101  or  ESS  1 1 1  as  prerequisites.  For  addi- 
tional prerequisites,  see  individual  course  descriptions. 

Concentration  in  Environmental  Geoscience 

Required  courses  29  semester  hours 

BIO  100  or  1 10;  ESS  230,  236,  313,  321, 
420,  439,  442;  MAT  162 

Electives  1 2  semester  hours 

Selected  under  advisement  from  CHE  231, 
CHE/CRL  321;  ESS  333,  343,  405,  450 

Concentration  in  Geology 

Required  courses  25  semester  hours 

ESS  321,  331,  333,  405,  420,  450;  MAT  162 
Electives  9  semester  hours 

Selected  under  advisement  from  CHE  231, 

CHE/CRL  321;  ESS  313,  410,  439,  442 

Concentration  in  Earth  Systems 

Required  courses  1 8  semester  hours 

ENG  371;  ESS  111,  230,  270,  307;  SCB  210 
Electives  (ESS  or  ESL  prefix)  9  semester  hours 

Completed  with  approval  of  the  adviser 
Electives  1 5  semester  hours 

A  minimum  of  15  additional  credits  in  one 

department  (including  Geology  and  Astronomy) 

with  the  approval  of  the  adviser 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Geology  and  Astronomy 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  IN  EARTH 
AND  SPACE  SCIENCES 


30  semester  hours 


7  semester  hours 


19  semester  hours 


Secondar>'  Education  Requirements, 
including  SCE  350 

2.  Additional  Science  Cognates 
BIO  1 10  and  a  minimum  of  four  or  more 
semester  hours  at  a  higher  level  in  BIO, 
CHE,  or  PHY 

3.  Core  Requirements 
ESL  230.  ESS  1 1 1.  230,  236,  270,  and  any 
two  of  the  following:  ESS  102.  IND  201,  and 
SCB210 

4.  To  complete  the  program,  students  must  fulfill  the  requirements  of 
one  of  the  tracks  described  below.  All  students  are  encouraged  to 
take  additional  science  or  interdisciplinary  courses  as  electives  (list- 
ed under  Distributive  Requirements).  Most  ESS  courses  listed 
below  have  ESS  101  or  ESS  1 1 1  as  prerequisites.  For  additional 
prerequisites,  see  individual  course  descriptions. 

Environmental  Geoscience  Track  9  semester  hours 

ESL  201  and  ESS  332  or  371 
At  least  one  of  the  following: 

£88  313,327.343,439,442 


Geology  Track  9- 1 0  semester  hours 

ESL  201 

At  least  two  of  the  following  courses: 

ESS  3 1 3.  327.  33 1 ,  333,  405,  420,  or  450 

Astronomy  Track  9- 1 0  semester  hours 

ESS  355 

At  least  two  of  the  following  courses: 
ESS  293,  307,  353.  354.  362,  475 

5.   Students  are  encouraged  to  obtain  Certification  in  General  Science 
in  addition  to  Earth  and  Space  Science.  See  catalog  for  require- 
ments. 

Minor  Programs  15  semester  hours 

Students  may  choose  to  minor  in  any  of  the  following  programs. 

Courses  are  selected  with  the  approval  of  the  student's  adviser. 

1.  Astronomy 

ESS  1 1 1  plus  four  other  astronomy  courses  (15) 

2.  Earth  Science 

ESS  101,  111,  230,  and  270,  plus  one  course  in  earth  science. 
ESL  230  is  optional.  (15) 

3.  Geology 

ESS  101  plus  four  other  geology  courses  (15) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
GEOLOGY  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Symbol:  ESS  unless  otherwise  shown 

•101  Introduction  to  Geology  (3)  The  earths 
composition  and  hisiorv:  the  processes  that  occur 
on  and  within  the  earth.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and 
two  hours  of  lab. 

#102  Humans  and  the  Environment  (3)  A  study 
of  the  ability  of  humans  to  sunive  and  maintain 
their  life  quality,  considenng  the  limited  resources 
and  recycling  capacity  of  planet  Earth. 
•Ill  General  Astronomy  (3)  A  descriptive 
course,  including  the  composition  and  evolution  of 
solar  and  stellar  systems.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and 
two  hours  of  lab 

ESL  201   Fundamentals  of  Techniques  in 
Geology  (3)  An  inu-oduction  to  the  basic  methods 
of  geologic  data  collection,  analysis,  and  presenta- 
tion; literature  research;  and  report  writing.  One 
weekend  field  uip  is  required  PREREQ:  ESS  101. 
202  Minerals  and  Rocks  (4)  Ongins  of  important 
minerals,  rocks,  and  ore  deposits.  Observation,  data 
collection,  and  analysis  applied  to  the  study  of  min- 
erals and  rocks.  Hands-on  experience  in  sample 
identification  in  the  laboratory  and  field.  Introduc- 
tion to  techniques  of  materials  analysis.  Required 
one-day  field  trip  on  a  weekend  PREREQ:  ESS 
101;  CHE  103  and  104  are  strongly  recommended. 
204  Historical  Geology  (4)  The  geologic  history 
of  the  earth  and  the  evidence  for  this  history. 
Laboratory  included 

206  Gemstones  (3)  A  survey  of  gem  formation, 
identification,  fashioning,  and  evaluation.  For  the 
general  student.  Demonstrations,  specimens,  and 
field  trips  complement  lecture  topics.  No  science 
background  is  assumed. 

230  Introduction  to  Oceanography  (3)  A  survey 
of  our  present  knowledge  of  the  waters  and  floors 
of  the  oceans. 

ESL  230  Introduction  to  Oceanography 
Laboratory  (1) 

236  Environmental  Geology  (3)  The  application 
of  geological  information  to  human  problems 
encountered  in  natural  phenomena,  such  as  flood- 
ing, earthquakes,  coastal  hazards,  and  man-made 
concerns,  including  waste  disposal,  land  use.  and 


global  change  PREREQ:  ESS  101  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

270  Introduction  to  Meteorology  (3)  A  study  of 
the  principles  governing  the  earth's  atmosphere  and 
how  these  principles  determine  weather  conditions 
293  Introduction  to  Space  Science  (3)  Formal 
and  informal  lectures  and  discussions.  Use  of  cur- 
rent literature.  In-depth  study  of  a  topic  of  the  stu- 
dent's choice. 

307  Geology  of  the  Solar  System  (3)  The  geolo- 
gy, origin,  evolution,  and  properties  of  planets, 
comets,  asteroids,  moons,  and  meteontes 
313  Geochemistry  (3)  The  chemistry  of  the  earth 
and  its  relation  to  geologic  processes.  PREREQ; 
ESL  201. 

321  Geometries  (3)  Application  of  computational 
and  statistical  methods  to  geologic  problems. 
Geologic  samphng.  data  comparisons  in  environ- 
mental, petrologic.  paleontologic,  and  geochemical 
problems. 

323  General  Geologic  Field  Studies  of  South- 
eastern Pennsylvania  (3)  Occurrence,  relation- 
ships, and  geologic  history  of  the  rocks,  minerals, 
and  soils  of  this  area,  studied  at  representative  loca- 
tions. PREREQ:  ESS  202. 
ESL  327  Electron  Microscopy  I  (3)  A  one- 
semester  lecture/laboratory  course  in  theory  opera- 
tion and  applications  of  electron  beam  technology 
in  scientific  research. 

ESL  329  Electron  Microscopy  II  (3)  A  one- 
semester  lecture/laboratory  course  in  advanced  the- 
ories of  electron  microscopy  in  scientific  research 
Emphasis  on  individual  projects.  PREREQ:  ESL 
327. 

331  Introduction  to  Paleontology  (3)  Identifica- 
tion and  study  of  common  fossils  in  order  to  under- 
stand their  life  processes  and  geologic  significance. 
PREREQ:  One  course  in  geology 

332  Advanced  Oceanography  (3)  An  advanced 
course  in  oceanography  covering  marine  resources, 
oceanographic  literature,  animal-sediment  relation- 
ships, field  techniques,  estuanes.  salt  marshes,  sea 
level  changes,  and  pollution  PREREQ:  ESS  230. 

333  Crystallography  and  Optical  Mineralog)- 
(3)  Application  of  the  principles  of  symmetry  and 
crystal  chemistry  to  understand  the  properties  of 
minerals  and  rocks  Use  of  the  petrographic  micro- 


scope to  identify  minerals  in  thin  section.  PRE- 
REQ: CHE  104.  ESL  201.  and  ESS  202. 
343  Geomorphology  I  (3)  Constfuctional  and 
degradational  forces  that  have  shaped  present  land- 
forms  and  are  constantly  reshaping  and  modifying 
landforms.  Interpretation  of  geologic  and  topo- 
graphic maps;  field  studies  PREREQ:  ESS  101  or 
GEO  101. 

353  Nautical  Astronomy  (Celestial  Navigation) 
(3)  Technical  skills  including  celestial  coordinates, 
principles  of  time,  the  navigational  triangle,  lines  of 
position,  and  star  identification  PREREQ:  ESS 
III. 

ESL  353  Nautical  Astronomy  Laboratory  (1) 
Observation  will  be  taken  in  the  real  sky  and  with  a 
water  honzon.  and  data  will  be  reduced  to  deter- 
mine the  position  of  the  observer. 

354  Archeoastronomy  (3)  Astronomical  skills  of 
the  Babylonians.  Egyptians,  Greeks.  Chinese, 
Maya,  Incas.  Aztecs,  and  the  North  American 
Indians  PREREQ:  ESS  1 1 1  or  permission  of 
instructor 

355  Intermediate  .\stronomy  (3)  An  analytical 
and  qualitative  analysis  of  selected  astronomical 
phenomena.  Topics  include  telescope  optics 
(including  photographic  and  photoelectric  attach- 
ments), lunar  and  planetary  orbits,  stellar  motions 
and  magnitudes,  galactic  classifications,  and  dis- 
tances Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  lab. 
PREREQ:  ESS  111. 

362  History  of  Astronomy  (3)  Development  of 
astronomical  theones  from  the  ancient  Greeks  until 
the  :Oth  centuo'.  PREREQ:  ESS  1 1 1. 
371  Advanced  Meteorology  (3)  A  continuation  of 
the  study  of  the  principles  governing  the  earth's 
atmosphere  and  how  these  principles  determine 
weather  conditions.  PREREQ:  ESS  270. 

394  Geology  of  the  Northv*  estern  National 
Parks  (4)  Field  course. 

395  Geology  of  the  Southwestern  National 
Parks  (4)  Field  course 

405  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrologv'  (4) 
Theories  of  the  formation  of  igneous  and  metamor- 
phic rocks  based  on  field  occurrence,  physical 
properties,  geochemistry,  thermodynamics,  and 


*  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Hcukh 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


petrography  Classification  and  identification  of 
rocks  Laboratory  and  field  examination  of  rocks. 
PREREQ:  ESL  201.  ESS  304 
408  Field  Geology  I  (3)  Practical  experience  in 
the  techniques  and  tools  of  the  field  geologist 
PREREQ:  405 

410  Techniques  in  Mineralogy  (3)  Individual  stu- 
dent projects  involving  minerals  in  which  some 
analytical  technique,  such  as  the  petrographic 
microscope  or  X-ray  diffraction,  is  used  PREREQ: 
ESS  202  and  permission  of  instructor 
420  Structural  Geology  (4)  Determination  of  the 
sequential  development  and  the  forces  involved  in 
the  various  structural  features  of  the  earth  PRE- 
REQ: ESL  201,  ESS  202. 
425  Tectonics  (3)  To  appreciate  how  the  surface 
of  the  planet  evolves;  why  things  are  where  they 
are. 

435  Remote  Sensing  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
science  and  technology  of  remote  sensing  and  the 
applications  of  remote  sensing  data  to  geology, 
oceanography,  meteorology,  and  the  environment 
Includes  a  discussion  of  the  history  and  principles 
of  remote  sensing;  fundamentals  of  electromagnetic 
radiation;  theory  and  types  of  active  and  passive 
remote  sensing  systems;  fundamentals  of  image 
interpretation;  digital  analysis  of  LANDSAT  and 
AVHRR  data;  operation  of  environmental  .satellites; 
and  future  imaging  systems 
439  Hydrology  (3)  The  factors  that  control  the 
distribution,  occurrence,  and  recoverabilily  of 


groundwater;  techniques  for  locating  and  estimating 
recoverable  water;  groundwater  pollution  and  waste 
water  disposal  Familiarity  with  calculus  is  recom- 
mended PREREQ:  ESS  236. 
442  Geophysics  (3)  Gravitational,  magnetic,  seis- 
mic (refraction  and  reflection),  and  electrical  prop- 
erties of  rocks  and  minerals  in  the  earth.  Physical 
principles  of  the  earth;  geophysics  in  relation  to 
economic  deposits.  PREREQ;  MAT  162  and  PHY 
140  or  180. 

450  Sedimentation  and  Stratigraphy  (4)  Deve- 
lopment of  the  relative  geological  time,  methods, 
and  techniques  for  the  description  and  evaluation  of 
the  total  environment  of  the  time  of  the  formation 
of  stratified  rock. 

♦  460  Internship  (1-18)  Work  with  industry,  or 
local,  slate,  or  federal  government  agencies  under 
faculty  supervision 

475  Introduction  to  the  Planetarium  (3)  Princi- 
ples and  use  of  the  planetarium  in  a  teaching  situa- 
tion Specific  projects  are  assigned  PREREQ:  ESS 
111 

♦  478  Earth  Science  Seminar  (3)  Reports  on 
special  topics  and  current  development 

♦  480  Special  Problems  (1-3)  Reports  on  special 
topics  and  current  developments  in  the  earth  and 
space  sciences.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

490  Fundamentals  of  Soil  (3)  The  properties  of 
soils,  edaphology,  and  pedology:  chemical,  physi- 


cal, and  biological  factors.  Soil  genesis  and  classifi- 
cation. 
♦  491  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

#IND  201  Unified  Science  (3)  An  interdisciplinary 
course  dealing  with  methodologies  used  by  all  sci- 
entists; an  analysis  of  the  concepts  that  find  expres- 
sion in  all  of  the  biological  and  physical  sciences. 

#SCB  210  The  Origin  of  Life  and  the  Universe 

(3)  An  interdisciplinary  course  that  presents  the 
theory  and  evidence  of  the  first  three  minutes  of  the 
universe  and  formation  of  the  stars,  galaxies,  plan- 
ets, organic  molecules,  and  the  genetic  basis  of 
organic  evolution.  PREREQ:  High  school  or  col- 
lege courses  in  at  least  two  sciences. 
SCE  310  Science  for  the  Elementary  Grades  (3) 
A  course  to  prepare  the  elementary  teacher  for 
teaching  science  Selected  units  or  problems  that 
cut  across  vanous  fields  of  science.  Methods  and 
processes  of  science  and  available  resources.  PRE- 
REQ: Completion  of  science  and  mathematics  gen- 
eral education  requirements.  Must  reach  junior  sta- 
tus by  the  end  of  the  previous  semester 

SCE  350  Science  Education  in  the  Secondary 
School  (3)  Philosophy,  objectives,  and  methods  of 
leaching  science  Practical  experience  provided. 
PREREQ:  A  major  in  liberal  arts  or  secondary  edu- 
cation (sciences) 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Department  of  Health 

207  Sturzebecker  Health  Sciences  Cenler 

610-436-2931 

Sheila  M.  Patterson,  Chairperson 

Bethann  Cinelli,  Assistant  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Cinelli.  Mustalish,  Nye,  Sheehan,  Young 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Carson,  Goetz,  Harris,  Sankaran, 

Shorten 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Boyle,  James,  Patterson 
ADJUNCT  PROFESSORS:  Albright.  Evans,  Fellows,  Furio, 

LeRoy,  Robbins,  Therkauf,  Wix 
The  Department  of  Health  offers  three  programs  leading  to  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  and  also  offers  an  Associate  of  Science  degree  in 
respiratory  care. 

1.  The  B.S.  in  HEALTH  EDUCATION  prepares  an  individual  to  teach 
in  grades  K  through  12.  Upon  completion  of  the  degree,  students  take 
the  mandated  examination  to  certify  teachers  in  Pennsylvania. 
Students  passing  the  exam  will  receive  an  Instructional  Level  I 
Certificate  to  teach  health  education.  The  B.S.  in  health  education  also 
is  accredited  by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher 
Education  (NCATE)  and  the  American  Association  for  Health 
Education  (AAHE)  and  the  Peruisylvania  Department  of  Education. 

2.  The  B.S.  in  PUBLIC  HEALTH  is  designed  to  provide  students  with 
the  competencies  needed  for  a  career  in  public  health.  Students 
selecting  this  program  will  take  a  public  health  core  of  courses  and 
select  one  of  the  concentrations  from  the  following: 

a.  PUBLIC  HEALTH— HEALTH  PROMOTION.  Prepares  stu- 
dents for  a  career  as  a  public  health  practitioner  in  hospitals, 
health  departments,  health  agencies,  and  industry.  The  program 
provides  a  comprehensive  basic  science  background  as  well  as  a 
strong  public  health  foundation.  This  is  an  approved  program  by 
the  Society  of  Public  Health  Educators  (SOPHE)  and  AAHE. 

b.  PUBLIC  HEALTH— ENVIRONMENTAL  HEALTH.  Prepares 
students  for  careers  as  environmental  health  scientists  in  indus- 


try, consulting  firms,  government,  and  academia.  The  program 
synthesizes  a  rigorous  general  scientific  preparation  with  spe- 
cialized applied  courses  in  a  wide  range  of  environmental  health 
science  disciplines,  such  as  industrial  hygiene,  hazardous  waste 
management,  and  water  quality. 

c.   PUBLIC  HEALTH— NUTRITION.  Prepares  students  for 

careers  in  dietetics,  which  include  community  nutrition,  foodser- 
vice  management,  and  clinical  nutrition.  This  program  meets  the 
American  Dietetic  Association's  (AD. A.)  knowledge  require- 
ments for  entry-level  dietitians.  Graduates  of  the  program  will 
have  fulfilled  these  requirements.  However,  following  gradua- 
tion students  must  successfully  complete  an  A.D.A.-accredit- 
ed  internship  to  qualify  to  take  the  registration  examination 
for  dietitians.  Graduates  who  pass  this  examination  are  recog- 
nized by  the  AD. A.  as  registered  dietitians.  Faculty  advisers 
provide  assistance  to  students  in  identifying  and  submitting 
applications  to  these  postgraduate  internships. 

The  B.S.  in  HEALTH  SCIENCE  is  for  students  who  have  complet- 
ed a  certificate  or  associate's  degree  program  in  such  health  science 
areas  as  dental  hygiene,  respiratory  therapy,  occupational  therapy, 
medical  technology,  and  cardiovascular  technology.  The  program 
gives  professionals  the  chance  to  build  on  their  technical  education 
already  received  and  to  develop  academic  competency  in  a  related 
field.  General  education  requirements  and  health  courses  are  needed 
for  completion  of  the  B.S.  in  health  science.  A  school  dental 
hygiene  certification  concentration  of  1 8  credits  is  offered  under 
this  degree. 

The  A.S.  in  RESPIRATORY  CARE  is  offered  in  association  with 
Bryn  Mawr  Hospital.  Graduation  from  the  program  satisfies  the 
entrance  requirement  for  the  Written  Registry  Examination  and  the 
Clinical  Simulation  Examination  given  by  the  National  Board  for 
Respiratory  Care.  Successful  completion  of  these  examinations 
qualifies  the  candidate  as  a  registered  respiratory  therapist.  Most 
respiratory  therapists  are  employed  by  hospitals  and  home  health 
care  agencies. 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Health 


Academic  Policies 

1.  Repealing  Courses 

Department  of  Health  majors  who  earn  less  than  a  C  (2.0)  in  select- 
ed program  requirements  may  be  required  to  repeat  such  courses. 
Students  should  discuss  these  requirements  with  their  advisers. 

2.  Overall  GPAs  for  student  teaching,  internships,  and  field  experi- 
ences 

a.  A  minimum  2.5  cumulative  GPA  is  required  of  all  school  health 
education  majors  for  student  teaching  assignments. 

b.  A  minimum  2.3  cumulative  GPA  is  required  of  environmental 
health  and  nutrition  majors  for  mtemships  or  field  experience 
assignments. 

c.  A  minimum  2.5  cumulative  GPA  is  required  for  health  promo- 
tion majors  for  internships. 

For  students  not  meeting  these  requirements,  supplementary  course 
work  will  be  advised. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  THE  B.S.  PROGRAMS 

General  Education  Requirements,  51  semester  hours 

see  pages  32-35 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  —  HEALTH  EDUCATION 

1 .  Health  Education  Core  52  semester  hours 
ENV  102,  HEA  103.  206,  220,  242,  303,  304, 

306,  330,  341.  342,  403,  404,  405,  410,  and  440 

2.  Professional  Education  Requirements  18  semester  hours 
EDA  100,  EDE  406,  EDF  100.  EDM  300,  and 

EDP  250  and  351 

3.  Cognate  Requirements  1 1  semester  hours 
BIO  100*.  259,  and  269;  CHE  100*,  COM  101, 

CSC  101*,  MAT  103*.  PHI  180*.  PSY  100*,  and 
SOC  200* 

4.  Continuation  Requirements 

All  ENV  and  HEA  courses,  C  or  better. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  —  PUBLIC  HEALTH 

All  public  health  students  are  required  to  complete  one  of  three  concen- 
trations: 

A.  Public  Health  —  Health  Promotion 

1.  Cognate  Requirements:  30  semester  hours 
BIO  1 10*,  204.  259,  269;  CHE  102*; 

COM  101;  CSC  101*;  PSY  100*;  SOC  200* 

2.  Public  Health  Core  Requirements:  39  semester  hours 
HEA  240,  242,  306,  330,  341.  342,  343, 

419,420,421 

3.  Elective  Requirements  (selected  under  18  semester  hours 
advisement)  ENV  350;  HEA  106,  110,  300, 

303,  304,  305,  310,  311,  325,  331,  410,  438, 
440;  NSG  316;  SOC  361 

4.  Grade  Requirements: 

In  order  to  count  towards  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  Public  Health/Health  Promotion,  all  cognate, 
public  health  core,  and  elective  classes  require  a 
minimum  grade  of  C. 

B.  Public  Health  —  Environmental  Health 

I.  Required:  47  semester  hours 

BIO  1 10,  204;  CHE  103  and  104;  CRL  103/104; 
CSC  101;  ENV  350,  451,  455,  456;  HEA  341; 
MAT  121 


9  semester  hours 
42  semester  hours 


2.  Elective  Environment  Health  Track  14  semester  hours 
Select  from  one  of  the  following: 

a.  Environmental  Quality/Public  Sector 
ENV  360.  435.  450.  461,  462,  and  463 

b.  Environmental  Quality/Occupational  Sector 
ENV  435,  452,  453,  459,  and  460 

c.  General:  Any  combination  of  the  above 
courses  taken  under  advisement 

3.  Cognate  Requirements  28-29  semester  hours 
BIO  270,  CHE  231-232,  CRL  232,  ESL  101. 

ESS  101*.  MAT  161*,  and  PHY  130-140* 

C.  Public  Health— Nutrition 

1.  Required: 

a.  Public  Health  Core:  HEA  242,  306,  341 

b.  Nutntion  Core:  HEA  203,  205,  303,  309, 
312,  314.  409.  411.412.  413,414,  415,  416 

c.  Cognates:  BIO  1 10,  204,  259,  269;  CHE  103,  49  semester  hours 
104.  230,  310;  CRL  103.  104;  CSC  101; 

ECO  101;  MAT  121;  MGT  100;  PSY  100; 
SOC  200 

d.  General  Education  (courses  selected  under 
advisement) 

e.  All  public  health  core  and  nutrition  core 
courses  require  a  minimum  grade  of  C. 

f.  A  minimum  grade  of  C-  is  required  for  BIO 
1 10.  204.  259.  269.  and  CHE  104,  and  a 
minimum  grade  of  C  is  required  for  CHE 
230,310.  " 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  —  HEALTH  SCIENCE  - 
GENERAL 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  an  allied  health  certificate,  diploma,  or 
A.S.  degree  program 

2.  Satisfactory  completion  of  128  semester  hours,  including 

a.  51  semester  hours  of  general  education 

b.  Complete  a  minimum  of  1 8  semester  hours  earning  a  C  or  better 
for  each  course.  Students  must  take  HEA  242,  341,  and  419,  and 
nine  credits  as  approved  by  an  adviser. 

ASSOCIATE  OF  SCIENCE  —  RESPIRATORY  CARE 

1.  General  Requirements  19  semester  hours 
COM  101,  ENG  120,  MAT  107,  PHI  180, 

PSY  100,  and  the  arts 

2.  Respiratory  Care  Requirements  44  semester  hours 
HEA  249,  250,  251,  252,  253,  254,  255,  256, 

257,  258,  259,  260,  261,  262,  263,  264,  265, 
and  266 

3.  Cognate  Requirements  1 5  semester  hours 
BIO  204,  259.  and  269,  and  CHE  100* 

4.  Grade  Requirements 

a.  All  HEA  courses,  C  or  better 

b.  All  other  WCU  courses,  C-  or  better 

Minor  in  Health  Sciences  18  semester  hours 

Required  course  HEA  100  and  15  hours  of  other  health  courses  select- 
ed under  advisement.  Nine  credits  must  be  at  the  300  and  400  level.  A 
grade  of  C-  or  better  is  required  in  each  course. 


'  These  required  courses  also  satisfy  general  education  requirements. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ENVIRONTVIENTAL 

Symbol:  ENV 

#102  Humans  and  the  Environment  (3)  A  study 
of  the  ability  of  humans  to  survive  and  maintain 
their  life  quality  considering  the  limited  resources 
and  recycling  capacity  of  planet  Earth. 

350  Environmental  Health  (3)  Methods  of  pro- 
moting health  by  controlling  environmental  factors 


relating  to  air.  water,  wastes,  housing,  radiation, 
and  industnal  hygiene,  PREREQ:  BIO  1 10  and 
CHE  104.  or  permission  of  instructor. 

360  Air  Quality  and  Health  (4)  A  consideration 
of  the  types  and  amounts  of  air  contaminants,  the 
atmospheric  processes  that  transport  them,  and  the 
role  of  air  quality  in  human  health  PREREQ:  ENV 
350.  or  permission  of  instructor. 

450  Hazardous  and  Solid  Wastes  (3)  Sources,  char- 
acteristics, and  amounts  of  solid  and  hazardous  wastes 


and  their  implications  for  human  health.  Methods  of 
collection,  handling,  disposal,  and  recycling.  PRE- 
REQ; EN\'  350.  or  permission  of  instructor. 

451  Toxic  Substances  (3)  An  investigation  of  the 
health  problems  caused  by  toxic  substances  in  the 
workplace  and  in  the  general  environment.  PRE- 
REQ: BIO  204.  CHE  231  (concurrent),  ENV  350, 
or  permission  of  instructor. 


#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Health 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


452  Industrial  Hygiene  (3)  A  study  of  the  antici- 
pation, recognition,  evaluation,  and  control  of 
health  hazards  in  the  work  environment.  PREREQ: 
ENV  350,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

453  Occupational  Safety  (3)  A  study  of  the 
recognition,  evaluation,  and  control  of  safely  haz- 
ards in  the  work  environment.  PREREQ:  ENV  350, 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

455  Environmental  Health  Seminar  (3)  In-depth 
investigation  and  discussions  on  topics  of  particular 
concern  or  significance  to  the  environmental  health 
field  Topics  will  be  varied  from  year  to  year.  PRE- 
REQ; Senior  environmental  health  major. 

456  Environmental  Health  Internship  (12)  Field 
placement  with  an  environmental  healih  department 
in  an  industry,  consulting  firm,  or  government 
agency  PREREQ:  Senior  environmental  health 
major 

460  Industrial  Hygiene  Techniques  (3)  Students 
will  learn  evaluation  techniques  for  monitoring  the 
industrial  environment  in  a  laboratory  setting  as 
well  as  in  the  field,  such  as  checking  air  quality,  air 
flow,  noise,  heat  stress,  and  radiation  Evaluation  of 
personal  protective  equipment,  and  pulmonary 
function  and  audiometric  testing  also  will  be  inves- 
tigated PREREQ:  ENV  350,  452,  or  permission  of 
instructor 

461  Introduction  to  Watersheds  (3)  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  concept  of  watersheds  and  a  discussion 
on  how  waterbome  disease  agents  are  distributed 
within  a  drainage  basin  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
methods  of  assessing  pollution  of  water  resources. 

462  Water  Quality  and  Health  (4)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  quality  and  quantity  requirements  of  sur- 
face and  subsurface  water  resources  used  for  dnnk- 
ing  water  supplies  Laboratory  included.  PREREQ: 
ENV  350,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

463  Wastewater  Systems  (4)  An  evaluation  of  the 
human  health  implications  of  liquid  wastes; 
sources,  waste  characteristics,  treatment,  and  dis- 
posal will  be  considered  Laboratory  included 
PREREQ;  ENV  350,  or  permission  of  instructor. 

HEALTH 

Symbol:  HEA 

100  Dimensions  of  Wellness  (3)  Fundamental 
concepts  of  health  and  wellness  exploring  several 
health-related  areas  with  an  opportunity  for  person- 
al lifestyle  change  conducive  to  better  health. 

103  Drugs  and  Society  (3)  Provide  knowledge 
regarding  the  use  and  abuse  of  substances  in  our 
society  and  the  impact  on  the  individual,  family, 
and  community.  Teaching  strategies  also  will  be 
incorporated, 

104  Human  Sexuality  (3)  Study  of  sexuality  as  it 
relates  to  self;  the  interrelationships  with  people. 

105  Consumer  Issues  (3)  Study  of  consumer 
issues  today  that  relate  to  the  field  of  health 

106  Death  and  Dying  (3)  Current  controversial 
issues  concerning  death  and  dying.  How  involved 
persons  cope  with  death. 

109  Health  Issues  of  Women  (3)  The  needs  and 
concerns  of  women  as  consumers  in  our  present 
health  care  system.  Various  biological,  psychologi- 
cal, and  social  topics  will  be  discussed. 

110  Transcultural  Health:  Principles  and 
Practices  (3)  This  course  examines  the  health 
beliefs  and  practices  of  a  variety  of  subcultural 
groups  in  the  United  Stales.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  application  of  multicultural  health  beliefs  and 
practices.  It  utilizes  the  cross-cultural  approach  in 
meeting  the  health  needs  of  clients  and  families.  It 


IS  open  to  all  University  students,  regardless  of 
major 

201  Health  Education  I  (3)  An  overview  of 
health  topics:  wellness,  consumer  issues,  diseases, 
dental  care,  and  community  health  resources. 
Teaching  strategies  and  resources  will  be  incorpo- 
rated 

202  Health  Education  II  (3)  An  overview  of 
health  topics:  mental  health,  aging,  and  death  and 
dying  Teaching  strategies  and  resources  will  be 
incorporated 

203  The  Dietetic  Profession  (1)  An  introduction 
to  the  profession  of  dietetics  and  its  three  domains, 
code  of  ethics,  and  history.  Occupational  opportu- 
nities and  routes  to  dietetic  registration  will  be  dis- 
cussed Onenlation  to  the  public  health/nutrition 
curriculum  will  be  provided 

205  Principles  of  Food  Selection  and  Prepa- 
ration (4)  Nutritionally  based  study  of  the  basic 
principles  of  food  selection  and  preparation  with  an 
emphasis  on  food  safety  Comparative  study  and 
integration  of  convenience  food  and  traditionally 
prepared  food.  Includes  one  credit  hour  of  foods 
laboratory 

206  Human  Development  (3)  A  lifespan  approach 
to  the  study  of  human  development  in  the  physical, 
cognitive,  and  psychosocial  domains. 

220  Field  Experience  in  Health  (1)  Opportunities 
for  observation  and  field  expenence  in  health  sci- 
ence settings 

240  Foundations  of  Health  (3)  Introductory 
course  for  undergraduate  majors  in  health  promo- 
tion/education Pnmary  emphasis  on  the  philosoph- 
ical, histoncal.  and  theoretical  foundations  of  the 
profession 

242  Introduction  to  Public  and  Community 
Health  (3)  This  course  is  intended  to  provide  the 
student  with  an  overview  of  public  and  community 
health  concepts  in  the  United  Slates. 

249  Respiratory  Therapy  Equipment  (3)  Study 
of  the  equipment  utilized  in  the  delivery  of  respira- 
tory care 

250  Bronchopulmonary  Hygiene  (3)  An  in-depth 
study  of  respirators'  care  modalities  utilized  in  the 
maintenance  of  bronchopulmonary  hygiene,  includ- 
ing humidity  and  aerosol  therapy,  sustained  maxi- 
mal inspiration,  IPPB  therapy,  chest  physical  thera- 
py, and  airway  maintenance 

251  Oxygen  Therapy  (2)  An  overview  of  basic 
science  relevant  to  respiratory  therapy  is  followed 
by  the  study  of  the  manufacture,  storage,  and  trans- 
port of  medical  gases,  regulators,  and  metering 
devices,  oxygen  therapy,  and  oxygen  analysis. 

252  Medical  Terminology  (1)  An  introduction  to 
medical  terminology  using  a  programmed  instruc- 
tion, self-learning  technique.  Includes  chart  format, 
word  parts,  pulmonary  terminology  abbreviations, 
and  an  overview  of  respiratory  anatomy. 

253  Aspects  of  Respiratory  Therapy  I  (2)  A  dis- 
cussion of  topics  essential  to  the  provision  of  com- 
prehensive respiratory  therapy.  Topics  include 
patient  care,  CPR,  and  psychosocial  issues. 

254  Clinical  Practice  I  (2)  An  introduction  to 
clinical  respiratory  care  consisting  of  rotations 
through  patient  care  areas  followed  by  discussion 
of  experiences  and  correlation  to  didactic  work. 

255  Pulmonary  Function  Evaluation  (2)  A  com- 
prehensive study  of  various  pulmonary  function 
evaluation  techniques  Includes  bronchoscopy  and 
arterial  blood  gas  analysis. 

256  Mechanical  Ventilation  (3)  A  comprehensive 
study  of  mechanical  ventilation,  including  the 
physiology  of  positive  pressure  breathing,  tech- 


niques of  ventilation,  charactenstics  of  commonly 
used  ventilators,  and  monitoring  of  the  ventilator- 
patient  system. 

257  Respiratory  Physiology  (2)  An  in-depth 
study  of  breathing  mechanics,  pulmonary  circula- 
tion, ventilation/perfusion  ratios,  regulation  of  ven- 
tilation, and  gas  transport. 

258  Aspects  of  Respiratory  Therapy  II  (2)  A 

continuation  of  HEA  253.  Topics  include  rehabili- 
tation, home  care,  administration  and  organization, 
respiratory  pharmacology,  and  infection-control 
techniques. 

259  Clinical  Practice  II  (4)  An  intensive  exposure 
to  noncritical  patient  care  areas  Performance  eval- 
uation of  basic  therapies  to  include  humidity, 
aerosol,  oxygen,  chest  inflation  techniques,  suction- 
ing, and  chest  physical  therapy 

260  Cardiopulmonary  Diseases  (2)  A  compre- 
hensive study  of  cardiopulmonary  diseases  and 
treatment.  Includes  pulmonary  diagnostic  proce- 
dures. 

261  Respiratory  Therapy  Seminar  I  (2)  Includes 
critical,  wntten  analysis,  and  discussion  of  perti- 
nent respiratory  care  literature  as  well  as  elements 
of  research  relevant  to  the  respiratory  care  profes- 
sion The  students  culminate  their  study  of  respira- 
tory care  by  designing  and  implementing  a  minire- 
search  project. 

262  Clinical  Practice  III  (2)  An  introduction  to 
cntical  and  specialized  respiratory  care  areas  fol- 
lowed by  discussions  and  correlation  to  didactic 
work. 

263  Cardiopulmonary  Evaluation  (3)  An  in- 
depth  study  of  monitoring  and  evaluation  tech- 
niques including  modules  on  cardiopulmonary 
physiology,  electrocardiographic  monitoring,  and 
hemodynamic  monitonng.  Interpretation  and  appli- 
cation data  is  emphasized  Appropriate  lab  expen- 
ence is  included. 

264  Clinical  Practice  IV  (5)  An  intensive  expo- 
sure to  cntical  care  and  specialized  areas  of  respira- 
tory care  Performance  evaluation  of  therapies  and 
procedures  to  include  mechanical  ventilator  set-up, 
and  evaluation,  neonatal  ventilator  set-up.  pul- 
monary function  assessment,  arterial  line  set-up, 
and  artenal  line  blood  withdrawal 

265  Pediatric/Neonatal  Respiratory  Care  (2)  A 

comprehensive  study  of  neonatal  and  pediatric  res- 
piratory care,  including  fetal  lung  development, 
pathophysiology  of  the  neonate  and  pediatric 
patient,  and  related  respiratory  care  procedures. 

266  Pharmacology  (2)  An  in-depth  study  of  vari- 
ous drug  categories  including  drug-dose  response 
and  principles  of  absorption,  distribution,  metabo- 
lism, and  excretion. 

300  Professional  Ethics  and  the  Health  Profes- 
sions (3)  This  course  examines  ethical  issues  rele- 
vant to  the  professional  roles  of  health  profession- 
als. Students  will  examine  ethical  principles  and 
apply  a  model  of  ethical  decision  making  to  case 
studies.  Other  areas  addressed  include  professional 
codes  of  ethics,  ethical  concerns  in  health  behavior 
change,  health  communications,  and  health  educa- 
tion research. 

301  Health  for  the  Elementary  Grades  (3) 

Provides  basic  health  content  and  instructional 
methodology  for  preservice  elementary  teachers. 

303  Introductory  Principles  of  Human  Nutri- 
tion (3)  Practical  approach  to  the  role  nutrition  and 
dietetics  play  in  improving  the  quality  of  our 
lives — socially,  physically,  mentally,  and  emotion- 
ally. Dispelling  of  fads  and  fallacies. 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Health 


304  Family  Life  and  Sex  Education  (3)  The  pur- 
pose of  this  course  is  to  prepare  the  health  profes- 
sional to  develop  and  teach  appropnate  K-12  fami- 
ly life  education  curricula. 

305  Contraceptive  Technology  and  Health 
Issues  (3)  The  course  will  teach  contraceptive 
methods,  reasons  for  a  society's  acceptance  or 
rejection  of  certain  methods,  and  the  effect  on  the 
health  care  delivery  system. 

306  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Health  (3) 
This  course  provides  the  knowledge  and  skills  for 
the  development,  implementation,  and  evaluation  of 
K-12  comprehensive  school  health  curriculums. 

307  Consumer  Nutrition  (3)  Consumer  approach 
to  the  roles  foods  and  nutrition  play  in  improving 
the  quality  of  our  lives — socially,  physically,  men- 
tally, and  emotionally.  PREREQ:  HEA  303  or 
equivalent 

309  Nutrition  Through  the  Life  Cycle  (3)  A 
study  of  nutritional  needs  and  dietary  concerns  of 
people  from  conception  to  old  age  PREREQ;  HEA 
303. 

310  Love  and  Marriage  (3)  Defines  love  and 
marriage  for  the  student  and  teaches  the  skills 
essential  to  fulfilling  those  needs. 

312  Experimental  Foods  (4)  A  study  of  the  chem- 
ical, physical,  and  biological  effects  of  processing, 
storage,  and  food  preservation  on  the  structure, 
composition,  palatability.  and  nutritive  value  of 
food.  Includes  one  credit  hour  of  laboratory.  PRE- 
REQ: CHE  103.  104.  310;  CRL  103,  104;  HEA 
205;  BIO  204  may  be  taken  concurrently 
314  Quantity  Food  Production  (5)  A  basic 
course  in  quantity  food  production.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  essentials  of  operating  a  foodservice 
facility — menu  planning,  purchasing,  storage,  issu- 
ing, food  production,  service,  distribution,  and 
quality  control.  Includes  two  credit  hours  of  quanti- 
ty foods  laboratory.  PREREQ:  HEA  205 
320  Positive  Aspects  of  Aging  (3)  Descnbes  past. 
present,  and  projected  information  concerning  the 
aging  process  in  normal  human  development 
325  Stress  Management  (3)  Comprehensive  sur- 
vey of  stress  concepts,  theories,  and  management 
techniques.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  personal  applica- 
tion. 

330  Health  Behavior  (3)  Individual  and  group 
health  behavior  of  children  and  adults  at  different 
levels  of  wellness  and  in  various  settings  Past  and 
current  theories  of  health  behavior  with  methods  of 
application  by  health  professionals  will  be  included. 
PREREQ;  HEA  240  and  242. 

331  Health  Promotion  in  the  Workplace  (3)  A 
study  of  current  health  promotion  efforts  and  pro- 
grams for  employees  and  management  personnel  at 
the  worksite. 

341  Chronic  and  Communicable  Diseases  (3)  A 
study  of  the  disease  process,  including  causes, 
effects,  and  control  of  selected  diseases  with  an 
emphasis  on  disease  prevention  and  health  promo- 
tion. PREREQ;  BIO  259/269,  HEA  242.  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

342  Program  Planning  and  Evaluation  (3) 
Provides  an  in-depth  study  of  the  program  planning 
process  and  evaluation  methods.  Needed  skills  are 
developed  and  experience  given  in  writing  pro- 
grams from  assessment  through  evaluation  with 
both  hypothetical  and  real  populations.  PREREQ; 
HEA  240.  241,341. 

343  Advanced  Program  Planning  and  Evalua- 
tion (3)  Advanced  course  for  health  professionals 


Major  emphasis  on  program  implementation  and 
evaluation.  Overview  of  grantwnting  provided. 
PREREQ:  HEA  330.  342 

403  Student  Teaching:  Elementary  School  (3) 
Practical  classroom  experience  in  teaching  health 
education  at  the  elementary  level  PREREQ;  Must 
have  full  admission  status  in  teacher  education  cer- 
tification and  completed  a  minimum  of  28  credits 
of  the  required  health  courses  including  HEA  306. 

404  Student  Teaching:  Middle  School  (6) 
Practical  classroom  expenence  in  teaching  health 
education.  PREREQ;  Must  have  full  admission  sta- 
tus in  teacher  education  cenification  and  completed 
34  credits  of  the  required  health  courses  including 
HEA  306. 

405  Student  Teaching:  Secondary  School  (6) 
Practical  classroom  teaching  in  health  education. 
PREREQ;  Must  have  full  admission  status  in 
teacher  education  certification  and  completed  34 
credits  of  the  required  health  courses  including 
HEA  306. 

408  Dental  Hygiene:  Field  Experience  (6)  Field 
experiences  for  dental  hygienists  who  are  working 
towards  certification  as  public  school  dental 
hygienists.  PREREQ:  EDF  100.  EDM  300.  EDP 
250  and  35 1 .  and  HEA  306. 

409  Professional  Skills  in  Dietetics  (3)  A  focus 
on  the  development  of  nutrition  counseling  and 
communication/media  technology  skills.  An  appre- 
ciation of  multiculturalism  will  be  promoted.  A 
familiarization  with  dietetics-related  professional 
organizations,  graduate  school  opportunities,  and 
dietetic  internships  will  be  provided.  Assistance 
with  the  dietetic  internship  and  graduate  school 
application  process  will  be  given.  PREREQ;  All 
professional  courses  except  HEA  414.  415.  416. 

410  Mental  Health  (3)  Designed  to  aid  persons  in 
improving  their  understanding  of  themselves  and 
others.  Emphasis  on  ways  to  recognize  mental 
health  problems. 

411  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  I  (3)  In-depth 
examination  of  the  digestion,  transport,  and  metab- 
olism of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  and  proteins.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  metabolic  interrelationships 
and  hormonal  control  of  the  three  processes  men- 
tioned above.  PREREQ;  BIO  1 10.  259.  269;  CHE 
103,  104.  230.  310;  CRL  103.  104;  HEA  303;  HEA 
309  may  be  taken  concurrently. 

412  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  II  (3)  In-depth 
examination  of  the  digestion,  transport,  and  metab- 
olism of  vitamins,  minerals,  and  w  ater.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  digestive  and  metabolic 
interrelationships  and  hormonal  control.  PREREQ: 
HEA  411 

413  Medical  Nutrition  Therapy  I  (3)  This  course 
covers  nutritional  assessment,  drug-nutrient  interac- 
tions, nutritional  therapy  in  diseases  of  infancy  and 
childhood,  gastrointestinal  diseases,  diseases  of  the 
liver  and  gallbladder,  and  surgery.  PREREQ:  HEA 
341,412. 

414  Medical  Nutrition  Therapy  II  (3)  This 
course  covers  nutritional  therapy  in  coronary  heart 
disease  and  hypertension,  diabetes  mellitus,  renal 
disease,  cancer,  and  disabling  diseases.  PREREQ; 
HEA  414 

415  Community  Nutrition  (3)  A  study  of  the 
community  nutrition  programs  and  services  at  all 
levels  of  development.  Course  covers  nutrition  pro- 
gram planning,  implementation,  and  evaluation; 
socioeconomic  and  cultural  context  of  programs 
and  services;  an  examination  of  the  political  and 
legislative  process  as  it  relates  to  nutrition  legisla- 
tion; and  the  role  of  the  community  nutntionist. 
PREREQ;  HEA  242,  303,  309. 


416  Foodservice  Systems  Management  (4)  .\ 

study  of  the  organization  and  administration  of 
foodservice  systems  and  the  functions  and  responsi- 
bilities specific  to  management:  decision  making, 
planning,  organizing,  staffing,  leading,  and  control- 
ling Management  of  human  resources,  food,  mate- 
rials, capital,  facilities,  and  markets  as  related  to 
vanous  hospitality  systems  will  be  examined.  PRE- 
REQ; ECO  101,  HEA  314,  MOT  100. 

419  Research  Methods  in  Health  (3)  This  course 
will  give  students  an  introduction  to  research  issues 
in  the  health  professions.  Students  will  gain  an 
understanding  of  the  reasons  for  research,  designing 
research  studies,  research  techniques,  principles  of 
instrumentation,  data  interpretation,  and  data  pre- 
sentation. 

420  Health  Marketing  and  Communications  (3) 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  for 
work  expenences  as  a  health  educator.  Major 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  marketing  and  health 
communication  strategies  PREREQ:  BIO  204,  259, 
269;  CHE  102;  HEA  306.  342. 

421  Public  Health  Internship  (12)  A  practical, 
full-time  work  experience  in  a  hospital,  public 
health  agency,  or  company,  jointly  supervised  by 
an  on-site  supervisor  and  a  public  health  faculty 
member  PREREQ;  HEA  343.  419.  420.  and  a 
cumulative  GP.'k  of  2.5  or  above. 

♦  425  Independent  Study  (1-3)  The  student  will 
initiate  a  health-related  research  study  or  project 
under  faculty  supervision 

♦  435  Health  Workshop  (1-6)  Special  workshops 
on  contemporar)'  health  problems  and  issues. 
Topics  announced  at  time  of  offering. 

436  Health  Care  Delivery:  Trends,  Challenges, 
and  Opportunities  (3)  This  course  will  provide  an 
overview  of  the  organization  and  financing  of  the 
current  US  health  care  system,  the  need  for 
reform,  and  initiatives  to  meet  the  health  needs  of 
all  Americans. 

438  Understanding  AIDS/HIV  Infection  (3) 
Students  will  learn  basic  information  about  the  dis- 
ease process,  transmission  and  risk  behaviors,  treat- 
ment options,  and  legal  and  ethical  issues  surround- 
ing HIV  infection.  Pnmary  emphasis  will  address 
the  impact  of  AIDS/HIV  on  those  with  the  disease, 
as  well  as  the  psychosocial  factors  influencing  part- 
ners, family  members,  and  health  care  profession- 
als Societal  responses  to  the  AIDS/HIV  epidemic 
also  will  be  interwoven  throughout  the  topics. 
Course  format  will  include  lecture  and  discussions, 
view  ing  of  videos,  interaction  with  guest  speakers, 
and  individual  areas  of  interest.  No  prerequisites 
needed.  Open  to  all  majors. 

440  School  Health  Programs  (3)  This  course  pro- 
vides an  overview  of  comprehensive  school  health 
programs.  Specific  focus  is  on  program  develop- 
ment, implementation,  and  evaluation.  PREREQ; 
HEA  306. 

470  Advances  in  Respiratory  Therapy  I  (3)  A 
comprehensive  examination  and  investigation  of 
recent  advances  in  respiratory  therapy  designed  for 
the  registered  or  registry-eligible  therapist. 

471  Individualized  Study  in  Respiratory  Care 
(3)  A  course  to  gain  didactic  knowledge  through 
independent  readings  and  research  in  a  chosen  sub- 
specialty. Practical  application  is  stressed  through  a 
minimum  of  1 12  hours  of  field  experience  in  an 
appropriate  setting. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


History 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Department  of  History 


506  Main  Hall 
610-436-2201 

Anne  Dzamba,  Chairperson 

William  Hewitt,  Assistant  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Burgwyn,  Dzamba,  Foster,  Hesion,  Riley,  Shur, 

Soldon,  Turner,  Webster,  Young 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Boes,  Davidson,  Hardy,  Peters 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Hewitt,  Jones,  Kirschenbaum 

The  student  of  history  seeks  to  re-create  the  past  (or,  more  precisely,  as 
much  of  it  as  possible)  in  a  rational  manner,  not  only  to  explain  and  under- 
stand the  past  for  its  own  sake,  but  also  to  identify  our  age  with  earlier 
times.  The  student  is  concerned  with  the  origins,  development,  and  rela- 
tionships between  past  people  and  events  and,  from  the  multiplicity  of 
credible  and  sometimes  conflicting  evidence,  renders  judgments  on  causa- 
tion and  consequences.  He  or  she  seeks  to  achieve  a  sense  of  the  past. 
Among  the  careers  open  to  history  majors  are  the  law,  government  service, 
teaching,  research,  journalism,  and  business.  Indeed,  a  strong  preparation 
in  history  can  lead  to  possibilities  in  virtually  every  field  of  endeavor. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  HISTORY 


6  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 
1 2  semester  hours 


1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Foreign  Language  Requirement 

3.  History  Concentration  Requirements 

HIS  101  taken  under  general  requirements; 

HIS  102,  151,  and  152  (nine  semester  hours); 

HIS  300  (three  semester  hours) 

Group  1  —  United  States  History 

HIS  325,  329,  344,  352,  354,  356,  357, 

359,  360,  361,  362,  364,  365,  366,  367 

373,  380,  399,  445.  451,  455,  456,  458 

474, 480 

Group  2  —  European  History 

HIS  318,  319,  320.  321,  322,  323,  324,  329 


5 1  semester  hours 

0- 1 5  semester  hours 

33  semester  hours 


330,  331,  332,  333,  398,  415,  416,  420,  421, 
422,  423,  425,  426,  427,  428,  435,  445,  447 
Group  3  —  World  and  Regional  History 
HIS  301,  302,  305,  306,  308,  311,  312,  315, 
316,  317,  318,  348,  349,  375,  380,  397.  406, 
407.411,412,415 
History  Electives 

4.  Cognate  Courses 
Four  cognate  courses  selected  from  literature, 
art,  or  philosophy 

5.  Additional  free  electives  to  complete  128  semester  hours 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  —  SOCIAL 
STUDIES 

Concentration  in  History 

Students  interested  in  teaching  secondary  social  studies  may  pursue  con- 
centrations in  history  while  earning  state  certification  in  social  studies  and 
the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  (See  the  descnption  under  "Social 
Studies;  B.S.  in  Education,"  pages  125-126,  for  common  requirements.) 
In  addition  to  the  history  concentration,  the  department  offers  concentra- 
tions in  American  culture,  world  cultures,  and  ethnic  studies.  In  all  con- 
centrations, students  must  complete  HIS  300.  Varieties  of  History;  other 
requirements  vary  according  to  the  concentration. 

History  Minor 

Students  may  obtain  minor  recognition  on  their  transcript  so  that  their 
concentrated  choice  of  free  electives  will  be  recognized. 


6  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 

358, 

370, 

462, 

6  semester  hours 

12  semester  hours 


1 .  Required  Courses 
One  course  among  HIS  100,  101,  or  102,  and 
one  course  among  HIS  150,  151,  or  152 

2.  Electives 
Chosen  under  advisement  from  three  groups: 
United  States.  European,  World  and  Regional 
History  (six  semester  hours  in  one  group;  three 
semester  hours  in  each  of  the  others) 

This  minor  may  be  taken  as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  liberal  studies  general  degree  program. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
HISTORY 

Symbol:  HIS  unless  otherwise  shown 

•  101    History  of  Civilization  I  (3)  Cultural  ele- 
ments and  social  institutions  in  the  West  and  the 
East  from  earliest  times  through  the  Renaissance. 
Offered  every  semester 

*  102  History  of  Civilization  O  (3)  Developments 
in  civilizations  from  1500  to  the  present,  with 
emphasis  on  Western  civilization  and  its  interrela- 
tionships with  the  non-Western  world  Offered 
every  semester 

♦  150  The  American  Experience  (3)  The  history 
of  the  United  Slates,  with  emphasis  on  major 
themes,  ideas,  and  developments  —  nationalism, 
sectionalism,  impenalism,  industnalism,  and  others. 
Offered  every  semester 

tlSl  History  of  United  States  I  (3)  The  social, 
economic,  political,  and  intellectual  development  of 
the  United  Slates  from  the  beginning  of  the  Colonial 
period  through  Reconstruction.  Offered  every 
semester 

tl52  History  of  United  States  II  (3)  A  compre- 
hensive history  of  the  United  States  from  1865  to 
the  present,  examining  the  economic,  political,  and 
cultural  development  of  American  society,  and  the 
evolution  of  American  foreign  policy, 

300  Varieties  of  History  (3)  Histoncal  research 
techniques.  Methodology,  historiography,  and  vari- 
eties of  history.  Required  of  all  history  majors. 
Offered  every  semester. 


301  History  of  South  Asia  (3)  A  histoncal  study 
of  developments  on  the  Indian  subcontinent  (India 
and  Pakistan),  the  course  also  considers  those  areas 
of  Southeast  Asia  (Burma  and  Thailand)  that  have 
been  traditionally  influenced  by  the  course  of  Indian 
events. 

#302  Modem  India  (3)  Social,  religious,  and  cul- 
tural underpinnings  of  modem  India  against  a  back- 
drop of  the  subcontinent's  chronological  develop- 
ment, Hindu  and  Muslim  traditions  discussed  in 
terms  of  their  own  social,  religious,  and  histoncal 
dynamics  and  as  examples  of  complexities  of 
national  integration. 

305  Modem  China  (3)  Survey  of  the  historical 
and  cultural  background  of  China  Emphasis  is 
given  to  the  significance  of  China's  modem  penod 
and  Its  impact  on  world  affairs. 

#306  Chinese  Civilization  (3)  Study  of  dominant 
cultural,  philosophical,  and  historical  pattems  that 
have  influenced  the  development  of  China  as  it  is 
today  and  the  U'aditional  way  in  which  Chinese 
approach  their  own  history 

#308  Introduction  to  the  Islamic  World  (3)  Study 
of  the  religio-cultural  heritage  of  the  Islamic  world 
against  a  historical  background  Selected  areas  of 
Middle,  South,  and  Southeast  Asia  will  be  utilized 
to  illustrate  the  flowering  of  Islamic  arts,  architec- 
ture, and  poetry.  Includes  geography  component. 
Offered  in  spring  semester. 

311  History  of  Africa  to  1875  (3)  A  survey  of 
African  history  to  1875.  providing  regional  cover- 


age of  the  entire  continent,  and  an  examination  of 

African  oral  traditions. 

312  History  of  Africa  Since  1875  (3)  A  survey  of 

Afncan  history  since  1 875,  focusing  on  European 

colonialism,  African  resistance,  and  contemporary 

developments. 

■  315  History  of  Latin  America  to  1825  (3)  Pre- 
Columbian  period,  colonial  Latin  America,  and 
movements  for  independence;  Indian,  European, 
and  African  backgrounds;  government,  economy, 
society,  religion,  culture,  and  enlightenment. 
Interaction  of  diverse  cultures  in  the  New  World. 
Offered  every  semester. 

■  316  History  of  Latin  America  Since  1825  (3) 
Latin  Amenca  in  the  19th  and  20th  centuries;  liber- 
alism, conservatism,  dictatorship,  revolution,  social- 
ism, industrialization,  agrarian  reform,  cultural- 
intellectual  achievements,  and  international  rela- 
tions. Topical  approach,  using  individual  countries 
as  case  history  illustrations.  Offered  every  semester. 

■  317  History  of  Mexico  (3)  Mexico  from  Pre- 
Columbian  period  to  present,  including  civilizations 
of  Mayas  and  Aztecs.  Spanish  conquest.  Colonial 
period,  movement  for  independence  era  of  Santa 
Ana.  La  Reforma,  Diaz  dictatorship.  Mexican 
Revolution,  cultural-intellectual  achievements,  inter- 
national relations,  and  modemization  of  Mexico 
since  the  Revolution. 

*  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 

t  HIS  151-152 — Approved  two-semester  substitute 
for  distributive  requirement 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

■  Culture  Cluster 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


History 


■  318  The  Ancient  World  (3)  Classical  Greece  and 
Rome  with  consideration  of  economic,  social,  intel- 
lectual, and  political  history.  Selected  wntings  of  the 
ancients. 

■  319  Medieval  Europe  (3)  Western  Europe  fh)m 
the  fall  of  Rome  to  approximately  1300  Economic, 
social,  political,  and  intellectual  developments  in  the 
major  kingdoms  of  the  West;  the  history  of  the 
Universal  Church.  Offered  in  spring  semester. 

320  Renaissance  and  Reformation  (3)  Political, 
economic,  social,  and  cultural  forces  that  emerged  in 
Europe  from  1300  to  1650.  The  evolution  of  modem 
states  and  the  rise  of  the  middle  class.  Offered  in 
spring  semester. 

321  Everyday  Life  in  Early  Modem  Europe  (3) 
An  examination  of  the  daily  lives  of  Europeans  of 
various  social  backgrounds  from  the  1 5th  to  1 8th 
centuries.  Topics  will  include  dress,  diet,  recreation, 
labor,  and  medicine. 

322  Family  and  Women  in  Europe:  Renaissance 
to  Industrial  Revolution  (3)  Focuses  on  pnvate  and 
public  aspects  of  the  family  in  various  European 
countries,  and  the  role  and  everyday  life  of  women  of 
diverse  social  backgrounds.  Special  anention  is  given 
to  changes  overtime. 

■  #  323  Austrian  Civilization  (3)  An  interdiscipli- 
nary study  of  Ausuian  civilization,  1848-1938. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  fin-de-siecle  Vienna,  not  only 
as  its  pivotal  role  in  Austrian  culture  but  also  as  a 
testing  ground  for  modernism  in  the  West. 

■  324  Russian  History  to  1917  (3)  Russian  history 
from  ninth  century  Kiev  to  the  end  of  the  Impenal 
period.  Major  emphasis  on  the  continuing  religious, 
economic,  social,  and  political  tradition  peculiar  to 
the  Russian  state.  Offered  in  fall  semester 

325  History  of  Journalism  (3)  A  histoncal  survey 
of  the  American  press  from  Colonial  times  to  the  pre- 
sent, with  special  emphasis  on  the  continuing  struggle 
for  press  freedom  and  the  new  journalistic  environ- 
ment created  by  the  emergence  of  mass  media 
#329  Gender  and  Peace  (3)  Examination  of  the 
ways  in  which  social  and  historical  constructions  of 
gender  intersect  with  perceptions  and  experience  of 
war  and  peace. 

■  330  Conflicts  in  Modern  Europe  (3)  Power  poli- 
tics m  Europe;  alliances  and  counteralliances;  imperi- 
alism; First  Worid  War  and  Versailles  peace  settle- 
ments; emergence  of  totalitarian  ideologies.  Offered 
in  fall  semester. 

331  20th-century  Europe  (3)  European  fascism 
and  communism;  totalitarianism  confronts  liberalism; 
interaction  between  domestic  politics  and  foreign  pol- 
icy; polarization  of  European  politics;  disintegration 
of  the  political  institutions  of  the  traditional  state. 

332  The  Holocaust  (3)  Focuses  on  ethnic,  national- 
istic, economic,  and  religious  causes  of  the 
Holocaust,  including  20th-century  Nazism,  racism, 
and  anti-Semitism;  study  of  the  Nuremburg  trials. 

333  European  Economic  History  (3)  European 
demographic  and  technological  change;  trade  unions; 
agriculture;  mide;  the  entrepreneur;  dismbution  of  in- 
come and  welfare  from  the  1 0th  century  to  the  pre- 
sent. 

344  History  of  Pennsylvania  (3)  The  founding  and 
development  of  Pennsylvania  from  its  Colonial 
beginnings  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  the  rela- 
tion of  the  past  to  the  present. 
■  348  The  Bible  in  History  (3)  The  Bible  as  a  his- 
torical record.  From  the  Pentateuch  through  the 
prophetic  literature,  the  Apocrypha,  the  Pseudepigra- 
pha,  and  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls  to  the  New  Testament. 
Historical  records  of  the  ancient  Near  Eastern  civi- 


lizations will  be  compared  with  Biblical  sources. 
Offered  in  spring  semester. 
349  The  Jew  in  History  (3)  Review  of  the  4,000 
years  and  five  civilizations  that  have  welcomed  the 
Jewish  people.  Emphasis  on  the  Jews  in  contempo- 
rary society. 

352  Modem  American  Military  History  (3)  The 
role  of  the  Amencan  military  in  shaping  the  course  of 
the  nation  in  the  20th  century.  Offered  in  fall  semes- 
ter 

356  U.S.  Environmental  History  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  transformation  of  the  Amencan  landscape, 
the  history  of  Amencan  envu-onmental  policy,  and 
the  development  of  today's  environmental  crisis. 

357  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  (3) 
The  theory  and  practice  of  Amencan  diplomacy  from 
Colonial  times  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  the 
20th  century.  Offered  in  spnng  semester. 

360  Technology  and  American  Life  (3)  Promises 
and  practices  of  Amencan  life  in  response  to  the 
interaction  of  Amencan  forms,  values,  and  scientific- 
technological  change  from  the  Colonial  period  to  the 
present. 

361  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States 
(3)  The  development  of  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States  from  the  Philadelphia  convention  to  the 
present  with  emphasis  on  major  Supreme  Court  deci- 
sions. 

362  Violence  in  America  (3)  A  study  of  violence  in 
American  society  as  an  instrument  of  change  and  a 
method  of  social  control.  Offered  every  semester. 

364  U.S.  Urban  History  (3)  A  survey  of  the  rise  of 
the  Amencan  city  from  early  Philadelphia  to  the 
modem  metropolis.  The  recumng  themes  of  growth, 
immigration,  social  mobility,  city  politics,  city  plan- 
ning, urbanism,  and  suburbanism, 

365  Popular  Culture  in  20th-century  America  (3) 
An  examination  of  the  nse  of  American  mass  con- 
sumer culture,  coiTUTiercialization  of  leisure,  develop- 
ment of  the  mass  media,  and  redefinition  of  normal 
and  deviant  behaviors 

366  The  Turbulent  Sixties  (3)  Examination  of  the 
stress  and  conflict  in  Amencan  politics,  arts,  litera- 
ture, and  society  of  the  I960's.  Offered  in  spring 
semester. 

367  American  Material  Culture  (3)  An  interdisci- 
plinary study  of  American  civilization  through  the 
examination  of  its  built  environment  and  crafted  and 
manufactured  artifacts  from  the  colonial  period  to  the 
mid-rwentieth  century. 

370  American  Indians  (3)  A  survey  of  Indian  civi- 
lization on  the  continent  of  North  America  and  the 
confrontation  of  this  civilization  with  white  culture. 
373  Afro-American  History  (3)  A  survey  of 
African-American  history  from  15th  century  West 
Africa  to  the  present  that  focuses  on  the  evolution  of 
Afncan-American  culture  and  identity,  and  the  strug- 
gle for  freedom  and  racial  equality. 
375  A  History  of  the  Arab-Israeli  Conflict  (3)  This 
course  will  examine  the  history  of  the  Arab-Israeli 
conflict  and  the  factors  that  both  encourage  and 
impede  resolution.  Consideration  will  also  be  given 
to  the  history  of  the  U.S.  involvement  in  the  conflict. 
380  The  History  of  U.S.  Involvement  in  the 
Middle  East  (3)  Examines  U.S.  involvement  in  the 
Middle  East  in  the  19th  and  20th  centuries.  Consi- 
deration will  be  given  to  religious,  econoinic,  and 
diplomatic  activities  as  well  as  involvement  in  the 
Arab-Israeli  conflict. 

♦  397  Topics  in  World  History  (3)  Topics  may 
vary  each  semester  Emphasis  on  student  research 
and  discussions. 


♦  398  Topics  in  European  History  (3)  Topics  may 
vary  each  semester.  Emphasis  on  student  research 
and  discussions 

♦  399  Topics  in  U.S.  History  (3)  Topics  may  vary 
each  semester.  Emphasis  on  student  research  and  dis- 
cussions. 

400  Seminar  (3)  In-depth  research,  study,  and  dis- 
cussion of  a  selected  historical  topic.  Topics  will 
vary.  Recommended  for  seniors  Offered  in  spring 
semester.  PREREQ:  HIS  30O 
406  20th-century  Japan  (3)  The  course  deals  with 
Japan's  role  in  Asian  and  world  affairs  from  the 
Meiji  Restoration  of  1868  through  the  World  War  II 
period.  Concludes  with  an  assessment  of  Japan's 
post-World  War  II  role  as  an  economic  power  posi- 
tioned to  re-emerge  as  a  major  political  entity. 

♦  410  Independent  Studies  in  History  (1-3) 
Research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in  history. 
Open  to  seniors  only.  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
department  chairperson. 

411  Middle  East  to  1700  (3)  The  histoncal  evolu- 
tion of  the  Middle  East  from  just  before  the  time  of 
Muhammad  until  1700.  The  course  seeks  to  promote 
an  understanding  of  the  nature  and  rise  of  the  religion 
of  Islam,  the  spread  of  Islamic  civilization,  and  the 
evolution  of  the  Arab  and  Onoman  empires.  Offered 
in  fall  semester. 

412  Middle  East  Since  1600  (3)  The  historical  evo- 
lution of  the  Middle  East  from  1600  to  the  present. 
The  course  seeks  to  promote  a  historically  sound 
understanding  of  the  conflicts  and  differences 
between  Western  and  Middle  Eastern  societies,  as 
well  as  the  continuing  interplay  of  secular  and  reli- 
gious forces  in  the  history  of  the  region.  Offered  in 
spring  semester. 

416  Crime  and  Punishment  in  Europe,  1450- 
1789  (3)  Focuses  on  the  historical  development  of 
criminal  law,  criminalization  processes,  court  proce- 
dures, the  use  of  judicial  tonure,  cnme  rates,  personal 
characteristics  of  the  sentenced  cnminals,  and  the 
punishments  they  received. 

■  420  Biography  of  Modem  European  Women 
(3)  A  discussion  of  biography  as  a  form  of  historical 
writing  and  writing  about  women 

421  History  of  England  to  1688  (3)  The  British 
people  and  their  mores,  institutions,  and  achieve- 
ments from  the  earhest  times  to  the  Glorious 
Revolution. 

422  History  of  England  Since  1688  (3)  England  as 
a  world  leader  during  the  Commercial  and  Indusuial 
Revolutions,  the  evolution  of  the  democratic  process, 
and  the  emergence  of  liberalism  followed  by  the 
democratic  welfare  state.  Offered  in  spring  semester. 

■  423  Modem  Germany  (3)  Germany  in  the  19th 
and  20th  centuries:  Napoleonic  era,  rise  of  Prussia, 
nationalism  and  unification,  imperialism  and  World 
War  I,  National  Socialism,  World  War  II,  and  divid- 
ed Germany.  Offered  in  fall  semester. 

■  425  Soviet  Russia  (3)  Its  rise  and  fall  in  light  of 
traditional  Russian  patterns  and  the  communist  exper- 
iment. Offered  in  spring  semester. 

■  426  History  of  Modem  Italy  (3)  A  study  of 
Italian  unification,  the  Era  of  Liberalism.  Fascism, 
and  post-World  War  II  developments.  Offered  in 
fall  semester,  alternate  years. 

■  427  Modern  France:  1789  to  Present  (3)  The 
French  Revolution;  Napoleon;  Bourgeois  France; 
Third  Republic;  The  Great  War  and  Versailles; 


■  Culture  Cluster 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Honors  Program 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Nazism  and  the  Popular  Front;  ihe  collapse  of  1940; 
the  Fourth  Republic;  and  the  DeGaulle  era  Offered 
in  spring  semester,  alternate  years 
428  History  of  Spain  (3)  Focuses  on  political,  reli- 
gious, economic,  and  social  aspects  of  Spain  from 
the  Roman  penod  to  the  present.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  the  "Reconquista  spirit"  and  the  Spanish 
civil  war 

■  435  European  Intellectual  History  Since  1800 
(3)  A  cultural  history  of  ideas  in  19th-  and  early 
20th-century  Europe. 

445  Oral  History  (3)  Students  select,  design,  and 
carry  out  a  project  of  onginal  histoncal  research, 
recording  broadcast-quality  oral  history  interviews 
with  elderly  informants. 
♦  450  Internship  in  History  (1-3) 


451   Women  in  America  (3)  American  women's 
daily  routines,  social  roles,  and  search  for  rights 
and  identity  since  Colonial  days.  Recent  goals,  val- 
ues, and  conflicts  Offered  in  fall  semester 

455  American  Intellectual  History  (3)  Political 
and  economic  thought,  theology,  science,  philoso- 
phy, and  literature 

456  Reformers  and  Radicals:  Social  Movements 
in  .\merican  History  (3)  Probes  the  ongins  and 
legacies  of  social  movements  in  Amenca,  varying 
from  abolitionism  and  temperance  in  the  antebel- 
lum age  to  Afro-.'Xmencan 

458  History  of  the  Cold  War  (3)  Ongins  and 
evolution  of  the  Cold  War  with  emphasis  on  the 
rationale  for,  and  objectives  of,  American  foreign 


policy  since  1945.  Includes  an  examination  of  the 
histoncal  interpretations  of  Ihe  era 
460  Field  Studies  in  History  (3)  A  fully  super- 
vised learning  expenence  designed  to  expose  stu- 
dents to  the  culture,  artifacts,  and  research  facilities 
of  a  given  country  or  area 
474  .\merican  Religions  (3)  The  changes  of 
Amencan  religion  from  the  Piignms  of  New 
England  to  the  cults  of  California.  Offered  in  fall 
semester 

480  Computer  Applications  in  Historical 
Research  (3)  Methods  of  histoncal  research  and 
analysis  based  on  the  use  of  personal  computers. 


■  Culture  Cluster 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Honors  Program 

131  Francis  Hai^ey  Green  Libi^ry 

610-436-2996 

Kevin  W,  Dean,  Director 

Ruth  Porritt.  Faculty  Assistant  to  Director 

HONORS  COUNCIL 

Timothy  Blair,  Music 

Robert  Fletcher,  English 

Sandra  Fowkes  Godek,  Sports  Medicine 

John  Hynes,  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 

Anne-Marie  Moscatelli,  Foreign  Languages 

Sara  Newell,  Communications  Studies 

Helen  Raid,  Chemistry 

Frauke  Schnell,  Political  Science 

The  Honors  Program  serves  students  with  outstanding  achievements  in 
scholarship,  community  service,  the  arts,  and/or  leadership,  and  enables 
them  to  enhance  these  areas  through  specially  designated  sections  of 
general  education  courses,  interdisciplinary  upper-level  seminars,  and  a 
capstone  project. 

The  aim  of  the  Honors  Program  is  to  provide  an  inviting  environment 
for  academically  gifted  and  highly  motivated  students  to  interact  and 
form  a  learning  community  of  peers,  faculty,  administrators,  and  staff 
that  will  challenge  and  ennch  the  students'  college  experience. 
Grounded  in  the  liberal  arts  tradition,  the  Honors  Program  seeks  inter- 
disciplinary connections  in  order  to  develop  students'  natural  intellectu- 
al abilities  and  to  challenge  them  to  employ  those  gifts  on  behalf  of  the 
larger  community.  For  this  reason,  the  West  Chester  University  Honors 
Program  considers  "honors"  more  than  a  matter  of  strong  grades.  It 
means  using  the  gift  of  knowledge  to  be  an  active  and  creative  problem 
solver  in  both  the  campus  community  and  in  the  world.  Honors  is  about 
building  character  and  fostering  a  commitment  to  lifelong  learning  that 
can  develop  the  leaders  of  the  21st  century. 

Membership  is  competitive  and  based  on  attainment  and  maintenance 
of  a  cumulative  3.25  grade  point  average,  regular  enrollment  in  Honors 
courses,  and  service  to  the  campus  community. 

The  program  comprises  two  tiers:  Honors  in  General  Education  and 
Junior-Senior  Honors.  Students  may  receive  one  or  a  combination  of 
three  certificates;  a)  Honors  in  General  Education;  b)  Junior-Senior 
Honors;  c)  University  Honors.  A  student  who  completes  both  tiers  is 
granted  a  certificate  in  University  Honors. 

A  certificate  for  Honors  in  General  Education  is  awarded  to  a  student 
who  completes  five  lower-tier  Honors  designated  courses.  These 


Honors  courses  partially  fulfill  general  education  requirements.  They 
also  fulfill  writing  emphasis  requirements. 

A  certificate  in  Junior-Senior  Honors  is  awarded  to  a  student  who  com- 
pletes the  upper  tier  of  the  program.  Requirements  for  the  upper  tier 
consist  of  two  of  the  interdisciplinary  seminars  offered  by  the  program 
itself  and  a  senior  project.  The  seminars  are  usually  new  each  semester; 
recent  topics  have  included  "Future  Energy  Alternatives,"  "The  Arts 
from  1900  to  1920,"  "Death  and  Dying,"  "Gender,  War  and  Peace," 
and  "Elizabethan  England."  Senior  projects  are  often  done  in  the  stu- 
dent's major  field  of  study  and  must  demonstrate  growth  beyond  an 
already  completed  assignment.  Projects  have  been  of  many  types, 
including  library  research  theses,  computer  programs,  recitals,  and  port- 
folios in  the  arts.  Individual  initiative  is  encouraged. 

The  West  Chester  University  Honors  Program  requires  students  to 
maintain  a  3.25  cumulative  grade  point  average  to  remain  a  member  in 
good  standing  within  the  program.  Falling  below  this  average  will 
cause  the  student  to  be  placed  on  probation  and  may  lead  to  the  stu- 
dent's dismissal  from  the  program.  Students  are  expected  to  register 
regularly  and  complete  Honors  courses  to  remain  in  good  standing  with 
the  Honors  Program.  If  a  student  has  two  consecutive  semesters  where 
a  minimum  of  one  Honors  course  is  not  completed  with  a  passing 
grade,  students  forfeit  their  right  to  priority  scheduling. 

A  probation  and  dismissal  policy,  based  on  the  maintenance  of  a  3,25 
cumulative  grade  point  average,  will  follow  these  procedures: 

Cumulative  grade  point  averages  of  students  in  the  Honors  Program 
will  be  reviewed  at  the  completion  of  31  credit  hours.  If  a  student's 
average  is  below  a  3.0,  the  student  will  be  dropped  from  the  program. 
If  a  student's  average  is  below  a  3.25  but  not  below  a  3.0,  the  student 
will  be  placed  on  probation  for  two  semesters  during  which  time  it  is 
expected  that  the  student  will  raise  the  cumulative  average  to  a  3.25. 
While  the  student  is  on  probation,  the  rights  to  priority  scheduling  will 
be  suspended.  If  at  the  end  of  the  two  semesters  the  cumulative  average 
is  not  at  3.25  or  higher,  the  student  will  be  dropped  from  the  program. 
No  student  will  be  eligible  for  Honors  certification  without  the  achieve- 
ment and  maintenance  of  a  3.25  cumulative  average  at  the  time  of  com- 
pletion of  the  required  elements  of  the  Honors  Program  for  the  given 
level  (general  education  and/or  junior-senior  and/or  University  Honors) 
certification. 

Students  dismissed  from  the  Honors  Program  for  reasons  of  a  cumula- 
tive average  below  a  3.25  may  seek  readmission  by  contacting  the 
Honors  Program  director  should  the  cumulative  average  rise  above  a 

3.25. 

Students  may  appeal  the  dismissal  or  probationary  action  for  extraordi- 
nary circumstances  by  contacting  the  director  of  Honors  who  will  take 
the  appeal  before  the  Honors  Council  for  final  decision. 


School  of  Education 


Instructional  Media 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
HONORS  PROGRAMS 

Symbol:  HON 

301  Seminar  (3)  First  of  two  special  topics  offered 
fall  semester.  Subject  matter  rotates  and  is  deter- 
mined by.  the  director  of  Honors  and  the  Honors 
Council  through  competitive  submission  from 
University  faculty  Seminars  are  writing  emphasis 
and  interdisciplinary. 

302  Seminar  (3)  First  of  two  special  topics  offered 
spring  semester.  Subject  matter  rotates  and  is  deter- 


mined by  the  director  of  Honors  and  the  Honors 
Council  through  competitive  submission  from 
University  faculty.  Seminars  are  writing  emphasis 
and  interdisciplinary. 

401  Seminar  (3)  Second  of  two  special  topics 
seminars  offered  fall  semester.  Subject  matter 
rotates  and  is  determined  by  the  director  of  Honors 
and  the  Honors  Council  through  competitive  sub- 
mission from  University  faculty.  Seminars  are  wnt- 
ing  emphasis  and  interdisciplinary. 

402  Seminar  (3)  Second  of  two  special  topics 
seminars  offered  spring  semester  Subject  matter 


rotates  and  is  determined  by  the  director  of  Honors 
and  the  Honors  Council  through  competitive  sub- 
mission from  University  faculty.  Seminars  are  writ- 
ing emphasis  and  interdisciplinary. 

490  Senior  Project  (3)  Capstone  experience  where 
students  complete  a  significant  individual  research, 
service,  and/or  creative  project.  If  the  project  is  in  the 
student's  academic  major,  the  work  must  demonstrate 
growth  beyond  an  already  completed  assignment. 
Projects  are  generally  completed  in  the  senior  year 
but  may  occur  during  the  junior  year  as  well. 


Department  of  Instructional  Media 

Nancy  J.  Rumfield,  Chairperson 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Momyer,  Rumfield 

Minor  in  Instructional  Media  18  semester  hours 

Current  trends  have  increased  the  need  for  trained  personnel  in  the  field 
of  instructional  technology.  Students  who  are  trained  in  this  field  have 
several  career  options,  in  industry,  with  either  the  training  and  develop- 


ment center  or  the  public  relations  department,  and  in  education,  with 

the  instructional  media  department. 

Students  in  the  instructional  media  program  will  be  required  to  develop  a 

broad  range  of  skills  and  knowledge  in  the  use  of  media  and  technology. 

Students  pursuing  a  B.A.  in  liberal  studies  may  satisfy  requirements  with  a 

minor  in  instmctional  media  along  with  other  requirements. 

Students  selecting  a  minor  in  instructional  media  must  complete  the 

following  18  credit  hours  of  required  courses:  402,  423,  425,  430,  433, 

and  475.  Students  seeking  a  minor  in  instructional  media  must  meet 

with  a  department  adviser. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA 

Symbol;  EDM 

202  Selection  and  Effective  Utilization  of  Media 

(3)  This  course  uses  a  systems  approach  in  the  design 
of  training  packages,  emphasizing  the  criteria  for  the 
selection  of  media  that  will  effectively  fulfill  training 
objectives.  It  also  will  involve  the  most  effective 
ways  to  utilize  the  media  selection. 

203  Mediated  Programs  (3)  This  course  will 
explore  the  area  of  visual  communication  materials. 
Through  the  use  of  research  materials,  demonstra- 
tions, and  various  production  techniques,  the  student 
will  be  able  to  design  and  produce  visual  instructional 
materials.  The  materials  produced  will  be  relevant  to 
either  the  group  or  individualized  instructional 
process  reflected  in  current  trends  and  methods  of 
curriculum  design. 

213  Production  of  Multi-Image  Programs  (3)  The 
multi-image  presentation,  perhaps  more  than  any 
other  means  of  communication,  offers  endless  possi- 
bilities for  creative  expression.  This  course  will 
attempt  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  "how"  and 
"why"  of  multi-image  presentations.  The  student, 
through  hands-on  experience,  will  research,  design, 
and  produce  several  programs  that  use  multi-image 
techniques.  PREREQ:  Basic  photography 
223  Design  and  Production  of  Visual  Materials 
(3)  This  course  will  explore  the  areas  of  design  as 
they  relate  to  the  production  of  visual  insu^ctional 
materials  to  be  utilized  as  an  integral  part  of  the  cur- 
riculum. Discussion  of,  and  hands-on  experience 
with,  the  phases  of  perception,  communication,  and 
learning  theories  for  determining  advantages,  limita- 
tions, and  the  use  of  various  visual  media. 

225  Basic  Photography  (3)  A  course  dealing  with 
the  photographic  process.  The  course  will  cover  cam- 
era handling,  film  and  print  processing,  and  applica- 
tion of  photography  to  media  production  and  the 
development  of  U^ning  packages.  Student  must  sup- 
ply adjustable  35mm  camera  plus  developing  and 
printing  materials. 

226  Intermediate  Photography  (3)  A  course  for 
those  who  have  had  a  basic  photography  class  or  pre- 
vious photographic  experience.  The  course  will  stress 
technical  and  creative  approaches  to  black-and-white 
and  color  photography  with  small  format  cameras 


and  will  involve  advanced  techniques  of  exposure, 
lighting  composition,  macro  photography,  and  film 
and  print  processing  Student  must  supply  adjustable 
35mm  camera  plus  developing  and  printing  materials 
PREREQ:  Basic  photography 
228  Advanced  Photography  (3)  Course  designed 
for  students  interested  in  learning  professional  tech- 
niques of  black-and-white  and  color  photography 
General  areas  considered  will  be  large  and  medium 
format  cameras.  Specific  consideration  will  be  given 
to  camera  equipment,  lenses,  filters,  retouching, 
available  light  and  electronic  flash  photography,  com- 
position, and  advanced  darkroom  techniques.  PRE- 
REQ; Basic  and  intermediate  photography 

230  Motion  Picture  Production  I  (3)  A  workshop 
in  scripting  and  shooting  of  16mm  films. 

231  Motion  Picture  Production  II  (3)  Particular 
attention  is  paid  to  16mm/video  equipment,  editing, 
sound  recording,  laboratory  and  processing  proce- 
dure, color,  and  television  application. 

233  Basic  TV  Production  I  (3)  This  course  deals 
with  the  history  and  development  of  commercial  and 
instructional  television  in  the  United  States  It  will 
include  a  study  of  closed  circuit  systems  and  the 
equipment  and  practices  to  operate  such  a  system.  The 
student  will  gain  experience  in  planning  and  produc- 
ing instructional  or  promotional  television  programs. 

234  TV  Production  II  (3)  A  television  studio  pro- 
duction course  emphasizing  the  practical  work  of  all 
aspects  of  closed  circuit  television  It  will  include  the 
presentation  of  scripts,  graphics,  animation,  photos, 
film,  slides,  sound  recordings,  lighting,  staging,  and 
electronic  technical  information. 

235  Instructional  TV  Production  III  (3)  A  course 
designed  for  the  advanced  undergraduate  student  in 
television  production.  The  lO-minute  television  pro- 
ductions are  basic  requirements  of  the  course.  The 
student  will  use  the  television  production  facilities  of 
West  Chester  University  to  complete  the  basic  TV 
production  requirements. 

275  Sound  Reproduction  in  Instructional 
Communication  (3)  A  combination  theory  and 
workshop  course  that  will  teach  the  theory  of  sound 
and  its  application  in  instruction 
290  Internship  (4-15)  Intemship/field  experience 
will  give  students  an  opportunity  to  gain  practical 
experience  in  the  field  of  media  technology  at  dieir 


level.  Areas  where  students  might  be  placed  are 
schools,  two-  and  four-year  colleges,  industry,  TV 
stations,  photo  labs,  etc. 

300  Introduction  to  Instructional  Communica- 
tions (3)  Techniques,  materials,  and  equipment,  and 
the  development  of  skills  needed  for  teaching. 

402  Selection  and  Effective  Utilization  of 
Instructional  Media  (3)  This  course  will  engage  the 
student  in  a  systems  approach  to  course  development, 
emphasizing  the  criteria  used  in  the  selection  of 
media  appropriate  to  the  effective  fulfillment  of 
course  objectives.  It  also  will  involve  the  most  effec- 
tive ways  to  utilize  the  media  selected. 

403  Developing  Mediated  Individualized  Instruc- 
tional Programs  (3)  Involves  the  development  by 
students  of  individualized  instructional  packages  uti- 
lizing various  fonris  of  media.  The  packages  will  be 
developed  using  a  systems  approach  and  emphasis 
will  be  on  interactive  video  and  computer-assisted 
insU^ction. 

405  Theory  of  Motion  Picture  Production  (3)  Lec- 
ture integrated  with  extensive  use  of  films  to  teach 
the  basic  functions  of  the  educational  film  and  attempt 
to  cite  results  to  demonstrate  the  effective  use  of 
films. 

413  Production  of  Multi-Image  Production  (3) 

The  multi-image  presentation,  fierhaps  more  than  any 
other  means  of  communication,  offers  endless  possi- 
bilities for  creative  expression.  This  course  will 
attempt  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  "how"  and 
"why"  of  multi-image  presentations.  The  student, 
through  hands-on  experiences,  will  research,  design, 
and  produce  several  programs  that  use  multi-image 
techniques.  PREREQ;  Basic  photography. 

423  Design  and  Production  of  Visual  Materials 

(3)  This  course  will  explore  the  areas  of  design  as 
they  relate  to  the  production  of  visual  insUuctional 
materials  to  be  utilized  as  an  integral  part  of  the  cur- 
riculum. The  phases  of  perception,  communication, 
and  learning  theories  are  discussed,  along  with  hands- 
on  experience,  for  determining  advantages,  limita- 
tions, and  the  use  of  various  media. 

425  Basic  Photography  (3)  A  course  dealing  with 
photographic  processing,  camera  handling,  and  film 
and  print  processing.  Students  must  have  a  complex 
camera  and  must  purchase  personal  supplies. 


Interdisplinary  Programs 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


426  Intermediate  Photography  (3)  A  course 
designed  for  students  who  have  had  the  basic  photog- 
raphy course  and  wish  to  sharpen  previously  learned 
skills  and  acquire  more  advanced  skills  in  pictun:  tak- 
ing, film  and  pnnt  processing,  and  pnnt  finishing 
PREREQ:  Basic  photography. 
428  Advanced  Photography  (3)  Course  designed 
for  students  interested  in  learning  professional  tech- 
niques regarding  black-and-white  and  color  photogra- 
phy. General  areas  considered  will  be  large,  medium, 
and  35mm  format  cameras.  Specific  consideration 
will  be  camera  equipment,  lenses,  filters,  retouching, 
available  light  and  electronic  flash,  composition,  and 
advanced  darkroom  techniques.  PREREQ:  Basic  and 
intermediate  photography 

430  Motion  Picture  Production  I  (3)  Scripting  and 
shooting  of  16mm  films  and  videos  including  mag- 
netic sound  recording  and  reproduction 


431  Motion  Picture  Production  II  (3)  Course 
geared  for  the  advanced  filmmaker/video  producer 
interested  in  learning  the  professional  techniques  for 
producing  16mm/video  production. 

433  Basic  TV  Production  I  (3)  This  course  deals 
with  the  history  and  development  of  commercial  and 
instructional  television  in  the  United  States  It  will 
include  a  study  of  closed  circuit  systems  and  the 
equipment  and  practices  to  operate  such  systems  The 
student  will  gain  e.xpenence  in  planning  and  produc- 
ing instructional  or  promotional  television  programs, 

434  Instructional  TV  Production  D  (3)  A  lecture 
and  demonstration,  and  workshop  course  that  stresses 
planning,  wnting,  producing,  and  evaluating  instruc- 
tional television.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  student 
involvement  in  the  television  production  process. 


435  Instructional  TV  Production  III  (3)  This  is  a 
course  designed  for  the  advanced  undergraduate  stu- 
dent in  television  production.  It  will  allow  students  to 
produce  three,  15-minute  television  productions  on 
topics  of  theu'  own  choice.  The  student  will  assume 
the  role  of  a  TV  director  and  producer  and  will  accept 
independent  responsibility  for  the  TV  productions 
463  Field  Study  of  Media  Programs  (3)  A  sched- 
uled group  or  individual  tour,  foreign  or  domestic,  in 
which  students  investigate  notable  installations  or 
projects  in  educational  media. 
475  Sound  Reproduction  in  Instructional 
Communications  (3)  A  combination  theory  and 
workshop  course  that  will  teach  the  theory  of  sound 
and  its  application  in  instruction 
495  Independent  Study  in  Instructional  Media  (3) 
498  Workshop  in  Instructional  Media  (3  or  6) 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 

Richard  J.  'Webster,  Coordinator 

West  Chester  University  offers  two  interdisciplinai^  programs 

leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree: 

American  Studies 
Comparative  Literature  Studies 

West  Chester  also  offers  six  interdisciplinary  programs  leading  to 
transcript  recognition: 


Peace  and  Conflict  Studies 

Russian  Studies 
Women's  Studies 


Ethnic  Studies 

Latin  American  Studies 

Linguistics 

These  programs  give  students  the  opportunity  to  develop  a  synthesis 
of  knowledge  from  several  disciplines.  Drawing  upon  professors  from 
across  the  campus,  the  programs  are  directed  by  a  Committee  of 
Interdisciplinary  Programs  under  the  aegis  of  the  dean  of  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences.  See  individual  programs  for  course  sequences. 


American  Studies  Program 

412  Main  Hall 
610-436-2995 

AMERICAN  STUDIES  COMMITTEE 

Walter  J.  Fox,  Jr.,  English 
Charles  A.  Hardy,  History 
Sterling  E.  Murray,  Music  History 
C.  James  Trotman,  English 
Richard  J,  Webster,  History,  Coordinator 
Ruth  I.  Weidner,  Art 

Students  are  introduced  to  a  broad  spectrum  of  American  culture,  and 
are  further  encouraged  to  study  in  depth  and  to  develop  career  interests 
through  concentrations  in  American  art  history,  black  studies,  historic 
preservation,  environmental  studies,  journalism  and  editing,  and  muse- 
um studies.  An  optional  internship  provides  on-the-job  experience. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  AMERICAN  STUDIES 


1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Foreign  Language/Culture  Requirements 

3.  Required  Core 
AMS20O(3) 
AMS300(3) 
AMS  400  (3) 

or  AMS  415  (1-15) 


5 1  semester  hours 

1 5  semester  hours 

21-33  semester  hours 


1 8  semester  hours 


HIS  151-152(6) 
LIT  200-201  (6) 

4.  Elective  Core 
Six  American-topic  courses  are  to  be  taken  in 
anthropology,  art  history,  geography,  history, 
literature,  music  history  and  literature,  philosophy, 
political  science,  and  sociology,  with  no  more 
than  two  courses  from  one  discipline. 

5.  Elective  Concentration 

Enough  courses  to  insure  that  a  minimum  of  128 
semester  hours  are  taken.  Each  American  Studies 
major  must  submit  for  approval  a  proposed  course 
of  study  at  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  For 
guidance  consult  the  American  Studies  program 
coordinator. 

Minor  in  American  Studies  18  semester  hours 

For  transcript  recognition  of  an  American  Studies  minor,  a  student 
must  take  18  semester  hours  allocated  in  the  following  areas; 
American  Studies  (6) 

American  History,  preferably  HIS  151  or  HIS  152  (3) 
American  Literature,  preferably  LIT  200  or  LIT  201  (3) 
American  topics:  One  course  from  the  arts,  literature,  or  philosophy, 
and  one  course  from  history  or  social  and  behavioral  sciences,  or 
other  courses  approved  by  the  adviser.  (6) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
AMERICAN  STUDIES 

Symbol:  AMS 

#200  American  Civilization  (3)  An  interdiscipli- 
nary study  of  the  forces,  forms,  and  values  that 
have  contributed  to  the  making  of  American  civi- 
lization. Several  academic  disciplines  are  drawn 
upon  in  exploring  the  "Americaness"  of  American 
institutions,  thought,  behavior,  and  material  culture 
#210  Mass  Media  and  Popular  Culture  (3)  An 
exploration  of  the  role  of  media  in  the  development 
of  American  popular  culture.  Particular  emphasis  will 


be  given  to  the  transfomiations  brought  about  by 
mass  media  after  1880  and  the  increasing  corporate 
involvement  in  mass  media  during  the  20th  century. 

300  American  Material  Culture  (3)  An  interdis- 
ciplinary study  of  .American  civilization  through 
the  examination  of  its  built  environment,  and  craft- 
ed and  manufactured  artifacts  from  the  Colonial 
period  to  the  mid-20th  century.' 

305  American  Decorative  Arts  (3)  Study  of  deco- 
rative and  utilitarian  objects  of  the  American  house- 
hold from  the  Colonial  penod  through  World  War  1. 


400  Senior  Thesis  or  Project  (3)  A  concluding 
"statement"  incorporating  the  interdisciplinary  gen- 
eralist  approach. 

401  Independent  Study  (1-3)  An  opportunity  to 
pursue  alternative  study  projects  outside  the  class- 
room; field  work  in  community  resources,  etc. 

♦  415  American  Studies  Internship  (1-15) 

Cooperative,  service/learning  experience  at  a  com- 
munity agency,  business,  or  institution. 


#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Comparative  Literature  Studies  Program 

532  Main  Hall 

610-436-2335 

Kostas  Myrsiades,  Coordinator 

PROFESSORS:  K.  Myrsiades,  Schlau 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  McDonald,  L.  Myrsiades, 

Ramanathan,  Ward 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR:  Awuyah 

This  program  provides  a  curriculum  option  for  students  with  an  interest 
in  international  studies  by  offering  a  broad  background  in  European 
and  non-Western  culture  and  literature. 

This  program  is  responsive  to  recent  developments  in  professional 
business,  law,  and  medical  schools,  which  stress  admission  of  students 
with  humanities  backgrounds  or  humanities  complements  to  their  sci- 
entific or  technical  backgrounds,  and  it  reflects  the  growth  of  profes- 
sional school  programs  that  include  more  options  in  the  humanities. 
More  specifically,  this  program  is  designed  to  answer  student  requests 
for  a  program  that  supplies  a  greater  breadth  of  literature  than  is  com- 
monly offered  in  a  language  program  and  a  greater  variety  than  that 
offered  in  an  English  department. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  —  COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE 
STUDIES 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Foreign  Language  Requirement 

3.  Related  Course  Requirements 
(Second  language  or  minor) 

4.  Cognate  Requirements 
(Courses  related  to  student's  major  area  of 
concentration) 

5.  Comparative  Literature  Core 
(CLS  200,  261,  310,  367,  and  400) 
(A  Grade  Point  Average  of  3.0  is  required 
for  these  courses.) 

6.  Comparative  Literature  Electives 
Five  electives  that  reflect  a  variety  of  genres, 
periods,  traditions,  approaches,  and  theoretical 


5 1  semester  hours 

-12  semester  hours 

1 8  semester  hours 

1 2  semester  hours 


1 5  semester  hours 


1 5  semester  hours 


concerns,  selected  from  those  courses  listed  below. 

Students  wishing  to  take  courses  other  than 

those  courses  listed  below  must  have  the 

written  approval  of  the  Comparative  Literature 

Committee. 

Literature  in  the  Original  Language 

Two  courses  in  the  literature  of  a  language 

other  than  English. 


6  semester  hours 


15  semester  hours 

listed  below. 


Minor  in  Comparative  Literature 

*Select  ONE  course  in  each  of  the  areas  ! 

1.  Literature  and  the  other  arts 
(CLS200,  201,368,  or  370) 

2.  Theory,  intellectual  history,  or  literary  cnticism 
(CLS  310  or  364) 

3.  Theme,  genre,  or  movement 
(CLS358,  359,  361,or362) 

4.  Relationship,  influence,  or  intertextuality 
(CLS  304,  309,  363,  367,  or  400) 

5.  Non-Western  literature  or  literature  in  a  language 
other  than  English 

(CLS360,  400,  or41l) 
NOTE:  Not  all  course  numbers  available  for  each  category  above  are 
listed.  Please  check  with  the  Comparative  Literature  Studies  coordina- 
tor in  Philips  210  (610-436-2901)  for  other  possible  substitutions. 

Minor  in  Film  Criticism  18  semester  hours 

1 .  Required  Course  3  semester  hours 
FLM  200 

2.  Elective  Courses  1 5  semester  hours 
Any  five  courses  selected  from  the  following  list  with  approval  of 
the  adviser: 

CLS  304,  363,  364,  368,  369,  400,  and  410;  COM  217  and  317; 
FLM  201,  202,  300,  301,  and  400 


*  For  course  descriptions,  see  English  and  Foreign  Language  sections  in  this 
catalog.  For  related  departments  other  than  English  or  Foreign  Languages,  con- 
sult the  Handbook  for  Comparative  Literature  Studies  available  from  the  pro- 
gram coordinator. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE  STUDIES 

Symbol:  CLS 

*  165  Introduction  to  World  Literature  (3) 
This  course  acquaints  students  with  the  "master- 
pieces" of  Western  literature  from  classical  antiqui- 
ty to  the  present.  This  course  can  be  taken  as  an 
alternative  to  LIT  165. 

200  Interrelations  of  Comparative  Literature 
(3)  This  course  investigates  the  relationship 
between  literature  and  art,  film,  philosophy,  and 
critical  theory. 

#201  Classical  Mythology  in  the  20th  Century 
(3)  Classical  myths  and  their  significance  in  select- 
ed works  of  literature,  film,  and  art. 
203  African  Studies  (3)  This  course  studies 
African  culture  through  literature,  anthropology, 
and  history,  h  focuses  on  the  socio-cultural  and  his- 
torical contexts  of  African  writing  through  the 
colonial  and  postcolonial  periods. 
t260  Continental  Literature  I  (3)  Literature  of 
continental  Europe  from  classical  times  through  the 
Renaissance. 

t261  Continental  Literature  11  (3)  Literature  of 
continental  Europe  from  Neoclassicism  to  the  pre- 
sent. 

♦  297  Themes  in  Contemporary  Literature 
Topics  to  be  announced  each  time  course  is 
offered. 


304  Women  and  Film  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
role  of  women  in  contemporary  world  cinema  and 
the  feminist  film. 

309  Literature  Translation  Workshop  (3)  A 

writing  workshop  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  lit- 
erary translation. 

310  Contemporary  Literary  Criticism  (3)  A  sur- 
vey of  the  major  developments  in  European  literary 
criticism  during  the  20th  century  with  emphasis  on 
the  developments  of  the  last  20  years. 

■  311  Contemporary  Latin-American  Narrative 

(3)  An  examination  of  Latin-American  narrative 
(short  story,  novella,  novel,  and  testimonial  litera- 
ture). Spanish-  and  Portuguese-language  writers 
from  South  and  Central  America,  Mexico,  and  the 
Caribbean  will  be  studied,  from  the  period  of  magi- 
cal realism  (1950's  and  1960's)  through  the  pre- 
sent. They  may  include  Isabel  Allende,  Jorge 
Amado,  Miguel  Angel  Asturias,  Jorg  Luis  Borges, 
Gabriel  Garcia  Marquez,  Clarice  Lispector,  Elena 
Poniatowska.  and  Luis  Rafael  Sanchez. 

#329  Gender  and  Peace  (3)  An  examination  of 
the  ways  in  which  social  constructions  of  gender 
intersect  with  perceptions  and  experiences  of  war 
and  peace. 

350  Computer  Applications  in  the  Humanities 

(3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  computer  and  its  applications  in  a  num- 
ber of  humanistic  disciplines  (literature,  history. 


and  writing,  but  some  attention  also  will  be  given 
to  foreign  languages,  linguistics,  music,  and  art). 

351  African  Literature  (3)  A  study  of  the  repre- 
sentation of  Africa  through  the  perspectives  of 
African  and  non-African  writers. 

#352  Modernity/Postmodernity  (3)  A  critical 
analysis  of  the  modemity/postmodemily  debates 
from  the  integrated  perspectives  of  literature,  phi- 
losophy, history,  and  politics. 

358  Women  in  Western  Literature  (3)  An 
inquiry  reaching  back  into  classical  antiquity  for 
some  prototypes  of  women  in  the  literature  of  the 
West.  Readings  from  Aeschylus.  Sophocles, 
Aristophanes,  Euripides,  Ovid,  Dante,  Petrarch, 
Shakespeare.  Moliere.  Austen.  Flaubert,  James, 
Tolstoy,  Shaw,  Gather,  Giraudoux,  and  others. 

359  Women  in  Modern  Fiction  (3)  Readings, 
analysis,  and  discussion  of  works  of  contemporary 
fiction  that  present  major  depictions  of  women  by 
authors  such  as  Sarraule.  Duras,  Boll.  Walker, 
Kundera.  Morrison,  Woolf,  etc 


♦  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 

♦  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

t   Approved  two-semester  substitute  for  a  distribu- 
tive requirement 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 
■  Culture  Cluster 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


361  Modern  Continental  Drama  (3)  A  considera- 
tion of  the  chief  wrileR  who  influenced  the  modem 
drama:  Ibsen.  Stnndberg,  Chekhov,  Hauplmann, 
Pirandello.  Sartre.  Brecht.  and  lonesco 

362  Modem  Continental  Fiction  (3)  Imponant 
modem  European  writers  in  translation:  Raubert. 
Dostoevsky.  Unamuno.  Gide,  Mann,  Kafkx 
Camus,  Sartre,  and  Moravia  Their  aesthetic  and 
philosophical  contnbutions  to  modem  fiction 

363  Soviet  Literature  and  Film  (3)  A  compara- 
tive approach  to  selected  20th  century  Soviet  works 
of  fiction,  poelrv.  drama,  and  film 

364  Eastern  European  Literature  and  Film  (3) 
A  critical  and  analytical  approach  to  Eastern 
European  literature  and  film  covenng  major  move- 
ments and  theory  since  World  War  II. 

365  African-American  Film  (3)  This  course  will 
study  the  history,  form,  and  content  of  African- 
American  film  The  films  chosen  are  from  various 
genres  and  cover  older  and  contemporary  films. 

367  Classical  Mytholog)-  (3)  An  exarrunation  of 
Greek  mylhology  through  the  works  of  Hoiner. 
Hesiod.  the  Greek  tragedians,  and  Greek  lyric  poets 

368  Literature,  Myth,  and  Society  (3)  An  exami- 
nation of  how  the  culture,  mythology,  and  politics 
of  ancient  Greece  from  Homer  to  Plato  determine 


how  a  period  is  represented  through  its  literary,  his- 
torical, and  philosophical  texts  and  how  contempo- 
rar\'  culture  rewrites  these  texts 

369  Literature  and  Film  (3)  The  interrelationship 
between  selected  works  of  world  fiction  and  their 
film  adaptations 

#370  Literature  and  Medicine  (3)  A  course  treat- 
ing the  study  of  literary  works,  film,  and  selected 
readings  from  other  areas  (history,  science,  fiction, 
and  nonfiction)  to  generate  an  understanding  of  the 
relationship  of  human  values  to  medicine,  illness, 
and  issues  of  related  importance  to  physicians 

#371  Law,  Literature,  and  Communication  (3) 
A  look  at  the  presentational  aspects  of  law —  legal 
wnting  and  oral  argument — its  constructions  in  nar- 
rative— law  as  literature  and  literature  as  law — and 
the  relationship  of  law  to  anthropology,  psycholo- 
gy, history,  and  sociology 

^  400  Comparative  Literature  Seminar  (3) 

Topics  such  as  Beckett/Joyce,  Homer/Joyce,  Greek 
comedy,  Greek  tragedy,  m>'th,  and  film  are  offered 
periodically  Required  of  comparative  literature 
majors  in  their  junior  or  senior  year 

^  410  Independent  Study  in  Comparative 
Literature  (3) 


4  411  Foreign  Study  in  Comparative  Literature 

(3) 

FILM  THEORY  AND  CRITICISM 

Symbol:  FLM 

200  Introduction  to  Film  (3)  A  critical  and  ana- 
lytical approach  to  world  cinema  covenng  film  the- 
or>  and  the  major  film  movements  (Soviet  Realism, 
German  Expressionism,  Italian  Neo-Realism, 
French  New  Wave,  Cinema  Nuovo,  New  German 
Cinema,  and  Surrealism)  from  the  beginning  to  pre- 
sent (Group  E)** 

201  American  Film  (3)  The  function  of  cinema  in 
contemporary  society  as  a  socio-cultural,  economic, 
and  political  object  as  seen  through  critical  analysis 
of  American  films  (Group  El" 

300  Private  Screening  '1)  Eight  to  12  narrative  film 
classics  per  semester  on  a  specific  topic  or  theme. 

301  Docimientary  Film  (3)  Understanding  and 
enjoying  die  social,  philosophic,  economic,  and  politi- 
cal aspects  of  documentary  film  (Group  E)** 


#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 

**  See  the  department  handbook  for  group  descrip- 
tions. 


Ethnic  Studies  Program 

501  Main  Hall 
610-436-2725 

Bonita  Freeman- Witihoft.  Director  and  Native  American 

Coordinator 
William  I.  Guy,  Assistant  Director 
C.  James  Trotman.  African-American  Coordinator 
Stacey  Schlau,  Hispanic-American  Coordinator 
Irene  G.  Shur,  Jewish-American  Coordinator 
STEERING  COMMITTEE 

Marshall  J.  Becker,  Erminio  Braidotti,  Mary  Crawford,  Andrew  E. 
Dinniman,  Stephen  D.  Gilmour,  Charles  Hardy.  William  L.  Hewitt, 
Mildred  C  Joyner,  Deborah  Malstedt,  Bhim  Sandhu,  Richard  W.  Voss, 
Jerome  M.  Williams.  Robert  J.  Young 

The  Ethnic  Studies  Institute  (ESI)  offers  a  minor  and  a  certificate  to 
any  student,  regardless  of  major,  who  satisfactorily  completes  1 8 
semester  hours  of  work  in  ethnic  studies.  Study  may  lead  to  a  general 
certificate  in  ethnic  studies  or  to  a  specialized  certificate  in  one  of  the 
following  areas: 

•  African-American  Studies 

•  Hispanic-American  Studies 

•  Jewish-Amencan  Studies 

•  Native  American  Studies 

For  current  requirements  and  a  list  of  approved  courses  in  each  special- 
ization, consult  the  director  or  assistant  director  of  ethnic  studies. 
For  each  option  currently  offered  there  are,  in  addition  to  the  relevant 
ethnic  studies  core  courses,  certain  cognate  courses.  These  cognate 
courses  do  not  necessarily  deal  directly  with  ethnic  group  life  but  give 
an  added  dimension  of  social  and  historical  background. 


As  soon  as  possible,  students  should  register  their  intent  to  earn  the 
minor  with  the  director  of  the  ESI.  At  the  end  of  each  semester,  stu- 
dents should  report  the  ethnic-related  courses  completed  during  the 
semester  and  the  courses  planned  for  the  following  semester  to  the 
director.  An  updated  list  of  courses  approved  for  credit  is  available 
each  semester  from  the  ESI  before  the  advising  and  scheduling  peri- 
od. Students  can  use  an  approved  ethnic-related  course  toward  the 
completion  of  the  minor  in  Ethnic  Studies  at  the  same  time  it  is  being 
used  to  fulfill  their  major,  other  minor,  or  elective  requirements. 

Students  are  encouraged  to  attend  at  least  two  cultural  ethnic  events — 
speakers,  musical  programs,  art  shows,  theatre  productions,  or  films — 
each  year. 

For  advising  in  Ethnic  Studies,  contact  Bonita  Freeman-Witthoft,  201 
Old  Library,  or  William  I.  Guy,  237  Schmucker  Science  Center. 


Minor  in  Holocaust  Studies 


18  semester  hours 


The  program  in  Holocaust  Studies  deals  not  only  with  historical  aspects 
of  the  Holocaust,  but  also  with  moral  and  political  issues  involved  in 
the  prevention  of  future  holocausts. 

This  minor  may  be  taken  as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  liberal  studies  general  degree  program. 

For  advising  in  Holocaust  Studies,  contact  Dr.  Irene  G.  Shur  in  Main 
Hall. 

1.  Required  Courses  9  semester  hours 

HIS  332,  349,  and  PHI  180 


2.  Elective  Courses 

Any  three  courses  selected  from  the  following: 

ANT  120;  GER  221/EGE  222;  HIS  423;  LIT  304; 
PSC  252,  322;  PSY  254;  SOC  335;  SSC  385,  480; 
or  SWO  225 


9  semester  hours 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ETHNIC  STUDIES 

Symbol;  SSC 

#201  Global  Perspectives  (3)  This  course  is 
intended  to  help  students  develop  the  competencies 


needed  for  the  understanding  of.  and  meaningful 
participation  in,  the  world  issues  of  the  1990's 

♦  480  Ethnic  Cultures  Workshop  (3)  This  woik- 
shop  considers  the  history,  traditions,  customs,  and 
contributions  to  American  life  of  various  ethnic 
groups  The  lectures  and  special  programs  are 


designed  to  increase  the  student's  knowledge  of  the 
multicultural  nature  of  American  society.  Projects, 
specifically  tailored  to  individual  needs,  are  directed 
by  a  faculty  member  of  the  Ethnic  Studies  Institute. 


#  .Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


Latin-American  Studies  Program 

1 1 1  Main  Hall 

610-436-2372/2168 

Enninio  Braidotti  and  William  Hewitt,  Coordinators 

Any  student  in  the  University,  regardless  of  his  or  her  area  of  specializa- 
tion, may  earn  a  minor  and  a  letter  of  verification  in  Latin-American 
Studies  after  satisfactory  completion  of  18  semester  hours  of  work,  distrib- 
uted as  follows: 

Minor  in  Latin-American  Studies 

Required:  Either  A  or  B  18  semester  hours 

A.  1.  Spanish  or  Portuguese  6  semester  hours 

(Intermediate  level  or  above) 


2.  Latin-American  history  6  semester  hours 

OR 

B.  1.  Latin- American  history  6  semester  hours 

2.  Latin-American  civilization  and  thought  6  semester  hours 

Electives  6  semester  hours 

Selected  under  advisement  from  Latin- American-oriented  courses  offered 
by  the  departments  of  Anthropology  and  Sociology,  Geography  and 
Plaiming,  Political  Science,  Economics,  Art,  or  others.  In  track  A,  one 
three-credit  course  must  be  devoted  to  literature,  art  history,  or  music. 
For  advising,  see  Professor  Braidotti  in  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages  or  Professor  Hewitt  in  the  Department  of  History. 
A  student  should  maintain  a  2.5  average  in  area-studies  courses  to  be 
recommended  for  graduate  work  in  the  area-studies  concentration. 


Linguistics  Program 

537  Main  Hall 
610-436-2915 
Dennis  L.  Godfrey,  Coordinator 

CONTRIBUTING  FACULTY 

Diane  O.  Casagrande,  Communication  Studies 

W.  Stephen  Croddy,  Philosophy 

Stephen  D.  Gilmour,  Foreign  Languages 

Jane  E.  Jeffrey,  English 

John  T.  Kelly,  English 

Chen  L.  Micheau,  English 

Garrett  G.  Molholt,  English 

Frederick  R.  Fatten,  Foreign  Languages 

Paul  A.  Stoller,  Anthropology  and  Sociology 

Andrea  Varricchio,  Foreign  Languages 

Michael  S.  Weiss,  Communicative  Disorders 


18  semester  hours 

9  semester  hours 


The  minor  in  linguistics  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  offered  by  the 
departments  of  Anthropology  and  Sociology,  Communicative  Disorders, 
Communication  Studies,  English,  Foreign  Languages,  and  Philosophy. 
Its  purpose  is  to  provide  the  smdent  with  a  foundation  in  the  analysis  of 
the  various  aspects  of  language.  Students  wishing  to  enter  the  program 
must  consult  the  program  coordinator.  To  receive  credit  for  the  minor  in 
hnguistics,  a  student  must  complete  18  semester  hours  of  course  work. 
The  program  coordinator  must  approve  all  courses. 


Minor  in  Linguistics 

1.  Required  Courses 
ENG/LIN  230,  ENG  331  (or  any  other 
structural  grammar  course),  ENG  335  (or 
any  other  historical  linguistics  course) 

2.  Electives  9  semester  hours 

A.  Choose  one  of  the  following: 

ENG  330,  FRE  365,  GER  365,  RUS  365, 
SPA  365,  SPP  106,  or  any  other  approved 
course  in  phonology  or  phonetics 

B.  Choose  one  of  the  following: 

ANT/LIN  380;  COM/LIN  415;  ENG  339,  340; 
LIN  250;  PHI/LIN  330,  360;  or  any  other 
approved  comparable  course 

C.  Choose  an  additional  course  from  either  Group 
A  or  B  above,  or  choose  one  of  the  following: 
COM  307;  ENG  430;  LAN  250;  LIN  41 1,  412; 
LIT  430,  431;  PHI  190,  436;  PHY  1 10;  SPP 
204;  or  any  other  approved  linguistics  course 

For  course  descriptions,  see  Anthropology  and  Sociology  (ANT), 
Communicative  Disorders  (SPP),  Communication  Studies  (COM), 
English  (ENG  or  LIT),  Foreign  Languages  (LIN,  FRE,  GER,  RUS,  or 
SPA),  Philosophy  (PHI),  or  Physics  (PHY). 


Peace  and  Conflict  Studies  Program 

101  Main  Hall 

610-436-2754 

Frederick  R.  Struckmeyer,  Coordinator 

ADVISORY  COMMITTEE:  Charles  Bauerlein,  Roger  Bove, 
Diane  Casagrande,  Louis  Casciato,  Anne  Dzamba,  Robin  Garrett, 
Harvey  Greisman,  Tom  Heston,  Barbara  Kauffman,  Carol  Radich, 
Bhim  Sandhu,  Stacey  Schlau,  William  Seybold,  Irene  Shur 

Peace  and  Conflict  Studies  examines  social  conflict,  conflict  resolution, 
and  cooperation  at  the  group,  national,  and  international  levels.  This 
process  involves  understanding  factors  that  contribute  to  peace  with 
justice,  various  functions  of  conflict,  and  processes  by  which  conflict 
may  be  managed.  The  minor  fosters  skills  for  both  study  and  action. 
Though  primarily  an  enrichment  to  liberal  education,  this  minor  is  rele- 
vant to  a  variety  of  careers,  both  traditional  and  emerging.  The  former 
include  law,  communications,  education,  and  government.  However, 
there  are  also  many  career  opportunities  with  a  wide  range  of  public 
interest  and  advocacy  organizations. 

The  Peace  and  Conflict  Studies  minor  consists  of  18  credit  hours,  some 
of  which  also  may  be  used  to  fulfill  other  degree  requirements.  This 


minor  may  be  taken  as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  liberal  studies  general  degree  program. 

Minor  in  Peace  and  Conflict  Studies  18  semester  hours 


1. 


3  semester  hours 


Required  Course 

SSC  200  Introduction  to  Peace  and  Conflict  Studies 

Either  of  the  following 

SSC  201  Global  Perspectives,  or 

PSC  316  World  Order 

Either  of  the  following 

HISAVOS  329  Gender  and  Peace,  or 

PHI  207  Philosophies  of  Nonviolence 

Either  of  the  following 

COM  204  Dyadic  Communication,  or 

COM  216  Small  Group  Communications 

Electives 

Must  be  from  different  departments  or  disciplines. 

These  include  BIO  102;  COM  312  and  499;  CRJ 

470;  GEO  232;  HIS  146,  352,  and  362;  LIT  162 

and  309;  PHI  382;  PSC  315;  PSY  254;  SOC  335, 

341,  and  376;  SWO  225;  WOS  315. 

Other  courses,  under  advisement,  also  may  satisfy  the  elective 

requirement,  as  well  as  substitute  for  the  PSC  316  option  in  #2 

above.  (PSC  316  is  not  currently  offered.) 


3  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 


Interdisciplinary  Programs 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


COURSE  DESCRIPTION 

#S$C200  Introduction  to  Peace  and 
Conflict  Studies  (3)  An  interdisciplinary 


study  of  the  causes  and  functions  of 
societal  conflict  and  processes  of  controlling 
conflict,  with  major  attention  given  to  the 


problem  of  war 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Russian  Studies  Program 


114  Main  Hall 
610-436-2585 
Frederick  Patton, 


Coordinator 


This  program  is  offered  jointly  by  the  faculty  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  the  faculty  of  Professional  Studies. 

Any  student  in  the  University,  regardless  of  his  or  her  area  of  special- 
ization, may  earn  a  minor  specialization  in  Russian  Studies  after  satis- 
factory completion  of  18  semester  hours  of  work,  distributed  as  fol- 
lows: 


Minor  in  Russian  Studies 

Required:  Either  A  or  B 

A.  1.  Russian  language  (intermediate  level 

or  above) 
2.  Russian  history  and/or  politics 
OR 

B.  1.  Russian  history  and/or  politics 
2.  Russian  civilization,  culture 

and/or  politics 


18  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 
6  semester  hours 


To  fulfill  requirements  for  the  Russian  Studies  minor,  students  may 
choose  from  the  following  courses:  ARH  405  (Russian  Art),  CLS  363 
(Soviet  Literature  and  Film),  CLS  364  (Eastern  European  Literature 
and  Film),  ERU  209  (Russian  Culture— Soviet  Period),  GEO  304 
(The  Soviet  Union),  HIS  324  (Russian  History  to  1917),  HIS  425 
(Soviet  Russia),  PSC  246  (Soviet  Politics),  PSC  311  (Soviet  Foreign 
Policy),  PSC  349  (Comparative  Communism),  RUS  201-  412 
(Russian  language  courses),  and  RUS  310  (Russian  Literature  in 
Translation). 


Electives 


6  semester  hours 


Selected  under  advisement  from  Russian-oriented  courses  offered  by 
the  departments  of  Political  Science.  Anthropology  and  Sociology, 
English,  Art,  or  other  departments  of  WCU.  In  track  A,  one  three- 
credit  course  must  be  devoted  to  literature,  art,  history,  or  music. 

For  advising,  see  Professor  Patton  in  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages. 

A  student  should  maintain  a  3.0  average  in  area-studies  courses  to  be 
recommended  for  graduate  work  in  the  area-studies  concentration. 


Women's  Studies  Program 

211  Main  Hall 

610-436-2464 

Stacey  Schlau.  Coordinator 

STEERING  COMMITTEE 

Helen  Berger,  Lori  Bemotsky.  Marita  Boes.  Kristina  Brooks,  lean 
Piper  Burton,  Diane  Casagrande.  Mary  Crawford.  Anne  Dzamba,  Celia 
Esplugas,  Robin  Garrett.  Anne  Herzog.  Jane  Jeffrey.  Mary  Keetz. 
Elizabeth  Larsen,  Deborah  Mahlstedt,  Mary  McCullough.  Avis 
McDonald,  Lynette  McGrath.  Ruth  Porritt,  Geetha  Ramanathan.  Judith 
Ray,  Arlene  Rengert.  Frauke  Schnell,  Carol  Shioss,  Diana  Thomas. 
Karin  Volkwein,  Richard  Webster 

The  Women's  Studies  Program  consists  of  an  interrelated  group  of 
courses  offered  in  a  wide  variety  of  academic  disciplines.  The  program 
operates  under  the  supervision  of  the  Women's  Studies  Steering 
Committee.  This  program  is  envisaged  both  as  an  enrichment  to  liberal 
education  and  as  a  preprofessional  field.  The  social  transformation  that 
is  taking  place  in  society  and  in  intellectual  life  is  making  study  in  this 
area  an  asset  in  many  arenas. 

The  aim  of  the  program  is  to  integrate  the  perception  and  experience  of 
women  into  the  curriculum  and  to  encourage  inquiry  into  previously 
neglected  areas,  such  as  women's  history,  women's  literature  and  art, 
psychology  of  women,  and  women's  position  in  society. 

Women's  Studies  Courses 


ARH  419 
CLS 304 
CLS  358 
CLS  359 
ECO  303 
HEA/NSG  109 
HIS/CLSAVOS  329 
HIS  420 
HIS  451 


Women  in  Art:  Madonna  or  Model? 

Women  and  Film 

Women  in  Western  Literature 

Women  in  Modem  Fiction 

Economic  Role  of  Women 

Health  Issues  of  Women 

Gender  and  Peace 

Biography  of  Modem  European  Women 

Women  in  America 


KIN  380  Women  and  Sport 

LIT  204  Black  Women  Writers  of  America 

LIT  274  Feminist  Poetry 

PSC  301  Women  in  Politics 

PSY  365  Psychology  of  Women 

SOC  346  Sociology  of  Gender 

WOS  225  Women  Today:  An  Introduction  to  Women's 

Studies 

WOS  3 1 5  Third  World  Women 

WOS  320  Independent  Study 

WOS  325  Special  Topics  in  Women's  Smdies 

WOS  400  Internship 

WOS/PHI  405  Feminist  Theory 

WOS  410  Senior  Colloquium 

WOS  415  Senior  Project 

These  courses  are  open  to  all  students  as  free  electives  under  general 
requirements.  With  the  permission  of  their  departments,  students  also 
may  take  these  courses  as  electives  within  their  major  or  minor  pro- 
grams. 

Minor  in  Women's  Studies  18  semester  hours 

A  women's  studies  minor  consists  of  18  credit  hours,  no  more  than  two 
of  which  may  be  taken  in  a  single  department.  Two  courses  are 
required  for  the  minor:  WOS  225,  and  either  WOS  405,  410,  or  415. 
Other  courses  may  be  chosen  from  the  list  of  women's  studies  offer- 
ings. Transcript  recognition  will  be  awarded  upon  completion. 
Additionally,  other  courses  may  be  applied  to  the  minor,  under  advise- 
ment. This  minor  may  be  taken  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  liberal  studies  degree  program. 

For  advising  in  Women's  Studies,  contact  Dr.  Stacey  Schlau,  21 1  Main 
Hall. 

Descriptions  of  WOS  courses  in  Women's  Studies  appear  below.  See 
departmental  listings  for  all  other  courses. 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Kinesiology 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
WOMEN'S  STUDIES 

Symbol:  WOS 

#225  Women  Today:  An  Introduction  to 
Women's  Studies  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  course 
designed  to  enable  students  to  analyze  vanous 
kinds  of  statements  on  women,  to  question  the 
implications  of  changing  cultural  patterns,  and  to 
sample  first-hand  effons  for  change.  Satisfies  inter- 
disciplinary requirement  Offered  every  semester. 
#315  Third-World  Women  (3)  This  course  will 
examine  the  nature  of  women's  lives  in  the  Third 
World,  focusing  on  topics  such  as  family,  educa- 
tion, health,  development  policies,  and  political 
change.  Geographic  areas  studied  include  Africa, 
Asia,  Latin  Amenca,  and  the  Middle  East.  Offered 
spring  semester,  odd-numbered  years. 
♦  320  Independent  Study  (3)  Independent 
research  and  study  for  upper-division  students. 
Topic  to  he  approved  by  supervising  faculty  mem- 
ber. PREREQ:  WOS  225  Offered  as  needed. 


♦  325  Special  Topics  in  Women's  Studies  (3) 

Selected  (and  changing)  topics,  e.g..  Ethnic 
Women;  Women  and  Work;  Love  and  Sexuality. 
Offered  as  projected  enrollments  warrant. 

#329  Gender  and  Peace  (3)  An  examination  of 
the  ways  in  which  social  constructions  of  gender 
intersect  with  perceptions  and  the  experience  of 
war  Offered  fall  semesters. 

♦  400  Internship  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to 
allow  students  the  opportunity  to  put  into  practice, 
outside  the  academic  setting,  the  knowledge  regard- 
ing women's  experiences  gained  in  other  courses 
Some  possible  sites  might  be  a  women's  health 
clinic,  a  business,  a  newspaper,  a  social  service 
agency,  or  an  electoral  campaign.  There  will  be 
both  an  on-site  and  a  faculty  supervisor  PREREQ: 
WOS  225  and  two  other  women's  studies  courses. 
Offered  as  needed. 

#405  Feminist  Theory  (3)  Designed  to  introduce 
and  discuss  basic  questions  in  contemporary  femi- 
nist theory,  the  course  will  explore  different 


philosophies  of  feminism  and  include  such  issues 
as  motherhood,  intersections  with  other  theories  of 
oppression,  and  body  politics.  Offered  spring 
semester,  even-numbered  years.  PREREQ:  WOS 
225  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

♦  410  Senior  Colloquium  (3)  This  is  one  of  the 
choices  for  the  final  required  course  for  the  minor. 
Sample  topics  include  global  feminism,  mothering, 
the  experiences  of  women  of  color,  and  feminist 
Utopias,  Offered  as  needed. 

♦  415  Senior  Project  (3)  Preparation  of  research 

in  any  area  of  women's  studies,  to  be  decided  by 
student  and  adviser.  Supervision  includes  exercises 
in  method  and  bibliography.  Usually,  a  lengthy 
research  paper  will  be  the  final  result.  Offered  as 
needed. 


#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Kinesiology 
(formerly  Physical  Education) 

Monita  Lank,  Chairperson 

John  Helion,  Assistant  Chairperson — Health  and  Physical  Education  - 

Teacher  Certification,  Coordinator  of  Field  Experience 
John  G.  Williams,  Assistant  Chairperson — Exercise  Science  and 

Graduate  Studies 
Susan  W.  Lubking,  Coordinator  of  Required  Physical  Education 

Program 
Barbara  Lappano,  Coordinator — Recreation,  Leisure,  and  Dance 
Richard  Yoder,  Coordinator  of  Safety  Education 
PROFESSORS:  Lank,  Yoder 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Bonsall,  Cleland,  Koehler,  Lepore, 

Lubking,  Smith,  Williams,  Wintermute 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Fry,  Helion,  Jones,  Lappano, 

Lauletta,  Pagano,  Ray,  Remley,  Stevens,  Thielz,  Volkwein 

The  Department  of  Kinesiology  offers  two  programs  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

1.  The  B.S.  in  HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION- 
TEACHER  CERTIFICATION  is  for  students  interested  in  earning 
teaching  certification. 

2.  The  B.S.  in  HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION— PHYSI- 
CAL FITNESS  is  designed  for  students  interested  in  the  exercise 
sciences.  This  program  provides  academic  preparation  for  individu- 
als who  seek  to  plan  and  conduct  physical  fitness  programs  for 
healthy  adults. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION— TEACHER  CERTIFICATION 


1 .  General  Education  Requirements, 
see  pages  32-35 

2.  Physical  Education  Theory 

KIN  100,  101,  243,  251,  310,  350,  351,  352, 
353,  361,  451,  453,  489,  490,  492,  KIL  251, 
andSMD271 

3.  Related  Requirements 

COM  101,  EDF  100,  EDP  250,  HEA  103, 
201,  202,  HEA  206  or  KIN  385,  HEA  304, 
306,  and  440 

4.  Related  Requirements  that  also  satisfy  the 
General  Education  Requirements 

BIO  259  and  269,  CHE  102,  and  PSY  100 


51  semester  hours 


47  semester  hours 


24  semester  hours 


140, 

.211, 


141, 
212, 


5.  Required  Activities  10  semester  hours 
KIN  109,  110,  111,  112,  113, 
142,  143,  144,208,209,210, 
213,  214,  and  242 

6.  Three  extracurricular  experiences  prior  to  student  teaching. 

7.  GPA  Requirement 

Students  must  maintain  a  2.5  GPA  or  higher  to  remain  in  good 
standing  in  this  program.  Refer  to  the  Teacher  Certification  section 
in  this  catalog. 

8.  Certification  granted  when  Pennsylvania  requirements  are  met 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— PHYSICAL  FITNESS 
SPECIALIST 


5 1  semester  hours 


,453, 


4. 


General  Education  Requirements, 

see  pages  32-35 

Kinesiology  Theory 

KIN  100,  101.251,351.352,385,451, 

KIL  251,  and  SMD  271 

Related  Requirements 

COM  101,  HEA  100,  HEA  303,  HEA  elective, 

and  MGT  300 

Related  Requirements  that  also  satisfy  the 

General  Education  Requirements 

BIO  259  and  269,  CHE  102,  CSC  101.  and 

PSY  100 

Physical  Fitness  Specialist  Program 

HEA  325  or  KIN  475,  KIN  361,  429,  431,  432, 

434,  453.  and  SMD  454 

Physical  Education  Activities 

Intern  Expenence 

Extracurricular  Experience 

Grade  requirement  of  at  least  a  C-  in  concentration  courses 

Student  must  have  a  2.0  GPA  for  internal  transfer  and  a  2.5  before 

submitting  final  proposal. 

AREAS  OF  SPECIALIZATION 

Special  Physical  Education 

Required:  KIL  362  and  KIN  360,  362,  379,  and  457 

Driver-Safety  Education  12  semester  hours 

(State  Certification)  Summer  program  only 

West  Chester  offers  certification  in  Driver  Education  and  Safe  Living 

(Highway  Safety  and  General  Safety  Education). 

Completion  of  the  following  program  will  enable  teachers  to  endorse 

their  teaching  certificates  with  this  area.  Students  must  apply  for  the 

endorsement  through  the  office  of  the  dean  of  the  School  of  Education. 


6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 


22  semester  hours 


15  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 


22  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 
1 2  semester  hours 


Kinesiology 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Required:  Accident  Causation  and  Prevention  (KIN  355),  Critical 
Problems  Within  the  Highway  Transportation  System  (KIN  356),  High 
School  Driver  Education  Program  Management  (KIN  450),  and 
Introduction  to  the  Driving  Tasks  (KIN  456).  NOTE;  This  program 
meets  state  certification  requirements  for  driver-safety  education. 

Minor  in  Coaching  15-18  semester  hours 

Those  students  who  successfully  complete  the  program  at  West  Chester 
earn  a  transcript  and  written  endorsement  from  the  School  of  Health 
Sciences  attesting  to  school  administrators  that  recipients  have  attained 
basic  preparation  for  coaching.  Students  pursuing  the  B.S.  in  health  and 
physical  education  automatically  achieve  coaching  certification. 
Certification  requires  competencies  equivalent  to  15-18  hours  of  course 
work.  Behavioral  competencies  in  the  theoretical  foundations  of  coach- 
ing, skill  acquisition,  and  management  techniques  also  are  required. 
Course  offerings  at  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  levels  are  available. 
The  program  is  open  to  any  person  who  applied  for  admission  through 
the  program  adviser.  Prof  Thielz.  Applicants  should  direct  inquiries  to 
that  office  for  a  coaching  minor  brochure. 

Minor  in  Dance  21  semester  hours 

Required  Core:  History  of  Dance  (KIN  344),  Dance  Composition  and 
Choreographic  Techniques  (KIN  441),  and  Independent  Study.  This  is  a 
two-track  program.  Beyond  the  required  core  courses,  the  student  may 
select  course(s)  under  educational  concentration  or  theatrical  performance 
concentration.  Other  program  requirements  include  assisting  in  teaching, 
under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member,  and  a  minimum  of  two  semesters 
of  performance  or  work  for  a  production.  Application  for  this  program 
can  be  obtained  from  Prof  Lappano,  dance  coordinator. 


Facilities 

Facilities  to  support  the  programs  of  the  department  have  kept  pace 
with  a  rapid  increase  in  students  and  faculty.  The  Russell  L. 
Sturzebecker  Health  Sciences  Center  and  field  complex,  located  on 
South  Campus,  provide  the  University  with  one  of  the  nation's  out- 
standing facilities  for  education  and  research  in  health  and  physical 
education.  Among  the  center's  notable  components  are  its  research 
facilities,  its  multipurpose  teaching  stations,  and  a  one-acre  gymnasium 
that  can  be  divided  into  six,  separate,  pneumatically  sealed  gymnasi- 
ums. A  vast  complex  of  tennis  courts  and  baseball,  lacrosse,  field  hock- 
ey, soccer,  and  football  fields  also  are  located  on  the  South  Campus. 
NOTE:  Students  who  choose  to  fuinil  their  art  requirement 
through  the  dance  curriculum  must  do  so  as  follows: 
Two  Credits  Course  Selections 


KIN  344 

History  of  Dance 

KIN  345 

Dance  Production  Workshop 

KIN  441 

Choreography 

KIN  446 

Repertory  Performance 

One  Credit 

Course  Selections 

PEA  132 

Modem  Dance  1 

PEA  133 

Jazz  Dance  I 

PEA  134 

Ballet  I 

PEA  135 

Tap  Dance  I 

PEA  233 

Jazz  Dance  II 

PEA  234 

Ballet  II 

PEA  235 

Tap  Dance  II 

PEA  334 

Ballet  III 

COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
PmSICAL  EDUCATION 
ACTIVITY  COURSES 

Symbol;  PEA  (2)  ( 1 )  These  courses  meet  the 
Physical  Education  .\ctivity  General  Education 
requirement  except  for  students  whose  majors 
have  obtained  University  approval  for  KIN 
courses. 

The  first  number  in  parentheses  shows  the  number 
of  class  meetings  per  week;  the  second  one  shows 
the  semester  hours  of  credit  A  program  of  selected 
activities  for  nonphysical  education  students. 

100  Basic  Swimming  (for  nonswimmers) 

101  Swimming  Styles  (strokes) 

106  Canoeing 

107  Orienteering 

108  Rock  Climbing  and  Rappelling 

109  Backpacking  and  Camping 

110  Cycle  Touring 

♦  115  Physical  Conditioning 
116  Personal  Defense 
122  Fencing 
129  Basketball 

132  Modem  Dance  I 

133  Jazz  Dance  I 

134  Ballet  I 

135  Tap  Dancing 

137  Strength  Training 

141  Water  Fitness 

231  Advanced  Volleyball 

233  Jazz  Dance  II 

234  Ballet  U 
-235  Tap  II 

334  Ballet  IH— Pointe 

PEA  (2)  (2)  These  courses  also  meet  the  Physical 
Education  Activity  General  Education  Require- 
ment except  for  students  whose  majors  have 
obtained  University  approval  for  KIN  courses. 
These  courses  include  a  Titness  component. 


117  Karate  (2) 

120  Fitness  through  Badminton  (2) 

123  Fitness  through  Golf  (2) 

125  Fitness  through  Gymnastics  (Women's)  (2) 

128  Fitness  through  Tennis  (2) 

130  Softball  as  a  Lifetime  Activity  (2) 

131  Volleyball  and  a  Fitness  Lifestyle  (2) 
136  Fitness  for  Life  (Theory  and  Lab)  (2) 
140  Aerobic  Dance  Fitness  (2) 

228  Advanced  Tennis  (2| 
236  Developing  Personal  Fitness  Programs  (2) 
This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with 
a  basic  understanding  of  the  scientific  basis  of 
phyyical  fitness.  The  course  is  intended  lo  help  each 
student  in  developing  a  personal  fitness  profile  and 
subsequent  program  of  physical  activity  that  will 
result  in  healthful  living  The  course  will  make  use 
of  practical  experience  and  actual  participation  in 
fiwess  activities.  Individual  programs  will  be 
emphasized.  This  is  for  nontraditional  students  and 
students  with  disabilities  only. 
KINESIOLOGY 
Symbols;  KIN;  KIL  indicates  lab  course. 

These  courses  do  not  meet  the  Physical  Activity 
General  Education  requirement  except  for  students 
whose  majors  have  obtained  University  approval 
for  such  courses.  These  courses  are  for  kinesiology 
majors  only,  with  the  following  exceptions:  ele- 
mentary education  majors,  early  childhood  educa- 
tion majors,  music  majors,  and  sports  medicine 
majors 

The  first  number  in  parentheses  shows  the  number 
of  class  meetings  per  week;  the  second  one  shows 
the  semester  hours  of  credit. 
100  Foundations  of  Physical  Education  and 
Sport  (2)  (2)  An  introduction  to  the  discipline  and 
profession  of  physical  education  and  sport,  with  an 
emphasis  on  career  guidance  The  history  and  tradi- 
tion of  the  field  will  be  traced  to  provide  perspec- 
tive for  student  choices  during  their  undergraduate 


education.  Field  experiences  and  advice  will  expose 
students  to  the  current  opportunities  and  methods 
for  achieving  personal  goals. 
101  Introduction  to  Adventure-Based  Education 
(3)  (3)  A  course  designed  for  the  student  to  under- 
stand the  adventure  approach  to  experiential  educa- 
tion in  various  environments  The  students  will 
have  the  opportunity  to  experience  an  adventure 
curriculum  including  initiatives,  problem-solving 
activities,  and  low  and  high  ropes  course  elements. 
107  Music  and  Movement  (2)  (1)  A  course  that 
examines  and  develops  the  concept  of  music  and 
rhythm  through  movement  skills. 

109  Wrestling  (nine  weeks)  (3)  (Vi)  The  teaching 
of  the  basic  skills  of  the  sport  of  wrestling. 
Fundamental  skills,  tactics,  rules,  and  combative, 
lead-up  activities  for  presentation  to  physical  edu- 
cation classes  in  the  public  schools. 

110  Soccer  (nine  weeks)  (3)  C/j)  The  leaching  of 
the  basic  skills  of  the  sport  of  soccer.  Fundamental 
skills,  tactics,  rules,  and  lead-up  games  are  present- 
ed for  all  school  ages. 

111  Basketball  (nine  weeks)  (3)  (Vi)  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  fundamental  skills,  rules,  and  tactics  of 
the  sport,  accomplished  through  dnils  and  game  sit- 
uations. 

112  Gymnastics  I  (3)  (1)  Apparatus  skills,  stunts, 
tumbling,  and  pyramids  for  leaching  all  age  levels. 

113  Physical  Conditioning  (nine  weeks)  (3)  (Vi) 
The  teaching  of  activities  to  help  develop  total 
health,  especially  physical  fitness.  Circuits  of  exer- 
cises, weight  training,  running,  and  rope  jumping 
are  included  for  all  ages. 

140  .\quatic  Fundamentals  and  Emergency 
Water  Safety  (3)  (1)  Review  of  basic  aquatic 
skills.  Emphasis  on  lifesaving  practices,  safety,  and 
survival  techniques.  Successful  completion  of  this 
course  may  lead  to  advanced  lifesaving  certifica- 
tion by  the  American  Red  Cross. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Kinesiology 


141  Fundamental  Movement  (3)  (1)  Fundamental 
locomotor  and  axial  movement;  music  and  rhythm 
in  relationship.  Rhythmical  activities  for  the  ele- 
mentary program  with  suggested  leaching  methods. 

142  Tennis  (nine  weeks)  (3)  (V2)  An  explanation 
of  the  mechanics  and  specific  skills  of  tennis. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  conceptual  understanding 
and  teaching  progressions  and  methods. 

143  Golf  (nine  weeks)  (3)  (Vi)  The  teaching  of  the 
basic  skills  of  golf  Class  management,  techniques, 
rules,  and  safety  procedures  to  present  to  physical 
education  classes. 

144  Badminton  (nine  weeks)  (3)  (V2)  The  teach- 
ing of  the  basic  skills  of  badminton.  Class  manage- 
ment, techniques,  rules,  and  safety  procedures  to 
present  to  physical  education  classes. 

200  Elementary  School  Physical  Education  (3) 

(2)  Theoretical  and  practical  approach  for  the 
teaching  of  physical  activities  to  elementary  school 
children  by  the  classroom  teacher. 

208  Self  Defense  (nine  weeks)  (3)  C/z)  The  teach- 
ing of  the  basic  skills  of  self  defense.  Fundamental 
skills,  tactics,  and  methods  of  presentation  to 
school-age  groups. 

209  Track  and  Field  (nine  weeks)  (3)  ('/:) 
Principles  of  running,  throwing,  and  jumping 
Modification  needed  for  physical  education  classes. 
Self-testing. 

210  Softball/Baseball  (nine  weeks)  (3)  C/z)  The 
teaching  of  the  basic  skills  of  Softball  and  baseball 
Fundamental  skills,  tactics,  rules,  and  lead-up 
games  for  presentation  to  all  ages 

211  Hockey  (nine  weeks)  (3)  ('/z)  Basic  funda- 
mentals, tactics,  and  rules.  Modified  active  games. 
Geared  to  teaching  physical  education  classes 

212  Football  (nine  weeks)  (3)  (Vz)  The  teaching  of 
basic  football  skills.  Fundamental  skills,  tactics, 
rules,  and  lead-up  games  for  all  school  ages 

213  Lacrosse  (nine  weeks)  (3)  (Vz)  Basic  funda- 
mentals, tactics,  and  women's  rules.  Modified 
active  games.  Geared  to  teaching  physical  educa- 
tion classes. 

214  Volleyball  (nine  weeks)  (3)  C/z)  The  teaching 
of  the  basic  skills  of  volleyball.  Fundamental  skills, 
tactics,  rules,  and  lead-up  games  for  all  school  ages. 

215  Preparation  for  Teaching  Dance  Technique 

(3)  (1)  Basic  course  offering  methods  and  materials 
for  teaching  dance  technique. 

242  Methods  and  Skills  of  Dance  in  Education 
(3)  (1)  To  provide  the  student  with  a  generalized 
coverage  of  various  dance  forms  that  could  be 
taught  within  the  educational  field,  such  as  social 
dance,  folk  dance,  square  dance,  aerobics,  or 
jazzercize. 

243  Preparation  for  Teaching  Activities  (3)  (1) 
Methods  of  teaching  in  all  areas  of  physical  educa- 
tion and  the  development  of  appropriate  lesson 
plans  for  all  ages  PREREQ:  Four  activity  courses, 

244  Software  Applications  in  Physical 
Education  (3)  Students  apply  word  processing  and 
graphics  software  to  produce  knowledge  tests, 
worksheets,  skill  checklists,  certificates  of  merit, 
and  public  relations  handouts.  Spreadsheet  software 
will  be  applied  to  budget  and  inventory  projects. 
Grading,  crossword  puzzle,  computer-assisted 
instruction,  and  physical  fitness  assessment  soft- 
ware also  will  be  applied.  Students  also  will  leam 
e-mail. 

245  Lifetime  Fitness  Concepts  (3)  (3)  Designed 
to  provide  an  interdisciplinary  understanding  of  the 
relationship  between  lifestyle,  physical  fitness,  and 
health  and  well-being. 

246  Sport,  Culture,  and  Society  (3)  (3)  Current 
theories  and  research  in  the  area  of  sport  and  soci- 


ety will  be  introduced.  Focus  of  course  is  interdisci- 
plinary, incorporating  sociological,  psychological, 
historical,  anthropological,  philosophical,  and  eco- 
nomic prospectives.  Topics  include  moral,  ethical, 
racial,  and  gender  issues  in  sport  in  relation  to  the 
North  American  culture. 

251  Physical  Activity  for  Special  Children  (3) 
(3)  A  course  of  adapted  physical  education. 
Common  childhood  disabilities  are  studied  with 
emphasis  on  problems  of  a  chronic  nature.  Also 
screening  and  practical  training  and  working  with 
physically  and  mentally  handicapped  children. 
KIL  251    Physical  Education  for  Special 
Children  (LAB)  (0)  A  practical  working  experi- 
ence with  children  and  adults  who  have  disabilities. 

252  Classroom  Activities  for  the  Special  Child 
(3)  (3)  To  acquaint  special  education  teachers  with 
physical  education  activities  useful  in  the  class- 
room PREREQ:  BIO  209. 

257  Principles  and  Practices  of  Recreation  (3) 
The  basic  principles  of  planning,  administering,  and 
evaluating  recreational  programs  for  all  ages  in  a 
variety  of  settings  and  participating  in  suitable 
recreational  activities. 

275  Lifeguarding  (3)  (2)  Theory  and  techniques 
relative  to  preventive  lifeguarding,  emergencies  in 
and  around  water,  water  rescues,  search  and  recov- 
ery operations,  types  and  uses  of  equipment, 
records  and  reports,  health  and  sanitation,  and 
supervision  of  waterfront  areas. 

310  Preparation  for  Teaching  Secondary 
Physical  Education  (3)  (2)  Each  student  develops 
a  physical  education  activity  unit  and  teaches  one 
lesson  from  that  unit  Further  opportunities  for 
familiarization  with  various  teaching  methods  and 
styles  through  observation,  demonstration  lessons, 
and  actual  practice. 

311  Coaching  Racquet  Sports  (3)  (3)  Advanced 
coaching  and  leaching  techniques  for  the  racquet 
sports,  including  tennis,  badminton,  racquetball, 
and  squash. 

314  Track  and  Field  II  (3)  (2)  PREREQ:  KIN 

209. 

316  Basketball  II  (3)  (2)  PREREQ:  KIN  1 1 1. 

318  Lacrosse  II  (women's  equipment)  (3)  (2) 

319  Lacrosse  II  (men's  equipment)  (3)  (2) 

321  Volleyball  II  (3)  (2)  PREREQ:  KIN  214. 

322  Soccer  II  (3)  (2)  PREREQ:  KIN  110. 

323  Field  Hockey  II  (3)  (2)  Individual  and  team 
tactics  and  special  situations.  Basic  knowledge 
needed  for  coaching  hockey,  PREREQ:  KIN  211 

324  Football  II  (3)  (2)  Skills,  tactics,  and  strate- 
gies for  coaching  football. 

326  Wrestling  II  (3)  (2)  PREREQ:  KIN  109. 
331   Water  Safety  Instruction  (3)  (2)  Leadership 
procedure  in  aquatics  activities  for  schools  and 
school  camps.  Swimming  strokes  and  life-saving 
techniques  are  analyzed.  Opportunity  to  qualify  as  a 
waterfront  safety  instructor. 

343  Modern  Dance  II  (3)  (1)  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  longer  combinations  and  more  complex,  prob- 
lem-solving themes.  PREREQ:  KIN  215. 

344  History  of  Dance  (3)  (2)  Evaluation  of  dance 
as  an  art  form  in  relation  to  man  and  his  society. 
Physiological,  sociological,  and  psychological 
implications;  dance  forms  and  types.  Film  and 
other  materials  focus  on  parallel  developments  in 
related  arts. 

♦  345  Dance  Production  Workshop  (3)  (2) 
Study  of  the  various  elements  of  performance  and 
dance  production.  All  are  integrated  into  a  final 
performance  that  is  created  and  directed  by  the  stu- 
dents. Admittance  is  through  auditions  during  the 
fall  semester. 


348  Instructional  Skills  for  Aerobic  Dance 
Fitness  (2)  (1)  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to 
teach  various  dance  exercises,  dance  movements, 
and  aerobic  dance  routines  to  music  with  the  intent 
of  promoting  cardiovascular  fitness  and  endurance, 
and  improving  muscle  tone  and  coordination. 

350  Health  and  Physical  Education  Practicum 
(6)  (3)  Students  receive  classroom  theoretical  and 
practical  information  and  are  assigned  to  elemen- 
tary, middle,  and  high  schools  for  observation, 
analysis,  and  teaching  with  cooperating  teachers 
and  University  supervisors.  PREREQ:  KIN  100  and 
243. 

351  Evaluation  in  Health  and  Physical 
Education  (3)  (3)  Selecting,  administering,  scoring, 
and  evaluating  tests  of  physical  fitness,  general 
motor  ability,  motor  educability.  and  skill  and 
knowledge. 

352  Applied  Exercise  Physiology  (3)  (3)  The 
application  of  physiological  principles  to  physical 
education,  exercise,  and  sport  PREREQ:  BIO  259 
and  269. 

353  Organization  and  Administration  of 
Physical  Education,  Health,  and  Athletics  (3)  (3) 
Principles  of  program  building  in  curricular  and 
extracurricular  programs;  organizing,  administer- 
ing, and  supervising  physical  education,  health, 
intramural,  and  interscholastic  programs. 

355  Accident  Causation  and  Prevention  (3)  (3) 
Survey  of  safety  education.  History,  philosophy, 
and  psychology  of  accident  prevention. 

356  Critical  Problems  in  the  Highway  Trans- 
portation System  (3)  (3)  Techniques  of  assessing 
the  knowledge,  skill,  and  psycho-physical  charac- 
teristics of  a  beginning  driver;  the  relation  of  these 
to  the  safe  operation  of  a  motor  vehicle. 

360  Pathology  of  Special  Physical  Education 
and  Therapeutic  Recreation  (2)  (2)  Considera- 
tions of  the  commonly  seen  disabling  conditions 
with  regard  to  anatomical  and  physiological 
changes. 

361  Kinesiology  (3)  (3)  Basic  fundamentals  of 
movement,  articulation,  and  muscular  actions; 
analysis  of  the  related  principles  of  mechanics. 
PREREQ:  BIO  259  and  269. 

362  Therapeutics  for  Special  Physical 
Education  and  Therapeutic  Recreation  (3)  (3) 
For  students  who  want  to  specialize  in  adapted 
physical  education  or  therapeutic  recreation.  To 
improve  the  students'  understanding  of  evaluation 
and  programming  in  the  psychomotor  domain  for 
special  populations.  Principles  of  therapeutic  exer- 
cise, and  guidelines  for  exercise  programs  for  those 
disabilities  commonly  seen  in  schools  are  present- 
ed. PREREQ:  BIO  259  and  269;  HEA  206;  KIN 
251,  352,  and  361;  and  PSY  100.  Taken  concur- 
rently with  KIL  362. 

KIL  362  Therapeutics  for  Special  Physical 
Education  and  Therapeutic  Recreation  Lab  (3) 
(2)  A  course  designed  to  give  those  students  practi- 
cal experience  in  those  topics  presented  in  KIN 
362.  Taken  concurrently  with  KIN  362. 
369  Principles  of  Recreational  Outdoor  Pursuits 
Education  (3)  (3)  History,  philosophical  back- 
ground, objectives,  educational  strategies,  curricu- 
lum, safety  considerations,  and  administration  of  an 
adventure-based,  outdoor  pursuits  program. 
♦  378  Field  Experience  (3)  (3)  Practical  experi- 
ence for  the  student-designed  concentration. 
Students  must  solicit  approval  of  the  appropriate 
agency,  develop  a  proposal  for  the  on-site  experi- 
ence, and  secure  agreement  from  the  faculty  adviser. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Liberal  Studies 


College  of  Ans  and  Sciences 


380  Women  and  Sport  (3)  (3)  An  examinaiion  ol 
women's  participation  in  sport  from  historical,  cul- 
tural, psychological,  physical,  and  legal  perspec- 
tives; emphasis  placed  on  women  in  sport  in 
American  society  today. 

385  Exercise,  Play,  and  Development  (3)  (3)  To 
understand  human  development  throughout  the 
lifespan  from  a  physical,  mental,  social,  and  emo- 
tional viewpoint  To  understand  the  role  thai  exer- 
cise and  play  have  in  the  development  of  the  indi- 
vidual. 

429  Electrocardiography  and  Stress  Testing  (3) 
Designed  lo  prepare  the  prospective  fitness  instruc- 
tor in  exercise  testing  protocols  as  well  as  how  to 
record,  label,  and  calculate  data  with  stress-testing 
exercise  equipment  and  a  standard,  12-lead  electro- 
cardiogram PREREQ:  BIO  259  and  269;  KIN  352; 
CPR  certification 

430  Planning  Facilities  for  Athletics,  Physical 
Education,  and  Recreation  (3)  (3)  Management 
and  planning  of  the  facilities  for  athletics,  school 
physical  education,  and  recreational  programs,  play- 
fields,  playgrounds,  buildings,  and  auxiliary  struc- 
tures as  well  as  the  maintenance  of  these  facilities 

431  Physical  Fitness  Assessment  and  Exercise 
Program  (3)  (3)  Designed  to  prepare  students  to 
assess  the  physical  fitness  levels  of  healthy  but 
sedentary  adults  and  prescnbe  individualized  exer- 
cise programs.  PREREQ.  BIO  259  and  269;  KIN 
351,  352,  and  429;  EKG  and  stress  testing;  CPR 
certification 

432  Exercise  Techniques/Theory  and  Practice 
(3)  (3)  Analysis  of  vanous  exercise  techniques,  and 
devices  and  systems  emphasizing  their  use  and 
safety.  Clinical  expenence  in  strength  and  range  of 
motion  (ROM)  testing  and  prescription.  PREREQ; 
BIO  259  and  KIN  361 

433  Exercise  and  Stress  Management  (3)  (3) 
Focuses  on  the  use  of  exercise  in  the  management 
of  stress.  The  course  includes  exercise  techniques 
that  may  be  useful  in  alleviating  stress 

434  Organization  and  Management  of  Adult 
Fitness  Programs  Clinic/Seminar  (3)  (3) 
Designed  to  provide  students  with  practical  experi- 
ence in  organizing  and  managing  physical  fitness 
programs  for  adults  PREREQ:  BIO  259  and  269; 
KIN  352.  361.  431.  and  433. 

435  Physical  Fitness  Specialist  Internship  (12) 
(6)  (6)  Experience  working  in  a  cardiovascular 
rehabilatory  center  or  similar  clinical  setting  under 
the  supervision  of  qualified  personnel  for  one-half 
semester.  Practical  experience  in  an  adult  physical 
fitness  center  under  the  supervision  of  qualified 
personnel  for  one-half  semester  PREREQ:  BIO 
259  and  269;  KIN  352.  361.  431.  and  433. 


441  Principles  of  Choreography  (3)  (I)  The  art 
of  dance  composition  Basic  elements  of  space, 
rhythms,  and  motion  dynamics  Students  design 
onginal  movement,  progressing  from  simple  to  com- 
plex solo  and  group  forms.  PREREQ:  KIN  215 
443  Modern  Dance  III  (3)  (2)  Advanced-level 
modem  dance  techniques  with  emphasis  on  all 
aspects  of  production:  accompaniments,  costume, 
sets,  and  lighting 

445  Dance/Movement  for  Special  Groups  (2)  (2) 
Adaptation  of  dance  movement  with  emphasis  on 
methods,  techniques,  and  activities  suitable  for  spe- 
cial groups  (elderiy,  disabled,  mentally  retarded, 
and  special  groups). 

446  Repertory  Performance  (2)  The  purpose  of 
this  course  is  to  offer  dance  students  invaluable 
experience  that  can  only  be  gained  from  perfor- 
mance. To  ensure  maximum  benefit,  the  objectives 
are  thorough  studio  rehearsal  of  dances,  thorough 
lighting  and  staging  rehearsals,  and  well-directed 
performances 

449  Learning  on  the  Move  (3)  (3)  A  combination 
of  movement  education  and  perceptual  motor  theo- 
ry and  activities  to  help  teachers  and  parents  guide 
the  children  to  maximum  developmental  potential 
Preschool,  nursery,  and  kindergarten  ages 

450  High  School  Driver  Education  Program 
Management  (3)  (3)  A  study  of  the  total  safety 
program  with  emphasis  on  the  teaching  of  safety. 
Each  student  prepares  a  practice  lesson 

451  History  and  Philosophy  of  Health  and 
Physical  Education  (2)  (2)  A  study  of  past  and 
present  concepts  of  physical  education;  philosophy 
and  pnnciples  of  modem  physical  education  pro- 
grams. 

452  Principles  of  Coaching  (2)  (2)  Principles  and 
methods  of  coaching  sports  in  the  school  program 

453  Motor  Learning  (3)  (3)  A  study  of  the  theo- 
ries of  learning  in  relation  to  the  acquisition  of 
motor  skills, 

456  Introduction  to  the  Driving  Tasks  (3)  (3)  An 
advanced  course  to  prepare  students  to  teach  driver 
education  in  the  secondary  schools 

457  Psychosocial  Aspects  of  Physical  Disability 
(3)  (3)  A  study  of  the  psychological  and  social 
implications  of  physical  disabilities  PREREQ: 
PSY  100  or  equivalent,  plus  any  basic  course  about 
the  disabled  person. 

458  Physical  Disabilities  of  Childhood  (2)  (2)  A 
course  designed  for  students  in  special  education. 
Common  orthopedic  and  neurological  disabilities  of 
childhood,  especially  chronic  deviations  Emphasis 
is  on  understanding  the  medical  aspects  and  prob- 
lems of  rehabilitation. 

465  Mechanical  Analysis  of  Motor  Skills  (3)  A 
problem-solving  approach  to  skill  analysis  using 


qualitative  and  quantitative  video  and  cinemato- 
graphic analysis  as  well  as  elementary  force-time 
and  accelerometry  techniques  Useful  for  teachers, 
trainers,  coaches,  and  exercise  professionals. 
470  Leadership  in  Recreational  Outdoor 
Pursuits  (3)  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide 
instruction  that  would  help  persons  desiring  a 
career  in  recreational  outdoor  pursuits  education,  or 
develop  an  outdoor  education  or  physical  education 
program  using  activities,  processes,  and  educational 
methodology  in  a  safe  and  meaningful  manner. 
473  Independent  Study  and  Special  Projects  (1- 
3)  Provide  an  opportunity  for  selected  students  to 
pursue  areas  of  special  interest  and  talent  or  to  take 
advantage  of  special  conferences  or  seminars.  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  department  chairperson. 

475  Mental  Training  in  Sport  (3)  (3)  Techniques 
of  mental  training  for  sport  and  physical  activity, 
including  relaxation  training,  concentration  skills, 
breathing  regulation,  positive  imagery,  autogenic 
training,  and  meditation 

489  Student  Teaching  (6)  Observation  and  partic- 
ipation in  teaching  situations  in  elementary,  junior, 
and  senior  high  schools  under  qualified  cooperating 
teachers  and  college  supervisors.  PREREQ:  HEA 
206,  306;  KIN  243.  350.  353.  extracumcular 
requirement,  and  updated  medical  examinaiion. 

490  Student  Teaching  (6)  Observation  and  partici- 
pation in  teaching  situations  in  elementary,  junior, 
and  senior  high  schools  under  qualified  cooperating 
teachers  and  college  supervisors.  PREREQ:  HEA 
206,  306;  KIN  243,  350,  353  extracurricular 
requirement,  and  updated  medical  examination. 

491  Internship  (3-12)  Interns  will  perform  a  vari- 
ety of  services  for  the  agency.  It  is  expected  that 
interns  will  be  involved  in  meaningful  work  pro- 
jects during  the  placement  with  adequate  time  to 
interact  w  ith  their  work  supervisors  for  questions, 
answers,  and  knowledge  sharing.  PREREQ:  Accep- 
tance of  final  student-designed  concentration  pro- 
posal 

492  Principles  and  Practices  of  Teaching  (2) 

Deals  with  the  professional  preparation  of  the 
health  and  physical  education  teacher  certification 
student.  It  is  offered  concurrently  with  the  student 
teaching  experience  and  is  designed  to  assist  the 
student  in  the  public  school  setting.  An  examina- 
tion of  current  problems  and  issues  in  the  profes- 
sion and  in  the  schools  leads  to  discussion  of  prob- 
lem prevention  and  solution  Lectures  on  job  pro- 
curement skills  are  included. 


Liberal  Studies  Program 

144  Main  Hall 
610-436-1096 

James  D.  Fabrey,  Director 

In  addition  to  programs  leading  to  baccalaureate  degrees  in  specific 
academic  fields,  the  University  offers  a  degree  in  liberal  studies.  The 
program  is  designed  for  either  traditional  or  nontraditional  students 
who  seek  a  general  education,  or  who  desire  to  build  majors  that  cut 
across  traditional  disciplinary  lines. 

A  limited  number  of  freshmen  are  accepted  directly  into  the  program 
based  on  a  pre-admission  interview.  Students  not  accepted  directly  in  their 
freshman  year  may  select  the  undeclared  major  program.  After  completing 
at  least  32  semester  hours,  and  after  achieving  a  minimum  Grade  Point 


Average  of  2.0.  the  student  may  request  an  interview  with  the  director  of 
liberal  saidies  for  the  purpose  of  planning  a  curriculum  in  one  of  the  three 
available  U^acks.  Students  may  enter  the  liberal  studies  program  from  other 
majors  of  the  University,  or  as  transfers  from  other  colleges,  by  the  same 
process  and  by  meeting  the  same  requirements.  It  is  University  policy  that 
no  student,  whether  presently  enrolled  at  West  Chester  or  attempting  to  be 
admitted  from  another  university,  is  permitted  to  enroll  in  the  liberal  stud- 
ies program  after  earning  80  semester  hours. 

Three  advisement  tracks  within  two  separate  baccalaureate  degrees  are 
available.  The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  liberal  studies — arts  and  sciences 
track  is  designed  principally  for  students  who  are  interested  in  a  gener- 
al education  with  no  specific  orientation  toward  career  preparation. 
Alternatively,  either  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  liberal  studies — career 
preparation  track,  or  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  liberal  studies — sci- 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


Management 


ence  and  mathematics  emphasis  track  will  be  more  useful  to  the  stu- 
dent who  is  seeking  to  construct  a  career-centered  cumculum  that  is 
not  otherwise  available  at  West  Chester  University. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  IN  LIBERAL  STUDIES  —  ARTS 
AND  SCIENCES  TRACK 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 
(MAT  1 05,  1 2 1 ,  or  a  calculus  course) 

2.  Foreign  language  (Students  must 
show  competency  through  the  202  level.) 

3.  Liberal  studies  breadth  requirements 
(language  culture  cluster,  natural  and  computer 
sciences,  behavioral  and  social  sciences, 
humanities  and  communications,  and  the  arts) 

4.  Liberal  studies  electives  of  the  student's 
choice  at  the  300  and  400  level 

5.  At  least  one  minor  offered  by  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences,  the  School  of  Music,  or  by 
the  departments  of  Economics,  Geography,  or 
Political  Science 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  IN  LIBERAL  STUDIES  — 
CAREER  PREPARATION  TRACK 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 
(MAT  105,  121,  or  a  calculus  course) 

2.  Foreign  language  (Students  must 
show  competency  through  the  202  level.) 

3.  Liberal  studies  breadth  requirements 
(natural  sciences,  behavioral  and  social  sciences, 
humanities  and  communications,  and  the  arts) 


5 1  semester  hours 


0-12  semester  hours 


45  semester  hours 


20  semester  hours 


51  semester  hours 


0-12  semester  hours 


24  semester  hours 


4.  Liberal  studies  electives  of  the  30  semester  hours 
student's  choice  at  the  300  and  400  level 

5.  At  least  one  minor  offered  by  a  department 
associated  with  the  student's  career  interest 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  LIBERAL  STUDIES  — 
SCIENCE  AND  MATHEMATICS  TRACK 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  51  semester  hours 
(MAT  105,  121,  or  a  calculus  course) 

2.  Liberal  studies  breadth  requirements  15  semester  hours 
(behavioral  and  social  sciences,  humanities  and 
communications,  and  the  arts) 

3.  Science  and  mathematics  cognate  32  semester  hours 
requirements.  Seven  to  nine  semester  hours  in 

any  four  of  the  following  departments: 
Biology  (BIO  1 10  or  above).  Chemistry  (CHE 
103  and  CRL  103  or  above),  Geology/Astronomy 
(above  ESS  111),  Mathematics  or  Computer 
Science  (MAT  1 10  or  above,  or  CSC  1 15  or 
above),  and  Physics  (PHY  130  or  above) 

4.  Liberal  studies  electives  of  the  20  semester  hours 
student's  choice  at  the  300  and  400  level 

5.  At  least  one  minor  selected  from  the  departments  of  Biology, 
Computer  Science,  Geology  and  Astronomy,  Mathematics,  or  Physics 

Students  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  tracks  have  the  option  of  using  up  to 
six  semester  hours  of  their  liberal  electives  as  Senior  Thesis  (LST  490) 
credits.  Interested  students  should  consult  with  the  program  director 
well  before  earning  80  semester  hours  about  procedures  for  pursuing 
the  senior  thesis. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTION 
LIBERAL  STUDIES 

Symbol:  LSP 


490  Senior  Thesis  (3-6)  Directed  research  in  an 
interdisciplinary  subject  of  the  arts  and  sciences.  For 
students  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  tracks.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  the  director  of  liberal  studies. 


Department  of  Management 

312B  Anderson  Hall 
610-436-2304 

Charles  McGee,  Chairperson 
PROFESSORS:  Chu,  Snow 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  McGee,  Selvanathan 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Culpan,  Leach 
The  primary  objective  of  the  Department  of  Management  is  to  provide 
students  with  the  skills  required  to  manage  business  and  public  organi- 
zations effectively. 

To  accomplish  this  objective,  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of 
Management  will  strive 

(1)  to  inculcate  in  the  student  the  ability  to  reason  analytically  and  crit- 
ically; 

(2)  to  make  the  student  sensitive  to  the  human  relations  aspect  of  man- 
aging others; 

(3)  to  increase  the  student's  awareness  of  the  concepts  and  terms  used 
in  current  managerial  practice; 

(4)  to  increase  the  student's  awareness  of  the  international  dimension 
of  business; 

(5)  to  increase  the  student's  skills  in  written  and  verbal  communica- 
tion; 


(6)  to  foster  the  student's  ability  to  synthesize  the  knowledge  acquired 
from  various  disciplines  in  order  to  focus  on  managerial  problems. 
The  Department  of  Management  offers  a  B.S.  in  business  management, 
which  focuses  on  functions  required  to  make  a  group  of  people  work 
effectively  together  as  a  unit.  These  functions  include  planning,  orga- 
nizing, staffing,  directing,  and  controlling. 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  51  semester  hours 
(includes  CSC  101,  ECO  1 1 1*,  and  one  math 

course) 

2.  Business  and  Economics  Core  30  semester  hours 
ACC  201  *,  202*;  BLA  201  *;  ECO  112*, 

251,  252;  FIN  325;  MGT  300*,  499*; 
and  MKT  325* 

3.  Other  courses  required  by  major  6  semester  hours 
COM  230,  CSC  101,  ENG  368,  MAT  105  or 

107  or  108  or  161  (also  general  requirements) 

4.  Major  concentration  2 1  semester  hours 
MGT  313*,  321*,  341*,  431*,  441*,  and  498*; 

MIS  300* 

5.  Economic  or  Business  Electives  9  semester  hours 

6.  Free  Electives  21  semester  hours 


*A  minimum  grade  of  C  must  be  attained  in  each  of  these  courses. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
MANAGEMENT 

Symbol:  MGT 

100  (formerly  101)  Introduction  to  Business  (3) 

Survey  of  the  sUucture  and  function  of  the 
American  business  system.  Topics  covered  include 
forms  of  business  organization,  fundamentals  of 


management,  fundamentals  of  marketing,  basic 
accounting  principles  and  practices,  elements  of 
finance,  money  and  banking,  business  and  govern- 
ment, and  careers  in  business.  Open  to  nonbusiness 
majors. 

300  (formerly  301)  Principles  of  Management 

(3)  Introduction  to  the  pnnciples  and  functions  of 
management.  Examines  the  management  process. 


organizational  theory,  planning,  decision  making, 
motivation,  and  leadership  in  supervisory  contexts. 
PREREQ;  ACC  201,  and  ECO  1 1 1  and  1 12. 

313  (formerly  408/411)  Business  and  Society  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  social,  political,  legal,  environ- 
mental, and  ethical  problems  faced  by  business 
firms.  PREREQ:  MGT  300. 


IBl      Marketing 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


321  (formerly  402)  Organization  Theory  and 
Behavior  (3)  Study  of  the  theoretical  foundations 
of  organization  and  management  The  system  of 
roles  and  functional  relationships.  Practical  applica- 
tion of  the  theory  through  case  analysis.  PREREQ: 
MGT  300. 

333  (formerly  334)  Labor  Relations  (3)  Rise  of 
the  American  labor  movement  Labor  legislation 
Collective  bargaining  arrangements  Procedures  in 
settling  labor  disputes  Organized  labor's  policies 
and  practices  PREREQ;  MGT  300 
341  (formerly  303)  Production  and  Operations 
Management  (3)  Methods  analysis,  work  measure- 
ment, and  wage  incentives  Production  process  and 
system  design.  Plant  location,  layout,  sales  fore- 
casting, inventory,  production,  and  quality  control, 
to  include  statistical  aspects  of  tolerances,  accep- 
tance sampling,  development  of  control  charts. 
PERT,  and  cost  factors  PREREQ:  CSC  101  or 
equivalent;  ECO  111,  1 12,  251,  252;  MAT  107  and 
108;  and  MGT  300 

431  (formerly  302/331)  Human  Resource 
Administration  (3)  Study  of  a  well-planned,  prop- 
erly executed,  and  efficiently  evaluated  approach  to 
manpower  recruitment,  screening,  usage,  and 
development  Case  analysis  and/or  expenential 
exercises  to  illustrate  the  concepts  used  PREREQ 
MGT  300  or  permission  of  instructor 
441  (formerly  406)  Introduction  to 
Management  Science  (3)  Business  problems  in 
production,  inventory,  finance,  marketing,  and 
transportation  translated  into  application  of  scientif- 
ic methods,  techniques,  and  tools  to  provide  those 
in  control  of  the  system  with  optimum  solutions 
PREREQ;  MGT  341  or  permission  of  instructor 
451  (formerly  407)  Systems  Management  (3) 
Application  of  systems  theory  and  pnnciples  to  the 
operation  of  contemporary  organizations  with 
emphasis  on  nonquantitative  methods  of  analysis. 
PREREQ;  MGT  321. 

471  (formerly  401)  Enlrepreneurship  (3) 
Organization  of  a  business  venture  with  emphasis 
on  risk,  requirements,  roles,  and  rewards  Students 


develop  a  simulated  venture,  with  oral  and  wntten 
report  PREREQ;  ACC  201  and  202.  FIN  325, 
MGT  300,  MKT  301.  or  permission  of  instructor 

♦  483  (formerly  450-451)  Management  Intern- 
ship (3)  The  management  internship  is  designed  to 
enhance  the  student's  educational  experience  by 
providing  a  substantive  work  expenence  in  the 
business  world  PREREQ;  Internship  program 
coordinator's  approval 

486  Management  Internship  (6)  The  management 
internship  is  designed  to  enhance  the  student's  edu- 
cational expenence  by  providing  a  substantive 
work  experience  in  the  business  world  PREREQ; 
Internship  program  coordinator's  approval 

487  (formerly  490)  Special  Topics  in  Manage- 
ment (3)  This  course  deals  with  current  concepts  in 
management  not  covered  by  existing  courses.  The 
course  content  is  determined  at  the  beginning  of 
each  semester.  PREREQ;  MGT  300 

♦  488  (formerly  410)  Independent  Studies  in 
Management  (1-3)  Special  research  projects, 
reports,  and  readings  in  management  Open  to 
seniors  only  PREREQ;  Instructor's  approval 

498  (formerly  400)  Senior  Seminar  in  Manage- 
ment (3)  Students  are  engaged  in  reading  and 
research  on  current  developments  in  management. 
Research  project  is  required  to  help  expand  and 
deepen  the  horizons  of  the  participants  PREREQ: 
Senior  standing.  MGT  300.  Seniors  eligible  for 
graduation  at  the  end  of  the  coming  semester  take 
prionty  for  registration  dunng  the  preregistration 
period. 

499  (formerly  405)  Business  Policy  and  Strategy 

(3)  A  capstone  course  for  all  business  majors, 
requiring  students  to  integrate  and  apply  multidisci- 
plinary  knowledge  and  skills  in  actively  formulat- 
ing improved  business  strategies  and  plans  Case 
method  predominates  Wntten  reports  PREREQ: 
Senior  standing  in  ACC.  ECO.  FIN.  MKT.  or  MGT 
major;  prior  completion  of  all  courses  in  Business 
and  Economics  Core  except  ECO  335  Seniors  eli- 
gible for  graduation  at  the  end  of  the  coming 


semester  take  pnonty  for  registration  dunng  the 
preregistration  penod. 

MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS 

Symbol:  MIS 

300  (formerly  200)  Introduction  to  Manage- 
ment Information  Systems  (3)  A  comprehensive 
introduction  to  the  role  of  information  systems  in 
an  organizational  environment  This  course  focuses 
on  transforming  manual  and  automated  data  into 
useful  information  for  managenal  decision  making. 
PREREQ  MGT  300 

451  (formerly  350)  Systems  Analysis  and  Design 

(3)  The  course  develops  the  necessary  skills  for 
analysis  of  organizational  environments  in  light  of 
information  system  needs,  as  well  as  the  skill  to 
design  such  systems  PREREQ;  MIS  300. 

453  (formerly  360)  Decision  Support  Systems 

(3)  This  course  is  an  advanced  presentation  of  the 
role  of  management  information  systems  in  the 
special  support  needs  of  managers  for  aiding  deci- 
sion making  PREREQ;  MGT  441.  MIS  300  and 
451. 

INTERNATIONAL  BUSINESS 

Symbol:  INB 

300  (formerly  301)  Introduction  to  Internatio- 
nal Business  (3)  Analysis  of  international  business 
transactions  in  large  and  small  businesses,  multina- 
tional and  domestic  Functional  emphasis  on  multi- 
national environment,  managenal  processes,  and 
business  strategies  PREREQ:  MGT  300 

469  (formerly  402)  International  Management 
Seminar  (3)  Study  of  issues  confronting  executives 
as  they  plan,  organize,  staff  and  control  a  multina- 
tional organization  Lectures,  case  analyses,  and 
outside  projects  with  local  firms  engaged  in.  or 
entering,  international  business  will  be  utilized. 
PREREQ;  INB  300  and  MGT  300. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Marketing 

312B  Anderson  Hall 

610-436-2304 

John  Redington.  Chairperson 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Morgan,  Redington 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Christ,  Gault,  Tomkowicz 

The  primary  objective  of  the  Department  of  Marketing  is  to  prepare 

students  for  careers  in  business  or  government  organizations. 

To  accomplish  this,  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Marketing  will 

strive 

(1)  to  create  an  understanding  of  the  role  marketing  plays  in  organiza- 
tions and  social  and  economic  systems; 

(2)  to  create  an  understanding  of  the  scope  and  content  of  marketing  as 
a  critical  thought  process  designed  to  reconcile  organizational  prof- 
itability with  customer  satisfaction  and  social  responsibility; 

(3)  to  assist  students  in  acquiring  skills  required  for  a  successful  mar- 
keting career  in  business  in  a  global  environment; 

(4)  to  offer  students  the  opportunity  to  learn  and  use  modem  manage- 
ment technologies; 

(5)  to  create  an  understanding  of  the  legal  and  ethical  framework  of 
competition  and  business  conduct. 

The  B.S.  in  MARKETING  focuses  on  the  activities  required  in  organiza- 
tions to  create  and  keep  customers.  Emphasis  is  on  understanding  cus- 
tomers' needs  and  designing  strategies  and  programs  to  meet  these  needs. 


DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS: 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  51  semester  hours 
(Includes  ECO  111*.  See  appropriate 

curriculum  guidance  sheet.) 

2.  Business  and  Economics  Core  30  semester  hours 
ACC  201*.  202*;  BLA  201*;  ECO  112*,  251*, 

and  252;  RN  325;  MGT  300*.  499*;  MKT  325* 

3.  Other  courses  required  by  the  business  program      6  semester  hours 
CSC  101  or  115  or  141,  and  MAT  105*  or  107* 

or  108*  or  161* 

These  courses  satisfy  and  are  included  under  the 

general  requirements. 

4.  Other  course  required  3  semester  hours 
GEO  325 

5.  Major  concentration  courses  1 8  semester  hours 
MKT  330*,  340*.  360*,  425*  440*  and  one 

additional  300-level  or  above  MKT  course 

6.  Business  or  Economics  Electives  9  semester  hours 
300-level  or  above  courses  in  ACC.  BLA,  ECO, 

RN,  INB,  MIS,  MGT,  MKT,  or  ENG  368. 

7.  Restricted  Electives  6  semester  hours 
Chosen  in  consultation  with  the  adviser. 

8.  Free  Electives  1 2  semester  hours 

*A  minimum  grade  of  C  must  be  attained  in  each  of  these  courses. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Mathematics 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
LAW 

Symbol;  BLA 

201  The  Legal  En>Troiunent  of  Business  (3) 

Exanunes  the  framework  of  the  .-Vnencan  legal  sys- 
tem and  its  impact  on  the  en\'ironment  in  which  busi- 
ness operates.  Sources  of  law .  mcluding  constitution- 
al, statutory,  administrative,  and  common  law  princi- 
ples, that  define  the  relationships  between  government 
and  business;  buyers  and  sellers  of  goods  and  ser- 
vices: and  employers  and  employees  are  discussed. 
302  Special  Subjects  in  Business  Law  (3)  In-depth 
coverage  of  the  legal  topics  of  contracts  and  sales.  It 
is  intended  as  a  partial  preparation  for  the  uniform 
Certified  Public  Accountant  (CPA)  examination  and 
thus  provides  smdents  w  ith  an  adequate  knowledge 
of  the  most  widely  exanuned  subjects  Provides  mar- 
keting students  with  a  detailed  know  ledge  of  the  legal 
topics  that  they  will  use  in  their  careers  and  covers 
basic  legal  topics  highly  useful  to  management 
majors  and  all  persons  engaged  in  business 
♦  303  Legal  Problems  in  Business  (3)  Special 
legal  problems  in  business  will  be  considered  at 
length,  such  as  consumer  credit  regulation,  insurance, 
personal  law  relating  to  decedent's  estates  and  Social 
Security,  preparation  for  the  CPA  examination,  etc 
This  course  may  be  taken  more  than  once  (but  not 
more  than  three  times)  for  credit  if  the  subject  matter 
of  the  course  is  not  duplicated. 

MARKETING 

Symbol;  MKT 

200  Survey  of  Marketing  (3)  Examines  the  impact 
of  marketing  systems  in  producing  a  standard  of  liv- 
ing in  local  and  global  economies  Topics  include  the 
structure  and  functions  of  marketing  within  an  orga- 
nization, the  role  of  customers,  and  the  competitive, 
political/legal/regulalor\'.  economic,  social-cultural, 
and  technological  environments  in  which  these  sys- 
tems operate.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  after  com- 


pletion of  any  other  marketing  course.  Open  to  non- 
business majors. 

325  Marketing  Management  (3)  Study  of  the 
processes  involved  in  planning  and  managing  mar- 
keting activities  in  organizations.  Emphasis  on  case 
studies  and  applications  of  the  decision-making 
prxxess.  PREREQ:  ACC  201.  BLA  201,  CSC  101, 
ECO  112,  251,  MAT  105  or  107  or  108  or  161. 
330  (formerly  303)  Consumer  Behavior  (3) 
Foundations  of  consumer  behavior  Market  structure 
and  consumer  behavior,  purchase  strategy  and  tactics, 
determinants  and  patterns  of  consumer  behavior  An 
integrated  theory  of  consumer  behavior  is  sought. 
PREREQ;  MKT  200  or  325  and  permission  of 
instructor. 

340  (formerly  321)  Personal  Selling  (3)  Analysis  of 
the  selling  process  applied  to  sales  calls  and  sales 
strategies,  communication,  persuasion,  motivation, 
ethics,  interpersonal  relationships,  negotiations,  and 
professionalism.  Emphasis  on  case  studies  PREREQ: 
MKT  200  or  325  and  permission  of  instructor 
350  (formerly  322)  Advertising  and  Sales 
Promotion  (3)  A  study  of  advertising  and  sales  pro- 
motion manageineni  with  a  major  focus  on  organiza- 
tion, media,  strategy,  campaigns,  legal  control,  con- 
sumer behavior,  budgeting,  and  the  coordination  of 
these  activities  with  overall  marketing  programs. 
PREREQ;  MKT  200  or  325  and  permission  of 
instructor. 

360  (formerly  408)  Marketing  Research  (3) 
Systematic  definition  of  marketing  problems,  strate- 
gies for  data  collection,  model  building,  and  interpre- 
tation of  results  to  improve  marketing  decision  mak- 
ing and  control.  PREREQ;  MKT  325. 
404  International  Marketing  (3)  Historical  and 
theoretical  background  of  foreign  trade,  world  mar- 
keting environment  and  world  market  patterns,  mar- 
keting organization  in  its  international  setting,  and 
international  marketing  management.  PREREQ; 
MKT  325. 


406  (formerly  320)  Managing  Sales  (3)  Source, 
technique,  and  theories  applied  to  problems  encoun- 
tered in  managing  a  sales  force  in  the  areas  of  admin- 
istration, policy,  organizational  structure,  personnel 
selection  and  evaluation,  sales  training,  compensa- 
tion, forecasting,  establishing  territories  and  quotas, 
and  sales  analysis.  Emphasis  on  case  studies.  PRE- 
REQ; MKT  340  or  permission  of  insQiictor. 
410  Independent  Studies  in  Marketing  (1-3) 
Special  research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in 
marketing.  Open  to  seniors  only.  PREREQ; 
Permission  of  instructor. 
425  Marketing  Strategy  and  Plaiming  (3) 
Application  of  the  skills  required  for  effective  man- 
agerial decision  making  and  communication  using  a 
team  approach.  Emphasis  on  case  studies,  computer 
simulations,  and  the  development  of  a  marketing 
plan;  oral  and  written  presentation  of  results.  PRE- 
REQ: MKT  325,  360,  and  senior  standing. 
440  (formerly  400)  Senior  Seminar  in  Marketing 
(3)  Team  research  projerts  that  require  an  in-depth 
investigation  of  a  current  topic  in  marketing,  and  the 
preparation  and  presentation  of  an  oral  and  w  ritten 
professional  report.  PREREQ:  Senior  standing  and  12 
credits  in  marketing,  including  MKT  325  and  360, 

♦  460  (formerly  450)  Marketing  Internship  (3) 
The  markcDng  internship  is  designed  to  enhance  the 
student's  educational  experience  by  providing  a  sub- 
stantive work  experience  in  the  business  worid.  PRE- 
REQ: Perrmssion  of  insBiictor  and  department  chair. 

♦  461  (formerly  451)  Marketing  Internship  (6) 
The  marketing  mtemship  is  designed  to  enhance  the 
student's  educational  experience  by  providing  a  sub- 
stantive work  experience  in  the  business  world.  PRE- 
REQ; Permission  of  instructor  and  department  chair 
490  Special  Topics  in  Marketing  (3)  Special  topics 
in  marketing  not  covered  under  existing,  regularly 
offered  courses.  PREREQ:  MKT  325  and  permission 
of  instructor. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Mathematics 

323  C  Anderson  Hall 

610-436-2440 

Sebastian  Koh,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Branton,  Grosshans,  Kerrigan,  Koh,  L'Heureux, 

Mandelbaum,  Montemuro,  Szymanski 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Gallitano,  Gupta,  Horvath, 

Milliman,  Morgan,  Moser,  Schremmer,  Seybold,  Tan,  Wolfson 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Glidden,  Johnston 
The  Department  of  Mathematics  offers  two  programs  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  mathematics  and  a  program  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education. 

\.  The  B.A.  in  MATHEMATICS  enables  each  student  to  receive  the 
basic  preparation  for  the  career  of  his/her  choice,  such  as  college 
teaching,  research,  and  service  in  industry  and  government.  In  all 
cases,  the  student  receives  a  sound  preparation  for  graduate  study  in 
the  field  of  mathematics. 

2.  The  B.A.  in  MATHEMATICS  -  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  offers  the 
student  the  opporuinity  to  do  in-depth  study  in  both  mathematics 
and  computer  science. 

3.  The  B.S.  in  EDUCATION  -  MATHEMATICS  focuses  on  a  heavy 
concentration  in  mathematics  while  the  student  earns  state  certifica- 
tion to  teach  mathematics  on  the  middle,  junior  high,  or  senior  high 
school  levels. 

Majors  in  all  these  areas  should  consult  the  appropriate  department 
handbook  and  review  with  their  advisers  current  requirements  listed  on 
the  guidance  record  sheets. 


REQUIREMENTS  CO^LMON  TO  THE  B.A.  PROGRAMS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Foreign  Language  Requirement  (French, 
German,  or  Russian) 

3.  Related  Requirements 
CSC  141  and  PHY  170 

4.  Major  Requirements 
MAT  no,  161,  162,  211,  261,  262,  343, 
41 1,  and  421 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— MATHEMATICS 

1,  Additional  Major  Requirements 
MAT  232 

2,  Electives  in  Mathematics 
Selected  from  upper-division  mathematics  courses 

3,  PHY  180  4  semester  hours 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— \L\THEMATICS  WTTH 
COMPUTER  SCIENCE  CONCENTRATION 

1.  Additional  Major  Requirements 
CSC  142,  241,  242,  and  490  (CSC  490  must  be 
taken  as  a  three-credit  course);  MAT  425 

2.  Electives  in  Mathematics 

3.  Electives  in  Computer  Science 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  EM  EDUCATION  - 
MATHEMATICS 

1 .  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Mathematics  Requirements 
MAT  110,  161,  162,211,231,261,262,343, 


5 1  semester  hours 
0-12  semester  hours 

7  semester  hours 

29  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 


12  semester  hours 


1 5  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 
6  semester  hours 


5 1  semester  hours 
38  semester  hours 


Mathematics 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


350  (credited  to  professional  education),  354  , 
41  Land  421 

3.  Professional  Education  Requirements  27  semester  hours 
EDF  100;  EDM  300;  EDP  250  and  351; 

EDS  306  and  41 1-412;  PSY  100 

4.  Related  Requirements  1 1  semester  hours 
CSC  141  and  PHY  170-180 

5.  Electives  in  Mathematics  9  semester  hours 
Selected  from  upper-division  mathematics  courses 

Minor  in  Mathematics  18  semester  hours 

Baccalaureate  students  may  receive  transcript  recognition  for  a  minor 
area  of  study  in  mathematics  by  completing  four  required  courses  and 
two  electives  selected  from  the  approved  list. 


12  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 


1 .  Required  Courses 
MAT  105  or  110,  and  161,  162,  and  211 

2.  Approved  Electives;  Select  two 
MAT232,  343,  411,or421 

In  the  above  minor,  a  student  must  earn  a  minimum  grade  of  C-  in 
each  course  and  have  an  average  of  at  least  2.0  over  all  the  courses 
taken  in  the  minor. 

Advanced  Placement  Policy 

A  score  of  three  or  higher  on  the  Mathematics  Advanced  Placement 
Exam  of  the  College  Boards  will  allow  a  mathematics  major  to  begin 
his  or  her  studies  with  MAT  162.  MAT  110  may  or  may  not  be  taken 
at  the  discretion  of  the  student.  Students  who  are  granted  advanced 
placement  of  4-8  semester  hours  take  4-8  additional  semester  hours  of 
electives  in  mathematics. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
MATHEMATICS 

Symbol:  MAT 

MAT  000  FundamenUls  of  Algebra  (3)  A  prepara- 
tory course  to  remediate  basic  algebraic  skills 
Students  scoring  between  440-480  on  the  mathemat- 
ics section  of  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  and 
who  do  not  pass  the  mathematics  test  during  their  on- 
entation  program  are  placed  in  this  course  prior  to  any 
other  mathematics  course  Credits  earned  in  000-level 
courses  do  not  count  towards  the  128  hours  of  credit 
needed  for  graduation.  The  course  must  be  passed 
with  a  grade  of  C-  or  better,  or  be  repeated 
001  Fundamental  Skills  in  Arithmetic  (3)  A 
course  designed  to  remediate  basic  arithmetic  skills 
and  to  introduce  elementary  algebra  In  general,  stu- 
dents placed  in  MAT  001  have  scored  below  440  on 
the  math  SAT  and  have  not  taken  high  school  alge- 
bra. Students  are  being  prepared  to  take  Fundamen- 
tals of  Algebra  (MAT  (XX))  and  must  earn  at  least  a 
C-  to  enroll  in  that  course  A  student  in  MAT  001 
does  not  earn  credit  toward  graduation  for  this  course. 
Elementary  and  special  education  majors  in  need  of 
algebraic  and/or  arithmetic  remediation  must  enroll  in 
MAT  001. 

101  Mathematics  for  Elementary  Teachers  I  (3) 
Sets;  functions;  logic;  development  of  whole  numbers, 
integers,  and  rationals  (including  ratios,  proportions, 
and  percents),  number  theory;  problem  solving.  For 
early  childhood,  elementary  education,  and  special 
education  majors  only. 

102  Mathematics  for  Elementary  Teachers  n  (3) 
Development  of  real  numbers;  geometry;  measure- 
ment; probability  and  statistics;  problem  solving  For 
elementary  education  and  special  education  majors 
only  PREREQ:MAT  101. 

103  Introduction  to  Mathematics  (3)  This  course  is 
a  liberal  ans  introduction  to  the  nature  of  mathemat- 
ics Topics  are  chosen  from  among  logic,  graph  theo- 
ry, number  theory,  symmetry  (group  theory),  proba- 
bility, statistics,  infimte  sets,  geometry,  game  dieory, 
and  linear  programming.  These  topics  are  independent 
of  each  other  and  have  as  prerequisite  the  ability  to 
read,  reason,  and  follow  a  logical  argument. 

105  College  Algebra  and  Trigonometry  (3)  A  uni- 
fied course  in  algebra  and  trigonometry.  PREREQ: 
High  school  algebra. 

107  College  Algebra  (3)  A  thorough  treatment  of 
college  algebra.  Topics  covered  include  the  study  of 
polynomial,  exponential,  and  logarithmic  functions, 
plus  systems  of  linear  equations.  PREREQ:  SAT 
score  of  450  (original  scale),  480  (recentered  scale)  or 
above,  or  passing  a  placement  test,  or  obtaining  at 
least  a  C-  in  MAT  000. 

108  Survey  of  Calculus  for  Business  (3)  An  intu- 
itive approach  to  the  calculus  of  one  and  rwo  variables 


with  emphasis  on  business  applications.  PREREQ; 
MAT  107 

110  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (3)  A  precalculus 
course.  Topics  include  polynomials,  rational  func- 
tions, inverse  functions,  theory  of  equations,  circular 
functions,  arithmetic  and  geometric  series,  mathemati- 
cal induction,  and  complex  numbers 

121  Statistics  I  (3)  Basic  concepts  of  statistics. 
Frequency  distnburions.  measures  of  central  tendency 
and  vanability,  probability  and  theoretical  distribution, 
significance  of  differences,  and  hypothesis  testing  For 
nonmathematics  majors 

MTL  121  Statistics  Lab  I  (1)  Introduces  the  student 
to  using  and  programming  die  computer  to  solve  sta- 
tistical problems  and  to  aid  the  student  in  undeistand- 
ing  statistical  concepts 

122  Statistics  II  (3)  Continuation  of  MAT  1 2 1 
Inference  about  the  means,  standard  deviations  and 
proportions,  goodness  of  fit.  analysis  of  variance, 
regression  analysis,  correlation,  and  nonparametric 
tests  PREREQ;  MAT  121 

161  Calculus  I  (4)  Differential  and  integral  calculus 
of  real-valued  functions  of  a  single  real  variable,  with 
applications  PREREQ;  Good  working  knowledge  of 
high  school  algebra  and  trigonomeUy  demonstrated 
by  a  math  SAT  score  of  650  or  above,  or  a  C-  or 
above  in  MAT  105  or  110 

162  Calculus  II  (4)  Continuation  of  MAT  161 
including  the  study  of  series,  methods  of  integration, 
transcendental  functions,  and  applications  to  the  sci- 
ences PREREQ;  MAT  161 

209  Topics  in  Mathematics  for  the  Elementary 
Teacher  (3)  Introduction  to  programming  in  BASIC; 
computer  uses  for  the  classroom  teacher;  descnptive 
statistics  with  applications  for  teaching;  and  measure- 
ments of  length,  area,  volume,  and  temperature  Uiat 
focus  on  the  SI  metric  system  with  practice  in  the 
classroom.  Additional  topics  in  applied  mathematics 
will  be  considered,  PREREQ;  MAT  102. 

211  Linear  Algebra  (3)  An  introduction  to  linear 
algebra  Topics  covered  include  matrices,  systems  of 
linear  equations,  vector  spaces,  linear  transformation, 
determinants,  eigenvalues,  spectral  theorem,  and  tnan- 
gulauon. 

212  Algebra  for  Elementary  Teachers  (3)  Formal 
structure  of  groups,  rings,  and  fields  with  examples 
from  the  elementary  curriculum.  Topics  from  linear 
algebra  including  matrices,  determinants,  and  linear 
programming  PREREQ;  MAT  102. 

221  Applied  Statistics  (3)  Probabilities,  discrete  and 
continuous  probability  distributions,  methods  of  esti- 
mation, and  hypothesis  testing  PREREQ;  CSC  141 
(or  equivalent)  and  MAT  162  (or  equivalent). 
231  Foundations  of  Geometry'  (3)  Geometric  foun- 
dations from  an  advanced  viewpoint.  Topics  are  cho- 
sen from  euclidean  and  noneuclidean  geometries. 
Offered  in  the  spring  semester. 


232  Differential  Geometry  (3)  Classical  differential 
geometry  from  a  modem  viewpoint.  Curves  and  sur- 
faces and  shape  operators.  Introduction  to  Riemann 
geometry.  PREREQ;  MAT  262. 

233  Geometry  for  Elementary  Teachers  (3) 
Modem  informal  approach  to  rwo-  and  three-dimen- 
sional geometric  figures,  measurement,  similarity, 
congruence,  coordinate  geometry,  and  the  postulation- 
al  method  PREREQ;  MAT  102. 

261  Calculus  III  (3)  The  calculus  of  several  vari- 
ables. Topics  include  polar  coordinates,  vectors  and 
three-dimensional  analytic  geomeuy,  differenuation 
of  functions  of  several  variables,  multiple  integrals, 
and  line  and  surface  integrals  PREREQ:  MAT  161 
and  162 

262  Calculus  FV  (3)  The  calculus  of  vector-valued 
functions  of  a  vector  variable.  Derivatives  and  proper- 
ties of  the  denvative  including  the  chain  rule,  fields 
and  conservative  fields,  integration,  and  Green's, 
Stokes',  and  Gauss'  theorems  PREREQ;  MAT  261. 
281   Discrete  Mathematics  (4)  This  course  is 
designed  to  provide  a  foundation  for  the  mathematics 
used  in  the  theory  and  application  of  computer  sci- 
ence. Topics  include  mathematical  reasoning,  the 
notion  of  proof  logic,  sets,  relations  and  functions, 
counting  techniques,  algonthmic  analysis,  modelling, 
cardinality,  recursions  and  induction,  graphs,  and 
algebra  PREREQ;  MAT  162 

321  Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory  (3) 
Introduction  to  set  theory,  graph  theory,  and  combina- 
tonal  analysis.  Includes  relations,  cardinality,  elemen- 
tary combinatorics,  principles  of  mclusion  and  exclu- 
sion, recurrence  relations,  zero-one  matrices,  parti- 
tions, and  Polya's  Theorem  PREREQ;  CSC  101  or 
141,andMAT262or281. 
343  Differential  Equations  (3)  The  general  theory 
of  nth  order,  and  linear  differential  equations  includ- 
ing existence  and  uniqueness  criteria  and  linearity  of 
the  solution  space.  General  solution  techniques  for 
variable  coefficient  equations,  series  solutions  for 
variable  coefficient  equations,  and  study  of  systems  of 
linear  equations.  PREREQ;  MAT  261.  Offered  in  the 
spring  semester 

349  Teaching  Mathematics  in  E^ly  Childhood  (3) 
Concepts,  learning  aids,  syllabi,  texts,  and  methods  in 
early  childhood  mathematical  teaching.  PREREQ: 
MAT  101. 

350  Foundations  of  Mathematics  Education  (3) 
Historical  overview  of  mathematics  education  with 
emphasis  on  influential  curricular  programs,  implica- 
tions of  learning  theory,  significance  of  research, 
identification  of  current  issues,  organizational  alterna- 
tives for  the  classroom,  and  evaluation  resources. 
PREREQ:  MAT  261 .  Offered  in  the  fall  semester. 

351  Teaching  Mathematics  in  Elementary 
Schools  I  (3)  Concepts,  learning  aids,  syllabi,  texts, 
and  methods  in  elementary  school  matheinatics. 
PREREQ:  MAT  101-102. 


School  of  Music 


Music 


352  Teaching  Mathematics  in  Elementarj'  Schools 
n  (3)  Techniques  for  leaching  children  concepts  such 
as  geometry  in  two  and  three  dimensions,  number 
sentences,  graphing,  ratios  and  percentages,  quanti- 
fiers, etc.  Use  of  laboratory  materials  will  be  empha- 
sized. PREREQ:  MAT  351  Offered  m  the  spnng 
semester. 

354  Techniques  of  Teaching  Secondary  School 
Mathematics  (3)  Techniques  used  in  the  presentation 
of  specific  mathematical  concepts,  associated  materi- 
als, levels  of  questioning,  and  motivational  de\ices 
Scope  and  sequence  of  secondary  mathematics  top- 
ics. Criteria  for  text  evaluation.  Preview  of  student 
teaching.  PREREQ:  MAT  350.  Offered  in  the  spnng 
semester. 

357  Teaching  Mathematics  to  the  Handicapped 

(3)  Methods  and  materials  associated  with  the  presen- 
tation of  mathematics  to  the  handicapped.  Emphasis 
on  individualization  and  involvmg  thinking  skills  at 
the  concrete  level.  Evaluative  and  interpretive  tech- 
niques are  included.  PREREQ:  MAT  101-102. 

^  390  Seminar  in  Mathematics  Education  (3) 

Typical  topics  are  remedial  programs,  low  achiever 
programs,  materials  for  mathematics  education, 
methodology  in  mathematics  education,  mathematics 
and  the  computer,  theones  of  mathematics  education, 
and  analysis  of  research  in  mathematics  education. 
PREREQ;  MAT  351 

400  History  of  Mathematics  for  Elementary 
Teachers  (3)  History  and  development  of  elementary 
mathematics  from  primitive  times  to  the  discovery  of 


calculus.  Problems  of  the  period  are  considered. 
PREREQ:  MAT  212  and  233. 
401  History  of  Mathematics  (3)  Development  of 
mathematics  from  the  Babylonian  era  to  the  18th 
century.  Some  modem  topics  included.  PREREQ: 
MAT  26 1. 

♦  405  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics  (3)  Topics 
announced  at  the  time  of  offering. 
411-412  Algebra  I-II  (3)  (3)  Abstract  algebra. 
Algebraic  systems,  groups,  rings,  integral  domains, 
and  fields.  PREREQ:  MAT  261.  MAT  4]  1  must  pre- 
cede 412. 

414  Theory  of  Niunbers  (3)  Properties  of  integers; 
primes,  factorization,  congruences,  and  quadratic  rec- 
iprocity. PREREQ:  MAT  262 
421-422  Mathematical  Statistics  I-H  (3)  (3) 
Probability  theory,  discrete  and  continuous  random 
variables,  distributions,  and  moment  generating  func- 
tions. Statistical  sampling  theor>',  joint  and  interval 
estimation,  test  of  hypothesis,  Degression,  and  correla- 
tion. PREREQ:  MAT  262.  MAT  421  must  precede 
422. 

425  Numerical  Analysis  (3)  Numerical  methods  for 
the  approximate  solution  of  applied  problems. 
Interpolation  theory,  curve  fitting,  approximate  inte- 
gration, and  numerical  solution  of  differential  equa- 
tions. PREREQ:  CSC  1 15  or  141,  and  MAT  262. 
427  Introduction  to  Optimization  Techniques  (3) 
Nature  of  optimization  problems:  deterministic  and 
stochastic,  and  discrete  and  continuous.  Computer 
methods  of  solution,  systematic  and  random  search. 


linear  quadratic,  dynamic  programming,  and  others. 
PREREQ:  CSC  1 15  or  141.  and  M.^T  262. 
432  Topology  (3)  Elements  of  point  set  topology. 
Separation  axioms.  Connectedness,  compactness,  and 
metrizability.  PREREQ:  MAT  262 
441-442  Advanced  Calculus  I-II  (3)  (3)  A  rigorous 
treatment  of  the  calculus  of  a  single  real  variable. 
Topics  in  several  real  variables  and  an  introduction  to 
Lebesque  integration  PREREQ:  MAT  262.  MAT 
441  must  precede  442. 

443-444  Applied  Analysis  I-O  (3)  (3)  The  tech- 
niques of  analysis  applied  to  problems  in  the  physical 
sciences  Topics  include  partial  differential  equations, 
orthogonal  functions,  complex  integration,  and  con- 
formal  mapping.  PREREQ:  MAT  262.  MAT  443 
must  precede  444 

445  Complex  Variables  (3)  Introduction  to  func- 
tions of  a  complex  vanable  Analytic  fiinctions.  map- 
pings, differentiation  and  integration,  power  series, 
and  conformal  mappings.  PREREQ:  MAT  262. 
♦  490  Seminar  in  Mathematics  (3)  Topics  in 
mathematics  selected  for  theu'  significance  and  stu- 
dent-instructor interest  Independent  study  and  stu- 
dent reports,  oral  and  written.  PREREQ:  Senior 
standing  and  consent  of  department  chairperson. 
493  Mathematical  Modeling  (3)  The  idea  of  a 
mathematical  model  of  a  real  situation  Techniques 
and  rationales  of  model  building.  Examples  from  the 
life,  physical,  and  social  sciences.  PREREQ:  MAT 
262  and  343 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


School  of  Music 

1 1  Swope  Hall  (Office  of  the  Dean) 

610-436-2739 

PROFESSORS:  Bedford,  Belmain,  Burton,  Friday,  Laudermilch, 

McVoy,  Murray,  Nelson,  Pennington,  Schmidt,  Sullivan,  Veleta, 

Voois 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Ahramjian.  Aliferis,  Alt,  Balthazar, 

Blair,  Dorminy,  Guidetti,  Hegvik,  Klein,  Ludeker,  Maggie, 

Newbold.  Pandel,  Price,  Southall,  Sprenkle,  Wagner,  Wyss 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Balthazar.  Briselli,  Chilcote, 

Grabb,  Manning,  Hershey.  Lyons,  Markey,  Metcalf.  Pippart- 

Brown,  Richmond,  Richter,  Winters 
INSTRUCTORS:  Cullen,  Galante,  McKenna.  Paulsen,  Turk,  Villella 

The  mission  of  the  School  of  Music  at  West  Chester  University  is  to  create 
a  learning  environment  that  provides  the  highest  order  of  education  in  all 
major  aspects  of  music,  to  establish  a  foundation  for  life-long  growth  in 
music,  and  to  offer  programs  and  degrees  that  are  tradition  based  but  future 
oriented.  In  pursuing  this  mission,  we  reaffirm  our  commitment  to  diversi- 
ty within  the  School  of  Music.  Our  faculty  members  strive  to  be  inspiring 
teachers  as  well  as  musical  and  intellectual  leaders.  Further,  we  endeavor 
to  expand  the  music  opportunities  available  to  all  University  students  and 
to  enhance  the  quality  of  our  community's  musical  life. 

MUSIC  TESTS  —  BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 
IN  MUSIC  EDUCATION 

1.  Each  candidate  must  demonstrate  skill  in  at  least  one  performance 
medium  in  which  he  or  she  excels:  piano,  organ,  voice,  classical 
guitar,  or  a  band  or  orchestra  instrument.  It  is  preferable,  although 
not  required,  for  pianists  and  vocalists  to  perform  at  least  part  of 
their  audition  from  memory. 

2.  All  candidates  are  tested  in  voice  and  piano. 

3.  Piano,  organ,  or  voice  majors  with  band  or  orchestra  instrument  experi- 
ence are  urged  to  demonstrate  their  ability  on  their  instruments. 

NOTE:  All  candidates  must  bring  music  for  the  vocal,  piano,  and 
instrumental  compositions  they  intend  to  perform,  and  should  come 
prepared  with  a  song  that  will  demonstrate  vocal  range  and  quality. 


MUSIC  TESTS  —  BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC 

Each  candidate  in  performance  must  demonstrate  an  advanced  level  of 
proficiency  in  the  major  area  of  performance  as  evidenced  by  the  abili- 
ty to  perform  compositions  representing  a  variety  of  musical  periods 
and  styles,  and  must  show  potential  as  a  professional  performer. 
Memorization  is  required  for  pianists  and  vocalists.  Each  candidate  in 
theory  and  composition  must  demonstrate  an  acceptable  background  in 
a  major  performing  area;  candidates  in  composition  must  present  scores 
of  completed  compositions. 

NOTE;  Candidates  for  the  B.M.  degree  will  also  take  all  of  the  tests 
required  for  admission  to  the  B.S.  program.  Depending  on  the  outcome 
of  the  aural  perception  tests  (required  of  all  candidates),  students  in  any 
music  degree  program  may  be  required  to  take  a  remedial  course  in  ear 
training  (MTC  014),  which  must  be  passed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 
Refer  to  "Repeat  Policy  on  Remedial  Courses." 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  ALL  MUSIC  PROGRAMS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  38-50  semester  hours 
Basic  Skills  (1 1  semester  hours) 

Science  (6  semester  hours) 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  (6  semester  hours) 

Humanities  (6  semester  hours) 

The  Arts  (3  semester  hours) 

Free  Electives  (6  semester  hours) 

2.  Theory  Requirements  20  semester  hours 
MTC  112,  113,  114,  115,  212.  213,  214,  and  215 

3.  Music  History  Requirements  6  semester  hours 
MHL  221  and  222 

4.  Recital  Attendance 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— MUSIC  EDUCATION 

The  B.S.  in  MUSIC  EDUCATION  is  a  balanced  program  of  general,  spe- 
cialized, and  professional  courses  leading  to  qualification  for  a  Pennsylva- 
nia Instructional  1  Certificate  to  teach  music  in  the  elementary  and  sec- 
ondary schools  of  Pennsylvania.  Three  teaching  concentration  programs — • 
general,  instoimental,  and  vocal-choral — are  provided.  The  "Handbook  for 
Students  in  Music — Undergraduate  Division"  should  be  consulted  for  the 
current  general,  music,  and  concenu^ation  requirements. 


Music 


School  of  Music 


Required  Music  Education  Courses 
Professional  qualifying  test,  MUE  331,  332 
(333,  335,  337  depending  on  area  of 
concentration),  431.  and  432 
Other  Music  Requirements 
Major  performing  instrument,  applied  music 
courses,  conducting,  music  organizations, 
MTC  450,  and  music  electives 
Education  Courses 
EDF  100  and  EDP  250 


20-23  semester  hours 


46-59  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 


BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC 

There  are  four  concentrations  available  in  the  Bachelor  of  Music — compo- 
sition, theory,  music  history,  and  performance  (instrumental,  keyboard,  or 
vocal).  The  requirements  for  each  concentration  are  listed  below. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  B.M.  PROGRAMS 

Foreign  Language  6-12  semester  hours 

The  B.M.  in  COMPOSITION  offers  comprehensive  theory  and  compo- 
sition courses  designed  to  develop  creative  skills  enabling  the  student  to 
write  in  an  acceptable  contemporary  idiom  and  to  develop  an  individual 
style.  The  "Handbook  for  Students  in  Music — Undergraduate  Division" 
should  be  consulted  for  the  current  general  and  music  requirements. 


24  semester  hours 


38  semester  hours 


1.  Required  Composition  Courses 
MTC  312,  313,  341,  344,  412,  413,  417; 
and  342  or  346 

2.  Other  Music  Requirements 
MHL  elective,  conducting,  music  organization, 
music  electives.  performance  area,  and  MTC  450 

The  B.M.  in  THEORY  offers  extensive  training  to  develop  analytical 
skills  leading  to  the  comprehension  of  the  structure  and  form  of  music 
of  all  styles  and  periods,  and  to  develop  acceptable  writing  skills.  The 
"Handbook  for  Students  in  Music — Undergraduate  Division"  should  be 
consulted  for  the  current  general  and  music  requirements. 

1.  Required  Theory  Courses  21  semester  hours 
MTC  312,  341,  342,  344.  346,  417,  and  479 

2.  Other  Music  Requirements  38  semester  hours 
MTC  450.  MHL  elective,  conducting,  performance 

area,  music  organizations,  and  music  electives 

The  B.M.  in  MUSIC  HISTORY  prepares  the  student  for  graduate 
studies  in  music  history  and  literature,  and  musicology.  The  required 
courses  provide  a  broad  foundation  in  the  major  field.  The  wide  choice 
of  music  electives  permits  the  student  to  structure  a  program  compati- 
ble with  his  or  her  particular  career  goals  and  interests.  The  "Handbook 
for  Students  in  Music — Undergraduate  Division"  should  be  consulted 
for  the  current  general  and  music  requirements. 


15  semester  hours 


1 2  semester  hours 

1 2  semester  hours 

1 3  semester  hours 


1.  Required  Music  History  Courses 
MHL  440,  441,  442,  443.  444.  445 
(select  four  of  the  six),  and  MHL  470 

2.  Music  History  Electives 

3.  Music  Electives 

4.  Other  Music  Requirements 
MTC  342,  applied  music,  conducting, 
music  organization 

Until  further  notice,  no  new  students  are  being  admitted  into  the  B.M. 
in  Music  History  program. 

The  B.M.  in  PERFORMANCE  is  for  students  who  demonstrate  a 
high  degree  of  ability  on  their  chosen  instrument  and  who  desire  to 
concentrate  on  developing  that  ability.  Majors  in  the  program  should 
consult  the  "Handbook  for  Students  in  Music — Undergraduate 
Division"  for  the  current  general  and  music  requirements. 
I.  BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC— INSTRUMENTAL  PERFORMANCE 

a.  Required  Instrumental  Courses  38-40  semester  hours 

Major  instrument  141.  142.  241,  242, 
341,  342,  441,  442;  AIC  311,  312;  band/ 
orchestra;  and  master  class/ensemble 

b.  Other  Music  Requirements  29  semester  hours 
MTC  341,  344,  and  450,  secondary  applied 


3. 


music,  major  literature  course,  and  music 

electives 
BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC— KEYBOARD  PERFORMANCE 
Option  I  (Performance) 

a.  Required  Keyboard  Courses  40  semester  hours 
PIA  141,  142,241,242,341,342,405, 

406,  425,  426,  441,  442,  and  450  or  452 

b.  Other  Required  Music  Courses  29  semester  hours 
MTC  344,  MHL  electives,  conducting, 

secondary  performance  area,  music 
organizations,  music  electives,  and  master 
class/ensemble 
Option  2  (Performance  with  Pedagogy  Emphasis) 

a.  Required  Keyboard  Courses  48  semester  hours 
PIA  141,  142,241,242,341,342,405,406, 

425,  426,  441,  442,  450,  452,  and  451  or  453 

b.  Other  Required  Music  Courses  20  semester  hours 
MHL  or  MTC  elective,  supportive  elective, 

conducting,  secondary  performance  area, 
music  organizations,  and  master  class/ensemble 
BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC— VOCAL  PERFORMANCE 


a.  Required  Vocal  Courses  44  semester  hours 
vol  141,  142,  241,  242,  329,  341.  342,  413, 

414,  424,  441,  and  442;  vocal  literature 
course;  VOC  311  and  312 

b.  Other  Music  Requirements  24  semester  hours 
MTC  344  and  450;  keyboard  courses;  music 

electives;  chorus 

Minor  in  Music  18-21  semester  hours 

This  program  is  geared  toward  liberal  arts  students  with  an  interest  in 
music.  The  "Handbook  for  Students  in  Music — Undergraduate 
Division"  should  be  consulted  for  current  requirements. 

1.  Required  Courses  1 2  semester  hours 
MTC  1 12  and  1 14,  MHL  course,  music 

organization,  and  PIA  191  and  192 

2.  Music  Electives  6-9  semester  hours 


Minor  in  Jazz  Studies 


18-21  semester  hours 


This  program  is  designed  primarily  for  students  currently  enrolled  in  a 
music  degree  program.  Students  in  other  degree  programs  will  be 
admitted  if  qualified.  Students  must  have  the  permission  of  both  their 
major  adviser  and  the  chairperson  of  the  Instrumental  Department.  The 
"Handbook  for  Students  in  Music — Undergraduate  Division"  should  be 
consulted  for  current  requirements. 

1.  Required  Courses  1 8  semester  hours 
AES  151,  152;  AJZ  361,  362,  365;  MHL  322; 

MTC  361,  362 

2.  Music  Electives  0-3  semester  hours 
ACP  193;  AEO  121;  AES  151,  152 

Minor  in  Music  History  18  semester  hours 

This  program  is  designed  primarily  for  students  currently  enrolled  in  a 
music  degree  program.  Students  in  other  degree  programs  will  be 
admitted  if  they  qualify.  Students  must  have  the  permission  of  both 
their  major  adviser  and  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Music 
History.  The  "Handbook  for  Students  in  Music — Undergraduate 
Division"  should  be  consulted  for  current  requirements. 
Required  Courses 

Any  three  of  the  following  six  courses — MHL  440,  441, 442, 443, 

444,  and  445 

Any  two  of  the  following  genre  or  composer  courses — 

MHL  320,  322,  451,  454,  455,  456,  457,  458,  460,  461,  462;  and 

MTC  342 

Certification  in  Music  Therapy 

Music  majors  may  pursue  a  certification  in  music  therapy  through  a 
cooperative  program  with  Immaculata  College,  located  ten  miles  from 
West  Chester.  The  "Handbook  for  Students  in  Music — Undergraduate 
Division"  should  be  consulted  for  current  requirements. 


School  of  Music 


Music  History  and  Literature 


Department  of  Music  Education 

Carol  A.  Belmain,  Chairperson 

FACULTY:  Burton,  Ludeker,  Markey,  Pippart-Brown,  Richmond, 
Villella 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  MUE 

231  Music  for  the  Classroom  Teacher  (3)  Designed 

to  equip  the  elementary  classroom  teacher  to  partic- 
ipate in  a  music  program.  Emphasis  on  teaching 
procedures  and  materials 

232  Music  in  Early  Childhood  (3)  Designed  to 
equip  the  teacher  of  early  childhood  to  develop 
specific  concepts  utilizing  singing,  rhythmic,  and 
melodic  activities.  Emphasis  on  listening  and 
movement  to  music. 

331  The  Music  Curriculum,  K-6:  Methods  and 
Materials  (3)  The  study  of  music  and  the  learning 
process  at  the  elementary  level  The  listening  pro- 
gram, pedagogy  for  the  elementary  music  program, 
and  materials.  See  note  below. 

332  The  Music  Curriculum,  7-12:  Methods  and 
Materials  (3)  The  study  of  music  and  the  learning 
process  at  the  secondary  level.  The  listening  pro- 
gram, the  middle  and  junior  high  school  general 
music  programs,  ethnomusic.  programs  and  perfor- 
mances, basics  of  administration,  related  arts,  the 
music  major  program,  and  evaluative  techniques. 
See  note  below. 

333  Instrumental  Methods  (3)  Fundamentals 
underlying  the  development  of  instrumental  pro- 
grams in  the  public  schools.  Emphasis  on  program 
organization  and  administration,  teaching  proce- 
dures, and  materials. 

NOTE:  MUE  331  must  be  completed  successfully 
before  MUE  332.  The  sequence  for  these  REQUIRED 
music  education  courses  is  consecutive  semesters: 
MUE  33  J  followed  by  MUE  332  and  then  MUE 


431/432  the  following  semester.  Enrollment  for  these 
courses  is  limited  on  a  yearly  basis  and  is  planned 
at  a  meeting  for  sophomores  in  the  spring  semester. 
SEE  DEPARTMENT  CHAIRPERSON  MUE  333  is 
scheduled  during  the  semester  with  MUE  332. 

335  Choral  Materials  and  Practices  (2) 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  a  variety  of 
choral  music  suitable  for  school  use.  Program 
building  and  rehearsal  techniques  are  demonstrated. 
Offered  in  fall  semester  only. 

337  Instrumental  Techniques  and  Materials  (2) 

For  juniors  and  seniors  who  desire  to  specialize  in 
instrumental  music  Considers  rehearsal  proce- 
dures, effective  materials,  minor  repairs  of  instru- 
ments, competitions  and  festivals,  and  marching 
band  procedures.  Offered  in  spring  semester  only. 
PREREQ:  MUE  333 

338  Comprehensive  Musicianship/Leadership 
Training  in  Music  Education  (2)  A  course 
designed  to  help  future  professionals  develop  lead- 
ership qualities  and  pragmatic  instructional  skills. 
Motivational  strategies  as  advocated  by  leading 
authorities  will  be  emphasized  Content  includes 
visionary  leadership,  time  management,  and  princi- 
ples in  self-discipline,  self-confidence,  and  problem 
solving.  Teaching  assignments  will  include  metho- 
dologies in  comprehensive  musicianship  and  a  vari- 
ety of  teacher/leader  concepts. 

412  Teaching  Music  Listening  at  the  Elemen- 
tary Level  (3)  The  teaching  of  the  elements  of 
music,  musical  concepts,  and  the  development  of 
aesthetic  sensitivity  through  listening. 

422  Music  in  the  Middle  School  (3)  Review  and 
critical  analysis  of  music  education  in  the  middle 


school:  philosophies,  curriculum,  practices,  and 
personnel. 

428  Music  in  Special  Education  (3)  Characteristics 
of  special  pupils;  adaptation  of  teaching  techniques, 
materials,  and  curriculum  PREREQ;  MUE  231,  232, 
or  331. 

430  Related  Arts  Pedagogy  in  Music  Education 

(3)  Principles  of  related-arts  teaching  applicable  to 
musical  elements,  art,  and  creative  movement,  with 
appropriate  teaching  techniques  at  specified  grade 
levels.  Materials  for  school  music  programs;  basal 
music  series,  other  texts  and  literature,  and  resources 
in  related  arts.  Demonstration  lessons  and  unit  plan- 
ning 

431  Student  Teaching  (Elementary)  (6) 

Observation  and  participation  in  teaching  vocal  and 
insUTimental  music  at  the  elementary  level.  Under- 
taken in  conjunction  with  qualified  cooperative  teach- 
ers. Professional  conferences  and  visits  are  an  integral 
part  of  the  experience.  PREREQ:  See  MUE  432. 

432  Student  Teaching  (Secondary)  (6) 

Observation  and  teaching  general,  vocal,  and/or 
instrumental  music  at  the  secondary  level. 
Professional  conferences  and  visitations  are  an  inte- 
gral part  of  the  experience.  PREREQ  for  MUE 
431/432:  Satisfy  requirements  under  "Admission  to 
Teacher  Education."  GPA  2.5  Grades  of  C  or  bet- 
ter in  required  methods  classes  and  final  required 
keyboard  minor  and  voice  minor.  Complete  music 
theory  and  aurals.  music  history,  conducting,  and 
all  instrument  classes.  Completion  of  96  semester 
hours  including  the  required  music  theory,  aural 
activities,  music  history,  conducting,  and  all  profes- 
sional education  courses. 


Department  of  Music  History  and  Literature 

Sterling  E.  Murray,  Chairperson 

FACULTY:  Balthazar,  Price,  Schmidt,  Winters 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
MUSIC  HISTORY 

Symbol:  MHL 

121  Fine  Arts  (Music)  (3)  Designed  for  the  gener- 
al requirements.  An  introductory  course  in  the  his- 
tory and  appreciation  of  music  from  the  Middle 
Ages  through  the  contemporary  period.  Not  open  to 
music  majors. 

NOTE:  Other  courses  are  available  to  the  nonmu- 
sic  major  for  general  requirements.  Particularly 
suitable  is  MHL  125. 

125  Perspectives  in  Jazz  (3)  For  nonmusic 
majors.  Guided  listening  to  improve  understanding 
and  enjoyment  of  jazz  with  emphasis  on  jazz  her- 
itages, chronological  development,  and  sociological 
considerations,  culminating  in  an  analysis  of  the 
eclectic  styles  of  the  I960's  and  1970's.  Not  open 
to  music  majors. 

♦  179  Special  Subjects  Seminar  (3)  Significant 
topics  in  music  history  and  literature  presented  by 


faculty  members  and/or  visiting  lecturers.  Designed 
for  the  nonmusic  major  who  has  had  little  or  no 
previous  musical  experience.  Fulfills  the  general 
requirements.  Not  open  to  music  majors. 
#201   Form  and  Style  in  the  Arts  (3)  Relation- 
ships between  the  arts  (music,  literature,  fine  arts, 
and  dance)  stressed  through  common  principles  of 
form  and  style.  Concentration  on  the  development 
of  skills  of  critical  perception  through  practical 
application  with  reference  to  various  arts.  Fulfills 
the  interdisciplinary  requirement. 

221  Music  History  I  (3)  A  history  of  music  from 
earliest  known  times  through  the  Baroque  Penod. 
Analysis  of  styles,  forms,  aesthetic  concepts,  and 
practices.  PREREQ  for  music  majors:  MTC  1 13. 
For  nonmusic  majors:  permission  of  instructor. 

222  Music  History  II  (3)  A  history  of  music  from 
Classical  through  Contemporary  Penods.  Analysis 
of  styles,  forms,  aesthetic  concepts,  and  practices, 
PREREQ  for  music  majors:  MHL  221.  For  nonmu- 
sic majors:  permission  of  instructor. 


♦  310  Collegium  Musicum  (1)  A  chamber 
ensemble  specializing  in  the  use  of  authentic  instru- 
ments and  performance  techniques  in  the  music  of 
the  Medieval.  Renaissance,  and  Baroque  eras. 
Membership  by  audition. 

320  World  Music  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  study 
of  tribal,  folk,  popular,  and  oriental  music  and  eth- 
nomusicology  methodology.  Open  to  music  majors 
and  nonmusic  majors  without  prerequisites. 

322  History  of  Jazz  (3)  A  survey  of  the  history  of 
jazz,  including  representative  performers  and  their 
music  PREREQ:  MHL  222,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

323  Women  in  Music  (3)  A  survey  of  the  role  that 
women  played  in  the  history  of  music  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  the  present.  Open  to  nonmusic 
majors  with  permission  of  instructor. 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 

♦  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Instrumental  Music 


School  of  Music 


451  Music  in  the  United  States  (3)  Survey  of  the 
development  of  music  and  musical  styles  from 
1620  to  the  present.  Analysis  of  styles,  forms,  aes- 
thetic concepts,  and  practices  PREREQ;  MHL  222. 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

454  History  of  Opera  (3)  A  basic  course  in  the 
origin  and  development  of  opera  and  its  dissemina- 
tion throughout  the  Western  world  PREREQ: 
MHL  222.  or  permission  of  instructor 

455  History  of  Orchestral  Music  (3)  A  study  of 
representative  orchestral  works:  symphonies,  con- 
certi,  suites,  overtures,  and  others,  from  the 
Baroque  Period  to  the  present.  PREREQ  MHL 
222.  or  permission  of  instructor. 


458  Performance  Practices  (3)  A  consideration  of 
the  special  problems  encountered  in  the  stylistic 
realization  and  performance  of  music  from  the 
Medieval  through  the  Romantic  eras.  Particular 
attention  will  be  focused  on  onginal  sources,  period 
instruments,  and  performance  practices  PREREQ: 
MHL  222,  or  permission  of  instructor 
462  Mozart  and  His  Works  (3)  A  study  of  the 
life  and  music  of  Wolfgang  A  Mozart  with  special 
reference  to  the  period  in  which  he  lived  PREREQ 
MHL  222.  or  permission  of  instructor  This  course 
is  offered  in  Salzburg,  Austria. 
♦  479  Topics  in  Music  History  I  (1-3)  Signifi- 
cant topics  presented  by  faculty  members  and/or 


visiting  lecturers  Designed  to  meet  specific  needs 
of  undergraduate  music  majors. 

♦  480  Topics  in  Music  History  II  (1-3) 
Significant  topics  presented  by  faculty  members 
and/or  visiting  lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  specific 
needs  of  undergraduate  music  majors. 

♦  481  Independent  Study  (1) 

♦  482  Independent  Study  (2) 

♦  483  Independent  Study  (3) 

♦  MHW  401-410  Workshops  in  Music  History 
(1-3)  Participation-oriented  workshops  designed  to 
meet  specific  needs  in  music  history  and  to  develop 
skills  for  practical  application  in  teaching  and  pro- 
fessional settings. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Instrumental  Music 

Henry  Grabb,  Chairperson 

FACULTY:  Ahramjian,  Briselli,  Cullen,  DiSanto,  Galante, 
Guidetti,  Hanning,  Hegvik,  Kaderabek.  Klein,  Laudermilch, 
Lyons,  McKenna,  Metcalf,  Meyer,  Newbold,  Paulsen,  Richter, 
Solick,  Southall,  Villella 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
INSTRUMENTAL  MUSIC 

NUMBERING  SYSTEM 

Piivate  and  class  lessons  given  by  the 
Department  of  Instrumental  Music  are 
shown  by  the  following  numbers,  together 
with  the  appropriate  prefix: 
BAR  Baritone 

BAS  Bass 

BSN  Bassoon 

CLT  Clarinet 

FLU  Flute 

FRH  French  Horn 

GTR  Guitar 

HRP  Harp 

JBR  Jazz  Brass 

JPR  Jazz  Percussion 

JST  Jazz  Strings 

JWW  Jazz  Woodwinds 

OBO  Oboe 

PER  Percussion 

SAX  Saxophone 

TBA  Tuba 

TPT  Trumpet 

TRB  Trombone 

VCL  Cello 

VLA  Viola 

VLN  Violin 

101-402  Private  instruction  in  minor  perfor- 
mance area  (1) 

111-412  Private  instruction  in  major  perfor- 
mance area,  music  education  program  (2) 
141-442  Private  instruction  in  advanced  perfor- 
mance area,  B.M.  program  (3) 
INS  471-474  Advanced  Instrumental  Lesson  (2) 
(Elective) 

AIM  311  Marching  Band  Techniques  (1)  A  sur- 
vey of  the  function  of  the  total  marching  band  and 
of  each  component  within  it 
AIM  429  Special  Subject  Seminar  (3) 
AJZ  331  Electronic  Instruments  (2)  A  study  of 
the  MIDI  implementation  of  synthesizers,  sam- 
plers, sequencers,  signal  processors,  and  rhythm 
processors  as  related  to  real-time  performance. 


AJZ  361  Jazz  Musicianship  and  Improvisation 

I  (3)  A  basic  course  in  jazz  improvisation  that 
emphasizes  the  learning  and  discovery  of  improvi- 
salional  techniques  through  playing  and  listening 
AJZ  362  Jazz  Musicianship  and  Improvisation 
H  (3(  A  continuation  of  AJZ  36 1 
AJZ  365  Jazz  Ensemble  Techniques  (1)  Tech- 
niques and  methods  for  organizing,  rehearsing,  pro- 
gramming, and  operating  jazz  ensembles 

♦  AWM  429  Special  Subjects  Seminar-Work- 
shop (1-2-3)  Topics  in  the  area  of  instrumental 
music  presented  by  faculty  members  and/or  visiting 
specialists. 

ALC  A  Literature  Class  A  histoncal  survey  of 
the  music  written  for  instrumental  solo  and  ensem- 
ble, including  current  teaching  materials. 
ALC  311  Brass  Literature  (3) 
ALC  331  String  Literature  (3) 
ALC  336  Guitar  Literature  (1) 
ALC  337  Guitar  Literature  II  (1) 
ALC  341  Woodwind  Literature  (3) 
AMC  A  Master  Class  Solo  and  ensemble  instru- 
mental repertoire  is  performed  and  critiqued  by  the 
teacher  and  students. 

♦  AMC  311-314  Master  Class  Brass  (1) 

♦  AMC  321-324    Master  Class  Percussion  (1) 

♦  AMC  331-334    Master  Class  Strings  (1) 

♦  AMC  341-344    Master  Class  Woodwinds  (1) 
ACB  A  Class  in  Brass  (at  the  beginning  level)  for 
music  education  majors 

ACB  191  Trumpet  Class  (1/2) 

ACB  192  French  Horn  Class  (1/2) 

ACB  193  Trombone  Class  (1/2) 

ACB  194  Brass  Class  (1/2) 

ACP  A  Class  in  Percussion  (at  the  beginning 

level)  for  m.usic  education  majors 

ACP  191  Percussion  Class  (Drums)  (1/2) 

ACP  192  Percussion  Class  (MaUets)  (1/2) 

ACP  193  Drum  Set  Class  (1/2) 

ACS  A  Class  in  Strings  (at  the  beginning  level) 

for  music  education  majors 

ACS  191  Violin  Class  I  (1) 

ACS  192  Violin  Class  U  (1) 

ACS  193  Viola  Class  (1/2) 


ACS  194  Cello  Class  (1/2) 

ACS  195  Bass  Class  (1/2) 

ACS  196  Guitar  Class  (1/2) 

ACW  A  Class  in  Woodwinds  (at  the  beginning 
level)  for  music  education  majors 

ACW  191  Clarinet  Class  (1/2) 

ACW  192  Flute  Class  (1/2) 

ACW  193  Double  Reed  Class  (1/2) 

ACW  194  Woodwind  Class  (1/2) 

AEB  An  Ensemble:  Band 

♦  AEB  101   Elementary  Band  (1/2) 

♦  AEB  112  Marching  Band  Front  (1) 

♦  AEB  311   Marching  Band  (1) 

♦  AEB  321  Concert  Band  (1) 

♦  AEB  331  Symphonic  Band  (1) 

♦  AEB  341  Wind  Ensemble  (1) 
AEO  An  Ensemble:  Orchestra 

♦  AEO  101  Elementary  Orchestra  (1/2) 

♦  AEO  111  Chamber  Orchestra  (1/2) 

♦  AEO  121  Studio/Pit  Orchestra  (1/2) 

♦  AEO  331  Chamber  Orchestra  (1) 

♦  AEO  341  Symphony  Orchestra  (1) 
AES  An  Ensemble:  Small 

♦  AESlll  Brass  Ensemble  (1/2) 

♦  AES  121  Percussion  Ensemble  (1/2) 

♦  AES  131  String  Ensemble 

♦  AES  141  Woodwind  Ensemble  (1/2) 

♦  AES  151  Jazz  Ensemble  (Criterions)  (1/2) 

♦  AES  152  Jazz  Ensemble  (Combo)  (1/2) 

AlC  A  Class  in  Instrumental  Conducting 

AIC311  Instrumental  Conducting  I  (2) 

AIC  312  Instrumental  Conducting  II  (2)  PRE- 
REQ; AlC  311  orVOC31l 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


School  of  Music 


Music  Theory  and  Composition 


Department  of  Keyboard  Music 

Shirley  Pethes  Aliferis,  Chairperson 

FACULTY:  Bedford,  Blair,  Pandel,  Pennington,  Turic,  Veleta,  Voois 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
KEYBOARD  MUSIC 
NUMBERING  SYSTEM 

Private  and  class  lessons  given  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Keyboard  Music  are  shown  by  the  fol- 
lowing numbers,  together  with  the  appropriate 
prefix:  HAR-Harpsichord,  PIA-Piano, 
ORG-Organ 

PIA  181  Class  instruction  in  keyboard  skills  for 
nonmusic  majors.(l)  Prior  score  reading  ability  is 
not  required 

PIA  182  Class  instruction  in  keyboard  skills  for 
nonmusic  majors.  (1)  PREREQ:  PIA  181  or  previ- 
ously acquired  score  reading  ability. 

191-192  Class  instruction  in  minor  performance 

area  (1) 

^  100  Private  elective  instruction  (1) 

101-402  Private  instruction  in  minor  performance 

area  (1) 

103-104  Private  instruction  in  minor  performance 

area,  B.M.  in  history  program  (1) 

105-106  Private  instruction  in  minor  performance 
area,  elementary  education  students  with  a  concen- 
tration in  music  (1) 

107-109  Private  instruction  in  a  major  perfor- 
mance area,  elementary  education  students  with  a 
concentration  in  music  (1) 

111-412  Private  instruction  in  major  performance 
area,  music  education  program  (2) 

141-442  Private  instruction  in  advanced  perfor- 
mance area,  B.M.  program  (3) 

413  Elective  credit  for  senior  recital,  accompany- 
ing, or  other  participation  in  concerts  or  recitals, 
or  extra  study  of  Uterature.  Available  to  music 
education  seniors  only  during  the  nonstudent- 
teaching  semester  by  permission  of  the  department 
(1) 
471-474  Advanced  Keyboard  Lesson  (2)  (Elective) 

PIA  403  Harpsichord  and  Continuo  Realization 

(1)  An  introduction  to  harpsichord  playing  and  the 
principles  of  continuo  accompaniment  as  a  Baroque 
style. 

♦  MAK  311-314  Master  Class  (Keyboard)  (1)  For 

keyboard  majors.  Experience  in  performing  memo- 
rized literature.  Class  members  also  play  two  piano 
compositions  and  ensemble  music  for  piano  and  other 
instruments. 

ORG  351  Organ  Literatiu-e  I  (3)  A  survey  of  litera- 
ture for  the  organ  from  the  13th  century  to  the 


Baroque  period:  influence  of  the  organ  on  the  litera- 
ture. 

ORG  352  Organ  Literature  n  (3)  A  survey  of  liter- 
ature for  the  organ  from  J.  S.  Bach  to  the  present; 
influence  of  the  organ  on  the  literature.  Recordings 
and  performances  by  organ  majors  will  be  evaluated. 

ORG  451  Accompanying  (3)  Performance  of  the 
vocal  and  instrumental  accompanying  literature  for 
organ  from  all  periods;  performance  and  reading  ses- 
sions. 

ORG  452  Service  Playing  (3)  A  study  of  problems 
in  service  playing  for  the  organist.  Included  will  be 
hymn  accompaniment,  improvisation,  conducting 
from  the  organ,  and  literature  for  the  service. 

PIA  130  Music  for  Piano  (3)  An  introductory  course 
in  the  history  and  appreciation  of  keyboard  literature 
from  the  16th  to  the  20th  century.  This  is  a  basic 
course  for  nonmusic  majors  designed  for  the  general 
requirements  Not  open  to  music  majors. 

4  PL\  213  Studio  Lessons  in  Accompanying  (1) 

Smdio  instruction  in  accompanying  for  pianists  in  any 

music  program. 

^  PIA  250  Accompanying,  Ensemble,  and  Sight 

Reading  (1)  Class  instruction  in  accompanying, 

ensembles,  and  sight  reading. 

PIA  404  Transposition  and  Score  Reading  (2) 

Emphasizing  the  needs  of  the  keyboard  accompanist, 

techniques  include  clef  reading,  harmonic  analysis, 

interval  transposition,  solfege  steps,  and  enharmonic 

changes. 

PIA  405  Accompanying — Vocal  (3)  Performance  of 
the  vocal  accompanying  literature  from  all  periods; 
performance  and  reading  sessions  in  class. 

PIA  406  Accompanying — Instrumental  (3) 

Performance  of  the  instrumental  accompanying  litera- 
ture from  all  periods;  emphasis  on  the  sonata  litera- 
ture; performance  and  reading  sessions  in  class. 

PIA  410  Independent  Studies  in  Keyboard  Music 

(1-3)  Special  research  projects,  reports,  or  readings  in 
keyboard  music.  Permission  of  department  chairper- 
son required. 

PIA  423  Baroque  Keyboard  Literature  (3)  The 

Renaissance  through  development  of  variation  form 
and  dance  suite.  Performance  practices,  ornamenta- 
tion, and  figured  bass.  In-depth  study  of  works  of 
Handel,  Bach,  and  Scarlatti,  Some  student  perfor- 
mance required. 

PIA  424  Classical  Piano  Literature  (3)  Origin  and 
development  of  the  sonata  and  performance  practices 
of  homophonic  style.  Music  of  Bach's  sons.  Haydn, 


Mozart,  and  Beethoven.  Some  student  performance 
required. 

PIA  425  Romantic  Piano  Literature  (3)  Analysis  of 
piano  styles  of  Schubert,  Chopin,  Mendelssohn, 
Schumann,  Liszt,  Brahms,  Faure,  and  Tchaikovsky. 
Performance  practices.  The  virtuoso  etude  and  prob- 
lems of  technical  execution.  Some  student  perfor- 
mance required. 

PIA  426  20th-century  Piano  Literature  (3) 

Seminal  works  and  styles  of  this  century.  Albeniz, 
Rachmaninoff  Debussy,  Ravel,  Prokofiev, 
Hindemith,  Schoenberg,  Bartok,  and  American  com- 
posers. Some  student  performance  requued.  PRE- 
REQ: MTC  213. 

PIA  427  The  Concerto  (3)  A  chronological  presen- 
tation of  the  development  of  the  piano  concerto 
emphasizing  performance  practices  and  problems. 
PREREQ;  MTC  213. 

PIA  429  Special  Subjects  Seminar  (1-3)  Significant 
topics  presented  by  faculty  members  and/or  visiting 
lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  the  specific  needs  of 
undergraduate  keyboard  majors. 

PIA  450  Group  Piano  Pedagogy  I  (4)  Procedures 
and  materials  for  group  piano  instruction.  Emphasis 
on  developing  comprehensive  musicianship  through 
an  interwoven  study  of  literature,  musical  analysis, 
technique,  improvisation,  ear  training,  harmony,  trans- 
position, and  sight  reading.  Includes  practicum  in 
group  piano  instruction. 

PIA  451  Piano  Pedagogy  I  (4)  An  in-depth  study  of 
materials  available  to  the  studio  piano  teacher  for  the 
elementary  levels.  Discussions  include  different  meth- 
ods, technique,  harmony,  ear  training,  and  sight  read- 
ing. Includes  practicum  in  individual  instruction. 

PIA  452  Piano  Pedagogy  II  (4)  An  in-depth  study 
of  repertoire  and  materials  available  to  the  studio 
piano  teacher  for  the  intermediate  levels  Discussion 
of  related  concerns  such  as  memorization,  practice 
techniques,  developing  technique  through  literature, 
principles  of  fingering,  and  sight  reading.  Includes 
practicum  in  individual  instruction. 

PIA  453  Selected  Topics  in  Piano  Pedagogy  (4) 

Further  exploration  of  the  goals  and  objectives  of 
piano  study  through  presentation  of  selected  topics 
and  continued  practicum  in  individual  instruction. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Music  Theory  and  Composition 

James  McVoy,  Chairperson 

FACULTY:  Hershey,  Maggio,  Nelson,  Sullivan 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

MUSIC  THEORY  AND  COMPOSITION 

Symbol:  MTC 

014  Basic  Dictation  and  Sight  Singing  (2)  A 

preparatory  course  for  music  majors  emphasizing 


basic  aural  perception  and  sight-singing  skills  need- 
ed for  effecfive  music  study.  A  final  grade  of  C  or 
better  is  a  prerequisite  for  taking  MTC  1 14. 

110  Fundamentals  of  Music  (3)  A  study  of  basic 
elements  of  music  for  those  without  previous  musi- 
cal experience.  For  nonmusic  majors  only. 


112  Theory  of  Music  I  (3)  Introduction  to  music  the- 
ory, music  writing,  and  keyboard  harmony.  Elements 
of  musical  form;  binary  and  ternary  forms.  Primary  tri- 
ads and  their  inversions.  Analysis  and  creative  activity. 

113  Theory  of  Music  II  (3)  Supertonic  and  other 
secondary  triads  and  their  inversions:  diatonic  sev- 


Vocal  and  Choral  Music 


School  of  Music 


enth  chords;  modulation;  compound  ternary,  rondo, 
and  variation  forms  Analysis  and  creative  activity. 
PREREQ:  MTC  1 12,  with  a  grade  of  C-  or  better. 

114  Aural  Activities  I  (2)  Development  of  basic 
hearing  skills,  chiefly  through  sight  singing  and 
dictation  activities  based  on  the  subject  matter  of 
MTC  112. 

115  Aural  Activities  II  (2)  Continued  develop- 
ment of  basic  heanng  skills.  PREREQ:  MTC  1 14, 
with  a  grade  of  C-  or  better. 

212  Theory  of  Music  III  (3)  Diatonic  and  chro- 
matic seventh  chords  and  their  inversions. 
Modulation.  Invention  and  fugue,  sonata-allegro 
forms.  Analysis  and  creative  activity.  PREREQ: 
MTC  1 13.  with  a  grade  of  C-  or  bener 

213  Theory  of  Music  IV  (3)  Harmonic  and  con- 
trapuntal techniques  of  the  20th  century  Form  in 
contemporary  music.  Analysis  and  creative  activity. 
PREREQ:  MTC  212. 

214  Aural  Activities  III  (2)  Material  of  advanced 
difficulty  involving  chromatic  alteration,  foreign 
modulation,  and  intncate  rhythms.  PREREQ:  MTC 
115,  with  a  grade  of  C-  or  better. 

215  Aural  Activities  IV  (2)  Continuation  of  MTC 
214  and  activities  involving  nontonal  music  PRE- 
REQ: MTC  214 

261   Fundamentals  of  Jazz  (2)  A  basic  course  in 
jazz  theory. 

271  Radio  and  Television  Music  (2)  Techniques 
used  in  composing  and  arranging  music  for  radio 
and  television;  practical  writing  experience. 

312  Composition  I  (3)  Creative  writing  in  the 
forms,  styles,  and  media  best  suited  to  the  capabili- 
ties and  needs  of  the  student   PREREQ:  MTC  212 


313  Composition  II  (3)  Further  application  of 
MTC  312,  stressing  contemporary  techniques. 
PREREQ:  MTC  3 12 

341  Orchestration  (3)  The  orchestra;  use  of 
instruments  individually  and  in  combination  PRE- 
REQ: MTC  212 

342  Musical  Form  (3)  The  standard  forms  of 
tonal  and  contemporary  music.  PREREQ:  MTC 
212. 

344  Counterpoint  I  (3)  The  contrapuntal  tech- 
niques of  tonal  music.  Chorale  prelude  and  inven- 
tion. PREREQ:  MTC  212. 

345  Counterpoint  11  (3)  Advanced  contrapuntal 
forms  including  canon  and  fugue  PREREQ:  MTC 

344. 

346  Techniques  of  Early  20th-century  Music 

(3)  A  study  of  compositional  techniques  in  repre- 
sentative vocal  and  instrumental  works  of  the  first 
two  decades  of  the  century. 

361  Jazz  Harmony  and  Arranging  I  (3)  A  basic 
course  in  jazz/popular  harmony  and  arranging  tech- 
niques, including  contemporary  chord  symbols  and 
terminology,  and  basic  voicing  for  brass,  reed,  and 
rhythm  sections 

362  Jazz  Harmony  and  Arranging  II  (3)  An 

intermediate  course  in  jazz/popular  harmony  and 
arranging  techniques,  including  more  advanced 
harmonic  techniques  Writing  for  strings,  wood- 
winds, and  electronic  instruments  is  introduced. 

364  Performance  Practices  in  Contemporary 
Music  (3)  Technical  problems  of  understanding 
new  notation  (eg  .  graphic,  proportional,  multi- 
phonics,  microtones.  metric  modulauon.  asymmet- 
ncal  rhythm  groupings,  prose  scores,  etc  )  and 


facility  in  performing  scores  that  include  these 
techniques  PREREQ:  MTC  213  or  permission  of 
instructor 

412  Composition  III  (3)  Composition  in  larger 
forms.  Open  to  composition  majors  only.  PRE- 
REQ: MTC  313 

413  Composition  IV  (3)  Advanced  composition 
involving  major  projects  in  a  contemporary  idiom. 
PREREQ:  MTC  412. 

415  Serialism  and  Atonality  (3)  Compositional 
procedures  and  theoretical  concepts  in  atonal  and 
serial  works  of  Schoenberg.  Berg.  Webem,  Bartok, 
Stravinsky,  and  more  recent  composers  PREREQ: 
MTC  213 

416  Jazz  Practices  (2-3)  Jazz  history,  writing,  and 
performance.  Survey  of  basic  jazz  literature;  funda- 
mental techniques  in  arranging  and  improvising. 
PREREQ:  MTC  213  or  equivalent. 

417  Electronic  Music  (3)  Materials  and  tech- 
niques of  electronic  music  and  their  use  in  compo- 
sition. Laboratory  experience  in  the  composition  of 
electronic  music.  PREREQ:  MTC  312  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

450  Acoustics  of  Music  (3)  The  study  of  sound: 
its  production,  transmission,  and  reception.  Musical 
instruments,  the  acoustics  of  rooms,  and  the  physi- 
cal basis  of  scales 

♦  MTC  479  Seminar  in  Music  Theory  (3) 

Special  topics  seminar  designed  to  meet  specific 
needs  of  undergraduate  music  majors. 

♦  MTC  481  Independent  Study  (1) 

♦  MTC  482  Independent  Study  (2) 

♦  MTC  483  Independent  Study  (3) 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit 


Department  of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

Jane  Wyss,  Chairperson 

FACULTY:  Alt,  Chilcote,  DeVenney,  Domiiny,  Dowdell,  Friday, 
Sprenkle,  Wagner,  Wyss 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
VOCAL  AND  CHORAL  MUSIC 

NUMBERING  SYSTEM 

Private  lessons  given  by  the  Department  of 

Vocal  and  Choral  Music  are  shown  by  the 

following  numbers,  together  with  this  prefix: 

VOI-Voice 

♦  100  Private  instruction  for  nonmusic  majors. 
Permission  of  the  chairperson  required  (1) 
101-402  Private  instruction  in  minor  perfor- 
mance area  (1) 

111-412  Private  instruction  in  major  perfor- 
mance area,  Music  Education  program  (2) 
141-442  Private  instruction  in  advanced  perfor- 
mance area,  B.M.  program  (3) 
471-474  Advanced  Voice  Lesson  (2)  (Elective) 
151-452  Private  instruction  in  minor  perfor- 
mance area,  B.A.  Theatre:  Musical  Theatre  (1) 
161-462  Private  instruction  in  major  perfor- 
mance area,  B.A.  Theatre  (2) 

♦  CHO  112  University  Chorale  (1)  A  chorus 
presenting  a  wide  selection  of  choral  music  for 
mixed  voices.  Open  to  all  students. 


♦  CHO  211   Men's  Chorus  (1)  A  sophomore 
chorus  presenting  the  choral  literature  for  male 
voices.  Open  to  men  in  all  curricula.  Not  regularly 
offered. 

♦  CHO  212  Women's  Chorus  (1)  A  sophomore 
chorus  presenting  the  choral  literature  for  female 
voices.  Open  to  women  in  all  curricula.  Not  regu- 
larly offered. 

♦  CHO  311  Masterworks  Chorus  (1)  A  chorus 
presenting  oratorios,  masses,  and  more  difficult 
mixed  chorus  literature  Open  to  students  in  other 
curricula  through  audition. 

♦  CHO  410  Opera  Chorus  (1)  An  elective  course 
devoted  to  the  training  of  a  choral  group  that  partic- 
ipates in  opera  or  operetta  productions.  May  not  be 
used  to  satisfy  choral  requirements.  Membership  by 
audition. 

♦  CHO  411   Chamber  Choir  (1)  Small  group  of 
singers  specializing  in  the  performance  of  Renais- 
sance/Baroque, sacred,  and  secular  literature. 
Membership  by  audition. 

♦  CHO  412  Concert  Choir  (1)  Devoted  to 
acquiring  a  fine  technique  in  choral  singing  through 
the  preparation  of  programs  for  performance. 
Membership  by  audition. 


VOC  111  Madrigal  Class  (1)  A  survey  of  madri- 
gal literature  through  records,  tapes,  and  class  per- 
formance with  emphasis  on  materials  suitable  for 
use  in  secondary  schools  PREREQ:  MHL  221  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  fall  semes- 
ter of  odd-numbered  years. 

♦  VOC  112  Performance  Preparation  I  (3)  A 
course  designed  to  teach  the  student  performer  how 
to  prepare  a  dramatic  vocal  score.  PREREQ:  MTC 
1 10  or  equivalent. 

♦  VOC  113  Performance  Preparation  II  (3)  A 
continuation  of  Performance  Preparation  I  with 
emphasis  on  advanced  literature  and  interpretive 
techniques.  PREREQ:  VOC  112. 

VOC  227  Literature  of  the  Musical  Theater  (3) 
The  literature  of  the  musical  theater  from  Singspiel 
to  Broadway  musical.  Changes  in  style  are 
observed  and  analyzed. 

VOC  311  Choral  Conducting  I  (2)  A  practical 
application  of  conducting  and  vocal  techniques  in 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  crediL 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Nursing 


choral  direction  through  practice  in  conducting  a 
choral  group. 

VOC  312  Choral  Conducting  n  (2)  Continued 
development  of  the  conducting  techniques  with 
emphasis  on  conducting  of  polyphonic  choral 
music  and  on  the  musical  styles  of  the  various 
choral  periods  Regularly  offered  in  the  spring 
semester  only.  PREREQ;  VOC  311. 
VOC  329  Art  Song  (3)  Origins  and  development 
of  the  art  song. 

VOC  411  Master  Class  (Voice):  Baroque  Period 
(1) 

VOC  412  Master  Class  (Voice):  German  Lied 
(1) 

VOC  413  Master  Class  (Voice):  French  Melodic 
(1) 

VOC  414  Master  Class  (Voice):  20th-century 
Art  Song  (1) 

VOC  415  English-Italian  Diction  (3)  English, 
Italian,  and  Latin  diction  for  singers.  Use  of  pho- 
netics with  application  to  singing  of  selected  songs 


VOC  416  French-German  Diction  (3)  French 
and  German  diction  for  singers.  Use  of  phonetics 
with  application  to  singing  of  selected  songs. 

♦  VOC  421  Opera  Workshop  (2)  The  prepara- 
tion of  a  musical  production;  coaching  of  scenes, 
stage  movement,  and  costuming. 

♦  VOC  424  Musico-Dramatic  Production  (1-3) 
Major  roles  and/or  major  responsibilities  in  extend- 
ed productions.  By  audition. 

VOC  426  Choral  Literature  (3)  The  develop- 
ment and  performance  style  of  the  choral  reper- 
toire. 

♦  VOC  429  Special  Subjects  Seminar  (1-3) 

Significant  topics  presented  by  faculty  members 
and/or  visiting  lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  the  spe- 
cific needs  of  undergraduate  music  majors. 

♦  VOC  436  Vocal-Choral  Music  Workshop  (1- 

3)  Specialized  workshops  in  the  area  of  vocal 
and/or  choral  music.  Subject  to  be  announced  at  the 
time  of  the  offering. 


VOC  491  Vocal  Pedagogy  (2)  Pnnciples  and 
techniques  of  teaching  voice.  PREREQ:  Four 
semesters  of  private  instruction  or  permission  of 

instructor. 

VOI  181  Voice  Class  (1)  Class  instruction  in 
singing  skills  for  nonmusic  majors.  Previous  voice 
study  not  required. 

VOI  182  Voice  Class  (1)  Class  instruction  in 
singing  skills  for  nonmusic  majors.  PREREQ:  VOI 
181  or  permission  of  instructor. 

VOI  191  Voice  Class  (1)  Class  instruction  in  a 
minor  performance  area.  Open  to  nonmusic  majors 
with  permission  of  the  department  chairperson. 

VOI  192  Voice  Class  (1)  Continuation  of  VOI 
191   PREREQ;  VOI  191. 

VOI  413  Elective  credit  for  senior  recital  (1) 

Available  to  music  education  seniors  only  during 
the  nonstudent-teaching  semester  by  permission  of 
the  department. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Nursing 

105  Nursing  Building 

610-436-2219 

Ann  Coghlan  Stowe,  Chairperson 

Susan  C.  Slaninka,  Assistant  Chairperson 

PROFESSOR:  Slaninka 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Haus.  Hickman,  Perciful 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Conroy.  Coghlan  Stowe,  Devlin- 
Kelly,  Garrett,  Matz,  Nester,  Petit  de  Mange,  Wanta 

INSTRUCTOR:  Tucker 

The  Department  of  Nursing  is  accredited  by  the  National  League  for 
Nursing  and  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Nursing  of  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 

Admission  Criteria 

Applicants  for  nursing  must  have  completed  work  equal  to  a  standard 
high  school  course,  including  a  minimum  of  16  units:  four  units  of 
English,  three  units  of  social  studies,  two  units  of  mathematics  (one  of 
which  must  be  algebra),  and  two  units  of  science  with  a  related  labora- 
tory course  or  the  equivalent.  A  combined  score  of  1000  is  expected  on 
the  SAT. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  NURSING 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  program  in  nursing  is  offered  by  the 
Department  of  Nursing,  which  is  an  integral  part  of  the  School  of 
Health  Sciences.  The  family-centered  program  is  based  on  the  concept 
that  the  person  is  a  biopsychosocial  being  with  basic  health  needs.  The 
Department  of  Nursing  believes  that  high-quality  health  care  is  a  basic 
right  of  all  people  and  that  health  care  needs  can  be  met  through  the 
practice  of  the  professional  nurse  who  has  completed  a  systematic  pro- 
gram of  courses  in  the  social  and  natural  sciences,  humanities,  and  the 
nursing  major. 

Characteristics  of  the  graduate  include:  1)  an  awareness  of,  and  sense 
of  responsibility  for,  contemporary  health  and  social  issues;  2)  advo- 
cacy for  health  care  improvement  in  society  through  professional  citi- 
zen activities  at  various  adaptational  levels  and  developmental  stages 
in  a  variety  of  settings;  3)  accountability  and  competency  in  utilizing 
the  nursing  process  to  assist  clients;  4)  collaboration,  coordination, 
and  consultation  as  a  colleague  in  the  interdisciplinary  health  team; 
5)  belief  in  learning  as  a  life-long  process;  6)  participation  in  the 
change  process  by  collection  of  data  applying  to  nursing  theories  and 
practice. 


DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 


5 1  semester  hours 
50  semester  hours 


27  semester  hours 


1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Nursing  Core  Requirements 
NSG  212,  31 1-312,  and  411-412;  NSL  212,  311- 
312,  411-412;  and  one  nursing  elective 

3.  Cognate  Requirements* 
BIO  100,  204,  259,  269,  and  307;  CHE  103-104 
andCRL  103-104  or  CHE  107  and  CRL  107; 
CHE  230  and  404;  MAT  121;  PSY  100,  210, 
and  375;  SOC  200  and  240 

A  total  of  128  credits  is  required  for  graduation. 

Academic  Promotion  Policy 
Failures,  D  Grades,  or  NG  (No  Grade) 

All  nursing  students  who  have  a  grade  of  D,  F,  or  NG  (no  grade)  in 
required  courses  during  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  must 
repeat  these  courses  and  achieve  a  satisfactory  grade  (C-  or  above) 
before  entering  the  junior-level  nursing  major  courses.  Nursing  stu- 
dents must  have  a  2.0  GPA  before  entering  the  clinical  courses  at  the 
junior  year. 

A  student  must  achieve  a  grade  of  C-  or  better  in  the  nursing  major  in 
the  junior  year  for  promotion  to  the  senior  year  and  achieve  at  least  a 
C-  in  the  senior  year  for  graduation.  Students  also  must  achieve  at  least 
a  C-  in  BIO  307,  MAT  121,  and  PSY  375. 

If  a  student  must  repeat  a  nursing  course,  a  grade  of  C-  or  better  in 
both  the  theory  and  laboratory  (clinical  practicum)  components  must  be 
achieved.  The  theory  and  clinical  portions  of  a  nursing  course  must  be 
taken  concurrently. 

Other  policies  are  explained  in  detail  in  the  current  issue  of  the  depart- 
ment handbook. 

Special  Requirements 

Generic  nursing  candidates  are  admitted  once  a  year,  in  September. 
Transfer  students  can  be  admitted  in  spring  and  fall. 
Nursing  students  are  required  to  supply  their  own  transportation  to  clin- 
ical facilities. 

Insurance.  Students  are  required  to  carry  liability  insurance  coverage 
in  the  amount  of  SI, 000,000/53, 000,000  during  the  junior  and  senior 
year  at  a  yearly  cost  of  approximately  $30.  Students  also  are  required 
to  carry  health  insurance. 

Uniforms.  Students  are  required  to  wear  white  uniforms  to  some  of  the 
clinical  experiences  during  the  junior  and  senior  years.  Uniform  poli- 
cies are  presented  in  detail  in  the  current  issue  of  the  department  hand- 
book. 

*  Some  of  these  courses  may  be  used  to  satisfy  distributive  requirements. 


Nursing 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


CPR  Certification.  Students  enrolled  in  nursing  courses  with  a  clinical 
component  are  required  to  be  currently  certified  by  the  American  Red 
Cross,  American  Heart  Association,  or  other  acceptable  resource  in 
Life  Support  (two-person)  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation.  The  CPR 
course  must  include  resuscitation  of  children  and  infants. 
Calculations  exam.  Competency  in  calculation  of  dosages  is  a  prereq- 
uisite to  NSG/NSL  311.  The  student  is  required  to  have  attained  100 
percent  proficiency  in  calculating  dosages  as  measured  by  a  paper  and 
pencil  test.  The  nursing  laboratory  coordinator  administers  the  calcula- 
tions exam  in  the  spring  semester  immediately  prior  to  enrolling  in  the 
clinical  courses. 

Mosby  Assess  Test.  All  senior  students  must  complete  the  Mosby 
Assess  Test  prior  to  graduation.  Cost  is  assumed  by  the  student. 

Health  Requirements 

Nursing  candidates  must  meet  the  general  health  requirements  of  all 
students  at  West  Chester  University  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore 
years.  Candidates  must  meet  the  following  health  requirements  during 
the  summer  prior  to  the  junior  and  senior  years:  inoculations  against 
diphtheria,  typhoid,  tetanus,  measles,  poliomyelitis  (a  series  of  four), 
and  Hepatitis  B;  a  complete  physical  examination  thai  must  include  a 
complete  blood  count,  blood  serology,  TB  skin  test,  urinalysis,  dental 
and  eye  examinations,  and  any  other  diagnostic  tests  deemed  necessary. 

Nursing  Laboratory 

The  nursing  laboratory  in  the  basement  of  the  Old  Library  building  is 
available  as  a  resource  to  help  the  nursing  student  in  the  learning 
process.  There  are  two  sections  of  the  laboratory.  One  area  houses  a 
variety  of  equipment  that  allows  the  student  to  view  audio- visual  mate- 
rial such  as  filmstnps,  slides,  and  videocassettes  related  to  psychomotor 
skills  involved  in  nursing.  This  equipment  can  be  used  individually  or 
in  small  groups.  The  other  section  contains  equipment  that  allows  the 
student  to  practice  these  skills.  Computers  are  available  in  the  labs  for 
use  with  various  software  packages. 

Every  student  is  required  to  use  the  learning  laboratory  at  specified 
times.  In  addition,  students  are  expected  to  spend  time  utilizing  this 
resource  for  independent  learning  based  on  their  individual  needs.  The 
laboratory  is  staffed  by  a  full-time  nursing  laboratory  coordinator  who 
is  a  registered  nurse. 

Transfer  Policy 

Both  internal  and  external  transfer  students  are  accepted  into  the  nurs- 
ing major  each  semester.  The  number  accepted  each  semester  is  based 
on  the  number  that  the  department  can  accommodate  in  a  sound  educa- 
tional experience. 

Students  currently  enrolled  at  West  Chester  University  who  wish  to 
transfer  in  to  the  Department  of  Nursing  should  attend  a  transfer  infor- 
mation session  to  begin  the  process  and  subsequently  submit  an  appli- 
cation packet  to  the  department.  All  application  procedures  must  be 


completed  by  the  deadlines  established  by  the  Department  of  Nursing 

in  order  for  the  candidate  to  be  considered  for  entrance  into  the  nursing 

major. 

All  students  who  wish  to  transfer  into  the  Department  of  Nursing  must: 

1 .  Show  evidence  of  satisfactory  completion  (70  percent  or  better)  in 
BIO  100,  1 10,  or  259,  CHE  103  and  CRL  103,  or  CHE  107  and 
CRL  107,  ENG  120,  and  PSY  100  or  SOC  200;  and 

2.  Meet  with  the  adviser  in  the  Department  of  Nursing  to  sign  an  indi- 
vidualized "agreement"  that  reserves  placement  in  clinical  nursing 
courses  during  the  academic  year  identified. 

Degree  Program  for  Registered  Nurses 

The  department  also  offers  a  program  for  registered  nurses  who  wish  to 
earn  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  nursing.  The  registered  nurse  is  required 
to  complete  a  series  of  nursing  examinations  to  demonstrate  current 
nursing  knowledge  and  determine  placement  in  the  nursing  major. 
Detailed  information  about  this  program  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Office  of  Admissions  or  the  department  office. 

Licensing  Eligibility  in  Pennsylvania 

In  order  to  be  employed  in  professional  nursing,  students  must  apply 
for  a  temporary  practice  permit  through  the  State  Board  of  Nursing. 
Students  must  meet  all  program  requirements  to  be  eligible  for  the 
NCLEX  Examination  upon  graduation.  Passing  this  examination  desig- 
nates Registered  Nurse  (RN)  status.  In  accordance  with  the  January  1, 
1986,  Professional  Nursing  Law  (P.L.  317,  No.  69),  felonious  acts  pro- 
hibit licensing  in  Pennsylvania  in  accordance  with  the  following  guide- 
lines: 

The  State  Board  of  Nursing  in  Pennsylvania  shall  not  issue  a  license  of 
certificate  to  an  applicant  who  has  been: 

1.  Convicted**  of  a  felonious  act  prohibited  by  the  act  of  April  14, 
1972  (PL.  233,  No.  64),  known  as  "The  Controlled  Substance, 
Drug,  Device  and  Cosmetic  Act,"  or 

2.  Convicted**  of  a  felony  relating  to  a  controlled  substance  in  a 
court  of  law  of  the  United  States  or  any  other  state,  territory,  or 
country  unless: 

a.  At  least  10  years  have  elapsed  from  the  date  of  the  conviction; 

b.  The  applicant  satisfactorily  demonstrates  to  the  board  significant 
progress  in  personal  rehabilitation  since  the  conviction  such  that 
licensure  should  not  create  a  substantial  risk  of  further  viola- 
tions; and 

c.  The  applicant  otherwise  satisfies  the  qualifications  contained  in 
this  act. 

2.  A  person  convicted  of  any  felonious  act  may  be  prohibited  from 
licensure  by  the  Board  of  Nursing  at  any  time. 


'  Convicted  includes  a  judgment,  an  admission  of  guilt,  or  a  plea  of  nolo 
contendere 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
NURSING 

Symbol:  NSG 

109  Health  Issues  of  Women  (3)  (Offered  jointly 
with  Department  of  Health,  as  NSG/HEA  109)  This 
course  encompasses  the  needs  and  concerns  of 
women  as  consumers  in  our  present  health  care  sys- 
tem It  examines  various  biological,  psychological, 
and  social  topics  related  to  women's  health  care, 
including  medical  abuses,  sexuality,  sex  roles,  and 
women's  health  in  the  workplace  This  course  is  an 
enrichment  to  liberal  education,  encouraging 
inquiry  into  previously  neglected  areas  of  women 
and  health.  It  is  offered  in  the  Women's  Studies 
Program  and  is  open  to  all  University  students, 
regardless  of  major,  as  an  elective. 

110  Transcultural  Health:  Principles  and 
Practices  (3)  (Offered  jointly  with  Department  of 
Health,  as  NSG/HEA  1 10)  This  course  examines 
the  health  beliefs  and  practices  of  a  variety  of  sub- 


cultural  groups  in  the  U.S.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  application  of  multicultural  health  beliefs  to  the 
caring  process.  It  utilizes  the  cross-cultural 
approach  in  meeting  the  health  needs  of  clients  and 
families  It  is  open  to  all  University  students, 
regardless  of  major,  as  an  elective 
212  Nursing  Theories  and  Concepts  (4)  Taken  in 
the  sophomore  year.  Nursing  theories  and  concepts, 
conceptual  frameworks,  theories  from  other  disci- 
plines that  may  apply  to  nursing,  and  the  nursing 
process  are  studied  in  this  course  PREREQ: 
Sophomore  standing. 

NSL  212  Nursing  Theories  and  Concepts  Lab 
(2)  (Must  be  taken  with  NSG  212)  This  clinical 
experience  includes  interviewing  skills,  physical 
and  psychosocial  assessment,  vital  signs  measure- 
ment, basic  hygienic  practices,  body  mechanics, 
and  infection  control. 

216  Adaptations  in  the  Aged  (3)  The  student  will 
have  the  opportunity  to  form  a  relationship  with  a 
healthy,  elderly  individual.  Students  will  utilize 


communication  skills  through  interaction  on  a  one- 
to-one  basis  with  senior  citizens  in  a  private  home 
setting.  Students  will  become  acquainted  with  the 
problems  of  day-to-day  living  and  the  crises  that 
face  this  population  along  with  the  adaptive 
strengths  and  resources  that  are  an  essential  part  of 
the  healthy  older  person's  personality. 

217  Loss  and  Grieving:  What  to  Say,  What  to 
Do  (3)  Loss,  grief  and/or  depression  are  universal 
experiences.  Concrete  measures  to  help  oneself  and 
peers  better  cope  with  these  experiences  are  pre- 
sented. Barriers  that  make  providing  comfort  and 
support  to  others  difficult  or  uncomfortable  are 
identified  and  discussed.  Effective  measures  for 
talking  with  and  helping  those  who  are  grieving, 
depressed,  or  suicidal  are  presented,  and  each  stu- 
dent is  assisted  to  develop  his  or  her  own  style  in 
comfortably  using  selected  approaches.  Classes  will 
be  participatory  with  minimal  lecture. 

218  Concepts  in  Caring  (3)  The  emphasis  of  this 
course  is  that  caring  is  a  universal  concept  that  can 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Philosophy 


be  viewed  from  many  disciplines.  Nurses,  profes- 
sionals in  the  caring  business,  serve  as  the  guides 
in  a  creative  journey  connecting  human  caring  and 
the  various  disciplines. 

219  Computers  and  the  Health  Care  Delivery 
System  (3)  This  elective  course  will  be  of  practical 
importance  to  any  student  who  is  interested  in  the 
impact  of  computers  on  the  health  care  delivery 
system.  The  course  is  divided  into  three  areas:  1) 
an  overview  of  the  computer;  2)  application  of  the 
computer  to  the  health  care  delivery  system, 
including  the  role  of  the  health  care  professional 
and  the  consumer;  and,  3)  issues  pertaining  to  the 
computer  and  the  health  care  delivery  system.  Use 
of  the  computer  with  a  variety  of  applications  and 
CAl  software  is  integrated  throughout  the  course. 

220  Care  of  the  Inner  Self  (3)  This  course  focus- 
es on  care  of  the  inner  self  or  spirit.  The  purpose  of 
the  course  is  to  prepare  one  to  understand  the  inner 
self  and  to  know  how  to  utilize  the  power  within 
the  self  to  maintain  wellness  and  prevent  illness. 

311  Adaptation  I  (S)  Must  be  taken  during  junior 
year,  fall  semester.  The  emphasis  of  this  course  is 
on  the  prevention  of  illness  and  promotion  of 
health  by  assessment  of  the  health  status,  appropri- 
ate intervention,  and  evaluation  of  the  health  pro- 
motion plan.  The  nursing  process  provides  the 
framework  for  promotion  of  wellness  in  a  variety 
of  settings  with  clients  of  any  age  group. 

NSL  311  Adaptation  I  Laboratory  (5)  Clinical 
experiences  are  provided  in  agencies  where  rela- 
tively well  populations  have  been  identified,  such 
as  schools,  nursery  schools,  well  baby  clinics,  and 
health  maintenance  clinics.  NSG  3 1 1  and  NSL  3 1 1 
always  must  be  taken  concurrently.  PREREQ;  BIO 
100,  204.  259,  and  269;  CHE  103-104  and  CRL 
1 03- 1 04  or  CHE  1 07  and  CRL  1 07,  CHE  230  and 
404;  ENG  120  and  121;  NSG  212  and  NSL  212; 
PSY  100  and  210;  and  SOC  200  and  240. 

312  Adaptation  II  (5)  Must  be  taken  during  junior 
year,  spring  semester.  The  emphasis  of  this  course 


is  on  the  maintenance  of  health  and  promotion  of 
adaptive  responses  m  clients  with  chronic  health 
problems.  The  nursing  process  is  used  to  assist 
these  clients  to  adapt  to  stressors  through  support- 
ive therapeutic,  palliative,  and  preventive  measures. 

NSL  312  Adaptation  II  Laboratory  (5)  Clinical 
experience  is  provided  in  settings  where  clients 
with  chronic  health  problems  have  been  identified. 
These  settings  include  rehabilitation  centers,  child 
development  centers,  nursing  homes,  and  acute 
care  settings.  These  environments  provide  flexibih- 
ty  for  students  to  implement  changes  for  clients  and 
acquire  skills  that  will  be  utilized  in  other  nursing 
courses.  NSG  312  and  NSL  312  always  must  be 
taken  concurrently  PREREQ:  BIO  307,  NSG  31 1, 
and  NSL  31 1. 

314  Internship  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide nursing  students  with  the  opportunity  to 
enhance  knowledge  and  skills  acquired  in 
NSG/NSL  311-312  Students  will  have  the  oppor- 
tunity to  participate  in  the  care  of  a  group  of  clients 
over  a  consecutive  span  of  days  and  to  increase 
their  awareness  of  the  professional  role  PREREQ: 
Successful  completion  of  NSG/NSL  311-312. 
316  Coping  with  Cancer  (3)  The  emphasis  of  this 
course  is  on  coping  with  clients  who  have  cancer. 
Various  physiological  and  psychosocial  effects  this 
disease  has  on  clients  and  their  families  will  be 
examined.  The  course  will  allow  students  to 
explore  their  own  feelings  related  to  cancer  and 
assist  them  in  their  contacts  with  cancer  clients. 
Topics  that  will  be  discussed  include  dealing  with 
loss,  pain,  pain  management,  hospice  care,  and 
communication  with  the  cancer  client.  This  course 
is  open  to  all  students. 

367  Nursing  Implications  of  Drug  Interactions 
(1)  The  student  will  be  introduced  to  essential  phar- 
macological principles  and  concepts.  The  nursing 
process  will  provide  the  framework  by  which  stu- 
dents will  apply  theoretical  knowledge  in  BIO  367 
to  situations  in  a  variety  of  health  care  settings.  To 


be  taken  in  conjunction  with  BIO  367,  or  after, 
with  permission  of  instructor. 
♦  410  Independent  Study  in  Nursing  (2)  The 
student  produces  an  independent,  research-oriented 
project  under  close  faculty  advisement  on  a  nursing 
topic  of  special  interest  to  the  student.  Participation 
in  a  selected  field  experience  is  optional.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  department  chairperson 

411  Advanced  Adaptational  Problems  I  (5) 
Must  be  taken  during  senior  year,  fall  semester. 
The  emphasis  of  this  course  is  on  the  study  of 
adaptive  responses  that  create  new  stresses,  requir- 
ing additional  adaptations  and  frequently  interrupt- 
ing an  individual's  mode  of  functioning.  The  nurs- 
ing process  is  used  to  assist  clients  in  crises. 
NSL  411  Advanced  Adaptational  Problems  I 
Laboratory  (5)  Clinical  experience  is  provided  in 
acute  care  settings,  in  psychiatric  in-patient  set- 
tings, and  in  community  health  settings  NSG  41 1 
and  NSL  41 1  always  must  be  taken  concurrently. 
PREREQ:  MAT  121,  NSG  312,  NSL  312,  and 
PSY  375. 

412  Advanced  Adaptational  Problems  II  (6) 
Must  be  taken  during  senior  year,  spring  semester. 
NSG  412  is  a  continuation  of  NSG  41 1  with  the 
emphasis  on  the  subconcepts  of  decision  making 
and  advocacy.  The  nursing  process  is  utilized  inter- 
dependently  in  approaching  multihealth  care  prob- 
lems of  clients.  Special  attention  is  given  to  inquiry 
as  the  student  correlates  nursing  theories  and  con- 
cepts with  identifiable  research  problems  in  varied 
environments.  Opportunity  is  provided  in  this 
semester  to  develop  organization  and  management 
skills. 

NSL  412  Advanced  Adaptational  Problems  II 
Laboratory  (5)  Clinical  experience  is  provided  in 
acute  care  settings,  psychiatric  inpatient  settings, 
and  community  health  settings.  NSG  412  and  NSL 
412  always  must  be  taken  concurrently.  PREREQ: 
NSG  41 1  and  NSL  411. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Philosophy 

103  Main  Hall 

610-436-2841 

Thomas  Piatt,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Claghom,  Croddy,  Piatt,  Riukas,  Streveler, 

Struckmeyer 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Banyacski,  Williams 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Hoffman,  Ponitt 
The  Department  of  Philosophy  offers  two  programs  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and,  in  cooperation  with  the  faculty  of  teacher 
education,  a  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education. 

1.  The  B.A.  in  PHILOSOPHY  surveys  the  history  of  philosophy, 
explores  its  major  disciplines,  and  focuses  on  selected  topics  of 
perennial  interest.  The  purpose  of  the  program  is  to  develop  the 
organizational,  analytic,  and  expressive  skills  required  for  law 
school,  the  seminary,  graduate  work  in  philosophy,  and  the  wide 
range  of  careers  in  government,  business,  and  industry. 

2.  The  B.A.  in  PHILOSOPHY— RELIGIOUS  STUDIES  is  designed 
for  students  planning  on  religious  vocations,  or  as  a  foundation  for 
graduate  work  in  religion  or  cross-cultural  studies.  The  emphasis  is 
on  individual  and  social  expression  of  religion.  Western  and  non- 
Western,  philosophic  implications,  and  fine  arts  applications. 

3.  The  B.S.  in  EDUCATION  in  SOCIAL  STUDIES  is  for  students 
interested  in  pursuing  a  concentration  in  philosophy  while  earning 
state  certification  to  teach  secondary  school  social  studies. 


Majors  in  the  two  B.A.  programs  should  consult  the  department  hand- 
book and  their  adviser  for  current  requirements. 
During  the  freshman  year,  students  planning  to  pursue  the  B.S.  in 
Education  in  social  studies  should  consult  with  their  adviser  in  this 
department  and  their  professional  studies  adviser  in  secondary  educa- 
tion. 

REQUIREMENTS  COMMON  TO  THE  B.A.  PROGRAMS 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  44-5 1  semester  hours 

2.  Foreign  Language/Culture  Requirement  0-15  semester  hours 

3.  Major  Requirements  24  semester  hours 

4.  Free  Electives  38-60  semester  hours 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— PHILOSOPHY 

1 .  Required  Core  Courses  1 5  semester  hours 
PHI  190,  270,  272,  412,  and  499 

2.  Philosophy  Electives  9  semester  hours 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— PHILOSOPHY— RELIGIOUS 
STUDIES 

1.  Required  Courses  2 1  semester  hours 
PHI  102,  202,  203,  204,  271,  349,  and 

SOC  344 

2.  Elective  in  Religious  Studies  3  semester  hours 
As  advised 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION- 
SOCIAL  STUDIES:  CONCENTRATION  IN  PHILOSOPHY 

Students  interested  in  teaching  secondary  school  may  pursue  a  concen- 
tration in  philosophy  while  earning  state  certification  and  the  Bachelor 


Philosophy 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


of  Science  in  Education.  See  descnption  under  ■Social  Studies:  B.S.  in 
Education."  pages  125-126. 

Minor  Programs 

Students  may  minor  in  either  philosophy  or  religious  studies.  A  mini- 
mum of  18  semester  hours  is  required.  Elective  courses  are  selected  in 
consultation  with  the  student's  minor  adviser.  Either  of  these  minors 
may  be  taken  as  a  concentration  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  liberal  stud- 
ies general  degree  program. 


Philosophy  Minor 

1 .  Required  Courses 

PHI  101,  150  or  190.  174  or  180,  and  270, 
271,  or  272 

2.  Philosophy  Electives,  under  advisement 

Religious  Studies  Minor 

1 .  Required  Courses 

PHI  102,  202  or  203.  204  or  205,  and  349 

2.  Religious  Studies  Electives,  under  advisement 


18  semester  hours 

1 2  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 

18  semester  hours 

1 2  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
PHILOSOPHY 

Symbol:  PHI 

NOTE:  Only  PHI  405.  436.  and  499  have 
prerequisites.  All  other  philosophy  courses 
are  nonsequential  and  open  to  all  students. 
Not  all  courses  will  be  offered  every  year. 

INTRODUCTORY  COURSES  IN 
PHILOSOPHY  AND  RELIGION 

*  101  Introduction  to  Philosophy  (3)  The  chief 
problems  and  methods  of  philosophic  thought,  wiih 
a  survey  of  some  typical  solutions.  The  place  and 
influence  of  philosophy  m  life  today  Offered  every 
semester 

#102  Introduction  to  Religious  Studies  (3)  The 
role  of  religion  in  human  life  lllu.strations  drawn 
from  various  traditions,  rituals,  and  belief  patterns, 
both  ancient  and  modem 

150  Critical  Thinking  and  Problem  Solving  (3) 
Intfoduction  to  the  principles  of  valid  inference  and 
effective  thinking  Problem  solving;  puzzles; 
games;  decision  making;  the  syllogism;  probability; 
logical  fallacies;  and  creative  thinking. 
#174  Principles  of  the  Arts  (3)  Contrasting  sys- 
tems for  the  analysis  and  evaluation  for  works  of 
art — literature,  the  visual  arts,  and  music. 

*  180  Introduction  to  Ethics  (3)  Great  ethical 
systems  of  history  and  their  application  to  personal 
and  social  life  The  nghl  and  the  good;  the  nature 
of  values;  and  critical  ethical  dilemmas. 

207  Philosophies  of  Nonviolence  (3)  The  theory 
and  practice  of  nonviolent  action  Gandhi.  Tolstoy, 
and  King  are  studied,  along  with  lesser-known  fig- 
ures such  as  Gene  Sharp.  Thomas  Merton.  and  A.J. 
Muste 

#SSC  200  Introduction  to  Peace  and  Conflict 
Studies  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  study  of  the  causes 
and  functions  of  societal  conflict  and  processes  of 
controlling  conflict. 

COURSES  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF 
PHILOSOPHY 

■  270  History  of  Ancient  Philosophy  (3)  A  sur- 
vey of  the  major  figures  of  ancient  philosophy, 
from  the  pre-Socratic  period  through  Plato. 
Aristotle,  the  Epicureans,  and  Stoics,  to  the 
Skeptics  and  Neo-Platonists.  Offered  in  fall  semes- 
ter. 

271  History  of  Medieval  Philosophy  (3)  The  his- 
tory of  philosophy  from  the  early  Church  fathers  to 
the  late  Middle  Ages.  St.  Augustine,  St.  Thomas, 
mysticism.  Jewish  and  Mohammedan  influences, 
humanism,  and  the  rise  of  science 

■  272  History  of  Modern  Philosophy  (3)  From 
Descartes  to  Hegel  The  social,  political,  and  scien- 
tific impact  of  the  philosophers.  Offered  in  spnng 
semester. 

■  273  19th-century  Philosophy  (3)  Hegel  and 
German  Idealism;  decisive  influences  on  European 
and  American  literature  and  thought.  Survey  of  the 


chief  themes  of  Schopenhauer.  Comle.  Mill, 

Spencer.  Marx,  Kierkegaard.  Darwin,  and 

Nietzsche. 

274  Contemporary  Analytic  Philosophy  (3) 

Philosophic  trends  since  1850,  including  the 

process  philosophy.  Pragmatism.  Positivism. 

E.xisleniialism,  and  the  Analytic  School. 

284  American  Philosophy  (3)  Leaders  in  science. 

literature,  religion,  and  government  who  have  shaped 

Amencan  thought  Philosophers  of  Punianism,  the 

Revolution.  Transcendentalism,  and  native  schools  of 

Realism.  Idealism,  and  Pragmatism. 

■  415  Existentialism  (3)  The  nse  and  development 

of  Existentialism;  chief  exponents;  views  of  man; 

and  influence  on  ethics,  literature,  and  social 

action 

COURSES  ON  OTHER 
PHILOSOPHICAL  TOPICS 

190  Logic  (3)  Introduction  to  symbolic  logic.  The 
nature  of  logical  arguments;  truth-functional  propo- 
sitions, validity;  natural  deduction;  and  simple 
quantification  Offered  every  semester. 
♦  201  Contemporary  Issues  (3)  Discussion  and 
analysis  of  contemporary  philosophical  issues  of 
particular  concern  to  students.  The  topic  varies 
from  semester  to  semester. 
#330  (also  LIN  330)  Introduction  to  Meaning 
(3)  Relationship  between  linguistics  and  philosophy 
with  emphasis  on  meaning  in  language.  Some 
issues  in  the  theory  of  meaning  from  both  linguis- 
tics and  philosophy;  materials  from  each  field  to 
help  solve  these  issues 

360  (also  LIN  360)  Philosophy  of  Language  (3) 
A  discussion  of  our  use  of  language  in  the  acquisi- 
tion of  knowledge.  We  will  use  material  from  phi- 
losophy, linguistics,  psychology,  art.  music,  and  lit- 
erature. 

#405  Feminist  Theory  (3)  Designed  to  inttoduce 
and  discuss  basic  questions  in  contemporary  femi- 
nist theory,  the  course  will  explore  different 
philosophies  of  feminism,  including  such  issues  as 
motherhood,  intersections  with  other  theories  of 
oppression,  and  body  politics.  PREREQ:  WOS  225 
or  permission  of  instructor. 

412  Ethical  Theories  (3)  Advanced  course  in  ethi- 
cal theory,  stressing  applications. 

413  Aesthetic  Theories  (3)  Interpretation  of  beau- 
ty and  art  Effects  of  motivation,  and  problems  in 
media  and  in  goals.  A  background  of  meaning  for 
the  evaluation  of  specific  works  of  painting,  sculp- 
ture, music,  and  architecture. 

414  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3)  Religion  and  the 
religious  experience  as  viewed  by  major  Western 
thinkers.  The  existence  of  God,  immortality,  reli- 
gious knowledge,  evil,  miracles,  and  science  and 
religion. 

422  Philosophy  of  Science  (3)  The  nature  of  sci- 
entific method  and  scientific  theory,  with  reference 
to  presuppositions,  inference,  explanation,  predic- 
tion, applications,  and  verification. 


436  Symbolic  Logic  (3)  Pnnciples  and  methods  of 
symbolic  logic.  Practice  in  determining  validity  of 
sentential  and  quantificational  arguments.  The  alge- 
bra of  classes.  PREREQ:  PHI  190  or  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

#  470  Biomedical  Ethics  (3)  A  survey  of  basic  eth- 
ical theories  with  application  to  contemporary  ethi- 
cal issues,  including  nghls  and  responsibilities,  the 
definition  of  life,  and  biomedical  research. 
480  Environmental  Ethics  (3)  Ethical  issues  and 
duties  relating  to  the  natural  environment,  animal 
rights,  and  community  issues,  including  overpopu- 
lation, pollution,  and  distribution  of  resources 
482  Social  Philosophy  (3)  The  relation  between 
man  and  the  stale,  especially  as  seen  by  recent 
thinkers  Focus  is  on  justice,  natural  rights,  political 
obligation,  freedom,  and  equality 

COURSES  IN  RELIGION 

202  Religions  of  the  West  I  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
thought  of  Christianity  and  Judaism  to  the  year 
500. 

203  Religions  of  the  West  II  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
thought  of  Christianity,  Islam,  and  Judaism,  from 
the  year  500  to  the  present  Emphasis  on  theologi- 
cal development,  with  atlenuon  to  social,  econom- 
ic, and  historical  factors 

204  Philosophies  and  Religions  of  India  (3)  The 
religious  and  philosophical  heritage  of  India,  from 
Vedic  times  to  the  present  Examination  of  major 
classics,  such  as  Rig  Veda,  Upanishads,  Bhagavad- 
Gita.  and  Yoga-sutras;  recent  writers  such  as 
Tagore,  Gandhi,  and  Radhakrishnan. 

205  Philosophies  and  Religions  of  the  Far  East 
(3)  A  survey  of  Far  Eastern  philosophy,  religion, 
and  scientific  thought.  Confucianism.  Taoism,  and 
the  various  schools  of  Mahayana  Buddhism, 
including  Zen.  are  given  primary  emphasis. 

349  Ideas  of  the  Bible  (3)  An  introduction  to 

Biblical  concepts  of  revelation.  God.  man.  nature. 

and  redemption  in  light  of  Hebrew  and  Greek 

thought 

414  Philosophy  of  ReUgion  (3)  See  "Courses  in 

Philosophical  Topics."  above 

INDEPENDENT  STUDIES 
AND  SEMINARS 

♦  410  Independent  Studies  (1-3) 

♦  499  Philosophic  Concepts  and  Systems  (3)  An 

intensive  study  of  the  major  works  of  one  philoso- 
pher, stressing  themes  and  comparison  with  other 
views.  Required  of  all  philosophy  majors.  PRE- 
REQ; Six  hours  of  philosophy  and  senior  standing, 
or  permission  of  instructor. 


♦  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 

♦  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 
■  Culture  Cluster 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


College  of  Ans  and  Sciences 


Physics  and  Pre-Engineenng 


Department  of  Physical  Education  —  See  Kinesiology 


Department  of  Physics  and  Pre- 
Engineering  Program 

127  Boucher  Hall 

610-436-2497 

Harold  L.  Skelton,  Chairperson 

PROFESSOR:  Smith 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Hawkes.  Martens,  Nicastro, 

Skelton 
The  Department  of  Physics  offers  three  undergraduate  degree  pro- 
grams: the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  physics,  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Education,  and  a  cooperative  five-year  engineering  program  with 
Pennsylvania  State  University. 

For  admission  to  the  physics  program,  most  students  should  have  com- 
pleted, in  addition  to  the  general  University  requirements,  one  year 
each  of  high  school  chemistry  and  physics,  and  a  minimum  of  three 
years  of  mathematics,  including  algebra  and  trigonometry.  Any  student 
with  a  deficiency  must  complete  ENG  120  and  MAT  161  with  grades 
of  C-  or  better  to  be  admitted  to  the  program. 
West  Chester  has  a  chapter  of  the  national  physics  honor  society, 
Sigma  Pi  Sigma. 

A  minor  program  in  physics  also  is  available. 
The  physics  programs  can  also  be  found  on  the  Internet 
(www.wcupa.edu).  Look  for  Physics  Home  Page. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— PHYSICS 

This  program  is  designed  as  preparation  for  graduate  school  or  careers  in 
government  or  industry.  The  curriculum  includes  a  strong  foundation  in 
mathematics  and  the  humanities.  A  wide  choice  of  electives  in  the  pro- 
gram provides  the  flexibihty  to  develop  a  minor  in  an  area  of  interest. 

Requirements 

A.  PHYSICS:  PHY  170,  180,  240,  300,  310,  320.  330,  350,  370,  420, 
and  430;  an  additional  six  credits  in  physics  must  be  chosen  from 
available  electives  at  or  above  the  300  level 

B.  MATHEMATICS:  CSC  141;  MAT  161,  162,  261,  and  343 

C.  CHEMISTRY:  CHE  103  and  104;  CRL  103  and  104 
Candidates  for  the  B.S.  in  physics  must  satisfy  a  foreign  language 
requirement  at  the  102  level.  In  physics,  the  recommended  languages 
are  French,  German,  or  Russian. 

Students  must  maintain  a  GPA  of  2.0  or  greater  in  their  physics  cours- 
es. Transfer  students  must  take  15  or  more  physics  credits  at  West 
Chester  at  the  300  level  and  above  for  graduation. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION— PHYSICS 

The  B.S.  program  in  physics  education  provides  a  solid  background  in 
physics,  mathematics,  and  related  science  for  a  teaching  career  at  the 
secondary  level  and  leads  to  certification  to  teach  physics  in  the  public 
schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

1 .  Physics  Concentration  Requirements 

A.  Physics:  PHY  170,  180,  240,  300,  310,  320,  330,  and  410  or  430 

B.  Mathematics:  MAT  161,  162,  261,  and  MAT  343  or  PHY  370 

C.  Sciences:  CHE  103  and  104;  CRL  103  and  104;  SCB  350;  and 
an  elective  in  astronomy,  biology,  and  computer  science 

2.  Professional  Education  Requirements  (See  page  68.) 


Students  must  maintain  a  GPA  of  2.0  or  greater  in  their  physics  cours- 
es. Transfer  students  must  take  nine  or  more  physics  credits  at  West 
Chester  at  the  300  level  and  above  for  graduation. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— PHYSICS/BACHELOR 
OF  SCIENCE— ENGINEERING 

The  Department  of  Physics  offers  a  cooperative  engineering  program 
with  Pennsylvania  State  University,  requiring  three  years  at  West 
Chester  University  plus  two  years  at  Pennsylvania  State  University  for 
study  in  engineering.  At  the  end  of  this  period,  the  student  receives  two 
baccalaureate  degrees;  a  B.S.  in  physics  from  West  Chester  and  a  B.S. 
in  engineering  from  Penn  State. 

Admission  to  Pennsylvania  State  University  is  contingent  on  a  recom- 
mendation from  the  Department  of  Physics  and  the  student  having 
maintained  the  overall  average  for  the  specific  engineering  major. 
Students  who  have  completed  a  bachelor's  degree  are  not  eligible  for 
transfer  to  Penn  State  in  this  program. 

Areas  of  study  in  engineering  are: 


Environmental  Engineering 

Industrial  Engineering 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Metallurgy 

Mining  Engineering 

Nuclear  Engineering 

Petroleum  and  Natural  Gas  Engineering 


Aerospace  Engineering 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Ceramic  Science 

Chemical  Engineering 

Civil  Engineering 

Computer  Engineering 

Electrical  Engineering 

Engineering  Science 

Physics  Concentration  Requirements 

A.  PHYSICS:  PHY  115,  116,  170,  180,  240,  260,  300,  310,  320,  and 
370;  an  additional  six  credits  in  physics  at  or  above  the  300  level 
must  be  chosen,  depending  on  the  engineering  area  selected 

B.  MATHEMATICS:  CSC  141;  MAT  161,  162,  261,  and  343 

C.  CHEMISTRY:  CHE  103  and  104;  CRL  103  and  104 

In  addition,  smdents  intending  to  enroll  in  chemical  engineering  must 
have  CHE  231  and  232;  in  mining  engineering,  ESL  201,  and  ESS  101 
and  302;  and  in  petroleum  and  natural  gas  engineering,  ESL  201,  and 
ESS  101  and  203.  Students  intending  to  enroll  in  aerospace,  electrical, 
or  nuclear  engineering  must  take  PHY  370  and  PHY  420. 

Minor  in  Physics  19  semester  hours 

The  program  can  be  used  as  technical  preparation  to  complement  work 
in  other  scientific  or  nonscientific  areas,  e.g.,  business  majors  interested 
in  careers  in  technologically  oriented  industries,  majors  interested  in 
technical  or  scientific  sales,  English  majors  interested  in  technical  writ- 
ing, or  social  science  majors  interested  in  the  area  of  energy  and  the 
environment. 

Required:  PHY  130  and  140,  or  PHY  170  and  180;  also  PHY  240.  In 
addition,  students  must  select  eight  credits  of  physics  courses  at  the  300 
level  or  above,  chosen  under  advisement  with  the  Department  of 
Physics.  Transfer  students  must  take  a  minimum  of  six  credits  at  West 
Chester  at  the  300  level  or  above.  A  2.0  GPA  or  better  must  be  main- 
tained in  all  physics  courses. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
PHYSICS 

Symbol:  PHY 

(3,2)  represents  three  hours  of  lecture  and  two 
hours  of  lab. 


•  100  Elements  of  Physical  Science  (3)  A  study 
of  motion,  energy,  light,  and  some  aspects  of  mod- 
em physics. 

lis  Engineering  Graphics  I  (1)  Use  and  prepara- 
tion of  engineering  drawings.  Topics  include  the 
use  of  instruments,  linework.  geometric  construc- 


tion, lettering,  four  types  of  projections,  dimension- 
ing, and  sections. 

116  Engineering  Graphics  II  (1)  A  continuation 
of  PHY  1 15.  to  include  topics  such  as  layout. 


♦  Approved  distributive  requirement  course. 


Political  Science 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


detail,  and  assembly  drawings,  developments,  aux- 
iliary drawings,  various  types  of  drafting,  machine 
tool  processes,  and  computer  drafting.  PREREQ: 
PHY  115. 

t  130  General  Physics  I  (4)  An  introductory,  non- 
calculus,  physics  course.  Mechanics  of  solids  and 
fluids,  wave  motion,  heat  and  temperature,  thermo- 
dynamics, and  kinetic  theory  (3,2)  PREREQ; 
Algebra  and  trigonometry. 
t  140  General  Physics  II  (4)  An  extension  of 
PHY  130.  Electricity  and  magnetism,  geometrical 
and  physical  optics,  and  modem  physics.  (3,2) 
PREREQ:  PHY  130. 

t  170  Physics  I  (4)  An  introductory  laboratory- 
based  course  Includes  mechanics,  kinetic  theory, 
waves,  heal,  and  thermodynamics  The  laboratory 
emphasizes  error  analysis,  the  wnting  of  technical 
reports,  and  data  analysis  using  computers.  PRE- 
REQ; MAT  161. 

t  180  Physics  II  (4)  A  continuation  of  PHY  170. 
Includes  electricity  and  magnetism,  geometrical 
and  physical  optics,  electronics,  and  modem 
physics.  PREREQ;  PHY  170  Concurrent  with 
MAT  162. 

240  Introduction  (o  Modem  Physics  (3)  An 
atomic  view  of  electncily  and  radiation,  atomic  the- 
ory, special  relativity  theory.  X-rays,  radioactivity, 
nuclear  fission,  and  introductory  quantum  mechan- 
ics PREREQ;  PHY  140  or  180,  and  MAT  162. 
260  Engineering  Statics  (3)  Composition  and  res- 
olution of  forces,  equivalent  force  systems,  equilib- 
rium of  particles  and  rigid  bodies,  centroids  and 
center  of  gravity,  analysis  of  simple  structures, 
internal  forces  in  beams,  friction,  moments  and 
products  in  inertia,  and  methods  of  virtual  work. 
PREREQ;  PHY  130  or  170,  and  MAT  162. 
300  Mechanics  (3)  Particle  kinematics,  dynamics, 
energy,  and  momentum  considerations;  oscillations; 
central  force  motion;  accelerated  reference  frames; 
rigid  body  mechanics;  Lagrangian  mechanics  PRE- 
REQ: PHY  140  or  180.  and  MAT  162 
310  Intermediate  Physics  Laboratory  I  (2)  A 
laboratory  course  to  familiarize  students  with  labo- 
ratory equipment  and  methods  by  performing  a 


senes  of  classical  and  modem  physics  experiments 
The  resuhs  of  these  are  reported  through  both  oral 
presentations  and  written  reports.  CONCURRENT: 
PHY  240 

320  Intermediate  Physics  Laboratory  II  (2)  A 
continuation  of  PHY  310.  but  including  an  intro- 
duction to  writing  scientific  proposals.  Students  are 
required  to  propose  and  complete  an  experiment  of 
their  own  design  as  one  part  of  this  course.  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  141.  PHY  310 

330  Electronics  I  (3)  Emphasis  is  divided  between 
theory  and  experiment  The  course  begins  with  a 
brief  review  of  resistive  and  RC  voltage  dividers. 
Electronic  circuits  studied  include  basic  operational 
amplifiers,  timers,  instrumentation  amplifiers,  logic 
circuits,  flip  flops,  counters,  and  timers  (2,2)  PRE- 
REQ; MAT  161.  PHY  140  or  1 80,  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

340  Fundamentals  of  Radioisotope  Techniques 
(3)  Biological,  chemical,  environmental,  and  physi- 
cal effects  of  nuclear  radiation  Radiation  detection 
instrumentation  and  radio  tracer  methodology.  (2.2) 
PREREQ:  CHE  104.  and  PHY  140  or  180. 
350  Heat  and  Thermodynamics  (3)  Equations  of 
state,  first  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics, 
ideal  and  real  gases,  entropy,  and  statistical 
mechanics  PREREQ  or  CONCURRENT;  MAT 
262.  PHY  240 

370  Mathematical  Physics  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
mathematics  applied  to  problems  in  physics,  ordi- 
nary differential  equations,  vector  calculus,  Fourier 
analysis,  matnx  algebra,  and  eigenvalue  problems. 
PREREQ:  MAT  261.  and  PHY  140  or  180. 
400  Analytical  Dynamics  (3)  Wave  propagation, 
Lagrange's  equations  and  Hamilton's  principle, 
rigid  body  motion,  and  special  relativity.  PREREQ; 
MAT  343  and  PHY  300. 

410  Optics  (3)  Geometrical  and  physical  optics. 
Reflection  and  refraction  at  surfaces,  lenses,  inter- 
ference and  diffraction,  and  polarization.  PREREQ; 
PHY  140  or  180.  PREREQ  or  CONCURRENT: 
MAT  262. 

420  Atomic  Physics  and  Quantum  Mechanics 
(3)  Fundamental  concepts  of  quantum  mechanics 


with  application  to  atomic  physics  Topics  covered 
are  Bohr  model.  Schrodinger  equation  w  ith  applica- 
tions, perturbation  theory,  helium  atom,  and  scatter- 
ing theory  PREREQ:  PHY  240  and  300,  and  MAT 
343  or  PHY  370. 

430  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3)  Electrostatics 
of  point  charges  and  extended  charge  distributions, 
fields  in  dielectrics,  and  magnetic  fields  due  to 
steady  currents  Ampere's  Law  and  induced  emfs. 
Topics  in  electromagnetic  waves  as  time  permits. 
PREREQ:  PHY  300.  and  MAT  343  or  PHY  370. 
440  Microcomputer  Electronics  (3)  Laboratory 
study  of  special  circuits,  integrated  circuits,  micro- 
computers, and  microcomputer  interface  applica- 
tions PREREQ;  PHY  330.  and  MAT  343  or  PHY 
370. 

450  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  I  (1)  A  course 
to  familiarize  students  with  contemporary  laborato- 
ry equipment  and  methods 

460  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  11  (1)  A  con- 
tinuation of  PHY  450. 

470  Seminar  in  Physics  (1)  Oral  and  written 
reports  on  approved  topics.  Variation  in  topics  from 
year  to  year,  depending  on  the  interest  and  needs  of 
students. 

♦  480  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Topics  of  special 
interest  to  be  presented  once  or  twice  PREREQ; 
To  be  specified  by  the  instructor.  Course  may  be 
repeated  by  student  for  credit  any  number  of  times 
when  different  topics  are  presented 
490  Introduction  to  Research  (1-9)  Specific 
problems  in  consultation  with  the  faculty  adviser. 
PREREQ;  Permission  of  instructor. 
#SCB  210  The  Origin  of  Life  and  the  Universe 
(3)  An  interdisciplinary  course  that  presents  the 
theory  and  evidence  for  the  first  three  minutes  of 
the  universe,  and  formation  of  the  stars,  galaxies, 
planets,  organic  molecules,  and  the  genetic  basis  of 
organic  evolution.  PREREQ:  High  school  or  col- 
lege courses  in  at  least  two  sciences. 


t  PHY  170-180  and  PHY  130-140  -  Approved  two- 
semester  substitute. 

♦  This  course  may  be  laken  again  for  credit. 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course. 


Department  of  Political  Science 

106  Ruby  Jones  Hall 

610-436-2743 

John  C.  Shea,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Marbach,  Milne,  Shea 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Bums,  Burton,  lacono,  Polsky, 
Sandhu 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Bemotsky,  Loedel,  Schnell 

INSTRUCTOR:  Brenneman 

The  department  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  PoHtical  Science 
with  three  concentrations.  Our  objective  is  to  provide  programs  tailored 
to  each  student's  career  goals  and  to  still  allow  a  wide  range  of  options 
after  graduation. 

Our  three  B.A.  programs  are  the  following: 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science  is  a  general  liberal  arts  program 
exposing  the  student  to  the  broad  areas  of  political  science,  including 
American  government,  international  relations,  comparative  govern- 
ment, public  administration,  political  behavior,  and  political  theory. 


Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science/Public  Management  is  for  stu- 
dents who  plan  a  career  in  public  service.  It  includes  relevant  courses 
from  the  geography  and  planning  area. 

Bachelor  of  Arts — Political  Science/International  Relations  is  for 

students  with  a  primary  interest  in  international  affairs  and  includes  rel- 
evant cognates  in  several  disciplines. 

All  three  Bachelor  of  Arts  programs  are  intended  for  students  with  an 
interest  in  government  and  public  service,  journalism,  and  the  law. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education — Social  Studies  offers  concentra- 
tions in  general  social  studies,  geography,  and  political  science. 

The  department  also  sponsors  pre-law  advising,  the  Law  Society,  and 
the  Political  Science  Club. 

I.   Bachelor  of  Arts — Core  for  All  Concentrations 

A.  Required 

PSC  100  American  Government  3  semester  hours 

PSC  200  Foundations  of  Political  Science  3  semester  hours 

PSC  213  International  Relations  3  semester  hours 

PSC  230  Introduction  to  Political  Philosophy     3  semester  hours 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


Political  Science 


3  semester  hours 


II. 


B. 
C. 
D. 


III. 


PSC  240  Introduction  to  Comparative 

Politics  or  PMG  202  Elements  of  Public 

Administration 
PSC  400,  401,  or  402  Senior  Project  or 

Senior  Seminar 
Total 

B.    Recommended  for  all  students  with 

an  interest  in  graduate  studies 
PSC  399  Senior  Symposium 

Bachelor  of  Arts  General  Concentration 

A.   General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 
Foreign  Language/Culture  Cluster 
Political  Science  Core  (see  above) 
An  additional  course  from  the  behavior 
or  American  government  category, 
which  includes  PSC  252,  256,  301,  322, 
323,  324,  329,  350,  355,  356,  and  359 

E.  An  additional  course  from  the 
comparative  group,  including 
PSC  246,  340,  341,  342,  343,  348, 
and  349 

F.  Nine  additional  hours  of  PSC  or 
PMG  courses  at  the  200  level  or  above 

G.  Cognates  distributed  as  follows: 

1.  GEO  101 

2.  Either  ECO  101,  111,  or  112 

3.  Either  SOC  200  or  PSY  100 
Total  (including  cognates) 

Bachelor  of  Arts — International  Relations  Concentration 

A.    General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35*    51  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 

1 8  semester  hours 
3  semester  hours 


51  semester  hours 

0-15  semester  hours 

18  semester  hours 

3  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 


9  semester  hours 


9  semester  hours 


42-45  semester  hours 


Foreign  Language  (must  be 
completed  through  the  202  level) 
Political  Science  Core  (see  above) 
PSC  217  American  Foreign  Policy 
Two  additional  comparative  courses, 
chosen  from  among  PSC  246,  340,  341, 
342,  343,  348,  and  349 
Two  additional  international  relations 
courses,  chosen  from  among  PSC  311, 
312,  316,  317,  319,  and  414 
Additional  and  cognate  courses  under 
the  following  rules: 
1.  May  not  include  more  than  one 

political  science  course 
2.  Always  may  include  up  to  two 

additional  language  courses,  either 


0-12  semester  hours 

18  semester  hours 
3  semester  hours 
6  semester  hours 


6  semester  hours 


1 2  semester  hours 


beyond  the  202  level  or  in  a  second 

language 

Must  be  formally  approved  by  the 

student's  adviser  in  advance  using 

the  IR  Cognate  Approval  Form 


Total 


45  semester  hours 


0-15  semester  hours 
1 8  semester  hours 
15  semester  hours 


IV.     Bachelor  of  Arts — Public  Management  Concentration 

A.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35*     51  semester  hours 

B.  Foreign  Language/Culture  Cluster 

C.  Political  Science  Core  (see  above) 

D.  Specific  Concentration  Requirements 
GEO  210  (3) 

PMG  202  Elements  of  Public  Admistration 
(taken  as  part  of  Political  Science  Core)  (3) 
PMG  201  or  204  (3) 
PMG  372  (3) 
PMG  375  (3) 

An  additional  planning  course 
(under  advisement)  (3) 

E.  Three  additional  political  science 
courses  chosen  from  PMG  373,  PMG  369, 
either  PMG  201  or  PSC  204  (if  not  taken 
above),  PSC  356  or  PMG  412  (9) 

Total 

F.  Recommended  for  Public  Management 
smdents 

COM  208  and  230,  HIS  150  or  152. 
PSY  254,  and  an  economics  courses 


42  semester  hours 
15  semester  hours 


Minor  in  Political  Science 


18  semester  hours 


Students  may  minor  in  general  political  science  or  in  one  of  the  sub- 
fields  such  as  international  relations.  Students  take  PSC  100  plus  five 
courses  in  a  concentrated  area,  or  (at  least  two)  areas  under  departmen- 
tal advisement. 

This  minor  may  be  taken  as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  liberal  studies  general  degree  program. 

Minor  in  Public  Management  18  semester  hours 

Students  take  PMG  202  and  PSC  100  plus  four  additional  courses  in 
public  administration  under  department  advisement.  This  minor  may  be 
taken  as  one  of  the  minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of 
Science  liberal  studies  general  degree  program. 


*Students  in  the  International  Relations  concentration  are  encouraged  to  take 
PSC  240;  students  in  the  Public  Management  concentration  are  required  to  take 
PMG  202. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Symbol:  PSC,  unless  otherwise  indicated 

♦  100  American  Government  and  Politics  (3) 

Devoted  to  understanding  how  the  system  works: 
political  action,  elections,  interest  groups,  civil  liber- 
ties. Congress,  the  presidency,  and  the  courts  are 
among  the  topics  considered.  Seeks  to  provide  a 
framework  in  terms  of  which  process  and  current 
issues  become  meaningful.  Offered  each  semester. 

♦  101  Political  Issues  Today  (3)  Uses  the  issues  of 
our  time  as  vehicles  to  an  understanding  of  the  politi- 
cal process.  Emphasis  is  on  American  politics  but  in 
a  world-wide  perspective.  Topics  considered  may 
include  economic,  race,  gender,  and  civil  liberty 
issues  among  others. 

200  Foundations  of  Political  Science  (3) 

Incorporates  techniques  for  analyzing  political  ques- 
tions logically  and  systematically,  and  inUoduces 
basic  research  design  and  methodological  and  library 


usage  skills  appropriate  to  the  political  science  disci- 
pline. Required  course  for  B.A.  majors  in  political 
science,  public  administration,  and  international  rela- 
tions, and  the  B.S.  in  Education  with  a  political  sci- 
ence concentration.  Optional  course  for  minors  in 
political  science,  public  administration,  and  interna- 
tional relations.  PREREQ:  PSC  100.  Cannot  be  used 
to  meet  University  general  education  requirements. 
Offered  each  semester. 

#204  Introduction  to  Urban  Studies  (3)  An  exami- 
nation of  the  breadth  of  urban  studies  from  the  per- 
spectives of  many  social  science  disciplines. 
Philadelphia  is  emphasized  as  an  object  of  percep- 
tion, as  a  place  of  life  and  livelihood,  and  as  an 
example  of  continual  change  in  the  urban  environ- 
ment. PREREQ;  ENG  121. 

*  213  International  Relations  (3)  Politics  among 
nations,  including  politics  carried  on  through  interna- 
tional organizations.  Examines  power  politics,  tech- 
niques of  diplomacy,  and  methods  of  current  interna- 


tional organizations.  Special  attention  to  U.S.  inter- 
ests and  policies.  Offered  each  semester. 

217  American  Foreign  Policy  (3)  Cultural,  politi- 
cal, economic,  and  psychological  influences  on  poli- 
cy; process  of  decision  making.  Special  attention  to  a 
few  policy  areas  such  as  relations  with  allied,  under- 
developed, revolutionary,  or  Communist  countries. 
Possible  response  to  threats  of  war,  population 
growth,  resource  shortages,  and  pollution  may  be 
examined. 

230  Introduction  to  Political  Thought  (3)  Great 

political  thinkers  of  Western  civilization  from  Plato 
to  the  present.  Historical  background  of  Western 
thought  and  its  relevance  to  the  present  political 
world. 

240  Introduction  to  Comparative  Politics  (3)  An 

introduction  to  the  comparative  study  of  political 


*  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 

#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 


Political  Science 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


systems  at  various  stages  of  cultural,  social,  econom- 
ic, and  political  development. 
■  246  Soviet  Politics  (3)  Marxism-Leninism,  the 
functioning  of  the  political  system,  and  its  domina- 
tion of  all  areas  of  Soviet  life  Some  brief  attention  to 
the  conduct  of  Soviet  foreign  policy, 
252  Civil  Liberties  and  Civil  Rights  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  sources  of  civil  liberties  and  civil  nghts  in  the 
United  States  with  an  inquiry  into  contemporary 
problems  and  their  solutions  through  statutory  and 
constitutional  developments 
256  Energy  and  the  Political  Process  (3)  Stresses 
the  process  of  policy  making  and  implementation  in 
the  field  of  energy  Emphasis  also  is  given  to  foreign 
policy  and  natural  security  implications 
301  Women  in  Politics  (3)  The  role  of  women  in 
politics  is  surveyed  Considerations  include  the  rela- 
tionship between  the  sexes  as  it  impacts  politics. 

311  Soviet  and  Post-Soviet  Foreign  Policy  (3) 
Emphasis  on  Soviet-Amencan  relations  since  1945 
and  a  companson  of  the  two  societies  Topics  treated 
include  the  influence  of  Marxism,  Great  Russian 
nationalism,  and  histoncal  expenence  on  Soviet  for- 
eign relations  PREREQ;  PSC  213  or  2->6  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor 

312  Politics  of  Modem  Nationalism  (3)  An  analy- 
sis of  political  processes  in  the  former  Soviet  Union 
and  Eastern  Europe,  Western  Europe,  and  the  Middle 
East.  The  role  of  nationalism  in  these  countnes  after 
the  demise  of  communism  The  rise  of  nationalism  in 
the  Middle  East  and  Western  Europe. 

316  World  Order:  Problems,  Approaches,  and 
Prospects  (3)  Examines  global  interdependence,  con- 
flict, and  cooperation  regarding  contemporary  and 
future  world  problems,  such  as  nationalism, 
resources,  etc.  Considers  alternative  approaches  to 
cooperation  and  means  of  bnnging  about  change 

317  Contemporary  International  Relations  (3) 
Recent  issues  and  problems  with  special  emphasis  on 
superpower  behavior  around  the  world.  Also,  third 
world  revolutions,  mtemational  terronsm,  human 
rights,  international  law  and  the  United  Nations,  and 
the  changing  international  economic  order 

318  International  Political  Economy  (3)  The  focus 
is  the  politics  of  international  economic  relations. 
Alternative  analytical  and  theoretical  perspectives 
will  be  examined  for  their  value  in  helping  to  under- 
stand and  evaluate  the  historical  developments  and 
current  operation  of  the  global  economy.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  system  governance  (international 
regimes  such  as  the  World  Trade  Organization  and 
the  International  Monetary  Fund)  and  the  ability  of 
the  nations  of  the  world  to  provide  stability  to  the 
international  political  economy  The  pnmary  objec- 
tive of  this  course  is  to  develop  analytical  and  theo- 
retical skills  in  the  application  of  vanous  international 
political  economy  perspectives  (liberalism,  mercantil- 
ism, Marxism/structuralism)  which  examine  the  inter- 
relationship between  states  and  markets. 

319  Middle  Eastern  Politics  (3)  Topics  include  the 
Arab-Israeli  conflict,  the  politics  of  the  Persian  Gulf 
the  role  of  OPEC,  and  the  superpower  conflict  in  the 
region. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
POLITICAL  SCIENCE/PUBLIC 
MANAGEMENT 

Symbol;  PMG 

201  State  and  Local  Government  (3) 

Examination  of  the  organization,  functions,  and 
politics  of  state  and  local  government,  including 
analysis  of  politics  in  states,  counties,  cities,  and 


322  Public  Opinion,  Propaganda,  and  Political 
Behavior  (3)  The  dynamics  of  opinion  formation  and 
change,  and  the  role  of  public  opinion  in  policy  for- 
mation Political  socialization,  survey  research  and 
political  socialization,  survey  research,  and  propagan- 
da techniques  also  are  considered 

323  Racial  and  Ethnic  Politics  (3)  This  course 
examines  the  relationship  between  racial  and  ethnic 
groups'  political  behavior  and  the  Amencan  political 
system's  response  to  them  in  terms  of  its  public  poli- 
cies. 

324  American  Political  Parties  (3)  Panems,  func- 
tions, and  history  of  the  Amencan  political  party  sys- 
tem at  national,  state,  and  local  levels.  Theoretical 
and  empirical  studies  of  political  interest  groups,  pub- 
lic opinion,  and  voting  behavior 

329  Judicial  Behavior  (3)  A  behavioral  approach  to 
the  law,  with  specific  reference  to  conceptual, 
methodological,  and  ideological  considerations. 
Depending  on  the  availability  of  information,  role- 
playing  simulations  will  be  used  with  students  por- 
traying judges  and  attomeys. 
339  Contemporary  Political  Thought  (3)  Consi- 
deration of  major  political  thinkers  since  Marx, 
including  Berlin.  Rawis.  Dworkin.  Nozick.  and  ratio- 
nal choice  theonsts 

■  340  Latin-American  Culture  and  Politics  (3) 
Comparative  analysis  of  contemporary  Latin- Ame- 
rican systems  Political  cultures,  decision  making, 
ideologies,  and  political  processes  Emphasis  is  on 
Mexico  and  Central  America.  Offered  each  semester 
341   Politics  of  Non-Western  Areas  (3)  Emphasis 
on  the  general  problems  of  nation  building,  political 
participation,  and  elite-ma.ss  relationships  in  less- 
developed  nations  African  nations.  Latin  America,  or 
Asia  may  be  emphasized 

■  342  Government  and  Cultures  of  Western 
Europe  (3)  Primary  attention  focuses  on  France. 
Germany,  and  Great  Britain;  secondary  attention  is 
on  other  European  systems.  PoUtical  cultures,  popular 
participation,  political  parties,  and  formal  institutions 
of  government. 

343  Culture  and  Politics  of  Asia  (3)  Study  of  cul- 
tural, philosophical,  and  political  systems  of  modem 
Asia  with  special  emphasis  on  China.  Japan,  and 
India. 

348  African  Culture  and  PoUtics  (3)  The  political 
nature  and  practices  of  individuals,  organizations,  and 
govemments  of  Black  Afnca  are  examined  in  the  cul- 
tural context  of  the  contemporary  independent  period 
PREREQ:  PSC  1(X)  or  equivalent. 

349  Comparative  Communism  (3)  Comparative 
analysis  of  the  ideological,  political,  social,  and  eco- 
nomic systems  of  Communist  nations.  Concentration 
is  on  comparisons  between  the  Soviet  Union  and 
Communist  China,  but  other  Communist  systems 
also  are  considered 

350  American  Constitutional  Law  (3)  The  devel- 
opment of  the  American  constitutional  system  as 
reflected  in  leading  decisions  of  the  United  States 
Supreme  Court.  Emphasis  on  national  powers,  feder- 
alism, and  the  Bill  of  Rights.  PREREQ;  PSC  100  or 
permission  of  instructor. 


towns  in  urban,  suburban,  and  rural  areas 
Intergovernmental  relations  in  education,  trans- 
portation, and  welfare  policy  are  examined.  PRE- 
REQ; PSC  100 

202  Elements  of  Public  Administration  (3) 
Considers  public  administration  in  the  United 
States  as  a  process  of  implementing  public  pohcy. 
Uses  case  studies  and  projects  with  texts  focusing 
on  organizational  theory,  human  behavior  and 


355  Congressional  Politics  (3)  Deals  with  the  inter- 
nal and  external  factors  that  influence  Congressional 
behavior,  including  the  roles  of  constituents,  pressure 
groups,  parties,  the  committee  system,  rules,  and  the 
leadership.  Theu'  relationships  to  the  president  and 
court  structure  and  their  impact  on  electoral  politics 
also  are  considered.  Comparisons  with  state  legisla- 
tures 

356  American  Public  Policy  (3)  Policy  formation 
and  execution  Policy  areas  considered  vary  from 
semester  to  semester.  May  include  role-playing.  PRE- 
REQ: PSC  100  or  101  or  permission  of  instructor 
359  The  American  Presidency  (3)  In-depth  analy- 
sis of  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  American 
presidency,  including  constitutional  development, 
presidential  roles  and  customs,  the  recniitment 
process,  the  executive  branch,  and  the  politics  of  the 
presidency, 

399  Political  Science  Symposium  (3)  Nature  of 
research  in  political  science.  ConsUTiCtion  of  a 
research  design.  Extensive  reading  in  an  area  of  polit- 
ical science.  Offered  each  semester. 

HBI  400,  401, 402  Harrisburg  Internship 
Seminar  (15)  A  full-semester  internship  in 
Pennsylvania  state  government.  Student  intern  is 
placed  in  cabinet-level  or  legislative  office. 
Placement  (9  cr );  Policy  Research  Project  (3  cr  ); 
Policy  Seminar  (3  cr).  The  internship  is  open  to  any 
junior  or  senior  student,  regardless  of  major,  who  has 
a  minimum  GPA  of  3.5.  Stipend  involved. 

400  Senior  Seminar  in  Political  Science  (3) 
Research  in  political  science.  Methodology,  bibliog- 
raphy, and  presentation,  both  oral  and  written.  The 
research  paper  for  the  seminar  must  be  acceptable  as 
a  required  departmental  senior  research  paper. 

401  Senior  Project  in  Political  Science  (3) 
Execution  of  the  research  design  constructed  in  PSC 
399  Involves  completion  of  a  major  senior  paper 
under  supervision  of  a  staff  member.  Extensive  inde- 
pendent effort 

402  Seminar  in  International  Relations  (3)  Theme 
centered  with  capstone  paper.  Senior  I.R.  majors 
only. 

410  Independent  Studies  in  Political  Science  (1-3) 
Research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in  political 
science.  Open  to  seniors  only.  PREREQ:  Permission 
of  instructor. 

♦  412  Internship  in  Political  Science  (3-15) 
Upper-level  student  field  placement  learning.  Short- 
term.  3-  to  6-hour  experiences  in  political  settings 
under  faculty  advisement;  and  9-  to  15-hour  place- 
ments in  state,  federal,  local  government  or  public 
service  agencies.  Learning  contracts  and  faculty 
advisement  create  a  whole  experience  from  exposure 
to  government  administration  and  politics.  Offered 
each  semester 

414  International  Theory  (3)  General  theory 
applied  to  specific  case  studies.  Advanced  readings. 


■  Culture  Cluster 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


motivation,  budgeting,  personnel,  and  administra- 
tive responsibility.  Offered  each  semester. 
363  Urban  Government  (3)  Structures  and 
processes  of  central  city  and  suburban  government 
are  considered.  Examines  patterns  and  trends  in 
governmental  organization  and  administration  as 
well  as  sources  of  conflict  in  urban  decision  mak- 
ing, e.g..  the  urbanization  process,  race  and  class 
antagonism,  and  city-suburban  perspectives. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Pre-Medical  Program 


369  Politics  of  Bureaucracy  and  Administrative 
Behavior  (3)  In-depih  examinaiion  of  the  fourth 
branch  of  govemmenl  Impact  of  the  administration 
apparatus  (bureaucracy)  on  public  policy  formula- 
tion and  implementation.  Case  studies  and  student 
projects. 

372  Organization  and  Management  (3) 
Introduction  to  public  and  nonprofit  organization 
management.  Broad  coverage  of  key  elements  of 
organizational  functions  and  structure  for  potential 
managers.  Uses  both  macro  sociological  and  micro 
psychological  levels  of  analysis.  Case  studies  inte- 
grated into  conceptual  frameworks. 


373  American  Intergovernmental  Relations  (3) 

Designed  to  familiarize  students  with  the  complex 
network  of  conflict,  cooperation,  and  interdepen- 
dence among  national,  state,  and  local  government 
units.  Topic  areas,  among  others,  include  an  analy- 
sis of  the  continuing  evolution  of  American  feder- 
alism, an  examination  of  this  relationship  from 
state  and  city  government  perspectives,  and  a 
description  of  specific  intergovernmental  fiscal  pro- 
grams and  policies. 

375  Public  Fiscal  Management  (3)  Introductory 
course  to  public  fiscal  management  applicable  to 
local,  state,  and  national  levels  of  government. 


Focus  on  the  three  major  aspects  of  fiscal  manage- 
ment: public  services  in  a  free  market/mi.\ed  econ- 
omy; revenue/taxation  theory  and  practice;  and 
governmental  budgeting  systems  and  concepts. 
PREREQ:  PMG  202,  and  one  pnor  course  in  eco- 
nomics recommended. 

#  412  Internship  in  Public  Management  (3-15) 
Same  as  PSC  412,  but  for  students  with  pubHc 
management  concentration.  PREREQ:  PMG  364 
Offered  each  semester. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Social  Studies  With  Concentrations  in  Political  Science 

Students  interested  in  teaching  secondary  school  social  studies  may 
pursue  a  concentration  in  political  science  while  earning  state 


certification  and  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  degree.  See 
the  description  of  the  Social  Studies  Program  on  pages  125-126. 


Pre-Medical  Program 

161  Schmucker  Science  Center 

610-436-2978/3277 

Elise  Triano,  Director 

Melissa  Cichowicz,  Assistant  Director 

COMMITTEE  MEMBERS 

Melissa  Cichowicz,  Chemistry 
Marianne  Eleuterio,  Biology 
Andrew  Goudy,  Chemistry 
Ronnie  Morgan,  Mathematics 
Linda  Myrsiades,  English 
Anthony  Nicastro,  Physics 
Thomas  Piatt,  Philosophy 
Elise  Triano,  Biology 
Richard  Woodruff,  Biology 

The  Pre-Medical  Program  prepares  undergraduate  and  post-baccalaure- 
ate students  for  application  to  the  health  professional  schools  of  medi- 
cine, dentistry,  and  veterinary  medicine,  and  for  careers  in  biomedical 
research.  Supervised  by  a  Pre-Medical  Committee,  the  program  con- 
sists of  an  individualized  selection  of  course  work,  personal  counseling 
and  academic  support,  and  optional  junior-year  biomedical  research  at 
a  medical  school  or  research  institute.  For  highly  select  undergraduates 
and  post-baccalaureates,  medical  school  admission  assurance  programs 
are  available  in  affiliation  with  the  Allegheny  University  of  the  Health 
Sciences,  MCP-Hahnemann  School  of  Medicine;  the  Penn  State 
University  College  of  Medicine;  and  the  Philadelphia  College  of 
Osteopathic  Medicine.  Students  with  majors  other  than  chemistry-biol- 
ogy (pre-medical)  are  required  to  have  two  advisers — one  from  their 
major  field  and  one  from  the  Pre-Medical  Committee. 

Because  of  the  intense  competition  for  health  professional  school 
admission,  only  academically  talented  and  highly  motivated  students 
should  apply  to  the  Pre-Medical  Program.  Applicants  are  selected  on 
the  basis  of  their  potential  for  achievement  in  the  program.  Students  in 
the  program  are  expected  to  maintain  a  minimum  3.0  Grade  Point 
Average  and  the  high  standards  of  performance  necessary  for  health 
professional  school  admission. 

It  is  essential  for  incoming  students  contemplating  a  medical  career  to 
register  with  the  Pre-Medical  Office  immediately  upon  matriculation  at 
the  University.  Similarly,  it  is  essential  for  students  who  at  some  later 
time  develop  an  interest  in  a  medical  career  to  register  with  the  Pre- 
Medical  Office,  Students  who  fail  to  consult  with  the  Pre-Medical 
Office  prior  to  taking  the  Medical  College  Admissions  Test  (MCAT)  or 
who  fail  to  report  the  results  of  any  MCAT  exam  to  the  Pre-Medical 


Office  forfeit  the  privilege  of  receiving  a  Pre-Medical  Committee  letter 
of  evaluation  when  they  apply  to  medical  school. 

All  West  Chester  students  who  wish  to  apply  to  a  health  professional 
school  should  ask  their  professors  to  forward  letters  of  evaluation  to  the 
Pre-Medical  Committee  and  should  process  their  applications  through 
the  committee.  The  committee  will  send  a  composite  letter  of  evalua- 
tion to  the  professional  school.  Except  for  special  circumstances,  no 
letters  of  recommendation  should  be  sent  directly  to  professional 
schools. 

Further  information  is  available  in  the  Pre-Medical  Office,  Room  161 
Schmucker  Science  Center. 

CONCENTRATION  AND  CORE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR 
CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY  (PRE-MEDICAL)  CURRICULUM 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  —  CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY 
(PRE-MEDICAL) 

1.      General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  29  semester  hours 

Includes  six  semester  hours  of  English  composition 

24  semester  hours 


2.  Biology 
BIO  1 10,  217,  220,  230,  357,  448,  and  468 

3.  Chemistry 

CHE  103/105,  104/106,  231,  232,  321,  345, 

418,  and  471/476 

CRL  103/105,  104/106,  231,  and  471 

4A.  Internship  Track 
CHE  450 

One  3-credit  biology  or  chemistry 
concentration  elective 

4B.   Nonintemship  Track 
CRL  321,  CHE  477 
BIO  490  or  CHE  491 
Three  3-credit  concentration  electives 

5.  Supporting  Courses 
MAT  121,  161 

MAT  162  or  MAT  122  and  one  1 -credit 
concentration  elective 
PHY  130/170  and  140/180 

6.  Free  Electives 
See  also  Chemistry. 


3 1  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 


1 5  semester  hours 


19  semester  hours 


7-10  semester  hours 


Psychology 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Department  of  Psychology 

Peoples  Building 

610-436-2945 

Edward  Pollak,  Chairperson 

Philip  Duncan,  Assistant  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Crawford,  Duncan,  Kumar,  Moore,  Morse, 

Pollak,  J.  Porter,  L.  Porter,  Treadwell 
ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Bloom,  Bonifazi,  Mahlstedt, 

McConatha 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Kerr,  C.  Renner,  M.  Renner, 

Verges 
ADJUNCT  PROFESSOR:  Pekala 

The  Department  of  Psychology  offers  bachelor's  degrees  in  three  areas 
of  concentration. 

1.  The  B.A.  in  PSYCHOLOGY  prepares  the  student  to  understand 
those  variables,  such  as  heredity,  learning,  and  the  environment, 
which  shape  and  change  behavior.  Careers  are  possible  in  clinics, 
guidance  centers,  industry,  hospitals,  schools,  and  government. 
Students  should  consult  their  advisers  concerning  recommended 
preparations  for  specific  career  goals.  This  program  also  will  pre- 
pare the  student  for  postgraduate  study. 

2.  The  B.A.  in  PSYCHOLOGY:  COGNITIVE  REHABILITATION 
CONCENTRATION  provides  training  for  cognitive  rehabilitation 
therapists.  Such  therapists  work  with  patients  who  have  suffered 
brain  trauma  followmg  an  accident  or  stroke.  The  therapist  will 
carry  out  a  treatment  program  designed  to  facilitate  the  recovery  of 
cognitive  functions  such  as  memory,  rea.soning,  judgment,  etc.  The 
cognitive  rehabilitation  therapist  typically  works  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  doctoral-level  clinical  neuropsychologist.  This  program 
also  will  prepare  the  student  for  postgraduate  study. 

3.  The  B.S.  in  EDUCATION  program  prepares  students  to  teach  psy- 
chology and  the  social  sciences  in  the  secondary  schools. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— PSYCHOLOGY 

1.  General  Education  Requirements,  5 1  semester  hours 
see  pages  32-35 

Includes  PSY  100.  MAT  103  or  higher  MAT 
course  is  required.  BIO  100  and  CSC  101  are 
strongly  recommended  for  partial  completion  of 
the  science  requirement. 

2.  Foreign  Language/Culture  Requirement,  0- 1 5  semester  hours 
see  page  35 

3.  Department  Requirements  36  semester  hours 

A.  Required  Psychology  Courses  (21  semester  hours) 
PSY  245,  246,  and  400.  Smdents  must 

choose  two  courses  from  Group  I  and  two 
courses  from  Group  II. 
Group  I 

PSY  254,  257,  or  375 
Group  II 

PSY  363,  464,  or  470 

B.  Psychology  Electives  (15  semester  hours) 
These  may  be  selected  from  among  any  of 
the  departmental  offerings. 

4.  Department  Free  Electives  29-48  semester  hours 
These  electives  are  in  addition  to  the  nine 

semester  hours  of  electives  listed  under  the 
General  Education  Requirements  and  may  be 
selected  from  among  any  of  the  University's 
course  offerings. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— PSYCHOLOGY:  COGNITIVE 
REHABILITATION  CONCENTRATION 

1 .  General  Education  Requirements,  5 1  semester  hours 

see  pages  32-35 


Includes  PSY  100.  MAT  103  or  a  higher  MAT 
course  is  required.  BIO  100  and  CSC  101  are 
strongly  recommended  for  partial  completion  of 
the  science  requirement. 

2.  Foreign  Language/Culture  Requirement  0- 1 5  semester  hours 

3.  Departmental  Requirements  39  semester  hours 

PSY  245,  246,  254.  257,  363,  375,  400,  441. 
442,  464,  470.  475,  and  480 


4.  Department  of  Special  Education  Requirements 
Requirements 

EDA    101  Psychology  of  the  Mentally 

Handicapped 
EDA    102  Psychology  of  the  Physically 

Handicapped 

5.  The  following  special  education  courses  are  not 
required;  however,  it  is  strongly  recommended 
that  the  student  consider  them  when  selecting 
free  electives. 

EDA  220  Behavior  Management 
EDA   350  Life  Curriculum  and  Methods 
EDA   360  Diagnostic  and  Prescriptive  Teaching 
SPP     340  Development  and  Disorders  of 
Language 


6  semester  hours 


6.  Free  Electives 

These  electives  are  in  addition  to  the  nine 
semester  hours  of  electives  listed  under  the 
General  Education  Requirements  and  may  be 
selected  from  among  any  of  the  University 
course  offerings. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION- 
SOCIAL  STUDIES:  PSYCHOLOGY 


17-36  semester  hours 


Psychology  Requirements 

PSY  245.  254.  257,  375,  400,  and  464 

See  description  under  "Social  Studies:  B.S.  in 
Education,"  pages  125-126. 

Minor  in  Psychology 


1 8  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 


The  minor  in  psychology  is  designed  for  students  of  any  major  and  is 
tailored  to  the  specific  educational  goals  of  each  suident.  After  taking 
PSY  100.  the  student  will  choose  15  additional  hours  of  PSY  courses  in 
consultation  with  the  Department  of  Psychology's  minor  adviser. 


Minor  in  Cognitive  Disabilities 


18  semester  hours 


The  minor  in  cognitive  disabilities  is  designed  for  special  education 
majors  and  others  who  work  to  facilitate  the  recovery  of  cognitive 
functions  (such  as  memory,  reasoning,  judgment,  etc.)  of  patients  who 
have  suffered  brain  trauma  following  an  accident  or  stroke. 

Required  Courses 

PSY  363,  464,  470,  475,  480  15  semester  hours 


Electives 

PSY  375,  PSY  325,  or  ED?  351 

Minimum  Grade  Requirement 


3  semester  hours 


Beginning  in  the  fall  of  1996  all  newly  declared  psychology  majors  and 
minors  must  earn  a  grade  of  C-  or  better  in  PSY  100  and  all  other  PSY 
courses  that  fulfill  departmental  requirements.  PSY  courses  used  as 
general  education  free  electives  are  exempt  from  this  policy. 


School  of  Education 


Social  Studies  Program 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Symbol:  PSY 

*  100  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  scientific  study  of  behavior.  The  multiple 
bases  of  human  behavior  with  emphasis  on  the  learn- 
ing process  Basic  concepts,  principles,  and  method- 
ology. Students  may  be  required  to  become  familiar 
with  an  ongoing  research  study  in  psychology  as  an 
out-of-elass  assignment.  Offered  fall  and  spring 
semesters. 

210  Developmental  Psychology:  Lifespan  (3)  A 
survey  of  research  findings  and  theoretical  issues 
related  to  developmental  processes  from  the  prenatal 
phase  to  senescence  PREREQ:  PSY  100.  Majors  are 
advised  to  take  PSY  382  and/or  PSY  384  rather  than 
PSY  2 10 

245  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3) 
Descriptive  and  inferential  statistical  concepts  and 
techniques  and  their  apphcation  to  the  collection, 
analysis,  and  interpretation  of  behavioral  data 
Computer-assisted  computation  procedures  will  be 
employed. 

246  Research  Methods  in  Psychology  (3)  Critical 
examination  of  research  methods  in  psychology, 
including  experimental  and  quasi-experimental 
designs,  correlational  methods,  and  survey  methods. 
Students  will  receive  practical  experience  in  the 
design,  implementation,  analysis,  and  interpretation 
of  data,  and  in  preparation  of  written  reports  for 
research  projects, 

254  Social  Psychology  (3)  The  study  of  the  ways  in 
which  the  individual  is  affected  by  the  actual,  imag- 
ined, or  implied  presence  of  others.  PREREQ:  PSY 
100.  Offered  fall  and  spring  semesters. 
257  Theories  of  Personality  (3)  A  course  in  person- 
aUty  that  examines  the  theories  and  writings  of  Freud, 
Jung,  Adler,  Fromm,  Erikson,  Rogers,  and  other 
major  personality  theorists.  PREREQ:  PSY  100. 
265  Industrial/Organizational  Psychology  (3)  A 
basic  course  for  business  majors  and  others  interested 
in  the  psychology  of  the  workplace.  Emphasis  on  the 
theoretical  developments  in  psychology  as  these 
relate  to  the  study  of  people  in  organizations  and 
industry.  Offered  fall  and  spring  semesters. 
325  Psychological  Testing  and  Measurement  (3) 
Principles  of  psychological  measurement  including 
standardization,  scale  transformation,  reliability, 
validity,  and  item  analysis  Use  of  tests  for  the  solu- 
tion of  problems  in  industrial,  clinical,  and  education- 
al settings.  PREREQ:  PSY  100 
327  Behavior  Modification  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
principles  and  practices  employed  in  inducing  behav- 
ioral changes  in  clinic,  instimtion,  agency,  and  school 
settings  PREREQ:  PSY  100 

335  Animal  Behavior  (3)  The  evolution  and  adap- 
tiveness  of  behavior  Emphasis  on  physiological, 
genetic,  and  learning  processes  underlying  animal 
behavior.  PREREQ:  PSY  100,  or  BIO  100  or  1 10,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

336  Animal  Behavior  Laboratory  (2)  Laboratory 
exercises  and  experiments  in  the  principles  of  animal 
behavior  and  comparative  psychology.  PREREQ: 


Concurrent  enrollment  in  (or  previous  completion  of) 
PSY  335. 

350  Motivation  (3)  A  study  of  drives,  motives,  and 
emotions  as  determinants  of  behavior  Physiological 
and  social  aspects  of  motivation  will  be  explored 
with  some  attention  given  to  pathological  factors. 
PREREQ:  PSY  100 

362  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology  (3)  An 
integrated  overview  of  the  history  of  psychology  as 
well  as  the  systems,  theories,  and  fundamental  issues 
with  which  psychologists  have  concerned  themselves 
in  the  past,  recent,  and  current  stages  of  the  science. 
PREREQ:  PSY  100;  PHI  101  recommended. 

363  Psychology  of  Learning  (3)  Basic  laws  and 
theones  of  learning  PREREQ:  PSY  100. 

364  Learning  Laboratory  (3)  Laboratory  exercises 
and  experiments  in  the  pnnciples  of  Pavlovian  and 
instrumental  condinoning  PREREQ:  Successful 
completion  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  PSY  363. 

365  Psychology  of  Women  (3)  A  smdy  of  the 
behavior  and  experience  of  women  Biological,  cul- 
tural, interpersonal,  and  intrapersonal  determinants  of 
women's  actions,  thoughts,  and  feehngs  will  be 
explored  PREREQ:  PSY  100  Offered  fall  and 
spring  semesters. 

375  Abnormal  Psychology  (3)  The  nature  and  man- 
ifestauons  of  normality  and  abnormality,  mental 
mechanisms  and  symptoms,  psychoneuroses,  psy- 
choses, the  psychopathic  personality,  and  mental 
deficiency.  PREREQ:  PSY  100. 
382  Developmental  Psychology  of  Infancy, 
Childhood  and  Adolescence  (3)  Study  of  the  normal 
child  from  conception  to  puberty  Emphasis  on  cur- 
rent theoretical  issues  involved  in  the  effects  of  early 
experience  and  environment  PREREQ:  PSY  100. 
384  Developmental  Psychology  of  Adulthood  and 
Aging  (3)  Study  of  psychological  development  dur- 
ing the  mature  years  up  to  and  including  death  and 
dying.  PREREQ:  PSY  100 

390  Principles  of  Counseling  and  Psychotherapy 
(3)  A  review  of  theoretical  assumptions  underpinning 
various  approaches  to  counseling  and  psychotherapy 
with  particular  reference  to  comparative  outcome 
data  PREREQ:  PSY  257  or  375 
400  Senior  Seminar  in  Psychology  (3)  Advanced 
topics  in  psychology.  A  written  and/or  oral  presenta- 
tion describing  and  analyzing  current  issues  in  psy- 
chology. Required  of  all  psychology  majors.  Offered 
fall  and  spring  semesters. 
♦  410  Research  in  Psychology  (1-3)  Special 
research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in  psycholo- 
gy. Open  to  seniors  only  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
department  chairperson.  Offered  fall  and  spring 
semesters. 

413  Psychodrama  I  (3)  This  class  is  designed  as  an 
introductory  course,  integrating  theory  and  practice  of 
psychodrama  as  a  psychotherapeutic  modality. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  understanding  the  basic  psy- 
chodramatic  and  sociometric  techniques  from  a  theo- 
retical perspective  with  emphasis  placed  on  how  to 
use  these  basic  techniques  in  applied  situations,  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  instructor. 


414  Psychodrama  n  (3)  Continuation  of  PSY  413 
at  an  advanced  level.  Integrating  clinical  sociometry. 
auxiliary  ego  techniques,  the  social  atom  concept, 
warm-up  techniques,  role  training,  and  student  direct- 
ing. Instruction  will  be  both  didactic  and  experiential, 
integrating  the  theoretical  and  applied  components  of 
psychodrama  and  sociometry  as  a  therapeutic  modali- 
ty. PREREQ:  PSY  413. 

430  Human  Sexual  Behavior  (3)  An  intensive 
study  of  those  variables  under  which  human  sexual 
behavior  functions.  Research  from  sociological  and 
medical  studies  is  integrated  with  psychological 
knowledge.  PREREQ:  PSY  100.  Offered  fall  and 
spring  semesters. 

441  Field  Experience  in  Psychology  I  (3)  A  work- 
study  program  in  an  educational  or  mental  health 
facihty  under  joint  supervision  of  the  instructor  and 
the  staff  psychologist  of  the  field  institution.  Offered 
fall  and  spring  semesters.  Permission  of  instiuctor 
required. 

442  Field  Experience  in  Psychology  D  (3) 
Continuation  of  PSY  441 . 

443  Psychology  of  Group  Processes  (3)  An  explo- 
ration of  the  dynamics  of  interpersonal  behavior  in 
small  groups.  Theory  applied  to  practice  in  class. 
PREREQ:  PSY  100;  permission  of  instructor  recom- 
mended. 

445  Organizational  Development  (3)  The  study  of 
human  behavior  in  task  group  and  organizational 
contexts.  PREREQ:  PSY  100;  PSY  254  or  PSY  265 
recommended. 

447  Human  Intimacy  (3)  A  study  of  processes  and 
factors  in  establishing,  maintaining,  and  terminating 
relationships  via  the  use  of  group  methods.  PRE- 
REQ: PSY  100  and  permission  of  instructor. 
464  Physiological  Psychology  (3)  Anatomical, 
endocrinological,  and  physiological  processes  under- 
lying behavior,  including  motivation,  emotion,  learn- 
ing, and  memory.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the 
biological  bases  and  treatments  of  mental  illness 
PREREQ:  PSY  100.  or  BIO  100  or  1 10  recommend- 
ed. Offered  fall  and  spring  semesters. 
470  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes  (3)  A  study 
of  how  we  process  sensor>'  information  and  perceive 
our  environments.  PREREQ:  PSY  100. 
475  Cognitive  Psychology  (3)  Basic  research  and 
application  in  memory  and  information  processing. 
PREREQ:  PSY  100;  PSY  363  recommended. 
480  Neuropsychological  RehabiUtation  (3)  The 
theory  and  practice  of  cognitive  rehabilitation  in 
patients  with  brain  injury  and  disease.  Topics  include 
fmdings  from  both  basic  and  clinical  research. 
Methods  of  cognitive  rehabilitation  are  presented 
with  an  emphasis  on  operant  procedures.  PREREQ: 
PSY  327  or  464. 

♦  490  Topical  Seminar  in  Psychology  (1-3) 
Special  topics  in  psychology  not  offered  under  exist- 
ing, regularly  offered  courses.  PREREQ:  Consent  of 
instructor  or  chairperson  recommended. 


*  Approved  distributive  requirement  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  with  the  approval  of 

the  Department  of  Psychology  chairperson. 


Social  Studies  Program 


For  additional  information  consult  the  major  department  or  the 
Secondary  Education  Advisement  Center, 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION- 
COMPREHENSIVE  SOCIAL  STUDIES 

The  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  grants  a  comprehensive  social 
studies  certificate  entitling  the  holder  to  leach  social  studies  in  public 
school.  Preparation  combines  an  introduction  to  all  of  the  social  sci- 


ence disciplines  with  either  a  concentration  in  one  discipline,  or  an 
interdisciplinary  concentration. 


COMMON  REQUIREMENTS 

1,  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2,  Professional  Education,  see  page  68 

3,  Social  Science  Requirements 


5 1  semester  hours 
30  semester  hours 

24-30  semester  hours 


ANT  102;  ECO  101  or  1 1 1  or  112;  GEO  101; 
HIS  101,  102,  151,  and  152;  PSC  100;  PSY  100; 


Social  Work 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


SOC  200;  plus  6-9  semester  hours  and  a  con- 
centration chosen  from  A,  B,  C,  or  D  below. 
4.   All  students  are  required  to  take  SSC  331 
the  semester  before  student  teaching. 

NOTE;  Some  of  the  requirements  in  concentrations  B,  C,  and  D 
below  may  be  met  by  courses  that  fulfill  the  social  science  require- 
ments. 

A.  Concentration  in  a  Social  Science  Discipline    21  semester  hours 
In  the  discipline  of  the  student's  choice; 

anthropology,  geography,  history,  philoso- 
phy, political  science,  psychology,  or  sociol- 
ogy. See  department  of  concentration  for 
advising. 

B.  Concentration  in  American  Culture  33  semester  hours 
See  Department  of  History  for  advising. 

American  Studies  Core  (24  semester  hours) 
American  Studies  Electives  and  Social 
Science  Requirements  (9  semester  hours) 


C.  Concentration  in  World  Cultures  30  semester  hours 

Consult  with  any  of  the  following  depart- 
ments for  advising;  Anthropology  and 
Sociology,  History,  or  Political  Science. 
Seminar  (3  semester  hours) 
European  Tradition  (9  semester  hours) 
Non-European  Tradition  (9  semester  hours) 
Topical  and  Thematic  Approaches  (9  semes- 
ter hours) 

D.  Concentration  in  Ethnic  Studies  30  semester  hours 

See  the  Department  of  History  for  advising. 
History  Courses  (15  semester  hours) 
Social  Science  Electives  and  Requirements 
(9  semester  hours) 
Humanities  Electives  (6  semester  hours) 

A  2.5  cumulative  average  in  the  social  sciences  and  a  2.5  overall  aver- 
age is  a  prerequisite  for  student  teaching. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COMPREHENSIVE  SOCIAL  STUDIES 

SSC  331  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  Secondary 
Schools  (3)  Methods  and  materiajs  of  teaching 


social  studies  for  prospective  secondary  school 
teachers  Emphasis  is  on  combining  educational 
theory  with  social  studies  content  for  effective 
leaching  Exercises  and  practical  application. 


Enrollment  is  restricted  to  students  who  will  be  stu- 
dent leaching  the  next  semester  Permission  to 
waive  this  policy  may  be  granted  by  the  chairper- 
son. Department  of  History 


Department  of  Social  Work 

206  McCoy  Center 

610-436-2527 

Mildred  C.  Joyner,  Chairperson 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Bartlett,  Siegel 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Hodgins,  Joyner,  McCutcheon, 

Wieder 
The  social  work  program  is  accredited  on  the  baccalaureate  level  as  a 
professional  degree  in  social  work  by  the  Council  on  Social  Work 
Education. 

This  mission  of  the  Department  of  Social  Work  at  West  Chester 
University  is  to  develop  the  knowledge,  values,  and  skills  in  students  to 
enable  them  to  function  effectively  as  beginning  generalist  social  workers. 
Students  develop  knowledge  of  the  social  welfare  needs  of  a  complex 
urban  and  rural  environment.  Students  promote  ethical  thinking,  are  life- 
long learners,  and  evaluate  their  skills  continuously.  Students  are  also  pre- 
pared for  graduate  social  work  education.  The  student  applies  theory  to 
practice  in  varied  field  experiences  in  the  junior  and  senior  years. 
The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Social  Work  are; 

1.  To  develop  from  a  systems  perspective  competence  in  beginning 
generalist  practice  skills  with  individuals,  families,  groups,  organi- 
zations, communities,  and  larger  societal  systems; 

2.  To  demonstrate  attitudes  and  behavior  consistent  with  the  values  of 
the  social  work  profession; 

3.  To  develop  sensitivity  in  students  regarding  issues  of  equality, 
social  justice,  and  empowerment,  and  to  apply  sensitivity  to  all  lev- 
els of  practice; 

4.  To  maximize  self-awareness,  growth,  and  the  ability  to  evaluate  one's 
own  practice  through  personalized  and  professional  education. 

Smdents  interested  in  majoring  in  social  work  must  take  Development  of 
Professional  Self  (SWO  220)  and  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  I  (SWO 
200)  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  of  their  freshman  year.  Students 
are  required  to  maintain  a  GPA  of  2.25  for  up  to  64  earned  credits  and  a 
2.5  for  65  or  more  earned  credits  in  order  to  continue  in  the  social  work 
program.  A  student  needs  a  2.75  overall  GPA  to  be  eligible  for  certifica- 
tion upon  graduation  by  the  Council  of  Social  Work  Education. 
There  is  a  continuing  evaluation  process  on  all  students  in  the  program 
each  year.  All  students  are  expected  to  demonstrate  attitudes  and  behavior 
consistent  with  the  values  and  ethics  of  professional  social  work  and  the 
National  Association  of  Social  Work  (NASW)  Social  Work  Code  of 
Ethics. 


Policy  for  Social  Work  Majors 

Majors  are  required  to  meet  with  their  social  work  adviser  to  plan  an 
integrative  course  of  study,  to  select  courses  prior  to  scheduling,  to  dis- 
cuss career  opportunities,  and  to  keep  abreast  of  departmental  activi- 
ties. Handbooks  are  provided  to  help  students  be  aware  of  requirements 
and  procedures  in  the  department.  Social  work  majors  should  be 
aware  of  social  work  prerequisite  courses  and  must  see  their  advis- 
er before  registering  for  classes. 

Academic  Promotion  Policy 

Social  work  students  who  have  a  grade  of  D,  F,  or  NG  (no  grade)  in 
required  courses  must  repeat  these  courses  and  achieve  a  satisfactory 
grade  before  entering  the  junior  field  placement.  Not  achieving  at  least 
a  C-  in  social  work  required  courses  is  considered  grounds  for  dis- 
missal from  the  social  work  program. 

Department-Related  Activities 

The  Social  Work  Club  is  a  student  organization  that  involves  department 
faculty  and  resources.  The  activities  of  this  organization  are  open  to  all 
students.  The  honor  society.  Phi  Alpha,  is  sponsored  by  the  Department 
of  Social  Work  and  is  the  Chi  Gamma  Chapter  of  the  National  Social 
Work  Honor  Society.  Eligibility  requires  an  overall  GPA  of  3.0  and  3.5  in 
required  social  work  courses.  For  more  information,  see  the  Student 
Activities  and  Service  Organization  sections  of  the  catalog. 

Transfer  Students 

Transfer  credit  will  be  granted  for  freshman-  and  sophomore-level  cours- 
es if  (a)  the  course  descriptions  are  equivalent  and  (b)  the  grades  are  C  or 
above  in  social  work  related  courses.  All  required  courses  in  professional 
social  work  education  that  are  required  by  the  Council  on  Social  Work 
Education  must  be  taken  in  an  accredited  social  work  program.  Transfer 
smdents  can  be  admitted  in  September  or  January.  (Exception;  students 
transferring  from  a  social  work  program  that  is  accredited  by  CSWE.) 

INTERNAL  TRANSFER  STUDENTS  (undeclared  majors  and 
change  of  majors)  who  desire  admission  to  the  Department  of  Social 
Work  may  apply  after  meeting  with  the  depanment  chairperson. 
Students  must  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  2.25  for  up  to  64  earned  credits, 
and  a  2.5  for  65  or  more  earned  credits,  plus  an  interview  and  completion 
of  a  change  of  major  form  to  gain  admittance  into  the  program. 

STUDENTS  TRANSFERRING  FROM  VARIOUS  COLLEGES 
AM)  UNIVERSITIES  who  desire  admission  to  the  Department  of 
Social  Work  may  apply  only  with  a  GPA  of  2.25  for  up  to  64  earned 
credits,  and  a  2.5  for  65  or  more  earned  credits. 


School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 


Social  Work 


Department  Field  Placements  and  Volunteer  Experiences 

Social  work  students  do  volunteer  experience  in  the  second  semester 
freshman  year.  During  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  and  in  both 
semesters  of  the  senior  year,  students  will  be  placed  in  various  social 
work  agencies  (see  partial  listing  of  social  work  field  placements). 
Students  must  have  completed  SWO  200,  220,  225,  300,  320,  332,  and 
350  with  a  cumulative  average  of  2.5  before  they  register  to  take  the 
Junior  Field  Placement  in  the  spring  semester. 
INSURANCE.  Students  are  also  required  to  carry  liability  insurance 
coverage  in  the  amount  of  $1,000,000/3,000,000  during  the  second 
semester  of  their  junior  and  the  entire  senior  year  at  a  yearly  cost  of 
approximately  $30.  Students  who  have  cars  must  submit  a  copy  of  their 
insurance  to  the  director  of  field  placement.  Students  may  join  NASW 
and  become  a  member  of  a  national  social  work  organization  and 
receive  liability  insurance  at  a  reduced  rate.  Students  should  apply  for 
child  abuse  clearance  and  state  police  background  check  in  the  fall 
semester  of  their  junior  year  for  various  field  placement  considerations. 

Social  Work  Field  Placements 

Students  have  been  placed  with  the  following  organizations  to  fulfill 

their  field  experience  requirements: 

Juvenile  Court  of  Delaware  County 

Brandywine  Hospital 

Women's  Alternatives 

Chester  County  Board  of  Assistance 

Chester  County  Children's  Services 

Crozer  Chester  Medical  Center 

Delaware  County  Children  and  Youth 

Delaware  County  Intermediate  Unit 

Help  Counseling  Drug  and  Alcohol  Program 

Family  Service-Mental  Health  Centers  of  Chester  County 

United  Cerebral  Palsy  of  Chester  County 

Travelers  Aid  Society 

West  Chester  Area  Schools 

A.I.  DuPont  Instimte 

Ronald  McDonald  House 

Planned  Parenthood 

Chester  County  Services  for  Seniors 


Eagleville  Hospital 

Delaware  County  Juvenile  Court 

Haverford  State  Hospital 

First  Step  of  Chester  County 

Paoli  Hospital 

Pathway  School 

Philadelphia  Psychiatric  Center 

Veteran's  Administration 

Domestic  Relations  Court 

Housing  Authority  of  Chester  County,  Coatesville  Project 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS— SOCIAL  WORK 


5 1  semester  hours 
0-15  semester  hours 


9  semester  hours 
57  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 
6  semester  hours 


1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35 

2.  Foreign  Language/Cluster  Requirements 
(second  half  of  the  intermediate  year) 

3.  Social  Science  Cognate 

4.  Social  Work  Concentration 
SWO  200,  220,  225,  300,  320-321,  332, 
350-351,  375,  395,  431,  432,  450-451, 
and  495-496 

5.  Cognates  (Psycho-Social  Foundation) 

6.  Electives 

Social  work  majors  should  choose,  with  help  from  their  advisers,  inter- 
disciplinary electives  geared  to  their  learning  needs  and  professional 
interests. 

Minor  in  Social  Work  18  semester  hours 

A  minor  in  social  work  offers  students  (1)  an  understanding  of  the  pur- 
posefulness  of  human  behavior,  (2)  a  professional  method  with  which 
to  deal  effectively  with  that  behavior,  and  (3)  knowledge  of  the  varied 
fields  of  practice  of  social  work  and  how  they  relate  to  the  student's 
chosen  major  field.  Smdents  will  not  be  permitted  to  take  social  work 
field  practice  courses.  In  some  instances  a  collaborative  field  internship 
with  the  student's  major  discipline  will  be  designed. 
Students  take  SWO  200,  201,  225,  300,  320,  and  321  and  an  elective 
social  work  course.  Other  courses  may  be  selected  under  advisement. 
To  declare  a  minor,  students  must  see  the  minor  adviser  and  complete 
the  declaration  of  minor  forms. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
SOCIAL  WORK 

Symbol:  SWO 

PRIMARILY  FOR  FRESHMEN 
AND  SOPHOMORES 

200  Introduction  to  Social  Welfare  (3)  Current 
social  problems  and  the  influence  of  societal  values 
on  their  definition  and  the  structures  devised  to  meet 
them.  Two  hours  per  week  of  volunteer  e,xperience  in 
a  social  agency  is  required. 
220  The  Development  of  a  Professional  Self  (3) 
Students  are  provided  background  knowledge  and 
skills  to  function  professionally  in  society.  The 
course  adopts  the  psychological  perspective  that  links 
self-concept  and  its  development  with  group  behav- 
ior, the  function  of  social  reality,  and  social  role. 
222  Human  Service  Professionals  and  the  Law  (3) 
A  study  of  legislation  and  case  law  affecting  social 
welfare  programs  for  the  development  of  an  under- 
standing of  legal  reasoning  and  key  areas  of  legal 
knowledge.  Offered  every  other  year. 
#225  Race  Relations  (3)  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
racial  awareness  by  examining  racial,  ethnic,  and  cul- 
tural differences  of  minority  groups  in  the  United 
States.  Offered  fall  and  spring  semesters 

B.A.  COURSES  FOR  SOCIAL  WORK  MAJORS 
AND  OTHER  UPPERCLASSMEN 

300  Family  Systems  I  (3)  Introduction  to  selected 
items  in  systems  analysis,  emphasizing  application  to 
understanding  family  systems  and  the  organizational 
framework  of  human  behavior.  Offered  spring  semes- 
ter only. 


320  Generalist  Social  Work  Practice  I  (3)  The  the- 
ory and  application  of  the  generalist  model  and  the 
problem-solving  method  to  direct  practice  with  indi- 
viduals and  families. 

321  Generalist  Social  Work  Practice  II  (3)  A  con- 
tinuation of  the  application  of  the  generalist  model 
and  problem-solving  method  (o  direct  practice  with 
groups,  organizations,  and  communities. 

332  Social  Welfare  Policies  and  Services  (3)  The 
history  of  social  welfare  in  the  United  States,  and  an 
overview  of  major  fields  of  social  work  practice  with 
emphasis  on  legislation  and  policy  formulation. 
Offered  fall  semester  only 

350  Human  Behavior  in  Social  Environment  I  (3) 
Examination  of  life  stages  of  early  childhood  through 
adolescence.  Offered  fall  semester  only. 

351  Human  Behavior  in  Social  Environment  II 
(3)  Continuation  of  SWO  350.  Focus  on  middle 
adulthood  to  aging.  Offered  spring  semester  only. 
421  Mental  Health  and  Social  Work  Practice  (3) 
The  scope  of  mental  health  services  and  specific 
practice  skills  for  social  work  with  mentally  disturbed 
or  retarded  clients  only.  Offered  every  other  year. 
423  Special  Skills  in  Child  Protective  Services  (3) 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  understanding  child  abuse  and 
neglect,  assessment  of  persons  in  crises,  and  treat- 
ment for  the  abused  and  neglected  child  in  today's 
society.  Offered  every  other  year. 

431  Methods  of  Social  Inquiry  (3)  Fundamentals  of 
problem  identification,  research  design,  sampling, 
observation,  data  collection  and  reduction,  and  non- 
statistical  analysis.  Offered  fall  semester  only. 


432  Advanced  Social  Welfare  Policies  and 
Services  (3)  A  theoretical  framework  for  the  analysis, 
formulation,  implementation,  and  change  of  social 
policy,  govemmental  guidelines,  and  social  legisla- 
tion. Offered  spring  semester  only. 
COURSES  FOR  SOCL\L  WORK 
MAJORS  ONLY 

375  Field  Placement  (3)  Junior-year  field  experi- 
ence for  the  social  work  major.  Offered  spring  semes- 
ter only. 

395  Junior  Seminar  A  practice  seminar  designed  to 
relate  to  the  student's  field  placement.  Offered  in  the 
spring  semester  only. 

♦  410  Independent  Studies  in  Social  Work  (1-3) 
Special  research  projects  or  practices  in  social  work. 
Juniors  and  seniors  only  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
department  chairperson.  Offered  fall,  spring,  and 
summer  semesters. 

♦  450-451  Field  Experience  I-O  (6)  (6)  Super- 
vised work  experience  in  a  social  agency.  Seniors 
only.  Offered  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

♦  495  Senior  Seminar  in  Social  Work  (3)  Integra- 
tion of  field  and  classroom  experiences  in  discussing 
the  application  of  the  generalist  model  to  the  helping 
process.  Offered  fall  semester 

496  Social  Work  Process  Seminar  (3)  Seminar  on 
the  social  work  process  designed  to  relate  to  the  sec- 
ond semester  field  experience.  Offensd  spring  semes- 
ter 


#  Approved  interdisciplinary  course 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Sports  Medicine 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Department  of  Special  Education 

309  Recitation  Hall 

610-436-2579 

George  P.  Drake,  Jr..  Chairperson 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  FirJcel,  Zlotowski 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Drake,  Koury,  McGinley 

Degree  Program  to  Teach  the  Mentally  and/or  Physically 
Handicapped 

The  Department  of  Special  Education  is  committed  to  preparing  teach- 
ers who  can  provide  diverse  student  populations  with  the  knowledge, 
skills,  and  values  considered  essential  for  effective  participation  in 
society.  We  provide  relevant  and  comprehensive  education  for  those 
who  desire  to  support  the  educational,  emotional,  and  physical  needs  of 
students  with  disabilities,  from  birth  to  21  years  of  age,  in  the  public 
schools  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  Department  of  Special  Education  stands  out  in  the  southeastern 
Pennsylvania  region  because  of  numerous  and  early  opportunities  for 
practicum  experiences  afforded  its  students;  its  small,  professionally 
diverse  faculty;  a  high  rate  of  employment  opportunities;  a  heightened 
sense  of  collegiality  and  volunteerism  among  its  students;  and  finally, 
national  (National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education), 
regional  (Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools), 
and  state  (Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education)  accreditation. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION— SPECIAL 
EDUCATION 

1.  General  Requirements,  see  pages  32-35  51  semester  hours 

Introduction  to  Psychology  is  required. 
Electives  selected  under  advisement 
(See  department  handbook.) 


24  semester  hours 


2.  Professional  Education 

Required:  EDF  100,  EDM  300,  EDP  250 

and  351,  and  student  teaching 
*3.  Special  Education 

Required:  EDA  101,  102,  200,  220,  301,  302, 

349,  350,  360,  and  403 
*4.  Required  Supporting  Courses 

EDE  311,  EDR  321,  HEA  206,  KIN  252, 

MAT  102  and  357.  and  SPP  340 
*5.  Program  Elective  (may  not  be  used  to 

fulfill  major  core,  cognate,  or  distributive 

electives) 

Minor  in  Special  Education 

Current  trends,  enforced  by  recent  litigation,  have  increased  the  need  for  a 
general  understanding  of  the  individuals  with  disabilities  in  our  culture. 
The  program  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  individuals  with  dis- 
abilities through  course  work  and  field  practicums.  A  life  programming 
approach  is  used. 

1 .  Special  Education  1 5  semester  hours 
Required:  EDA  100,  200,  220.  349,  and  350 

2.  Free  Elective  3  semester  hours 
Selected  with  approval  of  special  education  adviser 

This  minor  may  be  taken  as  a  concentration  by  students  or  as  one  of  the 
minors  in  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  liberal  studies 
general  degree  program.  The  minor  does  not  lead  to  Level  II  teacher  certi- 
fication. 


30  semester  hours 


21  semester  hours 


3  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 


Minimum  grade  of  C-  is  required  in  all  special  education  and  the  following 
supporting  courses:  EDE  31 1.  EDR  321,  HEA  206,  KIN  252,  MAT  357,  and 
SPP  340 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
SPECLVL  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDA 

100  Inclusive  Classrooms  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  to  acquaint  the  classroom  teacher  with  stu- 
dents with  disabilities  who  may  be  spending  some 
portion  of  the  day  in  the  regular  education  setting. 
Current  regulations  covering  those  placements  will 
be  reviewed.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  adequately 
meeting  special  educational  needs 

101  Psychology  of  Mental  and  Emotional  Dis- 
abilities (3)  An  introduction  to  the  range  of  children 
with  disabilities  from  a  historical  perspective  with  an 
in-depth  study  of  mental  retardation  and  emotional 
distuibance  PREREQ:  PSY  100. 

102  Psychology  of  Physical  and  Learning  Dis- 
abilities (3)  An  in-depth  study  of  those  with  physical 
and/or  learning  disabilities  with  an  overview  of  psy- 
chological and  societal  implications.  PREREQ:  PSY 
100. 

200  Practicum  (3)  Field  experience  in  an  integrated 
educational  environment,  consisting  of  collaborative 
training  with  regular  and  special  educators.  PRE- 
REQ: EDA  100  or  101-102. 
220  Behavior  Management  (3)  An  exploration  of 
current  practices  in  management  of  behavior  with 
emphasis  on  teacher-delivered  systems  PREREQ: 
EDA  101  or  102. 

241  Introduction  to  Disabilities  (3)  Introduction  to 
children  who  have  mental  retardation,  physical  or 


leammg  disabilities,  behavior  disorders,  or  disabili- 
ties of  vision,  heanng.  and  speech.  PREREQ:  PSY 
100. 

280  Integrating  the  Arts  (3)  Fine  art.  music,  pup- 
petry, and  dance  are  combined  as  creative  processes 
to  be  adapted  for  use  with  children 

301  Field  Experience  and  Seminar:  Mentally 
Handicapped  (3)  A  weekly,  three-hour  prarticum 
and  one  and  one-half  hour  seminar  devoted  to  field 
experience  with  students  with  mental  retardation 
and/or  behavior  disorders.  Class  analysis  of  observed 
needs  and  methods  of  teacher  responses.  PREREQ: 
EDA  101 

302  Field  Experience  and  Seminar:  Physically 
Handicapped  (3)  A  weekly,  three-hour  practicum 
and  one  and  one-half  hour  seminar  devoted  to  field 
experience  with  students  with  physical  and/or  learn- 
ing disabilities  Class  analysis  of  observed  needs  and 
adjustment  factors.  PREREQ:  EDA  102. 

349  Programmed  Environments  (3)  An  overview 
of  curriculum  preparation  including  the  study  of 
methods,  materials,  equipment,  and  areas  uniquely 
designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  smdents  w  ith  severe 
disabilities.  PREREQ:  EDA  100  or  EDA  101-102  or 
EDA  241. 

350  Life  Curriculum  and  Methods  (3)  Preparation 
to  assist  smdents  with  disabilities  achieve  adaptive 
levels  of  behavior  through  the  view  of  total  life 
preparation  PREREQ:  EDA  349. 


360  Assessment  and  Instructional  Strategies  (3) 

An  introduction  to  instructional  assessment  and  the 
development  of  relevant  educational  plans  and 
instructional  stiTitegies  PREREQ:  EDA  350. 
403  Senior  Seminar:  Current  Trends  (3)  Explo- 
ration of  emerging  issues,  problems,  and  trends  in  a 
seminar  formal  PREREQ:  EDA  360. 
♦  410  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Special  topics  or 
projects  initiated  by  the  student  that  will  enable  her 
or  him  to  do  extensive  and  intensive  study  in  an  area 
of  special  education.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  chair- 
person. 

416  Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of  Activi- 
ties, Including  Practicum:  Emotionally  Distur-bed 
(6)  Participation  in  leaching  and  all  other  activities  in 
the  student  teaching  role  related  to  the  teacher's 
work.  PREREQ:  96  semester  hours  including  all  pro- 
fessional education  courses  and  all  specialized  prepa- 
ration courses  with  standards  as  shown  above  (*). 

417  Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of  Activi- 
ties, Including  Practicum:  Learning  Disabled  (6) 
See  EDA  416  for  description  and  requirements. 

418  Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of  Activi- 
ties, Including  Practicum:  Mentally  Retarded 
(6)  See  ED.A  4 1 6  for  description  and  requirements. 

419  Student  Teaching  and  Direction  of  Activi- 
ties, Including  Practicum:  Physically  Handicap- 
ped (6)  See  EDA  416  for  description  and  require- 
ments. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Department  of  Sports  Medicine 

216  Sturzebecker  Health  Sciences  Center 

610-436-3293 

Neil  Curtis,  Chairperson 

Bradley  E.  Taylor,  Coordinator  of  Athletic  Training  Education 


Sandra  Fowkes  Godek,  Coordinator  of  Sports  Medicine  Services 

PROFESSOR:  Godek 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS:  Curtis,  Fowkes  Godek,  Taylor 

INSTRUCTORS:  Jimenez,  Norris 

ADJUNCT  PROFESSOR:  Ziegler 


School  of  Health  Sciences 


Sports  Medicine 


The  Department  of  Sports  Medicine  offers  three  programs  of  study  for 
students  interested  in  careers  in  athletic  training. 

1.  The  B.S.  in  ATHLETIC  TRAINING  prepares  students  to  achieve 
certification  from  the  National  Athletic  Trainers  Association  Board 
(NATA)  of  Certification,  Inc.  Students  completing  this  major  also 
are  eligible  for  entry-level  athletic  training  positions,  as  well  as 
graduate  study  in  such  fields  as  physical  therapy,  exercise  physiolo- 
gy, biomechanics,  and  sports  medicine. 

Applicants  should  have  a  combined  SAT  score  of  1070  and  rank  in 
the  top  20  percent  of  their  high  school  class.  Qualified  students  are 
required  to  participate  in  an  interview  with  department  faculty  prior 
to  admission. 

Students  must  have  professional  liability  coverage  after  completion 
of  the  first  year. 

2.  The  AREA  of  SPECIALIZATION  is  designed  for  students  enrolled 
in  other  programs  of  study,  such  as  teacher  certification.  These  stu- 
dents will  complete  courses  in  subjects  fundamental  to  athletic 
training  and  will  be  eligible  for  certification  by  the  National 
Athletic  Trainers  Association  Board  of  Certification,  Inc.  Applicants 
must  complete  the  following  prerequisite  courses  prior  to  considera- 
tion: BIO  259,  269;  KIN  352,  361;  SMD  100,  204,  272;  and  SML 
361.  Admission  is  extremely  competitive  and  dependent  on  the 
number  of  available  clinical  opportunities.  Successful  completion  of 
prerequisite  courses  does  not  guarantee  acceptance. 

3.  The  SUMMER  COURSE  WORK  in  ATHLETIC  TRAINING  is 
designed  for  students  who  are  undergraduates  at  institutions  that  do 
not  have  an  approved  athletic  training  education  program  or  post- 
graduate students  seeking  certification  as  an  athletic  trainer. 
Students  in  this  program  complete  14  credits  of  course  work  funda- 
mental to  the  profession  of  athletic  training  during  the  summer  ses- 
sions. 

NOTE:  The  Athletic  Training  curriculum  at  West  Chester  Univer- 
sity is  accredited  by  the  Council  on  Accreditation  of  Allied  Health 
Education  Programs. 

Pre-Physical  Therapy 

A  student  may  follow  several  academic  paths  to  prepare  for  a  profes- 
sional physical  therapy  program.  There  is  no  official  pre-physical  thera- 
py curriculum  at  West  Chester  University.  Students  who  are  interested 
in  preparing  for  a  professional  physical  therapy  school  may  meet  the 
prerequisites  either  through  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  by 
enrolling  in  the  Department  of  Biology,  or  through  the  School  of 
Health  Sciences  by  enrolling  in  the  Department  of  Sports  Medicine. 
Students  also  may  elect  to  take  their  undergraduate  degree  in  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  in  the  Liberal  Studies  Science  and 
Mathematics  Track  with  a  biology  minor.  Suidenls  interested  in  pre- 
physical  therapy  should  contact  either  Professor  Joseph  Godek  in 
Sports  Medicine  or  Dr.  Judith  Greenamyer  in  Biology. 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE— ATHLETIC  TRAINING 

1.  General  Education  Requirements,  5 1  semester  hours 
see  pages  32-35 

2.  Athletic  Training  courses  35  semester  hours 
SMD  100,  204,  272,  410,  41 1,  412.  413,  414,  415, 

416,  417,  418,  454,  and  SML  361,  410,  and  41 1 

3.  Related  Requirements  43  semester  hours 
BIO  259  and  269;  COM  101  or  208;  HEA  201, 

202,  and  303;  HEA  206  or  KIN  385;  KIN  352, 
361,452,  and  453 


An  advanced  psychology  and  advanced  biology  elective  and  three 
credit  hours  of  physical  activity 

4.  Related  Requirements  that  also  satisfy  the  27  semester  hours 
General  Education  Requirement 

BIO  1 10,  CHE  103  and  104,  CRL  103  and  104, 
MAT  105  or  121,  PHY  130  and  140,  andPSY  100 
Other  courses  in  chemistry,  physics,  mathematics, 
and  biology  may  be  substituted  with  approval  of 
program  director. 

5.  Clinical  Experience 

Clinical  experiences  are  provided  in  a  number  of  high  school,  college, 
and  university  settings.  Students  are  assigned  to  assist  faculty  athletic 
trainers.  Due  to  potential  scheduling  conflicts,  athletic  training  students 
may  be  excluded  from  playing  varsity  sports  during  their  four  semes- 
ters of  clinical  experience.  Students  enrolled  in  SMD  415-418  must 
have  current  certification  in  CPR  and  first  aid.  Students  must  supply 
their  own  transportation  to  clinical  sites.  Students  in  clinical  assign- 
ments are  required  to  wear  specified  uniforms. 

6.  Students  must  earn  a  minimum  grade  of  C  in  the  following  courses. 
In  order  to  be  recommended  for  the  NATA  Certification  Exam,  stu- 
dents must  have  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  2.5  in  the  follow- 
ing courses: 

BIO  259,  269;  HEA  303;  KIN  352,  361 ;  SMD  204,  272,  410,  41 1 , 
412,  413,  414,  415,  416,  417.  418,  454;  SML  361,  410,  411 

AREA  OF  SPECIALIZATION 

IN  ATHLETIC  TRAINING  51  semester  hours 

(Leads  to  eligibility  for  NATA  certification) 

Required:  HEA  201,  202,  206,  303;  KIN  452,  453;  PSY  100;  SMD 

100,  204,  272,  410,  411,412,  413,  414,  415,  416,  417,  418,  454;  and 

SML  410,  411 

In  addition,  students  must  comply  with  items  five  and  six  in  the 

requirement  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science — Athletic  Training,  above. 

Summer  Course  Work  in  Athletic  Training 

Many  students  take  the  summer  courses  that  are  a  part  of  the  athletic 
training  education  program.  The  students  are  either  undergraduates  at 
colleges  where  there  is  no  approved  education  program  in  athletic 
training,  or  they  are  graduate  students  seeking  to  qualify  for  the  nation- 
al certification  exam.  The  course  work  offered  in  the  summer  will  con- 
sist of  those  subjects  that  are  fundamental  to  the  profession  of  athletic 
training,  i.e.,  SMD  410  and  SML  410,  SMD  41 1  and  SML  41 1,  and 
SMD  412  and  413.  A  total  of  14  credits  will  be  offered. 
Students  interested  in  taking  the  summer  session  of  courses  should  con- 
tact the  Coordinator  of  Athletic  Training  Education,  West  Chester 
University,  West  Chester,  PA  19383. 

Facilities 

Offices,  classrooms,  and  laboratories  for  the  Department  of  Sports 
Medicine  are  housed  in  the  Russell  L.  Sturzebecker  Health  Sciences 
Center.  Clinical  experience  is  offered  in  two  athletic  training  rooms  on 
campus,  one  located  in  Hollinger  Fieldhouse  and  the  recently  expanded 
facility  located  in  the  Sturzebecker  Health  Sciences  Center.  The  athletic 
U^aining  rooms  offer  students  the  opportunity  to  work  with  state-of-the-art 
equipment,  including  numerous  electronic  modalities,  a  cybex  isokinetic 
dynamometer,  a  Kincom,  and  the  latest  in  proprioreceptive  apparatus.  In 
addition,  the  department  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the 
Human  Performance  Laboratory  of  the  Department  of  Kinesiology. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
SPORTS  MEDICINE 

Course  Symbols:  SMD;  SML  indicates  a  lab 
course.  The  first  number  in  parentheses  is  the 
number  of  class  hours  per  week;  the  second 
number  indicates  hours  of  credit. 

100  Foundations  of  Sports  Medicine  (1)  (1)  An 

overview  of  the  professions  in  the  discipline  of 
sports  medicine. 


204  First  Aid  for  Health  Professionals  (3) 

Prepares  health  professionals  to  meet  emergencies 
requiring  first  aid.  Includes  American  Red  Cross 
"First  Responder"  training 

271  First  Aid  and  Athletic  Training  (3)  (2)  A 

course  designed  to  qualify  students  in  American 
Red  Cross  First  Aid  and  CPR,  and  to  introduce  the 
principles  of  athletic  injury  prevention  and  manage- 
ment. For  nonmajors  only. 


272  Athletic  Training  Techniques  (3)  (2)  A 
course  designed  to  develop  athletic  training  skills 
for  beginning  athletic  training  students.  Offered  fall 
and  spring  semesters.  PREREQ:  KIN  27 1  or  SMD 
204. 

SML  361  Surface  Anatomy  Laboratory  (2)  (1) 

Orientation  to  major  anatomical  landmarks  and 
underlying  structures  Required  of  athletic  training 
majors.  Offered  fall  and  spring  semesters.  PRE- 


Teaching  Certification  Programs 


School  of  Education 


REQ:  BIO  259  and  269,  KIN  361,  or  concurrent 
with  KIN  361 

410  Therapeutic  Modalities  for  Athletic 
Training  (3)  (3)  Physical  agents  used  in  athletic 
training  are  presented  with  regard  to  the  physics, 
physiological  effects,  indications,  contraindications, 
and  progression  Offered  spring  and  summer 
semesters  only.  PREREQ:  KIN  352  and  361 
Athletic  training  majors  only. 

SNfL  410  Therapeutic  Modalities  for  .Athletic 
Training  Lab  (2)  (1)  Lab  expenences  in  the  appli- 
cation of  physical  agents  presented  in  SMD  410. 
Offered  spnng  and  summer  semesters  only.  PRE- 
REQ: SMD  410.  or  concurrently  with  SMD  410. 
Athletic  training  majors  only. 

411  Therapeutic  Exercise  for  Athletic  Training 

(3)  (3)  The  principles,  objectives,  indications,  con- 
traindications, and  progression  of  various  exercise 
programs  used  in  the  rehabilitation  of  athletic 
injuries  are  presented.  Offered  summer  and  fall 
semesters  only.  PREREQ:  KIN  352  and  361.  and 
SML  361.  Athletic  training  majors  only. 

SML  411  Therapeutic  Exercise  for  Athletic 
Training  Lab  (2)  (1)  Lab  expenences  in  the  appli- 
cation of  exercises  presented  in  SMD  411  Offered 
summer  and  fall  semesters  only.  PREREQ:  SMD 
41 1,  or  concurrently  with  SMD  411.  Athletic  train- 
ing majors  only. 


412  Pathology  and  Evaluation  of  Athletic 
Injury/Illness  I  (3)  (3)  A  presentation  of  the 
pathology  of  injuries  to  the  extremities  commonly 
seen  in  athletics  and  the  techniques  for  their  evalu- 
ation. Offered  summer  and  fall  semesters  only. 
PREREQ:  KIN  352  and  361.  and  SML  361. 
Athletic  training  majors  only. 

413  Pathology  and  Evaluation  of  Athletic 
Injury/Illness  II  (3)  (3)  A  continuation  of  SMD 
412  with  emphasis  on  the  head,  neck,  and  trunk. 
PREREQ:  SMD  412.  Offered  summer  and  spring 
semesters  only  Athletic  training  majors  only 

414  History,  Organization,  and  Administration 
of  Athletic  Training  (2)  (2)  A  presentation  of  the 
historical  and  current  perspectives  of  athletic  train- 
ing, including  techniques  for  organizing  and  admin- 
istering athletic  training  programs.  Offered  fall 
semester  only.  PREREQ:  SMD  272.  Athletic  train- 
ing majors  only. 

415  Athletic  Injury  Management  I  (2)  (2) 
Clinical  expenence  of  200  or  more  hours  w  ith  spe- 
cific behavioral  objectives  in  the  management  of 
illness,  injuries  of  the  lower  extremity,  and  equip- 
ment fit  Offered  fall  semester  only  PREREQ: 
SMD  41 1  and  412,  and  SML  41 1   Athletic  training 
majors  only. 

416  Athletic  Injury  Management  II  (2)  (2) 

Clinical  experience  of  200  or  more  hours  with  spe- 
cific behavioral  objectives  in  athletic  equipment 


selection  and  fit,  and  injunes,  illnesses,  and  condi- 
tions as  recommended  by  NATA  guidelines. 
Offered  spnng  semester  only  PREREQ:  SMD  410 
and  413,  and  SML  4 1 0  and  411.  Athletic  training 
majors  only. 

417  Athletic  Injury  Management  III  (2)  (2) 

Clinical  expenence  of  200  or  more  hours  plus  spe- 
cific behavioral  objectives  for  the  management  of 
neurological  conditions  and  conditions  of  the  head, 
neck,  spine,  and  trunk,  plus  group  discussions  of 
clinical  situations.  Offered  fall  semester  only.  PRE- 
REQ: SMD  410,  411,  413,  and  416;  and  SML  410 
and  411   Athletic  training  majors  only. 

418  .Athletic  Injury  Management  IV  (3)  (3) 

Clinical  experience  of  200  or  more  hours  and  par- 
ticipation in  critical  reviews  of  sports  medicine 
research  combined  with  seminars  which  afford 
interaction  with  various  medical  and  paramedical 
practitioners  Offered  spnng  semester  only.  PRE- 
REQ: SMD  410,  411.412.  and  413;  and  SML  410 
and  411   Athletic  training  majors  only. 

454  Theories  and  Practices  of  Conditioning  and 
Training  (3)  (3)  Application  of  principles  of  physi- 
ology, psychology,  and  kinesiology  for  the  design 
and  use  of  conditioning  programs  for  various 
sports  PREREQ:  KIN  352  and  361. 


Teaching  Certification  Programs 

The  primary  mission  of  the  teacher  education  programs  at  West 
Chester  University  is  the  preparation  and  continuing  development  of 
educational  professionals  in  order  to  meet  the  needs  of  diverse  student . 
populations  in  the  public  schools  and  other  education  environments 
throughout  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania. 
We  are  committed  to  excellence  in  teacher  education  which  utilizes 
innovative  curriculum  designs  and  fosters  collaborative  effort  in  the 
schools  and  community. 

We  are  committed  to  preparing  exemplary  professionals  to  assume 
their  roles  and  responsibilities  as  educators  in  a  multicultural,  global 
society;  to  pursue  personal  and  professional  development  opportuni- 
ties; to  support  the  continuing  improvement  of  our  schools;  to  assume 
leadership;  and  to  participate  in  the  education  community. 
West  Chester  University  offers  19  undergraduate  certification  programs 
and  two  endorsement  areas  for  students  who  wish  to  prepare  them- 
selves to  be  certified  teachers.  These  programs,  which  are  described 
more  fully  in  the  departmental  listings,  include: 


Department 

Anthropology-Sociology 


Biology 

Chemistry 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


Communication  Snidies 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 
English 
Foreign  Languages 

Geology  and  Astronomy 
Geography  and  Planning 


Program  and  Degree 

BSED:    Social  Studies- 
Anthropology 
Social  Studies- 
Sociology 

BSED:    Biology 

BSED:    Chemistry 

BSED:    Elementary  Education 
Early  Childhood 
Education 

BSED:    Communication 

Endorsement  Certification: 

Environmental  Education 

BSED:    English 

BSED:    French,  German,  Latin, 
Russian,  Spanish 

BS:         Earth-Space  Science 

BSED:    Social  Studies- 
Geography 


Health 
History 


Mathematics 
Music  Education 


Philosophy 
Kinesiology 


Physics 
Political  Science 

Psychology 

Special  Education 

ADMISSION  TO  TEACHER  EDUCATION 

All  candidates  for  teacher  certification  must  meet  the  teacher  education 
requirements  as  well  as  satisfy  the  requirements  of  their  respective 
departments.  The  following  teacher  education  requirements  must  be 
satisfied  prior  to  full  admission  to  the  professional  program  in  teacher 
education: 

1 .  A  cumulative  GPA  of  at  least  2.5; 

2.  An  overall  GPA  of  at  least  2.25  for  the  following  required  courses; 
EDF  100,  EDP  250.  ENG  120  (if  required),  ENG  121,  three  credits 
of  MAT  103  (or  course  required  by  major  department),  PSY  100; 

3.  Passing  ENG  121  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C  (2.0); 

4.  Completing  a  speech  screening  test  and  a  hearing  screening  test 
administered  by  the  Department  of  Communicative  Disorders; 

5.  Passing  a  reading  screening  test  administered  by  the  Department  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading; 


BS: 

Health  Education 

BSED: 

Social  Studies-  History 

American  Cultures 

Ethnic  Studies 

World  Cultures 

BSED: 

Mathematics 

BS: 

Music  Education: 

Vocal,  Choral, 

General,  Instrumental 

BSED: 

Social  Studies- 

Philosophy 

BS: 

Health  and  Physical 

Education 

Endorsement  Certification: 

Driver  Education 

BSED: 

Physics 

BSED: 

Social  Studies- 

Political  Science 

BSED: 

Social  Studies- 

Psychology 

•BSED: 

Special  Education 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Theatre  Arts 


6.  Passing  a  computer  literacy  course  (may  be  part  of  general  educa- 
tion science  distribution  requirement) 

or 

Passing  a  computer  literacy  test; 

7.  Evidence  of  30  clock  hours  of  field  experience  by  maintaining  a 
portfolio  on  file  in  the  student's  major  department.  Such  evidence 
must  meet  the  standards  of  the  specific  certification  program. 

All  students  are  expected  to  apply  for  full  admission  to  the  professional 
program  prior  to  the  completion  of  64  credits.  Following  application 
for  formal  admission  to  the  professional  program  in  teacher  education, 
students  are  classified  in  one  of  three  categories: 

Probationary  Status.  Students  are  placed  in  this  status  if  they  are  defi- 
cient in  two  or  more  of  the  requirements  listed  above.  Students  must 
meet  all  of  these  requirements  prior  to  the  completion  of  82  credits  of 
course  work.  Students  who  are  unable  to  meet  these  requirements  prior 
to  the  completion  of  82  credits  of  course  work  will  not  be  permitted  to 
enroll  in  additional  professional  education  courses. 
Conditional  Admission  Status.  Students  are  assigned  to  this  status  if 
they  are  deficient  in  one  of  the  requirements  listed  above.  Students 
must  meet  these  requirements  prior  to  the  completion  of  82  credits  of 
course  work.  Suidents  who  are  unable  to  meet  these  requirements  prior 
to  the  completion  of  82  credits  of  course  work  will  not  be  permitted  to 
enroll  in  additional  professional  education  courses. 

Full  Admission  Status.  Students  are  assigned  to  this  status  when  they 
have  satisfied  all  of  the  requirements  listed  above  and  the  requirements 
of  their  respective  departments.  Students  who  have  completed  82  cred- 
its and  have  not  been  approved  for  full  admission  status  will  not  be 
permitted  to  enroll  in  additional  professional  education  courses.  If  a 
student  is  unable  to  maintain  a  grade  point  average  of  2.5,  the  student 
will  be  reassigned  to  conditional  admission  status  for  a  maximum  of 
one  semester.  A  student  who  has  completed  82  credits  and  is  reas- 
signed to  conditional  status  will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll  in  profes- 
sional education  until  he  or  she  has  satisfied  all  of  the  requirements  for 
full  admission  status. 

STUDENT  TEACHING 

Student  teaching  is  to  be  taken  in  the  seventh  or  eighth  semester  and 
normally  culminates  the  professional  experience  in  preservice  prepara- 
tion for  teaching.  Students  are  required  to  file  applications  for  student 
teaching  with  their  individual  departments.  Since  each  department's 
regulations  differ,  students  are  urged  to  check  with  departments  so  the 
proper  procedure  may  be  followed. 

Students  must  do  their  teaching  in  area  schools  where  the  University 
holds  a  contract  for  student  teachers. 

To  be  eligible  for  student  teaching,  candidates  must  have  senior  stand- 
ing (96  semester  hours)  with  a  cumulative  index  of  2.5  or  higher,  show 
that  all  required  course  work  in  at  least  the  first  six  semesters  has  been 
completed,  and  have  satisfied  the  requirements  for  full  admission  to 
teacher  education.  Criteria  for  student  teaching  approval  occasionally 
change.  Students  should  contact  departments  for  requirements.  A  stu- 


dent must  earn  grades  of  C  or  better  to  qualify  for  the  certificate. 
Students  receiving  a  grade  of  C-  or  lower  will  not  be  recommended  for 
certification. 

TEACHING  CERTIFICATES 

It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  apply  for  a  Pennsylvania  Certificate 

through  the  University's  Certification  Office.  It  is  recommended  that 

students  apply  as  soon  as  requirements  have  been  met. 

Applicants  for  certification  must  meet  the  requirements  in  effect  at  the 

Ume  of  application. 

Applicants  for  the  certificate  generally  must  be  citizens  of  the  United 

States.  A  noncitizen  must  have  declared  the  intent  to  become  a  citizen 

of  the  United  States.  For  more  information,  contact  the  University's 

Certification  Office. 

Application  forms  and  information  about  certification  are  available 

from  the  Certification  Office  in  the  School  of  Education. 

Postbaccalaureate  students  who  wish  to  obtain  teaching  certification 

should  consult  with  the  School  of  Education. 

NATIONAL  TEACHER  EXAMINATION 

Applicants  for  an  initial  Pennsylvania  Instructional  Level  I  Certificate 
must  pass  the  National  Teachers  Examination  in  communication  skills, 
including  listening,  writing,  and  reading;  general  knowledge,  including 
social  sciences,  literature  and  fine  arts,  math,  and  science;  professional 
knowledge;  and  a  major  subject  specialization  area.  The  professional 
knowledge  and  major  specialization  area  tests  should  be  taken  near  the 
end  of  the  senior  year  after  all  requirements  have  been  completed.  West 
Chester  University  has  been  designated  as  a  test  center.  Tests  will  be 
administered  three  times  a  year. 

INSTRUCTIONAL  I  CERTIFICATE 

A  student  who  completes  one  of  the  University's  teacher  education  cur- 
ricula receives  his  or  her  degree  from  the  University  and  may  qualify 
for  an  Instructional  I  Certificate,  which  is  issued  by  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Education.  This  certificate  is  valid  for  six  years  of 
teaching  in  Pennsylvania.  Recommendation  for  the  certificate  is  made 
by  the  certifying  officer  of  the  University. 

INSTRUCTIONAL  II  CERTIFICATE 

This  certificate  requires  three  years  of  successful  teaching  in  Pennsyl- 
vania under  the  Instructional  I  Certificate,  successful  completion  of  an 
Induction  Plan  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education, 
and  the  satisfactory  completion  of  24  semester  hours  of  additional  work 
completed  at  a  baccalaureate  granting  institution,  after  issuance  of  the 
baccalaureate  degree.  This  certificate  is  a  permanent  license  to  teach  in 
Pennsylvania. 

All  or  part  of  the  educational  requirements  for  this  credential  may  be 
obtained  through  approved,  in-service  programs. 
Certification  in  additional  subject  areas  may  be  obtained  by  completing 
requirements  for  that  area.  Students  should  consult  the  department  in 
which  they  seek  certificafion  for  information  and  an  evaluation  of  their 
credits. 


Department  of  Theatre  Arts 

G-18  E.G.  Bull  Center 

610-436-3463 

Jay  H.  Berkowitz,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS:  Bytnar,  Rovine 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS:  Berkowitz,  Hashimoto-Sinclair, 
Jacobson 

INSTRUCTORS:  McCoy,  Saddoris 

The  Department  of  Theatre  Arts  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  program 
which  combines  the  foundation  of  a  liberal  arts  education  with  the  cre- 
ative skills  needed  by  the  developing  theatre  artist.  In  addition,  the 
department  cooperates  with  the  Department  of  Communication  Studies 
in  its  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  which  qualifies  graduates  to 


meet  the  state  of  Pennsylvania  requirements  for  teacher  certification  in 
communication.  Students  who  are  majors  in  the  program  may  choose  a 
minor  in  theatre  to  meet  the  certification  requirements. 

Students  with  an  academic  major  or  minor  in  the  department  are 
required  to  meet  with  a  departmental  faculty  adviser  to  develop  their 
curricular  plans,  select  courses  prior  to  scheduling,  discuss  career 
options,  and  to  be  aware  of  cocurricular  opportunities.  Handbooks  are 
provided  to  entering  students  for  their  use  as  a  guide  to  the  develop- 
ment of  their  academic  programs. 

Department  Student  Activities 

University  Theatre,  United  States  Institute  for  Theatre  Technology,  and 
Alpha  Psi  Omega  are  student  organizations  which  involve  students, 
majors,  and  nonmajors  in  theatre-related  activities.  For  more  informa- 
tion see  the  "Student  Affairs"  section  of  the  catalog. 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 


Theatre  Arts 


Department  Apprenticeships 

Although  not  required,  professional  apprenticeship  experiences  are 
available  to  qualified  theatre  majors.  Students  and  their  placements  are 
screened  by  the  department  to  assure  mutual  satisfaction  for  all  parties 
involved.  For  details,  students  should  see  the  department  chairperson. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  IN 
THEATRE 

1.  General  Education  Requirements,  51  semester  hours 
see  pages  32-35 

2.  Core  Requirements  (all  concentrations)  46  semester  hours 
(See  department  handbook  for  course 

requirements.) 


3.  Concentration  Requirements  1 6  semester  hours 

a.  General  Theatre 

b.  Acting 

c.  Directing 

d.  Musical  Theatre 

e.  Technical  Production 

(See  department  handbook  for  course  requirements.) 

4.  Foreign  Language  Options,  0- 1 5  semester  hours 
see  page  35 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education:  Theatre  Emphasis 

(See  catalog  under  Department  of  Communication  Studies.) 

Minor  in  Theatre  Arts  18  semester  hours 

THA  103,  104,  113,210,  215  or  316,  and  301 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
THEATRE 

Symbol:  THA 

♦  100  Theatre  Practice  (1  credit  for  theatre 
majors)  Laboratory  experience  in  technical  aspects 
of  play  production. 

100  Theatre  Practice  (3  credits  for  nonmajors) 

Laboratory  experience  in  technical  aspects  of  play 
productions  Open  lo  all  students 

101  Introduction  to  Theatre  (3)  A  survey  of  the- 
atre as  a  humanity  by  exploring  how  theatre 
reflects  its  time  and  country.  This  course  teaches 
the  student  what  to  listen  for  and  what  lo  look  for 
when  attending  a  live  theatre  performance  Fulfills 
general  education  arts  requirement, 

102  (also  COM  102)  Oral  Interpretation  I  (3) 
Theory  and  practice  of  oral  presentation  of  various 
types  of  literature  to  an  audience. 

103  Acting  I  (3)  The  firsl  part  of  a  one-year 
course  designed  to  introduce  the  basic  skills  and 
techniques  needed  by  the  developing  actor  to  create 
successfully  a  character  for  performance  on  stage. 
Fulfills  general  education  arts  requirement. 

104  Stagecraft  (3)  Planning,  construction,  paint- 
ing, rigging,  and  shifting  of  scenery.  Management 
of  all  operations  backstage  Laboratory  required. 
113  Script  Analysis  I  (3)  To  promote  the  develop- 
ment of  the  student's  analytical  faculties  in  the 
research  for  a  staged  production  The  course  con- 
tent focuses  on  modem  and  post-modem  theatre, 
including  multicultural  and  feminist  plays.  Fulfills 
general  education  arts  requirement. 

202  Oral  Interpretation  II  (3)  Advanced  work  in 
oral  presentation  of  literature  with  emphasis  on  the 
theory  and  technique  of  readers  theatre.  PREREQ: 
THA  102. 

203  Acting  II  (3)  Second  part  of  a  course 
designed  lo  introduce  the  basic  skills  and  tech- 
niques needed  to  create  a  role  on  the  stage. 
Emphasis  on  character  development 

207  Children's  Theatre  (3)  Production  of  chil- 
dren's theatre  for  stage  and  television  Course  ele- 
ments will  include  script  analysis  and  production 
values,  publicity,  and  tour  preparation.  Students 
enrolled  in  the  course  will  create  a  complete  pro- 
duction. 

209  Creative  Drama  (3)  Theory  and  practice  in 
creative  techniques  of  expression  and  dramatic 
forms  to  be  used  as  a  leaching  and  recreational 
device  for  children  and  adults. 

210  Stage  Makeup  I  (3)  Theory  and  practice  in 
design  and  application  of  various  types  of  makeup 
for  the  stage.  Laboratory  required. 

213  Script  Analysis  II  (3)  To  introduce  students 
to  the  unique  problems  of  interpreting  dramatic 
texts  from  the  classical  periods  of  theatre  history 
for  contemporary  stage  production. 


215  Costume  Construction  (3)  Theory  and  prac- 
tice in  theatrical  costuming  including  organization, 
construction,  drafting,  dyeing,  painting,  and 
wardrobe  management  Laboratory  required. 
316  Costume  History  and  Design  (3)  The  history 
of  European  and  American  costume  and  its  applica- 
tion to  the  penod  production  Process  of  designing 
costumes  in  various  styles  will  be  explored  Students 
are  required  to  design  costumes  for  periods  studied. 
Laboratory  required  THA  215  is  not  a  prerequisite. 

301  Directing  I  (3)  An  introduction  of  the  theones 
and  techniques  of  stage  direction  with  emphasis  on 
prerehearsal  planning,  play  selection,  script  analy- 
sis and  promptbooks,  casting  and  blocking.  PRE- 
REQ; THA  103,  104.  and  113 

302  Scene  Construction  and  Rigging  (3)  This 
course  develops  a  familianty  with  scenic  construc- 
tion techniques  and  matenals  Practical  solutions  to 
technical  problems  are  discussed.  Other  topics 
include  theatre  safety,  technical  drawing,  and  bud- 
geting This  course  is  a  requirement  for  technical 
majors  but  an  elective  for  all  other  theatre  majors 
PREREQ;  THA  104. 

303  Acting  III  (3)  A  course  for  the  advanced  stu- 
dent actor  who  wishes  in-depth  work  and  study  in 
character  building  and  analysis.  Extended  scene 
work  and  audition  materials  also  will  be  stressed. 
PREREQ;  THA  203. 

304  Scene  Design  and  Painting  (3)  This  course 
identifies  and  explores  the  processes  involved  in 
creating  a  scenic  space  that  is  both  practical  and 
expressive  Skills  in  set  design,  representational 
painting,  scenic  drafting,  and  script  interpretation 
are  developed. 

305  Stage  Lighting  (3)  Exploration  of  lighting  as 
a  means  ef  artistic  communication  in  the  theatre. 
The  course  covers  the  aesthetics,  tools,  technology, 
and  the  graphic  methods  used  to  light  a  play. 
Special  topics  in  lighting  for  other  performing  arts 
will  be  discussed 

306  History  of  Theatre  I  (3)  The  development  of 
theatre  from  the  ancient  Greeks  to  the  17th  century. 
Wnting  emphasis 

307  History  of  Theatre  II  (3)  The  development  of 
theatre  from  the  17th  century  until  the  Modem 
Period  in  the  late  19th  century.  Writing  emphasis. 
THA  306  is  not  a  prerequisite. 

308  Graphics  for  the  Stage  (3)  An  exploration  of 
graphic  solutions  used  in  the  various  stages  of  plan- 
ning and  executing  a  setting  for  the  theatre.  Scenic 
design,  stage  technician  drafting  techniques,  and 
perspective  techniques  used  exclusively  in  the  the- 
atre. 

309  Trends  in  Contemporary  Theatre  (3)  The 
theatre  artists,  structures,  and  social  milieu  whose 
collective  interaction  can  be  referred  lo  as  contem- 
porary theatre.  The  creative  work  being  done  in 


Amenca.  England,  Polaad,  South  Africa,  and  other 
nations  will  form  the  core  of  the  course. 

310  Stage  Makeup  II  (3)  Theory,  development, 
and  application  of  theatrical  makeup  according  to 
the  play,  its  period,  the  style  of  production,  the 
actor,  and  the  character  Students  must  have  previ- 
ous knowledge  of  the  basic  two-  and  three-dimen- 
sional makeup  devices.  PREREQ;  THA  210 

317  History  of  Theatre  III  (3)  The  development 
of  theatre  from  the  late  19th  century  (the  Modem 
Penod)  through  the  present.  The  major  theatrical 
movements  of  the  United  States,  England,  France, 
Germany.  Spain,  and  Russia  will  be  covered 

♦  399  Directed  Studies  in  Theatre  (1-3)  Research, 
creative  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in  theatre. 
Students  must  apply  to  advisers  one  semester  in 
advance  of  registration.  PREREQ;  THA  102,  103, 
104,  and  1 13  or  permission  of  instructor. 

♦  400  Professional  Apprenticeship  (3-15)  This 
course  provides  a  structured  and  supervised  work 
expenence  in  theatre.  Students  must  submit  an 
application  to  the  department  chairperson  for  per- 
mission. 

401  Directing  II  (3)  Play  direction  as  a  creative 
aspect  of  stage  production  with  emphasis  on  explo- 
ration of  concept,  techniques  of  rehearsing  a  play 
and  working  with  actors,  and  ihe  role  and  function 
of  the  stage  manager.  PREREQ;  THA  301. 

403  Acting  IV  (3)  Study  and  scene  work  in  a  vari- 
ety of  period  styles.  Greek,  Restoration,  Elizabethan, 
and  Commedia  will  be  stressed.  Students  will  focus 
on  the  physical,  intellectual,  and  emotional 
demands  inherent  in  premodem  texts.  PREREQ: 
THA  303. 

404  Advanced  Scenic  and  Lighting  Design  (3) 

Analysis  of  excellent  scene  designs  of  the  past. 
Practice  in  maximizing  the  visual  impact  of  stage 
scenery  and  lighting.  Design  projects  for  selected, 
visually  challenging  plays.  Students  design  for  both 
student-directed  and  major  productions  on  campus. 
One  hour  of  lab.  PREREQ;  THA  304 

405  Advanced  Costume  and  Makeup  (3)  In- 
depth  study  of  costuming  and  stage  makeup  for 
productions.  Various  styles  and  penods  of  produc- 
tions will  be  studied.  Students  prepare  a  profession- 
al portfolio.  PREREQ;  THA  210  or  310,  and  THA 
215  or  316.  Laboratory  required. 

♦  499  Theatre  Seminar  (3)  Intensive  examina- 
tion of  a  selected  area  of  study  in  theatre.  Topics 
will  be  announced  in  advance. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 

Thomas  J.  Ridge,  Governor 

State  System  of  Higher  Education 

James  H.  McCormick,  Chancellor 

Board  of  Governors 


F.  Eugene  Dixon,  Jr.,  Chair 
Julia  B.  Ansill,  Vice  Chair 
R.  Benjamin  Wiley,  Vice  Chair 
Syed  R.  Ali-Zaidi 
Muriel  Berman 
Christopher  J.  Cerski 
Jeffrey  W.  Coy 


Daniel  P.  Elby 
Richard  A.  Fino 
Glenn  Y.  Forney 
Eugene  W.  Hickok,  Jr. 
F.  Joseph  Loeper 
Kim  E.  Lyttle 
Joseph  M.  Nespoli 


Rocco  A.  Ortenzio 
Thomas  J.  Ridge 
Jere  W.  Schuler 
Andrew  H.  Shoffner 
Patrick  J.  Stapleton 
Christine  J.  Toretti 


West  Chester  University  Council  of  Trustees 


Bernard  J.  Carrozza,  Chair Newtown  Square 

Carol  Aichele Malvern 

Edward  Feierstein Bala  Cynwyd 

Laurence  Harmelin ; West  Chester 

Johanna  K.  Havlick Newtown  Square 

WilHam  E.  Hughes,  Sr.,  Secretary West  Chester 


J.  Curtis  Joyner West  Chester 

Sue  Ellen  Katancik Exton 

Patrick  Lyden West  Chester 

James  H.  McCormick,  Ex-officio Harrisburg 

John  F.  Unruh,  Vice  Chair Media 

W.  Richard  Whitlock Pottstown 


Board  of  Directors 
West  Chester  University  Foundation 


Donald  J.  Diffenbaugh  '34,  President 

Charles  E.  Swope,  Vice  President 

Emilie  K.  Asplundh  '27,  Secretary 

David  L.  Peirce,  Executive  Director  and  Treasurer 

William  H.  Boucher  '48 

Albert  E.  Filano 

Mrs.  Guy  Fry 

WCU  Alumni  Association  Board  of  Directors 


Mrs.  John  B.  Hannum 
Johanna  K.  Havlick  '27 
W.  E.  MuUestein 
Whitman  A.  Rice  '39 
Leslie  B.  Schramm 
Elinor  Z.  Taylor  '43 


Linda  Chaffee  Chemosky 
Brian  D.  Collins 
Linda  Hoffman  Delack 
Janice  Weir  Etshied 
Blaise  Frost  (faculty  liaison) 
Jamie  W.  Goncharoff 
Johanna  Kuder  Havlick 
David  M.  James 


Joe  Kienle 

John  A.  Lawless 

Herb  Lee 

Anne  Webster  Luttrell 

Richard  Merion 

Larry  Miller 

Robert  Moffett 

Teri  Flounders  Mosteller 


John  Murphy 

Deborah  Sardo-Brown 

Debra  Seller  Rhodunda 

Luther  Sowers 

Richard  Whitlock  (Council  of  Trustees  Uaison) 

Don  Wright 


West  Chester  University  of  Pennsylvania  is  a  member  of  the 
Pennsylvania  State  System  of  Higher  Education. 


Administration 


President Dr  Madeleine  Wing  Adler 

Executive  Assistant  to  the  President Mr.  Lawrence  A  Dowdy 

Director.  Research  and  Planning  (Interim) Dr  Samuel  Moore 

Director.  Social  Equity Ms  Luz  Gomez 

Vice  President  for  Academic  AfTairs/Provost Dr.  Linda  L.  Lamwers 

Dean.  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences Dr.  David  R  Buchanan 

Associate  Dean.  College  of  Ans  and  Sciences Dr  Jennie  Skerl 

Dean.  School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs Dr.  Christopher  M  Fiorentino 

Dean.  School  of  Education  (Intenm) Dr  Judith  S  Finkel 

Dean.  School  of  Health  Sciences  (Interim) Mr  John  L  Eberhan 

Dean.  School  of  Music  (Intenm) Dr.  Timothy  V  Blair 

Associate  Provost  (Intenm) Dr.  Mary  Ann  O.  Maggitti 

Director  of  Academic  Programs  and  Services  (Interim) Ms  Joan  T  Mims 

Director.  Academic  Advising  Center Mr.  Theodore  H  Butcher 

Director.  Academic  Development  Program Dr  Peler  Kyper 

Assistant  Vice  President  of  Enrollment  Management  (Interim) Ms  Rhoda  L  Todd 

Director.  Admissions Ms  Marsha  L  Haug 

Registrar Dr  Daniel  Winicur 

Director.  Financial  Aid Mr  Dana  C.  Parker 

Director.  Library  Services Mr  Frank  Q  Helms 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Information  Services  (Interim) Dr.  David  Buchanan 

Executive  Director.  Academic  Computing  Services ; Mr  Adel  Barimani 

Director.  Administrative  Computing „.... Mr  Fran  DiSanti 

Director  of  the  Center  for  the  Study  of  Connectivity  and  Databases Dr  Thomas  A.  Egan 

Dean.  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Research Dr.  Gary  H.  Knock 

Associate  Dean.  Graduate  Studies Dr  Paul  E  Meyers 

Vice  President  for  Administrative  and  Fiscal  Affairs Dr  Joseph  D.  Hamel 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Human  Resource  Services Mr.  William  H  Schweitzer 

Executive  Director.  Facilities  Administration Mr  Stephen  Quigley 

Director,  Physical  Plant Mr  Moshen  Malek 

Director,  Support  Services Mr.  Roysion  Gathings 

Director.  Facilities  Planning  and  Construction Mr  Terry  Gebhard 

Director.  Environmental  Health  and  Safety Ms.  Gail  Fellows 

Director,  Space  Management  and  Calendar Ms.  Lynn  Hansell 

Director.  Public  Safety Mr  Michael  Bicking 

Director,  Fiscal  Affairs Ms.  Amy  Winston-Boland 

Director,  University  Services Mr.  William  Peoples 

Chief  Accountant Mr  John  Taylor 

Bursar  (Director,  Student  Financial  Services) Mr.  Daniel  Pauletti 

Director.  Budget  Mr,  Paul  Bylaska 

Internal  Review Mr.  Richard  Griffing 

Vice  President  for  Advancement Mr  Kevin  J.  Garvey 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Development Mr.  Armand  A.  Banisti 

Director.  Alumni  and  Special  Events Ms  Carole  Murray 

Director,  Cultural  Arts ". Mr  John  Rhein 

Director,  Annual  Giving Ms.  Jan  Buzbee 

Director,  Corporate  and  Foundation  Relations Ms  Susan  Repmann 

Director.  Planned  Giving Ms  Nonna  Clayton 

Director,  Public  Relations  and  Marketing Ms  Mary  Anderson 

Director,  Publications  and  Pnnting  Services Ms.  Cynthia  A  Bednar 

Manager.  Graphics  and  Pnnting Mr.  W.  Tyson  Cooper 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs Dr.  Paul  Oliaro 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  and  Dean  of  Students Dr.  Matthew  Bricketto 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs Ms  Diane  DeVestem 

Director,  Athletics Dr  Edward  Matejkovic 

Director,  Career  Development  Center Ms.  Elizabeth  Giangiulio 

Director,  Children's  Center Ms.  Sandra  Jones 

Assistant  Dean  of  Students,  Community  Development Mrs.  Margaret  Tripp 

Director,  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services  Department Dr.  Thomas  Spieriing 

Director,  Greek  Life  and  Student  Organizations Mr.  Charles  Warner 

Director,  Health  Center Ms.  Manann  Hammond 

Director,  Multicultural  Affairs Mr.  Jerome  Hutson 

Director,  New  Student  Programs Mr  Joseph  Giuffre 

Director,  Student  Development  and  Wellness  Programs Ms.  Jacqueline  Hodes 

Director,  Recreation  and  Leisure  Programs Dr.  Stephen  Gambino 

Director.  Residence  Life  and  Housing Mr  Thomas  Puree 

Director,  Sykes  Union Mr  David  Timmann 

Director,  Women's  Center Ms.  Robin  Garrett 

Student  Services  Incorporated,  Executive  Director ■ Ms.  Mell  Josephs 

Student  Services  Incorporated.  Director.  Student  Programming Mr.  Stephen  McKieman 

Student  Services  Incorporated,  Director,  Student  Activities Ms.  Sueann  Robbins 


Faculty 

Spring  1997 


MADELEINE  WING  ADLER  (1992)  President 
B.A.,  Northwestern  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin 

LINDA  L.  LAMWERS  (1995)  Vice  President  for 

Academic  Affairs/Provost 

B.A.,  Douglass  College;  M.S.,  Ph  D  ,  Rutgers 

University 

JOSEPH  D.  HAMEL  (1985)  Vice  President  for 
Administrative  and  Fiscal  Affairs 
B.B.A.,  LeMoyne  College;  MB. A.,  Syracuse 
University;  Ed.D.,  Widener  University 

PAUL  M.  OLIARO  (1993)  Vice  President  for 
Student  Affairs 

B.A.,  St.  Mary's  College:  M.A.,  Ph  D  ,  Michigan 
State  University 


KEVIN  J  GARVEY  (1993)  Vice  President  for 

Advancement 

B.A.,  Westminster  College 

DAVID  H.  BUCHANAN  (1994)  Dean.  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

B.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin 

CHRISTOPHER  M.  FIORENTINO  (1985)  Dean. 
School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

JUDITH  S.  FINKEL  (1968)  Interim  Dean.  School 
of  Education 

B.S.,  Temple  University;  M.Ed  ,  West  Chester 
University;  Ph.D.,  Union  Graduate  School 

JOHN  L.  EBERHART  (1969)  Interim  Dean. 
School  of  Health  Sciences 


B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.A.,  Syracuse 
University 

TIMOTHY  V.  BLAIR  (1992)  Interim  Dean.  School 
of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Susquehanna  University;  M.M.,  The  New 
England  Conservatory  of  Music;  DM. A.,  Catholic 
University  of  America 

GARY  H.  KNOCK  (1996)  Dean.  Graduate  Studies 

and  Sponsored  Research 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Wisconsin  University;  Ed.D  .  Indiana 

University 

MARY  ANN  O.  MAGGITTI  (1970)  Interim 

Associate  Provost 

B.A.,  Emmanuel  College;  M.S.,  Central 

Connecticut  State  College;  Ph.D..  Temple 

University 


DENNIS  M.  ADAMS  (1992)  Associate  Professor 
of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.A.,  California  State  University;  PhD  ,  University 
of  Wisconsin 

THOMAS  J.  AHLBORN  (1967)  Associate 
Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B.S.,  California  University;  M.A.,  Kent  State 
University;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware 

NASEER  AHMAD  (1987)  Associate  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  D  Sc,  Aligarh  Muslim  University 

SYLVIA  MOSS  AHRAMJIAN  (1976)  Associate 
Professor  of  Instrumental  Music 
B.Mus.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  MM.,  Indiana 
University,  Bloomington 

SHIRLEY  PETHES  ALIFERIS  (1968) 
Chairperson.  Department  of  Keyboard  Music: 
Associate  Professor 

A.R.C.T,,  Royal  Conservatory  of  Music  of 
Toronto;  Artist,  Diploma,  University  of  Toronto; 
M.Mus.,  Indiana  University 

LOIS  W.  ALT  ( 1 966)  Associate  Professor  of  Vocal 
and  Choral  Music 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  B.Mus  , 
M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan 

THOMAS  ANDREWS  (1997)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Economics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
Temple  University 

CHRISTIAN  K.  AWUYAH  (\9m  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Ghana;  M.A.,  University  of 
Guelph;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alberta 

JOHN  H.  BAKER  (1974)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Art:  Associate  Professor 
B.A.,  West  Chester  University;  M.F.A.,  University 
of  Delaware 

LYNDA  A.  BALOCHE  (1989)  Associate  Professor 

of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B  A.,  Trenton  State  College;  Ed.D  ,  Temple 

University 

SCOTT  BALTHAZAR  (.\99\)  Associate  Professor 

of  Music  History  and  Literature 

B.A.,  Amherst  College,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 


PAUL  A.  BAN YACSKI  (1965) /iMOf/are 
Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A.,  Eastern  College 

JUDITH  BARON  (1974)  Psychologist.  Counseling 
Center:  Professor 

B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan;  Ph.D.,  York 
University,  Toronto 

ROGER  BARTH  (1985)  Associate  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.A..  La  Salle  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Johns 

Hopkins  University 

CHARLOTTE  E.  BARTLETT  ( 1972)  Associate 
Professor  of  Social  Work 
B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S.S.,  Bryn 
Mawr  College 

CHARLES  R.  BAUERLEIN  (1988)  Assistant 

Chairperson.  Department  of  English;  Assistant 

Professor 

B.A.,  Loyola  University  of  the  South;  M.A., 

Pennsylvania  State  University 

MARSHALL  J.  BECKER  (1968)  Professor  of 

Anthropology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ROBERT  M.  BEDFORD  (1966)  Professor  of 
Keyboard  Music 

B.Mus.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School;  D.M.A., 
Catholic  University  of  America 

DENA  G.  BEEGHLY  (1992)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  S.  Connecticut  State  University;  M.Ed., 
Ed  D.,  University  of  Georgia 

SHARON  BEGAN  (1992)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Biology 

B.S.,  Kutztown  University;  M.S.,  East  Tennessee 

State  University;  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois 

University  at  Carbondale 

CAROL  A.  BELMAIN  (1971)  Chairperson,  Music 

Education:  Professor 

B  S.,  M.S.,  Ithaca  College;  DMA.,  Temple 

University 

JOHN  T.  BENESKI  (1986)  Professor  of  Biology 
A. A.,  Southwestern  College;  B.A.,  M.A.,  Humboldt 
State  University;  Ph.D.,  Washington  State 
University 


CYNTHIA  D.  BENZING  (1988)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Economics  and  Finance:  Professor 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  MB. A.,  Ph.D., 
Drexel  University 

HELEN  A  BERGER  (\99l)  Associate  Professor 
of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.A.,  Sussex  University 
(England);  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

JAY  H  BERKOWITZ  (1969)  Associate  Professor 

of  Theatre  Arts 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Temple  University 

R.  LORRAINE  BERNOTSKY  (1996)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Political  Science 
B.A..  Messiah  College;  M.A.,  Temple  University, 
D.Phil..  University  of  Oxford 

TIMOTHY  V  BLAIR  (\992)  Associate  Professor 

of  Keyboard  Music 

B.Mus.,  Susquehanna  University;  MM.;  The  New 

England  Conservatory  of  Music;  D.M.A.,  Catholic 

University  of  America 

RICHARD  E  BLAKE  (1975)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art  of  Temple  University 

ARVID  J.  BLOOM  (1988)  Associate  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B  A.,  Wesieyan  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Colorado 

State  University 

MARITAR.  BOES  (199\)  Associate  Professor  of 

History 

B  A.,  M.A.,  Hunter  College;  Ph.D.,  City  University 

of  New  York 

GAIL  G.  K.  BOLLIN  (1990)  Assistant 
Chairperson.  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and 
Reading:  Associate  Professor 
B.A.,  St.  Bonaventure  University;  M.A.,  Purdue 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

DAVID  L.  BOLTON  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Counselor.  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B.A.,  Seminar  Marionhoehe  (Germany);  M.A., 
Andrews  University;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State 
University 

DEANNE  L.  ZOTTER  BONIFAZl  ( 1 99 1 ) 
Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Kent 
State  University 


Faculty 


DALE  R.  BONSALL  ( 1969)  Associate  Professor 
of  Kinesiology 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Ed..  Western 
Maryland  College 

ROGER  E.  BOVE  (1984)  Chairperson. 

Department  of  Economics  and  Finance:  Associate 

Professor 

B.A.,  Hai^ard  College;  M.A.,  Ph  D  .  Harvard 

University 

BETTY  FINCH  BOYLE  (1972)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Health 

B.S  ,  Ball  State  University;  M.Ed..  West  Chester 

University 

ERMINIO  BRAIDOTTl  (1978)  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 

B.A..  Youngstown  State  University;  M.A.. 

Middlebury  College;  Ph.D  .  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

RICHARD  G  BRANTON  (1962)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.S..  University  of 

Delaware;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

JAY  P.  BRENNEMAN  (1995)  Instructor  of 
Political  Science 

B.A..  Franklin  and  Marshall  College:  M.A.. 
University  of  Tennessee 

LINDA  S.  BREUNIG  (1978)  Instructor. 

Educational  Services 

B.S..  M.A.,  West  Chester  University 

MARY  P.  BREWSTER  (1993)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Criminal  Justice 

B.A.,  St.  Joseph's  College;  MA.  Fordham 

University;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University 

PATRICIA  BRODERICK  (1995)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Counselor.  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 

B.A..  Alvemia  College;  MA  Villanova  University; 
PhD ,  Temple  University 

STEVEN  L.  BROITMAN  (1987)  Associate 
Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony 
Brook;  M  Ed  ,  University  of  Massachusetts;  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 

KRISTINA  M.  BROOKS  (1996)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley 

MICHAEL  W.  BROOKS  (1971)  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  Antioch  College;  M.A..  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Toronto 

DEBORAH  S.  BROWN  (\992)  Associate 
Professor  of  Counselor.  Secondary,  and 
Professiorml  Education 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware 

DAVID  F.  BROWN  (1991)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading: 
Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University;  Ed.D., 
University  of  Tennessee 

FRANC:ELINE  H.  brown  (1984)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Library  Services 

B.A.,  Linderwood  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Drexel 

University 


KIMBERLEE  S.  brown  (1993) /^iJiilon/ 
Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 

B  Ed  .  Temple  University;  M.Ed..  West  Chester 
University;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ROGER  J  brown  (1968)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 

B.S  .  West  Chester  University 

JOSEPH  BROWNE  (1966)  Professor  of  Engli<!h 
Diplome  En  Philosophic,  St  Jerome's  College 
(University  of  Ottawa);  B  S  .  St.  Joseph's 
University  (Pa  );  MA.,  Ph.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

CHRISTOPHER  BUCKLEY  (\9il)  Associate 
Professor  of  English 

B.A  ,  St  Mary's  College  of  California;  MA,  San 
Diego  State  University;  M.F.A  ,  University  of 
California.  Irvine 

H.  JAMES  BURGWYN  (1968)  Professor  of 

History 

B  A  ,  Swarthmore  College;  M.A.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

WILLIAM  F  BURNS  (\9(A)  Associate  Professor 
of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Allegheny  College;  M.A.,  Case  Western 
Reserve  University 

MARY  ANNE  BURNS-DUFFY  (1969) 

Chairperson.  Department  of  Library  Services: 

Assistant  Professor 

A.B.,  Immaculata  College;  M.S.L.S  ,  Drexel 

University 

A.  WAYNE  BURTON  (1965)  Associate  Professor 
of  Political  Science 

B  A.,  Brigham  Young  University;  MA,  University 
of  Pennsylvania 

J.  BRYAN  BURTON  (1991)  Professor  of  Music 

Education 

B  M  ,  West  Texas  State  University;  MA,  Western 

State  College  of  Colorado;  D.M.E.,  University  of 

Southern  Mississippi 

JEAN  PIPER  BURTON  (1993)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Library  Services 

B  S.,  Valley  City  University  of  North  Dakota; 
MLS.,  Vanderbilt  University 

RICHARD  M.  BUSCH  (1990)  Associate  Professor 
of  Geology 

A  B.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College;  M.A.,  Temple 
University;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

CHERELYN  BUSH  (1996)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph  D.,  Michigan  State  University 

THEODORE  H  BUTCHER  (1970)  Director. 
Academic  Advising  Center:  Associate  Professor. 
Educational  Services 
B  A  ,  Lincoln  University;  MB. A.,  Drexel 
University;  MS  ,  West  Chester  University 

ROBERT  E.  BYTNAR  (1975)  Professor  of 

Theatre  Arts 

B  S  Ed..  California  University;  M.A.,  West 

Virginia  University;  M.F.A.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh 

WEI  WEI  CAI  (1996)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B  A  .  Beijing  Teachers  College;  MA.  Bloomsburg 

University;  Ed.D  .  Indiana  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

CHRISTINE  CARLTON  DOWDELL  (1996) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B.M  ,  MM.,  Illinois  University;  Ed.D.,  Columbia 
University 


SUSAN  F.  CAROFF  ( 1 995)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  M.Ed.,  The  Citadel; 
Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

LYNN  CARSON  ( 1 99 1 )  Associate  Professor  of 

Health 

B.A  ,  Neumann  College;  MS.,  St  Josephs 

University;  Ph  D  ,  Temple  University 

DIANE  O  CASAGRANDE  (1968)  Professor  of 
Communication  Studies 
A.B  ,  Wayne  State  University;  MA.,  Ph.D., 
Temple  University 

LOUIS  A  CASCIATO  (\963)  Associate  Professor 

of  Earth  Sciences 

B.S..  St  Joseph's  College  (Pa);  M.S..  Villanova 

University 

GIOVANNI  CASOTTI  (1996)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Biology 

B.A..  Ph.D.,  Murdoch  University,  Australia 

CONRAD  E.  CHALICK  (1962)  Psychologist, 
Counseling  Center:  Professor 
B  A  ,  Pennsylvania  Military  College;  M.A., 
Villanova  University;  Ed.D  ,  Nova  University 

KATHRYN  S  CHILCOTE  (1989)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B  A  ,  MM,  University  of  the  Pacific;  DMA., 
University  of  Oregon 

PAUL  F.  CHRIST  (1994)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Marketing 

B.B.A.,  MB. A.,  Temple  University 

HUNG  M.  CHU  (1976)  Professor  of  Management 
B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College  (Ind);  MB. A.,  Northern 
Illinois  University;  Ph  D.,  Louisiana  State 
University 

MELISSA  CICHOWICZ  (1986)  Associate 

Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S  .  St.  Joseph's  College;  Ph.D..  University  of 

Maryland 

BETHANN  CINELLI  (1987)  Professor  of  Health 
B  S  ,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.Ed., 
Temple  University;  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University 

GEORGE  S  CLAGHORN  (1963)  Professor  of 

Philosophy 

B  A  .  University  of  Chattanooga;  Ph.D..  University 

of  Pennsylvania 

FRANCES  E.  CLELAND  ( 1994)  Associate 

Professor  of  Kinesiology 

B.S..  Purdue  University:  M.S.,  P.E.D.,  Indiana 

University 

ANN  COGHLAN-STOWE  (1984)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Nursing:  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.N.,  M.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
Diploma  in  Nursing,  Thomas  Jefferson  University 

KATHERINE  A  CONROY  (1983)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S  .  Rutgers— The  State  University;  M.S.,  Boston 

University 

IDNA  CORBETT  ( 1 992)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Educational  Services 

B.A.,  Goshen  College;  M.A.,  Michigan  State 
University;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

JON  A.  COWEN  (1967)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts;  A.M., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

MARY  E.  CRAWFORD  (1978)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.S  ,  West  Chester  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Delaware 


Faculty 


W.  STEPHEN  CRODDY  (1969)  Professor  of 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California;  M.A., 

Temple  University;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University 

DAVID  CULLEN  ( 1993)  Instructor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B.M.,  Hartford  School  of  Music 

GEORGANN  CULLEN  (1964)  Associate 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Kent  State  University 

OYA  CULPAN  (1995)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Management 

B.A.,  University  of  Leeds  (England);  M.A., 

University  of  Connecticut;  PhD  ,  University  of 

Hacenepe  (Turkey) 

NEIL  CURTIS  (1993)  Assistant  Professor  of  Sports 

Medicine 

B.S..  Boston  University;  M.S.,  University  of 

Arizona;  Ed.M.,  Ed.D..  Columbia  University 

DANIEL  DARIGAN  (1992)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Oregon 

LAWRENCE  R.  DAVIDSON  (1989)  Associate 

Professor  of  History 

B.A..  Rutgers — The  State  University;  M.A., 

Georgetown  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Albeita 

KEVIN  W.  DEAN  (\99\)  Associate  Professor  of 
Communication  Studies 
B.S.,  Bowhng  Green  University;  MA,  Miami 
University  of  Ohio;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

PHa,IP  M.  DeMOSS  (1972)  Professor  of 

Economics  and  Finance 

B.A..  Park  College;  MA,  Ph  D  .  Kansas  State 

University 

DAVID  P.  DeVENNEY  (1996)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B.M.,  Iowa  Stale  University;  M.M.,  University  of 
Wisconsin-Madison;  DM. A.,  Conservatory  of 
Music,  University  of  Cincinnati 

KATHLEEN  DEVLIN-KELLY  (1976)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Georgetown  University;  M.S.N.,  Boston 

University 

ANDREW  E  DINNIMAN  (1972)  Professor  of 

Educational  Ser\ices 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.A.,  University 

of  Maryland;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

W.  LARRY  DORMINY  (\912)  Associate 
Professor  of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B.Mus.,  Jacksonville  University;  MM.,  Florida 
State  University;  DM.,  Indiana  University 

GEORGE  PULLMAN  DRAKE.  JR  (1994) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University;  M.Ed..  Trenton 
State  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

MARTHA  DROBNAK  (1992)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
A.B.,  Grove  City  College;  M  Ed.,  University  of 
Pinsburgh;  Ed  D..  Nova  University 

PHILLIP  K.  DUNCAN  (19&3)  Assistant 
Chairperson.  Department  of  Psychology:  Professor 
B.A.,  Wittenberg  University;  M.A..  Western 
Michigan  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 


A.  SCOTT  DUNLAP  (1967)  Associate  Professor 
of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.A..  King's  College  (N.Y.);  M.Div.,  Eastern 
Baptist  Theological  Seminary 

KEVIN  C.  DUNLEAVY  (1979)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Economics  and  Finance 
B.A..  University  of  Delaware;  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University 

MELINDA  DARBY  DYAR  (1993)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Geology 

B.A.,  Wellesley  College;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology 

ANNE  DZAMBA  (1968)  Chairperson.  Department 

of  History:  Professor 

B.A  .  Swarthmore  College;  Ph.D..  University  of 

Delaware 

T.  OBINKARAM  ECHEWA  (1986)  Associate 
Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  M.S.,  Columbia 
University;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

HOWARD  EDELMAN  (\9%\)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Computer  Science 
B  S.,  City  University  of  New  York;  M.S., 
University  of  Delaware 

JAMES  EGAN  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  EGAN  (1968)  Director.  Center  for  the 
Study  of  Connectivity  and  Databases:  Professor  of 
Educational  Senices 

B.S.,  MEd.,  West  Chester  University;  Ed.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

JOHN  E.  EHLEITER  (1969)  Associate  Professor 

of  Geology 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College;  M.A., 

Wesleyan  University;  D  Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

MARIANNE  ELEUTERIO  (1973)  Professor  of 

Biology 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Delaware 

PAUL  R.  EMMONS  (1985)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Library  Senices 

B.  Mus.,  Lawrence  University  of  Wisconsin;  M.M., 
M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

RICHARD  G.  EPSTEIN  (1991)  Professor  of 

Computer  Science 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University;  M.S.E., 

University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

JORGE  ESCORCIA  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 
Foreign  Languages 

Lie  .  Universidad  Pedagogica  del  Caribe;  M.A., 
Boston  University 

CELIA  ESPLUGAS  (1990)  Associate  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 

B.A  ,  Teacher's  College,  Argentina;  M.Ed., 
Bowling  Green  Slate  University;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Toledo 

JAMES  D  FABREY  (1975)  Director.  Uberal 
Studies  Program:  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
A.B  ,  Cornell  University;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology 

G.  WINFIELD  FAIRCHILD  (1983)  Professor  of 

Biology 

B.A.,  Hamilton  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Michigan 


JAMES  S.  FALCONE  (\99\)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Delaware 

GEORGE  FASIC  (1988)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Geography  and  Planning 
B.S  ,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S., 
Columbia  University 

JOHN  J.  FENTON  ( 1980)  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.A..  Catholic  University  of  America;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota 

JUDITH  S.  FINKEL  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 
Special  Education 

B.S..  Temple  University;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester 
University;  Ph  D  .  Union  Graduate  School 

FRANK  E  FISH  (1980)  Professor  of  Biology 
B.A..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Oswego; 
M.S.,  Ph  D  ,  Michigan  State  University 

ANDREA  R  FISHMAN  (1990)  Associate 
Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Dickinson  College;  M.Ed.,  Shippensburg 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ROBERT  P.  FLETCHER  (1992)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  California;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

ANITA  K  FOEMAN  (1991)  Professor  of 

Communication  Studies 

B.H.,  Defiance  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

WILLIAM  D.  FORDYCE  (\9(>%)  Associate 

Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.T.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

CLAUDE  R.  FOSTER,  JR.  (1967)  Professor  of 

History 

B.A..  Eastern  College;  B.D.,  The  Reformed 

Episcopal  Seminao';  MA,  University  of  Delaware; 

Th.M  .  Crozer  Theological  Seminary;  Zeugnis  fuer 

deutsche  Sprache  und  Kultur,  University  of 

Freiburg;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

SANDRA  FOWKES-GODEK  (\99\)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Sports  Medicine 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S., 
University  of  Colorado 

WALTER  J  FOX,  JR.  (1983)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Journalism  and  English 

B.S.,  St  Joseph's  University;  M.S.,  Columbia 

University 

ALAN  W.  FRANCE  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  Troy  State  University;  M.A.,  Stephen  F. 

Austin  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Rice  University; 

Ph.D..  Texas  Christian  University 

BONITA  FREEMAN-WITTHOFT  (1974) 
Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology 
B.A  ,  University  of  Maine:  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania 

RAYMOND  FRIDAY  (1969)  Professor  of  Vocal 
and  Choral  Music 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Mus.,  Oberlin 
College;  Diploma,  Academy  of  Vocal  Arts;  Ph.D., 
New  York  University 

BLAISE  F.  FROST  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B  A.,  Yankton  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

South  Dakota 

FRANK  F.  FRY,  JR.  ( 1993)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Kinesiology 


Faculty 


B.S..  West  Chester  University;  M  Ed  ,  Colorado 
State  University;  D  PE..  Spnngfield  College 

ANGELO  F  GADALETO  (1986)  Professor  of 
Counselor.  Secondary,  and  ProfessiormI  Education 
B.A  .  Rider  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Delaware;  Ph.D  .  University  of  Virginia 

GLORIA  GALANTE  (1993)  Instructor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B  S.,  West  Chester  University 

CLYDE  J  GALBRAITH  (1974)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Accounting:  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  MBA..  Drexel  University;  C.P.A., 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 

GAIL  M.  GALLITANO  (1992)  Associate 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  S..  Monmouth  College;  M.S  ,  Farleigh  Dickinson 

University;  M.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Columbia 

University 

CONSTANCE  GARCIA-BARRIO  (1990) 
Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  West  Chester  University;  MA,  Temple 
University.  Ph  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ROBIN  GARRETT  (1978)  Director.  Women's 
Center;  Assistant  Professor  of  Nursing 
B.S.N  ,  Case  Western  Reserve  University;  M.S.N., 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

JOHN  GAULT  ( 1991 )  Assistant  Professor  of 

Marketing 

B.S  ,  US  Naval  Academy;  MB. A.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

JOHN  L  GAUNT  (1970)  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  MA.,  Tulane  University;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland 

JAMAL  GHOROGHCHIAN  (1986)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Chemistry:  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Moshad  (Iran);  M.S.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Southampton  (U.K.) 

ELIZABETH  A.  GIANGIULIO  (1972)  Director. 
Career  Development  Center:  Associate  Professor 
of  Educational  Services 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M£d.,  University 
of  Arizona 

JAMES  THOMAS  GILL  (1995)  Associate 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.A.,  Randolph  Macon  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed  D., 
University  of  Virginia 

STEPHEN  D  GILMOUR  (1979)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A..  M.A.,  Indiana  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota 

PETER  J.  GLIDDEN  (1995)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.A.,  College  of  Wooster;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Columbia 

University 

JOSEPH  J.  GODEK  III  (1972)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Sports  Medicine:  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Delaware;  M.S.,  West  Chester 
University 

DENNIS  GODFREY  (1987)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Northern  Iowa;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan 

PHYLLIS  A.  GOETZ  ( 1975)  Associate  Professor 

ofHealth 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Maryland 

CHARLES  W.  GOOD  (1966)  Professor  of 
Counselor.  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.A., 


University  of  Pennsylvania,  Ed  D  ,  Temple 
University 

STEVEN  C.  GOOD  (1996)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Geology 

B  A.,  Augustana  College;  M.A.,  PhD  .  University 

of  Colorado 

ANDREW  J  GOUDY  (1977)  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

RONALD  L  GOUGHER  (1969)  A«ociafe 

Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A  ,  Muhlenberg  College;  M.A.,  Lehigh 

University 

HENRY  GRABB  (1992)  Chairperson.  Department 
of  Instrumental  Music:  Assistant  Professor 
B  A.,  University  of  Central  Flonda,  MM., 
Northwestern  University  of  lUinois;  DM  ,  Florida 
State  University 

CHARLES  W.  GRASSEL  (1968)  Associate 

Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  MS,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

PATRICIA  E.  GRASTY-GAINES  (1970) 

Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B  S  ,  West  Chester  University;  M  Ed  ,  Ed  D., 

Temple  University 

PAUL  D.  GREEN  (191  \)  Professor  of  English 

A  B.,  Temple  University;  A.M.,  Ph.D..  Harvard 

University 

JUDITH  J.  GREENAMYER  (1988)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Biology 

M.S..  University  of  California;  D  V  M  .  Ohio  State 

University 

HARVEY  C.  GREISMAN  (1979)  Professor  of 

Sociology 

B.A  .  State  University  of  New  York  at  New  Paltz; 

MA..  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University 

SHIRLEY  R  GRICE  (1972)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Educational  Senices 

B.S..  M.Ed  .  West  Chester  University;  Ed.D.. 

Temple  University 

FRANK  GROSSHANS  (1975)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  PhD.,  University  of 

Chicago 

TERRY  E,  GUIDETTI  (1966)  Associate  Professor 

of  Instrumental  Music 

B.Mus.,  M.Mus.,  Northwestern  University 

SHIV  K.  GUPTA  (1985)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S  ,  M.S.,  Delhi  University;  M.S.,  University  of 

Wisconsin;  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve 

University 

WILLIAM  I.  GUY  ( 1974)  Instructor  of 

Educational  Senices 

A.B.,  Temple  University 

CYNTHIA  S  HAGGARD  (1990)  Associate 
Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Ed.  D.,  Indiana  University 

SAUNDRA  M.  HALL  (1964)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Theatre  Arts 

B.A.,  MA,  Ohio  State  University 

JAMES  W  HAMILTON  {\9S9)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Management 

B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin;  M.B.A., 

Northeastern  University 

CHRIS  L.  HANNING  (1995)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Instrumental  Music 


B.A..  B.A..  University  of  South  Florida;  MM.. 
University  of  Akron;  DMA.,  University  of 
Colorado 

HUBERT  E  HARBER  (1910)  Associate  Professor 
of  Astronomy 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University;  M.B.S., 
University  of  Colorado;  MAT.,  Brown  University 

CHARLES  A.  HARDY  III  (1990)  Associate 

Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  M.A..  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

JEFFREY  E.  HARRIS  (1983)  Associate  Professor 

ofHealth 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  San  Diego;  D.H.Sc, 

M.P.H  .  Loma  Linda  University 

YOKO  HASHIMOTO-SINCLAIR  (1969) 
Associate  Professor  of  Theatre  Arts 
B.A..  M.A.,  Aoyama  Gakuin  University  (Japan); 
MA.  PhD  .  University  of  Michigan 

ELIZABETH  A.  HASSON  (1970)  Associate 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading: 
B  S.,  M  Ed.,  West  Chester  University;  Ed.D., 
Temple  University 

BARBARA  F.  HAUS  (1990)  Associate  Professor 
of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  M.S.N., 
University  of  Kentucky;  Ed.D.,  Lehigh  University 

SYLVIA  HAVILAND  (1988)  Instructor  of 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  Goddard  College;  M.A.,  West  Chester 

University 

ROBERT  W.  HAWKES  (1962)  A^ocia/c 
Professor  of  Physics 

B.S  ,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University 

ARTHUR  T.  HEGVIK  (1975)  Associate  Professor 

of  Instrumental  Music 

B.M  ,  MM..  University  of  Michigan 

JOHN  G.  HELION  (1990)  Assistant  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Kinesiology:  Assistant  Professor 
B.S..  State  University  of  New  York;  M.A.,  Ed.M., 
Ed.D .  Columbia  University 

FRANK  Q  HELMS  (1966)  Director,  Library 
Senices:  Associate  Professor 
B.A..  University  of  Delaware;  M.L.S.,  Rutgers  — 
The  State  University 

SHARON  L  HERSHEY  (1992)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Music  Theory  and  Composition 
B.M.,  University  of  Michigan;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

ANNE  F  HERZOG  (1993)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  College  of  Holy  Cross;  M.A.,  Georgetown 

University;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University 

THOMAS  J.  HESTON  (1975)  Professor  of  History 
A  B.,  Gettysburg  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Case 
Western  Reserve  University 

WILLIAM  L.  HEWITT  ( 1992)  Assistant 

Chairperson.  Department  of  History:  Assistant 

Professor 

B.A..  M.A.,  Adams  State  College;  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Wyoming 

JANET  S.  HICKMAN  (\992)  Associate  Professor 

of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Bridgeport;  M.S.N.,  Northern 

Illinois  University;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

STEPHANIE  L.  HINSON  (1992)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 
A.B.,  Princeton  University;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D., 
University  of  Virginia 


Faculty 


CHERYL  HODGINS  (1979)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Hampshire;  M.S.W., 
University  of  Texas 

JOHN  HOLINGJAK.  JR.  (1965)  Associate 

Professor  of  Counselor.  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

B.S.,  Kutztown  University;  Ed.M.,  Temple 

University 

BELLE  HOLLON  (1987)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  An;  M  F  A  , 
University  of  Wisconsin 

JOZSEF  HORVATH  (1988)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.Sc,  Tel  Aviv  University;  M.Sc,  University  of 

British  Columbia;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

YI-MING  HSU  (1975)  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education  and  Educational  Psychology 
B.A.  National  Taiwan  University;  MA.,  University 
of  Oregon;  D.Ed.,  University  of  Georgia 

JOHN  L.  HYNES  (1990)  Assistant  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Counselor.  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education:  Associate  Professor 
B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany; 
M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at 
Binghamton;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York 
at  Albany 

LAWRENCE  V.  lACONO  (.\966)  Associate 
Professor  of  Political  Science 
B.S..  St.  Joseph's  College  (Pa.);  M.Ed.,  West 
Chester  University 

CAROL  ISAACSON-BRISELLI  (1988)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Instrumental  Music 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York;  MM.,  Temple 

University 

WILLIAM  J.  JACOBSON  (1988)  Associate 

Professor  of  Theatre  Arts 

B.A.,  Eckerd  College;  M.F.A.,  Brandeis  University 

TAMMY  C.  JAMES  (1994)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Health 

B.S.,  M.E.,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

JANE  E.  JEITTIEY  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  Memphis  State;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Iowa 

RONN  M.  JENKINS  (1972)  Chairperson. 

Department  of  Educational  Services:  Associate 

Professor 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.,  Bucknell 

University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ELAINE  B.  JENKS  (1992)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Communication  Studies 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland;  M.A.,  Gannon 
University;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

CAROLYN  CONSUELO  JIMENEZ  (1994) 

Instructor  of  Sports  Medicine 

B.A.,  Colorado  College;  M.S.,  University  of 

Arizona 

ALLEN  H.  JOHNSON  (1974)  Associate  Professor 
of  Geology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  M.S.,  University  of 
Arizona;  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

DEIDRE  ANN  JOHNSON  (1991)  Associate 
Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Knox  College;  M.A.,  Eastern  Michigan; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 


CLIFFORD  A.  JOHNSTON  (1992)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.E.,  Mansfield  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

EMLYN  H.  JONES  (1968)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Kinesiology 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

JAMES  A.  JONES  (1992)  Assistant  Professor  of 

History 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph  D.,  University  of  Delaware 

MILDRED  C.  JOYNER  (1981)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Social  Work:  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.W.,  Central  State  University;  M  S  W.,  Howard 
University 

WALLACE  J.  KAHN  (1977)  Professor  of  Counselor. 
Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.Ed.,  AGS., 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

BRENT  KAPLAN  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 

Physics 

B.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  New  York  University 

BARBARA  A.  KAUFFMAN  (1987)  Instructor  of 
Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S., 
University  of  Pennsylvania;  J.D.,  Temple 
University  School  of  Law 

MARY  A.  KEETZ  (1973)  Director.  Women's 

Institute:  Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and 

Reading 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

NELSON  W.  KEITH  (1989)  Professor  of 

Sociology 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers— The  State  University; 

Barrisler-at-law,  The  Honourable  Society  of  the 

Inner  Temple  (U.K.) 

JAMES  T.  KELLEHER  (1968)  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  Widener  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

JOHN  T.  KELLY  (1969)  Associate  Professor  of 

English 

B.S.,  St.  Louis  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Oklahoma 

JOHN  P.  KENT  (1972)  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Southampton  University  (U.K.);  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois 

SANDRA  L.  KERR  (1994)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Boston  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  State 

University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook 

JOHN  J.  KERRIGAN  (1972)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S,,  West  Chester  University;  M.A.,  Villanova 

University;  D.Ed.,  Temple  University 

LISA  A.  KIRSCHENBAUM  (1996)  Assistant 
Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Brown  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley 

EUGENE  KLEIN  (1967)  Associate  Professor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B.M.E.,  Temple  University;  M.M.E.,  Indiana 

University 

SHARON  B.  KLETZIEN  (199 \)  Associate 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.A.,  West  Texas  State  University;  M.A., 
American  University;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 


ROBERT  M.  KLINE  {199\)  Associate  Professor  of 

Computer  Science 

B.A.,  Millersville  University;  Ph.D.,  Washington 

University 

DENNIS  R,  KLINZING  (1976)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Communication  Studies;  Professor 
B.S.,  Clarion  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

MAUREEN  T.  KNABB  (1986)  Associate 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  St  Joseph's  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Virginia 

KAREN  M  KOEHLER  (1987)  Associate 

Professor  of  Kinesiology 

B.S.,  The  King's  College;  M.A.,  Northern 

Michigan  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina-Greensboro 

MAREILE  A.  KOENIG  (1990)  Associate 
Professor  of  Communicative  Disorders 
B.S.,  MS,  Southern  Illinois  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois 

SEBASTIAN  S.  KOH  (1970)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Mathematics:  Professor 

B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University;  M.A.,  Wayne 

State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California, 

Berkeley 

KEVIN  A  KOURY  (1997)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Special  Education 

B.S  ,  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College;  M.A., 
Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

V  KRISHNA  KUMAR  (1977)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.S.,  Osmania  University  (India);  M.S.,  Indian 

Agricultural  Research  Institute;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Wisconsin-Madison 

ROBERT  S.  KURZINSKY  (1970)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Counselor.  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester 

University;  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

PETER  T  KYPER  (1987)  Associate  Professor  of 

Educational  Services 

B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph.D.,  Auburn 

University 

WILLIAM  LALICKER(1995)  Assistant  Professor 

of  English 

B.A.,  Loyola  Marymount  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Washington 

MARG ARETE  J  LANDWEHR  (1992)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.S.,  Georgetown  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard 

University 

MONITA  LANK  (1970)  Chairperson.  Department 

of  Kinesiology:  Professor 

A  B  ,  M.A.,  Wichita  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Iowa 

BARBARA  J.  LAPPANO  (1970)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Kinesiology 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

ELIZABETH  LARSEN  (1984)  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee 

VICTOR  LASUCHIN  (1970)  Associate  Professor 

of  Art 

B.F.A.,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

KENNETH  L  LAUDERMILCH  (1968)  Professor 
of  Instrumental  Music 

B.S  ,  Lebanon  Valley  College;  M.Mus.,  New 
England  Conservatory  of  Music;  DMA.,  Catholic 
University  of  America 


Faculiv 


JOSEPH  C  LAULETTA  (1973) /ti5iiwnr 

Professor  of  Kinesiology 

B.S..  University  of  Delaware;  M.Ed.,  Boston 

University 

ALTHIER  LAZAR  ( 1 994)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B.S  .  Enierson  College;  M.A.T.,  Simmons  College; 

Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

EVAN  A.  LEACH  (1993)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Management 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  Slate  University;  M.A.,  West 

Chester  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

HERBERT  LEE  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 

Educational  Services 

B.S.,  M.Ed..  West  Chester  University 

PATRICIA  LENKOWSKI  (\995)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Library  Services 
B.A..  Glassboro  State  College;  MS  .  Drexel 
University.  M  Ed  .  Widener  University 

MONICA  P  LEPORE  (1983)  Associate  Professor 

of  Kinesiology 

B.S..  College  of  Mount  Saint  Vincent;  M.S., 

University  of  Wisconsin;  Ed.D.,  New  York 

University 

JAMES  P  LEWANDOWSKI  (1991)  Associate 
Professor  of  Geography  and  Planning 
B.A.,  MA.  University  of  Toledo;  Ph.D..  Ohio 
State  University 

JAMES  E.  LHEUREUX  (1969)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S..  M.S..  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

PETER  H.  LOEDEL  ( 1996)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Political  Science 

B.A.,  B.A.,  MA.  Ph.D..  University  of  California, 
Santa  Barbara 

SUSAN  W.  LUBKING  (1978)  Aiiociare  Professor 

of  Kinesiology 

B.S..  Ursinus  College;  M.Ed..  Ed.D..Temple 

University 

PATRICK  W.  LUCK  (1973)  Associate  Professor 
of  Sociology 

B.A..  University  of  Vermont;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut 

COLLEEN  T  LUDEKER  (1990)  Associate 

Professor  of  Music  Education 

B.M.E..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.M., 

DePauw  University;  Ed.D..  West  Virginia 

University 

GLENN  LYONS  (1984)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B.A..  Harpur  College;  M.  Mas..  Peabody 

Conservatory  of  Music  of  Johns  Hopkins 

University 

ROBERT  C.  MAGGIO  (\99\)  Associate  Professor 

of  Music  Theory  and  Composition 

B.A.,  Yale  University;  M.A..  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

MARY  ANN  O.  MAGGITTI  (1970)  Associate 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.A..  Emannuel  College;  MS..  Central  Connecticut 
State  College;  Ph  D.,  Temple  University 

JOHN  P.  MAHER  (1986)  Instructor  of  Health 
B.S.,  St.  Peter's  College;  M.P.H..  Harvard 
University;  M.D..  State  University  of  New  York. 
Downstate  Medical  Center 

DEBORAH  MAHLSTEDT  (1988)  Associate 
Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Rockpon; 
M.Ed..  Ph.D..  Temple  University 


PAUL  L.  MALTBY  (,1991)  Associate  Professor  of 

English 

B.A..  Thames  Polytechnic;  MA.  London 

University;  Ph  D  .  Sussex  University 

ELI  M.  MANDELBAUM  (1964)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.A..  Temple  University;  M.A..  Ph.D..  University 

of  Pennsylvania 

JOHN  A.  MANGRAVITE  (1976)  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.S..  St  Peter's  College;  Ph  D..  University  of  New 

Hampshire 

ROBERT  J   MARBACH  (1976)  Professor  of 

Political  Science 

B.A..  La  Salle  University;  MA.  PhD  ,  Temple 

University 

KAREN  L  MARKEY  (1983)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Music  Education 

B.S..  M.Mus  Ed  .  West  Chester  University 

MICHAEL  F  MARTENS  (1985)  ,4jiocial€ 
Professor  of  Physics 

B.A..  Gettysburg  College;  MS  .  PhD  .  University 
of  Delaware 

THOMAS  M  MASTRILLI  {1995)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Counselor.  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 

B.S..  M  Ed..  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ed.D.. 
University  of  Pittsburgh 

EDWARD  M.  MATEJKOVIC  (l995)/l(/i/f/ic 
Director.Chairperson.  Department  of  Athletics: 
Associate  Professor 

B.S..  M.Ed..  West  Chester  University;  Ed.D., 
Temple  University 

CAROL  R.  MATZ  ( 1 973)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Nursing 

B.S..  Albright  College;  M.S.,  University  of 

Maryland 

GEORGE  W   MAXIM  (1972)  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S  .  M.Ed..  Mansfield  University;  PhD  . 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

GUSTAVE  N.  MBUY  (1985)  Associate  Professor 
of  Biology 

B.A..  University  of  California;  MM..  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Cincinnati 

CHRISTINA  W  McCAWLEY  (\97\)  Associate 

Professor  of  Library  Senices 

B.A..  Ohio  Wesleyan  University;  M.S.L.S.. 

Catholic  University  of  America;  Ph.D..  Drexel 

University 

DWIGHT  L.  McCAWLEY  (1971)  Professor  of 

English 

B.A..  M.A.,  University  of  Tennessee;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Illinois 

RUTH  L  McCOACH  (1969)  Instructor  of 

Educational  Senices 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University 

P.  DOUGLAS  McCONATHA  (1988)  Professor  of 

Sociology 

B  S.,  University  of  Alabama;  M.A.,  University  of 

Atlanta;  Ph.D..  University  of  Utah;  M  PH.,  Yale 

University 

JASMIN  T.  McCONATHA  (1990)  Associate 
Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A..  University  of  Utah;  M.S..  Jacksonville  State 
University;  PhD  ,  University  of  Georgia 

RALPH  CARL  McCOY  (1996)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Theatre  Arts 

B.A..  Emory  College;  M.F.A..  North  Carolina 
School  of  the  Arts 


MARY  McCULLOUGH  (1977)  Associate  Professor 

of  Communication  Studies 

B.A..  B  S..  Milleisville  University;  M.S.W., 

University  of  North  Carolina;  Ph.D..  Temple 

University 

AVIS  G.  MCDONALD  (1993)  Associate  Professor 
of  English 

B.A..  University  of  Waterloo;  M.A..  York 
University;  PhD  ,  Macquarie  University 

CHARLES  H.  McGEE  (1987)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Management:  Associate  Professor 
B.A..  University  of  California.  Santa  Barbara; 
M.A..  University  of  Southern  California;  Ph.D.. 
Northwestern  University 

VICKI  A.  McGINLEY  (1997)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Special  Education 

B.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh;  MA.  PhD  , 
Temple  University 

LYNETTE  F.  McGRATH  (1968)  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Sydney;  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Illinois 

LARRY  McKENNA  (1986)  Instructor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

JAMES  E.  McVOY  (1979)  Chairperson. 

Department  of  Music  Theory  and  Composition: 

Professor 

B.M..  Syracuse  University;  M.M.,  Ph  D..  Eastman 

School  of  Music 

LISBETH  MERZ  (1985)  Associate  Professor. 

Counseling  Center 

B.A  .  Chestnut  Hill  College;  M.A..  Villanova 

University;  Psy.D.,  Hahnemann  University 

OWEN  METCALF  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Music 

B.M..  MM.,  University  of  Colorado;  DM.,  Indiana 

University 

HAROLD  W  METZ  ( 1977)  Associate  Professor  of 

Criminal  Justice 

A  B  .  Glenville  State  College;  M.Ed..  Ohio 

University;  Ed  D..  West  Virginia  University 

KARIN  MEYER  (1996)  Instructor  of  Instrumental 

Music 

B  M  .  Temple  University 

CHERYL  L.  MICHEAU  (1990)  Assistant 

Professor  of  English 

B.S.E.D..  Millersville  University;  M.A.  Middlebury 

College;  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

ELAINE  R.  MILITO  (1981)  Associate  Professor  of 

Computer  Science 

B.S..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony 

Brook;  M.A..  City  University  of  New  York, 

Queens  College;  Ph  D.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

FRANK  E  MILLIMAN  (I960)  Associate 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.N.S.,  College  of  Holy  Cross;  A.B.,  Hobart 

College;  A.M.,  Columbia  University 

JAMES  S.  MILNE  (1969)  Professor  of  Political 

Science 

B  S  ,  Kutaown  University;  M.A.,  Villanova 

University;  Ph.D..  Temple  University 

JOAN  T.  MIMS  (1986)  Instructor  of  English 

B  A..  Columbia  College;  M.A..  West  Chester 

University 

DANIEL  MOHAN  (1980)  Associate  Professor  of 

Economics  and  Finance 

B.S  .  B.A..  Monmouth  College;  M.B.A..  Bucknell 

University;  M.A..  Ph.D..  Rutgers  —  The  State 

University 


Faculty 


GARRETT  G.  MOLHOLT  (1987)  Associate 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  MA.  (two),  Ph.D..  University  of 

Wisconsin-Madison 

ROBERT  MOMYER  (1986)  Assistanl  Professor  of 

Instructional  Media 

B.S.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art;  M.Ed.,  Lehigh 

University 

MICHAEL  MONTEMURO  (1965)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.A.,  La  Salle  College:  M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Temple 

University 

SAMUEL  F.  MOORE  (1979)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Youngslown  State  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Cincinnati 

EDMUNDO  MORALES  (1989)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Anthropology  and  Sociology: 
Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  Richmond  College;  M.A.,  New  York 
University;  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

MICHAEL  J.  MORAN  (1981)  Assistant 
Chairperson,  Department  of  Chemistry:  Professor 
B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

JOHN  R.  MORGAN  (1984)  Associate  Professor  of 

Marketing 

B.A.,  Hampton  Institute;  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

RONNIE  L.  MORGAN  (1973)  Associate  Professor 
of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Southwest  Missouri  State  University;  PhD  , 
University  of  Missouri 

WALENA  C.  MORSE  (1968)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

A.B.,  Duke  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr 

College 

ANNE-MARIE  L.  MOSCATELLI  (1991) 
Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Fordham  University;  M.A.,  Ph  D.,  Bryn 
Mawr  College 

JOSEPH  G.  MOSER  (1966)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Rose  Polytechnic  Institute;  M.S.,  Purdue 

University 

CHARLES  H.  MOTT  (1988)  Professor  of 

Accounting 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut;  MB. A., 

University  of  Hartford;  Ph.D.,  American 

University;  C.P.A. 

RENATE  MUENDEL  ( 1986)  Instructor  of  English 
M.A.  (German),  Columbia  University;  MA. 
(Enghsh),  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

MARTIN  MURPHY  (1966)  Associate  Professor  of 

Anthropology 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

STERLING  E.  MURRAY  (1972)  Chairperson. 

Department  of  Music  History  and  Literature; 

Professor 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Maryland;  A.M.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan 

ROGER  W.  MUSTALISH  (1978)  Professor  of 

Health 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S.,  Michigan 

State  University;  M.P.H.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Minnesota 

KOSTAS  MYRSIADES  (1969)  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Iowa;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana 

University 


LINDA  S.  MYRSIADES  (1990)  Associate 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Beaver  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana 

University 

ALI  NAGGAR  (1977)  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.Com.,  Cairo  University;  M.B.A.,  Long  Island 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

TAHANY  NAGGAR  (1977)  Professor  of 
Economics  and  Finance 
B  Com.,  Rigadh  University;  M.A.,  Long  Island 
University;  Ph.D..  University  of  Oklahoma 

CAROL  M.  NAPtERKOWSKI  {\9%9)  Associate 
Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 
B.A  ,  Temple  University;  M.A.,  Villanova 
University;  Ph.D..  University  of  Connecticut 

REGINALD  NEALY  ( 1 986)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Criminal  Justice 

A  A.,  Pennsylvania  State  Police  Academy;  B.S., 

Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S.,  Lincoln 

University 

MARY  E  NEHLIG  (1967)  Assistant  Director, 

Library  Services;  Associate  Professor 

A.B  ,  Wilson  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Drexel  University 

LARRY  A  NELSON  (1971)  Professor  of  Music 

Theory  and  Composition 

B.Mus..  University  of  Denver;  M.Mus..  Southern 

Illinois  University;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State 

University 

PATRICIA  A.  NESTER  (.\9U)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Nursing 

B.S.N  .  MSN..  Medical  School  of  Georgia; 

Diploma  in  Nursing,  Gastonia  Memorial  Hospital 

JANA  L  NESTLERODE  (1986)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Criminal  Justice:  Professor 
B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  J.D..  Widener 
University 

EMILY  T  NEWBOLD  (1970)  Associate  Professor 
of  Instrumental  Music 
B.Mus..  Eastman  School  of  Music;  M  Mus., 
Temple  University;  DMA.,  Combs  College 

JOHN  T  NEWCOMB  (1990)  Assistant 

Chairperson.  Department  of  English;  Associate 

Professor 

A.B..  Davidson  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Duke 

University 

SARA  E  NEWELL  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 
Communication  Studies 

A.A.,  Clark  College;  B.A.,  Western  Washington 
University;  MS,  University  of  Wyoming;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Utah 

ANTHONY  J  NICASTRO  (1990)  Associate 

Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  M.S..  Ph.D..  University  of  Delaware 

ELIZABETH  NOLLEN  (1986)  Instructor  of 

English 

B.A  .  Ohio  University;  M.A..  Ph.D.,  Indiana 

University 

ISAAC  B.  NORRIS  (1986)  Instructor  of  Sports 

Medicine 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.A.,  University  of 

Maryland 

ROBERT  P.  NYE  (1968)  Assistant  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Health;  Professor 
A3..  Genysburg  College;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester 
University;  Ed.D  .  Temple  University 

C.  JACK  ORR  (1986)  Professor  of  Communication 

Studies 

B.A..  Messiah  College;  B.D..  Eastern  Baptist 

Theological  Seminary;  M.A.,  Northwestern 

University;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 


LARRY  P.  ORTIZ  (1996)  Associate  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

B.A..  M.S.W..  Western  Michigan  University; 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

TERRIE  OZELIS  (1994)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B.A.,  Eastern  Michigan  University;  M.S.,  National 

Louis  University;  Ed.D..  Northern  Illinois 

University 

CHARLES  W.  PAGANO  (1967)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Kinesiology 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Ed.,  Ohio 

University 

PRAXITELES  PANDEL  (1972)  Associate 
Professor  of  Keyboard  Music 
B.Mus.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School 

RICHARD  D  PARSONS  (1990)  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B.A.,  Villanova  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D..  Temple 
University 

SHEILA  PATTERSON  (1992)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Health;  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  Mankato  State;  M.S.,  Ph.D..  Southern  Illinois 
University 

FREDERICK  R.  PATTON  ( 1 98 1 )  AMij/anf 

Chairperson.  Department  of  Foreign  Languages: 

Professor 

B.A..  M.Ed.,  Temple  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

MARTIN  PATWELL  (1994)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Educational  Services 

B.A  ,  Manhattan  College;  MS,  Marist  College; 
Ed.D.,  Boston  University 

PETER  PAULSEN  (1989)  Instructor  of  Music 
B.M.,  West  Chester  University 

REBECCA  PAULY  (1987)  Professor  of  Foreign 

Languages 

B.A  ,  Smith  College;  M.A.,  University  of 

California,  Berkeley;  D.M.L.,  Middlebury  College 

MICHAEL  V   PEARSON  (1988)  Associate 
Professor  of  Communication  Studies 
B.A.,  lona  College;  MA.,  William  Patterson 
College;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

MICHAEL  A.  PEICH  (1968)  Associate  Professor 

of  English 

B.A.,  Wartburg  College;  M.A.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

ROBERT  A.  PELOSO  ( 1993)  Instructor  of 
Computer  Science 

B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University;  M.S.,  Carnegie 
Mellon  University 

ROBERT  E.  PENNINGTON  (1966)  Professor  of 

Keyboard  Music 

B.Mus.,  M.Mus.,  D.Mus.,  Northwestern  University 

EILEEN  G.  PERCIFUL  (1990)  Associate  Professor 

of  Nursing 

A.S.N.,  B.S.N..  Gwynedd  Mercy  College;  M.S.N., 

University  of  Pennsylvania;  D.N.Sc.  Widener 

University 

JULIE  A.  PERONE  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Counseling 

B.S.,  M.A.,  M.P.A.,  Ohio  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Maryland 

G.  KING  PERRY  (1983)  Instructor  of  Computer 

Science 

B.S.,  M.Ed..  Bloomsburg  University 

RUBY  A.  PETERS  (1988)  Associate  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B.S.,  Cheyney  University;  M.S.Ed.,  Temple 

University 


Faculty 


W.  BENNETT  PETERS  ( \913)  Associate 
Professor  of  History 

B.A..  Pomona  College:  M.A..  California  Slate 
University.  San  Francisco;  PhD  .  University  of 
California,  Santa  Barbara 

ELIZABETH  PETIT  de  MANGE  (1996)  Assislanl 
Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University:  M.S.N., 
Widener  University 

PATRICIA  A.  PFLIEGER  (1988)  Assislanl 

Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Missoun;  M.A..  Eastern 

Michigan  University;  Ph  D  .  University  of 

Minnesota 

JANE  T.  PIPPART  ( 1 987)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Music  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Ed.,  Holy  Names 

College 

THOMAS  W  PLATT  (1968)  Chairperson. 

Department  of  Philosophy;  Professor 

B.A.,  Washington  and  Jefferson  College;  M.A., 

University  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph  D..  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

JOAN  POLKA  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Counseling  Ser\ices 

B.A.,  Holy  Family  College;  MA.  West  Chester 

University 

EDWARD  I.  POLLAK  (1977)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Psychology:  Professor 
B.A..  State  University  of  New  York  at 
Binghamton;  MA.  Ph.D..  University  of 
Connecticut 

YURY  POLSKY  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 
Political  Science 

B.A.,  M.A..  University  of  Moscow;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan 

RUTH  PORRITT  (1991)  Associate  Professor  of 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  John  Carroll  University;  Ph.D.,  Purdue 

University 

JACK  PORTER  (1968)  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

LOUIS  H.  PORTER  (1974)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Ohio  University;  MA.  Ph.D..  Howard 

University 

MARTHA  A.  POTVIN  (1985)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Biology:  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut;  MS,  Michigan 
State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 

CHARLES  PRICE  (1990)  Associate  Professor  of 

Music  History  and  Literature 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D..  Stanford  University 

SANDRA  F.  PRITCHARD  (1967)  Professor  of 

Geology 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Oregon 

CATHERINE  M.  PRUDOE  (1992)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware 

CAROL  A.  RADICH  (1972)  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.A.,  Glassboro  State  College;  M.Ed  ,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland 

GEETHA  RAMANATHAN  (1987)  Associate 

Professor  of  English 

M.A.,  University  of  Bombay;  A.M.,  University  of 

nhnois;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois  at 

Urbana-Champaign 


JUDITH  D.  RAY  (1978)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Kinesiology 

ABE  of  Harris  Teachers  College;  M.A.Ed.. 

Washington  University 

JOHN  T.  REDINGTON  (1992)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Marketing:  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  MBA.,  Temple  University;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

THOMAS  G.  REED  ( 1967)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Communication  Studies 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  Ph.D.,  Union  of 
Experimental  Colleges  and  Universities 

HELEN  G.  REID  (1975)  Associate  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.A..  B  S.,  Texas  Woman's  University:  Ph.D., 

University  of  New  Orleans 

MARTIN  S.  REMLAND  ( 1991)  Associate 

Professor  of  Communication  Studies 

B.A.,  Western  Illinois  University;  M.A.,  Central 

Michigan  University;  Ph  D.,  Southern  Illinois 

University 

BARRY  G.  REMLEY  (1968)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Kinesiology 

B  S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

ARLENE  C.  RENGERT  (1976)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Geography  and  Planning:  Professor 
of  Geography 

A.B.,  University  of  Indiana:  M.A..  The  Ohio  State 
University:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

CATHERINE  HACKETT  RENNER  (1995) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  Nazareth  College  of  Rochester;  M.S..  PhD  . 
Ohio  University 

MICHAEL  J.  RENNER  ( 1992)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Psychology 

B.A  .  Boise  State  University;  M.S.,  University  of 

Oklahoma;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California, 

Berkeley 

JOEL  M  RESSNER  (1984)  Associate  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B  S.,  Lehigh  University;  M.Sc,  University  of 

Sussex;  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University;  DA.,  Ball  State 

University 

C.  FLOYD  RICHMOND  ( 1989)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Music  Education 

B.A.,  MM..  Delta  State  University;  DA.  Ball  State 

University 

JANE  RICHTER  (1986)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Music 

B.S.,  M.M.,  Temple  University;  DMA.,  Combs 

College 

DONN  C.  RILEY  (1966)  Professor  of  History 
A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  St.  Louis  University 

STANLEY  RIUKAS  (1968)  Professor  of 

Philosophy 

A  B  ,  Classical  Gymnasium  (Lithuania);  Ph.B., 

Ph.L.,  Loyola  University;  Ph.D.,  New  York 

University 

RONALD  F.  ROMIG  (1967)  Assistant 
Chairperson.  Department  of  Biology:  Professor 
B.S  ,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.Ed.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware 

WILLIAM  D.  ROSENZWEIG  09»9)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  St.  Johns  University;  M.S.,  Long  Island 
University;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 


SALLY  A.  ROSS  (1988)  <4iiodal«  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

B  A..  Central  Stale  University;  M.S.W.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania 

HARVEY  ROVINE  (1992)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Theatre  Arts:  Professor 
B.S.,  Towson  State  University;  M.A.,  University  of 
Central  Honda;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

MICHAEL  RUFFINI  (1989)  Instructor  of 

Instructional  Media 

B  A.  Glassboro  State  College;  B.S.,  M.S.,  West 

Chester  University 

NANCY  J  RUMFIELD  (1986)  Chairperson. 

Department  of  Instructional  Media:  Assislanl 

Professor 

B.F.A  .  Moore  College  of  Art;  MS,  West  Chester 

University;  PhD  .  Nova  Southeastern  University 

C.  RUTH  SABOL  (1986)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  English:  Associate  Professor 
B  Ed  ,  M  Ed  ,  Seattle  University;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Wisconsin-Madison 

ELBERT  M  SADDLER  (1985) /liioaar? 
Professor  of  Counseling  Center 
A  B.,  Rutgers  —  The  State  University:  M.Ed., 
PhD  .  Temple  University 

JANE  WESTON  SADDORIS  (1971)  Instructor  of 
Theatre  Arts 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University:  MA.  in  Education, 
Villanova  University 

MICHEL  H.  SAGE  ( 1994)  Assislanl  Professor  of 
Foreign  Languages 

M.A.,  San  Diego  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley 

BHIM  SANDHU  (1978)  Associate  Professor  of 
Political  Science 

B.A.,  Punjab  University  (India);  M.A.,  University 
of  Texas;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Missouri 

GOPAL  SANKARAN  (1989)  Associate  Professor 

of  Health 

B  S..  MB.  Maulanaazad  Medical  College  (India): 

M  D  .  All  India  Institute  of  Medical  Sciences; 

M.P.H  .  Dr  PH..  University  of  California, 

Berkeley 

FRANK  SAUERS  (1986)  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  Villanova  University;  M.A.,  Purdue 
University;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Colorado 

JUDITH  A.  SCHEFFLER  (\9i5)  Assistant 

Chairperson.  Department  of  English:  Associate 

Professor 

A.B.,  Muhlenburg  College;  M.A.,  Purdue 

University;  M.A..  Ph.D..  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

MARGARET  SCHIFF  (1990)  Assislanl  Professor 

of  An 

B.F.A. .  Kutztown  University;  M.F.A.,  Syracuse 

University 

STACEY  SCHLAU  (1985)  Director,  Women's 
Studies  Program:  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Queens  College;  PhD  ,  City 
University  of  New  York 

LISELOTTE  M.  SCHMIDT  (1970)  Professor  of 
Music  History  and  Literature 
B.Mus..  Converse  College;  M.A..  New  York 
University;  M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music; 
Ed.D.,  Columbia  University;  Fulbright  Scholar 
(University  of  Munich,  Germany,  1957-58) 

FRAUKE  1.  SCHNELL  (1992)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  University  of  Tuebingen,  Germany;  M.A., 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony 

Brook 


Faculty 


R.  GERALD  SCHOELKOPF  (1969)  Assislanl 

Professor  of  Library  Senices 

B.A.,  Villanova  University;  M.S.L.S.,  McGill 

University 

FRANCOISE  E.  SCHREMMER  (1979)  Associate 
Professor  of  Mathematics 
Propedeuitque  de  Mathematique,  Maitrise  de 
Mathematique,  D.E.S  ,  University  of  Paris;  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

LEROY  SCHUETTE  (1913)  Adviser,  Center  for 
Academic  Advising:  Associate  Professor. 
Educational  Services 

B.A.,  Yankton  College;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah 

PAUL  SEAVER  (1992)  Assislanl  Professor  of 
Foreign  Languages 

B.S..  Kent  State  University;  M.A.,  University  of 
Connecticut;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

RANI  G.  SELVANATHAN  (1986)  Associate 
Professor  of  Management 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delhi  (India); 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Paris 

GUS  V.  SERMAS  (1971)  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Baylor  University;  B.F.A.,  B.S.,  University  of 

Texas;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

WILLIAM  H.  SEYBOLD,  Jr.  (1967)  Assistant 

Chairperson.  Department  of  Mathematics: 

Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  Temple  University;  M.A.,  Northwestern 

University 

LEIGH  S.  SHAFFER  (1980)  Professor  of 
Anthropology  and  Sociology 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Wichita  State  University;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

JOHN  C.  SHEA  (1967)  Chairperson.  Department 
of  Political  Science:  Professor 
B.A.,  Allegheny  College;  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

MAURA  J.  SHEEHAN  (1980)  Professor  of  Health 
B.S.,  Lowell  Technological  Institute;  M.S., 
University  of  Lowell;  Sc.D.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh 

CAROL  SHLOSS  (1987)  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Swarthmore  College;  M.A.T.,  Harvard 
University;  PhD  ,  Brandeis  University 

CHARLES  V.  SHORTEN  {\9S9)  Associate 
Professor  of  Health 

B.S.,  MS.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 
University;  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

IRENE  G.  SHUR  (1956)  Professor  of  History 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Delaware;  Ed  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

DAVID  I.  SIEGEL  (1990)  Associate  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.S.W..  University  of 
Michigan;  D.S  W.,  Columbia  University 

JAY  SILVERMAN  (1977)  Associate  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  New  York 
University 

ANN  R.  SKEATH  (1983)  Instructor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois 

HAROLD  L.  SKELTON  (1968)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Physics:  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware 

SUSAN  C.  SLANINKA  (1975)  Assistant 
Chairperson  of  Nursing;  Professor 


B.S.N..  Villanova  University;  M.S.N.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

FRANCES  A.  SLOSTAD  (1996)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  MA,  Villanova 
University;  Ed.D.,  Immaculata  University 

LESLIE  B.  SLUSHER  (\99\)  Associate  Professor 
of  Biology 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

ARTHUR  R.  SMITH  ( 1984)  Associate  Professor  of 

Geology  and  Astronomy 

A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

CARL  M.  SMITH  ( 1 97 1 )  Assistant  Professor  of 

Accounting 

B.B.A.,  MBA.,  Temple  University;  C  PA., 

Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 

FRANK  A.  SMITH  (1964)  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S..  Villanova  University;  MA,  Ed.D.,  Temple 
University 

LUANNE  SMITH  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Kentucky;  M.A.,  Murray  State 

University;  M.F.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

PAUL  K.  SMITH  il9S5)  Assistant  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Kinesiology:  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.. 
Southern  Illinois  University 

ROBERTA  SNOW  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 

Management 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Syracuse  University;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Pennsylvania 

PATRICK  M.  SOCOSKI  (1990)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Counselor.  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pittsburgh 

NORBERT  C.  SOLDON  (1963)  Professor  of 

History 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Delaware 

H.  LEE  SOUTHALL  ( 1967)  Associate  Professor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.A.,  Trenton  State 

College 

ALICE  J.  SPEH  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 

A.B.,  Brown  University;  M.A.,  PhD  ,  Bryn  Mawr 

College 

THOMAS  W.  SPERLING  (1972)  Psychologist, 

Counseling  Center:  Professor 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

LYNN  KELL  SPRADLIN  (1995) /Airman; 
Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Kentucky;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D., 
University  of  Louisville 

DAVID  A.  SPRENKLE  (1987)  Associate  Professor 
of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B.S.,  MM.,  West  Chester  University;  DMA., 
University  of  Maryland 

ELIZABETH  LEEANN  SROGl  (1991)  Associate 
Professor  of  Geology  and  Astronomy 
B.S.,  Yale  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

TIMOTHY  K.  STARN  (1996)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

W.  CRAIG  STEVENS  (1992)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Kinesiology 


B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University;  M.S..  Springfield 
College;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

LESLIE  STEVENSON.  JR.  (1972)  Psychologist. 
Counseling  Center:  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Utah 

JOSEPH  A.  STIGORA  (1973)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Communicative  Disorders: 
Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
Bowling  Green  University 

JOHN  STOLAR  (1988)  Professor  of  Geology  and 

Astronomy 

B.S.,  Shippensburg  University;  M.Ed.,  West 

Chester  University;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

PAUL  STOLLER  (1980)  Professor  of 
Anthropology  and  Sociology 
B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  M.S.,  Georgetown 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

CLEAVONNE  STRATTON  (\9Z3)  Associate 
Professor  of  Communicative  Disorders 
B.A.,  Miles  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State 
University 

PAUL  A.  STREVELBR  (1970)  Professor  of 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  St.  John's  University  (Minn);  Ph.D., 

University  of  Wisconsin 

FREDERICK  R.  STRUCKMEYER  (1966) 

Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  King's  College  (NY.);  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Boston 

University 

ELENA  F.  STUART  (1977)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Communicative  Disorders 

B.A.,  Emerson  College;  M.S..  Purdue  University 

JAMES  D.  SULLIVAN  (1967)  Professor  of  Music 
Theory  and  Composition 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
Eastman  School  of  Music 

RICHARD  H.  SWAIN  (1994)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Library  Services 

B.A.,  Oakland  University;  M.Phil.,  M.A.,  Yale 
University;  A.M.L.S.,  University  of  Michigan 

PATRICK  J.M.  SYLVESTER  (1968)  Professor  of 
Economics  and  Finance 
B.A.,  St.  Francis  Xavier  University  (Canada); 
M.A.,  University  of  New  Brunswick  (Canada); 
M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  Bryn 
Mawr  College 

ROBERT  J.  SZABO  (1974)  Associate  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B.S.,  Kutztown  University;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Lehigh 

University 

WACLAW  SZYMANSKI  (1985)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

M.A.,  Jagiellonian  University  (Poland);  Ph.D., 

D.Sc,  Polish  Academy  of  Sciences 

JOHN  C.  TACHOVSKY  (1970)  Professor  of 

Geography 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Cincinnati 

LIN  TAN  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Zhejian  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 

BRADLEY  E.  TAYLOR  (1973)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Sports  Medicine 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 

CHRISTOPHER  J.  TEUTSCH  (1989)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 


Faculty 


M.A.,  Jagiellonian  University  (Poland);  Ph  D.. 
University  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee 

SANDRA  J.  THELZ  (1973)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Kinesiology 

B  S..  Southern  Connecticut  State  College;  M.Ed  . 

West  Chester  University 

DIANA  P.  THOMAS  (1995)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Library  Ser\ices 

B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  MB. A.,  Cornell 
University;  MA,  University  of  Chicago 

WESLEY  W.  THOMAS  (1979)  Professor  of 

Geography 

B.S.,  University  of  Maine;  M.S.,  West  Chester 

University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

HARRY  TIEBOUT  III  (1992)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Biology 

B.A.,  University  of  Illinois;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Florida 

THOMAS  W  TOLIN  (1992)  AiJijfan/  Professor 

of  Economics  and  Finance 

B.A  ,  University  of  Southwestern  Louisiana;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Houston 

SANDRA  M.  TOMKOWICZ  (1993)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,  La  Salle  University;  J.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

WILLIAM  TOROP  (1971)  Professor  of  Chemistry 
A.B..  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

THOMAS  TREADWELL  ( 1968)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.A..  Morris  Harvey  College;  M.S.,  University  of 

Bndgeport;  Moreno  Institute,  New  York;  (Certified 

Psychodramatist,  T.E.P.);  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

ELISE  A.  TRIANO  (1985)  Director  Pre-Medical 
Programs  Associate  Professor  of  Biology 
B.A.,  Gettysburg  University;  Ph  D.,  Thomas 
Jefferson  University 

C.  JAMES  TROTMAN  (1979)  Professor  of 

English 

B.A.,  M  Ed  ,  Pennsylvania  State  University:  Ed.D., 

Columbia  University 

MICHELLE  L.  TUCKER  (1988)  Instructor  of 

Nursing 

B.S..  Michigan  State  University;  M.S.N. . 

University  of  Michigan 

GORIX)N  TURK  (1993)  Instructor  of  Music 
B.M.,  The  Curtis  Institute;  MM.,  DMA., 
Manhattan  School  of  Music 

JOHN  J.  TURNER,  JR.  (1965)  Professor  of  History 
A.B.,  Muhlenberg  College;  M.A.,  University  of 
Rhode  Island;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

DONNA  L.  USHER  (1991)  Associate  Professor  of 

Art 

B.F.A.,  B  S  ,  Moore  College  of  An;  M.F.A., 

University  of  Delaware 

ANDREA  VARRICCHIO  (1986)  Associate 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Chestnut  Hill  College;  M.A.,  Middlebury 
College;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

RICHARD  K.  VELETA  (1965)  Professor  of 

Keyboard  Music 

B.Mus..  M  Mus.,  D  Mus.,  Northwestern  University 

MICHAEL  S.  VIGORITA  (1995)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers— The  State  University 

JOHN  VILLELLA  (1986)  Instructor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B  S  ,  MM.,  West  Chester  University;  Ed.D., 

Widener  University 


KARIN  A.E  VOLKWEIN  (1992)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Kinesiology 
Staatsexamen.  University  of  Marburg,  Germany; 
PhD  ,  University  of  Tennessee 

JACQUES  C  VOOIS  (1969)  Professor  of 

Keyboard  Music 

B  Mus.,  Oberlin  College;  M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School 
of  Music;  DMA.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music  of 
Johns  Hopkins  University 

RICHARD  W  VOSS  (1996)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

B.A.,  St  Fidelis  College;  M.S.W.,  Fordham 
University;  D.P.C..  Loyola  College 

RUSSELL  H  VREELAND  (1989)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Biology 

B  S  ,  MS,  Rutgers  —  The  Stale  University;  Ph  D  , 
University  of  Nebraska 

JACK  WABER  (1976)  Professor  of  Biology 

B  A.,  Hope  College  (Mich  );  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Hawaii 

G.  ALAN  WAGNER  ( 1967)  Associate  Professor  of 
Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B.Mus..  Northwestern  University;  M.F.A., 
Carnegie  Mellon  University 

SHIRLEY  ANN  WALTERS  (1963)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Counselor.  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education:  Professor 
B.S..  Millersville  University;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan;  D.Ed.,  Temple  University 

CHERYL  L  WANKO  (1993)  Assistant  Professor 
of  English 

B  A  ,  New  York  University;  MA.,  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  Stale  University 

BARBARA  BROWN  WANTA  {19&3)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S..  Oxford 

University  (UK);  M.S.N.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

JOHN  W.  WARD  {\96\)  Associate  Professor  of 

English 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Miami  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Delaware 

JOHN  W  WEAVER  (1973)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Computer  Science:  Professor 
B.A..  Eastern  Mennonite  University;  M.A., 
University  of  Delaware,  Ph  D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University 

RICHARD  J  WEBSTER  (1967)  Coordinator. 
American  Studies:  Professor  of  History 
A.B..  Lafayette  College;  M.A.,  University  of 
Delaware;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

RUTH  I  WEIDNER  (1967)  Professor  of  Art 
B  A  .  Hood  College;  M  S.L  S.,  Drexel  University; 
MA.  University  of  Delaware;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Delaware 

MICHAEL  S  WEISS  (1978)  Professor  of 

Communicative  Disorders 

B.A.,  Long  Island  University;  MS  .  Ph  D.,  Purdue 

University 

ROBERT  H.  WEISS  (1967)  Director, 

Pennsylvania  Writing  Program:  Professor  of 

English 

A.B..  University  of  Pennsylvania;  A.M.,  Ph.D., 

Temple  University 

JOAN  M  WELCH  ( 1 990)  Associate  Professor  of 
Geography  and  Planning 
B.A.,  St.  Cloud  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
Boston  University 

LESLEY  A.  WELSH  {199\)  Associate  Professor  of 
Counselor.  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


B.A.,  Eastern  Connecticut  State  University;  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

LINWOOD  J.  WHITE  (1968)  Associate  Professor 
of  An 

B.F.A..  Maryland  Institute  College  of  Art;  M.F  A., 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

SUSANNE  WIEDER  (1988)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

A. A.,  Potomac  State  College;  B.A.,  Fairmont  State 
College;  MS  W.,  Smith  College 

EDWIN  L  WILLIAMS  (1968)  Associate  Professor 

of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  West  Chester  University 

JEROME  M  WILLIAMS  (1985)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Foreign  Languages:  Professor 
B.A  ,  Haverford  College;  MA.,  M.Phil.,  Ph.D.. 
Yale  University 

JOHN  G  WILLIAMS  (1992)  Associate  Professor 

of  Kinesiology 

B.Ed.,  University  of  Nottingham.  UK.;  M.Ed., 
University  of  Bath.  UK;  Ph  D  .  University  of 
London.  UK 

JOHN  M  WINTERMUTE  ( 1966)  Associate 
Professor  of  Kinesiology 
B  S..  Ithaca  College;  Ed  M  .  Stale  University  of 
New  York  at  Buffalo 

THOMAS  WINTERS  ( 1988)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Music  History  and  Literature 
B  A..  Bucknell  University;  MA.  Ph  D..  University 
of  Pennsylvania 

C.  GIL  WISWALL  (1985)  Chairperson.  Department 
of  Geology  and  Astronomy:  Professor 
B.A..  Colgate  University;  M.S..  PhD  .  University 
of  Montana 

MICHELE  B  WOLFE  (1983)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Library  Services 

B.S..  University  of  Connecticut;  MLS.  Southern 
Connecticut  State  College 

PAUL  WOLFSON  (1978)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

A  B  .  Columbia  University;  M.S..  Ph.D..  University 

of  Chicago 

KAM  C.  WONG  (1996)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Criminal  Justice 

B  A  .  J  D  .  Indiana  University;  M.A.,  State 
University  of  New  York  at  Albany 

RICHARD  1.  WOODRUFF  ( 1966)  Professor  of 

Biology 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College:  M.Ed..  West  Chester 

University;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

FRANCES  H.  WREN  (1989)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Psychology 

B.A..  West  (Chester  University:  M.A..  Ph.D., 
Temple  University 

RICHARD  W.  WYATT  (1989)  Associate 
Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B.A..  B.S.,  MA,  University  of  Melbourne:  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California.  Berkeley;  M.Sc.  State 
University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

JANE  A.  WYSS  (1990)  Chairperson.  Department 
of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music:  Associate  Professor 
B.M..  MM..  DMA,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

URSULE  YATES  (1986)  Instructor  of  English 
B.A..  Rutgers  —  The  State  University;  M.A.. 
Ph.D..  Bryn  Mawr  College 

DANIEL  J.  YEH  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 
Library  Services 

B.A..  National  Taiwan  University:  M.S.L.S.. 
Drexel  University 


Faculty 


RICHARD  B.  YODER  (1962)  Professor  of 

Kinesiology 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  MA,  Villanova 

University 

STEFANI  YORGES  (1996)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Hastings  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

Adjunct  Faculty 

DOUGLAS  ALBRIGHT  Department  of  Health 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.E.D.,  Cabrini 
College 

EUGENE  A.  BENTLEY  Department  of  Biology 
B.A..  Swarthmore  College;  MA,  Hahnemann 
Medical  College 

DAVID  K.  COHOON  Department  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology;  M.S., 
Ph  D..  Purdue  University;  David  Ross  Research 
Associaleship  at  Institut  Henri  Poincare 

MICHAEL  H.  COX  Department  of  Kinesiology 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Toronto 

BARRY  M.  EVANS  Department  of  Health 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University;  ME  PC, 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

GAIL  M.  FELLOWS  Department  of  Health 
B.S.,  University  of  Arizona;  M.S.,  West  Chester 
University 

CHRISTINE  FORD  Department  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Arkansas  Polytechnic  University;  M.S. A., 
West  Chester  University 

MELISSA  M.  FURIO  Department  of  Health 
B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island;  Ph  G  , 
Philadelphia  College  of  Pharmacy  and  Science 

PHYLLIS  GOTKIN  Department  of  Biology 
B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.Ed.,  Beaver 
College;  Ph.D.,  Pacific  Western  University 


FRANKLIN  YOUNG  (1985)  Professor  of  Health 
A.B.,  Mercer  University;  B.S  A.,  M.Agr.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Florida 

ROBERT  J.  YOUNG  (1965)  Professor  of  History 
B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

MARTIN  ZLOTOWSKI  (1973)  Associate 
Professor  of  Special  Education 


BRIAN  KELLAR  Department  of  Health 
AS.,  West  Chester  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
B.A.,  Eastern  College 

N.  BLAIR  LEROY  Department  of  Health 
B.A.,  Yale  University;  M.D.,  Cornell  University 
Medical  College 

EDWIN  T  LURCOTT  Department  of  Geology  and 

Astronomy 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University 

HELEN  E.  MARTIN  Department  of  Counselor. 
Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B.A.,  Kings  College,  NY.;  M.A.,  West  Chester 
University 

RICHARD  A.  McCLEAN  Department  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Iowa  Wesleyan;  M.A.,  Harvard  University; 
Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

KARIN  MEYERS  Department  of  Instrumental  Music 
B.M..  Temple  University 

DANIEL  S.  MILES  Department  of  Kinesiology 
B.A.,  University  of  New  Hampshire;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 
Southern  Illinois  University 

C.  DANIEL  MOSER  Department  of  Kinesiology 
B.S.,  MA,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D., 
Temple  University 

WILLIAM  K.  NAT  ALE  Department  of  Biology 
A.B.,  Oberlin  College;  M.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


A.B.,  New  York  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Michigan 
State  University 


ANTHONY  W.  ZUMPETTA  (1988)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Anthropology  and  Sociology 
B.A.,  Edinboro  University;  M.A..  Ed.D.,  Indiana 
University  of  Pennsylvania 


MICHAEL  S.  OVERA  Department  of  Biology 

B.S  ,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.B.A.,  Widener 

University 

RONALD  J.  PEKALA  Department  of  Psychology 

B  S  ,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D., 

Michigan  State  University 

KATHLEEN  SAZAMA  Department  of  Biology 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska;  M.S.,  American 

University;  M.D.,  Georgetown  University;  J.D., 

Catholic  University 

SHARON   STRAUSS  Department  of  Biology 

B  S..  Kutztown  State  College 

EDWARD  THERKAUF  Department  of  Health 

B.S  ,  Princeton  University;  M.D.,  Columbia 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons 

TONY  J.  VERDE  Department  of  Kinesiology 

B.S.,  Brock  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Toronto 

MICHAEL  J.  WARHOL  Department  of  Biology 

A  B  ,  Princeton  University;  M.D.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh 

JACK  C.  WHITE  Department  of  Biology 

B.S.,  M.D.,  University  of  Vermont,  F.A.C.S. 

SUSAN  WIX  Department  of  Health 

B.S  ,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.,  Eastern  College 

RICHARD  W.  ZIEGLER  Department  of  Sports 

Medicine 

B  A  .  Princeton  University;  M.D.,  Jefferson 

Medical  College,  Thomas  Jefferson  University 


Emeriti 

'ALEXANDER  ANTONOWICH,  Music  Education 
•ELEANOR  ASHKENAZ,  Chemistry 
'DOROTHY  D.  BAILEY,  English 
'HAROLD  W.  BENDA,  Dean  of  Education  Emeritus 
BERNICE  BERNATZ,  Dean  of  Women  Emerita 
ROBERT  BERNHARDT,  Biology 
WALTER  R..  BLAIR,  Educational  Services 
'JAMES  A.  BINNEY,  English 
MARY  M.  BLISS,  Biology 
JUSTO  B.  BRAVO,  Chemistry 
WALTER  E.  BUECHELE,  JR.,  Counselor. 
Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 

ROBERT  E.  CARLSON,  History 

•PAUL  E.  CARSON,  Music 

NONA  E.  CHERN,  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

K.  ELEANOR  CHRISTENSEN,  Childhood  Studies 

and  Reading 
CARMELA  L.  CINQUINA,  Biology 
MARY  E.  CLEARY,  Education 
'JOHN  W.  CLOKEY,  Dean  of  Arts  and  Utters 

Emeritus 
BARBARA  J.  COATES,  Physical  Education 
BERNARD  B.  COHEN,  Psychology 
'FA YE  A.  COLLICOTT,  Librarian 
GERALDINE  C.  CONBEER,  Librarian 
STELLA  CONAWAY,  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 


EDWIN  B.  COTTRELL,  Health  and  Physical 

Education 
•GEORGE  R  CRESSMAN,  Education 
•KATHERINE  M.  DENWORTH,  Education 
RAYMOND  A.  DOYLE,  History 
'MARK  M.  EVANS,  Director  of  Student  Teaching 
•MARION  FARNHAM,  Art 
RUTH  FELDMAN,  Psychology 
ALBERT  E.  FILANO,  Vice  President  for  Academic 

Affairs  Emeritus  and  Mathematical  Sciences 
BYRON  Y  FLECK,  Dean  of  Social  Sciences 

Emeritus 
•THOMAS  J.  FRANCELLA,  Criminal  Justice 
HOWARD  FREEMAN,  Counseling 
JOHN  FTJRLOW,  Physical  Education 
CHARLES  GANGEMI,  Keyboard  Music 
CHARLOTTE  M  GOOD,  Education 
•ROBERT  B.  GORDON,  Sciences 
'ANNE  M.  GOSHEN,  Psychology 
•MIRIAM  S  GOTTLIEB,  Music 
SEYMOUR  S.  GREENBERG,  Geology 
'THELMA  J.  GREENWOOD,  Biology 
MADELYN  GUTWIRTH,  Foreign  Languages 
•H.  THEODORE  HALLMAN,  Art 
JOAN  HASSELQUIST,  Childhood  Studies  and 

Reading 


JACK  GARDNER  HAWTHORNE,  Art 
'CHARLES  W.  HEATHCOTE,  Social  Sciences 
'THOMAS  J.  HEIM,  Social  Sciences 
WALTER  J  HIPPLE,  Philosophy 
PHILIP  P.  HOGGARD,  Education 
PAMELA  JUDSON-RHODES  (HEMPHILL),  Art 
CAROLYN  B.  KEEFE,  Communication  Studies 
•W.  GLENN  KILLINGER,  Dean  of  Men  Emeritus 
CHARLOTTE  E.  KING,  Childhood  Studies  and 

Reading 
MARY  L  KLINE,  Nursing 
'CARRIE  C.  KULP.  Education 
'GEORGE  LANGDON,  Geography  and  Planning 
'MURIEL  LEACH,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
MELVIN  M.  LORBACK,  Physical  Education 
'GRACE  D.  MCCARTHY,  English 
'EMIL  H.  MESSIKOMER,  Dean  Emeritus 
'LLOYD  C.  MITCHELL,  Dean  of  Music  Emeritus 
WILLIAM  M.  MOREHOUSE,  Theatre  Arts 
SHIRLEY  A.  MUNGER,  Music 
'DOROTHY  R.  NOWACK,  Health 
BERNARD  S  OLDSEY,  English 
WILLIAM  R.  OVERLEASE,  Biology 
JACK  A.  OWENS,  Health  and  Physical  Education 


'  Deceased 


Faculty 


RUTH  PETKOFSKY.  Childhood  Studies  and 

Reading 
'DOROTHY  RAMSEY,  English 
N.  RUTH  REED,  Health 
RUSSELL  K  RICKERT,  Physics  and  Dean  of 

Sciences  and  Mathematics 
WALTER  NATHANIEL  RIDLEY,  Education 
ALFRED  D  ROBERTS,  Foreign  Languages 
'B.  PAUL  ROSS,  Education 
'HELEN  RUSSELL,  Library  Science 
GLENN  W  SAMUELSON,  Anthropology  and 

Sociology 
HAROLD  R  SANDS,  Psychology 
HARRY  SCHALK.  History 
'GERTRUDE  K  SCHMIDT,  Music 
JANE  E  SHEPPARD,  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
W  CLYDE  SKILLEN,  Biology 
tKENNETH  C  SLAGLE,  Dean  of  Arts  and 

Sciences  Emeritus 

Honorary  Degrees 


'CHARLES  A.  SPRENKLE,  Dean  of  Music  Emeritus 
RUTH  S.  STANLEY,  Mathematical  Sciences 
R.  GODFREY  STUDENMUND,  Education 
RUSSELL  L.  STURZEBECKER,  Dean  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education  Emeritus 
JANEB  SV/ AN.  History 
ROY  D  SWEET,  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
'EARL  F.  SYKES,  President  Emeritus 
ELINOR  Z.  TAYLOR,  Physical  Education  and 

Dean  of  Administration 
'JOSEPH  M  THORSON,  Business  Administration 
'WILLARD  J  TREZISE,  Biology 
•EDWARD  T  TWARDOWSKI.  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
•S.  ELIZABETH  TYSON,  English 
JOY  VANDEVER.  Music  Education 
'EARLE  C.  WATERS,  Health  and  Physical 

Education 
SOL  WEISS,  Mathematical  Sciences 


1984 

ANDREW  WYETH,  Doctor  of  Humane  Letters 

1993 

EMILIE  KESSEL  ASPLUNDH,  Doctor  of  Public 

Service 

CONSTANCE  E  CLAYTON.  Doctor  of  Public 

Ser\'ice 

President's  Medallion  for  Service 


1994 

DAVID  P  ROSELLE,  Doctor  of  Uw 
CHARLES  E  SWOPE,  Doctor  of  Public  Service 


1995 

WILLIAM  A.  BOUCHER,  Doctor  of  Public 
Service 


1986 

EMILIE  KESSEL  ASPLUNDH 
JANICE  WEIR  ETSHIED 
W  GLENN  KILLINGER 

1987 

THOMAS  B  CHAMBERS 
T.  FRANK  GANNON 
WILLIAM  E.  HUGHES 
MICHAEL  J  JONES 
SARA  L,  SCHMID 
KURT  STRAUSS 


1989 

ATSUSHI  MINOHHARA 
MASAYOSHI  TANAKA 

1990 

CLIFFORD  E  DeBAPTISTE 

1991 

MORGAN  DOWD 
ADEL'i^NE  KELLY 
ALVY  KELLY 


THEODORA  L.  WEST,  English 

BENJAMIN  WHITTEN,  Keyboard  Music 

ARDIS  M.  WILLIAMS,  Chemistry 

LOIS  M.  WILLIAMS,  Music 

HARRY  WILKINSON,  Music 

LLOYD  C.  WILKINSON,  Physical  Education 

'JOSEPHINE  E.  WILSON,  English 

JAMES  J.  WRIGHT,  Music  Theory  and 
Composition 

EDWIN  L.  YOUMANS,  Dean  of  Health  and 
Physical  Education  Emeritus 

CARLOS  R.  ZIEGLER.  Childhood  Studies  and 
Reading 

'EDWARD  ZIMMER,  Music 

CORNELIA  ZIMMERMAN,  Childhood  Studies 
and  Reading 


'  Deceased 


1996 

CURT  WELDON,  Doctor  of  Public  Service 
ELINOR  Z.  TAYLOR,  Doctor  of  Public  Service 

1997 

JACOB  LAWRENCE,  Doctor  of  Fine  Arts 


1992 

STANLEY  J  YAROSEWICK 

1993 

ALBERT  E.  FILANO 

1994 

JAMES  L  LARSON 
F.  JOSEPH  LOEPER 

1995 

CARLOS  R  ZIEGLER 


Trustees  Achievement  Awards 


1985 

FRANK  GROSSHANS 
CHARLES  C.  SOUFAS,  JR. 

1986 

RICHARD  W  FIELDS 

1987 

MARSHALL  J  BECKER 
WACLAW  SZYMANSKI 


1989 

CHRISTOPHER  BUCKLEY 
LARRY  A.  NELSON 

1990 

PAUL  STOLLER 

1992 

MARY  E  CRAWFORD 


1995 

RICHARD  E  BLAKE 

FRANK  E  FISH 

1996 

JEROME  M.  WILLIAMS 


Distinguished  Teaching  Chairs 


1982-1983 

FRANK  A.  SMITH 
JANE  B.  SWAN 


Merit  Awards 

1982-1983 

DIANE  O.  CASAGRANDE 
MARY  A  KEETZ 
JANE  E.  SHEPPARD 
CHARLES  H,  STUART 


1983-1984 

ELIZABETH  A.  GIANGIULIO 
KOSTAS  MYRSIADES 
LOIS  WILLIAMS 


1984-1985 

FRANK  E.  MILLIMAN 
RUTH  I.  WEIDNER 

1986-1987 

G.  WINFIELD  FAIRCHILD 

KOSTAS  MYRSIADES 


Faculty 


1987-1988 

WALLACE  J.  KAHN 
STERLING  E.  MURRAY 
ARLENE  C.  RENGERT 


1988-1989 
PAMELA  HEMPHILL 


1989-1990 

MADELYN  GUTWIRTH 
JOAN  HASSELQUIST 

1990-1991 
BENJAMIN  WHITTEN 

1991-1992 

CHRISTOPHER  BUCKLEY 


1992-1993 

WILLIAM  TOROP 

1993-1994 
LOUIS  CASCIATO 

1995-1996 

PHILIP  RUDNICK 

T.  OBINKARAM  ECHEWA 


Irving  Hersch  Cohen  Faculty  Merit  Award 


1990 

DOROTHY  NOWACK 

1991 

GEORGE  CLAGHORN 


1993 

JUDITH  FINKEL 

1994 

RICHARD  VELETA 


1995 

DEBORAH  MAHLSTEDT 


Distinguished  Faculty  Awards 

1974-1975 

THOMAS  A.  EGAN.  Teaching 
E.  RILEY  HOLMAN,  Teaching 
MICHAEL  A.  PEICH,  Teaching 

1975-1976 

WALTER  E.  BUECHELE,  JR..  Service 
CARMELA  L.  CINQUINA.  Senice 
PHILLIP  B.  DONLEY,  Senice 
GEORGE  W.  MAXIM,  Teaching 
EDWARD  N.  NORRIS,  Senice 
PHILIP  D.  SMITH,  JR  .  Teaching 
WILLIAM  TOROP,  Teaching 

1976-1977 

ROBERT  E  BYTNAR,  Senice 


ANDREW  E  DINNIMAN,  Senice 

IRENE  G  SHUR,  Teaching 

RUSSELL  L.  STURZEBECKER,  Senice 

1977-1978 

MARC  L.  DURAND  and  ROBERT  F.  FOERY 

(Joint  Project),  Sen'ice 
BERNARD  S  OLDSEY,  Senice 
GEORGE  F.  REED,  Teaching 
RICHARD  I  WOODRUFF,  Teaching 

1978-1979 

ROBERT  E  CARLSON,  Senice 
JOHN  J  TURNER,  JR.,  Teaching 
C.  RALPH  VERNO,  Teaching 


ROBERT  H.  WEISS,  Senice 

1979-1980 

CAROLYN  B.  KEEFE,  Teaching 
JOHN  A.  MANGRAVITE,  Teaching 
PHILIP  D.  SMITH.  JR  ,  Senice 
NORBERT  C.  SOLDON,  Senice 

1980-1981 

LOUIS  A.  CASCIATO.  Teaching 
PHILIP  B.  RUDNICK.  Senice 
™ANK  a.  SMITH,  JR.,  Teaching 
JANE  B.  SWAN,  Teaching 
JOSEPH  M.  THORSON,  Sen-ice 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1997-98 


August  23  and  24 

August  25 

September  1 

November  26 

December  1 

December  6-12 

December  13 

December  13 

January  12 

January  19 

March  6 

March  16 

April  25  —  May  1 

May  3 

May  3 

May  19  — June  25 

June  30  —  August  1 

August  4  —  August  22 

FALL  SEMESTER  1997 

Residence  hails  open 

Classes  begin  —  8  a.m./Late  Registration  and  Drop/Add 

Labor  Day  —  no  classes 

Thanksgiving  recess  begins  —  8  a.m. 

Thanksgiving  recess  ends  —  8  a.m. 

Examination  period 

Commencement 

Fall  semester  ends 

SPRING  SEMESTER  1998 

Classes  begin  —  8  a.m./Late  Registration  and  Drop/Add 

Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  Day  —  classes  are  in  session 

Spring  break  begins  —  5  p.m. 

Spring  break  ends  —  8  a.m. 

Examination  period 

Spring  semester  ends 

Commencement 

SUMMER  SESSIONS  1997 

First  Five-Week  Session 
Second  Five-Week  Session 
Third  Three  Week  Session 


Campus  Map 


West  Chester  University 

NORTH    CAMPUS 


*    SHUTTLE    BUS    STOP 
STUDENT* 

FACULTY/STAFF^ 

FACULTY/STAFF/STUDENT* 

BOROUGH    OF    WEST    CHESTER 
PARKING    METER    OR    PERMIT 

VISITOR 

©-(§)    EMERGENCY    PHONES 

"University  decal  required.  Lot  restrictions  designated  by  posted 
signs,  which  takes  precedent  over  published  materials. 
Parking  decals  and  enforcement  subject  to  change  as  posted. 
A  separate  map  designating  parking  for  the  handicapped  is 
available  at  Public  Safety  in  the  Peoples  Maintenance  Building. 
Map  prepared  by  Facilities  Planning  and  Construction  Division. 


Borough  of  West  Chester 


Chester  County  Map 


Index 


— A— 
Academic 

Affairs.  26-32 

Calendar,  148 

Classification,  See  Student  Standing 

Development  Program,  27 

Dishonesty  Policy,  42 

Policies,  Exception  to,  45 

Policies  and  Procedures,  36-46 

Standards:  Probation  and  Dismissal, 
Maintenance  of,  43 
Acceptance  Fee,  1 1 
Accommodations,  Commitment  to,  ii 
Accounting,  Department  of,  50 
Accreditation,  ii 
Activities,  23-26 
Adding  a  Course,  37 
Adjunct  Faculty,  145 
Administration,  134 
Admission 

Requirements,  7-8 

to  Teacher  Education,  130-131 

to  West  Chester  University,  7-8 
Admissions  Staff,  8 
Adult  Studies,  30 
Advanced  Placement  Program,  44 
Affirmative  Action  Policy,  li 
African-American  Studies,  See  Ethnic 

Studies  Program 
Air  Force  ROTC,  31,74-75 
Alumni  Association,  26 
American  Studies  Program,  96 
Anthropology  and  Sociology, 

Department  of,  50-52 
Anticipated  Time  for  Degree 

Completion,  44-45 
Appeals  to  Fee  and  Refund  Policies,  10 
Applicable  Catalog  Year,  32 
Application 

Fee,  1 1 

for  Admission,  7 
Armed  Services  Programs,  30-31 
Armed  Services  Reserve  Officer 

Candidate  Program  (ROC),  31 
Army  ROTC,  30,  73-74 
Art 

Collections,  6 

Department  of,  52-55 
Associate 

of  Science,  35-36 

See  also  Health 
Astronomy,  See  Geology  and  Astronomy 
Attendance  Policy,  39 
Athlete  Absence  Policy,  39 
Athletic  Training,  See  Sports  Medicine 
Athletic  Program,  Intercollegiate,  25-26 
Audit  Fee,  1 1 
Auditing  Privileges,  38 
Awards,  See  Scholarships  and  Awards 

— B— 

Baccalaureate  Degree  Requirements,  32-35 
Biology,  Department  of,  55-58 


Board  of 

Directors,  Alumni  Association,  133 
Directors,  West  Chester  University 

Foundation,  133 
Governors,  133 

Bookstore,  20 

Bus  Transportation  on  Campus,  20 

— C— 

Calendar,  Academic,  148 
Campus 

and  Facilities,  4-6 

Description  of,  4 

Map,  149 
Career  Planning  and  Placement 

Services,  20-21 
Catalog  Year,  Applicable,  32 
Center  for  Adult  Studies,  30 
Certification 

Admission  for,  8 

Teaching,  130-131 
Changing  Majors,  37 
Chemistry,  Department  of  58-60 
Chemistry-Biology,  See  Biology,  Chemistry, 

Pre-Medical  Program 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading,  Department 

of  60-63 
Children's  Center,  21 
Class  Load,  See  Full-time  status 
Classification 

Degree-Definitions,  36 

of  Students,  19 
CLEP,  30 

Closing,  Storm,  Policy  for,  6 
Coaching,  See  Kinesiology 
College  Level  Examination  Program 

(CLEP),  30 
College  Literature,  32 
Commencement  Fee,  1 1 
Commitment  to  Accommodations,  ii 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  133 
Communicable  Diseases  (immunization  for 

student  teachers),  22 
Communication  Studies,  Department 

of  63-65 
Communications  Directory,  ii 
Communicative  Disorders,  Department 

of  65-66 
Community  Development,  21 
Commuters,  See  Off-Campus  Students 
Comparative  Literature  Studies 

Program,  97-98,  See  also  English 
Computer  Science,  Department  of  66-68 
Computing  Services,  See  Information 

Services 
Continuing  Education  and  Conference 

Services,  30 
Correspondence  Courses  Policy,  44 
Council  of  Trustees,  133 
Counseling  and  Psychological  Services 

Department,  21 
Counseling  Center,  21 


Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 

Education,  Department  of  68-69 
Course 

Audit  Fee,  1 1 

Prefixes,  Guide  to,  49 
Creative  Writing,  See  English 
Credit  By  Examination,  38-39 

Fee,  1 1 
Criminal  Justice,  Department  of  70-71 
Cumulative  Grade  Point  Average,  40 

Required  for  Graduation,  44 
Cut  Policy,  39 

— D— 
Damage  Fee,  1 1 
Dance,  See  Kinesiology 
Dariington  Herbarium,  5 
Daycare,  See  Children's  Center 
Deadline  for  Application,  7 
Dean's  List,  42 
Deferred  Payment  Policy,  10 
Degree 

Classification  -  Definitions,  36 

Completion,  44-45 

Programs, 

Graduate,  31-32 
Undergraduate,  48 

Requirements,  32-36,  See  also 
Individual  Program  Listings 
Dental  Hygiene,  See  Health 
Description  of  the  Campus,  4 
Dining  Accommodations,  20,  See  also 

Meal  Fee 
Directions  to  the  University,  4 
Directory  Information  -  Rights  and  Privacy 

Actof  1974,  45 
Disabilities 

Services  for  Students  with,  29 

Students  with,  8 
Dishonesty  Policy,  Student  Academic,  42 
Dismissal,  Academic,  43 
Distributive  Requirements,  33-34 
Double  Major,  36 
Driver  Education,  See  Kinesiology 
Dropping  a  Course,  37 
Dual  Degrees,  36 
and  Majors,  32 

— E— 

Early  Admission,  7 

Early  Childhood,  See  Childhood  Studies 

and  Reading 
Earth  Science,  See  Geology  and  Astronomy 
Economics  and  Finance,  Department 

of  71-73 
Educational  Services 

Department  of  73-75 

Fee,  9 
Elementary  Education,  See  Childhood 

Studies  and  Reading 
Emeriti,  145-146 
Engineering,  See  Physics 


Index 


English,  Department  of,  75-79 
Enrollment,  3 
Environmental 

Education  Program,  69 
Health,  See  Department  of  Health 
Programs,  27-28 
Ethnic  Studies  Program,  98 
Evening  Studies,  See  Adult  Studies 
Exception  to  Academic  Policies,  45 
Excused  Absences  Policy  for  University- 
Sanctioned  Events,  39 
Exemption  from  Final  Examinations,  39-40 
Experiential  Learning  Credits,  44 


Faculty,  135-145 

Faculty  Awards,  146-147 

Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy 

Act,  45-46 
Federal 

Parent  Loan  for  Undergraduate  Students 
(PLUS),  13 

Pell  Grant,  13 

Perkins  Loan  Program,  12 

Stafford  Loan  Program,  12-13 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity 
Grant  (FSEOG),  13 

Work  Study  Program,  1 2 
Fees  and  Expenses,  9-11 
Field  Placement  in  Schools,  36 
Film  Theory  and  Criticism,  See  Comparative 

Literature 
Final  Examination,  Exemption  from,  39-40 
Finance,  See  Economics  and  Finance 
Financial  Aid,  11-19 
Foreign 

Culture  Clusters,  35 

Language  and  Culture 
Requirements,  35 

Languages,  Department  of,  79-84 

Students,  See  International  Students 
Former  Students,  Readmission  of,  8 
Francis  Harvey  Green  Library,  5-6 
Fraternities,  24 
Frederick  Douglass 

Institute,  3-4 

Society,  3 
French,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Full-Time  Status,  36 


— G— 

GI  Bill,  See  Veterans  Affairs 
General 

Education  Requirements,  32-35 

Fee,  9 
Geography  and  Planning,  Department 

of,  84-86 
German,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Geology 

and  Astronomy,  Department  of,  86-88 

Museum,  5 
Grade  Point  Average,  Cumulative  (GPA),  40 
Grade 

Appeals,  40-42 

Changes,  40 

Reports,  40 
Grading  System,  40 


Graduate 

Credit  (for  Undergraduates),  39 

Studies,  31-32 
Graduation 

Fee,  See  Commencement  Fee 

Honors,  45 

Responsibility  for  satisfying 
requirements,  32 

Requirements,  44 
Grants,  13 
Greek 

Letter  Organizations,  24-25 

Life,  21-22 

See  also  Foreign  Languages 
Green  Library,  5-6 
Guaranteed  Student  Loan, 

See  Federal  Stafford  Loan  Program 

— H— 

Health 

and  Physical  Education,  See  Kinesiology 

and  Physical  Education  Majors  Fees,  1 1 

Center  Fee,  9 

Department  of,  88-91 

Services,  22 
Hebrew,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Hispanic-American  Studies,  See  Ethnic 

Studies  Program 
Historical  Properties,  6 
History 

Department  of,  92-94 

of  the  University,  3 
Honor  Societies,  25 
Honors 

Graduation,  45 

Program,  26-27,  94-95 
Housing 

Assignments,  19 

Deposit,  1 1 

Fee,  9 

Off-Campus,  20 

On-Campus,  19-20 

Refunds,  10 
How  to  Reach  West  Chester,  4 


— I— 

Identification  Card  Fee,  1 1 

Independent  Study,  39 

Individualized  Instruction,  39 

Infirmary,  See  Health  Services 

Information  Sciences,  See  Computer  Science 

Information  Services,  4-5 

Institute  for  Women,  4 

Instructional 

I  Certificate,  131 

II  Certificate,  131 

Media,  Department  of,  95-96 
Instrument  Rental  Fee,  1 1 
Instrumental  Music,  Department  of,  112 
Insurance 

Programs,  22 

Requirements  for  International  Students,  8 
Intention  to  Graduate,  Required  Notice,  45 
Intercollegiate  Athletic  Program,  25-26 
Interdisciplinary 

Programs,  96-101 

Requirement,  34-35 


International  Education,  27 
International  Students,  8 

Insurance  Requirements,  8 

Services  Fee,  10 
Internships,  29 

Introducing  West  Chester  University,  3-4 
Italian,  See  Foreign  Languages 

— J— 
Jewish- American  Studies,  See  Ethnic 

Studies  Program 
Journal  of  the  Hellenic  Diaspora,  32 
Journalism,  See  English 
Junior  Year  Abroad  Program,  80,  See 

also  International  Education 

— K— 

Keyboard  Music,  Department  of,  113 
Kinesiology,  Department  of,  101-104 

— L— 
Languages,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Late  Registration  Fee,  1 1 
Latin,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Latin-American  Studies  Program,  99 
Liability  Insurance  Requirement  for 

Students  in  Nursing,  1 15 
Liberal  Studies  Program,  104-105 
Library,  Francis  Harvey  Green,  5-6 
Library,  Music,  6 
Life  Learning  Experience,  See 

Experiential  Learning  Credits 
Linguistics  Program,  99 
Literature,  See  English 
Loans,  12-13 

Location  of  the  University,  4 
Lost  Key  Replacement  Fee,  1 1 

— M— 

Mail  Service,  22 
Majors,  Changing,  37 

See  also  Individual  Programs  of  Study 
Management,  Department  of  105-106 
Map  of 

the  Campus,  149 

Chester  County,  151 

West  Chester  Borough,  150 
Marketing,  Department  of  106-107 
Mathematics,  Department  of  107-109 
Married  Students  (Housing),  20 
Meal 

Fee,  9-10 

Plans,  See  Dining  Accommodations 

Refunds,  10-11 
Media  Organizations,  Student,  25 
Military  Science,  73-74 
Minor  Fields  of  Study,  36-37 
Mission  of  the  University,  title  page 
Multicultural  Affairs,  22 
Music 

Education,  Department  of  111 

History  and  Literature,  Department  of 
111-112 

Instrument  Rental  Fees,  1 1 

Instrumental,  Department  of  1 12 

Keyboard,  Department  of  113 


Index 


Library,  6 

School  of,  109-115 

Theory  and  Composition. 

Department  of,  113-114 
Vocal  and  Choral,  Department  of,  1 14-115 
Musical  Organizations,  25 

— N— 
Name  Changes,  45 
National 

Student  Exchange  Program,  27 

Teacher  Examination,  131 
Native-American  Studies,  See  Ethnic  Studies 
New  Student  Programs,  22 
Noncredit  Courses,  See  Adult  Studies 
Nondegree  Student  Application  Fee,  1 1 
Nondegree  Students,  36,  See  also  Adult  Studies 
Nondiscrimination  Policy,  ii 
Notice  of  Intention  to  Graduate,  45 
Nursing,  Department  of,  115-117 

— O— 

Observatory,  5 
Off-Campus 

and  Commuter  Services.  20 

Housing,  20 

Students,  19 
Office  of  the  Associate  Provost.  47 
On-Campus  Housing.  19-20 
Organizations,  24-25 
Orientation  Programs,  22 

See  also  UNI  101 .  The  Student  and 
the  University 
Outdoor  Education,  See  Kinesiology 
Overloads,  36 
Overseas  Study,  See  International 

Education 


— P— 

Parent  Loan  for  Undergraduate 

Students,  Federal  (PLUS),  13 
Parking 

Decal,  See  Vehicle  Registration 

Fees,  1 1 
Pass/Fail  Policy,  38 
Payment  of  Fees,  10 

Peace  and  Conflict  Studies  Program,  99-100 
Pell  Grant,  Federal,  13 
Pennsylvania  State  System  Visiting  Student 

Program,  27 
Perkins  Loan  Program,  Federal,  12 
Philosophy,  Department  of,  117-118 
Physical 

Education,  Department  of 
See  Kinesiology 

Education  Uniforms,  1 1 

Examinations,  8,  22 

Fitness,  See  Kinesiology 
Physics,  Department  of,  119-120 
Placement,  20-21 

Credentials  Fee,  1 1 
Planetarium,  5 

Planning,  See  Geography  and  Planning 
Political  Science,  Department  of,  120-123 
Portfolio  Assessment  Fee,  1 1 
Portuguese,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Post  Office,  See  Mail  Service 


Pre-Engineering,  28,  119 
Pre-Law,  28,  1 20 
Pre-Medical  Program,  28,  123 
Pre-Professional  Study,  28 
Pre-Theology,  28.  117 
Probation,  Academic,  43 
Professional 

Education  Requirements.  68 

Organizations.  24 
Proficiency  (English  and  mathematics).  32 
Programs 

Graduate.  31-32 

of  Study  and  Course  Offerings,  49 

Undergraduate,  48 
Psychological  Services,  21 
Psychology,  Department  of,  124-126 
Public 

Health,  See  Department  of  Health 

Management,  120-123 

Safety,  22-23 
Publications,  Student,  25 


Quad,  The.  25 


-Q— 


Radio  Station,  See  Station  WCUR 
Reading,  See  Childhood  Studies  and 

Reading 
Readmission 

of  Dismissed  Students,  43 

of  Former  Students,  8 
Readmitted  Students  (Housing),  20 
Recreation  and/or  Outdoor  Education,  See 

Kinesiology 
Recreation  and  Leisure  Programs,  25 
Refund  Policy,  10-11 
Religion,  See  Philosophy 
Religious  Organizations,  24 
Repeat  Course  Procedure,  38 
Repeating  Courses,  37-38 
Required  Notice  of  Intention  to  Graduate,  45 
Requirements 

for  Admission,  7-8 

for  the  Associate  of  Science  Degree,  35-36 

for  the  Baccalaureate  Degree,  32-35 

for  General  Education,  32-35 

for  Graduation,  44 
Residence  Life  and  Housing,  19-20 
Resident 

Credit  Requirement,  44 

Students,  19 
Respiratory  Therapy,  See  Health 
Responsibility  (for  satisfying  graduation 

requirements),  32 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act,  45-46 
Robert  B.  Gordon  Natural  Area  for 

Environmental  Studies,  5 
ROTC  Programs,  30-31.  73-75 
Russian,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Russian  Studies  Program,  100 

— S— 
Safety  Education,  See  Kinesiology 
Scholastic  Assessment  Test  (SAT  1),  7 
Scholarly  Publications,  32 
Scholarships  and  Awards,  13-19 


School  Health,  See  Health 

Second  Degrees,  8i  36 

Secondary  Education,  See  Counselor, 

Secondary,  and  Professional 
Education 
Security,  See  Public  Safety 
Serpentine,  The,  25 
Service  Organizations.  24 
Services  for  Students  with  Disabilities,  29 
Sexual  Harassment  Policy,  ii 
Short-Term  Emergency  Loan.  13 
Snow  Days.  See  Storm  Closing  Policy 
Social  Studies  Program.  125-126 

With  Concentrations  in  Political  Science, 
123 
Social  Work,  Department  of,  126-127 
Sociology,  See  Anthropology  and 

Sociology 
Sororities.  25 

Spanish.  See  Foreign  Languages 
Special  Collections,  See  Francis  Harvey 

Green  Library 
Special  Education,  Department  of,  128 
Speech 

and  Hearing  Clinic,  6 

Pathology,  See  Communicative  Disorders 
Sports,  See  Intercollegiate  Athletic  Program 
Sports  Medicine,  Department  of,  128-130 
SSI,  23 

Fee.  9 
Stafford  Loan  Program.  Federal,  12-13 
State 

Grants,  13 

System  of  Higher  Education,  133 
Station  WCUR,  25 
Status,  Full-Time,  36 
Storm  Closing  Policy,  6 
Structure  of  Academic  Affairs.  47 
Student 

Academic  Dishonesty  Policy,  42 

Activities.  23-26 

Affairs.  19-26 

Athlete  Absence  Policy.  39 

Attendance  Policy.  39 

Class  Load,  See  Full-Time  Status 

Consumer  Rights  and  Responsibilities.  12 

Government.  See  SSI 

Name  Changes.  45 

Newspaper.  See  The  Quad 

Organizations.  24-25 

Services,  Incorporated  (SSI),  23 
Fee,  9 

Standing,  36 

Teaching,  130-131 

Teaching  Eligibility.  61.  68 

Union  Expansion  Fee.  9 
Study  Skills  Project,  29 
Summer  Sessions,  30 
Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant, 

Federal  (FSEOG),  13 
Supplementary  General  Education 

Requirements.  35 
Sykes  Union  Building,  23 

— T— 

Taking  Courses 
Off  Campus,  43 
Out  of  Sequence,  37 


Index 


Teacher  Education,  Admission  to,  130-131 
Teaching 

Certificates,  131 

Certification  Programs,  130-131 
Theatre  Arts,  131-132 
Toxicology,  See  Chemistry 
Transfer 

of  Credit,  43-44 

Students,  7 

Students  (Housing),  19-20 
Transcript  Fee,  1 1 
Transcripts,  45 
Tuition,  9 
Tutoring  Center,  28 


— U— 
Uncollectible  Check  Policy,  10 
Undeclared  Major  Program,  28 


Undergraduate  Programs,  48 

UNI  101,  The  Student  and  the  University,  32, 

73 
United  States  Marine  Corps  Platoon 

Leaders  Class,  3 1 
University  Tutoring  Center,  28 

— V— 
Values  Statement,  title  page 
Vehicle  Registration,  23 
Veterans  Affairs,  30 
Visiting  Student  Program,  27 
Vocal  and  Choral  Music,  Department 
of  114-115 


-W- 


WCUR,  25 


Wellness  Center,  23 
West  Chester  Borough,  Map  of,  150 
West  Chester,  How  to  Reach,  4 
Withdrawal/Enrollment  Change  and  Aid,  12 
Withdrawal  from  the  University,  37 
Withdrawals  from  Housing,  20 
Withdrawing  from  a  Course,  37 
Women's 

Center,  23 

Studies  Program,  100-101 
Work  Study  Program,  Federal,  12 
Writing 

Emphasis  Courses,  34 

Program,  29 

See  also  English 

— X— Y— Z— 
Yearbook,  See  The  Serpentine 


Department  Telephone  Numbers 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  (610)  436-3521 

Anthropology/Sociology 436-2556 

Art 436-2755 

Biology    436-2538 

Chemistry 436-2631 

Communication  Studies  436-2500 

Computer  Science    436-2204 

English 436-2822 

Foreign  Languages 436-2700 

Geology  and  Astronomy 436-2727 

History 436-2201 

Mathematics    436-2440 

Philosophy 436-2841 

Physics 436-2497 

Psychology 436-2945 

Theatre  Arts 436-3463 

School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs      436-2930 

Accounting 436-2236 

Criminal  Justice 436-2647 

Economics  and  Finance   436-2217 

Geography  and  Planning    436-2343 

Management 436-2304 

Marketing 436-2304 

Political  Science 436-2743 

Social  Work 436-2527 

School  of  Education  436-2321 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading   436-2944 

Counselor/Secondary/Professional  Education 436-2958 

Instructional  Media    436-2233 

Special  Education 436-3491 

School  of  Health  Sciences  436-2825 

Communicative  Disorders    436-3401 

Health    436-2931 

Kinesiology   436-2260 

Nursing    436-2219 

Sports  Medicine 436-3293 

School  of  Music  436-2739 

History/Literature 436-2739 

Instrumental  Music 436-2739 

Keyboard  Music 436-2739 

Music  Education    436-2739 

Theory  and  Composition    436-2739 

Vocal  and  Choral   436-2739